biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 9, number 2, october 2020 | pages: 91-95 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2020.92.91-95 issn 2540-9328 (online) a chemical overview of azanza garckeana yilni edward bioltif1,*, naanma bioltif edward2, terry dalyop tyeng1 1department of chemistry, faculty of natural science, plateau state university, bokkos, nigeria. 2department of plant science and biotechnology, faculty of natural science, university of jos, nigeria. corresponding author* edwardyilni405@gmail.com manuscript received: 18 may, 2020. revision accepted: 10 november, 2020. published: 17 november, 2020. abstract azanza garckeana is a popular fruit tree in nigeria, specifically in gombe state, where it is locally called ‘goron tula’ which means ‘kola of tula’. it is also found in part of some african countries. different plant part of this small tree/shrub has recorded different uses by the locals; uses ranging from its fruits being edible and others parts helping to remedy different diseases, especially sexually related diseases. it also records use as booster for sexual performance. the uses of the plant are majorly attributed to the presence of chemicals. its local use initiates the necessity of this review to enhance the research for drug discovery since chemicals are the chief constituencies responsible for its medicinal importance. keywords: azanza garckeana; chemical; compounds; mansonone. introduction the indigenous fruits collected from the wild play a significant role in food and nutrient security of the poor and rural dwellers. some wild fruits have been identified to have better nutritional value than cultivated fruits (musinguzi et al., 2007) as a result, in recent years, a growing interest has emerged to evaluate various wild edible plants for their nutritional features (nkafamiya, 2007; aberoumand and deokule, 2009; nazarudeen, 2010). nutritional value of indigenous fruit bearing tree species indicates that many are rich in sugars, essential vitamins and minerals, while others are high in vegetable oil and protein contents. in addition to fruit production and cash, the extensive list of benefits includes firewood, fodder, building material, shade and medicine especially to rural communities. edible wild leaves and fruits are consumed frequently in northern nigeria especially in rural communities where a variety of edible leaves and fruits abound. some of these are cultivated while others grow in the wild (nkafamiya et al. 2016). azanza garckeana is a member of the malvaceae family. the generic name “azanza” is derived from the word “azania”, a word meaning black and surviving in zanzibar. the specific name “garckeana” is in honour of professor august garcke (1819-1904), a german botanist and plant collector who specialized in pharmacognosy (maroy, 2017). botanical classification of azanza garckeana kingdom : plantae – plants subkingdom : tracheobionta – vascular plants superdivision : spermatophyta – seed plants division : magnoliophyta – flowering plants class : magnoliopsida – dicotyledons subclass : dilleniidae order : malvales family : malvaceae – mallow family genus : azanza specie : azanza garckeana english (common name) tree hibiscus, azanza, snot apple nigeria (hausa): goron tula, bostwana – morojwa south africa thespesia garckeana (mojeremane and tshwenyane, 2004; and ochokwu et al., 2014). description azanza garckeana is a deciduous shrub; the tree can grow to a height of 3-15m high depending on the climate condition stem diameter at breast height of up to 25cm. the tree is multi-stemmed with straight or crooked stem, which is sometimes forking from the base. the bark is rough and greyish-black or brown, fibrous with longitudinal fissures. the twigs are hairy when young but become smooth with age and branches have woody hairs. the leaves are distinctively rounded, 8 by 12cm on long stalks. they are always simple, alternate and roundish. the leaves have 3 to 5 lobes, which are covered in brown star-shaped hairs, and have longitudinal fissures in the midrib. the tip of the leave is usually bluntly pointed or rounded. the base of the https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2020.92.91-95 92 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 91-95 leave is heart-shaped and is 5 to 7 nerved. the young leaves are brown in colour and velvety. the flowers are large up to 6cm long, solitary on long pedicels in the axils of uppermost leaves, yellow with a purple-brown centre; the petals are globose and capsules are up to 4cm long, the thickness is 3cm. the fruit is globose and have woody capsules of up to 3 to 4cm in diameter, it is divided into 5 segments with each segment containing a seed, the remains of the calyx and epicalyx at the base; the seeds are hemispherical, up to 10 mm long, 7 mm thick, with brownish and woolly floss (orwa et al., 2009). a. shoot b. leaves and fruits c. mature fruit figure 1. different parts of azanza garckeana. table 1. uses of azanza garckeana. medicinal use plant part(s) used country practised dietary uses edible fruits fruits botswana, kenya, malawi, nigeria, sudan, tanzania, zambia, zimbabwe food additive fruits sudan, tanzania medicinal uses abscesses fruit poultice applied nigeria anemia ripe fruits sudan antiemetic root infusion taken orally zimbabwe aphrodisiac ripe fruits taken orally nigeria asthma root decoction mixed with sterospermum kunthianum cham. malawi chest pains root infusion taken orally nigeria, zimbabwe cough root infusion taken orally kenya, nigeria, zimbabwe diabetes leaf decoction taken orally drc earache root infusion dropped into ear zimbabwe edema leaf decoction taken orally drc epilepsy leaf decoction taken orally drc fever root decoction taken orally malawi gonorrhoea roots and stem bark taken orally malawi, nigeria induce labour root decoction taken orally tanzania infertility ripe fruits or root decoction taken orally botswana, malawi, nigeria liver problems stem and leaf decoction taken orally kenya, nigeria madness (mental illness) root decoction taken orally zimbabwe malaria eat raw fruit or cook and eat as relish zambia membrane rupture root decoction taken orally drc menstruation root infusion taken orally nigeria, zimbabwe retained placenta root infusion taken orally zimbabwe sexually transmitted diseases root and bark infusion taken orally zambia syphilis root decoction taken orally nigeria maroyi, 2017 bioltif et al. – a chemical overview of azanza garckeana 93 table 2. compounds extracted from azanza garckeana. compounds extract plant parts sesquiterpenoids gossypol, 6, 6-dimethoxygossypol, 6-methoxygossypol ethyl acetate in nhexane; methanol in dichloromethane root phytosterol stigmasterol ethyl acetate in nhexane; methanol in dichloromethane root and stem bark e-docosyl 3-(3, 4dihydroxyphenyl) acrylate ethyl acetate in nhexane; methanol in dichloromethane root and stem bark o-naphthoquinones n-hexane heartwood mansonones e, f, g, h azanzone a, b n-hexane heartwood triterpene betulinic acid ethyl acetate in nhexane; n-hexane; methanol in dichloromethane fruit pulp, root, stem bark dikko et al., 2016 & maroyi, 2017 azanza garckeana is widely distributed in the east, west and southern africa. it generally grows naturally in all types of woodlands from sea level to about 1700m above sea level. it also grows in semi-arid areas. azanza garckeana grows in a variety of soils and is found near termite mounds and deserted areas while in nigeria it grows in open woodland in the north eastern part of the country (ochokwu et al., 2015). azanza garckeana (goron tula) as an edible indigenous fruit in north eastern part of nigeria (particularly gombe state). fao (1983) reported that a. garckeana grows naturally in semi-arid areas receiving annual rain fall that range from 250mm to 1270mm. flowering takes place during the raining season, while fruit ripening occurs during the dry season, hence it takes about six months from flower fertilization to ripening of the fruit. in southern africa, flowering occurs from december to may and fruiting from february to september while in north eastern nigeria flowering occurs from may to october and fruiting/ripening from november to april (ochokwu et al., 2015). oh oh oh oh oh oh ch3 ch3ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 o ch2 h h ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 o o ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 o o ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 o o o gossypol mansonone c azanzone mansonone e ch3 ch3 ch3 o o o oh ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 o o oh ch3 ch3ch3 h ch3 ch3 h h h oh ch3 mansonone h mansonone g stigmasterol ch3 h ch3 ch3 h h h oh ch3ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 h ch3 oh h o oh h ch2 h ch3 ch3 o o phytosterol butulinic acid o-naphthoquinone figure 2. some compounds isolated from azanza garckeana. 94 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 91-95 effects of chemicals extracted from azanza garckeana mansonone e, c, g and h displayed antifungal activity against p. parasitica, with mansonone e showing the highest activity. also suggests potential mansonone e as a new natural pesticide for agricultural plant pathogen management. (mongkol1 and chavasiri, 2016). a computational and experimental study carried out on the anticancer ability of mansonone g by βcyclodextrin-based host-guest complexation revealed that the inclusion complex formation between mansone g and β-cyclodextrin was confirmed by dsc and sem techniques. notably, the mansone g/β-cyclodextrin inclusion complexes exerted significantly higher cytotoxic efect on a549 lung cancer cells than the uncomplexed mansonone g (mahalapbutr, 2019) anticancer activity, anti-hiv activity, antimalarial activity was recorded for betulinic acid, it also shows pronounced antinociceptive properties, antiinflammatory activity (moghaddam, 2012) the effect of the terpenoids gossypol, 6methoxygossypol, 6,60-dimethoxygossypol, gossypolone and apogossypolone on growth of fungal soil pathogens were investigated. gossypol, gossypolone and apogossypolone demonstrated strong growth inhibitory activity (≥90%) against pythium irregulare, pythium ultimum and fusarium oxysporum. these same terpenoids provided good growth inhibition against most rhizoctonia solani isolates. methylated gossypol derivatives generally yielded reduced growth inhibition against the tested fungi compared with gossypol. dose– response effects of gossypol, gossypolone and apogossypolone were determined over a concentration range (mellon, 2014). extracts from plants with high phytosterol (stigmasterol and β-sitosterol) content is used in the treatment of inflammatory conditions and prevention of cancers and cardiovascular diseases (ivanescu et al., 2013). sitosterols have been found to induce apoptosis when added to cultured human prostate, breast and colon cancer cells. therefore, they may play significant roles in the management and prevention of human cancers. beta-sitosterol preparation improved symptoms, increased peak urinary flow, and decreased post-void residual urine volume. however, relatively few controlled studies have examined the efficacy of phytosterol supplements in men with symptomatic bph. (ogbe, 2015). the plant has antifertility/contraceptive, antitumor properties (anticancer properties of gossypol against many types of cancer cell lines), antioxidant properties, antiparasitic properties, antivirus properties, antimicrobial properties, plasma cholesterol reduction properties. (keshmiri-neghab & goliaei, 2014). conclusion the various pharmacological activities of the chemicals extracted from the plant justifies the use of azanza garckeana as plant effective for various diseases and health conditions, especially sexually trelated issues, as exposed by various researches. the use of the plant for further research will help to make even drug discovery. conflict of interest: the author declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references dikko, y. j., khan, m. e., tor-anyiin, t. a., anyam, j. v. and linus, u. a. (2016). in vitro antimicrobial activity of fruit pulp extracts of azanza garckeana (f. hoffm.) exell and hillc. and isolation of one of its active principles, betulinic acid. br. j. pharm. res., 14: 1-10 maroy, a. (2017). azanza garckeana fruit tree: phytochemistry, pharmacology, nutritional and primary healthcare applications as herbal medicine: a review. res. j. med. plants, 11 (4): 115-123, 2017. musinguzi, e. l., kikafunda, j. k. and kiremire, b. t. (2007). promoting indigenous wild edible fruits to complement roots and tuber crops in alleviating vitamin a. deficiencies in uganda. proceedings of the 13th istrc symposium.; 763769. nkafamiya, i. i., modibbo, u. u., manji, a. j. and haggai, d. (2007). nutrient content of seeds of some wild plants. afr. j. biotech. 6(14):1665-1669. aberoumand, a. and deokule, s. s. (2009). studies on nutritional values of some wild edible plants from iran and india. pak. j. nutrition. 8(1): 26-31. nazarudeen, a. (2010). nutritional composition of some lesserknown fruits used by ethnic communities and local folks of kerela. ind. j. traditional knowl., 9(2): 398-402. food and agricultural organization (fao) (1983). food and fruit bearing forest species. examples from eastern africa. food and agricultural organization, forestry rome.14-16. nkafamiya, i. i., ardo, b. p., osemeahon s. a. and akinterinwa, a. (2016). evaluation of nutritional, non-nutritional, elemental content and amino acid profile of azanza garckeana (goron tula). british journal of applied science & technology, 12(6): 1-10. keshmiri-neghab, h. and goliaei, b. (2014). therapeutic potential of gossypol: an overview. pharmaceutical biology, 52(1): 124–128. https://doi.org/10.3109/13880209.2013.832776 mellon, j.e., dowd, m.k., beltz, s.b. and moore, g.g. (2014). growth inhibitory effects of gossypol and related compounds on fungal cotton root pathogens. letters in applied microbiology 59, 161-168. ogbe, r. j., ochalefu, d. o., mafulul, s. g. and olaniru, o. b. (2015). a review on dietary phytosterols: their occurrence, metabolism and health benefits. asian j. plant sci. res., 5(4):10-21. mongkol1, r. and chavasiri, w. (2016). antimicrobial, herbicidal and antifeedant activities of mansonone e from the bioltif et al. – a chemical overview of azanza garckeana 95 heartwoods of mansonia gagei drumm. journal of integrative agriculture 15(12): 2795–2802. moghaddam, m. g. ahmad, f. b. h. and samzadeh-kermani, a. (2012). biological activity of betulinic acid: a review. pharmacology & pharmacy, 3, 119-123. mahalapbutr, p., wonganan, p., charoenwongpaiboon, t., prousoontorn, m., chavasiri, w. and t. rungrotmongkol (2019). enhanced solubility and anticancer potential of mansonone g by β-cyclodextrin-based host-guest complexation: a computational and experimental study, biomolecules, 9: 1-17. doi:10.3390/biom9100545 ivanescu, b., vlase, l. and a. corciova (2013). importance of phytosterols and their determination in herbal medicines, the 4th ieee international conference on e-health and bioengineering, ochokwu, i. j., dasuki, a., & oshoke, j. o. (2015). azanza garckeana (goron tula) as an edible indigenous fruit in north eastern part of nigeria. journal of biology, agericulture and healthcare, 5(15), 26-31. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 9, number 1, april 2020 | pages: 21-25 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2020.91.21-25 issn 2540-9328 (online) analysis of body posture using rapid entire body assessment (reba) and rapid upper limb assessment (rula) to improve the posture of sand paper machine operators and reduce the risk of low back pain trio yonathan teja kusuma department of industrial engineering, universitas islam negeri sunan kalijaga yogyakarta jl. marsda adisucipto no 1 yogyakarta 55281, indonesia. tel. +62-274-540971, fax. +62-274-519739 corresponding author trio.yonathan@gmail.com manuscript received: 26 september, 2019. revision accepted: 14 april, 2020. published: 17 april, 2020. abstract the metal casting industry, nitikan is a micro business whose production process is carried out manually. the equipment used is simple and without considering the user's health. this can be seen in the product finishing process that uses a sanding machine. the equipment is not designed according to the user's posture so the operator bends in doing work movements, of course this is very risky to experience lower back pain injuries. this study aims to analyze the work activities of the finishing process using the rapid entire body assessment (reba) and rapid upper limb assessment (rula) approach and design work tools that can be applied to improve work posture. the results of data processing and analysis obtained a rapid entire body assessment score on a sandpaper machine single head of 5 and a rapid upper limb assessment score of 4, the score indicates that the work position has the potential to experience a risk of low back pain, so there must be an improvement in work posture. work posture improvement is done by designing a tool in the form of a sandpaper machine that takes into account ergonomic dimensions to reduce the risk of lower back injury. the final result after the improvement is obtained rapid entire body assessment score of 3 and rapid upper limb assessment score of 4. this shows that the risk of lower back injuries can be minimized. keywords: rapid eentire body assessment; rapid upper limb assessment; low back pain introduction the metal casting industry, nitikan is a micro business which can be said to be the entire production process carried out by human labor. the equipment used is simple and without considering the user's health. this can be seen in the product finishing process that uses a sanding machine. the equipment is not designed according to the user's body posture so operators bend in doing work movements, of course this is very risky to experience low-back pain injuries. in addition to injuries, the process was fairly long because it took 11 minutes. this process is somewhat longer than the other processes which on average only takes 5 minutes. thus it is necessary to anticipate this, business owners need to pay attention to the comfort of their workers so that work health and safety are guaranteed. this can be done by adjusting workers with work methods, work processes and the work environment. this approach is known as the biomechanical approach which in this context is reba and rula analysis. this analysis serves to analyze the work posture is not good and the risk of low-back pain. the analysis then becomes the basis for providing solutions in the form of work postures in the form of tools to reduce these risks. by implementing this it is expected to minimize the risk of low-back pain injuries and to increase process productivity. materials and methods rapid upper limb assessment (rula) rapid upper limb assessment (rula) is the method used to estimate the risk of injury to the upper body such as the upper arm (forearm), forearm (wrist) and wrist (wrist rotation), wrist (neck), torso. by using rula, fast and systematic results will be obtained in determining postural risk of workers (mcatamney & corlett, 1993). the rula measurement method has several main applications such as: 1. measuring the risk of musculoskeletal (muscle), usually part of a wider increase in ergonomics. 2. comparing muscle loads (muscles) between current and modified work station designs. 3. evaluate results such as productivity or suitability for equipment use. https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2020.91.21-25 22 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 21-25 4. train workers about muscle loads (muscles) caused by differences in work posture. posture with the rula method is divided into two parts, namely group a posture consisting of the upper arm (upper arm), forearm (forearm), wrist (wrist) and wrist rotation (wrist rotation); and group b posture consists of the neck, body and legs. the final results obtained from the two final scores for group a and group b are combined, the combined score results from group a and group b are classified into several categories. the development in the rula method consists of three stages, namely: 1. selection of work posture for assessment or measurement. 2. development of an assessment system. 3. the development of a large score is converted to one of four levels of action. figure 1. rula analysis sheet (source: mc atamey & corlett, 1993). rapid entire body assessment (reba) rapid entire body assessment (reba) is an ergonomic method (hignett & mcatamney, 2000) developed to measure the types of postures that pose a risk to health. reba assesses work positions on body postures such as the neck, back, arms, back of the hands and feet of the operator. reba depends on the coupling factor, external loads supported by the body and worker's activities. determination of reba score manually, discussing the level of risk of work posture, starting with determining the a score for posture of the body, neck and legs plus the load score (load) and the b score for the posture of the upper arm, forearm and the hand is added with a score clutch. both scores are used to determine c scores. reba scores are obtained by adding activity scores to c scores from reba values to determine the level of risk of injury. measurement of body posture using the reba method has six stages including: 1. observation of body posture can be done by taking workers' posture data using video or photo assistance. 2. selection of posture that must be done. 3. assessment of body posture score. 4. the score calculation process. 5. determine the results of the reba assessment for the owned posture. 6. check the results of the reba assessment according to the level of action to make improvements or changes. the reba method can be used when an assessment of ergonomic work posture identifies the need for further analysis. the things that need to be done are: 1. all body parts used. 2. static, dynamic, fast changing or unstable posture. 3. modification of workplaces, equipment, training, and monitoring of worker risk behavior. results and discussion the object of research was carried out in the sandpaper process section. the sanding process is carried out in 2 stages, namely coarse sanding and fine sanding. because it only has one sanding machine, in doing these 2 steps, it has to replace the sanding eye, this causes the processing time to be longer. another problem is the design of the sandpaper machine that does not consider the health of workers, causing workers to have to bend for a long time, causing lower back pain. figure 2. sandpaper machine operator posture. table 1. reba angle dimensions for sanding machine operators. grup dimensions angle a neck 29 back 19 knee kaki 87 load 0 b upper arm 39 lower arm 38 wrist 32 kusuma – analysis of body posture using rapid entire body assessment … 23 table 2. reba score on the sanding machine operator's work posture. group dimensions a n g le s c o r e table a score a score c grade score reba a neck 29o 2 4 4 4 5 back 19o 3 knee 87o 1 load 0 group dimensions a n g le s c o r e table b score b b upper arm 39o 2 3 3 lower arm 38o 2 wrist 32o 2 coupling 0 activity score 1 for the number of scores in table a, a result of 3 is obtained and added to a load score of 0 because the load weight is less than 5 kg. then the a score has a score of 0 because the load weight is less than 5kg. then the score a has a score of 4. from each angle of group b the table b score is generated that is equal to 3 and coupled with a coupling score of 0 because the grip is right and in the middle so that the grip on the load is strong. then the resulting b score is 3. based on the a score and the b score, it can be seen the value of the c score is 4. to get the reba score, by adding up the c score of 4 with an activity score of 1, the result score is obtained 5. based on the risk table it is known that reba score of 5 indicates a moderate level of risk and work position needs to be improved. table 3. rula angle dimensions for sanding machine operators. grup dimensions angle a upper arm 39 forearm 38 wrist 32 twist 0 b neck 29 back 19 feet 87 based on data processing using rula, then the results obtained by 3 and then coupled with muscle and energy scores. muscles have a score of 1 and a score of energy usage of 0 due to occasional loading or energy of less than 20kg and retained. so as to get a c score in group a of 4. while in group b the results obtained in table b are as big as 3 then added with muscle and energy scores. muscles have a score of 1 and a score of energy use of 0 due to occasional loading or less than 20kg of energy and retained. so as to get a d score in group b of 4. based on the scores of c and d scores obtained, the rula value was obtained. for the c score in group a obtained by 4 and the d score in group b obtained a result of 4. by looking at the grand score table based on the c and d scores, a rula score is 4. the score indicates that changes need to be made, figure 2 shows the operator’s body position is less comfortable. table 4. rula score of sanding machine operator posture. group dimensions angle score table a score c score rula a upper arm 39o 2 3 4 4 fore arm 38o 2 wrist 32o 3 twist 1 muscle 1 power 0 group dimensions angle score table b score d b neck 29o 3 3 4 back 19o 2 feet 87o 1 muscle 1 power 0 improvement the use of a sanding machine was done by sitting in a chair. dimension is done only on the front side of the sanding machine, because it is adjusted to the use. the engine dimension data of the ideal chair dimensions were adapted in kusumawati’s research (2011). figure 3. sanding machine design improvements. 24 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 21-25 figure 4. the operator's body position angle. table 5. reba angle dimensions for sanding machine operators. grup dimensions angle a neck 9 back 23 knee 110 load 0 b upper arm 37 forearm 77 wrist 34 table 6. reba score on the sanding machine operator's work posture. group dimensions a n g le s c o r e table a score a score c score reba a neck 9o 1 2 2 2 3 back 23o 3 knee 110o 1 load 0 group dimensions a n g le s c o r e table b score b b upper arm 37o 2 2 2 lower arm 77o 1 wrist 34o 2 coupling 0 activity score 1 table 7. rula angle dimensions for sanding machine operators. group dimensions angle a upper arm 37 lower arm 77 wrist 34 twist 0 b neck 9 back 23 feet 110 based on a and b score, it can be seen the value of the c score is equal to 2. to get the reba score, by summing the results of the c score that is equal to 2 with an activity score of 1, then the results obtained score of 3. table 8. rula score of sanding machine operator posture. group dimensions angle score table a table c score rula a upper arm 37o 2 3 4 4 fore arm 77o 1 wrist 34o 3 twist 1 muscle 1 power 0 group dimensions angle score table b score d b neck 9o 1 3 4 back 23o 3 feet 110o 1 muscle 1 power 0 based on data processing using rula, the c score in group a is 4 and the d score in group b is 4. by looking at the grand score table based on c and d scores, the rula score is 4. conclusion from the analysis and results of the improvements obtained, it can be concluded; the sandpaper machine operator's posture has a reba score of 3 with a level 1 action with a low level of risk, whereas the rula score has a score of 4 with action level 2 with moderate risk level. this result shows that the design of sandpaper machine improvement is effective in reducing the risk of injury to low back pain operators, and can also speed up the processing time in its use without the need to change of the coarse and fine sandpaper eyes. references hignett, s. and mcatamney, l. (2000) rapid entire body assessment (reba). applied ergonomics, 31, 201-205. kusumawati, intan. 2011.usulan perancnagan ulang meja kursi baca berdasarkan aspek fungsi dan kenyamanan sesuai kebutuhan pengguna perpustakaan (studi kasus di kantor arsip dan perpustakaan kabupaten klaten). surakarta: universitas sebelas maret surakarta. lueder, r., ( 1996), a proposed rula for computer users, procceding of the ergonomic summer workshop, san francisco. kusuma – analysis of body posture using rapid entire body assessment … 25 mcatamney, l. and corlett, e.n., (1993), “rula: a survey based method for the investigation of work related upper limb disorders”, applied ergonomics, 24(2).91-99. prasetyo. (2012). fasilitas kerja dengan perbaiakan postur kerja pada aktivitas manual handling menggunakan analisis metode rapid entire body assessment (reba) dan ovako working posture anlysis system(owas) studi kasus perusahaan tempo pedro yogyakarta. yogyakarta: uin sunan kalijaga yogyakarta. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 11, number 1, april 2022 | pages: 55-63 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.55-63 issn 2540-9328 (online) a mathematical model of cervical cancer treatment by radiotherapy followed by chemotherapy murtono1,*, sugiyanto2, mansoor abdul hamid3 1department of education physics, 2department of mathematics; universitas islam negeri sunan kalijaga yogyakarta, indonesia. 3food technology and bioprocess, universiti malaysia sabah, malaysia. corresponding author* hasnamur@yahoo.co.id manuscript received: 15 april, 2022. revision accepted: 10 may, 2022. published: 21 may, 2022. abstract cervical cancer is the second most common type of malignant tumor found in women aged 15-44 years worldwide. radiotherapy is one form of treatment that uses radiation that can eliminate or kill cancer cells and one way to treat cervical cancer is qui te popular. chemotherapy is a cancer treatment using anticancer drugs designed to kill or slow the growth of cancer cells that divide rapidly in the body. the method used is to study mathematical model of cervical cancer with radiotherapy and radiotherapy treatment followed by chemotherapy. the results of this study are for the early stages of cervical cancer with radiotherapy is quite effective, while for the late stages of radiotherapy and chemotherapy is less effective. therefore, the need for other treatments for end -stage cervical cancer in addition to radiotherapy and chemotherapy. keywords: cervical cancer; radiotherapy; chemotherapy. introduction cervical cancer is still the leading cause of cancer deaths among women in developing countries including indonesia (hoffman, et.al, 2008 and woodman et al., 2007). indonesia cancer foundation explained, the mortality rate of cervical cancer most among other types of cancer among women. it is estimated that 52 million indonesian women are at risk for cervical cancer, while 36 percent of all women with cancer are cervical cancer patients. there are 15,000 new cases per year with the death of 8,000 people per year (kompas, 2008). in southeast asia the incidence of cervical cancer becomes number two in women after breast cancer. nevertheless, in globocan (2012) the mortality rate due to cervical cancer is higher than the mortality rate due to breast cancer. radiotherapy is one of treatments that can be done for a patient with cervical cancer. radiotherapy is used as a therapy for cancer patients by using radiation that can eliminate and kill cancer cells, a way to treat cervical cancer which is quite popular. treatment with radiation therapy is usually done with chemotherapy, or accompanied by other therapies and sometimes only with radiotherapy alone depending on the type of cervical cancer suffered and the level of cancer. model formation this model develops from asih, et al. (2015) on the development of cervical cancer, liu and yang (2014) on general cancer treatment models with radiotherapy and pillis et al. (2007) on general cancer treatment models with chemotherapy. figure 1. transfer diagram of cervical cancer treatment with radiotherapy and followed by chemotherapy. caption figure 1:  1 1sl s k ms s   , 2 2( ) il i k mi i   , 3 3( ) pl p k mp p   , https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.55-63 56 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 55-63 4 4 ( ) c l c k mc c  is a function of chemotherapy and radiotherapy. table 1. subpopulations, parameters and units. symbol explanation unit  s t normal cells density cells/mm3  i t infected cells density cells/mm3  p t pre-cancerous cells density cells/mm3  c t cancer cells density cells/mm3  v t free virus density virus/mm3  m t concentrations of chemotherapy drugs mg r intrinsic cell growth rate is normal 1/ day n homeostatic carrying capacity cells/mm3  the rate infection 1/(day x virus) 1 a the rate of proliferation of infected cell 1/day 1 d the rate of apoptosis of infected cell 1/day  the rate of progression, from being infected to pre-cancer 1/day 2 a the rate of proliferation of pre-cancerous cells 1/day 2 d the rate of apoptosis of pre-cancerous cells 1/day  the maximum invasion rate, from precancer to cancer 1/day k half-saturation concentration cells/mm3 3a the rate of proliferation of cancer cells 1/day 3 d the rate of apoptosis of cancer cells 1/day n the average number of viruses produced one infected cell constant 4 d the death rate of free virus 1/day 1  the proportion of radiation to susceptible cells (normal cells) constant 2  the proportion of radiation to infected cells constant 3  the proportion of radiation to pre-cancerous cells constant  strategy of radiotherapy 1/day s k fractional susceptible cells killed by chemotherapy 1/day i k fractional infected cells killed by chemotherapy 1/day p k fractional pre-cancerous cells killed by chemotherapy 1/day c k fractional cancer cells killed by chemotherapy 1/day  the rate of chemotherapy drug decay 1/day m v the rate of chemotherapy drug enter mg/day murtono et al. – a mathematical model of cervical cancer treatment by … 57 the dynamics of cervical cell changes from normal cells to cancer cells are given in the following differential equation systems (1). 1 1 s ds s i rs sv k ms s dt n              (1a) 1 1 2i di sv a i d i i k mi i dt          (1b) 2 2 2 32 2 p dp p i a p d p k mp p dt k p           (1c) 2 3 32 2 c dc p a c d c k mc c dt k p        (1d) 1 4 dv nd i d v dt   (1e) m dm m v dt    (1f) the point of equilibrium the equilibrium point with radiotherapy alone, without chemotherapy system (1) without chemotherapy is 1 1 ds s i rs sv s dt n             (2a) 1 1 2 di sv a i d i i i dt         (2b) 2 2 2 32 2 dp p i a p d p p dt k p          (2c) 2 3 32 2 dc p a c d c c dt k p       (2d) 1 4 . dv nd i d v dt   (2e) the requirement to determine the equilibrium point of system (2) is 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 ds di dp dc dv dt dt dt dt dt      . so the point of equilibrium with radiotherapy in cervical cancer, without chemotherapy, is    * * * * *1 2 3 1 51 4, , , , , , , ,r rep s i p c v p       * * * * *2 2 3 2 52 4, , , , , , , ,r rep s i p c v p    (3)    * * * * *3 2 3 3 53 4, , , , , , , ,r rep s i p c v p    , where 1 1 4 nd d   , 1 2 1 2 1 d a         ,  1 2 3 1 r n r r n          , 4 1 3   , 3 1 2 2 3 a a d         , 2 2 2 2 2 3 1 2 2 3 a k d k k b a d          , 2 3 1 2 2 3 k c a d       , 3 1 1 1 1 1 2 9 27d a a b c   ,     2 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 9 27 4 3e a a b c a b     ,    1 3 31 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 2 3 2 r a p d e d e      ,    1 3 32 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 3 1 3 6 2 6 2 r a i i p d e d e         ,    1 3 33 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 3 1 3 6 2 6 2 r a i i p d e d e         ,    2 5 2 2 3 3 i i i p k p d a        . 58 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 55-63 existence of the equilibrium points with radiotherapy alone, without chemotherapy if it satisfies 1. 1 2 1 0d a      , 2.    1 2 1 4 1 1 0 d a d r n r nd                 , 3. 0, 1, 2, 3ip i  and 4. 3 3 0d a   . the equilibrium points with radiotherapy and followed by chemotherapy in this system is the same as system (1). to find the equilibrium point in a way 0 ds dt  , 0 di dt  , 0 dp dt  , 0 dc dt  , 0 dv dt  , 0 dm dt  . so the equilibrium point of radiotherapy followed by chemotherapy in cervical cancer is    * * * * * *1 7 9 8 9 1 101 1 9 6, , , , , , , , , ,rc rc rcep s i p c v m p            * * * * * *2 7 9 8 9 2 102 1 9 6, , , , , , , , , ,rc rc rcep s i p c v m p         (4)    * * * * * *3 7 9 8 9 3 103 1 9 6, , , , , , , , , ,r rc rcep s i p c v m p         where 6 m v    , 1 7 1 n r           , 6 1 8 s nk n n r r        , 1 8 1 1 6 2 9 1 7 i a d k                , 11 2 2 2 6 3 , p a a d k             22 2 6 3 2 2 2 6 3 p p a d k k b a d k              , 2 11 2 2 2 6 3p k c a d k         , 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 9 27d a a b c   ,     2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 9 27 4 3e a a b c a b        2 3 31 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 3 3 2 3 2 rc a p d e d e      ,    2 3 32 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 1 3 1 3 6 2 6 2 rc a i i p d e d e         ,    2 3 33 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 1 3 1 3 6 2 6 2 rc a i i p d e d e         ,    2 10 2 2 3 3 6 4 irc irc irc c p k p a d k           . existence of the equilibrium points with radiotherapy and followed by chemotherapy, if it satisfies 1. 6 1 7 9 0s nk n n r r         , 2. 1 8 1 1 6 2 0ia d k            and 3. 0ircp  . stability of the equilibrium point stability of the equilibrium points with radiotherapy alone, without chemotherapy theorem 1. if 3 3 0a d    ,   2 2 3 32 2 2 2 0i i pk a d k p        , 0 i a  , 3 2 9 27 0 i i i i a a b c   , 2 3 0 i i a b  where 3, 4, 5i  then the equilibrium point murtono et al. – a mathematical model of cervical cancer treatment by … 59    * * * * * 2 3 6 5, , , , , , , ,ir i iep s i p c v p    asymptotically stable. proof. from system (2) is obtained characteristic equation in equation (5).            2 1 3 3 2 3 32 2 2 1 3 232 51 1 1 1 2 4 32 51 1 1 1 2 4 2 1 1 2 4 2 1 51 32 51 1 2 2 2 2 p k a d a d k p rr r a d d n n rr r a d d n n r a d d nd n rr r n n                                                                                                     1 1 2 4 2 1 2 51 4 2 1 0 a d d nd r d nd n                                               (5) stability of the equilibrium points with radiotherapy and followed by chemotherapy theorem 2. if 3 3 4 0 m c v a d k            ,   2 2 2 32 2 2 2 0irc m p irc p k v a d k k p               , where 3, 4, 5i  and 6 0a  , 3 6 6 6 6 2 9 27 0a a b c   , 2 6 6 3 0a b  then the equilibrium point    * * * * * * 7 9 8 9 10 1 9 6, , , , , , , , , ,irc irc ircep s i p c v m p         asymptotically stable. proof. from system (1) is obtained characteristic equation in equation (6).            2 2 3 3 2 3 32 2 2 2 3 232 52 1 1 1 2 4 32 52 1 1 1 2 4 2 1 1 2 4 2 1 52 32 52 1 2 2 2 2 p k a d a d k p rr r a d d n n rr r a d d n n r a d d nd n rr r n n                                                                                                     1 1 2 4 2 1 2 52 4 2 1 0 a d d nd r d nd n                                               (6) 60 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 55-63 simulation in this section will be discussed about the numerical simulation and medical interpretation of the mathematical model of cervical cancer in the presence of radiotherapy and chemotherapy effects are divided into 2 cases. 1. the influence of radiotherapy 2. the influence of radiotherapy and followed by chemotherapy simulation of radiotherapy effect the parameter values for this case are given in the following table 2. table 2. values of parameters for cases of radiotherapy effects. symbol value reference r 0.0255 asih et al. (2015) n 9900.99 asih et al. (2015)  0.00001 asih et al. (2015) 1  0.004 liu and yang (2014)  0.05 liu and yang (2014) 1 a 100 asih et al. (2015) 1 d 100.01 asih et al. (2015)  0.0082 asih et al. (2015) 2  0.03 liu and yang (2014) 2 a 101 asih et al. (2015) 2 d 100 asih et al. (2015)  20.03 asih et al. (2015) k 2 asih et al. (2015) 3a 0.03 asih et al. (2015) 3 d 101.01 asih et al. (2015) n 1 asih et al. (2015) 4 d 500 asih et al. (2015) figure 2 shows the first 30 days or the first month after radiotherapy is showed a decrease in the number of cells from 13 cell/mm3 to 12.78 cell/mm3. this means that the decrease in cell number is 0.22 cell/mm3. at six months and one year of radiotherapy if it continues to show a successive decrease to 11.8 cell/mm3 and 10.73 cell/mm3. this shows the ill effects of radiotherapy because of healthy cells. for infected cells in the first and third months after radiotherapy successively from 13 cell/mm3 to 4,156 cell/mm3 and 0.4364 cell/mm3. this is good for curing cancer, because the infected cells will eventually become pre-cancerous cells. while the cancer cells on the fourth day after radiotherapy immediately fell rapidly, from 13 cell/mm3 to 0.3526 cell/mm3. for pre-cancerous cells almost the same as cancer cells, that is down very quickly. for the virus goes down quickly, because the infected cell goes down as well. this is because the virus replicates itself from infected cells. murtono et al. – a mathematical model of cervical cancer treatment by … 61 figure 2. trajectory diagram the influence of radiotherapy. simulation of the influence of radiotherapy and followed by chemotherapy the parameter values for this case are given in the following table 3. table 3. value of case parameters the influence of radiotherapy and followed by chemotherapy. symbol value reference r 0.0255 asih et al. (2015) n 9900.99 asih et al. (2015)  0.00001 asih et al. (2015) 1  0.004 liu and yang (2014)  0.05 liu and yang (2014) 1 a 100 asih et al. (2015) 1 d 100.01 asih et al. (2015)  0.0082 asih et al. (2015) 2  0.03 liu and yang (2014) 2 a 101 asih et al. (2015) 2 d 100 asih et al. (2015) symbol value reference  20.03 asih et al. (2015) k 2 asih et al. (2015) 3a 0.03 asih et al. (2015) 3 d 101.01 asih et al. (2015) n 1 asih et al. (2015) 4 d 500 asih et al. (2015) s k 0.01 pillis et al. (2007) i k 0.01 pillis et al. (2007) p k 0.01 pillis et al. (2007) c k 0.01 pillis et al. (2007)  0.1 pillis et al. (2007) m v 0.01 pillis et al. (2007) figure 3 shows a trajectory with the effects of radiotherapy and followed chemotherapy, which is an advanced patient of cervical cancer. normal cells during the first 30 days showed a rapid decline, from 13 cell/mm3 to 3,638 cell/mm3. this makes patients with 62 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 55-63 advanced cervical cancer in this condition will get worse. therefore, in this study advised not to use this treatment. cancer cells also drop very rapidly, in the first 4 days of radiotherapy and chemotherapy, from 13 cell/mm3 to 0.2061 cell/mm3. figure 3. trajectory diagram the influence of radiotherapy and followed by chemotherapy. conclusion cervical cancer is one type of cancer and second highest incidence of cancer in women compared to other cancers. treatment of cervical cancer with radiotherapy at an early stage is quite effective. this mathematical model showed that treatment of cervical cancer at an advanced stage with radiotherapy and followed by chemotherapy is not effective. because normal cells die very quickly, and will aggravate the patient's condition of cervical cancer. this research needs to be continued with other more effective treatments, especially for advanced stages of cervical cancer. conflict of interest: the authors declare that there is no conflict of interest. references asih t. s. n., suzanne lenhart, steven wise, lina aryati, f. adikusumo, mardiah s. hardianti, jonathan forde, (2015), the dynamics of hpv infection and cervical cancer cells, bull math biol, doi 10.1007/s11538-015-0124-2. globocan, (2012), download february 5, 2018. http://globocan.iarc.fr/old/factsheets/cancers/cervix-new.asp hoffman b., schorge j., schaffer j., halvorson l., bradshaw k., cunningham f., (2008), williams gynecology, second edition, mc grawhill’s, usa. kompas.com, july 10, (2017). download february 5, 2018. http://lifestyle.kompas.com/read/2017/08/15/071700520/kank er-serviks-bisa-dicegah. liu z. and yang c., (2014), researcharticle: a mathematical model of cancer treatment by radiotherapy, hindawi publishing corporation computational and mathematical methods in medicine volume 2014, article id 172923, 12 pages http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2014/172923. murtono et al. – a mathematical model of cervical cancer treatment by … 63 pillis l.g. de, w. gua, k.r. fister, t. head, k. maples, a. murugan, t. neal, k. yoshida, (2007), chemotherapy for tumors: an analysis of the dynamics and a study of quadratic and linear optimal controls, mathematical biosciences 209 (2007) 292–315. woodman c. b. d., collins s. i., young l. s., (2007), the natural history of cervical hpv infection: unresolved issues, nat rev cancer, vol. 7(1): 11-22. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 2, october 2021 | pages: 117-121 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.117-121 issn 2540-9328 (online) antibacterial activity of mangrove root extracts from ngurah rai mangrove forest, denpasar-bali made dharmesti wijaya1*, anak agung gede indraningrat2 1pharmacology and pharmacy department; 2microbiology and parasitology department, faculty of medicine and health sciences, warmadewa university jl. terompong no 24 denpasar 80235, tel. +62 361 240727, indonesia. corresponding author* dharmestiwijaya@gmail.com manuscript received: 08 october 2021. revision accepted: 15 october, 2021. published: 21 october, 2021. abstract the increasing rate of antimicrobial resistance in the past decades has motivated the search for novel antibacterial compounds to overcome infectious diseases. among diverse natural sources, mangrove ecosystems offer untapped sources of biological active compounds for future antibacterial medicine. this research was aimed to evaluate antibacterial activities of crude extracts of four dominant mangrove plants from the ngurah rai mangrove forest namely rhizophora mucronata, avicennia marina, rhizophora apiculata, and sonneratia alba. roots of these four plants were extracted using methanol, chloroform, and n-hexane. these crude extracts were tested against two gram positive bacteria (staphylococcus aureus and streptococcus mutans) and two gram negative bacteria (escherichia coli dan klebsiella pneumoniae) by disc difussion assay. we found that 3 mg/ml of n-hexane crude extracts from r. apiculata yielded the highest zone of inhibition of 8.64 mm against s. aureus. while, 3 mg/ml of chloroform crude extract of r. apiculata yielded the highest inhibition of 19.83 mm against s. mutans. unfortunately, no zone of inhibition was observed when crude extracts were tested against gram negative indicator strains. our results indicate that the root crude extracts of r. apiculata yielded the highest zone of inhibition against gram positive indicator strains compared to root crude extracts of r. mucronata, s. alba, and a. marina. further research is required to determine the antibacterial activities of the mangrove crude extracts against other bacterial indicator strains to determine their spectrum of activities. keywords: mangrove; roots, antibacterial; rhizopora apiculata. introduction antimicrobial substances play a crucial role during prevention and medication of infectious diseases, postoperation infections, infections after chemotherapy or infections for diabetic patients, late stage of kidney diseases and patients with rheumatoid arthritis (ventola, 2015). however, incidence rate of antimicrobial resistance has increased dramatically in the past decades (ventola, 2015), which cause difficulty to treat infectious diseases, increase cost for medication, and lead to higher mortality rate (world health organization, 2020). world health organization reported approximately 700,000 mortality every year until 2014 due to antimicrobial resistance and it is predicted the casualties of antimicrobial resistance reached 10 million in 2050 (departemen kesehatan republik indonesia, 2016). immediate actions are required to overcome the increasing rate of antimicrobial resistance such as a better diagnose and prescription of antibiotics, optimization of therapy regimen, and prevention of infectious diseases (ventola, 2015). in addition, the search for novel antimicrobial compounds are urgently needed since many antibiotics on the market are no longer effective to eradicate bacterial infections (ventola, 2015). among natural resources, mangrove ecosystems are the ideal habitat to search for novel antimicrobial activities. mangrove refers to ecosystem where seawater and fresh water dissolve, which characterize by plants that can tolerate high salinity and limited oxygen (friess, 2016). a number of studies showed that mangrove plants are rich of various of active compounds such as alkaloid, steroid, terpenoid, saponin, tannin, flavonoid dan poliphenol (dahibhate et al., 2018; gouda et al., 2015; patra & mohanta, 2014). furthermore, diversity of these secondary metabolites led to broad biological activities such as antibacterial, antifungal, antioxidant, antiviral, and anticancer, which overall could potentially be developed as the source of new drugs (patra & thatoi, 2011; saranraj, 2015). a study conducted in kalimantan showed antibacterial activities of root of mangrove plant of rhizophora apiculata (usman, 2018). however, a similar study from mangrove plants found in bali have not been conducted. the ngurah rai mangrove forest is the biggest mangrove ecosystem in bali which has more than 16 different mangrove spesies and the four https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.117-121 118 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 117-121 dominant species are rhizophora mucronata, avicennia marina, rhizophora apiculata and sonneratia alba (lugina et al., 2017). to date, antibacterial properties of these four dominant mangrove species are rather unexplored. therefore, we aimed to screen for antibacterial activities of crude extract of the root of these four mangrove species by using three different solvents: methanol, chloroform and n-hexane against gram negative and positive indicator strains. it is expected antibacterial activities of these crude extracts will shed light to explore antibacterial active compounds from root of mangrove plants. materials and methods materials roots of the four dominant mangrove plants: rhizophora mucronata, avicennia marina, rhizophora apiculata and sonneratia alba were collected from the ngurah rai mangrove forest (8o43’40.4886” s, 115o11’42.80313” e), bali, indonesia, on august 2019 during the low tide. the species determination was carried out in eka karya botanical garden, bedugul, tabanan, bali, indonesia. the solvents (methanol, chloroform, and n-hexane) were purchased from merck, germany. methods sample extraction for each of mangrove species, 50 g of each dry powder of mangrove root were macerated twice using 250 ml of individual solvent (methanol, chloroform, or n-hexane) at room temperature for 24 hours and filtered using whatmann filter paper no. 1. the extracts were then evaporated using rotary evaporator (ika®, rv8) at 50°c, 90 rpm and stored in closed and air tight vial at 4°c until further used. antibacterial screening from each mangrove root extract, three level of concentrations were prepared: 1 mg/ml, 3 mg/ml and 5 mg/ml. subsequently, each crude extract was exposed against bacterial indicator strains gram positive (staphylococcus aureus dan streptococcus mutans) and gram negative (escherichia coli dan klebsiella pneumoniae) by disc diffusion assay. one hundred microlitre of bacterial indicator strains were spotted on luria bertani agar and spread using a sterile spreader. thirty microlitre of crude extracts were spotted on a 6 mm paper disc and air dried for 30 minutes. paper discs in triplicates containing crude extracts were placed on agar media containing bacterial indicator strains. ampicillin and streptomycin were used as positive controls, while the solvents, methanol, chloroform, and n-hexane were used as negative controls. antibacterial activities were calculated based on average zone of inhibition (zoi) that were formed from triplicate disc. results and discussion the results showed that antibacterial activities were displayed by some extracts against gram positive strains, s. aureus and s. mutans (table 1), but none against gram negative strains, e. coli dan k. pneumoniae. among the four mangrove species, only r. apiculata exhibited antibacterial properties against both gram positive indicator strains. the concentration of 3 mg/ml n-hexane extract showed the highest zoi of 8.64 ± 0.13 mm against s. aureus while 3 mg/ml chloroform extract yielded the highest zoi of 19.83 ± 0.63 mm against s. mutans. a study by seepana and co-workers (2016) also showed that methanol, ethanol, and hexane extract of r. apiculata roots is active against salmonela typhi and s. aureus. their study also showed that methanol, hexane, and ethanol r. apiculata root extracts have no activity against e. coli. however, there are activities against other gram-negative bacteria salmonella typhi, shown by methanol, hexane, and ethanol extracts of r. apiculata root. ethanolic extract of r. apiculata root also displays activity against k. pneumonia (seepana et al. 2016). figure 1. antimicrobial activity of r. apiculata n-hexane extracts in triplicates against s. aureus. the concentration of 3 mg/ml n-hexane extract showed the highest zoi (8.64 ± 0.13 mm). 5 mg/ml 5 mg/ml 5 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 1 mg/ml 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 1 mg/ml wijaya & indraningrat – antibacterial activity of mangrove root 119 figure 2. antimicrobial activity of r. apiculata chloroform extracts in triplicates against s. mutans. the concentration of 3 mg/ml chloroform extract yielded the highest zoi of 19.83 ± 0.63 mm against s. mutans. table 1. antibacterial activities of mangrove root extracts. bacterial strains samples solvents concentration zoi (mm) staphylococcus aureus rhizopora apiculata methanol 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml chloroform 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml n-hexane 1 mg/ml 8.05 ± 0.64 3 mg/ml 8.64 ± 0.13 5 mg/ml 7.84 ± 0.61 rhizopora mucronata methanol 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml chloroform 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml n-hexane 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml sonneratia alba methanol 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml chloroform 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml n-hexane 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml avicennia marina methanol 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml chloroform 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml n-hexane 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml positive controls ampicillin 10 μg 19.20 ± 0.98 streptomycin 10 μg 15.54 ± 0.22 negative controls methanol chloroform n-hexane 3 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 1 mg/ml 1 mg/ml 5 mg/ml 1 mg/ml 5 mg/ml 5 mg/ml 120 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 117-121 bacterial strains samples solvents concentration zoi (mm) streptococcus mutans rhizopora apiculata methanol 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml chloroform 1 mg/ml 13.98 ± 1.49 3 mg/ml 19.83 ± 0.63 5 mg/ml 15.92 ± 0.68 n-hexane 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml rhizopora mucronata methanol 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml chloroform 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml n-hexane 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml 7.32 ± 0.43 sonneratia alba methanol 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml chloroform 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml n-hexane 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 7.39 ± 0.21 5 mg/ml 7.96 ± 0.25 avicennia marina methanol 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml chloroform 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml n-hexane 1 mg/ml 3 mg/ml 5 mg/ml positive controls ampicillin 10 μg 31.72 ± 3.03 streptomycin 10 μg 20.76 ± 1.49 negative controls methanol chloroform n-hexane in addition, other rhizopora species namely r. mucronata also displayed antibacterial activity in which 5 mg/ml n-hexane extract showed zoi of 7.32 ± 0.43 mm against s. mutans. rhizopora species including r. apiculata and r. mucronata contain many medically important secondary metabolites such as essential oils, glycosides, alkaloids, phenolic compounds, and tannins (habib et al., 2018). tannins is known to have antimicrobial properties against both gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria. this compound passes the bacterial cell wall and intrudes the cell metabolism, resulted in bacterial death (kaczmarek, 2020). furthermore, n-hexane extract of s. alba root showed activity against s. mutans in which the concentration of 3 mg/ml and 5 mg/ml yielded zoi of 7.39 ± 0.21 and 7.96 ± 0.25 mm respectively. although study on s. alba root extract is still limited, there are a number of studies focusing on leaves and bark of this plant. a study by saad and co-workers (2012) showed that methanolic extract of s. alba leaves antibacterial activities were observed against gram-negative bacteria e. coli (17,5 mm), as well as gram-positive bacteria namely s. aureus (12.5 mm) and bacillus cereus (12.5 mm) (saad et al., 2012). our result indicate that overall, crude extract of mangrove root displayed much lower antibacterial activities compared to positive control ampicillin (10 μg) dan streptomycin (10 μg). however, zone of inhibition r. apiculata crude extracts using n-hexane (3 mg/l) were comparable to that of streptomycin. therefore, r. apiculata could potentially contain novel antibacterial compounds. however, composition of active compounds in the crude extracts need to be confirmed. it is expected that once this active compound wijaya & indraningrat – antibacterial activity of mangrove root 121 has been identified, it can be isolated and further developed as new antibiotics drugs. conclusion in conclusion, crude extracts of root r. apiculata displayed the highest antibacterial activities compared to other crude extracts of different mangrove plants. we found that extraction using n-hexane yielded the highest inhibition zones compared to methanol and chloroform. further research is required to elucidate the active compounds in n-hexane. acknowledgements: we would like to acknowledged financial support from up2m of faculty of medicines and health sciences under grant no. 417/unwar/fkik/up2m/kp-02/vii/2019. conflicts of interest: the authors declare that there are no conflicts of interest. references dahibhate, n., saddhe, a., & kumar, k. (2018). mangrove plants as a source of bioactive compounds: a review. 08. doi:10.2174/2210315508666180910125328 departemen kesehatan republik indonesia. (2016). mari bersama atasi resistensi antimikroba (amr). friess, d. a. (2016). mangrove forests. current biology magazine, 26, r746-r748. gouda, s., das, g., & patra, j. k. (2015). mangroves: a rich source of natural bioactive compounds. in s. k. panda (ed.), recent advances in natural products. usa: studium press llc. habib, m. a., khatun, f., ruma, m. k., chowdhury, a., silve, a. r., rahman, a., & hossain, m. i. (2018). a review on phytochemical constituents of pharmaceutically important mangrove plants, their medicinal uses and pharmacological activities. kaczmarek, b. (2020). tannic acid with antiviral and antibacterial activity as a promising component of biomaterials—a minireview. materials, 13(14), 3224. retrieved from https://www.mdpi.com/1996-1944/13/14/3224 lugina, m., alviya, i., indartik, & pribadi, m. a. (2017). strategi keberlanjutan pengelolaan hutan mangrove di tahura ngurah rai bali (strategy of mangrove management in ngurah rai grand forest park). jurnal analisis kebijakan kehutanan, 14(1), 61-77. patra, j. k., & mohanta, y. k. (2014). antimicrobial compounds from mangrove plants: a pharmaceutical prospective. the chinese journal of integrated traditional and western medicine, 1-10. doi:10.1007/s11655-014-1747-0 patra, j. k., & thatoi, h. n. (2011). metabolic diversity and bioactivity screening of mangrove plants: a review. acta physiologiae plantarum, 33(4), 1051-1061. doi:10.1007/s11738-010-0667-7 saad, s., taher, m., susanti, d., qaralleh, h., & awang, a. f. i. b. (2012). in vitro antimicrobial activity of mangrove plant sonneratia alba. asian pacific journal of tropical biomedicine, 2(6), 427-429. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/s2221-1691(12)60069-0 saranraj, p. (2015). mangrove medicinal plants: a review (vol. 7). seepana, r., karthick, p., narayana murthy, k., ramesh, c., mohanraju, r., & vijayakumar, a. (2016). evaluation of antimicrobial properties from the mangrove rhizophora apiculata and bruguiera gymnorrhiza of burmanallah coast, south andaman, india. journal of coastal life medicine, 4(6), 475-478. doi:10.12980/jclm.4.2016j6-52 usman. (2018). uji fitokimia dan uji antibakteri dari akar mangrove rhizopora apiculata terhadap bakteri escherichia coli dan staphylococcus aureus. jurnal kimia dan pendidikan kimia, 2(3), 169-177. doi:10.20961/jkpk.v2i3.11850 ventola, c. l. (2015). the antibiotic resistance crisis: part 1: causes and threats. p & t: a peer-reviewed journal for formulary management, 40(4), 277-283. retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/25859123 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/pmc4378521/ ventola, c. l. (2015). the antibiotic resistance crisis: part 2: management strategies and new agents. p t, 40(5), 344-352. world health organization. (2020). global antimicrobial resistance surveillance system (glass) report: early implementation 2020. retrieved from geneva: https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/332081/9789 240005587-eng.pdf?ua=1 this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 2, october 2021 | pages: 81-86 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.81-86 issn 2540-9328 (online) risk assessment of heavy metals in chromolaena odorata collected around gemstone mining site in ijero-ekiti efe sylvanus abiya, foluso akinbode ologundudu*, ekpo wisdom department of biology, federal university of technology akure, nigeria. corresponding author* akinbodefoluso@gmail.com manuscript received: 27 july 2021. revision accepted: 02 august, 2021. published: 01 october, 2021. abstract in nigeria, like many developing nations, the resultant effect of land degradation: aggravated soil erosion, flood disasters, salinization or alkalisation, and the desertification have been a major public health concern for the past decades, however this study highlighted some of the factors that leads to the menace of soil fertility. the study was conducted at a gemstone mining site in ijero ekiti, ekiti state, nigeria. the soil samples were collected at a depth of 0-15 cm top soil and 0-30 cm subsoil. a line transect of 20 cm was drawn and soil sample was collected, all samples were kept in a clean container and labeled accordingly before been transported to the laboratory for analysis. the plant samples were thoroughly washed with distilled water to remove dust and other particles, air dried in a dust free wire meshed cage. all data obtained from this research were subjected to one-way analysis of variance (anova). the result obtained in this study indicated that the levels of heavy metal concentration tested were still within the permissible limit in the root and shoot of chromolaena odorata between the mine and control site. the implication of this is that chromolaena odorata is safe for human and animal consumption. the said plant can readily undergo photosynthetic activity to aid growth by exploiting the presence of these metals either as a macro-nutrient or micro-nutrient as seen from the translocation factor and metal transfer factor. the study concludes that soil at ijeroekiti mine site were slightly acidic soil ph, reduced organic carbon, total nitrogen, available phosphorus, exchangeable cations and averagely elevated heavy metal contents. keywords: chromonlaena odorata; gemstone; permissible limit; photosynthetic ability; transfer factor; heavy metal. introduction major problem of land degradation and pollution arise as a result of exploitation and excavation of the natural environment with an increase in sophisticated tools and methods and also revolution in industrialization in large scale pose a serious threat to the world’s resources and environmental degradation with socio-economic impacts katar (2009). the main causes of this degradation are transformation of fertile cultivated land into wasteland and in some cases pose serious environmental pollution and ecological degradation which can leads to loss of biodiversity (keskin and makineci, 2009). mining is one of the major factors that have pose serious threat and hazards that can jeopardize ecosystems of nations. nigeria has been actively engaged in solid mineral exploitation for more than decades and endowed with deposit of more than 34 solid minerals including coal, tin, gold and many more across the country. adekoya et al., 2003, southwestern part of the country has about 25% of the total land mass consisting of sedimentary rocks and hence mining activities are common. mining operations alter a site’s ecosystem by disrupting the ecological balance, landscapes, agricultural lands, forests, plantations and vegetation as well as the economic food and tree crops. other impacts of mining include alteration of the soil structure, loss and overturning of the fertile top soil, air, soil and water pollution, instability of soil and rock masses, destruction of flora and fauna, casing mass exodus of species of animals (adegboye, 2012). however, the health implications associated to mining as recorded by kitula (2004) in tanzania that the symptoms of heavy metals poisoning such as sensory disturbance, metallic taste and night blindness are common and also the world health organizations reported the prevalence of human diseases during the past decade is rapidly increasing due to effect of heavy metals. methods study area the study was conducted at a gemstone mining site in ijero ekiti, ekiti state, south western region of nigeria. sample collection soil and plants samples were collected at the different spots at the gemstone mining site in ijero ekiti, ekiti state. the soil samples were collected at a depth of 0-15 https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.81-86 82 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 81-86 cm top soil and 0-30 cm subsoil. a line transect of 20 cm was drawn and soil sample was collected, all samples were kept in a clean container and labeled accordingly before been transported to the laboratory for analysis. the plant samples were thoroughly washed with distilled water to remove dust and other particles, then air dried in a dust free wire meshed cage. the analysis was carried out at the sustainable environmental laboratory and crop, soil and pest management in federal university of technology akure. soil physico-chemical properties, ph and conductivity of soil ten gram of the soil sample was weighed and placed into a sample cup; 20 ml of water was measured and poured into it. setup was allowed to stand for 30 minutes. afterwards, the ph meter was inserted into the dissolved soil sample and the reading was taken. at a room temperature of 28oc, soil conductivity was conducted using the auto-conductivity machine and the reading were recorded. organic carbon and organic matter little of the soil sample was pulverized. 1 gram was weighed into a 250ml conical flask. 10ml of potassium dichromate (k2cr2o7) was added. 20ml of sulphuric acid (h2so4) was further added and the flask was swirl vigorously for one minute. afterwards, 100ml of distilled water was added after standing for 30minutes. 3-4 drops of ferroin indicator and titrate with 0.5m iron (ii) ammonium sulphate (fe2nh4so2), takes a greenish cast and then changes to dark green. at this point, ferrous sulphate was added drop by drop until colour change was observed from green to brownish red. metal analysis about 1.0 to 2.0 gram of the sample was weighed into a 250 ml conical flask after dried in an oven for one hour. 20 ml of trioxonitrate acid (hno3) was added. then it was heated in a heater starting with low temperature for about 15 to 20 minutes. the heat was increased to medium temperature for about 30 minutes again and finally at high heating until complete digestion is required. the flask was rotated at intervals until the digest is clear (white fumes) continue heating for few minutes after that to ascertain complete digestion, that is, a clear solution is an evidence of complete a complete digestion. after cooling the sample residue was filtered and use to make up the digest up to 50 or 100ml or as appropriate. after being placed in a sample bottle the concentration using atomic absorption spectrophotometer (aas) or flame photometer was carried out for the elements like (ni, cd, as, cu, zn, pb and cr). most importantly, the machine (aas) must be powered for about 30 to 45 minutes before introducing any sample into it. this is done to increase the efficiency of the machine. statistical analysis all data obtained from this research were subjected to one-way analysis of variance (anova) and means separated with new duncan’s multiple range tests using spss 17.0 version of windows 7 statistical package was used. results table 1. soil textural class of the soil samples. soil samples % clay % silt % sand soil textural class transect site 30.48 15.28 54.2 sandy clay mining site 30.48 15.28 54.28 sandy clay control site 26.48 9.28 64.2 sandy laomy physico-chemical characteristics of soil at the mining and control sites. table 2 shows the physical and chemical (physicochemical) characteristics of soil sampled at the mine and control sites. the ph value at the mining site (6.81 ± 0.01) is slightly elevated compared to the control site (6.51 ± 0.01) and are significantly different from each other (p < 0.05). generally, elevated levels of concentration were observed for conductivity, bulk density, phosphorus, exchangeable cation (mg, k, na, ca), cation exchange capacity, organic carbon and total nitrogen between soils of mine site and control site respectively which are also not significantly different (p < 0.05). table 2. physico-chemical characteristics of soil at the mining and control sites. soil parameters pair mean±s.e n s.d t. cal sig remarks ph m 6.51±0.01 3 0.01 36.742 0.001 s c 6.81±0.01 3 0.01 conductivity m 644.3±0.88 3 1.53 378.976 0.000 ns c 171.6±0.88 3 1.53 porosity m 47.2±0.57 3 1.00 -7.232 0.005 ns c 51.9±0.32 3 0.55 bulk density m 1.32±0.01 3 0.01 12.017 0.001 ns abiya et al. – risk assessment of heavy metals in chromolaena odorata … 83 soil parameters pair mean±s.e n s.d t. cal sig remarks c 1.19±0.01 3 0.02 sodium m 2.52±0.01 3 0.02 -70.835 0.000 ns c 1.77±0.01 3 0.01 phosphorus m 4.66±0.01 3 0.02 -231.715 0.001 ns c 7.55±0.01 3 0.02 potassium m 5.21±0.01 3 0.01 4.000 0.000 ns c 7.46±0.01 3 0.01 calcium m 1.59±0.01 3 0.02 32.571 0.000 ns c 1.25±0.01 3 0.01 magnesium m 1.91±0.01 3 0.01 39.528 0.000 ns c 1.49±0.01 3 0.02 cec m 3.17±0.01 3 0.01 86.963 0.000 ns c 2.25±0.01 3 0.02 org. carbon m 0.94±0.01 3 0.01 -53.889 0.001 ns c 1.38±0.01 3 0.01 nitrogen m 0.85±0.01 3 0.01 -52.664 0.00 ns c 1.28±0.01 3 0.01 note: s – significant; ns – not significant; m – mining; c – control; s.d – standard deviation; t.cal/t-calculated; s.e-standard error; nnumber of replicates physical and chemical characteristics of soil at the line transect and control sites. table 3 shows the physical and chemical (physicochemical) characteristics of soil samples at the line transect site and control sites. the ph value at the line transect site (6.99 ± 0.01) is slightly elevated compared to the control (6.51 ± 0.01) site and are not significantly different to each other (p < 0.05). generally, there are no significant differences observed for the concentration of conductivity, bulk density, organic carbon, phosphorus, exchangeable cation (mg, k, na, ca) and total nitrogen between soils of the line transect site and control site and are also not significantly different (p < 0.05) from each other. table 3. physico-chemical characteristics of soil at the line transect and control sites. soil parameters pair mean±s.e n s.d t.cal sig remarks ph t 6.99±0.01 3 0.01 58.788 0.000 ns c 6.51±0.01 3 0.01 conductivity t 364.0±0.57 3 1.00 182.463 0.000 ns c 171.6±0.88 3 1.52 porosity t 45.5±0.57 3 0.01 -9.697 0.001 s c 51.9±0.32 3 0.55 bulk density t 1.35±0.01 3 0.02 12.829 0.000 ns c 1.19±0.01 3 0.02 sodium t 3.43±0.01 3 0.01 111.452 0.000 ns c 2.52±0.01 3 0.01 phosphorus t 14.6±0.01 3 0.02 570.870 0.000 ns c 7.55±0.01 3 0.02 potassium t 8.82±0.01 3 0.01 166.565 0.001 ns c 7.46±0.01 3 0.01 calcium t 1.49±0.01 3 0.02 23.085 0.000 ns c 1.25±0.01 3 0.01 magnesium t 2.11±0.01 3 0.01 58.502 0.001 ns c 1.49±0.01 3 0.02 cec t 4.12±0.01 3 0.01 177.088 0.001 ns c 2.25±0.01 3 0.02 org. carbon t 1.95±0.01 3 0.02 54.391 0.000 ns c 1.38±0.01 3 0.01 nitrogen t 1.38±0.01 3 0.01 -37.967 0.001 ns c 0.97±0.01 3 0.01 note: s – significant; ns – not significant; t – transect; c – control; s.d – standard deviation; t.cal/t-calculated; s.e-standard error; nnumber of replicates. the nutrient of zinc (zn), copper (cu), cadmium (cd), chromium (cr), nickel (ni) and lead (pb) in the soil at the mine site are slightly higher in abundance compared to the control site. paradoxically, arsenic (as) seems to have a low nutrient concentration in the soils at the mining and control sites. 84 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 81-86 table 4 translocation factor of each element at the mining and control site for chromolaena odorata elements mining site control site tf (cu) 0.796 0.456 tf (zn) 0.982 0.853 tf (pb) 0.939 0.876 tf (ni) 0.759 0.704 tf (as) 0.001 0.001 tf (cr) 0.953 0.014 tf (cd) 0.800 0.333 note: tf – translocation factor. translocation factor (tf) = concentration of metals (mg/kg) in the receiving level (shoot) concentration of metals (mg/kg) in the source level (root) translocation factor of each element between the soils at the mining and control sites in tree herb the nutrient of copper (cu), zinc (zn), lead (pb) and cadmium (cd) in the soil at the mine site are considerably higher in abundance compared to the control site. in contrast, nickel (ni), arsenic (as) and chromium (cr) seems to have a low nutrient in soil at the mine and control site. table 5 translocation factor of each element both at the mining and control site for the tree herb. elements mining site control site tf (cu) 1.224 0.589 tf (zn) 1.176 0.902 tf (pb) 1.040 0.759 tf (ni) 0.590 1.516 tf (as) 0.500 0.500 tf (cr) 0.956 0.936 tf (cd) 1.000 0.400 tf –translocation factor. 𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 (𝑇𝑓) = concentration of metals (mg/kg) in the receiving level (shoot) concentration of metals (mg/kg) in the source level (root) metal transfer factor of each element between the soils at the mining and control sites in chromolaena odorata the metal transfer factor of copper (cu), zinc (zn), lead (pb) and chromium (cr) seems to have a high transfer factor in the soils at the mine and control site. in contrast, arsenic (as) and nickel (ni) seems to have a low metal transfer at the mine and control site respectively. table 6 indication of the values of the metal transfer factor of each element both at the mining and control site for chromolaena odorata. elements mining site control site mtf (cu) 2.640 1.666 mtf (zn) 3.761 3.130 mtf (pb) 9.818 9.636 mtf (ni) 0.000 0.000 mtf (as) 5.000 3.000 mtf (cr) 13.700 10.200 mtf (cd) 0.000 0.00 mtf – metal transfer factor metal transfer factor = mp = metal content in plant shoot (mg/kg) ms = metal content in soil (mg/kg) metal transfer factor of each element between the soils at the mining and control sites in tree herb table 7 metal transfer factor of each element both at the mining and control site for the tree herb. elements mining site control site mtf (cu) 6.800 2.813 mtf (zn) 4.500 2.488 mtf (pb) 6.818 6.000 mtf (ni) 0.000 0.000 mtf (as) 3.000 1.000 mtf (cr) 11.800 11.000 mtf (cd) 0.000 0.000 mtf – metal transfer factor. metal transfer factor = mp = metal content in plant shoot (mg/kg) ms = metal content in soil (mg/kg) discussion international organizations such as united state environmental protection agency (usepa), world health organization (who) has given some guidelines for the presence of heavy metals in plant and soil (marcovecchio et al; (2007). therefore, heavy metals like copper (cu), zinc (zn), lead (pb), nickel (ni), arsenic (as), chromium (cr) and cadmium (cd) has their respective permissible limit in plant and soil as specified by (who). the maximum permissible level in plant for (cd) is 0.02mg/kg; (zn) is 50mg/kg; (cu) is 10mg/kg; (pb) is 2mg/kg; (ni) is 10mg/kg; (cr) is 0.03mg/kg and arsenic (as) is 0.05mg/kg. the maximum permissible limit in soil for (cd) is 45.00mg/kg; (cu) is 30.00mg/kg; (pb) is 35.00mg/kg; (ni) is 20.00mg/kg; (cr) is 30.00mg/kg and arsenic (as) is 20.00mg/kg. the result for heavy metals in plant in this study indicated that the levels of heavy metal concentration tested were still within the permissible limit in the root and shoot of chromolaena odorata between the mine and control site. the implication of this is that chromolaena odorata is safe for human and animal consumption; the said plant can readily undergo photosynthetic activity to aid growth by exploiting the presence of this metals either as a macro-nutrient or micro-nutrient as seen from the translocation factor (tables 3 and 4) and metal transfer factor (table 5) calculated independently for each of the metals (mysliwa-kurdziel et al; (2004). however, the result also shows that the level of heavy metal concentration is significantly higher at the mine site compared to the control site. this is so because as distance from the point source increases, the concentration or toxicity level abiya et al. – risk assessment of heavy metals in chromolaena odorata … 85 decreases considerably (olafisoye et al; (2013). another distinction observed is that zn, as, and cd are significantly different from each other (both in the root and shoot) of the aforementioned plant. this can also be due to the rate of absorption or uptake experienced between the mine and control site considerably (yang et al., (1998) which characteristically influenced the soil type of the mine site (sandy-clay) and the control site (sandy-loam) (table 1). similar result was also noted for in the root and shoot of the tree herb collected at the same site. the heavy metal concentrations tested were also within permissible limit. heavy metal pollution of soil is regarded as one of the severe environmental challenges in many countries of the world (facchinelli et al., (2001). concentrations of cu, zn, as, cd, ni and pb in the soil are among the heavy metals investigated for in the mine and control site. concentration zinc (zn), copper (cu), lead (pb) were significantly higher at the mining site compared to the control site although it is within the permissible limit. a previous study also showed that mining around kabwe was responsible for heavy metal pollution, especially by pb (tembo et al., (2006). that paper indicated that the heavy metal concentrations decreased with increasing distance from the mine, confirming that mining activities are the main cause of soil contamination. lead (pb) toxicity causes many diseases including hematological, gastrointestinal and neurological dysfunctions, and nephropathy (lockitch,1993). it is reported that children have a greater susceptibility to pb toxicity because intestinal absorption of pb is five times greater in children than in adults. oelofse (2008) also reported elevated concentrations of as, cu, cd and pb at the ijero-ekiti mine soil. cooke and johnson (2002), akcil and koldas (2006) and arogunjo (2007) observed that low ph in mine soils promoted solubility of heavy metals. the slightly acidic soil ph at ijero-ekiti mine site is due to manual technologies adopted which resulted in the overturning of the top soil. while concentrations of heavy metals in the mine soils were slightly elevated, plant nutrient concentrations were lower at the line transect and mining site respectively (table 6 and 7). low levels of conductivity, bulk density, organic carbon, phosphorus, exchangeable cation (mg, k, na, ca) and total nitrogen were reported between soils of the line transect and mine site, and high zn and cu concentration occurred in the mine and transect sites, as supported by martinez and motto (2000) and oelofse (2008), that mining activities negatively affected the mineralization, absorption and uptake of nutrients by the root and shoot of plant. conclusion the primary target for the toxicity of heavy metals is still not clear yet. however, this study has showed the impact of mining activities on the plant and soil. it has provided up-to date empirical data on the current state of soil and plant degradation as a result of exploitation of solid mineral in ijero-ekiti southwestern nigeria. the study concludes that soil at ijero-ekiti mine site were slightly acidic soil ph, reduced organic carbon, total nitrogen, available phosphorus, exchangeable cations and averagely elevated heavy metal contents. since most of the metals analyzed for were more or less within the permissible limit according to the guidelines of world health organization (who), that means the plant is considerably safe for human and animal consumption. the reason for this safety may be due to the manual technologies adopted at the ijero-ekiti mine sites as compared to other sites such as: awo and itagunmodi where mechanized technologies were used, thereby resulting to greater discharge and accumulation of this respective metals causing more damage and degradation to the plants and soil. the study underscores the need for strict mining operation policies in nigeria with quick remediation strategies to restore degraded soil and plant life. consent for publication: all authors are aware of the publication of this manuscript. availability of data and material: the datasets used and/or analysed during the current study are available from the corresponding author on request. competing interest: the authors declare that they have no competing interest. funding: the research was self-funded. authors’ contributions: mr. e. s. abiya designed the experiment, ekpo wisdom carried out the laboratory works. dr. f. a. ologundudu carried out the statistical analysis and interpretation of the results. the author(s) read and approved the final manuscript. acknowledgement: the researchers want to appreciate the technical staff of the department of biology, federal university of technology, akure, nigeria. references adegboye ma (2012) effect of mining on farming in jos south local government area of plateau state. j. soil sci. environ. manage. 3:77–83. doi: 10.5897/jssem11.048 adekoya ja, kehinde-phillips o, odukoya am (2003) geological distribution of mineral resources in southwestern nigeria. in: elueze a.a. (ed.) prospects for investment in mineral resources of southwestern nigeria. nig. mining and geosci. soc. (nmgs), 113. akcil a, koldas s (2006) acid mine drainage (amd) causes, treatment and case studies. journal of cleaner production, 14, 1139-1145. 86 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 81-86 arogunjo a (2007) heavy metal composition of some solid minerals in nigeria and their health implications to the environment. journal of biological sciences 10(24):4438-43 doi: 10.3923/jbs.2007.4438.4443· facchinelli, a., scchi, e., & mallen, l. (2001). multivariate statistical and gis-based approach to identify heavy metal sources in soils. environ. pollution. 114, 313–324. katar s., (2009). environmental degradation and measures for its mitigation with special reference to india’s agricultural sector. india. journal of agriculture. econ. 64, 1, jan.-march keskin, k. & makineci, e. (2009). some soil properties on coal mine spoils reclaimed with black locust (robinia pseudoacacia l.) and umbrella pine (pinuspinea l.) in agacliistanbul, environ. monit. assess., 159, 407–414. lockitch g (1993). perspective on lead toxicity. cline. biochem., 26: 371-381. marcovecchio j.e., botte s.e., & freije r.h. (2007). heavy metals, major metals, trace elements. in: handbook of water analysis. l.m. nollet, (ed.). 2nd edn. london: crc press; 275-311. martinez, c.e. & h.l. motto, 2000. solubility of lead, zinc and copper added to mineral soils. environmental pollution.107: 153-158. myśliwa-kurdziel b., prasad m.n.v., & strzałka, k., (2004). photosynthesis in heavy metal stressed plants. in: prasad mnv (ed) heavy metal stress in plants: from biomolecules to ecosystems. springer, berlin, 146–181. olafisoye o. b., tejumade a. & otolorin a. o., (2013). heavy metals contamination of water, soil, and plants around an electronic waste dumpsite. pol. j. environ. stud., 22(5): 14311439. suzan h. h. oelofse (2008) protecting a vulnerable groundwater resource from the impacts of waste disposal: a south african waste governance perspective, international journal of water resources development, 24:3, 477-489. tembo d.b., sichilongo k, & cernak j., (2006). distribution of copper, lead, cadmium and zinc concentrations in soils around kabwe town in zambia. chemosphere, 63: 497-501. yang m.g., lin, x.y., & yang x.e (1998). impact of cd on growth and nutrient accumulation of different plant species. china journal of applied ecology, 19:89-94. biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 9, number 1, april 2020 | pages: 33-37 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2020.91.33-37 issn 2540-9328 (online) toxicological effects of ethanolic stem bark extract of xylopia aethiopica on testicular oxidative stress markers and histology of male rats elias adikwu1,*, ben enoluomen ehigiator2 1department of pharmacology and toxicology, faculty of pharmacy, niger delta university, nigeria 2department of pharmacology and toxicology, faculty of pharmacy, madonna university, nigeria corresponding author* adikwuelias@gmail.com manuscript received: 22 april, 2020. revision accepted: 10 may, 2020. published: 11 may, 2020. abstract impairment in testicular function can occur through perturbations in testicular oxidative stress markers and histology. xylopia aethiopica (xe) is used to enhance fertility in males, but with information gap on its effect on testicular oxidative stress markers and histology. the present study assessed the effects of ethanolic stem bark extract of xylopia aethiopica (eexa) on testicular oxidative stress markers and histology of male albino rats. sixty adult male albino rats (200g-250g) were randomly grouped into 4 (a-d) of 15 rats per group. the rats in the control group a (a1-a3) were administered per oral (p.o) with water (0.2 ml/day) for 15, 30 and 60 days respectively. the rats in groups b (b1-b3), c(c1-c3) and d (d1-d3) were administered p.o with eexa (200, 400 and 800 mg/kg/day) for 15, 30 and 60 days respectively. the rats were anesthetized at the termination of eexa administration and were dissected and testes removed. the testes were weighed and evaluated for oxidative stress markers and histology. testicular weights were decreased in a dose and-time dependent fashion in eexa-treated rats. significant decreases in testicular superoxide dismutase, glutathione, catalase, and glutathione peroxidase levels with significant increases in malondialdehyde levels in a dose and time-dependent fashion were observed in rats administered with eexa. testicular histology showed cellular necrosis, degeneration and loss of interstitial tissues in rats administered with eexa. this study observed that eexa perturbed testicular oxidative markers and histology. its use may impair testicular function. keywords: xylopia aethiopica; testis; oxidative stress; histology; rat. introduction infertility is defined as the inability to conceive after 1 year of regular unprotected sexual intercourse (rowe et al., 1993). infertility can be caused by a number of factors including drugs and exposure to chemical substances (slade et al., 2007). one of the proposed mechanisms by which drugs and chemical substances cause infertility is through the induction of oxidative stress via uncontrollable activity of reactive oxygen species (ros) (geng et al., 2015; alahmar, 2019). studies have shown that 40%–88% of infertile patients have high levels of seminal ros (lewis et al., 1995). increased ros can lead to testicular redox imbalance, reduced sperm quality and increased sperm dna damage. spermatozoa are highly vulnerable to the deleterious activities of excess ros because of the presence of unsaturated fatty acids found in their cell membranes. the unsaturated fatty acids undergo oxidation which is detrimental to sperm cell, germ cell membrane, eventually inducing cell death (proudfoot, 2007). excess ros can also damage biomolecules (dna, lipids and proteins) thus, altering the morphology and functions of the testes (uzunhisarcikli et al., 2007; afolabi et al., 2018). in traditional medicine, the use of herbal remedies to treat ailments including infertility is one of the most important therapeutic approaches used by man (kashani et al., 2017). evidence based herbal remedies can serve as effective treatments for infertility among males and females. herbal remedies produced from special plant parts are believed to improve reproductive organ functions, hormonal system, and sex drive (kashani et al., 2017). however, the indiscriminate use of herbal remedies to enhance fertility is becoming worrisome due to possible adverse effects on reproduction function (leke, 2018). studies using animals have shown spermatogenesis arrest, impaired gonadal hormone function, distorted testicular morphology and altered testicular redox status caused by some herbal products (kusemiju et al., 2012). xylopia aethiopica (annonaceae) (xe) is an aromatic tree that grows up to 15-30 m high. it is native to lowland rainforest and moist fringe forest in savannah zones of africa (orwa et al., 2009). xe is commonly used in traditional medicine for the treatment of diseases https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2020.91.33-37 34 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 33-37 (ogbonnia et al., 2008). its bark and leaves are used to treat boils, sores, wounds and cuts. the stem bark is used in combination with other medicinal plants as topical remedy for post-partum breast infections. the decoction of its fruit is used as treatment for bronchitis, rheumatism, asthma, and dysenteric conditions. its fruit and bark extracts are also used as tonic to facilitate or stimulate fertility (burkill, 1985) which has not been proven scientifically. however, we have shown that the ethanolic stem back extract of xe decreased sperm quality and impaired reproductive hormones in male albino rats (ehigiator and adikwu, 2020). this study further examined the toxicological effects of the ethanolic stem bark extract of xylopia aethiopica (eexa) on testicular oxidative stress markers and morphology of male albino rats. this study is imperative due to the fact that experimentally, anti-fertility effects of xenobiotics have been associated with perturbations in testicular oxidative stress markers and histology (agarwal et al., 2005) materials and methods plant material xe stem bark was sourced from imo state, nigeria and was identified at the federal ministry of environment and forestry research institute of nigeria, benin city, edo state. xe stem bark was air dried and powdered using mortar, pestle and manual grinder. thereafter, 900g of the powder was macerated in 200ml of ethanol for 72 hours with intermittent shaking. the resultant extract was filtered at the end of maceration. the filtrate was concentrated using a rotary evaporator and the yield of the extract was used for this study. animals in bred adult male albino rats (200g-250g) were sourced from the department of pharmacology and toxicology, madonna university, nigeria. the rats were housed in clean gauze cages with free access to diet and water and maintained under standard laboratory conditions. the rats were acclimatized for 2 weeks prior to the experiment. the study was approved by the research ethics committee of the department of pharmacology and toxicology, madonna university, nigeria. the rats were handled according to the recommendations of the research ethics committee. animal grouping and treatment  sixty adult male albino rats were randomized into 4 groups (a-d) of 15 rats each. each group was further divided into 3 subgroups of 5 rats each.  group a which served as control was administered per oral (p.o) with water (0.2ml/day) for 15, 30 and 60 days.  group b (b1-b3) was administered p.o with eexa (200mg/kg/day) for 15, 30 and 60 days.  group c (c1-c3) was administered p.o with eexa (400mg/kg/day) for 15, 30 and 60 days.  group d (d1-d3) was administered p.o with eexa (800mg/kg/day) for 15, 30 and 60 days. animal sacrifice, collection of samples and oxidative stress assay the rats were anesthetised at end of extract administration after overnight fast. testes were excised and washed in cold physiological saline. the testes were homogenized in 0.1 m tris-hcl solution buffered (ph 7.4) and centrifuged at 3000 g for 20 min. the supernatants were collected and assessed for oxidative stress markers. testicular total protein was measured according to gonall et al. (1949) whereas malondialdehyde (mda) was assayed as reported by buege and aust, (1978). reduced glutathione (gsh) was analysed according to sedlak and lindsay, (1968) whereas superoxide dismutase (sod) was assayed as reported by sun and zigma, (1978). the method of aebi, (1984) was used to determine catalase (cat) whereas glutathione peroxidase (gpx) was assessed according to rotruck et al. (1973). histological examination of the testes testicular tissues were routinely processed and dehydrated in graded alcohol and embedded in paraffin wax. sections 3-5μm thick were prepared using a rotary microtome and stained with hematoxylin and eosin (h and e) and viewed with the aid of a light microscope for histological changes. statistical analysis graph pad prism 5.03 (graphpad software inc., ca, usa) statistical package was used for the analysis of data. results are expressed as mean ± standard error of mean (sem). results were subjected to two-way analysis of variance (anova) followed by tukey’s multiple comparison test. values at p<0.05; 0.01 and 0.001 were considered significant. results testicular weights were decreased in a dose and time dependent fashion in rats administered with eexa (200, 400 and 800 mg/kg) when compared to control (table 1). the decrease in testicular weight was significant at p<0.05 in rats administered with eexa (200 mg/kg) for 60 days whereas decreases were significant at p<0.01 in rats administered with eexa (400 and 800 mg/kg) for 30 and 60 days when compared to control (table 1). the administration of eexa produced dose and timedependent increases in testicular mda levels when compared to control (table 2). the increases were significant at p<0.05 and p<0.001 in rats administered with eexa (800 and 400 mg/kg) for 15 and 30 days adikwu & ehigiator. – toxicological effects of ethanolic stem bark extract of xylopia aethiopica … 35 respectively when compared to control. however, at p<0.001 increase was significant in rats administered with eexa (800mg/kg) for 60 days when compared to control (table 2). furthermore, the administration of eexa decreased testicular sod, cat, gsh and gpx levels in a dose and timedependent fashion when compared to control (tables 3-6). testicular sod, cat, gsh and gpx levels were significantly decreased at p<0.05 in rats administered with eexa (200 and 400 mg/kg) for 15 and 30 days. on the other hand, significant decreases at p<0.01and p<0.001 were observed in rats administered with eexa (200, 400 and 800mg/kg) for 60 days when compared to control (tables 3-6). h and e stained section of the testis of control rat showed normal histology (figure a). in contrast, the testis of rat administered with eexa (800mg/kg) for 15 days showed showed necrosis, loss of interstitial tissues and cellular degeneration (figure b). the testis of rat administered with eexa (800mg/kg) for 30 days showed enlarged interstitial space, loss of interstitial tissues, and cellular degeneration (figure c). the testis of rat administered with eexa (800mg/kg) for 60 days showed loss of interstitial tissues, cellular degeneration and necrosis (figure d). table 1. effect of ethanolic stem bark extract of xylopia aethiopica on relative testicular weight of albino rats. dose (mg/kg) 15 days 30 days 60 days control 0.71± 0.03 0.72± 0.05 0.70± 0.01 200 0.67± 0.02 0.62± 0.07 0.41± 0.06* 400 0.50± 0.06* 0.40± 0.11** 0.30± 0.03** 800 0.43± 0.04* 0.31± 0.36** 0.25± 0.44** data are expressed as mean ±sem, n=5, * p<0.05 when compared to control ** p<0.01 when compared to control table 2. effect of ethanolic stem bark extract of xylopia aethiopica on testicular malondialdehyde of albino rats. dose (mg/kg) 15 days 30 days 60 days control 0.46 ± 0.09 0.42 ± 0.01 0.45 ± 0.04 200 0.47 ± 0.05 0.48 ± 0.03 0.78 ± 0.05* 400 0.65± 0.03* 0.72± 0.07* 1.00 ± 0.03** 800 0.76 ± 0.08* 0.89± 0.04** 1.45 ± 0.07*** data are expressed as mean ±sem, n=5 *p<0.05 when compared to control **p<0.01 when compared to control, ***at p<0.001 when compared to control figure 1. fig a. the testis of control rat showing normal seminiferous tubules (st). fig b: testis of rat treated with eexa(800mg/kg) for 15 days showing necrosis (n) loss of interstitial tissue (it) and cellular degeneration (cd). fig c: testis of rat treated with eexa (800 mg/kg) for 30 days showing enlarged interstitial space (es), loss of interstitial tissues (li), and cellular degeneration (cd). fig d: testis of rat treated with eexa (800mg/kg) for 60 days showing loss of interstitial tissues (lt) cellular degeneration (cd) and necrosis (cn) (h&e)x 200 . fig a fig b fig c fig d st st n cd it es li cd lt cn cd 36 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 33-37 table 3. effect of ethanolic stem bark extract of xylopia aethiopica on testicular superoxide dismutase of albino rats. dose (mg/kg) 15 days 30 days 60 days control 17.5± 2.63 16.9± 1.69 17.9± 2.00 200 13.4 ± 0.19* 10.7 ± 1.11* 7.62 ± 0.47** 400 9.14 ± 0.55* 6.32 ± 0.35* 4.57 ± 0.02** 800 6.26 ± 0.32** 3.68 ± 0.19** 1.17 ± 0.04*** data are expressed as mean ±sem, n=5 *p<0.05 when compared to control **p<0.01 when compared to control, ***at p<0.001 when compared to control table 4. effect of ethanolic stem bark extract of xylopia aethiopica on testicular catalase of albino rats. dose (mg/kg) 15 days 30 days 60 days control 25.3 ± 3.00 26.5± 2.57 26.9 ± 3.90 200 20.1 ± 2.25* 15.8± 1.00* 9.37 ± 0.77** 400 15.6 ± 1.53* 9.96 ± 0.21* 6.44 ± 0.62** 800 9.90 ± 0.61** 6.32 ± 0.51** 2.51± 0.54*** data are expressed as mean ±sem, n=5 *p<0.05 when compared to control **p<0.01 when compared to control, ***at p<0.001 when compared to control table 5. effect of ethanolic stem bark extract of xylopia aethiopica on testicular glutathione of albino rats. dose (mg/kg) 15 days 30 days 60 days control 15.0 ± 0.11 16.7± 1.04 15.9± 0.33 200 10.9 ± 0.62* 7.08 ± 0.39* 5.43± 0.57** 400 7.32± 0.65* 5.61 ± 0.91** 3.24 ± 0.73*** 800 5.14 ± 0.58** 3.65 ± 0.63** 1.22 ± 0.09*** data are expressed as mean ±sem, n=5 *p<0.05 when compared to control **p<0.01 when compared to control, ***at p<0.001 when compared to control table 6. effect of ethanolic stem bark extract of xylopia aethiopica on testicular glutathione peroxidise of albino rats. dose (mg/kg) 15 days 30 days 60 days control 20.2 ± 2.55 20.9 ± 2.43 21.9± 2.78 200 15.7 ± 1.25* 11.7 ± 1.00* 8.9 9± 0.52** 400 11.6 ± 0.11* 9.05 ± 0.61* 5.76 ± 0.28** 800 8.48 ± 0.32** 6.71 ± 0.22** 2.32 ± 0.32*** data are expressed as mean ±sem, n=5 *p<0.05 when compared to control **p<0.01 when compared to control, ***at p<0.001 when compared to control discussion one of the primary objectives of the preclinical toxicological assessment of xenobiotics is the identification of target organs which can help clinicians to monitor the adverse profile of xenobiotics during clinical development. experimentally, perturbation in testicular weight is an index for the adverse effect of xenobiotics on testicular function (stevens and gallo,1989). the current study observed dereases in testicular weights in a dose and time-dependent fashion in eexaadministered rats. testis contains antioxidants including sod, cat, gsh, and gpx which prevent free radical-induced damage (quinn and payne, 1984). free radicals especially ros are very important for cell signalling and essential physiological functions in the testis. however, excessive production of free radicals can alter cellular redox balance through oxidative stress thereby disrupting normal biological functions. the male reproductive system especially the testes are susceptible to ros-induced oxidative stress (sabeti et al., 2016; asadi et al., 2017). most health related issues that impaired testicular function have been associated with ros-induced oxidative stress and decreased testicular antioxidant defence (halliwell, 2006). the present study observed dose and time-dependent decreases in testicular sod, cat, gsh and gpx levels in rats administered with eexa. this observation is a sign of testicular oxidative stress caused by ros.the overwhelming activity of ros in the testis might have surpassed the regulatory capacity of antioxidants leading to their depletion. ros production is regulated by antioxidants to prevent oxidative damage, including lipid peroxidation (lpo). lpo is a ros-induced oxidation of polyunsaturated fatty acids. lpo has been related to various health conditions including infertility because of the oxidative products produced that can be detrimental to testicular function (nam, 2011). the present study assayed testicular mda level to ascertain the extent and magnitude of testicular lpo caused by eexa. testicular mda levels were elevated in a dose and timedependent fashion in eexa administered rats. this observation can be attributed to excess ros production which oxidized testicular polyunsaturated fatty acids. furthermore, the present study correlates perturbation in testicular redox status with testicular morphology of eexa-administered rats. the testes of eexa administered rats showed varying degrees of damage including necrosis, loss of interstitial tissues, and cellular degeneration. the present observation can be attributed to eexa-induced testicular oxidative stress causing lpo. extensive lpo in biological membranes can cause loss of fluidity, decrease membrane potential, increased permeability and eventual rupture leading to release of cell and organelle contents. damage to lipids can alter and modify cellular membranes, cellular function and structure (esterbauer et al., 1991). conclusion the findings in this study showed that eexa perturbed testicular oxidative stress markers and morphology in a dose and time-dependent fashion. its use may impair testicular function. acknowledgment: the authors appreciate animal handling by mr eze ihukumere of the department of adikwu & ehigiator. – toxicological effects of ethanolic stem bark extract of xylopia aethiopica … 37 pharmacology and toxicology, faculty of pharmacy, madonna university, nigeria. source of fund: none conflict of interest: authors declare no conflict of interest references aebi h. 1984. catalase in vitro. methods enzymol, 105:1216. afolabi, ok, wusu ad, ugbaja r, and fatoki jo 2018. aluminium phosphide-induced testicular toxicity through oxidative stress in wistar rats: ameliorative role of hesperidin. toxres and appl 2: 1–11 agarwal a, prabakaran, sa. 2005. oxidative stress and antioxidants in male infertility: a difficult balance. iran j reprod med 3; 1-8 alahmar at. 2019. role of oxidative stress in male infertility: an updated review j hum reprod sci. 12(1): 4–18 asadi n, bahmani m, kheradmand a, rafieian-kopaei m 2017. the impact of oxidative stress on testicular function and the role of antioxidants in improving it: a review. j clin diagn res. 11(5):1-5 buege ja, aust sd. 1997. microsomal lipid peroxidation. methods enzymol. 52:302-10. burkill, h. m 1985. entry for xylopia aethiopica dunal a. rich.: family annonceae". the useful plants of west tropical africa, vol 1 (jstor). retrieved 1 january 2013. ehigiator be, adikwu e. 2020. toxicity study of ethanolic stem bark extract of xylopia aethiopica on fertility indexes in male rats: an experimental study. int j reprodbiomed2020; 18: 1– 10 esterbauer h, schaur r, j, zoilner j. 1991. chemistry and biochemistry of 4-hydroxynonenal malondialdehyde and related aidehydes (review]. free radic biol med. 11:82-128. geng x, shao h, zhang z, ng jc, peng c 2015. malathioninduced testicular toxicity is associated with spermatogenic apoptosis and alterations in testicular enzymes and hormone levels in male wistar rats. environ toxicol pharmacol 39(2):659–667 gornall ag, bardawill cj, david mm. 1949. determination of serum proteins by means oof the biureto reaction. j biol chem. 177:751-66. halliwell b. 2006. oxidative stress and neurodegeneration: where are we now? j neurochem. 58:1634–36. kashani l, akhondzadeh s 2017. female infertility and herb. med 16, 61: 1-7 kusemiju to, yama oe, okanlawon ao. 2012. effect of carica papaya bark extract on oxidative stress parameters in testes of male albino rats; int. j. appl. res. nat. prod. 4(4):1-6 leke, r. reproductive health in cameroun. geneva, who. collaborating centre for research in human reproduction. 2008 lewis se, boyle pm, mckinney ka, young is, thompson w. 1995. total antioxidant capacity (tac) of seminal plasma is different in fertile and infertile men. fertil steril. 64:868–70 nam t. 2011. lipid peroxidation and its toxicological implications toxicol res. 27(1): 1–6. ogbonnia, s, adekunle, a.a, bosa, m.k, and enwuru, v.n. 2008. evaluation of acute and sub-acute toxicity of alstonia congensis engler bark and xylopia aethiopca (dunal) a. rich (annonaceae) fruits mixtures used in treatments of diabetes. african j biotechnol. 7: 701-705 orwa, c., mutua, a., kindt, r., jamnadass, r. and simons, a. agroforestree database:a tree reference and selection guide 2009. version 4.0 (http://www.worldagroforestry.org/af/treedb/) proudfoot at. 2009. aluminium and zinc phosphide poisoning. clin toxicol. 47: 89–100. quinn pg, payne ah. 1984. oxygen mediated damage of microsomal cytochrome p-450 enzymes in cultured leydig cells: role in steroid genic desensitization. j biol chem. 259:4130–15 rotruck jt, pope al, ganther he, swanson ab, hafeman dg, hoekstra wg. 1997. selenium: biochemical role as a component of glutathione peroxidase. scie. 179:588-90. rowe p, comhaire fh, hargreave t. who manual for the standardized investigation of the infertile couple. cambridge: cambridge university press; 1993. sabeti p, pourmasumi s, rahiminia t, akyash f and reza a. talebi. 2016. etiologies of sperm oxidative stress int j reprod biomed. 14; 231-240 sedlak j, lindsay rh. 1986. estimation of total, protein-bound, and nonprotein sulfhydryl groups in tissue with ellman’seeagent. anal biochem. 25:192-205. slade p, o'neill c, simpson aj, lashen h. 2007. the relationship between perceived stigma, disclosure patterns, support and distress in new attendees at an infertility clinic. hum reprod. 22:2309–17 stevens k r, gallo m a: practical considerations in the conduct of chronic toxicity studies. in: principles and methods of toxicology. raven press, new york, edition 4, 1989: 237250. sun m, zigma s. 1978. an improved spectrophotometer assay of superoxide dismutase based on epinephrine antioxidation. anal biochem. 90:81-9. uzunhisarcikli m, kalender y, dirican k, kalender s, ogutcu a, buyukkomurcu f 2007. acute, subacute and subchronic administration of methyl parathioninduced testicular damage in male rats and protective role of vitamins c and e. pestic biochem physiol 87(2):115–122 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=asadi%20n%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=28658802 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc3834518/ this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 1, april 2021 | pages: 23-25 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.23-25 issn 2540-9328 (online) brittle bone brothers: osteogenesis imperfecta conventional serial case marsha ruthy darmawan1, elysanti dwi martadiani2,* 1radiology resident; 2musculoskeletal radiologist, radiology department, faculty of medicine, universitas udayana sanglah hospital denpasar, bali, indonesia. corresponding author* elysantiidm@gmail.com manuscript received: 08 october, 2020. revision accepted: 01 july, 2021. published: 13 july, 2021. abstract osteogenesis imperfecta is a hereditary connective tissue disorder due to col1a1/2 mutation causing gene defect encoding proteins to metabolize collagen. the skeletal manifestation of oi causing bone incompetence, hence the name brittle bone disease. here we report three cases of oi type iv in adults. skeletal conventional x-rays were performed to all patients and all of them has similar results such as bowing deformities of long bones, old union and some non-union fractures with extreme angulation and severe osteoporosis. oi are classified based on skeletal structure, sclera colorization, dentinogenesis, and functional metabolic defect genetically. oi type i and iv can live until adults; also, the same type of oi can be found in siblings. skeletal conventional x-rays can solely make the diagnosis. keywords: osteogenesis imperfect; conventional x-ray; osteoporosis; bone deformity; brittle bone. introduction osteogenesis imperfecta (oi) or “brittle bone disease” is a hereditary form of early osteoporosis in children with an incidence reaching 1: 20.000 births. (hoyer-kuhn, et al., 2015) according to the national institutes of health, 90% of oi genetic mutation occur due to a mutation of col1a1 and col1a2 genes. (blom, et al., 2017) it means disturbance to all connective tissue from collagen type i; therefore, patients can have fractures all their lives. (van dijk, & sillence, 2014) a nomenclature in 2014 by the international nomenclature group of constitutional disorders of the skeleton (incds)classified oi into primary type i-iv and adding type v based on their causative genes and manifestation in deformed bones. (van dijk, & sillence, 2014) here we present three cases of oi type iv in one family of three brothers in their 40s and the only adults with oi in our hospital. case report case 1 a 40-year-old indonesian male came to the hospital with small stature for a medical check-up. he is unusually short for his age; while he was young, he had multiple fractures of left radial bone and right tibia. on physical examination, we found over-bending to all extremities without abnormal sclera colorization or teeth. imaging examination includes conventional x-raysbut none of bone mineral density (bmd). on upper and lower extremities x-ray, there was generalized bowing to the radial shaft, ulna, metacarpal bones, femur, tibia, and fibula. acute-angled long bones with missing bone parts in both humerus caused by non-union fractures. chest x-ray showed bowing of ribcage and left clavicle. there were no ecg done in any of these patients. radiographic images are in figure 1. figure 1. a 40-year-old man with oi presented with small stature. skeletal x-rays showed generalized bowing and angled long bonesand missing bone parts in both humerus caused by non-union fractures. https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.23-25 24 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 23-25 case 2 a 41-year-old indonesian male came to the hospital with short stature and limitation to self-activity. he had fractured almost all his long bones. physical examination showed generalized bent deformation to his extremities with a normal sclera, yellowbrownopalescent discoloration of anterior teeth, and many missing ones. further examinations were only conventional x-ray, bowing to all long bones in the upper and lower extremities. there were missing bone parts on medial and lateral thirds of right humerus that indicates non-union fracture and enlarged metaphysis of proximal as well as distal upper long bones. chest x-ray showed bowing of the ribcage, old fracture to the left clavicle, and all bones appeared porotic severely. moreover, no cardiopulmonary abnormalities found in this patient. radiographic images are in figure 2. figure 2. a 41-year-old man with oi who presented with short stature. skeletal x-rays showed porotic, bent to all long bones and missing bone parts on medial and lateral thirds of right humerus indicates the non-union fracture. case 3 a 42-year-old indonesian male came to the hospital complaining his stature is getting smaller compared to his brothers. he was in a wheelchair throughout his life, unable to complete physical activities due to pain and fragile bones, which would easily break when exposed to blunt forces. physical examination showed bent extremities with normal sclera and teeth. further x-rays showed, bowing and bent deformities to all long bones, missing bone part on medial third of left humerus and left femur, also enlarged metaphysis on all sites of long bones. chest x-ray showing bent ribs and deformed left clavicle. all bone trabeculation appeared severely porotic, and no cardiopulmonary abnormalities found. radiographic images are in figure 3. figure 3. a 42-year-old man with oi who presented with small stature. skeletal conventional x-rays showed porotic, bending on all long bones, missing bone parts on the medial third of left humerus, and left femur, also kyphoscoliosis. discussion oi is a hereditary connective tissue disorder due to col1a1/2 mutation causing gene defect encoding proteins to metabolize collagen. the skeletal manifestation of oi mainly causing bone incompetence, vulnerable to fractures, deformed, and joint laxity, therefore bones are fragile, hence the name brittle bone disease. (hoyer-kuhn, et al., 2015) (blom, et al., 2017) from the new oi nomenclature 2014 revised nosology, there are five types of oi. type i related to deficiency of normal collagen, type ii is lethal, type iii severe, type iv mutation in collagen structure, and type v is oi with calcification in the interosseus membrane. (van dijk, & sillence, 2014) forlino and marini in 2016 described nineteen types of oi with five categories based on functional metabolic defects genetically, such as defects in collagen synthesis, structure or processing (group atype i-iv, xiii), defects in collagen modification (group b-vii-ix, xiv), defects in collagen folding and cross-linking (group ctype x-xi), defects in bone mineralization (group dtype v-vi), and defects in osteoblast development with collagen insufficiency (group e-type xii, xv-xvi). (forlino & marini, 2016) current therapy for oi is integrative, pain management, muscle rehab for regaining strength and range of movement also regain mobility to increase the quality of life, and a regular check-up for dentition and hearing. bisphosphonate treatment with cyclic intravenous pamidronate given in infancy proved to help increase bone density and reduce fractures. (scheres, et al., 2018) in these cases of the brothers, their ages range from 40-42 years old; they have a small stature, normal sclera, darmawan & martadiani – brittle bone brothers: osteogenesis imperfecta … 25 two patients have normal teeth and one with dentinogenesis imperfecta (di). these brothers generally have the same type of oi which is oi type iv but different subtype, iv a without di and iv b with di. (van dijk, & sillence, 2014) (scheres, et al., 2018) genetically categorized as group a by forlino and marini (forlino & marini, 2016), type iv oi resulted in col1a 1 or 2 mutation and genetic workup must be done to determine which one. unfortunately, genetic workup was not administered to all patients. type iv oi categorized as group a in forlino and marini classification is caused by collagen deficiency creating structural inadequacy. glycine substitutions in the helical domain are the most common problem, which can delay helical folding and prolonged time to modify enzymes. another mutation common for oi is impaired chain of procollagen c-pro-peptide. inadequate collagen structurally can manipulate intracellular metabolism and matrix architecture rather than a deficiency in collagen quantity. (forlino & marini, 2016) general radiographic findings mostly consist of osteopenia, deformities, and fractures. common findings to lower extremities include anterior or lateral bowing of the femur, anterior bowing of tibia, protruded acetabulum, and ‘shepherd’s crook’ deformities of the proximal femur. ‘popcorn’ appearance in the metaphysis, multiple areas, or radiolucent scalloping with thick rims, can be seen in some patients with oi. specific findings of the spine include compressed vertebrae between cartilaginous disc space, called codfish vertebrae. abnormalities were found not only in long bones but also in the skull, which is caused by excessive bone malleability and plasticity. the more common findings to the skull are multiple wormian bones, a physiological finding in the skull, but considered abnormal if there were more than ten found and usually present in patients with severe oi. (blom, et al., 2017) diagnosis of oi in childhood made solely with conventional skeletal x-ray, simple yet effective. an optimal method to determine quantitative osteopenia is by dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry (dexa), and bone mineral density (bmd) score will reveal if there is osteopenia or already in osteoporosis state. another method to diagnose oi in children is with dna analysis with an examination of cultured fibroblast. this method showed a decreased quantity of cultured fibroblast in children with oi than healthy children, also abnormality of type 1 procollagen molecules or mutation to col1a1 or col1a2 genes that encrypt type 1 procollagen chains. (scheres, et al., 2018) bone histomorphometry examined in oi type i-iv (collagen defect group) showed low bone volume and trabecular quantity with high replacement kinetic rates. if more than one family member has this disease, the clinician should explore oi gene panel for better therapy plan. (bishop & walsh, 2014) conclusion oi is a rare inherited abnormality to the skeletal because of mutations to type 1 collagen in connective tissue. oi are classified based on skeletal structure, sclera colorization, dentinogenesis imperfecta, and functional metabolic defect genetically. oi type i and iv can live until adults; also, the same type of oi can be found in siblings. skeletal conventional x-rays can solely make the diagnosis of oi. conflict of interest: the authors declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references bishop, n. j., & walsh, j. s. (2014). osteogenesis imperfecta in adults. the journal of clinical investigation, 124(2), 476–477. https://doi.org/10.1172/jci74230 blom, a., warwick, d., & whitehouse, m. (eds.). (2017). apley & solomon's system of orthopaedics and trauma (10th ed.). crc press. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315118192 forlino, a., & marini, j. c. (2016). osteogenesis imperfecta. lancet (london, england), 387(10028), 1657–1671. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0140-6736(15)00728-x hoyer-kuhn, h., netzer, c. & semler, o. (2015). osteogenesis imperfecta: pathophysiology and treatment. wien med wochenschr 165, 278–284. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10354015-0361-x scheres, l., van dijk, f. s., harsevoort, a. j., van dijk, a., dommisse, a. m., janus, g., & franken, a. (2018). adults with osteogenesis imperfecta: clinical characteristics of 151 patients with a focus on bisphosphonate use and bone density measurements. bone reports, 8, 168–172. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bonr.2018.04.009 van dijk, f. s., & sillence, d. o. (2014). osteogenesis imperfecta: clinical diagnosis, nomenclature and severity assessment. american journal of medical genetics. part a, 164a(6), 1470–1481. https://doi.org/10.1002/ajmg.a.36545 this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 9, number 2, october 2020 | pages: 105-107 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2020.92.105-107 issn 2540-9328 (online) a simple technique for rapid assessment of rat (rattus norvegicus) sperm motility muhammad ja’far luthfi1,*, mahanem mat noor2 1department of biological education, faculty of tarbiyah and education, universitas islam negeri sunan kalijaga yogryakarta, indonesia 2school of bioscience and biotechnology, faculty of science and technology, universiti kebangsaan malaysia, malaysia corresponding author* jafarluthfi@yahoo.com manuscript received: 20 september, 2020. revision accepted: 19 february, 2021. published: 25 february, 2021. abstract assesment of rat sperm motility can be carried out on sperm sample from epididimal source using minimal amount of equipment. this method will aid researcher and practitioner working in the field of sperm quality to determined rat sperm motility rapidly and efficiently. keywords: sperm quality; sperm motility; rat; haemocytometer. introduction sperm motility is one of the most important parameters determining sperm quality (martinez et al., 2000; talarczyk-desole et al., 2017). the results of sperm motility assessment can be used more directly to address problems affecting male reproductive organs (björndahl, 2010). the other parameters are sperm count and sperm morphology (freund & carrol 1964). these three components (sperm motility, sperm count, and sperm morphology) compose of sperm quality (perreault & cancel 2001). the most frequently used techniques to assess sperm qualiy are counting chambers (e.g. haemocytometer and makler chamber). these techniques, however, are subject to a high variability (yang et al., 2019). much effort has been made to speed up the objective measurement of sperm motility. casa (computer aided sperm analysis) and ivos (integrated visual optical system) are automatic methods of sperm quality testing. the techniques, however, need sophisticated equipment not available in many laboratories. they are too technically complex and too expensive for routine use. manual observation is still the most widely used method for testing sperm motility (das 1985; kuster 2005; macpherson, 2001). the aim of this study was to determine the optimal manual technique for assessment of rat sperm motility using arbitrary scale. the technique was based on years of practices in our laboratories. it provides a practical and simple means for assessment of rat sperm motility for the purpose of determining the fertility status the animal. materials and methods equipments and materials the equipment needed in the analysis of rat sperm motility were as follows: a light microscope, micropipette, petri dishes, improved neubauer haemocytometer, co2 incubator, small animal surgical instruments, and hand counter. the materials needed in the analysis of rat sperm motility were as follows: three adult male spraguedawley rats (rattus norvegicus), biggers, whitten, & whittingham (bww) medium, and cover glasses. the study was done in the zoology laboratory of university kebangsaan malaysia and the zoology laboratory of uin sunan kalijaga yogyakarta. preparation of sperm suspension sperm samples were taken from the left cauda epididymis. the cauda epididymis was separated based on the epididymal division by hamilton (1975), then placed in a petri dish, minced and incubated in 15 ml of biggers, whitten & whittingham (bww) media solution (biggers et al. 1971) for 30 minutes in 37°c in an incubator of 5% co2 to let sperm swim in the media (swim-up technique) (luthfi, 2015; luthfi & noor, 2015). procedure for assessing sperm motility sperm motility were determined using improve neubauer haemocytometer as described previously (prasad et al., 1972; who, 1999) with modification. the cover glass was attached firmly to the improved neubauer haemocytometer counting grid area. the interference pattern (> 10 newton's rings/fringes) should be seen between the glass surfaces of the two areas https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2020.92.105-107 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=bj%26%23x000f6%3brndahl%20l%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20111079 106 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 105-107 where the glass cover is attached to the haemocytometer. the line/newton's rings that appear too few indicate that the distance between the cover glass and the haemocytometer is widened, therefore the counting chamber volume becomes larger and the assessment would be incorrect. the center of the haemocytometer counting grid area is different from the other ones because it consists of 25 larger squares bounded by triple lines each, while the ones in the corners consist of 16 larger squares. in addition, the larger squares inside the central counting grid are subdivided into 16 even smaller squares each (figure 1). a total of 10 μl of sperm suspension from the preparation of sperm samples were taken with a micropipette, then inserted into the space between the cover glass and the haemocytometer in one of its counting chamber. the other counting chamber was also filled in the same way. let the sperm settled in the chambers for 5 minutes. each counting chamber must be filled correctly. the suspension was inserted slowly to let the liquid evenly distributed by capillary force. if the filling on to the counting chamber was uneven, wipe the slide and then the process of filling the chamber must be repeat. the removal of excessive volume from the counting chamber must not be done because it will change the density of sperm in the counting chamber. figure 1. haemocytometer. a. side view. b. top view. c. one of the two haemocytometer counting chambers. d. insert of iv. legend: i. cover glass; ii. counting chamber; iii. counting grid area; iv. one of the 25 larger squares. after both counting chambers were filled, assessment of sperm motility was carried out. the sperm motility was observed at 200x or 400x magnification using a light microscope. systematically scan the center of the haemocytometer counting grid area, started with the uppermost left square of the 25 large squares, continued to the next three squares to the right, and the squares at the row below, and so on. assessment were done only for intact sperm (defined as having a head and a tail). approximately 100 sperm in each counting chamber were assigned to minimize deviation. sperm motility is estimated to follow the criteria as defined by who (1999; 2010) and is denoted by the letters a, b, c (from the fastest to the slowest) as follows: a: progressive motility; ≥ 25 μm/s where 25 μm is the same as the length of 2 squares (smallest square) of the haemocytometer (see red rectangle in figure 1d) b: non-progressive motility; <5 μm/s c: no motility result and discussion determination of sperm motility is an important step in the analysis of sperm quality. however, there are various methods of assessing sperm motility in terms of equipment, technicality and practicality. different laboratories use different methods. this study was use haemocytometer to determine sperm motility. the determination of the method is mostly based on the practice and experience of testing rat sperm samples carried out at the zoology laboratory of the faculty of science and technology, uin sunan kalijaga and zoology laboratory of university kebangsaan malaysia (data not shown). the sperm motility of the laboratory animals can be determined from ejaculate or epididymal samples. the determination of epididymal sperm motility is using only sperm from the caudal part (clegg et al., 2001). changes in the progression/rate of sperm motility after substance or drug treatment can provide important clues as to the effect of a substance on sperm fertilizing capacity (working, 1988). motility pattern is one of the most important and simplest variables in determining the fertility potential of sperm because immotile sperm will not be able to penetrate the mucus layer of the cervix to reach the ovum and fertilization to occur. sperm motility patterns is an important factor in fertilization, as a strong swing of the sperm tail is necessary for the sperm head to penetrate the lining of the ovum (partodihardjo, 1992). progressive motility is a normal sperm movement. circular motion and reversion movements are often signs of cold shock or due to abnormal sperm morphology. meanwhile, wavy motion and vibrating motion occur more frequently in old men (atherton, 1977). luthfi & noor – a simple technique for rapid assessment of … 107 sperm motility is observed with either physiological saline or other nutrient medium. sperm were observed under a microscope slide with/without a cover glass or with a capillary tube. casa (computer aided sperm analysis) and ivos (integrated visual optical system) are automatic objective methods for testing sperm motility. however, manual observation is still the most widely used method for testing sperm motility using an arbitrary scale (das 1985; kuster 2005; strader 1996). this study revealed that using this method, 25-45 percent of rat sperm would fall into category of progresssive motility, 45-65 percent were of nonprogressive motility category, and 15-35 were of no motility category. aproximately, those numbers could be used as a reference for normal sperm motility of rat sperm. several things need to be considered in order to achieve consistency in using this method. first, we must ensure that the cutting of cauda epididymis was done consistently in every replication. second, micropipette insertion of samples in each counting chamber must be perfect. third, the room temperature used in determining the sperm motility must be the same for all sperm sample assessed. fourth, the time needed to assess the sperm motility should consistent from slide to slide. all these things affect the consistency of the sperm motility assesment. the procedures that are followed strictly will ensure the accuracy of the assessment. conclusion using this method, researchers can determine the rat sperm motility in a practical way. most of the materials and equipments used in this method are widely available. the increasing importance of sperm motility analysis will be consistent with the adoption and development of this simple and rapid method. conflict of interest: the author declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references atherton, r.w. 1977. evaluation of sperm motility in hafez, e.s.e. (ed). techniques of human andrology. 175-179. elsevier. amsterdam. biggers, j.d., whitten, w.k. &whittingham, d. 1971. the culture of mouse embryos in vitro in daniel, j.c. (ed). methods in mammalian embryology. 86-116. freeman, san francisco, ca. björndahl, l. 2010. the usefulness and significance of assessing rapidly progressive spermatozoa. asian j androl. 2010 12(1): 33–35. clegg, e.d., perreault, s.d. & klinefelter, g.r. 2001. assesment of male reproductive toxicity in hayes, a.w. (ed). principles and methods of toxicology. 1264-1292. fourth editions. taylor & francis. philadelphia. das, r. p. 1985. assessment of spermatozoal function. j. biosci. 7 (2): 245–255. freund, m. & carol, b. 1964. factors affecting haemocytometer counts of sperm concentration in human semen. journal of reproduction and fertility 8: 149-155. hamilton, d.w. 1975. structure, function of the epithelium lining the ductuli efferents, ductus epididymis and ductus deferens in the rat in hamilton, d.w. & greep, r.o. (eds). handbook of physiology, section vii, endocrinology, vol.5, male reproductive system. 259-301. american physiological society, washington d.c. kuster, c. 2005. sperm concentration determination between hemacytometric and casa systems: why they can be different. theriogenology 64: 614–617. luthfi, m.j. 2015. a simple and practical method for rat sperm epididymal sperm count (rattus norvegicus). biology, medicine & natural product chemistry 4 (1): 1-3. luthfi, m.j., noor, m.m. 2015. analisis kualitas sperma tikus percobaan (jumlah, motilitas, dan morfologi). uns press. surakarta. indonesia. macpherson, m.l. 2001. how to evaluate semen in the field. proceedings of the annual convention of the aaep. volume 47. usa. martínez, c., mar, c., azcárate, m., pascual, p., aritzeta, j.m., lópez-urrutia, a. 2000. sperm motility index: a quick screening parameter from sperm quality analyser-iib to rule out oligoand asthenozoospermia in male fertility study. human reproduction 15 (8): 1727–1733. partodihardjo, s. 1992. ilmu reproduksi hewan. cetakan ke-3. 2537. penerbit mutiara sumber widya. jakarta. perreault, s.d. & cancel, a. m. 2001. significance of incorporating measures of sperm production and function into rat toxicology studies. reproduction 121: 207–216. prasad, m.r.n., chinoy, n. j., kadam. k.m. 1972. changes in succinic dehydrogenase levels in the rat epididymis under normal and altered physiologic conditions. fertility and sterility 23 (3): 186-190. strader, l.f., linder, r. e. & perreault. s.d. 1996. comparison of rat epididymal sperm counts by ivos htm-ident and hemocytometer. reproductive toxicology 10 (6): 529-533. talarczyk-desole, j., anna berger, a., taszarek-hauke1, g., jan hauke, j., pawelczyk, l., jedrzejczak, p. 2017. manual vs. computer-assisted sperm analysis: can casa replace manual assessment of human semen in clinical practice? ginekologia polska 88 (2): 56–60. white, w.j. 2001. the use of laboratory animals in toxicologic research in hayes a.w. (ed). principles and methods of toxicology. fourth edition. 773-775. taylor & francis. philadelphia. who. 1999. laboratory manual for the examination of human semen and semen-cervical mucus interaction. new york: cambridge university press. who. 2010. who laboratory manual for theexamination and processing of human semen. fifth edition. who press. geneva, switzerland. working, p.k. 1988. male reproductive toxicology: comparison of the human to animal models. environmental health perspectives 77: 37-44. yang, y., zhang, y., ding, j. 2019. optimal analysis conditions for sperm motility parameters with a casa system in a passerine bird, passer montanus. avian res 10 (35) https://doi.org/10.1186/s40657-019-0174-5 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=bj%26%23x000f6%3brndahl%20l%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=20111079 javascript:; javascript:; javascript:; javascript:; javascript:; javascript:; http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/08906238 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science?_ob=publicationurl&_tockey=%23toc%235156%231996%23999899993%2378585%23flp%23&_cdi=5156&_pubtype=j&view=c&_auth=y&_acct=c000050221&_version=1&_urlversion=0&_userid=10&md5=abaf66d755593badcfa6b6be4a9497c9 this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 1, april 2021 | pages: 1-5 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.1-5 issn 2540-9328 (online) the effectiveness of giving plant pgpr rhizosphere bamboo on cocoa seeds germination at the nursery level muhammad yusril hardiansyah*, yunus musa, abdul mollah jaya department of agronomy, faculty of agriculture, universitas hasanuddin, jl. perintis kemerdekaan km. 10 tamalanrea indah, makassar, indonesia. corresponding author* yusrilhardiansyah1@gmail.com manuscript received: 27 september, 2020. revision accepted: 26 june, 2021. published: 01 july, 2021. abstract the low productivity of cocoa plantations in indonesia is partly due to the low quality of seeds, which refers to the impeded growth of cultivated cocoa nurseries. seed is the initial growth of plants so the importance of giving special treatment to seeds will refer to better seed growth. provision of plant growth promoting rhizobacteria (pgpr) microbes can produce indoleacetic acid (iaa) in plants to improve the quality of plant growth. this study aims to determine the effectiveness of the provision of plant growth promoting rhizobacteria bamboo rhizosphere against cocoa seed germination. the study was carried out in the farmer group garden, gantarangkeke district, bantaeng. this study was arranged in the form of a two-factor factorial design (f2f) in a randomized block design (rbd). the use of cocoa seed type as the first factor consisted of gtb (gantarangkeke bantaeng) local cocoa seed and mcc 01 cocoa seed and seed immersion treatment at pgpr rhizosphere bamboo concentration as the second factor consisting of 0% (control) concentration, 5%, 10 % and 15%. the results obtained indicate that administration of seeds with bamboo rhizosphere pgpr affects the germination (100.00%), the speed of seed growth (7.14%/etmal), as well as on abnormal seeds (10.00%). so that the provision of bamboo rhizosphere pgpr on cocoa seeds has an effective influence on seed germination and cocoa seedling development. keywords: cocoa seed; plant growth promoting rhizobacteria; seedbed. introduction the soaring increase in world cocoa demand is due to the increasing demand for cocoa beans which is getting higher every year. the annual world demand for cocoa reaches 6.7 million tons and only 2.5 million tons can be met. this means that there are still more than 4 million tons to meet the increasing market needs, so that this can still be an opportunity for indonesia, especially south sulawesi (yusniar, 2013). cocoa (theobroma cacao l.) is a strategic commodity which ideally is able to play a maximum role in increasing farmers' income in indonesia. this can happen because cocoa has always had a good price development in meeting market needs. however, the reality is that even though every year there is an increase in the planting area, it cannot increase production. the average farmer production is only 1/5 of the potential productivity of the cocoa plant, which ranges from 1.2 3 tonnes/ha (junaedi, et al., 2017). of course, these results are still far from expectations because of the many obstacles that occur in the cocoa cultivation process. one of the factors thought to be the main cause of the low productivity of cocoa plantations in indonesia is the low quality of seeds which refers to the inhibition of growth in the vegetative phase of cultivated cocoa (mertade & basri, 2011; sugiharti, 2006). in general, farmers in indonesia cultivate cocoa using seeds derived from beans. although generative seeding using seeds is easy to do and can be produced in large quantities at low cost, seedlings of cocoa using seeds will produce genetically non-uniform plants. this is because cocoa is a cross-pollinating crop (li et al., 1998). this statement indicates the emergence of a problem currently being faced, namely whether to increase cocoa production to meet cocoa needs in the future, while the availability of good quality plant vegetative phase conditions is currently difficult to obtain. cultivation of cocoa starts from the nursery stage or the vegetative phase and from this stage will determine the success of plants in the generative phase. during this nursery period, good quality seeds must be obtained so that they will be used as a benchmark for optimum growth and produce fruit and good quality cocoa beans in the future. of course, in order to get quality seeds, the selection or use of good seeds in germination will be a major factor. one way to get good seeds is by soaking or soaking the seeds. soaking is a hydration activity slowly before the seeds are germinated so that the potential of seed water reaches a balance to activate metabolic activities in the https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.1-5 2 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 1-5 seeds to improve germination and seed growth (rouhi et al., 2011). the immersion treatment can be combined with the provision of biological agents capable of improving the quality of seed germination, for example with microbes that are capable of producing growth hormones in plants. one of the microbes that can be used is the microbes that come from plant growth promoting rhizobacteria (pgpr) as a hormone for plants that can provide more nutrients to spur plant growth in the vegetative phase of plants. the use of pgpr in this plant is proven from several research results that have been conducted. the results of research by baihaqi, et al. (2018) show that the use of pgpr on cucumber plants can increase plant growth from 68.6 to 77.7% compared to without pgpr. other research on plantation crops, namely the results of research from widyaningrum (2017) shows that the application of pgpr can increase root length, number of roots, number of leaves, plant height, total dry weight, shoot root ratio, seed steadfastness and robusta coffee seed quality index. in the rhizosphere or bamboo roots there are pseudomonas flourenscens bacteria and bacillus polymixa bacteria which can help the decomposition process (decomposer). the bamboo root pgpr bacteria can secrete a liquid that can dissolve minerals so that they become available nutrients, break down and decompose organic matter (decomposition of organic matter) into plant nutrients. in addition, the pseudomonas fluorenscens and bacillus polymixa bacteria can release enzymes and substances that are useful to stimulate plant growth and release antibiotics that can inhibit the growth and development of pathogenic microbes (microbes that cause disease) (efendi, 2011). research on the presence and diversity of microbes in the rhizosphere of bamboo plants has been conducted by several previous researchers. according to baharuddin et al. (2007) found antagonistic bacteria such as pseudomonas flourences, bacillus subtilis and streptomyces in the roots of healthy bamboo plants. meanwhile, research conducted by asniah (2013) showed that the inoculation of fungi from bamboo root soil into the nursery soil had a significant effect on increasing the wet weight of broccoli plants. this study aims to obtain data and information on the effectiveness of giving plant growth promoting rhizobacteria rhizosphere of bamboo against cocoa seed germination. information from the results of this study is expected to be a solution for cocoa farmers in improving their cultivation systems, especially in the nursery phase. methods this research was conducted at the talaka farmer group garden, gantarangkeke district, bantaeng regency. this research took place from august to november 2019. the tools used were 30 liter buckets, hoes, shovels, scissors, knives, machetes, rulers, meters, calipers, ph meters, carts, analytical scales, sprayers, scales, jerry cans, funnels, aqua plastic bottles, hoses, stoves, pans, paranets, cloths, plastic cups, brown envelopes, millimeter paper blocks, cameras, signage, matches, and writing instruments. the materials used were soil samples from the research location, local gtb (gantarangkeke bantaeng) cocoa seeds, mcc 01 clone cocoa seeds, bamboo rhizosphere (bambusa blumeana), molasses, bran, raw shrimp paste, rice water, water, husk charcoal, sawdust, clear plastic, dab of soap, polybags 12 x 17 cm, label paper, dolomite and label paper. the study was conducted using a two-factor factorial design (rf2f) in a randomized block design (rbd) as an environmental design. this research consists of 2 factors. the first factor is the type of cocoa seed (b) which consists of: local cocoa seeds gtb (gantarangkeke bantaeng) (b1) and cocoa seeds clone mcc 01 (b2), while for the second factor is the initial soaking of seeds with pgpr solution for cocoa seeds. with various concentrations of seed priming (k) consisting of: 0% concentration (0 ml of pgpr solution or 1000 ml of water), 5% concentration (50 ml of pgpr + 950 ml water), 10% concentration (100 ml of pgpr + solution 900 ml of water) and a concentration of 15% (150 ml of pgpr solution + 850 ml of water). the flow of this research includes making a plant growth promoting rhizobacteria solution which is carried out by taking bamboo rhizosphere then growing it by fermentation process in a container for 14 days, preparing the seeds by selecting seeds from mother pods of mcc 01 and gtb cocoa then separating the placenta from the seeds. giving of pgpr solution to cocoa seeds (initial soaking of cocoa seeds) simultaneously according to the treatment for 18 hours (ratnawati et al., 2013), preparation of sprouts media using sterile cloth and sawdust, planting in seedbeds (seedbeds), maintenance and observation. observation parameters in this study are as follows: 1. germination capacity (%), measurement based on observing the number of normal germinated seeds marked with cotyledons on the raised seed. calculation of germination that is on day 7 and day 14 (deptisari et al., 2018). sprouts are calculated using the formula: db = ∑ kn observation i + ∑ kn observation ii number of seedlings planted 𝑥 100% information: db : germination capacity (%) ∑ kn observation i : the number of sprouts is normal on the 7th day ∑ kn observation ii : the number of sprouts is normal on the 14th day hardiansyah et al. – the effectiveness of giving plant pgpr rhizosphere bamboo on … 3 2. seed growth speed (%/etmal), measurement based on observing the number of normal germinating seeds every day until the day 14 and expressed on a percent scale (tefa, 2017). seed growth rate is calculated using the formula: 𝐾𝐶𝑇 = (% 𝐾𝑁 𝑒𝑡𝑚𝑎𝑙 ) = ∑ 𝑁 𝑡 𝑡𝑛 0 information: 𝑡 : observation time 𝑁 : percentage of normal sprouts every time of observation 𝑡𝑛 : end time of observation (day 14) 1 etmal : 1 day (24 hours) 3. abnormal seeds (%), measurement based on observing the number of seeds that germinate abnormally. observation of abnormal seeds is carried out on the day 14 after the nursery (deptisari et al., 2018). abnormal seeds are calculated using the formula: abnormal seeds = ∑ abnormal seeds number of seedlings planted 𝑥 100% result and discussion the results showed that the use of two types of cocoa seeds in the initial soaking treatment of seeds with pgpr with seed concentration and the interaction of pgpr application on two types of cocoa seeds had a very significant effect on seed germination, seed growth speed and abnormal seeds in cocoa. the average parameter results are presented in table 1. table 1. germination (%), seed growth speed (% / etmal) and abnormal seed (%) of cocoa on the 14th day of giving pgpr bamboo rhizosphere to seeds. treatment germination capacity (%) seeds growth speed (%/etmal) abnormal seeds (%) gtb local seeds + pgpr concentration 0% 90,00d 6,43b 10,00a gtb local seeds + pgpr concentration 5% 90,00d 6,43b 10,00a gtb local seeds + pgpr concentration 10% 93,33c 6,67b 6,67b gtb local seeds + pgpr concentration 15% 100,00a 7,14a 0,00d mcc 01 seeds + pgpr concentration 0% 96,67b 6,90ab 3,33c mcc 01 seeds + pgpr concentration 5% 100,00a 7,14a 0,00d mcc 01 seeds + pgpr concentration 10% 96,67b 6,90ab 3,33c mcc 01 seeds + pgpr concentration 15% 100,00a 7,14a 0,00d bnj 0,05 0,03 0,45 0,40 information: the numbers followed by the same letter (abcd) in the same row and column mean not significantly different in the bnj 0.05 level test. bnj test results table 1. the interaction between the use of cocoa species and the treatment of bamboo rhizosphere pgpr concentration has a very significant effect on cocoa seed germination. the highest germination parameter was 100.00%, the highest seed growth speed parameter was 7.14% and the highest abnormal seed parameter was 10.00%. use of two types of cocoa seeds in seed germination in the nursery phase, the results showed that the average use of mcc 01 cacao seed type had the highest effect on germination and seed growth speed, while local gtb seeds had the highest effect on abnormal seed conditions. the seeds of mcc 01 had a very significant effect on germination, which was counted twice on the 7th and 14th day with the highest germination rate of 100%, the observed seed growth rate for 14 days with the fastest seed growth percentage of 7.14%/etmal and the percentage of abnormal seeds calculated on the 14th day with the highest abnormal seeds, namely 10%. this is due to the influence of the environment where the seeds grow at the time of the nursery, where the humid conditions and long seeding times lead to optimum germination and seed growth speed. in addition, the genetic factor of the seed itself is also a major influence on germination, because if the genetic of the seed is not strong enough to accept the environmental conditions where it is grown and the initial treatment, it will cause the seeds to not have the potential to germinate normally or in other words, abnormal seeds. this is in accordance with saleh (2004) statement, which states that cocoa has an epigeal germination type, so the time needed to produce radicles greatly affects the speed of procuring ready-to-channel seeds. the process of seed germination is influenced by genetic and environmental factors. the improvement of the external environment will significantly encourage the emergence of radicles as the beginning of the seed 4 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 1-5 germination process. the emergence of sprouts above the soil surface is a factor that reflects the vigor of a seedling. to find out which treatment can increase vigor, the sprouts that can appear above the soil surface are observed from the number of seeds germinated. the average germination rate with the highest effect was the type of mcc 01 seed when compared to the local gtb seed germination capacity. the average seed germination rate in this study had optimum growth because the seeds had been given previous treatment, where the highest germination growth in mcc 01 seeds and local gtb seeds had been treated with pgpr with a concentration of 5% and 15%. giving pgpr treatment with the highest concentration is a major factor in the germination power of seeds. this is in line with the opinion expressed by schmidt (2002), that pre-treatment is carried out with the aim of increasing the power, speed and uniformity of seed germination. the average seed growth speed with the fastest effect was the mcc 01 seed type when compared to the local gtb seed growth rate. the average seed growth speed of mcc 01 seeds and local gtb seeds with pgpr treatment with a concentration of 5% and 15% showed the fastest growing results when compared to other seeds. the growth rate of mcc 01 seeds and local gtb seeds is influenced by the optimum condition of the seeds at the time of the seed nursery and the provision of special treatment for seeds so that the metabolism of seed growth can run well. this is in line with the statement of lesilolo et al. (2013) stated that the speed of seed growth is a process of rapid reactivation of seeds if the surrounding conditions are for optimum growth and the metabolic process is not hampered. abnormal seeds in the use of local gtb seeds without pgpr treatment or control and with pgpr treatment with a concentration of 5% showed the highest yield of abnormal seed conditions when compared to other seeds. abnormal seeds occur due to the lack of pre-treatment of local gtb seeds, besides the physical and genetic characteristics of local gtb seeds which tend to be weaker than mcc 01 seeds. the occurrence of abnormal seeds in the nursery process is due to the deterioration of the seeds so that the quality of the seeds decreases which resulting in inhibition of the germination process. this is in line with the statement of sutopo (2002), that the decline in seeds that occurs indicates a decrease in seed quality or viability which results in low vigor and poor plant growth and production. this is also reinforced by the statement of debtisari et al. (2018), that abnormal seeds are seeds that are capable of germinating but do not show the potential to develop into normal sprouts. the seed is said to grow abnormally if the important structure for the germination process is lost or damaged, the growth of sprouts is weak due to defective or disproportionate sprouts structure, and sprouts with slow growth until the end of the test. when compared to normal seed sprouts, the abnormal seed growth is smaller than normal sprouts. concentration of pgpr rhizosphere bamboo on seeds in the germination of seeds in the nursery phase, the results showed that the treatment of seed concentration using the bamboo rhizosphere pgpr had a very significant effect on germination capacity, germination speed, and the percentage of abnormal seeds. this is because the need for pgpr or initial immersion of seeds can result in a more active metabolism of seeds to support germination, besides that the use of pgpr microorganisms can improve seed quality because pgpr acts as a growth stimulant (biostimulant) by synthesizing and regulating the concentration of various regulatory substances. growing (phytohormones) very well on seeds. this is supported by research from baihaqi et al. (2018) which states that soaking seeds with pgpr is intended so that the bacteria contained in pgpr are able to colonize the seeds as early as possible. the right long soaking treatment can increase plant yield because the bacteria will bind the seedcoat and imbibe it into the seeds. conclusion giving pgpr bamboo rhizosphere from several concentrations gave different responses to cocoa seed germination including the parameters of germination (100.00%), seed growth speed (7.14%/etmal), and abnormal seeds (10.00%). so that seed treatment with bamboo rhizosphere pgpr has an effective effect on cocoa seed germination. conflict of interest: the author declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references asniah, widodo, & wiyono s. (2013). potensi cendawan asal tanah perakaran bambu sebagai endofit dan agen biokontrol penyakit akar gada pada tanaman brokoli. j. fitopatol indones. 1 (2): 61-68 baharuddin, nur r., & sayifudin a. (2007). pengembangan usaha perbenihan kentang hasil kultur jaringan. forkom iptekda lipi. makassar: gedung iptek. universitas hasanuddin baihaqi a.f., yamika w.s.d., & aini n. (2018). pengaruh lama perendaman benih dan konsentrasi penyiraman dengan pgpr pada pertumbuhan dan hasil tanaman mentimun (cucumis sativus l.). jurnal produksi tanaman. 6 (5): 899905. deptisari h.e., erawati d.n., & sugiyarto. (2018). pengaruh cara penyimpanan terhadap viabilitas benih kakao (theobroma hardiansyah et al. – the effectiveness of giving plant pgpr rhizosphere bamboo on … 5 cacao l.) klon sulawesi 01. agropross national conference proceedings of agriculture. jember: politeknik negeri jember effendi m.s. (2011). kinetika fermentasi asam asetat (vinegar) oleh bakteri acetobacter aceti dari etanol hasil fermentasi limbah cair pulp kakao, jurnal teknologi dan industri pangan. 8 (2): 125-135. junaedi, thamrin s., & baba b. (2017). kajian penggunaan klon unggul kakao pada perkebunan rakyat di kabupaten bone. j. agroplantae. 6 (1): 46-49. leisolo m.k.j., rirydan e.a., & matatula. (2013). pengujian viabilitas dan vigor benih beberapa jenis tanaman yang beredar dipasaran kota ambon. jurnal agrologia, 2 (1): 1-9. li z., traore a., maximova s., & guiltinan m.j. (1998). somatic embryogenesis and plant regeneration from floral explants of cacao (theobroma cacao l.) using thidiazuron. in vitro cell. dev. biol-plant. 34: 293–299. rouhi h.r., surki a.a., sharif-zadeh f., afshari r.t., aboutalebian m.a., & ahmadvand g. (2011). study of different priming treatments on germination traits of soybean seed lots. notulae sci biol. 3 (1): 101-108. saleh m.s. (2004). pematahan dormansi benih aren secara fisik pada berbagai lama ekstraksi buah. agrosains. 6 (2): 79-83. schmidt l. (2002). guidelines for handling tropical and subtropical forest seed plants. danida forest seed centre. krogerupvej 21. dk-3050. denmark. humlebaek. sugiharti e. (2006). budidaya kakao. bandung: nuansa. sutopo l. (2002). teknologi benih. jakarta: pt raja grafindo persada. tefa a. (2017). uji viabilitas dan vigor benih padi (oryza sativa l.) selama penyimpanan pada tingkat kadar air yang berbeda. jurnal pertanian konservasi lahan kering. 2 (3): 48-50. widyaningrum a. (2017). pengaruh aplikasi pgpr (plant growth promoting rhizobacteria) dan kompos azolla terhadap mutu bibit asal stek kopi robusta. jember: fakultas pertanian universitas jember. yusniar. (2013). membangun kesejahteraan petani lewat nagari model kakao (nmk). padang: dinas perkebunan sumatera barat. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn: 2089-6514 volume 3, number 1, 2014 | pages: 21-23 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2014.31.21-23 larvicidal activity of the mixture of cashew nut shell liquid (cnsl) and aqueous extract of sapindus rarak dc against larvae of culex quinquefasciatus rahmi safarina fauziah1, sudarsono1* and budi mulyaningsih2 1pharmaceutical biology department, faculty of pharmacy; 2parasitology laboratory, faculty of medicine, ugm, indonesia author correspondency*: sudarsono@ugm.ac.id abstract the aim of this study was to evaluate the larvicidal activity of cashew nut shell liquid (cnsl) against the culex quinque fasciatus in larval stage. the cnsl was diluted in water by addition of aqueous extract of sapindus rarak dc to increase its solubility. larvae were exposed to varying concentrations of that mixture. the larvae mortality was observed after 24 h exposure. lc50 and lc90 value by extrapolation were 20,52 ppm and 55,41 ppm respectively. cnsl were specified by characterizing its physico-chemical properties and anacardic acid as marker compound by high performance chromatography (hplc). the results were the mixture of cashew nut shell liquid (cnsl) and aquous extract of sapindus rarak dc had larvicidal activity against cx. quinque-fasciatus and further investigations were needed to identify the fatty acid derivative as active compound of cnsl which responsible for larvicidal activity. keywords: larvicidal, larvae, culex quinquefasciatus, cashew nut shell liquid, sapindus rarak introduction culex quinquefasciatus is the most common mosquito species found in indonesia. there are the main cause of the mosquito bites in the evenings and night. the main factor supporting this species is probably due to poor sanitation caused by human migration to urban areas. interest in the control of cx.quinquefasciatus lies in the fact that it acts as a vector of filarial disease as a serious public health problem in indonesia and many tropical developing countries. filariasis is an endemic, disabling, and disfiguring disease. the filarial worm, wuchereria bancrofti responsible for human filariasis is carried by cx.quinquefasciatus which is a tropical pest and probably the most abundant and ubiquitous house mosquito in towns and cities, in the tropical countries. one of the strategies of who in combating tropical disease is to destroy their vectors or intermediate hosts. since no effective vaccine is available for filariasis, the only effective approach of minimizing the incidence of this disease is to eradicate and control mosquito vectors mainly by application of organic insecticides to larval habitats. control of mosquito at this stage is efficient because during the immature stages, mosquitoes are immobile. the use of natural products for controlling of insect pests offers an economically viable and eco-friendly approach, besides being harmless to beneficial insects when adopted on a larger scale. chemical pesticides have been used for several decades in controlling pests and vectors of various human diseases as they have a quick knock down effect. however, their indiscriminate use resulted in several problems such as resistance and resurgence of pests, elimination of natural enemies, toxic residues in food, water, air, and soil which affect human health and disrupt the ecosystem, leading to the threat that their continued use may further harm the environ-ment. anacardium occidentale l. (anacardiaceae), a fruit tree grown widely in tropical and sub-tropical areas is cultivated in indonesia for its cashew nuts. tyman & morris in 1989 described the composition of cnsl which found between the seed coat (pericarp) and the nuts. it is not a triglyceride and contains a high portion of phenolic compound, mainly are anacardic acid, cardol, and cardanol. recently, lomonaco and oliveira noted insecticidal action of cnsl on larvae of aedes aegypti (diptera: culicidae). the three cnsl compo-nents demonstrated good larvicidal activity against ae. aegypti. despite the potential to be developed as larvicides, phenolic compounds in the cnsl was toxic because it induced dermatitis. in addition, application of cnsl as larvicides in the medium of water is also cumbersome, so it is necessary to add other materials intended to dilute it. in this study, aqueous extract of sapindus rarak dc was added to increase the solubility of cnsl in water. materials and methods plant materials cashew nuts were obtained from cashew trees (a.occidentale) at wonogiri, central java, indonesia. the fruits of sapindus rarak dc were collected from the areas of “perhutani” located in situbondo, east java, indonesia. the plant material was identified by mr.joko santosa and voucher specimen was deposit at deprtment of pharmaceutical biology faculty of pharmacy, ugm. 22 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 3 (1), 2014: 21-23 oil extraction of cnsl the dried cashew nut shell (1,3 kg) were pressed by hydraulic pressor to obtain cashew nut shell liquid (cnsl). preparation of aquous extracts of s.rarak the dried pericarp from s.rarak (10 g) were cut into small pieces then extracted with 1000 ml of distilled water by reflux process at 50°c for 30 minutes. the concentration of aqueous extract of s.rarak fruits was 1% b/v. reagents n-toluene (e.merck), ethyl acetate (e.merck), acetic acid glacial (e.merck), chloroform (brataco), methanol (brataco). iodium p, anisaldehyde-sulphuric acid lp, vanilin-sulphuric acid lp, ethanol 96% (brataco), nhexane (brataco), hydrochloric acid (e.merck). all other chemicals used were analytical grade. larvicidal assay the activity of the test materials were evaluated by the world health organization recommended guidelines. the larvicidal assay consisted of two steps. first was the orientation to determine a certain concentration of aqueous extract of s. rarak dc. (it was the biggest concentration which is not found any died larvae). the chosen concentration then was used for making the mixture of cnsl and aquous extract of s. rarak dc. the next step was dissolving cnsl in various amount so that it was obtained 6 concentration series of the mixture for used in the testing, which were 0; 8; 8,56; 9,16; 9,8; and 10,49 ppm. characterization of cnsl’s physico-chemical properties physico-chemical properties of cashew nut shell oil was characterized through the iodine number, esther number, and acid number. those properties were characterized by pusat antar universitas (pau) ugm. hplc analysis of cnsl constituents the identity of anacardic acid was confirmed by hplc. the analysis was carried out using a shimadzu spd10vp chromatograph, uv-vis detector, which utilized a lichochart rd-c18 analytical column. the mobile phase consisted of methanol-acetic acid 4% (9:1v/v), which was run in the isocratic mode phase (1 ml/min) at a uv wavelength of 280 nm. determination of foaming index of s.rarak source 5 g of dried s.rarak fruits was dissolved in distilled water and then heated 50oc for 5 minutes. 10 ml filtrate was used for foaming test. saponin test was performed by agitation in 10 ml of the filtrate in a closed tube for 10 minutes. incidence foam up interval of 10 minutes (stable foam) showed a saponin. figure.1. chromatogram of csnl. figure.2. chromatogram of anacardic acid. results and discussion one of the marker constituent of cnsl, anacardic acid, was detected in the sample of cnsl in relative concentration of 2,58%. the hplc chromatograms were shown in fig.1 and fig.2. due to its bad solubility, cnsl was diluted in water with s.rarak’s pericarp extract as a co-solvent, in concentration which was determined by the orientation test. concentration of 400 ppm was selected as the optimum concentration to dillute cnsl in water but it had no effect to cause larval mortality. the mixture of cnsl and s.rarak extract used in this study was visually clear. there were also not detected visible oil particles or any breaking phase. rahmi safarina fauziah, et al. – larvicidal activity of the mixture of cashew nut shell liquid … 23 table 1. physico-chemical properties of cnsl used in this study. physico-chemical properties of cnsl value iodium number (g iod/10 g cnsl) 6,3 acid number (mg naoh/g cnsl) 104,1 saponification number 127,1 esther number 45,9 density (g/ml) 0,8232 it had no published data available of effect of cnsl on immature stages of culex mosquitoes. effect of different concentrations of cnsl solution on aquatic stages of cx.quinquefasciatus larvae in the laboratory conditions was shown in table 2. there was significant decreasing mortality percentage of the larvae by increasing cnsl concentration (table 2). as shown in that table, the biggest death rate was noticed in exposure to 10,49 ppm concentration. lc line equation obtained from probit analysis was y = 3.01 x + 1.05, so that the calculation could be known that lc50 and lc90 value were 20.52 ppm and 55.41 ppm, respectively. this value was the result of extrapolation and therefore could not guarantee that these results show the actual value of lc50 and lc90. essential oils or plant extracts with lc50 values below 100 ppm can be considered potentially have larvicidal activity. our present observation reveals that cx.quenquefasciatus larvae were susceptible to 8 ppm to 10,49 ppm cnsl. in indonesia, population of cx.quin-quefasciatus is controlled by using of organophosphate insecticides, such as temephos and malathion. temephos, which is also known as “abate” has been used in areas of water where the cx.quinquefasciatus mosquito breeds in order to reduce the population of this disease-carrying insect. resistance to temephos by cx.quinquefasciatus has been reported in brazilian and malaysia. temephos was very lethal toward cx.quinquefasciatus larvae with a lc50=0,00088 ppm. cnsl consti-tuents were less active than temephos, but could be important models for the further development of new larvicides. it is necessary to investigate the effectiveness of these mixture compounds in a field setting and the toxicity toward other organisms, for example by doing brine shrimp lethality test. conclusions in the present work the mixture of cnsl in aquaeous extract of s.rarak dc could be used as larvicide against. cx.quinquefasciatus. given the continual search for renewable and biodegradable sources of new medicinal products, cnsl from cashew nut processing industries in indonesian agribusiness represents an opportunity to increase the value of this by-product by developing green larvicidal compounds to be used in filariasis control, which is cheap, non-toxic, and biodegradable. table 2. larvicidal activity of cnsl and s.rarak extract mixture against cx.quinque fasciatus larvae. acknowledgement i would like to thanks to faculty of pharmacy and parasitology laboratory ugm for the possibility for doing experiment. references cheng, s.s., chang, h.t., chang, s.t., tsai, k.h. & chen, w.j., 2003, bioactivity of selected plant essential oils against the yellow fever mosquito aedes aegypti larvae, bioresearch technology, 89, 99-102. devine gj, furlong mj. insecticide use: contexts and ecological successions. agric hum values 2007; 24: 281-306. evans, f.j. & schmidt, r.j., 1980, plants and plant products that induce contact dermatitis, planta medica, 38, 289-316. lima, j.b.p., da-cunha, m.p., silva júnior, r.c., galardo, a.k.r., soares, s.s., braga, m.a., ramos, r.p., valle, d., 2003. resistance of aedes aegypti to organophosphates in several municipalities in the state of rio de janeiro and espírito santo, brazil. am. j. trop. med. hyg. 68, 329–333. lomonaco, d., gilvandete, m.p.s., yana, s.f., angela, m.c.a., selma, e.m., mele, g., & vasapollo, g., 2009, study of technical cnsl and its main components as new green larvicides, green chemistry, 1, 31–33. oliveira, m.s.c., de morais, s.m., magalhaes, d.v., batista, w.p., vieira, g.p., & craveiro, a.a., 2011, antioxidant, larvicidal, and antiacetylcholinesterase activities of cashew nut shell liquid constituents, acta tropica, 117, 165-170. samuel t, jayakumar m, william sj. 2007, culex mosquito: an overview. in: william sj. defeating the public enemy, the mosquito: a real challenge. loyola publications: chennai, p. 95-116. shian, l.c., 2007, the effect of sublethal concentration of abate on aedes aegypti (linnaeus) and culex quinquefasciatus (say), tesis, universiti sains malaysia, subang jaya. tennyson, s., ravindran, j.k. & arivoli, s., 2012, screening of twenty five plant extracts for larvicidal activity against culex quinquefasciatus say (diptera: culicidae), asian pacific journal of tropical biomedicine, s1130-s1134. tyman jhp, morris lj. composition of cashew nut shell liquid. j chromatography 1989; 27: 287–8. world health organization (who), 2005, guidelines for laboratory and field testing of mosquito larvicides, geneva. cnsl (ppm) number of larva died (3 replications) total larvae mortality (%) 1 2 3 0 1 1 0 75 2.67 8 2 4 4 75 13.33 8,56 5 3 3 75 14.67 9,16 7 3 3 75 17.33 9,8 6 9 0 75 20 10,49 8 5 3 75 21.33 content_v3n1_3.pdf (p.1-3) blank_kosong.pdf (p.4) biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 9, number 2, october 2020 | pages: 77-80 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2020.92.77-80 issn 2540-9328 (online) isolation and characterization of stigmasterol from fritillaria roylei gunpreet kaur1,*, vikas gupta1, r. g. singhal2, parveen bansal1 1baba farid university of health sciences, faridkot, india 2shobhit university, meerut, india corresponding author* reetjattana21@gmail.com manuscript received: 26 june, 2020. revision accepted: 06 november, 2020. published: 16 november, 2020. abstract fritillaria roylei (kshirakakoli) is the threatened species of “ashtwarga” group suffers lot of confusion for identification & authentification in ayurvedic system of medicine. due to lack of natural sources and insufficient availability of kshirakakoli, chances of adulteration and substitution increases which in turn leads to loss of faith of people in herbal drugs. thus for identification and differentiation, quality standardization and quality assurance of kshirakakoli containing herbal formulations there is a need to isolate chemical marker compound using advanced analytical techniques. the methanol extract of root samples of plant was prepared and phytochemical screening was performed. marker compound was isolated from the extract using column chromatography. single compound having rf value 0.31 was isolated with tlc by using mobile phase n-hexane: ethyl acetate: formic acid (8:2:0.1 v/v/v) and purified by re-crystallization with methanol. isolated compound was further characterized by using melting point and spectral analysis. the methanol extract was dark brown in color and showed the presence of steroids, amino acids and flavonoids. the isolated compound was found to be white crystalline powder with melting point range of 167-169°c. spectral analysis confirmed the presence of stigmasterol. in present study stigmasterol was isolated for the first time and can be used as chemical marker for identification and differentiation of the plant from its substitutes. keywords: isolation; kshirakakoli; marker; standardization; stigmasterol. introduction ayurveda is one of the most distinctive systems of medicine known to man (jaiswal and williams, 2017; sreena et al., 2011). it is regarded as the oldest divine knowledge in the humankind which is based on the principle of maintaining a balance between the interconnected relations within the body and mind. ayurvedic medicines include herbs, herbal materials, herbal preparations, minerals and finished herbal products. ayurveda is blessed with plentiful speculate medicinal plants including ashtawarga group of eight medicinal plants i.e. kakoli (roscoea purpurea), kshirakakoli (fritillaria roylei), jeevaka (microstylis muscifera), rishabbhaka (malaxis acuminatea), meda (polygonatum cirrhifolium), mahameda (polygonatum verticillatum), riddhi (habenaria edgeworthii) and vridhi (habenaria internedia) (balkrishna et al., 2012; saha d et al., 2015). in recent days, herbal medicines are getting more popular with the comprehensive movement of people towards natural therapies. this increasing demand of the population towards herbal medicines results in shortage of authentic raw materials leading to increase in chance of adulteration and substitution because the regulatory authorities lack the strict quality control measures of herbal medicines (shukla and dhanya, 2017). this same situation happens with plants of ashtawarga group. according to international union of conservation of nature (iucn) and conservation assessment and management plan (camp), fritillaria roylei (kshirakakoli) is considered as threatened medicinal plant (saha et al., 2015; iucn 2001; kuniyal et al., 2015). from various studies, it has been found that due to lack of natural sources and insufficient availability to meet the requirements of market for the raw material the department of ayush, govt. of india, permitted the use of available substitutes in place of original plant. the substitution of fritillaria roylei is done with ashwagandha (root) (withania somnifera) or safed musli root (chlorophytum arundinaceum boker) (balkrishan et al., 2012; sagar, 2014). however, literature survey reveals that ayurvedic parameters as well as pharmacological actions of the ashtawarga plants do not match with their substitutes. the substitute of f. roylei that is w. somnifera or c. arundinaceum shows 33% or 16% similarity which ultimately results in reduced efficacy of the drugs along with loss of faith of people towards use of herbal drugs (virk et al., 2015). thus, drug standardization and quality assurance is essential to assess the safety, efficacy and quality of herbal drugs. lack of chemical markers is a major problem for the https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2020.92.77-80 78 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 77-80 regulatory authorities for enforcement of quality regulations. therefore, the study was designed to isolate chemical markers from fritillaria rolei (kshirakakoli) using advanced analytical techniques. materials and methods chemicals in the present study all the reagents and solvents used were of analytical grade. for isolation of marker compound, precoated aluminum-backed tlc plates with 0.2 mm layer of silica gel 60 f254 (20 cm × 10 cm) manufactured by e. merck (germany) were purchased from local authorized dealer. plant material the root samples of fritillaria roylei were procured from cultivar source of himachal pradesh and authenticated by national botanical research institute, lucknow wide authentication letter no. nbri/cif/535/2017 dated 04/01/2017. root samples of the plant were washed, shade dried and stored in air tight container. extract preparation the shade dried roots of fritillaria roylei (500gm) were coarsely powdered and defatted with petroleum ether followed by continuous hot extraction process with methanol. the methanol extract thus obtained was filtered and then evaporated to obtain a concentrated semisolid mass. the final extract thus obtained was then stored in vacuum desiccator for further use. phytochemical screening preliminary phytochemical screening of the extract were performed for the detection of phytoconstituents like alkaloids, flavonoids, steroids, proteins, tannins, saponins, phenolics, carbohydrates and amino acids (banu and cathrine, 2015; kokate et al., 2000; tiwari et al., 2011). isolation of chemical marker about 8.4g of methanol extract was mixed with methanol and then silica gel having pore size 60–120 mesh was added to form slurry which was then dried on water bath to form a free flowing powder. silica gel (675g) suspended in n-hexane was poured into the glass column having dimensions 1000mm x 50 mm to give rise to silica bed. saturated silica bed was allowed to stand overnight for uniform bed packing. after 12hrs, elution was started with non-polar solvent n-hexane followed by an increase in polarity of the solvents and fractions were collected with optimum flow rate of 10ml/min. thin layer chromatography (tlc) of collected fractions were performed using different solvents selected by hit and trial method and on the basis of tlc profile similar fractions were pooled together. elution with the solvent system n-hexane: chloroform: ethyl acetate 60:20:20 yielded a pool of two compounds with rf 0.31 and 0.42 on tlc plates by the use of mobile phase n-hexane: ethyl acetate: formic acid (8:2:0.1 v/v/v) along with mixture of other compounds on tlc plates. single compound was isolated by cutting and pooling of tlc plate of compound having rf value 0.31 and purified by re-crystallization with methanol. the fraction was kept in a refrigerator to get the crystallized compound (virk et al., 2016; cannell, 1998). characterization of isolated compound isolated crystallized compound was characterized by using different chemical test, melting point and spectral analysis (ir, nmr, mass, and uv spectroscopy). figure 1. nmr spectra of isolated compound stigmasterol from fritillaria roylei (kshirakakoli). kaur et al. – stigmasterol from kshirakakoli 79 result and discussion physical evaluation and percentage yield of extract the methanol extract of fritillaria roylei was dark brown in color, and the percentage yield of extract was 7.48%. phytochemical screening of extract preliminary phytochemical analysis confirmed the presence of steroids, amino acids, flavonoids and proteins characterization and identification of isolated compound isolated compound was found as white crystalline powder after crystallization from chcl3-meoh. the compound was shown positive test of steroids. melting point of the compound was found to be 167-169°c (lit. 164-171°c). spectroscopic data ir: the infra-red spectra of isolated compound, showed very intensely broad peak at 3428 cm-1 and moderately intense peak at 1192 and 699 cm-1 were observed for the o-h bond vibrations of hydroxyl group. the unsaturated part of c-h and c=c vibrations was observed at 881 cm1 and 1642 cm-1. the vibrations of -ch3 were observed at 2937 cm-1and at 1465 cm-1 and vibrations of =ch2 were observed at 2852 cm-1 and at 1460 cm-1 respectively. the c-c vibration peak was shown at 1053 cm-1which confirm the structure of stigmasterol. nmr: in the 1h-nmr spectrum of isolated compound showed two olefenic protons appeared downfield at δ 4.57 (m) and δ 4.14 (m) which were identical with the chemical shift of h-22 and h-23, respectively of stigmasterol. six methyl protons at δ 1.23(s, 3h), δ 1.19(s, 3h), δ 1.06(s, 3h), δ 1.00, δ 0.98(s, 3h) and δ 0.91 (s, 3h); [(3h each, s, ch3)] confirms the structure of stigmasterol. mass spectra: mass spectrum of isolated compound showed parent molecular ion [m+] peak at m/z 412 which was being in agreement with the proposed structure of stigmasterol. structure and molecular formula of isolated compound the molecular formula of isolated molecule stigmasterol is c29h48o that is confirmed by ir, mass spectra and nmr data. its iupac name is (3s,8s,9s,10r,13r,14s,17r)-17-[(e,2r,5s)-5-ethyl-6methylhept-3-en-2-yl]-10,13dimethyl,2,3,4,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-dodecahydro1h-cyclopenta[a] phenanthren-3-ol. as phytosterols are not synthesized by humans and animals so they are needed to be included in the diet. stigmasterol is present in various naturally occurring items of plant origin like vegetables, nuts, seeds and unpasteurized milk. edible oils contain higher amount of stigmasterol than vegetables. it is widely used as food additives in food and beverage industries for production of sausages, yogurt, cold cuts, margarines, bakery products, milk and spreads (aboobucker et al., 2019; jun-hua et al., 2008; siddiqui et al., 1990). stigmasterol is also used as a precursor or intermediate for synthesis of various human steroid hormones like progesterone, androgen corticoids, estrogens etc (sundararaman and djerassi, 1977; hogg, 1992). stigmasterol is used as raw material in pharmaceutical industries for commercial synthesis of vitamin d3 (kametani and furuyama, 1987). in addition to this various studies showed that stigmasterol possesses various pharmacological properties like cytotoxic activity, antioxidant activity, anti-hypercholestrolemic, anti-osteoarthritic activity, anti-inflammatory activity, hypoglycemic activity etc. high therapeutic value and regulatory approval status as generally recognized as safe (gras) in the u.s., followed by an approval from the fda and by the eu scientific committee on food (sfc) increases the demand of phytosterol significantly (ghosh et al., 2011; chandler et al., 1979; batta et al., 2006; gabay et al., 2010; panda et al., 2009; navarro et al., 2001). as the market price of stigmasterol is 32,334/10g (approximately) and it will be difficult for commercial manufacturers to replace fritillaria roylei plant with stigmasterol just to claim the presence of fritillaria roylei (kshirakakoli). presence of stigmasterol has not been ever reported in its substitutes/adulterants. it has been reported first time from root of kshirakakoli plant. thus, for quality standardization of kshirakakoli containing formulations isolated compound i.e. stigmasterol may be used as chemical markers for identification and differentiation of authentic plants from its substitutes and common adulterants. conclusion in the present study, stigmasterol was isolated from roots of fritillaria roylei using column chromatography and tlc. as per the knowledge, this is first report on chromatographic method of isolation of stigmasterol from natural source that is fritillaria roylei plant. this compound can be used as a chemical marker by regulatory authorities for identification of kshirakakoli plant from other substitutes. conflict of interest: the author declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. source of funding: the authors gratefully acknowledge authorities of baba farid university of health sciences, faridkot for necessary permission and providing all research facilities. this work was supported by the national medicinal plants board, ministry of ayush, govt. of india, new delhi, india [grant numbers r&d/ch-01/2012]. 80 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 77-80 references aboobucker, s. i., suza, w. p. (2019). why do plants convert sitosterol to stigmasterol?. frontiers in plant science, 10 354362. doi: 10.3389/fpls.2019.00354. balkrishna, a., srivastava, a., mishra, r. k., patel, s. p., vashistha, r. k., singh, a., et al. (2012). astavarga plantsthreatened medicinal herbs of the north-west himalaya. int. j. med. arom. plants, 2(4) 661-676. issn: 2249-4340. banu, k. s., cathrine, l. (2015). general techniques involved in phytochemical analysis. international journal of advanced research in chemical science, 2(4) 25-32. issn 2349-0403 batta, a. k., xu, g., honda, a., miyazaki, t., salen, g. (2006). stigmasterol reduces plasma cholesterol levels and inhibits hepatic synthesis and intestinal absorption in the rat. metabolism, 55(3) 292-299. doi: 10.1016/j.metabol.2005.08.024. cannell rjp (1998) how to approach the isolation of a natural product. in: cannell rjp (eds) natural products isolation. methods in biotechnology, vol 4. humana press, totowa, nj. doi: 10.1007/978-1-59259-256-2_1. chandler, r. f., hooper, s. n., ismail, h. a. (1979). antihypercholesterolemic studies with sterols: β-sitosterol and stigmasterol. journal of pharmaceutical sciences, 68(2) 245247. doi: 10.1002/jps.2600680235. gabay, o., sanchez, c., salvat, c., chevy, f., breton, m., nourissat, g., e et al. (2010). stigmasterol: a phytosterol with potential anti-osteoarthritic properties. osteoarthritis and cartilage, 18(1) 106-116. doi: 10.1016/j.joca.2009.08.019. ghosh, t., maity, t. k., singh, j. (2011). evaluation of antitumor activity of stigmasterol, a constituent isolated from bacopa monnieri linn aerial parts against ehrlich ascites carcinoma in mice. oriental pharmacy & experimental medicine, 11(1) 41-49. doi: 10.1007/s13596-011-0001-y. hogg, j. a. (1992). steroids, the steroid community, and upjohn in perspective: a profile of innovation. steroids, 57(12) 593616. doi: 10.1016/0039-128x (92)90013-y. iucn, (2001). iucn red list categories and criteria, version 3.1. international union for conservation of nature and natural resources, glan, switzerland. jaiswal, y. s., williams, l. l. (2017). a glimpse of ayurveda– the forgotten history and principles of indian traditional medicine. journal of traditional and complementary medicine, 7(1) 50-53. doi: 10.1016/j.jtcme.2016.02.002 jun-hua, h. a. n., yue-xin, y. a. n. g., mei-yuan, f. e. n. g. (2008). contents of phytosterols in vegetables and fruits commonly consumed in china. biomedical and environmental sciences, 21(6) 449-453. doi: 10.1016/s0895-3988(09)60001-5. kametani, t., furuyama, h. (1987). synthesis of vitamin d3 and related compounds. medicinal research reviews, 7(2) 147171. doi: 10.1002/med.2610070202. kaur virk, j., bansal, p., kumar, s., singh, r., kumar rawal, r. (2016). isolation and quantification of chemical marker of polygonatum verticillatum: first report. current traditional medicine, 2(3) 216-224. kokate ck, khandelwal kr, pawar ap, gokhale sb (2000) practical pharmacognosy, nirali prakashan, pune, 45-46. kuniyal, c. p., bisht, v. k., negi, j. s., bhatt, v. p., bisht, d. s., butola, j. s., et al. (2015). progress and prospect in the integrated development of medicinal and aromatic plants (maps) sector in uttarakhand, western himalaya. environment, development and sustainability, 17(5) 11411162. doi: 10.1007/s10668-014-9595-9. navarro, a., de las heras, b., villar, a. (2001). antiinflammatory and immunomodulating properties of a sterol fraction from sideritis foetens clem. biological and pharmaceutical bulletin, 24(5) 470-473. doi: 10.1248/bpb.24.470. panda, s., jafri, m., kar, a., meheta, b. k. (2009). thyroid inhibitory, antiperoxidative and hypoglycemic effects of stigmasterol isolated from butea monosperma. fitoterapia, 80(2) 123-126. doi: 10.1016/j.fitote.2008.12.002. raj, s., karthikeyan, s., gothandam, k. m. (2011). ayurveda-a glance. research in plant biology, 1(1) 1-14. issn: 22315101 sagar, p. k. (2014). adulteration and substitution in endangered, asu herbal medicinal plants of india, their legal status, scientific screening of active phytochemical constituents. international journal of pharmaceutical sciences and research, 5(9) 4023-4039. saha, d., ved, d., ravikumar, k., haridasan, k., dhyani, a. (2015). lilium polyphyllum. the iucn red list of threatened species, available at: www.iucnredlist.org. [accessed on 25/november/2019]. shukla, a. k., dhanya, r. (2017). standardization and evaluation of ayurvedic medicines-needs. journal of ayurveda and integrated medical sciences, 2(2) 190-195. issn 2456-3110. siddiqui, s., siddiqui, b. s., adil, q., begum, s. (1990). constituents of mirabilis jalapa. fitoterapia, 61(5) 471-474. issn: 0367-326x sundararaman, p., djerassi, c. (1977). a convenient synthesis of progesterone from stigmasterol. the journal of organic chemistry, 42(22) 3633-3634. doi: 10.1021/jo00442a044. tiwari, p., kumar, b., kaur, m., kaur, g., kaur, h. (2011). phytochemical screening and extraction: a review. internationale pharmaceutica sciencia, 1(1) 98-106. virk, j. k., bansal, p., gupta, v., kumar, s., singh, r. (2015). lack of pharmacological basis of substitution of an endangered plant group ashtawarga–a significant ingredient of polyherbal formulations. am j phytomed clin ther., 2 690712. biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 9, number 1, april 2020 | pages: 15-19 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2020.91.15-19 issn 2540-9328 (online) a mathematical model of the covid-19 cases in indonesia (under and without lockdown enforcement) sugiyanto*, muchammad abrori department of mathematics, universitas islam negeri sunan kalijaga yogyakarta jl. marsda adisucipto no 1 yogyakarta 55281, indonesia. tel. +62-274-540971, fax. +62-274-519739 corresponding author* sugimath@yahoo.co.id manuscript received: 29 march 2020. revision accepted: 10 april, 2020. published: 15 april, 2020. abstract covid-19 stands for corona (co), virus (vi), disease (d) and year 2019 (19), which is covid-19 first appeared in 2019. mathematical model of covid deployment in indonesia under and without lockdown case uses the sirv model, such as susceptible, infected, recovery, and virus. the results of this model state that under lockdown the spread of covid-19 could be stopped. if it were not under lockdown it can multiply 1,276 times higher over two months. keywords: corona virus novel 2019 (covid-19); mathematics model; lockdown; indonesia introduction novel corona virus can pneumonia (pan et al., 2020). pneumonia is an inflammatory lung disease which is characterized by coughing, chest pain, fever, and difficulty breathing. covid-19 is a very contagious disease and declared by who as a pandemic on march, 12, 2020 (chen et al., 2020). pandemic is an infectious disease that is widely spread and it can reach all countries in the world. covid-19 was first identified in wuhan, hubei province, china in december 2019 (liu et al., 2020). the understanding of lockdown in a pandemic context of covid-19 is an emergency state where someone is not allowed to enter or out of a certain area in a certain period of time. this kind of action is carried out during the emergency situation (ku et al., 2020). mathematical model of covid-19 deployment is using susceptible sub populations, infected, recovery and virus or abbreviated as sirv. this population is divided into four subpopulations. susceptible subpopulation (s) is a subpopulation that is vulnerable to covid-19. infected subpopulation (i) is subpopulation that is infected by covid-19. recovery subpopulation (r) is subpopulation that recover from the covid-19 virus. the population of covid-19 (v) is the population number of covid-19 outside the human body. model formulations the covid-19 deployment model uses several parameters. parameter 𝑑1 is the rate of natural death and other diseases besides covid-19. parameter 𝑎1 is the level of susceptibility to covid-19 disease. parameter 𝑎2 is the level of covid-19 virus infection. parameter 𝑎3 is the cure rate of covid-19 disease. parameter 𝑑2 is the death rate due to covid-19 virus. this models are defined into: a. the susceptible subpopulation are affected by: (1) the increasing in birth rate; (2) the increasing in susceptible individuals from other regions; (3) the increasing number of individuals recovering from the diseases that is caused by covid-19; (4) the reduce susceptibility of covid-19 which infected individuals; (5) the reduce susceptible individuals going to other areas; (6) the loss of individuals due to natural deaths, other than diseases caused by covid-19. b. the infected subpopulation are affected by: (1) the increasing number of individual births from a mother that infected by covid-19; (2) the increasing in individuals due to arrivals from other regions; (3) the increasing in individuals from susceptible and infected by covid-19; (4) the reduce individual recovery from covid-19; (5) the reduction in infected individuals who went to other areas; (6) the https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2020.91.15-19 16 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 15-19 reduction in individuals who die from diseases that caused by covid-19; (7) the loss of individuals due to deaths other than covid-19. c. the recovery subpopulation are affected by: (1) the increase in births at recovery time; (2) the increase in individual recovery from other regions; (3) the increase in infected; (4) the reduce susceptible individuals; (5) the reduction in recovery individuals that went to other areas; (6) the loss of individuals due to deaths other than covid-19. d. the population of covid-19 (population of virus in the environment spread by infected people) are affected by: (1) the covid-19 deployment because individuals are infected; (2) the unsurvive of covid-19 in a free environment due to physical and chemical factors. table 1. the population, subpopulations, and parameters used in the covid-19 spread by mathematics model. no. symbol explanation unit 1. s susceptible subpopulation person/km2 2. i infected subpopulation person/km2 3. r recovery subpopulation person/km2 4. v the population of covid-19 virus/km2 5. 1a birth rate of susceptible subpopulation day -1 6. 2a birth rate of infected subpopulation day -1 7. 3a birth rate of recovery subpopulation day -1 8. 1b arrival rates from other countries susceptible subpopulation day -1 9. 2b arrival rates from other countries infected subpopulation day -1 10. 3b arrival rates from other countries recovery subpopulation day -1 11. c death rates due to disease caused by covid-19. day-1 12. 1d natural death rates are not due to covid-19 susceptible subpopulation. day -1 13. 2d natural death rates are not due to covid-19 infected subpopulation. day-1 14. 3d natural death rates are not due to covid-19 recovery subpopulation. day -1 15. 4d the covid-19 mortality rates in environment. day-1 16. 1e rates of traveling to other countries susceptible subpopulation day -1 17. 2e rates of traveling to other countries infected subpopulation day -1 18. 3e rates of traveling to other countries recovery subpopulation day -1 19. f the degree of covid-19 emergence in environment virus person-1 20. 1k carrying capacity of the susceptible birth subpopulation person 2 21. 2k carrying capacity of the infected birth subpopulation person 2 22. 3k carrying capacity of the recovery birth subpopulation person 2 23. 1l carrying capacity of the susceptible natural death subpopulation person 2 24. 2l carrying capacity of the infected natural death subpopulation person 2 25 3l carrying capacity of the recovery natural death subpopulation person 2 26.  the degree of interaction between susceptible subpopulation become infected subpopulation km2.day-1.virus-1 27.  the degree of interaction betweem infected subpopulation become recovery subpopulation day -1 28.  the degree of interaction between recovery subpopulation become susceptible subpopulation. day-1 in this model it is assumed that: (1) open population, means people are free to enter and exit a country/region; (2) newborn individuals are included in the susceptible subpopulation; individuals who recover from covid are not immune; (3) every individual who infected by covid-19 will become infected; (4) after the incubation period of two weeks are already considered an infected individual; (5) a vaccine for covid-19 has not been found yet, it means that healing is due to good individual immunity, not because of vaccine; (6) people who recovery from covid-19 can be a susceptible subpopulation again; (7) birth rate and natural mortality rate of the infected subpopulation and recovery does not exist. in this model not analyzed local stability of the equilibrium point, and it become our next job. figure 2 sugiyanto & abrori – a mathematical model of the covid-19 cases in … 17 is covid-19 deployment transfer diagram. based on the figure 2, transfer diagram, formed the covid-19 spread mathematics model equation (1a) – (1d). figure 1. covid-19 distribution between individuals. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1                    ds s s a s b s r sv e s d s dt k l   (1a) 2 2 2 3 2 2 1 1                     di i i a i b i sv i ci e i d i dt k l   (1b) 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1                    dr r r a r b r i r e r d r dt k l   (1c) 2 4 2 1         dv i fa i d v dt k (1d) figure 2. transfer diagram of covid-19 deployment model. simulation in this section, we will discuss about numerical simulation and its intepretation by covid-19 deployment model. the initial value starts from the spread of covid-19 in indonesia on march, 12–23, 2020 that was announced by the indonesian goverment. the initial value of the susceptible is taken from the total population of indonesian divided by the population of indonesian, 𝑆0 = 260,000,000 260,000,000 = 1. the infected value was taken from the number of people infected on march 23, 2020 divided by the population of indonesian, 𝐼0 = 579 260,000,000 = 0.0000022269. the recovery values is taken from the number of people recovered on march 23, 2020 divided by the total population of indonesia, 𝑅0 = 30 260,000,000 = 0.0000001. covid-19 value is taken by the estimation, 𝑉0 = 1,000,000 260,000,000 = 0.0038461538. the parameter values are as follows. indonesia area 1.905 x 109 km2. in 2019, the birth rate is = 4.4 x 106 people. in 2019, the mortality rate is = 1.6 x 106 people. there are 365 days in one year. 6 3 1 1 9 4.4 10 6.3 10 1.905 10 365     x a x day x x 6 1 3 1 1 9 1.6 10 2.3 10 1.905 10 365      x d day x day x x from the assumption of natural birth and death that the infected subpopulation does not exist, then the parameter 𝑎2 = 0 and 𝑑2 = 0. from the assumption of natural birth and death recovery subpopulation does not exist, then the parameter 𝑎3 = 0 dan 𝑑3 = 0. because the indonesia country has suspended its arrival visa and the other countries have also applied for a visa suspension, then the parameter 𝑏1 = 𝑏2 = 𝑏3 = 𝑒1 = 𝑒2 = 𝑒3 = 0. from the table 2, we take the highest gradient that is from march 17–18, 2020 are 14 souls per day (zonautara, 2020). it means, the death rates due to the diseases caused by covid-19 is the highest mortality divided by indonesian population or 𝑐 = 14 260,000,000 = 0.0000000538 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑜𝑛−2𝑑𝑎𝑦−1. value 260,000,000 are taken from the indonesian population. the value of covid-19 mortality rates in the environment ( d ) be accepted 𝑑4 = 2 260,000,000 = 7.7𝑥10−9 𝑑𝑎𝑦−1 (bnpb, 2020). the estimated value of covid-19 emergence rate in the environment (𝑓) be accepted 𝑓 = 260,000 260,000,000 = 1𝑥10−3 𝑣𝑖𝑟𝑢𝑠 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑜𝑛−1𝑑𝑎𝑦−1. the value of the level of interaction between susceptible subpopulation become infected subpopulation (𝛼) taken from the slope of the highest infected divided by indonesian population. the highest slope is on march, 18–19, 2020 or march, 20–23, 2020 there were 81 people died in one day. so, the value of 𝛼 is 81 divided ten times of 579 people were infected (ten fold was infected but its unknown, because it’s not covid-19 tested), 𝛼 = 81 579𝑥10 = 3.6𝑥10−3 𝑑𝑎𝑦−1𝑣𝑖𝑟𝑢𝑠−1. the value of the level of interaction between recovery subpopulation become susceptible 18 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 15-19 subpopulation (𝛽) taken from the highest slope recovery divided by the population of indonesian. the highest slope was on march 21–22, 2020 as many as 9 people died in one day. so, the 𝛽 value is 9 divided by a hundred multiple of 30 people who recover (one hundred multiples are recovery but not known, because it does not test by covid-19), 𝛽 = 9 30𝑥100 = 3𝑥10−3𝑑𝑎𝑦−1. the value of the level of interaction between recovery subpopulation become susceptible subpopulation (𝛾) taken the same as 𝛽. the value of carrying capacity of natural birth and death in the susceptible sub population taken with an estimated number of deaths of 500,000 people divided indonesian population, that is 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 500, 000 1.923 10 . 260, 000, 000        k k k l l l x to summarize the parameter values, we shown in table 3. table 2. the data that died in indonesia because of covid-19 (zonautara, 2020). no. by the date the number of people died the number of people recovered the number of people infected 1. 12 march 2020 1 4 34 2. 13 march 2020 4 4 69 3. 14 march 2020 5 5 96 4. 15 march 2020 5 5 117 5. 16 march 2020 5 8 134 6. 17 march 2020 5 9 172 7. 18 march 2020 19 11 227 8. 19 march 2020 25 15 308 9. 20 march 2020 32 17 369 10. 21 march 2020 38 20 450 11 22 march 2020 48 29 514 12 23 march 2020 49 30 579 table 3 is multiplied by 260,000,000 people; this number is taken from the indonesian population. lockdown case is the level of interaction between susceptible subpopulation become infected subpopulation, the degree of interaction between infected subpopulation becomes recovery subpopulation, and the degree of the interaction between recovery subpopulation being a susceptible subpopulation doesn not exist, it means the value of 0     . table 3. the parameter value without covid-19 deployment lockdown in indonesia. no. symbol value no. symbol value 1. 1a 3 6.3 10  x 13. 2e 0 2. 2a 0 14. 3e 0 3. 3a 0 15. f 3 1 10  x 4. 1b 0 16. 1k 3 1.923 10  x 5. 2b 0 17. 2k 3 1.923 10  x 6. 3b 0 18. 3k 3 1.923 10  x 7. c 85.38 10  x 19. 1l 3 1.923 10  x 8. 1d 3 2.3 10  x 20. 2l 3 1.923 10  x 9. 2d 0 21. 3l 3 1.923 10  x 10. 3d 0 22.  3 3.6 10  x 11. 4d 9 7.7 10  x 23.  3 3 10  x 12. 1e 0 24.  3 3 10  x figure 3. diagram of trajectory subpopulation infected between under lockdown and without lockdown. figure 3 shows the case trajectory diagram under and without lockdown in infected subpopulation. in the case of not lockdown on day-0 showed 579 people infected. on 30th for the case to be 677,600 people infected. on 60th showed 738,900 people infected. on day-0 of lockdown case showed 579 people infected and the 30th day showed 579 people infected. because the incubation period of 14 days, then in the case of lockdown on the 15th day no one has been infected. conclusion covid-19 is a vicious virus, because its spread from modeling result is very fast. from the indonesia government’s data on march 12–23, 2020 up to 579 sugiyanto & abrori – a mathematical model of the covid-19 cases in … 19 people have been infected, while from the model when not in lockdown of 579 people become 738,900 people have been infected. this is 1,276 times in two months. under lockdown, it can minimize casualties because covid-19 does not spread. lockdown is a solution to reduce deaths due to covid-19. references bnpb, 2020 in https://www.covid19.go.id/ketahui-caramengurangi-risiko/ downloaded on march 20, 2020. chen, h., guo, j., wang, c., luo, f., yu, x., zhang, w., ... & liao, j. (2020). clinical characteristics and intrauterine vertical transmission potential of covid-19 infection in nine pregnant women: a retrospective review of medical records. the lancet. ku, c. c., ng, t. c., & lin, h. h. (2020). epidemiological benchmarks of the covid-19 outbreak control in china after wuhan’s lockdown: a modelling study with an empirical approach. available at ssrn 3544127. liu, y., gayle, a. a., wilder-smith, a., & rocklöv, j. (2020). the reproductive number of covid-19 is higher compared to sars coronavirus. journal of travel medicine. pan, f., ye, t., sun, p., gui, s., liang, b., li, l., ... & zheng, c. (2020). time course of lung changes on chest ct during recovery from 2019 novel coronavirus (covid-19) pneumonia. radiology, 200370. zonautara, 2020 in https://zonautara.com/2020/03/22/tabelsebaran-virus-corona-per-provinsi-22-maret-2020/ downloaded on march 20, 2020. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 12, number 1, april 2023 | pages: 5-8 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2023.121.5-8 issn 2540-9328 (online) high performance liquid chromatography (hplc) for detection of glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate compounds rakhmiyati1,*, tetri widiyani1,2, agung budiharjo1,2 1department of bioscience, graduate program; 2department of biology, faculty of mathematics and natural sciences, sebelas maret university. jl. ir sutami no. 36a, kentingan, surakarta, 57126, central java, tel./fax. +62-271-663375, indonesia. corresponding author* miarakhmiy@gmail.com manuscript received: 26 march, 2022. revision accepted: 24 august, 2022. published: 14 september, 2022. abstract glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate are compounds found in shark cartilage (carcharhinus sorrah). the two compounds have many health benefits, that is wound healing and helping the process of angiogenesis. this study aims to determine the content of glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate compounds in shark cartilage (sc) extract. the method used was high performance liquid chromatography (hplc) with potassium phosphate buffer solution at ph 3. the results of this research were sc extract contained glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate compounds with a retention time of 1.914 minutes. keywords: hplc; shark; glucosamine; chondroitin sulfate. introduction shark cartilage (sc) has several benefits, including controlling the growth and spread of tumor cells, cancer, helping to reduce bone pain, avoiding rheumatic diseases, strengthening and maintaining bone function, relieving pain and gout, maintaining body health and vitality, and avoid curvature of the spine (sulityowati et al., 2015; dean and summers, 2006). according martelpelletier (2015) sc can also treat osteoporosis and osteoarthritis because it contains chondroitin sulfate. the extraction and purification of chondroitin sulfate was first carried out in 1960 (miller and clegg, 2011). research conducted by sulityowati et al (2015) showed that shark cartilage powder contained 28.36% glucosamine and 6.06% chondroitin. chondroitin sulfate powder is white to cream in color with a ph value between 5.5 to 7.5. this compound is easily soluble in water and is hygroscopic. chondroitin sulfate becomes unstable when exposed to direct light and at high temperatures (marzuki et al., 2014). according garnjanagoonchorn et al. (2007) in xie et al (2014) states that dry sc contains glycosaminoglican 10-40% and collagen type ii 25-55%. glycosaminoglycan (gag) is components of the extracellular matrix of connective tissue. chondroitin sulfate is a type of gag whose components consist of n-acetyl-galactosamine, sulfuric acid and glucuronic acid. chondroitin sulfate can be used in joint ailment therapy, anti-inflammatory, arthritis, atherosclerosis and cancer (siagian, 2014; widyaningsih et al, 2016), and immunostimulant (bargahi and rabbani-chadegani, 2008). according to kerri et al. (2003) and huskisson (2008) the chemical structure of chondroitin sulfate and glucosamine were shown in figures 1 and 2. figure 1. the chemical structure of chondroitin sulfate compound. figure 2. the chemical structure of glucosamine compound. chondroitin sulfate is a polysaccharide anion consisting of the disaccharide unit naacetylgalactosamine 4or 6-sulfuric acid and dhttps://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2023.121.5-8 6 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 12 (1), 2023: 5-8 glucuronic acid repeated in cartilage tissue. these polysaccharides covalently bind to proteins to form proteoglycans. chondroitin sulfate has a wide range of applications in the pharmaceutical, cosmetic and food industries (nakano et al., 2000). according to siagian (2014), chondroitin is found in hyaline cartilage and can be distinguished structurally by the position of the sulfate ion in the monosaccharide bonds. materials and methods tools and materials the tools used in this research include: styrofoam ice box, measuring tape, sitting scale, digital scale, surgical instrument set, knife, tray, oven, aluminum bowl, blander (miyako), sieve (size mesh 80), plastic bags, plastic clips, gloves, digital analytical scales, petri dishes, aluminum foil, surgical mats, rotary evaporator (rvo 400 sd boeco germany), beakers, vials glass, filtering funnels, hot plates, measuring cups, plastic pot bottles, hplc tools (shimadzu), column c-18 (dimensions 4.6 x 250 mm, size of diameter pore 5µm), rid detector (refraksi index detector), cpu, stainless steel spatula, tweezers, stirring rod. the material used in this research is shark (carcharhinus sorrah) obtained from depok beach, yogyakarta, ice cubes, methanol pa, acetonitrile, potassium dihydrogen phosphate powder (1.36 grams), distilled water, g-nutri, chondroitin sulfate powder, and phosphoric acid (h3po4). shark cartilage powder shark (carcharhinus sorrah) was obtained commercially from the coast of depok, yogyakarta, then all flesh and tissue attached to the cartilage were removed. the cartilage was cut into ±1 cm in size and had been dried using an oven at 500 c for 24 hours. furthermore, it was mashed using a blender, sieved with a sieve of 80 mesh. shark cartilage powder was stored in a cool place prior to extraction (sulityowati et al., 2015; davis, c., 1994). shark cartilage extract 60 grams of shark cartilage powder was dissolved in 1200 ml of methanol as a solvent. the immersion time was 7 days. every day the solution was stirred for 3 hours. then after that filtered using filter paper. the filtrate obtained from the filtering was collected, while the residue was discarded. the filtrate was then processed using a rotary evaporator machine. the temperature used on the hot plate was 400c and the speed of the driving rotor was 2 turns. the result of the rotary evaporator was a thick, milky white liquid which was an extract of shark cartilage (iffah et al., 2018). detection of glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate compounds instrument setup hplc (high performance liquid chromatography) the first step was to turn on the electric power, then turn on the stabilizer. after that turn on the pump on the tool. next, turn on the water column by pressing the polar button. then turn on the detector rid (refractive index detector) [set the wavelength (γ)], then modular and finally turn on cpu (central processing unit) on computer. if the chromatogram shows a flat base line then the instrument can be used. preparing the mobile phase mobile phase was using potassium phosphate buffer solution ph 3. the buffer solution was made by adding 1.36 grams of potassium dihydrogen phosphate powder into 800 ml of distilled water, then adding phosphoric acid (h3po4). the ratio between the potassium phosphate buffer and the acetonitrile was 99.5:0.5. the flow rate is 1 ml/minute. the hplc column used was c18 4.6×250 mm 5µm merck. the temperature in the column used was 280c. the eluent will carry the components of the mixture to the rid (refractive index detectors) detector. (jahangir, et al., 2015; nagarajan, et al., 2013). results and discussion based on the results of high performance liquid chromatography (hplc), it was found that the extract of shark cartilage (carcharhinus sorrah) was proven to contain glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate compounds. shark cartilage extract chromatogram based on hplc method is shown in figure 3. figure 3. hplc chromatogram on shark cartilage extract. the hplc method is a suitable method to determine the presence of glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate compounds in shark cartilage extracts. separation of analytes were using phosphate buffer solution and acetonitrile with a ratio of 99.5: 0.5. the buffer solution ph 3 is a mixture of phosphoric acid solution = 88 ml + 1000 ml aquades + 1.3 grams of potassium dihydrogen phosphate and the flow rate used was 1 ml/minute. in rakhmiyati et al. – high performance liquid chromatography (hplc) for … 7 figure 1 it can be seen that the elution substance has formed a good symmetrical peak. figure 4. hplc chromatogram results on glucosamine (a) and chondroitin sulfate (b) parameters. from the hplc output in the form of a chromatogram (figure 3), it can be seen that the shark cartilage extract sample (carcharhinus sorrah) has a retention time of 1.917. meanwhile, the retention time for glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate parameters were 1.914 and 1.914 (figure 4). this retention time proves that the shark cartilage extract contains glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate compounds. according to research that has been done by sulityowati et al. (2015) stated that in 40 grams of shark cartilage powder it contains 28.36% glucosamine and in 240 grams of shark cartilage powder there is 6.06% chondroitin. glucosamine, 2-amino-2-deoxy-d-glucose (c6h14no5) is a monosaccharide having a molecular weight of 197.2 da (agiba, 2017; huskisson, 2008). this compound is the main component of glycosaminoglycans (gags) in cartilage and synovial fluid (sulityowati et al., 2015). glycosaminoglycans (gags) are heteropolysaccharides that have a negatively charged protein at the edge and function as a binder called mucopolysaccharide (sulityowati et al., 2015). glucosamine is found in almost all connective tissue, but the most abundant content is in cartilage (dahmer and schiller, 2008; sulityowati et al., 2015). chondroitin sulfate (cs) is a heteropolysaccharide with long and unbranched chains called glycosaminoglycans with a molecular weight of 50-100 kda, but after the extraction process the molecular weight becomes 10-40 kda (sulityowati et al., 2015; henrotin et al., 2010). but according to huskisson (2008) the molecular weight of chondroitin is 10,00050,000 da. cs compounds have the same properties as gc which are hydrophilic, can dissolve in water and produce a liquid that resembles sodium hyaluronate. conclusion based on observations that have been made using the high performance liquid chromatography (hplc) method, it can be concluded that the shark cartilage extract (carcharhinus sorrah) contains glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate compounds with a retention time of 1.917 minutes. conflict of interests: authors state that there is no conflict of interest in this research output. references agiba, a.m. (2017). nutraceutical formulations containing glucosamine and chondroitin sulphate in the treatment of osteoarthritis: emphasis on clinical efficacy and formulation challenges. international journal of current pharmaceutical r esearch 9 (2): 1-7. american college of rheumatology subcommittee on osteoarthritis guidelines. (2000). acr recommendations for the medical management of osteoarthritis of the hip and knee: 2000 update. arthritis rheum 43:1905-1915. barclay, t.s., tsourounis, c., and mccart, g.m. (1998). glucosamine. the annals of pharmacotherapy 32: 574-579. bargahi a and a. rabbani-chadegani a. (2008). angiogenic inhibitor protein fractions derived from shark cartilage. journal biochemical society 28 (1): 15–21. dahmer, s. & schiller, r.m. (2008). glucosamine. american family physician 78 (4): 471-476. dean mn and ap summers. (2006). mineralized cartilage in the skeleton of chondrichthyan fishes. zoology 109 (2): 164-168. de mattei, m., pellati, a., pasello, m., de terlizzi, f., massari, l., gemmati, d., & caruso, a. (2002). high doses of glucosamine-hcl have detrimental effects on bovine articular cartilage explants cultured in vitro. osteoarthritis and cartilage 10 (10): 816–825. gonzález, r.p., leyva, a. & moraes, m.o. (2001). shark cartilage as source of antiangiogenic compounds: from basic to clinical research. biol. pharm. bull. 24 (10): 10971101. henrotin, y., mathy, m., sanchez, c., & lambert, c. (2010). chondroitin sulfate in the treatment of osteoarthritis: from in vitro studies to clinical recommendations. therapeutic advances in musculoskeletal disease 2 (6): 335-348. huskisson, e.c. (2008). glucosamine and chondroitin for osteoarthritis. the journal of international medical research 36(6): 1-19. hutagalung, e. (2005). current status of glucosamine and chondroitin therapy in osteoarthritis. med j indones. 14 (1): 55-58. jerosch, j. (2011). effects of glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate on cartilage metabolism in oa: outlook on other nutrient partners especially omega-3 fatty acids. international journal of rheumatology. p:1-17. kerri l. pettrey, ml cupp, and ts tracy. (2003). dietary supplements: toxicology and clinical pharmacology. edited by: mj cupp and ts tracy © humana press inc., totowa, new jersey. lippiello, l. (2003). glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate: biological response modifiers of chondrocytes under simulated conditions of joint stress. osteoarthritis and cartilage 11 (5): 335-342. lubis, a.m.t., siagian, c., wonggokusuma, e., marsetio, a.f., setyohadi, b. (2017). comparison of glucosaminea b 8 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 12 (1), 2023: 5-8 chondroitin sulfate with and without methylsulfonylmethane in grade i-ii knee osteoarthritis: a double blind randomized controlled trial. acta med indones-indones j intern med 49 (2): 105-111. martel-pelletier j, a farran, e montell, j verges, jp pelletier. (2015). discrepancies in composition and biological effects of different formulations of chondroitin sulfate. molecules 20 (3): 4277-4289. marzuki as, kasim dan n arafah. (2014). pengaruh penambahan natrium hidroksida terhadap waktu retensi kadar kondroitin sulfat dari tulang rawan ikan pari (taeniura lymna). jurnal phinisi 9 (3): 239-245. matsuno, h., nakamura, h., katayama, k., hayashi, s., kano, s., yudoh, k., & kiso, y. (2009). effects of an oral administration of glucosaminechondroitin-quercetin glucoside on the synovial fluid properties in patients with osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis. bioscience, biotechnology, and biochemistry 73 (2): 288–292. miller kl and do clegg. (2011). glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate. rheumatic diseases clinics of north america 37 (1): 103–118. nakano, ikawa and ozimek. (2000). an economical method to extract chondroitin sulphatepeptide from bovine nasal cartilage. canadian agricultural engineering 42 (4): 205208. pavelká k, gatterová j, olejarová m, machacek, s., giacovelli, g., rovati, l.c. (2002). glucosamine sulfate use and delay of progression of knee osteoarthritis: a 3-year, randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind study. arch intern med 162: 2113 – 2123. pelletier, j.m., farran, a., montell, e., vergés, j., and pelletier, j.p. (2015). discrepancies in composition and biological effects of different formulations of chondroitin sulfate. molecules 20: 4277-4289. shmagel, a., demmer, r., knights, d., butler, m., langsetmo, l., lane, n.e., and ensrud, k. (2019). the effects of glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate on gut microbial composition: a systematic review of evidence from animal and human studies. nutrients 11 (2): 1-14. siagian c. (2014). efek pemberian kombinasi glukosaminkondroitin sulfat, kombinasi glukosamin-kondroitin sulfatmethylsulfonylmethane, dan plasebo terhadap kesembuhan pasien osteoarthritis sendi lutut derajat kellgren lawrence i dan ii (uji klinis acak tersamar ganda). tesis. jakarta: universitas indonesia. šimánek, v., křen, v., ulrichová, j., gallo, j. (2005). the efficacy of glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate in the treatment of osteoarthritis: are these saccharides drugs or nutraceuticals?. biomed. papers 149(1): 51–56. sulityowati, w., titiek indhira, a., arbai, a., and yatmasari, e. (2015). glucosamine and chondroitin sulphate content of shark cartilage (prionace glauca) and its potential as antiaging supplements. international journal of chemtech research 8 (10): 163-168. toffoletto, o., tavares, a., casarini, d.e., redublo, b.m., ribeiro, a.b. (2005). pharmacokinetic profile of glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate association in healthy male individuals. acta ortop bras 13(5): 235-237. václavíková, e., and kvasnička, f. isotachophoretic determination of glucosamine and chondroitin sulphate in dietary supplements. czech j. food sci 31 (1): 55-65. vasiliadis, h.s., tsikopoulos, k. (2017). glucosamine and chondroitin for the treatment of osteoarthritis. world journal orthopedics 8 (1): 1-11. widyaningsih td, wd rukmi, e sofia, sd wijayanti, n wijayanti, r ersalia, n rochmawati, d nangin. (2016). extraction of glycosaminoglycans containing glucosamine and chondroitin sulfate from chicken claw cartilage. research journal of life science 3 (3): 181-189. xie, j., hy ye and xf luo. (2014). an effcient preparation of chondroitin sulfate and collagen peptides from shark cartilage. international food research journal 21(3): 1171-1175. biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 2, october 2021 | pages: 87-91 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.87-91 issn 2540-9328 (online) potential of tithonia diversifolia hemsley a. gray (kembang bulan) leaf extract as anti-cancer agents muflihah rizkawati department of pharmacology, faculty of medicine, universitas islam indonesia, indonesia. corresponding author dr.rizkawati@uii.ac.id manuscript received: 22 september 2021. revision accepted: 04 october, 2021. published: 07 october, 2021. abstract the main objective of this review is to explain the great potential of herbal plants as anticancer agents. cancer is a disease caused by abnormal cell growth in the body. the high number of cancer incidents still become a global concern because of the high mortality rate. the treatments of cancer such as chemotherapy can cause serious side effects by killing the normal cells. this is the reason why it is necessary to develop an alternative treatment of cancer. i discussed a plant that is believed to has health benefit. many studies have showed the positive effect of tithonia diversifolia plant for health. after 2000, the researchers discovered a new potential through its cytotoxicity to neoplastic cells. this plant needs to be developed sustainably. however, in the future this plant might become an effective alternative to treat cancer with lower side effects. keywords: tithonia diversifolia (hemsley) a. gray; kembang bulan; anticancer. introduction cancer is a disease with a multifactorial etiology which is initiated by an abnormal and uncontrolled expression of transcription factors. this can be affected by a gene mutation (babazadeh et al., 2018). cancer is one of the main causes of death in the world and still become a global concern. cancer has the second highest risk of death with a mortality ratio of 1:6 or around 9.6 million deaths in 2018. the most common types of cancer in men are lung, prostate, colorectal, stomach, and liver and the most common types of cancer in women are breast, colorectal, lung, cervical and thyroid cancers (who, 2021). cancer can develop in any part of the body and can spread (metastasize) to other parts of the body. although some types of cancer can be similar in some ways, how they develop, grow, spread, and respond to drugs can be very different (american cancer society, 2021). the research and development data in 2019 showed the incidence of cancer in indonesia reached 136.2/100,000 population and reach 8th place in southeast asia. the highest incidence rate of cancer for men is lung cancer, which is 19.4 per 100,000 population with an average death rate of 10.9 per 100,000 population, while the highest incidence rate of cancer for women is breast cancer, which is 42.1 per 100,000 population with an average 17 deaths per 100,000 population (kemenkes ri, 2019). cancer treatment methods are still being developed. there are several types of local treatment such as surgery and radiation therapy, and systemic treatment such as chemotherapy, immunotherapy, or targeted therapy that can affect not only cancer cells but also the entire body (american cancer society, 2021). understanding the causes, how they are formed, and especially the factors that promote or inhibit their growth required to solve the complex biological and medical problems. currently, there are many successful results from cancer treatment. for example, over the past half century, the survival rate for childhood leukemia has increased from 10% to more than 80%. but the healing method (or extended remission) is difficult, and is only available to those who living in affluent countries. there is nothing like "medicine" for cancer, and much remains for medical researchers to do (haussman, 2019). the cancer treatment ideally can stop the growth of cancer cells with a selective toxic effect on the targeted cancer cells without damaging other normal tissues. however, most of today's anticancer drugs are still potentially toxic to normal tissues. the condition can cause harmful side effects to the body. therefore, the discovery of anti-cancer drugs that have more positive effects with low toxicity is being developed. many potential phytopharmaceuticals have been investigated to find chemical elements in plants that are beneficial for treatment (wahyuningsih et al., 2013). the development of herbal studies using in vitro and in vivo methods has https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.87-91 88 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 87-91 shown the beneficial effects of medicinal plants and their bioactive compounds. the most common anticancer mechanism is by inducing apoptosis in neoplastic cells. currently, more than 25% of drugs used over the last 20 years are derived directly from plants. according to who, 80 percent of the world's population has benefited from traditional medicine (aryan, 2018). nowadays, the efforts to develop new anti-cancer medicines and particularly novel drug delivery systems should be done. it is important to improve the pharmacodynamics and bioavailability of drugs and to deliver specific drug concentration to cancer cells so it can produce minimum cytotoxic effects on normal cells (babazadeh et al., 2018). tithonia diversifolia characterization the asteraceae family is known for its therapeutic effect such as antihelmintic, anti-inflammatory, astringent, antispasmodics, cholesteric, antioxidant, antihemorrhagic, antimicrobial, diuretics, and analgesics. one type of the species from this family is tithonia diversifolia (farias et al., 2019). t. diversifolia can be described as a flowering shrub-like species, growing up to over 2–3 m high. the flowers are 5–15 cm wide and shaped like a daisy. the leaves (15–30 cm long) can be described as sub-ovale, petiolate, 3to 7-lobed delicately hairy, and alternately to oppositely arranged (tagne at al., 2018). t. diversifolia (hemsl.) a. gray (mexican sunflower) originally from mexico and central america, but is now widely known in various parts of the world as an ornamental plant and a plant used for medicine. there are more than 150 types of secondary metabolites isolated from t. diversifolia, including the sesquiterpene lactones thyrotundin, tagitinin a, and tagitinin c (miranda et al., 2015). t. diversifolia can be found in tropical and subtropical climes. traditionally, all parts of the plant especially the leaves, are used by people to treat wounds, musculoskeletal disorders, abscesses, dermatological conditions, stomach pains, oral treatment for diabetes, malaria, fever, hepatitis and infectious diseases. some studies showed the heterogenous evidence from in vitro and in vivo research that supporting most of the traditional therapeutic claims. t. diversifolia can grow up for all year-round and used fresh or dry as traditional remedies in several cultures. all parts of the plant are useful include the leaves, flowers, stems and roots are mentioned in some ethnobotanical reports (tagne et al., 2018). the studies on phytochemical screening not only showed the presence of metabolites phenolics, flavonoids and tannins but also absence of alkaloids and saponins in t. diversifolia ethanolic flower extract. phenolics are well known for their antioxidants and antimicrobial properties. this plays a role in prevention activities of phenolic against infection and degenerative disease, inflammation and allergies through antioxidants, antimicrobial and protein or enzyme neutralization or modulation mechanism. the examples of phenolic compounds are flavonoids and tannins. flavonoids have many beneficial health effect and physiological properties. flavonoids have antioxidant effects, anti-inflammatory, anti-mutagenic, anticarcinogenic property and as a modulator to the function of cellular enzymes. it is also have a great potensial inhibitors of xanthine oxidase, cyclooxygenase, lipoxygenase and phosphoinositide 3-kinase. tannins has antioxidant, anticarcinogenic and antimutagenic potential. tannins are also known to accelerate blood clotting, lower blood pressure, lower serum lipid levels and modulation of immunoresponse. terpenoids has an antibiotic, chemopreventive and therapeutic effects on cancer. terpenoids have been developed in the prevention, inhibition and therapy of several diseases including cancer, antivirals, antimicrobial, anti-allergic, antispasmodic, antidiabetic, anti-inflammatory, anticancer and immuno-modulatory properties (gaule ang et al., 2019). farias et al, in 2019 also evaluate the composition, antioxidant, cytotoxic and microbiological activity of the essential oil of the leaves of the species t. diversifolia. the main constituent they was found are α-pinene (9.9%), limonene (5.40%), (z)-β-ocimene (4.02%), pcymen-8-ol (3.0%), piperitone (11.72%), (e)-nerolidol (3.78%) and spathulenol (10.8%). the activity of antioxidant from thee essential oil extracted from the leaves of t. diversifolia can be observed from the significant result with p < 0.0001 at the concentration of 5 mgml-1 with %aa 54.6 ± 0.06. the minimum inhibitory concentration (ic50) was 4.30 mgml-1 , with a strong correlation coeffificient (r2) of 0.9965. although t. diversifolia has good antioxidant activity, its ic value still lower than ascorbic acid (farias et al., 2019). anti-cancer potential activity-guided fractionation technique of an ethyl acetate extract from t. diversifolia, using an antiproliferative bioassay against human colon cancer cells (col2), resulted in the isolation of three new sesquiterpenoids, 2r-hydroxytirotundin (1), tithofolinolide (2), and 3r-acetoxydiversifolol. (3), together with eight known sesquiterpene lactones, 3'acetoxy-8'-isobutyryloxyreynosine (4), tagitinin c (5), 1',2repoxytagitinin c (6), 4r,10r-dihydroxy-3-oxo-8'isobutyryloxyguaia -11(13)-en-12,6r-olide (7), 3racetoxy4r-hydroxy-11(13)-eudesmen-12-oic acid methyl ester, 17,20-dihydroxygeranylnerol, tagitinin a, and thyrotundine. measurement of antiproliferative activity in col2 cells and induction of cellular differentiation in human promyelocytic leukemia (hl60) cells were carried out to determine the potential of these isolates as cancer chemopreventive agents. in this rizkawati – potential of tithonia diversifolia as anti-cancer agents 89 study, a culture test was used on rat breast organs that had been induced by 7,12-dimethylbenz[a]anthracene and the selected compound was tested for its ability to inhibit preneoplastic lesions. isolates tagitinin c and 1',2 repoxytagitinin c showed significant antiproliferative activity. isolat tithofolinolide, 3'-acetoxy-8'isobutyryloxyreynosine, and 4r,10r-dihydroxy-3-oxo8'-isobutyryloxyguaia -11(13)-en-12,6r-olide induced cellular differentiation of hl-60. the isolate 3'-acetoxy8'-isobutyryloxyreynosine significantly inhibited (63.0% at 10 μgml-1) lesion formation in rat breast organ culture assays. among these isolates there were several sesquiterpenoids and flavonoids that showed anti-human pro myelocytic leukemia (hl-60) activity and tagitinin c was the main sesquiterpenoid that had been identified (gu et al., 2002). the methanol extract of tithonia diversifolia showed antiproliferative activity against glioblastoma cells u373, with an ic50 value of 59.2 ±3.7 μgml -1, while tagitinin c showed an ic50 value of 6.1 ±0.1 μgml -1. based on flow cytometric analysis and pan-caspase inhibitory activity, the anti-glioblastoma effect was independent of apoptosis and it was concluded that tagitinin c induces u373 cell death through autophagy under certain conditions. autophagy is a transport pathway to all eukaryotic cells. cells degrade part of their own intracellular constituents, including cytoplasm and organelles. the first process for autophagi mechanism is the formation of a double membrane bound vacuole from endoplasmic reticulum. the autophagosomes receive hydrolases to form an autolysosome. this study also found that human glioblatoma u373 cell death induced by tagitinin c was apoptosis-independent and induced autophagosome (lee at al., 2011). another study showed the activity of the extract t. diversifolia in inhibiting the viability of keloid fibroblasts. antifibrotic activity of the ethanolic extract of t. diversifolia on keloid fibroblast cell proliferation and collagen accumulation was expressed by the ic50 value using probit regression analysis. the percentage of inhibition of keloid fibroblast proliferation increases gradually with the given dose extract of t. diversifolia with a very strong correlation (r = 0.838; p = 0.000 in 72 hours; r = 0.924; p = 0.000 in 120 hours of incubation) with the lowest ic50 value of 3.624 μgml -1 at an incubation time of 120 hours (wahyuningsih et al., 2015). furthermore, ranti et al, in 2018 tested the cytotoxic activity of tagitinin c on keloid fibroblast cells with ic50 values of 0.122 μgml -1 (72 hours incubation) and 0.039 μgml-1 (120 hours) which affected the deposition of 53.1% of keloid collagen (72 hours) and 44.3% (120h). the selectivity index of tagitinin c in normal fibroblasts (nf) was 287 (72 hours incubation) and 791 for (120 hours incubation). based on these results, it was concluded that the ability of tagitinin c to inhibit keloid fibrosis viability and reduce keloid collagen deposition was consistent with the concentration and incubation time. the process of collagen synthesis happened when the fibroblast got a stimulus from tgf-β that was bound to tgf-β receptors on the fibroblasts membrane. when an injury occured, the tgf-β will be separated from the binding protein give respond to mechanical trauma system. however, there have not been many studies on the inhibitory activity of tgf-β by t. diversifolia compound. but, another study have found that the sesquiterpene lactones is known to inhibit the keloid fibroblasts proliferation, inhibit tgf-β1, and inhibit collagen synthesis of keloid through the nf-κb (ranti et al., 2018). the next study was carried out by wahyuningsih, et al in 2019 to determine the antifibrocytic mechanism of t. diversifolia extract. the study showed that the ethanolic extract of t. diversifolia at concentrations of 20 gml-1, 10 gml-1, and 5 gml-1 for 24 hours in keloid fibroblast culture showed slower migration activity compared to untreated keloid fibroblast culture (p<0, 05). the study also showed that the expression of tgfβ1 and vegf in the treatment group given the ethanolic extract of t. diversifolia was significantly lower than untreated keloid fibroblasts (p<0.05). from those result, it can be concluded that the ethanolic extract of t. diversifolia can inhibit fibroblast migration activity and reduce the expression of vegf and tgf-β1 in keloid fibroblasts. this mechanism further strengthens that t. diversifolia has great potential to be used as a keloid therapy (wahyuningsih et al., 2019). traditionally, t. diversifolia have been used to treat chronic hepatitis and liver diseases in chinese herbal medicine. further researh must be done to explore whether t. diversifolia can be used to treat hepatoma. (lu et al., 2017). the study of the cytotoxic activity of the methanol extract of the leaves of t. diversifolia and tagitinin c against human hepatoma cells (hep-g2) showed positive results. the test results with the mtt assay showed ic50 values 40.0 ± 2.0 and 2.0 ± 0.1 μgml-1. this compound induces an increase population in the sub-g1, exhibited s phase arrest and results in the activation of caspase 3 and caspase 8 which confirms the data that the antiproliferative effect of this compound is through caspase-dependent apoptotic activity. tagitinin c caused membrane blebbing, cell shrinkage, nuclear fragmentation, and chromatin condensation in hepatoma cells. caspases, have an essential role in the regulation and the execution of apoptotic cell death. caspase 3 well known as a key effector caspase in the apoptosis pathway, amplifying the signal from initiator caspases (such as caspase 8). this study show that tagitinin c induced apoptosis done by the activation of the caspase cascade (liao at al., 2012). a follow-up study was conducted by lu in 2017 to showed another cytotoxic effect of t. diversifolia on hep g2 cells. the results of the study showed that the induction of apoptosis such as dna fragmentation could increase the level of apoptosis and apoptosis of the sub-g1 population in the treatment group that given the acetate extract leaves of t. 90 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 87-91 diversifolia. in addition, the acetate extract of the leaves of t. diversifolia was also increase the expression of the proapoptotic protein bax bcl-2. based on this study, it prove the cytotoxicity induced by ethyl acetate extracts of t. diversifolia leaves (td-l-ea) in human hepg2 hepatoma cells that strengthen ethnopharmocologic use of t. diversifolia (lu at., 2017). the cytotoxic effect of t. diversifolia leaf extract on raw264.7 cells and human mononuclear peripheral blood cells (pbmc) by mitochondrial respiration method was also studied. the results of the study showed that the ic50 concentration in pbmc proliferation was 4.42 μgml-1 and in raw264.7 cells the ic50 value was 11.63 μgml -1. the study demonstrated an immunomodulating effect by the leaf extract of t. diversifolia, which was produced the inhibition of phytohemagglutinin-m-induced pbmc proliferation and lps-induced nitric oxide production in raw264.7 macrophages. the hydrogen peroxide are able to induce cell death under stress conditions through apoptosis, but the anti-oxidant compound can protect this condition. the data showed that t. diversifolia aqueous extract showed an anti-oxidative capacity equivalent of (241.04 ± 11.93 mmol troloxg-1) from abts assay and (94.89 ± 2.69 mmol troloxg-1) from dpph assay, respectively. the anti-oxidative capacity of t. diversifolia aqueous extract was equivalent to (32.62 ± 1.87) and (20.99 ± 2.79) mg nacg-1 in the abts and dpph assays, when nac was used as the standard compound. however, the calculated concentration was out of the non-cytotoxic range, which should be lower than 30 mg/ml. thus, this calculated concentration based on the antioxidant capacity could not be used in practice in the hydrogen peroxide-induced cell death model. it could be conclude that the effects of the immunomodulation caused by the aqueous extract from t. diversifolia. the mechanism can desccribe such as anti-pha-m-induced pbmcs proliferation and antilpsinduced nitric oxide production from macrophages in the range of non-cytotoxic concentrations (hiransai et al., 2016). conclusion based on the literature study, it is found that some isolate from the extract of tithonia diversifolia (hemsley) a. gray) have the anticancer activity in several different types of cancer cells. the active substances contained in the leaves of the t. diversifolia. the compound material which has been known to become an anticancer alternative therapy is tagitinin c. the extract of the leaves t. diversifolia has several anticancer mechanisms related to antifibrotic activity and the induction of apoptosis. further research can be develop to find out another potential compound from the t. diversifolia extract. we hope there will be a new chance to find better alternative therapy for cancer. conflict of interest: the author declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references aryan, h. 2018. the role of herbal medicine as anti-cancer medicine: from claim to truth. golden medical journal, 7:e1179. doi: 10.22086/gmj.v0i0.1179 american cancer society. 2021.basis cancer. https://www.cancer.org/cancer/cancer-basics.html babazadeh, a., zeinali, m., hamishehkar, h. 2018. nanophytosome: a developing platform for herbal anti-cancer agents in cancer therapy. bentham science. 19: 170-180. 10.2174/1389450118666170508095250 farias, a., rodrigues, a., martins, r., rabelo, e., farias, c., de almeida, s. 2019. chemical characterization, antioxidant, cytotoxic and microbiological activities of the essential oil of leaf of tithonia diversifolia (hemsl) a. gray (asteraceae). pharmaceutical. 12, 34; doi:10.3390/ph12010034 gabule ang, a., enot, m., baltazar, g., alinapon, c., buncales, e., barbosa, g. 2019. antioxidant and cytotoxic activity of the leaf ethanolic extracts of tithonia diversofilia and gliricidia sepium from bukidnon, philippines. asian journal of biological and life science. 8(1): 8-15. doi: 10.5530/ajbls.2019.8.2 gu, j., gills, j., park, e., greenwood, e., hawthorne, m., axelrod, f., chavez, p., fong, h., mehta, r., pezzuto, j., kinghorn, a. 2002. sesquiterpenoids from tithonia diversifolia with potential cancer chemopreventive activity. journal natural products. 65: 532-536. hausman, d. 2019. what is cancer?. perspective in biology and medicine, 6(4): 778-784. doi: https://doi.org/10.1353/pbm.2019.0046. hiransai, p., tangpong, j., kumbuar, c., hoonheang, n., rodpech, o., sangsuk, p., kajklangdon, u., inkaow, w. 2016. anti-nitric oxide production, anti-proliferation and antioxidant effects of the aqueous extract from tithonia diversifolia. asian pacific journal of tropical biomedicine. 6(11): 950–956. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.apjtb.2016.02.002. infodatin. 2019. beban kanker di indonesia. kementrian kesehatan republik indonesia.https://pusdatin.kemkes.go.id/download.php?file=d ownload/pusdatin/infodatin/infodatin-kanker-2019.pdf lee, m., liao, m., tsai, y., chiu, k., wen, h. 2011. identification and anti-human glioblastoma activity of tagitinin c from tithonia diversifolia methanolic extract. journal of agricultural and food chemistry. 59:2347-2355. dx.doi.org/10.1021/jf105003n liao, m., tsai, y., yang, c., juang, c., lee, m., chang, l., wen, h. 2012. anti-human hepatoma hep-g2 proliferative, apoptotic, and antimutagenic activity of tagitinin c from tithonia diversifolia leaves. journal natural medicine. doi 10.1007/s11418-012-0652-0 lu, m., huang, h., chiou, w., huang, r. 2017. induction of apoptosis by tithonia diversifolia in human hepatoma cells. rizkawati – potential of tithonia diversifolia as anti-cancer agents 91 pharmacognosy magazine.; 13:702-706. doi: 10.4103/09731296.218113. miranda, m., varela, r., torres, a., molinillo, j., gualtieri, s., macias, f. 2015. phytotoxins from tithonia diversifolia. journal natural products. doi: 10.1021/acs.jnatprod.5b00040 ranti, i., wahyuningsih, m., wirohadidjojo. 2018. the antifibrotic effect of isolate tagitinin c from tithonia diversifolia (hemsley) a. gray on keloid fibroblast cell. pan african medical journal. 30:264. doi:10.11604/pamj.2018.30.264.9994 tagne, a., marino, f., cosentino, m.2018. tithonia diversifolia (hemsl.) a. gray as a medicinal plant: a comprehensive review of its ethnopharmacology, phytochemistry, pharmacotoxicology and clinical relevance. journal of ethnopharmacology. 220: 94-116. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jep.2018.03.025 wahyuningsih, m., syarif, r., suharmi, s., murini, t., saputra, f., suryo, a. 2013. selectivity of purified extract from the leaves of tithonia diversifolia (hemsley) a.gray) against hela cells. traditional medicine journal. vol. 18(1), p 2228. wahyuningsih, m., wirohadidjojo, y., hidayat, r., sadid, a. 2015. antifibrotic effect of standardized ethanol extract of tithonia diversifolia (hemsley) a. gray on keloid fibroblasts. international journal of pharmacognosy and phytochemical research. 7(4); 642-647. wahyuningsih, m., nugrahaningsih, d., budiyanto, a.2019. ethanolic extract of tithonia diversifolia (hemsley) a. gray inhibits migration activity and decrease the transforming growth factor-beta1, vegf expression on keloid fibroblasts. asian journal of pharmaceutical and clinical research. 12(1): 342-345. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.22159/ajpcr.2019.v12i1.29850 world health organization, 2021. cancer. https://www.who.int/health-topics/cancer#tab=tab_1 this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 1, april 2021 | pages: 27-32 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.27-32 issn 2540-9328 (online) extraction, phenolic content and hydrogen peroxide scavenging capacity of extracts from some honey samples, propolis and bee pollen zohra mohammedi department of biology, faculty of natural sciences and life, university of mustapha stambouli, bp 305 street of mamounia, mascara 29000, tel: 0551724433, algeria. corresponding author mdi3zhr@gmail.com manuscript received: 01 october, 2020. revision accepted: 24 june, 2021. published: 16 july, 2021. abstract honey and propolis is natural food, produced by honey bees (apis mellifera) and largely used by the local population for its medicinal properties. our work aims to extract and evaluate the hydrogen peroxide scavenging capacity of different phenolic extracts from some bee products. phenolic compounds from honey samples, propolis, and bee pollen were extracted by methanol and subjected to radical scavenging activity towards hydrogen peroxide. the results showed the highest values for the total phenolic and total flavonoïd contents in propolis and bee pollen, and a great hydrogen peroxide (h2o2) inhibition (ic50: 0.205 2.210 µg/ml) with honey extracts, while sample “multiflower” is the better antioxidant, more than ascorbic acid used as control. the less scavenging activity was observed with the extract from bee pollen (ic50: 39.383 µg/ml). to combat the harmful effects of free radicals, especially reactive oxygen species including hydrogen peroxide, it is important to use phenolic extracts instead of using honey as it is, and extracts from the honey o f different types are excellent antioxidants compared to other bee products. keywords: apis mellifera; honey; propolis; phenolic compounds; hydrogen peroxide. introduction honey is the nectar collected and processed from different plants by honey bees (apis mellifera) and is known for its high nutritional value (an et al., 2016). it has been used in many cultures for its medicinal properties, as a remedy for burns, cataracts, ulcers and wound healing, because it exerts a soothing effect when initially applied to open wounds. according to its origin, honey can be classified in different categories: blossom honey, honeydew honey, monofloral honey, and multifloral honey that has several botanical sources (alvarez-suarez et al., 2014). honey is composed of approximately 82.4% total carbohydrates (almasaudi et al., 2017). the polyphenols constitute minor components of honey (istasse et al., 2016). honey has been reported to promote numerous nutritional and biological effects, such as antioxidant, antimicrobial, antiviral, antiparasitic, anticancer, antiinflammatory, and immunosuppressive activities (duddukuri et al., 1997; othman, 2012; shahzad and cohrs, 2012; borsato et al., 2014; samarghandian et al., 2017; sowa et al., 2017; sinha et al., 2018). however, the antioxidant properties of honey are well known because it contains a number of compounds with antioxidant properties such as polyphenols, amino acids, ascorbic acid, and some enzymes. the most important classes of antioxidants are the phenolic acids and flavonoids (ayoub et al., 2009). they have a promising effect on the treatment of some chronic diseases (isla et al., 2013). a wide range of phenolic constituents in honey are known such as gallic acid, syringic acid, vanillic acid, benzoic acid, chlorogenic acid, ferulic acid, protocatechuic acid, 3-o-caffeoylquinic acid, phydroxybenzoic acid, 5-o-caffeoylquinic acid, caffeic acid, p-coumaric acid, ellagic acid, dihydroxybenzoic acid methyl ether, benzyl caffeate, protocatechualdehyde, gentisic acid, vanillin, sinapic acid, salicylic acid, dihydrocinnamic acid, 2,2,4trihydroxybenzoic acid, hesperetin, naringin, naringenin, hesperidin, tricetin, myricetin, quercetin, quercitrin, quercetin 3-orhamnoside, kaempferol 3-orhamnoside, kaempferol 7-orhamnoside, luteolin, pinobanksin 5methyl ether, naringenin, apigenin, kaempferol, methoxy-kaempferol, pinobanksin, isorhamnetin, chrysoeriol, rhamnetin, chrysin, sakuranetin, pinocembrin, galangin, kaempferide, acacetin, morin, tangeretin, catechin, genistein, ectochrysin, and other compounds such as caffeic acid phenethyl ester, kojic acid, 5-hydroxymethylfurfural, dehydrovomifoliol, leptosin, glyoxal, methylglyoxal, 3-deoxyglucosulose (an et al., 2016; alvarez-suarez et al., 2014; isla et al., https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.27-32 28 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 27-32 2013; lachman et al., 2010; cianciosi et al., 2018; cheung et al., 2019; nešovíć et al., 2020). another bee product is propolis, which is a resinous substance collected by honeybees from various plant sources. this natural product has been used for thousands of years in folk medicine for several purposes and contains amino acids, terpenes, tannins, polysaccharides, phenolic acids, phenolic acid esters, cinnamic acid, caffeic acid, phenethyl caffeate, pcoumaric acid and flavonoids such as kaempferol, naringin, chrysin, and galangin. propolis possesses several biological activities such as anti-inflammatory, immunostimulatory, antiviral, and antibacterial. propolis extract and its active components showed strong antioxidant activities, a free radical scavenging effect, a significant inhibition of xanthine oxidase activity, ferric reducing antioxidant power, and an anti-lipoperoxidative capacity (russo et al., 2002; kumazawa et al., 2004; korayem et al., 2012; socha et al., 2015). a large number of studies have estimated the antioxidant activities of honey by a range of methods (dpph free radical scavenging activity, abts radical cation decolorization assay, frap assay, orac assay, etc.), but the step of dilution is a major drawback in antioxidant tests since it generates a toxic oxidant substance (h2o2), the cause of the exclusion by researchers of the antioxidant test by hydrogen peroxide scavenging activity in entire honey. so, the aim of this study was to extract phenolic and flavonoids compounds, then evaluate the antioxidant activity of obtained extracts from different types of honey against hydrogen peroxide, and to compare with two phenolic extracts from propolis and bee pollen. also, we highlight the ability of the phenolic compounds in honey to eliminate hydrogen peroxide, and therefore the step of extraction of polyphenols is important in the context of the use of honey in the fight against oxidative stress. materials and methods bee products honey samples (multiflower and monofloral honey: eucalyptus, thyme, sidr, citrus, and epins honey), propolis and bee pollen are the local products of tlemcen, algeria. the 100% natural honey samples from apis mellifera were obtained directly from the beekeeper in 2019 from different vegetation sources in tlemcen city. these honey samples were chosen for their quality, in terms of low content of water and hydroxymethylfurfural (hmf). extraction of phenolic compounds from honey samples the extraction of phenolic compounds from the honey samples was performed according to the method described by an et al. (2016). the stationary phase of the glass column, amberlite xad-2 resin, was prepared by soaking 100g of amberlite xad-2 resin in methanol. the packed column was washed successively with acidified distilled water followed by neutral distilled water. the honey sample was diluted with acidified water and loaded into the packed glass column. sugars were eliminated with hydrochloric acid solution and water washes. phenolics compounds were desorbed with methanol and then dried at 50°c using a rotavapor. the dried product was protected from light and stored at 5°c until use. extraction of phenolic compounds from propolis and bee pollen for extract phenolic compounds from propolis and bee pollen samples, the hydroalcoholic solutions (methanolwater) were used. for each 5g sample, 100ml of methanol 80% were added, the mixture was covered with aluminum paper and then filtered after 24h. the filtrates were dried at 50°c using a rotavapor. the dried extracts were stored at 5°c until use. total phenolic contents the total phenolic contents of honey samples, propolis, and bee pollen extracts were analyzed by the folinciocalteu method (singleton et al., 1999) using gallic acid as a standard. the methanolic solution of each sample of honey, propolis, bee pollen, and gallic acid was prepared. the test samples and standard solutions of different concentrations were introduced into separate test tubes. folin-ciocalteu reagent, diluted in water (1:1), and na2co3 saturated solution were added. the tubes were vortexed, incubated in the dark at room temperature for 25 minutes and then the absorbance was read at 725nm against the blank using a spectrophotometer. the total phenolic content was determined by comparison with a calibration curve of gallic acid and represented as mg gallic acid equivalents per 100 gram (mggae/100g). total flavonoid content the total flavonoïd content was determined by the alcl3 method (cottica et al., 2011) using rutin as standard. 250µl of alcl3 5% (m/v in methanol) were added to separate test tubes containing the methanolic solution of each honey sample, propolis, bee pollen extracts, and rutin solutions of different concentrations. after 30 min incubation at room temperature, the absorbance was read at 425nm using a spectrophotometer. the total flavonoid content was determined by comparison with the calibration curve of the rutin and represented as mg rutin equivalents per 100gram (mgre/100g). antioxidant activity (hydrogen peroxide scavenging activity) the hydrogen peroxide scavenging activity was measured by the method described by ruch et al. (1989). a volume of 0.6 ml of the solution of hydrogen mohammedi – h2o2 scavenging activity of bee products 29 peroxide (0.089 mm), prepared in phosphate buffer (0.1m, ph 7.4) was added in a series of test tubes, containing 3.4ml phenolic extract solutions (310µg/ml) from honey samples, propolis, bee pollen and standard (ascorbic acid). the percentage of hydrogen peroxide scavenging activity was calculated by the formula: % scavenged [h2o2] = [(ac – at)/ac] x 100 where ac is the absorbance of the control and at is the absorbance in the presence of the phenolic extracts from different samples (tests) and standard. statistical analysis the results of experiments were expressed as (mean ± sd; n=3), and subjected to statistical analysis at 95% confidence level (p0.05) by student's t-test using graphpad prism software. results and discussion the results of phenolic content and flavonoid content were reported in table 1. total phenolic content in six honey samples was ranged from 4.36 mggae/100g to 26.29 mggae/100g honey, with the average value of 12.755 mggae per 100g honey. the multiflower type of honey was the sample containing a high amount of phenolic compounds and the monofloral type "citrus" honey was the sample with the lowest quantity of phenolic compounds compared to all honey samples. the same observation was showed in flavonoid content. the multiflower type remains the richest honey in phenolic compounds compared to other honey. while the lowest content is also observed in the "citrus" type. the flavonoids content obtained was from 1.95 ± 0.352 mgre/100g to 10.65 ± 1.020 mgre/100g, with an average amount of 4.607 mgre per 100g honey. the evaluated results were in close agreement with the results reported by meinen et al. (2014), which have reported that total phenolic content is ranged between 8.114 mg and 109 mg per 100g honey and for the total flavonoid content is ranged between 0.655 mg and 212 mg per 100g honey. this study was perfected in 30 honey samples. boulanouar et al. (2017) have observed higher levels of phenolic compounds in two types of algerian honey, which are 38 ± 0.009 mggae/100g for the type “zizyphus” and 86±0.008 mggae/100g for the type “harmala”, whereas for the flavonoids, they found contents, which belong to the range of values that we recorded, the values of flavonoids were 5 ± 0.003 mgre/100g and 8 ± 0.002 mgre/100g for “zizyphus” and “harmala” types, respectively. also, the same remark is observed with the works of khalil et al. (2012). these authors analyzed four samples of algerian honey and registered mean values of 45.983 ± 0.192 mg/100g for phenolic compounds and values of 5.423 ±0.062 mg/100g for flavonoids. table 1. total phenol content and flavonoids of honey samples, propolis and bee pollen. sample average amount of phenolic average amount of flavonoids (mggae/100g) mgre/100g multiflower honey 26.29 ± 9.764a 10.65 ± 1.020a thyme honey 8.67 ± 2.494b 2.61 ± 0.558b citrus honey 4.36 ± 2.441c 1.95 ± 0.352b eucalyptus honey 8.97 ± 1.033b 2.21 ± 1.068b sidr honey 14.20 ± 3.278d 5.31 ± 0.112c epins honey 14.04 ± 4.260d 4.91 ± 0.232c propolis 9161.0 ± 6.906e 2189.62 ± 1.975d bee pollen 4794.15 ± 6.169f 1267.38 ± 0.912e data are (mean ± sd, n = 3). means within a column sharing the same letter are not significantly different by student’s t-test (p < 0.05). total phenol and flavonoids were also compared to the values reported for the honey from different countries. some authors have found results, approaching our range of values, such as the work of reshma et al. (2016), almasaudi et al. (2017) and krpan et al. (2009). the first authors have shown that the phenolic content in 24 samples of honey was ranged between 20.2 ±1.2 mg/100g to 30.78 ± 2.5 mg/100g, the second authors have observed that the high total phenolic content was 10.399 ± 0.168 mg/100g in “manuka” type of honey and the lowest phenolic content was 9.6 ± 0.002 mg/100g for “sidr” type of honey, while the third authors have ranged the total phenolic content from 3.172 mg/100g to 8.011 mg/100g honey and this later study was performed only in one type of honey, which is the "acacia" type. in contrast, other authors have deferred high and even very high levels, for examples, for chua et al. (2013) the total phenolic content of honey samples was in the narrow range from 110.394 to 196.500 mggae/100g, arahaman et al. (2013) showed that the total phenolic contents for honey samples were ranged from 38.379 to 60.617 mg gae/100g, pontis et al. (2014) ranged the total phenolic content from 25 to 54.8 mg gallic acid per 100g of honey, while for buba et al. (2013), the mean values of total phenolic content are around 65.31 ± 19.50 mg gallic acid equivalent per 100g. in addition, some authors have reported very small quantities of phenolic content in honey, for example, ferreres et al. (1994) reported 0.50 to 2.0 mg per 100g honey. for flavonoids, pontis et al. (2014) have shown less content than obtained in our studies, the total flavonoid content was ranged from 0.9 to 4.86 mg per 100g honey. the results obtained experimentally in table 1 show very high levels of phenolic compounds and flavonoïds in propolis and bee pollen compared to those obtained in honey samples and the amount of phenolic and 30 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 27-32 flavonoids in propolis was higher than bee pollen. the quantities registered in propolis and bee pollen were 9161.0 ± 6.906 mggae/100g, 4794.15 ± 6.169 mggae/100g for total phenolic content and 2189.62 ± 1.975 mgre/100g, 1267.38 ± 0.912 mgre/100g for total flavonoids content, respectively. boulanouar et al. (2017) have also observed that propolis contains more phenolic and flavonoïds than honey, the respective quantities registered were 2385±2.90 mggae/100g and 379±0.54 mg re/100g. čeksterytė et al. (2016) have also observed high levels of phenolic compounds in bee pollen, but are less relative to the quantities we have obtained. the values of total phenolic content found were 2330 mg gae/100g. the antioxidant capacity of honey and bee products is due mainly to the phenolic compounds. the samples exhibited various antioxidant activity measured towards hydrogen peroxide, which is concentration-dependent (figure 1). results show that the scavenging activity values on hydrogen peroxide of phenolic extracts from honey samples were more efficient than other bee products. lower antioxidant activity was observed in extracts from propolis and bee pollen. figure 1. hydrogen peroxide (h2o2) scavenging activity of phenolic extract from honeys, propolis, bee pollen, and ascorbic acid. the antioxidant activity of honey has been reported in many scientific works (krpan et al., 2009; pontis et al., 2014; reshma et al., 2016; chua et al., 2013; arahaman et al., 2013). currently, some very limited research on antioxidant activity has been conducted on phenolic extracts of honey (lianda et al., 2012; bridi et al., 2017; estevinho et al., 2008; halagarda et al., 2020), but no research has assessed the capacity of extracts or phenolic fractions isolated from honey by the hydrogen peroxide scavenging method. hydrogen peroxide is not very reactive, but it can be toxic because it may produce hydroxyl radicals in the cells. thus, removing h2o2 is very important in the cell. the scavenging ability of honey samples, propolis, and bee pollen was examined by comparing to that of the known antioxidants ascorbic acid. the extract of honey type "multiflower" showed powerful activity on hydrogen peroxide and decreases its concentration more than the positive control, ascorbic acid. antioxidant activity, expressed as ic50 (table 2) was 0.206 ± 0.0243 µg/ml, while the standard given an ic50 value of 0.694 ± 0.0238 µg/ml. this parameter ic50 defined the concentration of the sample, which scavenge 50% of hydrogen peroxide. the sample with lower ic50 presents potent antioxidants. the phenolic extracts from extracts of others honey types exhibited also a good antioxidant activity on h2o2. the scavenging ability is in the following order: “multiflower” ˃ ascorbic acid ˃ “citrus” ˃ “epins” ˃ “sidr” ˃ “thyme” ˃ “eucalyptus”. it has been reported that the antioxidant capacity of honey was correlated with the biochemical constituents, in particularly with phenolic compounds and flavonoids (chua et al., 2013; buba et al., 2013). table 2. hydrogen peroxide scavenging capacity of phenolic extract from honey samples, propolis and bee pollen, expressed as ic50 (µg/ml). extract ic50 (µg/ml ) multiflower honey 0.206 ± 0.0243a thyme honey 1.928 ± 0.0209b citrus honey 0.771 ± 0.0239c eucalyptus honey 2.211 ± 0.0216d sidr honey 1.259 ± 0.0224e epins honey 0.951 ± 0.0099f propolis 35.116 ± 0.4049g bee pollen 39.383 ± 0.2622h ascorbic acid 0.694 ± 0.0238i data are (mean ± sd, n = 3). means within a column sharing the same letter are not significantly different by student’s t-test (p < 0.05). poor scavenging activity is observed with extracts from propolis (35.116 µg/ml) and bee pollen (38.383 µg/ml). in similar studies, the h2o2 scavenging assay of phenolic compounds extracted from propolis by various solvents (distilled water, absolute methanol, 50% methanol, and 70% methanol) presented different action on h2o2, which ic50 values were between 11.72 µg/ml and 765.75 µg/ml (farooq wali et al., 2016; ramnath et al., 2016; kızılpınar temizer et al., 2017). although these two bee products are quantitatively rich in phenolic compounds, but their extracts have a low antioxidant capacity compared to honey extracts, which suggests that the antioxidant capacity is not always dependent on the amount of phenolics and flavonoids, honeys are therefore a good source of antioxidant substances. also, the botanical origins of honey greatly influence hydrogen peroxide scavenging capacity. the results of the ic50 obtained in table 2 clearly confirm these observations. mohammedi – h2o2 scavenging activity of bee products 31 conclusion in this present study, it had been established that phenolic extracts from all types of honey, propolis, and bee pollen contain phenolic and flavonoids compounds and possessed antioxidant property toward hydrogen peroxide, and therefore the preventive and medical application of phenolic extracts from honey, and other bee products against oxidative stress are recommended. all honey types after extraction of phenolic compounds are able to scavenge efficiently the hydrogen peroxide, and this capacity is as much greater than that observed in other bee products. antioxidant activity against h2o2 in honey samples is related to botanical type, which is strongly affected by the floral origin, and therefore varies quantitatively and qualitatively with the content of antioxidant phenolic compounds. it is well shown in the results that extract from “multiflower” honey has a content of phenolic substances with good antioxidant power against hydrogen peroxide. it is important to identify and quantify the phenolic compounds in honey extract from this type. references almasaudi sb, al-nahari aam, abd el-ghany esm, barbour e, al-muhayawi sm, al-jaouni s, azhar e, qari m, qari ya, harakeh s (2017) antimicrobial effect of different types of honey on staphylococcus aureus. saudi journal of biological sciences 24: 1255-1261. alvarez-suarez jm, gasparrini m, forbes-hernández ty, mazzoni l, giampieri f (2014) the composition and biological activity of honey: a focus on manuka honey. foods 3: 420-432. an cy, hossain mm, alam f, islam ma, khalil mi, alam n, gan sh (2016) efficiency of polyphenol extraction from artificial honey using c18 cartridges and amberlite, xad2 resin: a comparative study. journal of chemistry id 8356739: 1-6. a-rahaman nl, chua ls, sarmidi mr, aziz r (2013) physicochemical and radical scavenging activities of honey samples from malaysia. agricultural sciences 4: 46-51. a-rahaman nl, chua ls, sarmidi mr, aziz r (2013) physicochemical and radical scavenging activities of honey samples from malaysia. agricultural sciences 4: 46-51. ayoub smh, makawi sza., gadkariem ea (2009) determination of antioxidant flavonoids in sudanese honey samples by solid phase extraction and high performance liquid chromatography. e-journal of chemistry 6: s429-s437. borsato dm, prudente as, döll-boscardin pm, borsato av, luz cfp, maia bhl, cabrini da, otuki mf, miguel md, farago pv, miguel og (2014) topical anti-inflammatory activity of a monofloral honey of mimosa scabrella provided by melipona marginata during winter in southern brazil. j med food 17: 817-825. boulanouar b, mounir h, ahmed b, abdelaziz g (2017) total phenolic, flavonoid contents and antioxidant activities of honey and propolis collected from the region of laghouat (south of algeria). int j pharmacogn chinese med1: 1-4. bridi r, nuňez-quijada g, aguilar p, martínez p, lissi e, giordano a, montenegro g (2017) differences between phenolic content and antioxidant capacity of quillay chilean honeys and their separated phenolic extract. cen inv agr 44: 252-261. buba f, gidado a, shugaba a (2013) analysis of biochemical composition of honey samples from north-east nigeria. biochem anal biochem 2: 2-7. čeksterytė v, kurtinaitienė b, venskutonis rp, pukalskas a, kazernavičiūtė r., balžekas j (2016) evaluation of antioxidant activity and flavonoid composition in differently preserved bee products. czech j food sci 34: 133-142. cheung y, meenu m, yu x, xu b (2019) phenolic acids and flavonoids profiles of commercial honey from different floral sources and geographic sources. int j food prop 22: 290-308. chua ls, rahaman nl, adnan na, tan tte (2013) antioxidant activity of three honey samples in relation with their biochemical components. journal of analytical methods in chemistry id313798: 1-8. chua ls, rahaman nl, adnan na, tan tte (2013) antioxidant activity of three honey samples in relation with their biochemical components. journal of analytical methods in chemistry id313798: 1-8. cianciosi d, forbes-hernández ty, afrin s, gasparrini m, reboredo-rodriguez p, manna pp, zhang j, lamas lb, flórez sm, toyos pa, quiles js, giampieri f, battino m (2018) phenolic compounds in honey and their associated health benefits: a review. molecules 23: 1-20. cottica sm, sawaya achf, eberlin mn, franco sl, zeoulae lm, visentainera jv (2011) antioxidant activity and composition of propolis obtained by different methods of extraction. journal of the brazilian chemical society 22: 929935. duddukuri gr, kumar ps, kumar vb, athota rr (1997) immunosuppressive effect of honey on the induction of allergen-specific humoral antibody response in mice. int arch allergy immunol 114: 385-388. estevinho l, pereira ap, moreira l, dias lg, pereira e (2008) antioxidant and antimicrobial effects of phenolic compounds extracts of northeast portugal honey. food chem toxicol 46: 3774-3779. farooq wali a, mushtaq a, u-rehman m, akbar s, masoodi mh (2016) in vitro antioxidant and antimicrobial activities of propolis from kashmir himalaya region. free rad antiox 6: 51-57. ferreres p, andrade p, tomás-barberán fa (1994) flavonoids from portuguese heather honey. zeitschrift f¨ur lebensmitteluntersuchung und -forschung 199: 32-37. halagarda m, groth s, popek s, sascha r, pedan v (2020) antioxidant activity and phenolic profile of selected organic and conventional honeys from poland. antioxidants 9: 1-19. isla m, cordero a, díaz l, pérez-pérez em., vit p (2013) cosmetic properties of honey. 1. antioxidant activity. in: vit p, roubik dw (eds) stingless bees process honey and pollen in cerumen pots. facultad de farmacia y bioanálisis, universidad de los andes, mérida, venezuela. istasse t, jacquet n, berchem t, haubruge e, nguyen bk, richel a (2016) extraction of honey polyphenols: method development and evidence of cis isomerization. anal chem insights 11: 49-57. khallil mi, moniruzzaman m, boukraâ l, benhanifia l, islam ma, islam mn, sulaiman sa, gan sh (2012) 32 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 27-32 physicochemical and antioxidant properties of algerian honey. molecules 17: 11199-11215. kızılpınar temizer i, güder a, gençay çelemli ö (2017) botanical origin and antioxidant activities of propolis from the irano-turanian region. istanbul j pharm 47: 107-111. korayem am, khodairy mm, abdel-aal aa, el-sonbaty aam (2012) the protective strategy of antioxidant enzymes against hydrogen peroxide in honey bee, apis mellifera during two different seasons. j biol earth sci 2: b93-b109. krpan m., marković k., šarić g., skoko b., hruškar m., vahčić n (2009) antioxidant activities and total phenolics of acacia honey. czech j food sci 27: s245s247. kumazawa s, hamasaka t, nakayama t (2004) antioxidant activity of propolis of various geographic origins. food chemistry 84: 329-339. lachman j, hejtmánková a, sýkora j, karban j, orsák m, rygerová b (2010) contents of major phenolic and flavonoid antioxidants in selected czech honey. czech j food sci 28: 412-426. lianda rlp, sant ana lo, echevarria a, castro rn (2012) antioxidant activity and phenolic composition of brasilian honeys and their extracts. j braz chem soc 23: 618-627. meinen n, camilleri l, attard e (2014) the antioxidant activity of maltese honey. j apic sci 58: 51-60. nešovíć m, gašić u, tosti t, trifković j, baošić r, blagojević s, ignjatović l, živoslav t (2020) physicochemical analysis and phenolic profile of polyfloral and honeydew honey from montenegro. rsc adv 10: 2462-2471. othman nh (2012) does honey have the characteristics of natural cancer vaccine? j tradit complement med 2:276-283. pontis ja, costa lam, silva sjr, flach a (2014) color, phenolic and flavonoid content, and antioxidant activity of honey from roraima, brazil. food sci technol 34: 69-73. ramnath s, venkataramegowda s (2016) antioxidant activity of indian propolis an in vitro evaluation. ijppe 5: 79-85. reshma mv, shyma s, george tm, rishin av, ravi kc, shilu l (2016) study on the physicochemical parameters, phenolic profile and antioxidant properties of indian honey samples from extrafloral sources and multi floral sources. international food research journal 23: 2021-2028. reshma mv, shyma s, george tm, rishin av, ravi kc, shilu l (2016) study on the physicochemical parameters, phenolic profile and antioxidant properties of indian honey samples from extrafloral sources and multi floral sources. international food research journal 23: 2021-2028. ruch rj., cheng sj., klaunig, je (1989) prevention of cytotoxicity and inhibition of intracellular communication by antioxidant catechins isolated from chinese green tea. carcinogenesis 10: 1003-1008. russo a, longo r, vanella a (2002) antioxidant activity of propolis: role of caffeic acid phenethyl ester and galangin. fitoterapia 73: s21-s29. samarghandian s, farkhondeh t, samini f (2017) honey and health: a review of recent clinical research. pharmacognosy res 9: 121-127. shahzad a, cohrs rj (2012) in vitro activity of honey against varicella virus (vzv): a translational medicine study for potential remedy for shingles. transl biomed 3: 1-7. singleton vl, rudolf o, rose lr (1999) analysis of total phenols and other oxidation substrates and antioxidant by means of folin-ciocalteu reagent. methods enzymology 299: 152-178. sinha s, prakash a, sehgal r, medhi b (2018) comparative effect of manuka honey on anaerobic parasitic protozoans with standard drug therapy under in vitro conditions: apreliminary study. indian j pharmacol 50:197-203. sowa p, grabek-lejko d, wesolowska m, swacha s, dzugan m (2017) hydrogen peroxide-dependent antibacterial action of melilotus albus honey. lett appl microbiol 65: 82-89. biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 2, october 2021 | pages: 129-133 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.129-133 issn 2540-9328 (online) antibacterial screening of bacterial isolates associated with mangrove soil from the ngurah rai mangrove forest bali anak agung gede indraningrat1, made dharmesti wijaya2*, putu arya suryanditha1, ayu savitri siskayani3, ni made defy janurianti4 1microbiology and parasitology department; 2pharmacology and pharmacy department; 3laboratory of biomedical science faculty of medicine and health sciences, 4faculty of agriculture, warmadewa university jl. terompong no 24 denpasar 80235, tel. +62 361 240727, indonesia. corresponding author* dharmestiwijaya@gmail.com manuscript received: 20 october 2021. revision accepted: 30 october, 2021. published: 02 november, 2021. abstract in this study we reported cultivation of bacteria associated with mangrove soil from the ngurah rai mangrove forest, bali. mangrove soil samples were serially diluted using sterile artificial seawater, spread onto starch casein m agar and incubated at 28oc for 28 days. cultivation of mangrove soil samples yielded 165 bacterial colonies with 68 isolates were selected and purified based on different morphology. of these 68 isolates, 22 isolates displayed antibacterial activities ranging from weak to strong inhibition against at least one of four bacterial indicators namely staphyloccocus aureus, streptococus mutans, escherichia coli and klebsiella pneumoniae using perpendicular streak method. overall, 19 out of 22 bacteria isolates displayed weak antibacterial potential and two isolates exhibited moderate antibacterial activity. the isolate sa4 was the only bacterium with strong antibacterial potential with measured clear distance ≥ 10 mm against the four bacterial isolates. sequence analysis based on 16s rrna gene fragment assigned the isolate sa4 as bacillus subtilis strain bil/bs-168. overall, this study confirmed the untapped potential of antibacterial activities from bacteria associated with mangrove soil. keywords: mangrove soil; bacteria; antibacterial screening. introduction bacterial resistance against antibiotic drugs is currently an emerging global health threat that require immediate actions (world health organization, 2018; centers for disease control and prevention, 2018). antibiotic resistance arises because bacteria develop immune mechanism by mutation, horizontal gene transfer and enzyme inactivation (munita and arias, 2016). as a rough estimation, resistance against antibiotics will reach 10 millions cases in 2050 and is predicted to result in financial loss of 100 trillions usd due to increased cost for hospitalization and loss of productivity. to date, overused and misused antibiotics are the main factors of the increasing rate of antibiotic resistance (ventola, 2015). one of the efforts to overcome the increasing rate of resistance of pathogenic bacteria is to discover new sources of novel antibiotics with much stronger efficacy compared to current drugs that are available on the market (roca et al., 2015; cheng et al., 2016). exploration of bacteria with a potent antibacterial activity has been mainly focused on terrestrial ecosystem (elbendary et al., 2018; singh et al., 2016; mohamed et al., 2017; assis et al., 2014). however, a number of studies indicated the highest de-replication of active compounds that have been previously reported. (debbab et al., 2010). therefore, exploration of marine habitat should also be given more priority as bacteria in this habitat is rather unexplored yet yield (debbab et al., 2010). mangrove forest is characterized with extreme salinity, high-low tide, wind pressure , muddy and low oxygen concentratio (friess, 2016). therefore, microbe in this habitat tend to be able to adapt on harsh environmental conditions (booth, 2018). the group of actinobacteria in mangrove forest synthesize various of secondary metabolites to survive with this extreme condition (van der heul et al., 2018; bentley et al., 2002). bioactive compounds from mangrove origins have been shown to display therapeutics potential and could be developed as new drugs including antibiotics. a number of studies have isolated bacteria from mangrove and these isolates could inhibit wide range of pathogenic bacteria (azman et al., 2015; lee et al., 2014; jiang et al., 2018). the ngurah rai mangrove forest is the biggest mangrove ecosystem in bali with over 19 mangrove plants species inhabited the area and dominated by four main species namely: rhizophora mucronata, avicennia https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.129-133 130 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 129-133 marina, rhizophora apiculata dan sonneratia alba (balai pemantapan kawasan hutan wilayah viii denpasar, 2018). to date diversity of bacteria in the ngurah rai mangrove forest is rather unexplored, therefore this research aims to isolate and pre-screen bacterial isolates with antibacterial activities. materials and methods mangrove soil sampling mangrove soil samples were collected from the ngurah rai mangrove forest (8o43’40.4886” s, 115o11’42.80313” e), in august 2019 during the low tide. four sediment samples were taken from habitat of the four dominant mangrove plants rhizophora mucronata, avicennia marina, rhizophora apiculata and sonneratia alba. from each sampling point, approximately 100-gram sediment was taken from 10 cm depth using a clean masonry trowel and stored individually in a sterile 50 ml falcon tube (figure 1). soil samples were stored in 4oc until further used. figure 1. soil samples collected from the ngurah rai mangrove forest. cultivation of bacterial isolates from mangrove soils ten grams of each mangrove soil samples were pretreated with wet heating in a water bath at 60oc for 15 minutes by combining sterile artificial seawater and distilled water (1:1 v/v) (azman et al., 2015; lee et al., 2014; jiang et al., 2018). subsequently, 1 ml of each of soil sample suspension was serially diluted (10-1 to 10-3) in 9 ml sterile artificial seawater. one hundred µl of each diluted soil sample was spread using sterile cotton swab (onemedia) onto starch m-protein agar (63 gram/l, himedia, india) which was supplemented with 100 μg/ml nalidixic acid and 25 μg/ml nystatin. agar plates were sealed with parafilm and incubated at 28oc for 28 days. observation of colonies grew on agar was performed every two days and the total colonies observed on agar media were counted. bacterial colonies with different morphologies (colour, form, elevation) were picked up from each agar plate and these colonies purified individually by streaked onto isp-2 agar media (4.0 gram/l yeast extract, 10 gram/l malt extract, 4 gram/l dextrose, 20 gram/l bacto agar). each of the purified bacterial isolate was stained using gram staining dan observed under microscope to identify their morphological form. antibacterial prescreening antibacterial activities of each purified isolates were pre-screened using perpendicular streak method (boontanom and chantasari, 2020) with a slight modification against four bacterial indicator strains which represented gram-negative bacteria (escherichia coli dan klebsiella pneumoniae) and gram-positive bacteria (staphylococcus aureus dan streptococcus mutans). in brief, each of pure bacterial indicator strains was streaked as a five cm vertical line and incubated for 48 hours at 37oc until fully grown. bacterial indicator strains were streaked five cm perpendicular from the original line of the bacterial isolate (figure 2). antibacterial potential was determined based on the distance formed between an isolate and a bacterial indicator according to four categories: no activity (a bacterial indicator show no distance with an isolate), weak (1 – 4 mm), moderate (5 – 9 mm) and strong ≥ 10 mm. figure 2. schematic overview of perpendicular streak for antibacterial pre-screening of bacterial isolates from mangrove soil. genetic analysis of bacterial isolates with strong antibacterial activities bacterial isolates with a strong antibacterial activity were genetically identified using polymerase chain reactions followed by sanger sequencing. the genomic dna of selected bacterial isolates was extracted using bacteria dna preparation kit jena bioscience (jena, germany) by following the manufacturer instruction. genomic dna of each the selected isolates were amplified by targeting 16s rrna gene fragment using primer pairs 27f: 5’-agagtttgatcmtggctcag3’ and 1492r 5’-ggttacsttgttacgactt indraningrat et al. – antibacterial activity of mangrove soil bacteria 131 3’(lane, 1991). the 50 µl pcr master mix contained 25 µl my taq hs red mix 2 x, 1 µl (20 µm) of each forward and reverse primer, 22 µl of sterile dna/rna free water and 1 µl of genomic dna. the pcr cycles consisted of 95°c for 5 minutes pre-denaturation, 30 cycles consisted of 95oc for 1 min denaturation, 55oc for 1 minutes annealing, 72oc for 1.5 min extension, and a final extension for 7 minutes. amplified pcr product was analysed using 1% agarose supplemented with sybr safe by gel electrophoresis for 45 minutes (80 volt/200 watt) and visualised using uv light in a gel documentation machine. subsequently, pcr products were sent to pt genetika science (https://ptgenetika.com/) for sanger sequencing. the obtained sequence data were subjected to ncbi blast database (https://blast.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/blast.cgi) to assign the closely identity of related bacterial sequence. results and discussion bacterial isolates with antibacterial activities a total of 68 bacterial isolates were selected over 165 bacterial colonies observed on agar plates after 28 days of incubation based on morphological observations. of these 68 isolates, only 22 isolates showed potential antibacterial activities against at least one bacterial isolate using perpendicular streak method. these bacterial isolates were grouped as gram positive cell wall with rod morphology (table 1). table 1. list of isolates that displayed inhibition against at least one bacterial indicator strains with their morphological characteristic. an initial code indicated the dominant mangrove plant species where soil sample was collected namely sa (sonneratia alba), am (avicenna marina), ra (rhizopora apiculata), rm (rhizopora mucronata). isolate morphology gram staining distance against bacterial indicator strains (mm) e. coli k. pneumoniae s. aureus s. mutans sa1 rod positive no activity no activity no activity 7 sa3 rod positive 2 2 2 2 sa4 rod positive 15 10 20 15 sa9 rod positive no activity no activity 5 no activity sa11 rod positive no activity no activity no activity 3 sa14 rod positive no activity no activity 5 no activity am1 rod positive no activity 4 no activity no activity am3 rod positive 2 2 2 3 am4 rod positive no activity no activity 2 no activity am8 rod positive no activity 2 no activity no activity am9 rod positive no activity no activity no activity 3 am12 rod positive no activity 4 no activity 4 am13 rod positive no activity 4 no activity no activity am20 rod positive no activity 3 3 2 am23 rod positive no activity 4 3 5 am30 rod positive no activity 3 3 2 ra1 rod positive 2 1 5 no activity rm2 rod positive no activity no activity 5 no activity rm3 rod positive no activity 5 no activity no activity rm9 rod positive no activity no activity no activity 5 rm10 rod positive 6 no activity 8 7 rm18 rod positive 4 5 3 5 the level of antibacterial inhibition varied among the 22 bacterial isolates. in general majority of isolates weakly inhibited at least one indicator bacterium. two isolates (sa1 and rm10) displayed moderate antibacterial activity. sa4, however, is the only bacterial isolates with the strongest antibacterial potential against all the four bacterial indicator (figure 3). perpendicular streak was selected as the prescreening method because the approach is rather straight forward and has been applied effectively to determine isolates with antibacterial activities (boontanom and chantasari, 2020; balouiri et al., 2016). it could be assumed that isolate sa4 could potentially synthesis active antibacterial molecules based on substantial distance formed between the isolate and bacterial indicators. antibacterial substances produced by an active bacterial isolate were diffused on agar media so that growth of other bacteria was inhibited (balouiri et al., 2016). nucleotide sequences comparison of isolate sa4 against ncbi blast database indicated that the top hit was assigned as bacillus subtilis strain bil/bs-168 with 97,36% identity. bacillus subtilis in general has been regarded for its ability to produce antimicrobial compounds and has been applied for food preservation and crop protection (caulier et al., 2019). for example, bacteriocin is one example of an active compound 132 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 129-133 responsible for antimicrobial activities in b. subtilis (sharma et al., 2018). figure 3. perpendicular streak of isolate sa4 against gram positive and negative bacteria. a clear distance of ≥10 mm between each bacterial indicator and the isolate sa4 indicated strong antibacterial properties synthesized by the bacteria. however, at this stage it is still unknown what type of antibacterial substances that could be produced by the sa4 isolate. further research, therefore should be focused to identify type of antibacterial compounds synthesized by the sa4 isolate. in addition, genetic analysis should also be done to analyze metabolic pathways that are responsible to synthesize antibacterial compounds in the sa4 isolate. despite, the remaining 21 bacterial isolates only showed weak to moderate antibacterial activities based on perpendicular streak do not automatically exclude the full potential of these isolates. it could be that each isolate requires different time to accumulate their antibacterial substances. therefore, a liquid fermentation followed by organic extraction of these isolates using different solvents depending on polarity of the expected compounds should be done to fully unravel the true antibacterial potential or other therapeutic capability. conclusion in conclusion, this study obtained 22 bacterial isolates with antibacterial potential from mangrove soil of the ngurah rai mangrove forest. all of these isolates were characterized by rod shape and gram-positive cell wall under microscope observation. isolate sa4 displayed the strongest antibacterial potential based on the perpendicular streak method with clear distance zone above 10 mm. isolate sa4 was closely related to bacillus subtilis strain bil/bs-168with 97.36% sequence identity based on 16s rrna gene sequences. further studies should be focused to extrapolate the antibacterial potential of these 22 isolates especially the isolate sa4 by performing organic extractions and screening against different bacterial pathogen. apart from antibacterial activities, other therapeutic potential of the obtained isolates should also be explored such as antifungal, antioxidant, or anticancer in order to fully unravel the biological capabilities of these isolates. acknowledgements: this research was fully funded by the research and community development unit (unit penelitian dan pengabdian masyarakat) faculty of medicine and health sciences, warmadewa university under grant no. 417/unwar/fkik/up2m/kp02/vii/2019. we would also thank ir. magdalena hehakaya, m.si from the department environment and forestry bali province for her guidance during the sampling trip at the ngurah rai mangrove forest. conflicts of interest: the authors declare that there are no conflicts of interest. references assis, d. a., rezende, r. p., & dias, j. c. (2014). use of metagenomics and isolation of actinobacteria in brazil's atlantic rainforest soil for antimicrobial prospecting. isrn biotechnol, 2014, 909601. doi:10.1155/2014/909601 azman, a. s., othman, i., velu, s. s., chan, k. g., & lee, l. h. (2015). mangrove rare actinobacteria: taxonomy, natural compound, and discovery of bioactivity. front microbiol, 6, 856. doi:10.3389/fmicb.2015.00856 balai pemantapan kawasan hutan wilayah viii denpasar. (2018). potensi wisata taman hutan raya ngurah rai provinsi bali. in. http://bpkh8.menlhk.go.id/pdf/karya_tulis_mandiri/liflet_tahu ra.pdf. balouiri, m., sadiki, m., & ibnsouda, s. k. (2016). methods for in vitro evaluating antimicrobial activity: a review. journal of pharmaceutical analysis, 6(2), 71-79. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpha.2015.11.005 bentley, s. d., chater, k. f., cerdeno-tarraga, a. m., challis, g. l., thomson, n. r., james, k. d., . . . hopwood, d. a. (2002). complete genome sequence of the model actinomycete streptomyces coelicolor a3(2). nature, 417(6885), 141-147. doi:10.1038/417141a boontanom, p., & chantasari, a. (2020). diversity of culturable epiphytic bacteria isolated from seagrass (halodule uninervis) in thailand and their preliminary antibacterial activity. biodiversitas, 21(7). doi:https://doi.org/10.13057/biodiv/d210706 booth, j. (2018). ecology of mangrove microbiome. (phd). king abdulah university of science and technology, caulier, s., nannan, c., gillis, a., licciardi, f., bragard, c., & mahillon, j. (2019). overview of the antimicrobial sa4 e. coli k. pneumoniae s. mutans s. aureus indraningrat et al. – antibacterial activity of mangrove soil bacteria 133 compounds produced by members of the bacillus subtilis group. frontiers in microbiology, 10(302). doi:10.3389/fmicb.2019.00302 centers for disease control and prevention. (2018). antibiotic resistance: a global threat. retrieved from atlanta: cheng, g., dai, m., ahmed, s., hao, h., wang, x., & yuan, z. (2016). antimicrobial drugs in fighting against antimicrobial resistance. front microbiol, 7, 470. doi:10.3389/fmicb.2016.00470 debbab, a., aly, a. h., lin, w. h., & proksch, p. (2010). bioactive compounds from marine bacteria and fungi. microb biotechnol, 3(5), 544-563. doi:10.1111/j.17517915.2010.00179.x elbendary, a. a., hessain, a. m., el-hariri, m. d., seida, a. a., moussa, i. m., mubarak, a. s., . . . el jakee, j. k. (2018). isolation of antimicrobial producing actinobacteria from soil samples. saudi j biol sci, 25(1), 44-46. doi:10.1016/j.sjbs.2017.05.003 friess, d. a. (2016). mangrove forests. curr biol, 26(16), r746748. doi:10.1016/j.cub.2016.04.004 jiang, z. k., tuo, l., huang, d. l., osterman, i. a., tyurin, a. p., liu, s. w., . . . sun, c. h. (2018). diversity, novelty, and antimicrobial activity of endophytic actinobacteria from mangrove plants in beilun estuary national nature reserve of guangxi, china. front microbiol, 9, 868. doi:10.3389/fmicb.2018.00868 lane, d. j. (1991). 16s/23s rrna sequencing (e. stackebrandt & m. goodfellow (eds.); nucleic ac. john wiley and sons, pp. 115–175. lee, l. h., zainal, n., azman, a. s., eng, s. k., goh, b. h., yin, w. f., . . . chan, k. g. (2014). diversity and antimicrobial activities of actinobacteria isolated from tropical mangrove sediments in malaysia. scientificworldjournal, 2014, 698178. doi:10.1155/2014/698178 mohamed, h., miloud, b., zohra, f., garcia-arenzana, j. m., veloso, a., & rodriguez-couto, s. (2017). isolation and characterization of actinobacteria from algerian sahara soils with antimicrobial activities. int j mol cell med, 6(2), 109120. doi:10.22088/acadpub.bums.6.2.5 munita, j. m., & arias, c. a. (2016). mechanisms of antibiotic resistance. microbiol spectr, 4(2). doi:10.1128/microbiolspec.vmbf-0016-2015 roca, i., akova, m., baquero, f., carlet, j., cavaleri, m., coenen, s., . . . vila, j. (2015). the global threat of antimicrobial resistance: science for intervention. new microbes new infect, 6, 22-29. doi:10.1016/j.nmni.2015.02.007 sharma, g., dang, s., gupta, s., & gabrani, r. (2018). antibacterial activity, cytotoxicity, and the mechanism of action of bacteriocin from bacillus subtilis gas101. med princ pract, 27(2), 186-192. doi:10.1159/000487306 singh, v., haque, s., singh, h., verma, j., vibha, k., singh, r., . . . tripathi, c. k. (2016). isolation, screening, and identification of novel isolates of actinomycetes from india for antimicrobial applications. front microbiol, 7, 1921. doi:10.3389/fmicb.2016.01921 van der heul, h. u., bilyk, b. l., mcdowall, k. j., seipke, r. f., & van wezel, g. p. (2018). regulation of antibiotic production in actinobacteria: new perspectives from the postgenomic era. nat prod rep, 35(6), 575-604. doi:10.1039/c8np00012c ventola, c. l. (2015). the antibiotic resistance crisis: part 1: causes and threats. p & t : a peer-reviewed journal for formulary management, 40(4), 277-283. retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/25859123 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc4378521/ world health organization. (2018). antibiotic resistance. retrieved from geneva: https://www.who.int/news-room/factsheets/detail/antibiotic-resistance this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 2, october 2021 | pages: 105-110 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.105-110 issn 2540-9328 (online) phytochemical screening, antioxidant and antibacterial activities of the root extract of cyphostemma adenocaule (steud. ex a. rich.) wild & r.b.drumm abdulbasit haliru yakubu1,3,*, mohammed mustapha mohammed2, abdulqadir bukar bababe1, hassan yesufu braimah1 1department of pharmaceutical chemistry, pmb 1069, faculty of pharmacy, university of maiduguri, borno state, nigeria. 2department of microbiology, faculty of science, pmb 1069, university of maiduguri, maiduguri, nigeria. 3department of pharmaceutical service, pmp 1414, university of maiduguri teaching hospital, maiduguri, nigeria. corresponding author* pharmahy071@gmail.com manuscript received: 13 september 2021. revision accepted: 10 october, 2021. published: 11 october, 2021. abstract plant secondary metabolites have provided important bioactive principles for developing new lead compounds. within their confinement, they exhibit unique chemical diversity, which influences their diverse biological properties. the vitaceae family is known for its potent antioxidant and antibacterial phytoconstituents, among other biological properties. cyphostemma adenocaule is one of the family members explored for its ethnomedicinal properties. this study undertook the evaluation of the phytochemical, antioxidant, and antibacterial properties of the root extract of cyphostemma adenocaule. preliminary phytochemical screening revealed the presence of flavonoids, alkaloids, carbohydrates & glycoside, saponins, and tannins. the methanol root extract had the highest activity in the dpph assay, providing ic50 (50% inhibition) of 10.87µg/ml, followed by n-hexane (ic50 74.10µg/ml) and chloroform (ic50 74.31µg/ml) extract. in the antibacterial assay, the chloroform extract was active against e. coli (24.00±0.15) and had moderate activity against staph. aureus (12.5±0.18). the n-hexane extract was completely inactive against the test organisms while the methanol extract showed poor activity against the test organisms. the present study adds to the existing literature on cyphostemma adenocaule with scientific evidence into its biological properties. keywords: cyphostemma adenocaule; phytochemical screening; antioxidant and antibacterial activity. abbreviations: ca1 – cyphostemma adenocaule 1; chcl3 – chloroform; cosy – correlation spectroscopy; dept – distortions enhancement by polarization transfer; eta – ethyl acetate; hmbc – heteronuclear multiple bond correlation; hsqc – heteronuclear single quantum correlation; khso4 – potassium bisulphide; meoh – methanol; moa – mechanism of action; nhex – hexane; nmr – nuclear magnetic resonance; tlc – thin layer chromatography; who – world health organization. introduction natural products have been in existence for ages and evolved with unique chemical diversity, which results in their diverse biological activities and drug-like properties. these compounds present as important resources for developing new lead compounds and scaffolds (galm & shen, 2007). morphine from the opium poppy plant is considered the first pharmacologically active compound isolated by friedrich sertürner (hamilton & baskett, 2000; joo, 2014). natural products are important for the development of new drugs, and these products have been in constant use. drugs used as anticancer, antihypertensive, and antimigraine medication, have benefited greatly from natural products (joo, 2014; newman et al., 2003) plants have been part of traditional medicine systems, which have been used for thousands of years (iwu, 2014). these plant-based systems continue to play an essential role in health care, and it has been estimated by the world health organization (who) that approximately 80 % of the world’s inhabitants rely mainly on traditional medicines for their primary health care (who, 2017) cyphostemma adenocaule (steud. ex a. rich.) wild & r.b.drumm is a climbing, scrambling, or trailing herb that belongs to the vitaceae family (bello et al., 2019; wickens & burkill, 1986) and is locally known as yáákùwár fátààkéé (hausa, nigeria) (wickens & burkill, 1986). the plant is a popular, non-cultivated vegetable eaten in many parts of africa i.e., nigeria, ghana, congo, uganda, ethiopia, and eritrea (bello et al., 2019). the plant had been documented for its https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.105-110 106 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 105-110 ethnomedicinal value, with a comprehensive review given by bello and colleagues (2019). the effectivity of plant bioactive compounds against oxidative stress-related diseases and as an anti-infective had been well explored. this study entails investigating the phytochemical, antioxidant, and antibacterial properties of the root extracts of c. adenocaule by employing standard protocol. the results from the study will justify the ethnomedicinal uses of the plant and underscore its potentials as a source of antioxidants and antimicrobial agents. materials and method plant collection and identification fresh root parts of c. adenocaule were collected aseptically in july 2019 from shuwarin town, dutse lga, jigawa state, nigeria, and identified at the medicinal botany section, of the department of biology, ahmadu bello university, zaria, nigeria. preparation of plant extract and its fractions the preparation of plant material and fractions employed in our previous work on c. adenacaule was adopted with modifications (yakubu et al., 2020). in this study, one and a half kilograms (1.5kg) of the pulverized sample material was extracted with hexane, chloroform, and methanol. preliminary phytochemical screening phytochemical screening was carried out on the crude extracts to detect the presence of plant secondary metabolites; alkaloids, anthraquinones, flavonoids, glycosides, steroids, tannins, terpenoids, and carbohydrates using standard procedures as described in the literature (brain, kr and turner, 1975; evans, 2009; markham, 1982; sofowora, 1996; vishnoi, 2009). biological activity test for antioxidant activity: dpph assay the radical scavenging potential was done using dpph assay (brand-williams et al., 1995). 3 ml of 0.004% dpph working solution (prepared using dpph stock solution and methanol in correct proportions to give 0.899 abs) was added per every 100 µl of different concentrations of the extract and incubated at 37 ℃ for 30 minutes in dark. then absorbance was taken at 517 nm wavelength in a uv spectrophotometer. the negative control contained 100 µl of methanol in place of the sample solution. the percentage antioxidant inhibition (ai) was obtained by the equation: % ai = control (abs) − sample (abs) ÷ control (abs) × 100 ascorbic acid (aa) was used as the positive control. inhibition curves were made and ic50 value per sample was calculated. antimicrobial assay test organisms the organisms employed in this study are; escherichia coli, pseudomonas aeruginosa, staphylococcus aureus, and streptococcus epidermis, clinical isolates got from the microbiology department, university of maiduguri, and were stored at 2-8 ℃ until required. preparation of extract solutions for pathogenic assay a stock solution of the extracts was prepared by dissolving 10 g of extract in 10 ml of distilled water, and a 1000 mg/ml solution was obtained. a two-fold serial dilution was carried out to obtain working solutions of varying concentrations. preparation of test organisms test organisms cultured for 24 hours were suspended in a sterile bottle containing pure broth. normal saline was added gradually to it and the turbidity was observed and compared to that of 0.5 mcfarland standard which corresponds to approximately 108 cells/ml. this was then diluted to produce 106 cells/ml and used in the experiments. the dilution ratio was 1:1000 and 1:1500 for gram-positive and gram-negative organisms respectively (usman et al., 2009). preparation of agar plates nutrient agar was prepared accurately to the manufacturer’s specification (i.e. by dissolving 18.5 g powder in 500 ml of distilled water) and sterilized at 121 ℃ for 15 min. the sterilized agar was allowed to cool to 50 ℃ in a water bath. the test organism (1 ml) (106 cells/ml) was inoculated into pre-labeled petri plates (90 mm diameter), then 19 ml of the molten agar was added to each petri plate, shacked, and allowed to sit at room temperature on a flat surface. antimicrobial susceptibility assay (agar well diffusion method) the antibacterial activity of the crude extracts was determined by following the agar-well diffusion method described by igbinosa and colleagues (igbinosa et al., 2009) with modification. the bacterial isolates were grown for 18 h in a nutrient broth and standardized to 0.5 mcfarland standards (10 6 cfuml-1). two hundred microliter of the standardized cell suspensions were spread on mueller-hinton agar (oxoid) and wells were bored into the agar using a sterile 6 mm diameter cork borer. approximately 100 µl of the crude extract at 100, 75, 50, and 25 mgml-1 were introduced into the wells, allowed to stand at room temperature for about 2 hr, and then incubated at 37 °c. controls were set up in parallel yakubu et al. – phytochemical screening, antioxidant and antibacterial activities … 107 using the solvents that were used to reconstitute the extract. after 24 hr, the plates were observed for the zones of inhibition. the effects were compared with those of ciprofloxacin at a concentration of 5 mg/ml. antibacterial activity was evaluated by measuring the diameters of zones of growth inhibition in triplicates and results were presented as mean±sem. statistical analysis the obtained antioxidant and antibacterial results were expressed in mean ± standard error with observation recorded in triplicates. analysis of variance for individual parameters was performed based on mean values to determine the significance at p < 0.05 using spps v20. regression analysis was deployed to calculate and obtain the ic50 from the regression equation using excel 2016. percentage yield in this experiment, 1.5kg of the resultant size reduced root powder of c. adenocaule was used. the meoh extract showed the highest yield of 44.6g. the percentage yield is given in the table1 table 1. percentage yield of c. adenocaule root extracts. extract weight of extract (g) percentage (%) yield nhex 5.4 0.36 chcl3 12.5 0.83 meoh 44.6 2.97 phytochemical screening of root extract of c. adenocaule. the result for the preliminary phytochemical screening of root extract of c. adenocaule is shown in table 2. table 2. preliminary phytochemical screening of methanolic extract of c. adenocaule. phytoconstituent test result nhexane chloroform methanol alkaloids dragendorff's + + + mayer's + + + anthraquinones freeanthraquinones borntrager's + combine anthraquinones borntrager's carbohydrates general test molisch's + + + monosaccharide barfoed's + + + free reducing sugar fehling's + + combine reducing sugar fehling's + cardiac glycosides steroidal nucleus salkowsi's + + steroidal nucleus liebermann-buchard's + + terpenoids + flavonoids lead acetate + ferric chloride + + shinoda's + + sodium hydroxide + + saponins glycosides frothing + tannins ferric chloride + + lead acetate + + key: + = present: = absent biological activity dpph assay: in-vitro antioxidant activity table 3. in vitro antioxidant activity (dpph assay) of c. adenocaule root extract fractions. concentration (µg/ml) % of dpph scavenging activity nhex chcl3 meoh aa 6.25 22.8 33.5 32.8 46.5 12.5 29.9 35.9 55.2 53.7 25 36.8 39.4 67.2 64.1 50 40.5 44.6 79.3 77.3 100 55.2 50.9 97.2 96.8 ic50 74.1 74.6 10.87 4.51 key: aa: ascorbic acid, chcl3: chloroform extract, nhex: n-hexane extract, meoh: methanol extract results of the in vitro antioxidant assay (in ic50) of the crude root extracts of c. adenocaule are given in table 3 below. the meoh extract showed relatively invitro dpph scavenging activity compared to other extracts. 108 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 105-110 figure 1. dpph assay; ic50 extrapolation graph of nhex, chcl3, and meoh extracts of c. adenocaule. antimicrobial susceptibility assay the chcl3 showed the highest activity against the test organism. the result of the in-vitro antimicrobial susceptibility assay is given in table 4. table 4. in vitro antimicrobial activity of c. adenocaule extract. concentration (mg/ml) test organism extracts hex chcl3 meoh cip(5mg/ml) e. coli 00.00±0.00 24.00±0.15 0.10±0.02 31.00±0.75 p. aeruginosa 00.00±0.00 2.00±0.02 2.00±0.00 27.30±0.41 100 stap. aureus 00.00±0.00 12.50±0.18 5.50±0.13 29.70±0.17 s. epidermis 00.00±0.00 5.50±0.07 1.5.00±0.1 25.02±0.84 e. coli 00.00±0.00 12.00±0.15 0.10±0.00 p. aeruginosa 00.00±0.00 1.00±0.15 2.00±0.32 75 stap. aureus 00.00±0.00 13.50±0.4 2.00±0.01 s. epidermis 00.00±0.00 7.50±0.12 1.0.00±0.00 e. coli 00.00±0.00 4.50±0.2 0.10±0.00 p. aeruginosa 00.00±0.00 0.00±0.00 0.00±000 50 stap. aureus 00.00±0.00 9.10±0.16 2.00±0.10 s. epidermis 00.00±0.00 2.60±0.05 1.70±0.18 e. coli 00.00±0.00 3.00±0.21 0.10±0.00 p. aeruginosa 00.00±0.00 0.00±0.00 0.20±0.00 25 stap. aureus 00.00±0.00 2.50±0.4 1.00±0.10 s. epidermis 00.00±0.00 1.00±0.00 1.50±0.00 key: cip: ciprofloxacin discussion many solvents including hex, chcl3, and meoh had been employed for the extraction of bioactive plant principles. meoh had shown effective as an extraction solvent in many plant drug analyses especially in the isolation of phenolics and flavonoids content (do et al., 2014; truong et al., 2019). the percentage yield result y = 0,6731x r² = -1,351 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 in h ib it io n ( % ) concentration µg/ml dpph assay nhex y = 0,6729x 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 in h ib it io n ( % ) concentration µg/ml dpph assay chcl3 y = 0,5155x + 47,704 r² = 0,967 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 in h ib it io n ( % ) concentration µg/ml dpph assay aa y = 0,5861x + 43,629 r² = 0,8424 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 in h ib it io n ( % ) concentration µg/ml dpph assay meoh yakubu et al. – phytochemical screening, antioxidant and antibacterial activities … 109 from this study shows meoh to be with the highest extraction yield of 2.97%, followed by chcl3 (0.83 %) and nhex (0.36 %) respectively. (table 1). phytochemical screening of c. adenocaule using standard methods revealed the presence of alkaloids, carbohydrates, saponins, and tannins in the nhex extract. flavonoids, carbohydrates and glycoside, alkaloids, saponins, terpenoids, and tannins were present in both the chcl3 and meoh extracts (table 4). similar results were reported by akinwunmi and colleagues on the phytochemical screening of the ethanol root extract of c. adenocaule (akinwunmi et al., 2015). dpph assay remains one of the commonly employed methods for the analysis of the antioxidant activity of plant phytochemicals and employs spectrophotometric application. the ability of a test compound to scavenge dpph radical is determined based on its concentration providing 50% inhibition (ic50), which is the value of the concentration of the sample to cause 50% inhibition and is obtained by the interpolation from the linear regression analysis (figure 1). in this study, different fractions of the extracts were screened for their antiscavanging activity, and it was observed that the meoh extract showed the highest potential with an ic50 10.87 µg/ml scavenging activity, followed by nhex (74.1 7 µg/ml) and chcl3 (74.6 7µg/ml) with the least scavenging activity. though, the results are below that of the standard; ascorbic acid aa with ic50 4.50 µg/ml (table 4). this activity might be due to the presence of phenolics and flavonoids and other secondary metabolites present in the meoh extract that are known potent antioxidants, and taking into consideration, c. adenocaule belong to the vitaceae family which are known for their potent antioxidant principles (murias et al., 2005; piotrowska et al., 2012; rivière et al., 2012). akinwunmi and colleagues, reported a dpph scavenging activity of ic50 38.42 µg/ml for the ethanol root extract of cissus adenocaule with the root total phenolic and flavonoid content to be 182±0.38 mg/g tae (tannic acid equivalent) and 103±0.42 mg/g qe (quercetin equivalent) [akinwunmi et al., 2015]. the use of the plant as an antimicrobial agent in the ethnomedicinal space cannot be overemphasized, as they continued to be used to date. this augments their exploitations for the discovery of lead and novel molecules for antimicrobial drug discovery. they provide starting materials and derivatives that are employed as ligands in the drug discovery and development process. this study explored the antimicrobial activity of the c. adenocaule root extracts (table 4). the n-hexane extract was completely inactive against the test organism. the chcl3 extract was active at 100mg/ml and showed good activity against e. coli (24.00±0.15) and moderate activity against staph. aureus (12.5±0.18). the meoh extract showed poor activity against the test organism. this result is inconsonant with an earlier report by hamil and colleagues on the activity of meoh root extract of c. adenocaule on e. coli. p. aeruginosa and staph. aureus (hamill et al., 2003). conclusion the present study undertook the phytochemical screening, isolation, and characterization of chemical compounds present in the methanol root extract of c. adenocaule, as well as, determination of their antioxidant and antibacterial activity. methanol presents the best extraction solvent in terms of percentage yield. flavonoids, alkaloids, carbohydrates and glycoside, saponins, and tannins were present while anthraquinone were absent. in the chloroform and hexane extracts; anthraquinones and flavonoids were absent, with carbohydrates also absent in the hexane extracts. in the assessment of the biological properties, the antibacterial sensitivity assay showed chloroform to have activity against e. coli and moderate against staph. aureus at 100mg/ml respectively, while poor activity was recorded with the methanol and n-hexane extract. the dpph antioxidant assay revealed the free radical scavenging activity, methanol extract yields the best result with an ic50 of 10.87µg/ml. the results from this study add to the existing literature on c. adenocaule with scientific evidence into its biological properties. acknowledgments: the authors will like to acknowledge mr. namadi sanusi of the department of biological science, ahmadu bello university, zaria, nigeria for the collection and identification of the plant materials. funding: this research did not receive any specific grant from funding agencies in the public, commercial, or not-for-profit sectors. conflict of interest: the authors declare no conflict of interest. references akinwunmi, k. f., ajala, v. o., & oyedapo, o. o. (2015). evaluation of antioxidant capacity and membrane stabilizing potential of stem and root of cyphospenna adenocaulis (steud). african journal of biotechnology, 14(21). https://doi.org/10.5897/ajb2015.14490 bello, o. m., jagaba, s. m., bello, o. e., ogbesejana, a. b., dada, o. a., adetunji, c. o., & abubakar, s. m. (2019). phytochemistry, pharmacology and perceived health uses of non-cultivated vegetable cyphostemma adenocaule (steud. ex a. rich.)desc. ex wild and r.b. drumm: a review. in scientific african (vol. 2). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sciaf.2019.e00053 brain, kr and turner, t. (1975). the practical evaluation of phytopharmaceuticals. j. soc. cosmetic chemists, 551, 4–9. brand-williams, w., cuvelier, m. e., & berset, c. (1995). use of a free radical method to evaluate antioxidant activity. in lwt 110 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 105-110 food science and technology (vol. 28, issue 1). https://doi.org/10.1016/s0023-6438(95)80008-5 do, q. d., angkawijaya, a. e., tran-nguyen, p. l., huynh, l. h., soetaredjo, f. e., ismadji, s., & ju, y. h. (2014). effect of extraction solvent on total phenol content, total flavonoid content, and antioxidant activity of limnophila aromatica. journal of food and drug analysis, 22(3). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jfda.2013.11.001 evans, w. c. (2009). trease and evans’ pharmacognosy: sixteenth edition. trease and evans’ pharmacognosy: sixteenth edition, 1–603. galm, u., & shen, b. (2007). natural product drug discovery: the times have never been better. chemistry and biology, 14(10). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chembiol.2007.10.004 hamill, f. a., apio, s., mubiru, n. k., bukenya-ziraba, r., mosango, m., maganyi, o. w., & soejarto, d. d. (2003). traditional herbal drugs of southern uganda, ii: literature analysis and antimicrobial assays. journal of ethnopharmacology, 84(1). https://doi.org/10.1016/s03788741(02)00289-1 hamilton, g. r., & baskett, t. f. (2000). in the arms of morpheus: the development of morphine for postoperative pain relief. in canadian journal of anesthesia (vol. 47, issue 4). https://doi.org/10.1007/bf03020955 igbinosa, o. o., igbinosa, e. o., & aiyegoro, o. a. (2009). antimicrobial activity and phytochemical screening of stem bark extracts from jatropha curcas (linn). african journal of pharmacy and pharmacology, 3(2). iwu, m. m. (2014). handbook of african medicinal plants, second edition. in handbook of african medicinal plants, second edition. https://doi.org/10.1201/b16292 joo, y.-e. (2014). natural product-derived drugs for the treatment of inflammatory bowel diseases. intestinal research, 12(2). https://doi.org/10.5217/ir.2014.12.2.103 markham, k. (1982). techniques of flavonoid identification. academic press. murias, m., jäger, w., handler, n., erker, t., horvath, z., szekeres, t., nohl, h., & gille, l. (2005). antioxidant, prooxidant and cytotoxic activity of hydroxylated resveratrol analogues: structure-activity relationship. biochemical pharmacology, 69(6). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bcp.2004.12.001 newman, d. j., cragg, g. m., & snader, k. m. (2003). natural products as sources of new drugs over the period 1981-2002. in journal of natural products (vol. 66, issue 7). https://doi.org/10.1021/np030096l piotrowska, h., kucinska, m., & murias, m. (2012). biological activity of piceatannol: leaving the shadow of resveratrol. in mutation research reviews in mutation research (vol. 750, issue 1). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mrrev.2011.11.001 rivière, c., pawlus, a. d., & mérillon, j. m. (2012). natural stilbenoids: distribution in the plant kingdom and chemotaxonomic interest in vitaceae. in natural product reports (vol. 29, issue 11). https://doi.org/10.1039/c2np20049j sofowora, a. (1996). research on medicinal plants and traditional medicine in africa. journal of alternative and complementary medicine, 2(3). https://doi.org/10.1089/acm.1996.2.365 truong, d. h., nguyen, d. h., ta, n. t. a., bui, a. v., do, t. h., & nguyen, h. c. (2019). evaluation of the use of different solvents for phytochemical constituents, antioxidants, and in vitro anti-inflammatory activities of severinia buxifolia. journal of food quality, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1155/2019/8178294 usman, a., abdulrahman, f. i., & usman, a. (2009). qualitative phytochemical screening and in vitro antimicrobial effects of methanol stem bark extract of ficus thonningii (moraceae). african journal of traditional, complementary and alternative medicines, 6(3). https://doi.org/10.4314/ajtcam.v6i3.57178 vishnoi, n. k. (2009). advanced practical organic chemistry. (3rd ed.) vikas publication house pvt ltd who | who traditional medicine strategy. (2017). who. http://www.who.int/medicines/publications/traditional/policy/ en/ wickens, g. e., & burkill, h. m. (1986). the useful plants of west tropical africa. kew bulletin, 41(2). https://doi.org/10.2307/4102963 yakubu, a. h., ibrahim, i., bababe, a. bukar, yesufu, h., & tom, mohammed g. (2020). a natural triglyceride from the methanol root extract of cyphostemma adenocaule (steud. ex a. rich.) wild & r.b.drumm. https://doi.org/10.26434/chemrxiv.13296539.v1 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 11, number 1, april 2022 | pages: 75-81 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.75-81 issn 2540-9328 (online) phytochemical constituents of f. sagittifolia warburg ex mildbraed & burret leaves with antimicrobial activity olayombo margaret taiwo1,2,*, olaoluwa omosalewa olaoluwa1, olapeju oluyemisi aiyelaagbe1, josphat clement matasyoh2 1department of chemistry, faculty of science, university of ibadan, 200284, ibadan, nigeria 2department of chemistry, faculty of sciences, egerton university, 20115 egerton, kenya. corresponding author* olayombotaiwo@gmail.com manuscript received: 06 april, 2022. revision accepted: 07 june, 2022. published: 30 june, 2022. abstract the leaves and bark of ficus sagittifolia have been used as a cure for stomach and pulmonary disorders, respectively. the bark is edible and is taken against colic. from the leaves of f. sagittifolia, a steroidal glycoside named stigmast-5,22-diene-3-o-β-d-glucopyranoside 1 and three isoflavonoids named 5-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-7-methoxy-4h-chromen-4-one 2, 5-hydroxy-3(4-hydroxylphenyl)-8,8dimethylpyrano[2,3-f]-chromen-4(8h)-one 3 and 5-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphemyl)-8,8-dimethylpyrano[3,2-g}-chromen-4(8h)-one 4 were isolated, and this is the first report of the isolation of these compounds from this plant. the structural elucidation of the compounds was based on 1d and 2d nmr, ir and ms data analyses. compounds 1 and 2 inhibited the growth of pseudomonas aeruginosa and aspergillus niger at 6.25 mg/ml, respectively while compounds 2 and 4 were active against helicobacter pylori at 6.25 mg/ml. these findings corroborate the ethno-medicinal use of f. sagittifolia leaves as a treatment for stomach disorders. keywords: antimicrobial activity; f. sagittifolia; isoflavonoids; natural products; steroidal glycoside. abbreviations: fsl – ficus sagittifolia leaves; hex – hexane; etoac – ethyl acetate; tlc – thin layer chromatography; chcl3 – chloroform; meoh – methanol; hplc – high performance liquid chromatography; p –int – p-iodonitrotetrazollium; dmso – dimethylsulphoxide; nmr – nuclear magnetic resonance; 1h nmr – proton nuclear magnetic resonance; 13c nmr – carbon nuclear magnetic resonance; cosycorrelation spectroscopy; hsqcheteronuclear single quantum correlation spectroscopy; hmbc heteronuclear multiple bond correlation spectroscopy; tms – tetramethylsilane; hresims – high-resolution electrospray ionization mass spectrometry; lresims – low-resolution electrospray ionization mass spectrometry; ir – infrared spectroscopy; uv – ultraviolet; na – nutrient agar; tsb – tryptic soy broth; sdb – sabouraud dextrose broth; mic – minimum inhibitory concentration; mmc – minimum microbial concentration; (cd3)2so – deuterated dimethylsulpoxide; (cd3od) – deuterated methanol; multi – multiplet; j – coupling constant; tr – retention time; rf – retention factor. introduction ficus sagittifolia (warburg ex mildbraed & burret) belongs to the family moraceae and a member of the genus ficus. it is an epiphytic shrub, often on oil palms, becoming a tree to 30 feet high. it is native to benin, cameroon, ghana, guinea, guinea-bissau, ivory coast, liberia, nigeria, senegal, sierra leone, and togo (powo, 2022). ficus species have been used locally as stomach herbs, anthelmintics, vermonicides, astrigents, carminatives, hypotensives, and anti-dysentery drugs (salem et al., 2013). the leaves and bark of f. sagittifolia are used as a cure for stomach and pulmonary disorders, respectively. the bark is edible and is taken against colic (burkill, 1997). species of ficus are known to possess antioxidant, cytotoxic, antimicrobial, anti-inflammatory, antidiabetic, antiulcer, and anticonvulsant activities (salehi et al., 2021). phytochemicals such as genistein, protocatechuic acid, stigmatserol, rutin, bergapten, psoralen, alpinumisoflavone, betulinic acid, umbelliferone, apigenin, derrone, β-sistosterol and chlorogenic acid, amongst others, were common compounds reported in this genus (nawaz, et al., 2019; ateba et al., 2019). a recent study on the phytochemical screening of f. sagittifolia leaf and stem bark extracts revealed the presence of phenolics, flavonoids, steroids, tannins, saponins, alkaloids, and terpenoids with good antioxidant activities (taiwo and olaoluwa, 2020). however, there is little or no information on the isolation and characterization of phytochemicals constituents from f. sagittifolia to support its ethnomedicinal use. hence, this paper reports four known compounds from f. sagittifolia leaves and their antimicrobial activity for the first time. https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.75-81 76 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 75-81 materials and methods plant collection and identification leaves of f. sagittifolia were harvested during the dry season in ikire, osun state, nigeria in april 2018. identification and authentication were done at the herbarium unit of the forest research institute of nigeria (frin), ibadan. a voucher specimen of f. sagittifolia (fhi 111988) was documented for reference purposes. plant preparation and extraction f. sagittifolia leaves were air-dried and subjected to pulverization. ground leaves were macerated in ethanol for 72 h and was concentrated under reduced pressure to give ethanol extract. the ethanol extract was partitioned in hexane and subsequently in ethyl acetate to obtain the respective fractions. general experimental procedure tlc was performed on precoated silica gel 60gf24 by merck. column chromatography with a column length – 60 cm; internal diameter of 32.5 mm; external diameter of 36.5 mm and silica gel of 60 – 200 mesh size was used as the stationary phase. eluates were concentrated at reduced pressure at 40°c using the buchi rotavapor r-200 rotary evaporator. compounds were purified using a shimadzu preparative hplc equipped with a uv detector, a reversed phase column (luna®, c18, 5 μm particle size, 10 × 2500 mm, phenomenex), a shimadzu lc – 20ap pump equipped with a dgu – 20a5r degassing unit, a shimadzu spd – m20a detector, and a shimadzu sil – 20acht autosampler, using labsolutions software. nmr experiments for 1h and 13c were performed on the bruker avance 600 and 700 mhz nmr spectrometers for 1h; 125 and 150 mhz nmr spectrometers for 13c. the readings were taken in deuterated methanol and deuterated dimethylsulphoxide with tms serving as reference. 1h and 13c nmr spectra were elucidated using mestrenova software. hresims were performed on a bruker daltonik maxis 4g equipped with ultra-high resolution time-of-flight electrospray ionization in both negative and positive ion modes. lresims were carried out on bruker amazone speed etd ion trap and 8-dionex ultimate 3000 lc in both negative and positive ion modes. in the analysis, thermo xcaliburqual computer software was used in analysis of the mass chromatogram. ir spectra were recorded on the perkinelmer spectrometer instrument. fractionation the ethylacetate fraction (10 g) of f. sagittifolia was subjected to column chromatography and fractionated by the gradient elution method using a solvent mixture of hexane and ethyl acetate as the mobile phase. a total of 102 fractions (100 ml) were collected from the column, and fractions with similar tlc profiles were pooled together to obtain 16 fractions (fsl 1-16). isolation and purification of compounds fraction 15 was eluted by hex/etoac (10:90), as a white precipitate to give compound 1 (92.2 mg) which was soluble in dmso and was confirmed as a spot on the tlc plate (rf = 0.58). fractions 13 (hex/etoac, 30:70), 14 (hex/etoac, 20:80) and 16 (hex/etoac, 0:100) were further purified using preparative hplc analysis. the solvents used were double distilled water with 0.1% formic acid as solvent a and hplc grade meoh as solvent b. gradient elution was carried out with 60% meoh for 7 min and thereafter, isocratic condition at 100% meoh for 5 min. the system returned within 0.5 min to the initial condition of 60% meoh and was equilibrated for 10 min. the eluted fractions were detected by absorbance between 254 370 nm and the flow rate was 3 ml/min to obtain compounds 2 (tr = 15.2 min; 2.1 mg), 3 (tr = 18.3 min; 5.3 mg) and 4 (tr = 18.9 min; 4.4 mg). subsequently, compounds 1 – 4 were subjected to spectroscopic analysis. antimicrobial assay microbial cultures gram negative bacteria: escherichia coli (atcc 11175), pseudomonas aeruginosa (atcc, 27853), salmonella typhi (atcc, 14028), helicobacter pylori, and fungi: aspergillus niger and candida albicans were maintained on na and sda, respectively. a single colony of each organism was inoculated into 5 ml of tsb and sdb for the preparation of bacterial and fungal cultures, respectively. all the microbes were subcultured from the original culture and incubated overnight at 37°c for 24 h and at 25°c for 48 h for bacteria and fungi respectively. the bacteria except h. pylori were obtained from the pharmaceutical microbiology department, university of ibadan, ibadan, nigeria, and the fungi and h. pylori were obtained as clinical isolates from the university college hospital (uch), ibadan. the standard drugs, gentamycin and ketoconazole, were used as the positive control. the negative control used was 1% dmso. minimum inhibitory concentration and minimum microbial concentration the antimicrobial assay was done using the broth microdilution method and 96-well plates were used. compounds 1-4 were dissolved separately in dmso to obtain a stock solution of 50 mg/ml each. this was diluted serially in the microplate wells to obtain a concentration range of 25 to 0.391 mg/ml. tsb was used, and standard drugs were gentamycin and ketoconazole (10 𝜇g/ml) for the anti-bacterial and antifungal assays, respectively. the reference drugs were also diluted to obtain concentration range of 10 – 0.3125 taiwo et al. – phytochemical constituents of f. sagittifolia … 77 𝜇g/ml. each of the microplate wells was inoculated with 10 𝜇l of the test organisms and incubated at 37°c and 25°c for 24 h and 48 h for bacteria and fungi, respectively. the least concentrations that showed no growth or turbidity after hours of incubation were streaked on na and sda for bacteria and fungi, respectively. the concentration with no trace of growth was taken as the mic. also, after incubation, 10 𝜇l of 0.2 mg/ml p –int was added to each well and incubated for another 30 min at 37°c. wells with a color change from yellow to pinkish red were an indication of microbial growth. the least concentration that showed no trace of color change was taken as the mmc (bacteria/fungi). results and discussion phytochemical investigation the ethyl acetate fraction of f. sagittifolia leaves yielded a steroidal glycoside 1, and fractions 13, 14, and 16 that were purified by preparative hplc gave three isoflavonoids, 2 4 respectively. stigmast-5,22-diene-3-o-β-d-glucopyranoside (stigmasterol glycoside) 1 was isolated as a white powder. lresims gave [m h] ion at m/z 573.75 with the molecular formula c27h35o8 (calculated for c27h35o8; 574.843). in the 1hnmr spectrum of 1 (table 1), the presence of six methyl protons was confirmed by signals at δh 0.67 s (h-18), 0.91 s (h-19), 0.96 d (h-21), 0.81 m (h-26), 0.85, 1.39 m (h-27) and 0.82 d (h-29); three olefinic protons at δh 5.38 (h-6, t, j=4.8 hz), 5.13 (h-22, dd, j=9.0 hz, 13.8 hz) and 5.03 (h-23, d, j=8.4) and one anomeric proton at δh 4.18 (h1’, d, j=7.8 hz). the 13cnmr spectrum showed six signals in the methyl region (δc 12.2, 12.3, 19.1, 19.4, 20.2 and 23.1). four methine resonances at δc 73.9, 77.2, 70.6 and 77.1, as well as one methylene resonance at δc 61.6, were due to c-2’, c-3’, c-4’, c-5’, and c-6’, respectively, of the β-d-glucopyranoside. (table 1). the olefinic resonances at δc 121.7, 138.5 and 129.3 corresponded to the c-6, c-22, and c-23 methine carbons. an anomeric carbon signal at δc 101.2 indicated the presence of a sugar d-glucose moiety. the value of j = 7.8 on 1' (anomeric proton) reflected an axial-axial position to the c-2' proton, which confirms that the glucopyranoside moiety binds to the sterol moiety in a β-position (silverstein et al., 1962; bai et al., 2005). the connectivity of protons and carbonprotons was determined from a combination of cosy, hsqc, and hmbc data as shown in table 1. the ir band (cm-1) at 3589, 2850, and 1104 are typical for hydroxyl, carbon-hydrogen, and carbon-oxygen groups, respectively. this explanation was based on a comparison of 1h and 13cnmr spectra with those previously reported in literature (valizadeh et al., 2014; ilango, 2018; olawumi and koma, 2019). 5-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-7-methoxy-4hchromen-4-one (prunetin) 2, is pale yellow in color and powdery, with a molecular formula of c16h12o5, m/z of 285.0756 [m+h] + in hresims (calculated for c16h12o5, 284.2634). sixteen signals were displayed from the 13cnmr spectrum of 2 (table 2). seven aromatic carbons were observed at δc 91.8 (c-8), 97.8 (c-6), 114.9 (c-3’, c-5’), 130.0 (c-2’, c-6’) and 153.7 (c-2). four oxygenated aromatic carbons at δc 157.5 (c4’), 158.2 (c-9), 162.3 (c-5) and 165.9 (c-7). one carbonyl carbon at δc 181.1 (c-4). the δc 55.1 (och3, c-7) and δh 3.91 (3h, s, h-7) as well as the hmbc correlations confirmed the presence of a methoxy group at position c-7. the 1h nmr also showed two doublets of four aromatic protons with vicinal coupling constants. the δc 153.7 (c-2) is a characteristic of ring b of an isoflavone (table 2). the cosy correlation of h-6 with h-8 and h2’/3’ with h5’/6’ supported the positioning of these four aromatic protons. the hmbc correlations from the methoxy protons (δh 3.91) to c-7 supported the attachment of the methoxy group to c-7. the ir spectra indicated the presence of hydroxyl, carbonyl, and aromatic groups (3671, 1717, and 1454 cm-1, respectively). this elucidation was in agreement with the literature (máximoa et al., 2002; awouafack et al., 2011). 5-hydroxy-3(4-hydroxylphenyl)-8,8dimethylpyrano[2,3-f]-chromen-4(8h)-one (derrone) 3, is a pale yellow powder with a molecular formula of c20h16o5, m/z of 337.1070 [m+h] + in hresims (calculated for c20h16o5, 336.3). the presence of an isoflavone skeleton was confirmed from the 1h nmr and 13c nmr spectra, with proton and carbon signals at δh 7.43 (h-2 ’), δc 153.4 (c-2), δc 123.6 (c-3) and δc 181.1 (c-4). the the 1h nmr showed two doublets of four aromatic protons with vicinal coupling constants and one proton signal at δ 6.23 s of aromatic proton in ring a. the 2,2-dimethylpyran substituent was confirmed by signals at δh 5.73 (h-3’’) d (j3’’/4’’ = 9.8 hz), δh 6.78 (h-4’’) d (j3/4, 8.4 hz), δh 1.50 (h5’’me,6’’me), δc 127.4 (c-3’’), δc 114.9 (c-4’’) and δc 27.0 (c-5’’/6’’) whose location in ring a was established by hmbc correlation of a methine carbon δc-6 99.4 with a methine carbon δc-5 161.9 and a quaternary carbon δc-9 159.5 (table 3). the ir bands at 3714cm-1 and 1635cm-1 are typical for hydroxyl and a α,-β unsaturated ketone group respectively. this elucidation was also in agreement with those reported in literature (maximoa et al., 2002; ediziri et al., 2012). 5-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphemyl)-8,8dimethylpyrano[3,2-g}-chromen-4(8h)-one (alpinumisoflavone) 4, is pale yellow and powdery, having a m/z of 337.08 [m+h]+ in lresims with a molecular formula of c20h16o5. a pair of doublets δh 6.87 d (j=7.7 hz) and 7.41 d (j=7.0 hz) integrated for two protons and were allocated to the h-3’/h-5, h-2’/h6’ of the parasubstituted aromatic ring. the high chemical shift of δh 6.87 (j=7.7 hz) signified the 78 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 75-81 presence of an oxygened substituent (oh) at c-4’of the aromatic nucleus. the ring b of the isoflavone was also confirmed with signals at δh 7.41 (h-2), δc 153.5 (c-2), δc 123.4 (c-3) and δc 181.0 (c-4). the evidence of proton signals at δh 5.75 (h-3’’) d (j3’’/4’’ = 9.8 hz), δh 6.71 (h-4’’) d (j3/4, 10.5 hz), δh 1.48 (5’’me/6’’me) and carbon signals at δc 128.2 (c-3’’), δc 114.7 (c-4’’) and δc 27.1 (5’’/6’’) confirmed the attachment of the 2,2-dimethylpyran substituent on ring b. compounds 3 and 4 have the same molecular formula and mass but different structures due to the position of the 2,2dimethylpyran substituent on ring b. the positon was further confirmed using hsqc and hmbc, which revealed different chemical shifts for δc (c-6) and δc (c8) and different hmbc correlations as shown on table 4. the δc (c-6) is a quaternary carbon in 4, whereas in 3, δc (c-6) is a methine carbon and vice versa for δc (c-8). the ir spectra indicated the presence of hydroxyl, carbonyl, and aromatic groups (3571, 1717, and 1454 cm-1). this spectral data was compared to those previously published for alpinumisoflavone (rahman et al., 2007; hussain et al., 2011 tjahjadarie et al., 2016). table 1. 1h nmr (600 mhz) and 13c nmr (150 mhz), hmbc, cosy assignment of compounds 1 in (cd3)2so. p o si ti o n δc, type δh mult. (j in hz) hmbc (h/c) c o s y 1 37.3, ch2 0.99, m;1.78, m c-14, 4 2 29.7, ch2 1.23, m; 1.81, m 3 77.4, ch 3.46, m 4 42.2, ch2 1.96, m 5 140.9, c 6 121.7, ch 5.38, d (j=4.8) c-8, 10 h-8 7 31.8, ch2 1.39, m 8 31.9, ch 1.53, s c-6,7,13,14 h-6 9 50.1, ch 0.88, m 10 36.7, c 11 21.1, ch2 0.97, m 12 38.5, ch2 2.11, m 13 42.3, c 14 56.6, ch 0.99, m 15 39.6, ch2 1.95, m c-13 16 24.3, ch2 1.54, m c-5,6,8,14 17 55.9, ch 1.10, m 18 12.2, ch3 0.67, s c-4,14 19 19.1, ch3 0.91, s c-17, 20 20 36.0, ch 1.30, m 21 19.4, ch3 0.96, d (j=7.2) h-29 22 138.5, ch 5.13, dd (j=9.0, 13.8) 23 129.3, ch 5.03, dd (j=8.4, 15.0) 24 45.6, ch2 0.92, m 25 29.1, ch 1.63, m 26 19.6, ch 0.81, m 27 20.2, ch3 0.85, m; 1.39, m 28 23.1, ch3 0.76, m 29 12.3, ch3 0.82, d (j=7.2) c-24, 25, 26 h-21 1’ 101.2, ch2 4.18, d (j=7.8) c-3’ 2’ 73.9, ch 2.89, m 3’ 77.2, ch 3.12, m 4’ 70.6, ch 3.01, m c-5’,6’ 5’ 77.1, ch 3.06, m 6’ 61.6, ch2 3.39, m; 3.63, m c-5’ taiwo et al. – phytochemical constituents of f. sagittifolia … 79 table 2. 1h nmr (700 mhz) and 13c nmr (175 mhz) assignment of compounds 2-4 in (cd3od). 2 3 4 position δc, type δh mult. (j in hz) δc, type δh mult. (j in hz) δc, type δh mult. (j in hz) 2 153.7, ch 8.15, s 153.4, ch 8.17, s 153.5, ch 8.10, s 3 121.8, c 121.6, c 121.7, c 4 181.1, c 181.1, c 181.0, c 5 162.3, c 161.9, c 157.5, c 6 97.8, ch 6.40, d (j=2.8) 99.4, ch 6.23, s 105.2, c 7 165.9, c 152.2, c 156.3, c 8 91.8, ch 6.58, d (j=2.1) 105.6, c 94.4, ch 6.38, s 9 158.2, c 159.5, c 159.4, c 10 105.7, c 101.1, c 105.6, c 1’ 123.6, c 123.6, c 123.4, c 2’, 6’ 130.0, ch 7.42, d (j=8.4) 130.0, ch 7.43, d (j=11.9) 130.0, ch 7.41, d (j=7.0) 3’,5’ 114.9, ch 6.88, d (j=9.1) 114.9, ch 114.9, ch 6.87, d (j=7.7) 4’ 157.5,c 157.5, c 157.4, c 2’’ 78.0, c 77.9, c 3’’ 127.4, ch 5.73, d (j=9.8) 128.2, ch 5.75, d (j=9.8) 4’’ 113.9, ch 6.77, d (j=8.4) 114.7, ch 6.71, d (j=10.5) 5’’, 6’’ 2.70, ch3 1.50, s 27.2, ch3 1.48, s och3 55.1, ch3 3.91, s (j=2.8) antimicrobial assay the broth dilution method was used to determine the mic and mmc of compounds 1-4 against different bacteria and fungi strains: escherichia coli (atcc 11175), pseudomonas aeruginosa (atcc, 27853), salmonella typhi (atcc, 14028), helicobacter pylori, aspergillus niger and candida albicans. compounds 14 showed good antimicrobial activity as demonstrated by their mic values (6.25-25 mg/ml), in table 3a. the lowest mic value (6.25 mg/ml) was obtained from compound 1 and 2 against p. aeruginosa and a. niger. at the same concentration, compounds 2 and 4 inhibited the growth of h. pylori, among others. compounds 2, 3, and 4 showed moderate inhibition (mic =12.5 mg/ml) against the growth of e. coli while for compound 1, 25 mg/ml was required. compounds 1, 3 and 4 inhibited the growth of c. albicans at a concentration of 12.5 mg/ml. compound 2 had the lowest mic and mmc values against s. typhi (12.5 mg/ml) and h. pylori (6.25 mg/ml), respectively in table 3a. gentamicin had an mic value ranging from 10 to > 10 µg/ml while ketoconazole had an mic values ranging from 1-0.5 µg/ml. overall, compounds 2 and 4 showed very good antimicrobial activity against all the test organisms among others. flavonoids and isoflavonoids are wellknown natural products with extensive pharmacological activities and extremely low toxicity (wang et al., 2020). more importantly, they possess a wide range of biological activities, such as antibacterial, antifungal, antiviral (dastidar et al., 2004; orhan et al., 2010), antitumour (kopustinskiene et al., 2020), antiinflammatory (sychrová et al., 2020) and antiaging activities (gupta et al., 2014). table 3a. mic and mmc of compound 1-4. organisms compound 1 compound 2 compound 3 compound 4 mica mmca mica mmca mica mmca mica mmca h. pylori 12.5 12.5 6.25 6.25 12.5 25 6.25 6.25 e. coli 25 25 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 p. aeruginosa 6.25 12.5 25 25 25 25 12.5 12.5 s. typhi 25 25 12.5 12.5 25 25 25 25 a. niger 25 25 6.25 25 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 c. albicans 12.5 25 25 25 12.5 12.5 12.5 25 note: a: mg/ml table 3b. mic and mmc of bacteria and fungi standards. organisms gentamycin ketoconazole mica mmca mica mmca h. pylori 10 >10 na na e. coli 10 10 na na p. aeruginosa >10 >10 na na s. typhi 10 10 na na a. niger na na 1 1 c. albicans na na 0.5 0.5 note: a: µg/ml 80 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 75-81 conclusions a steroidal glycoside namely, stigmast-5, 22-diene-3-oβ-d-glucopyranoside (stigmasterol glycoside) 1 and three isoflavanoids, namely 5-hydroxy-3-(4hydroxyphenyl)-7-methoxy-4h-chromen-4-one (prunetin) 2, 5-hydroxy-3(4-hydroxylphenyl)-8,8dimethylpyrano[2,3-f]-chromen-4(8h)-one (derrone) 3, and 5-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphemyl)-8,8dimethylpyrano[3,2-g}-chromen-4(8h)-one (alpinumisoflavone) 4, were isolated from the ethylacetate fraction of f. sagittifolia leaves for the first time. compounds 1 and 2 showed inhibition against p. aeruginosa and a. niger; 2 and 4 inhibited the growth of h. pylori. therefore, compounds 1, 2, and 4 could be antimicrobial agents for diseases related to stomach disorders. this study also provided a scientific justification for the ethnomedicinal use of f. sagittifolia leaves for the treatment of stomach disorders, particularly those caused by microbes. acknowledgements: o. m. taiwo is thankful to the department of chemistry, university of ibadan for the equipment rendered for the extraction and ir studies of samples. o. m. taiwo is grateful to african german network of excellence in science (agnes) for a research visit to the department of chemistry, egerton university, kenya which enabled the purification and characterization of the compounds and also to the members of j.c.m. research group. all authors are grateful to the institute of environmental research (infu), tu-dortmund for nmr and ms equipment. dr. s. a. odewo is acknowledged for the identification and authentication of the plant species. competing interests: the authors declare that there are no competing interests. funding: this study was financially supported by the african german network of excellence in science (agnes), through the programme “advocating women in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics’’ with a mobility scholarship to o.m.t. references ateba, s.b., mvondo, m.a., djiogue, s., zingué, s., krenn, l. and njamen, d., 2019. a pharmacological overview of alpinumisoflavone, a natural prenylated isoflavonoid. frontiers in pharmacology, 952. doi: https://doi.org/10.3389/fphar.2019.00952 awouafack, m.d., spiteller, p., lamshoft, m., kusari, s., ivanova, b., tane, p., & spiteller m. (2011). amtimicrobial isopropenyl-dihydrofurano isoflavones from crotalaria lachnophora. journal of natural products, 74(2), 272-278. doi: https://doi.org/10.1021/np1005218 bai, h., li, s., yin, f., & hu, l. (2005). isoprenylated naphthoquinone dimers firmianones a, b, and c from firmiana p latanifolia. journal of natural products, 68(8), 1159-1163. burkill h. m. (1997). the useful plants of west tropical africa. families m-r kew: royal botanic garden, kew, 4(2) 165167. dastidar, s. g., manna, a., kumar, k.a., mazumdar, k., dutta, n.k., chakrabarty, a.n., motohashi, n., & shirataki, y. (2004). studies on the antibacterial potentiality of isoflavones. international journal of antimicrobial agents, 23(1), 99-102. doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijantimicag.2003.06.003 edziri, h., mastouri m., mohamed, a.m., zine, m., aouni m., & verschaeve l. (2012). antibacterial, antifungal and cytotoxic activities of two flavonoids from reteam raetam flowers, molecules, 17(6), 1784-7293.doi: https://doi.org/10.3390/molecules17067284 gupta, c., & prakash, d. (2014). phytonutrients as therapeutic agents. journal of complementary and integrative medicine, 11(3), 151-169.doi: https://doi.org/10.1515/jcim-2013-0021 hussain, m.m., dastagir, m.g., billah, a.m., & ismail, m. (2011). alpinum isoflavone from erythrina stricta roxb. boletín latinoamericano y del caribe de plantas medicinales y aromáticas, 10(1), 88-90. ilango, k. (2018). β-sitosterol glucoside from pisonia grandis r. br. stem bark in ethyl acetate extract. international journal of green pharmacy, 12(01). doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.22377/ijgp.v12i01.1526 kopustinskiene, d. m., jakstas, v., savickas, a., & bernatoniene, j. (2020). flavonoids as anticancer agents. nutrients, 12(2), 457. doi:https://doi.org/10.3390/nu12020457 máximoa, p., lourenço, a., feio, s.s., & roseiro, j. c. (2002). a new prenylisoflavone from ulex jussiaei. zeitschrift für naturforschung c, 57(7-8), 609-613. doi: https://doi.org/10.1515/znc-2002-7-810 nawaz, h., waheed, r., & nawaz, m. (2019). phytochemical composition, antioxidant potential, and medicinal significance of ficus. modern fruit industry. olawumi, o. o., & koma, s.o. (2019). stigmasterol and stigmasterol glycoside: isolated compounds from tetrapleura tetraptera extracts. journal of biochemistry international, 6(1), 21-48, issn: 2454-4760 orhan, d.d., özçelik, b., özgen, s. & ergun, f. (2010). antibacterial, antifungal, and antiviral activities of some flavonoids. microbiological research, 165(6), 496-504. doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.micres.2009.09.002 powo (2022). "plants of the world online. facilitated by the royal botanic gardens, kew. published on the internet; retrieved 10 january 2022". https://powo.science.kew.org/taxon/urn:lsid:ipni.org:names:5 84046-1 rahman, m.z., sultana, s.j., faruquee, c.f., ferdous, f., rahman, m.s., islam, m.s., & rashid, m.a. (2007). phytochemical and biological investigations of erythrina variegata. saudi pharmaceutical journal, 15(2), 140. salehi, b., prakash mishra, a., nigam, m., karazhan, n., shukla, i., kiełtyka‐dadasiewicz, a& sharifi‐rad, j. (2021). ficus plants: state of the art from a phytochemical, pharmacological, and toxicological perspective. phytotherapy research, 35(3), 1187-1217.doi: https://doi.org/10.1002/ptr.6884 salem, m.z., salem, a.z.m., camacho, l.m. and ali, h.m., 2013. antimicrobial activities and phytochemical composition of extracts of ficus species: an over view. afr. j. microbiol. res., 7(33), pp.4207-4219. taiwo et al. – phytochemical constituents of f. sagittifolia … 81 silverstein, r. m., & bassler, g. c. (1962). spectrometric identification of organic compounds. journal of chemical education, 39(11), 546. sychrová, a., koláriková, i., žemlička, m., & šmejkal, k. (2020). natural compounds with dual antimicrobial and antiinflammatory effects. phytochemistry reviews, 19(6), 14711502. taiwo, o. m. & olaoluwa, o. o., (2020). qualitative and quantitative analyses of phytochemicals and antioxidant activity of ficus sagittifolia (warburg ex mildbraed and burret). international journal of pharmacological and pharmaceutical sciences, 14(1), 1-6. https://publications.waset.org/10010968/pdf tjahjadarie, t.s., saputri, r.d., & tanjung, m. (2016). march. phenolic compounds from the stem bark erythrina orientalis and detection of antimalaria activity by elisa. in aip conference proceedings aip publishing llc, 1718(1), 060007. doi: https://doi.org/10.1063/1.4943329 valizadeh, h., mahmoodi, k.f., alizadeh, z. & bahadori, m.b. (2014). isolation and structure elucidation of secondary metabolites from echinophora platyloba dc from iran. journal of medicinal plants, 1 (49), 15-21. wang, j.f., liu, s.s., song, z.q., xu, t.c., liu, c.s., hou, y.g., huang, r. & wu, s.h. (2020). naturally occurring flavonoids and isoflavonoids and their microbial transformation: a review. molecules, 25(21), 5112. doi: https://doi.org/10.3390/molecules25215112 this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 1, april 2021 | pages: 41-46 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.41-46 issn 2540-9328 (online) computational chemical study of pigment of mangosteen (garcinia mangostana) rind extract as dye compound in dye-sensitized solar cell (dssc) didik krisdiyanto*,1, sudarlin1, hikmah supriyati2 1department of chemistry, faculty of science and technology, universitas islam negeri sunan kalijaga yogyakarta jl. marsda adisucipto no.1 yogyakarta 55281, tel. + 62-274-540971, fax. + 62-274-519739, indonesia 2post graduate program of biological education department, universitas negeri yogyakarta jalan colombo no. 1 yogyakarta 55281, indonesia corresponding author* didik_kris@yahoo.com manuscript received: 03 march, 2021. revision accepted: 30 june, 2021. published: 19 july, 2021. abstract the electronic transition processes of α-mangostin and β-mangostin as dye compounds in dssc and their ability to transfer electrons to semiconductors have been studied in theory. the research was carried out computationally using the nwchem application. the methods used are density functional theory (dft) for structure optimization and time-dependent dft (td-dft) for electronic transitions. the results showed that the energy of homo β-mangostin was lower that it was more stable or easier to form bonds with semiconductors. likewise, its lumo energy is lower than α-mangostin that it is easier to inject electrons into the semiconductor. the energy difference of homo-lumo β-mangostin is smaller than α-mangostin. this shows that β-mangostin is more easily excited or more efficient in exciting solar energy to convert it into electricity. this is consistent with the molecular spectra where λmaxβ-mangostin is at a higher wavelength. orbital analysis shows electron injection of α-mangostin and β-mangostin into the semiconductor via double o atoms in each molecule. the injection is influenced by the bond length, where the bond length of α-mangostin to tio2 is smaller than that of β-mangostin to tio2. keywords: α-mangostin; β-mangostin; energy homo-lumo; dft; td-dft; mangosteen rind; dye-sensitized solar cell. introduction research on dye compounds for dssc (dye-sensitized solar cell) has been widely carried out, but synthetic dyes' efficiency is still higher than natural dyes, which are only ~ 1%. however, synthetic dyes have drawbacks including difficult preparation, expensive production costs, and a toxic risk to the environment. the use of natural dyes becomes a very attractive alternative to develop because they are easy to obtain, have unlimited sources, have a long absorbance coefficient, high light capture efficiency, low production costs, easy preparation, and are environmentally friendly (luo et al., 2009). however, not all dyes can be used as sensitizers because they must qualify, namely adsorption intensity at visible wavelengths, strong adsorption on the semiconductor surface, has the ability to inject electrons into the semiconductor conduction band, and has groups = o or –h to bind with the tio2 surface which can increase the rate of the electron transfer reaction (ludin et. al., 2014). various studies on dssc using natural dyes from plant extracts have been conducted and these studies have proven that natural dyes can provide a photovoltaic effect. one of the sensitizers used is mangosteen rind pigment extract. chairat et al. (2007) in their research used mangosteen rind pigment extract which was proven to be used as a sensitizer on solar cells of the dssc type. mangosteen is very easy to obtain. this is because indonesia is a tropical country that is very suitable for the growth of mangosteen. the main component in the mangosteen pigment extract which is potential as a dssc sensitizing dye is shown in figure 1. the α-mangostin and β-mangostin compounds are two of the several components in the mangosteen rind pigment extract which has absorption at visible wavelengths as one of the requirements for the dssc dye. further studies on the adsorption of compounds on semiconductor surfaces, electronic energy levels, and electron transfer capabilities need to be done. the study in this research was done with the help of computational chemistry. two basic structures of the main components of mangosteen rind extract, the electro-optical properties of dssc will be studied based on computational calculations to study adsorption on semiconductors, adsorption spectrum, energy levels, and charge transfer. https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.41-46 42 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 41-46 a b figure 1. basic structure of mangosteen rind extract (a) α-mangostin (b) β-mangostin. dye-sensitized solar cell (dssc) is a series of devices that can convert visible light into electricity based on semiconductor band gap sensitization and its bonding with groups on the surface of a thin layer cell (ludin et. al., 2014). the dssc material consists of a pair of glass substrates coated with tco (transparent conducting oxide) material which acts as an electrode and a counter electrode separated by a redox electrolyte which has high transparency and low resistance characteristics, can be indium tin oxide (ito), aluminum zinc oxide (azo), and fluorine tin oxide (fto) mounted opposite each other. fto and ito are most often used as dssc, where the process of sintering the oxide layer on the substrate at a temperature of 450500oc, these materials have good conductivity and do not experience defects or defects in that temperature range (halme, 2002). figure 2. schematic and working principle of dye-sensitized solar cell (dssc). the redox pair that is often used is i/ i3(iodide / triiodide). the solvent used in the electrolyte solution is polyethylene glycol (peg) because it can penetrate the tio2 dye absorption for both small particle size comparisons and nano-scale pore diameters, and can maintain work stability (misbahudin et.al., 2013). at tco, the counter electrode is coated with a catalyst in the form of a carbon layer to accelerate the redox reaction, while the electrode is positioned as a porous tio2 nanocrystalline layer as a photoanode and is sensitized by dye as a photosensitizer which functions to capture photons which then will be absorbed into tio2 nanoparticles. an efficient photosensitizer must qualify, namely dye particles can be adsorbed onto the semiconductor surface, the capacity to capture light in the visible light range, the ability to inject electrons into the conduction band of the semiconductor, and have an = o or –h group to bind to the tio2 surface. the working principle of the dssc is shown in figure 2. basically, the working principle of dssc is a reaction of electron transfer where the first process begins with the excitation of electrons in the dye molecule due to photon absorption. electrons are excited from the ground state (d) to excited state (e). s + photon  s* (absorption) (1) the electrons from the excited state are then directly injected into the conduction band (ecb) of the titania so that the dye molecules are oxidized (s +). with the presence of an electron donor by the electrolyte, the dye molecules return to their ground state and prevent the recapture of the oxidized dye electrons. s* + tio2 e(tio2) + s+ (injection process) (2) the injected electrons are carried from the tio2 nanopore thin layer to the conductive electrode (anode). e(tio2)+the conductive electrodetio2+e(c.e) (3) after reaching the tco electrode, electrons flow towards the electrode counter through the external circuit and approach the cathode (counter electrode). the electrons are transferred to the electrolyte at the electrodes. with a catalyst on the counter electrode, the oxidized dye accepts electrons from the ion (i-), a redox reaction occurs to replace the lost electrons, and the iodide molecule is oxidized to the triiodide ion (i3-). s+ + 3 2 i- s + 1 2 i3 (4) ion (i3-) is used to donate electrons to the oxidized dye permitting an electron transport cycle to be formed, with this cycle a direct conversion from sunlight to electricity. 1 2 i3+ e(c.e)  3 2 i+ c.e (5) (narayan, 2012). sunlight produces 45% of the spectra in the visible and 5% of the uv spectra so that in the use of dyes in the dssc, the absorption of photon energy from visible light is carried out by light-sensitive materials (dyes that function as sensitizers). with the presence of a sensitizer, it is possible to inject/transfer electrons to the tio2 semiconductor material even though the received photon energy is smaller than the band gap of the tio2 semiconductor (this event is called sensitisation). to krisdiyanto, et al. – computational chemical study of pigment of … 43 support this process, the tio2 semiconductor material must be able to entangle as many molecules of the color substance as possible so that more electrons can be accepted. some of the criteria that must qualify by tio2 as a semiconductor in dssc include the particle size being on the nanometer scale. this is necessary because with the particle size that is on the nanometer scale the surface area of the particles as a whole becomes larger so that more dye molecules are possible to absorb. in addition, tio2 particles are also expected to have a porous (mesoporous) morphology, allowing the dye molecules enter between the pores and can be absorbed on the surface of the tio2 particles, which implies that they will increase the amount of light absorbed (zhang et.al., 2008). in addition, the use of semiconductor oxides in photoelectrochemistry is due to its stability against corrosion photo and also its large energy band (3.2-3.8 ev) which in dssc is needed for semiconductor transparency in most of the sunlight spectrum. although tio2 is a material that is often used because the efficiency of dssc using tio2 is still unmatched, several materials can act as semiconductor oxides including zno, cdse, cds, wo3, fe3o3, sno2, nb2o5 and ta2o5 (halme, 2002). the dye in the dssc oxide layer serves to capture photons of light. furthermore, these photons are absorbed into the tio2 nanoparticle. the requirements for dye as a photosensitizer in dssc are absorption in the visible light region or near the infrared region of the sunlight spectrum and bind to the tio2 semiconductor (cherepy et.al., 1997). functional groups are needed to interact with tio2 surfaces such as carboxylates or around other acid groups (galopini, 2004). several functional groups have the possibility to bind with tio2. the best groups are metal oxides such as phosphonic acid followed by carboxylic acids and their derivatives such as chlorides, amides, esters or carboxylic salts (galopini, 2004). figure 3. possible bond models between -cooh groups and tio2 (hug et. al., 2014). plant extracts or pigments used as photosensitizers in visible light areas can be in the form of chlorophyll extract (amoa, 2003). chlorophyll is the main plant pigment which functions to absorb light and convert it into chemical energy needed to reduce carbon dioxide into carbohydrates in the photosynthesis process. figure 3 shows several bonding models between tio2 and the dye molecule with at least one carboxylate group. another requirement for this material to be an active ingredient in solar cells is that the material must be able to become a transfer medium for electric charge carriers as a result of the absorbed photons (supriyanto et. al., 2010). to obtain a suitable dye as a sensitizer requires a long time and resources in research which is computational chemistry can be an alternative. by knowing in more detail the electro-optical properties of a dye, it can be used as a basis for the development of efficient dye alternatives. density fungtional theory (dft) and time dependent dft (td-dft) methods can be used for large molecules with an accurate approach to calculate the uv spectrum of dyes as well as for complex systems between dyes and semiconductors. methods the research was conducted computationally using the nwchem application. the methods used are density functional theory (dft) for structure optimization and time dependent dft (td-dft) for electronic transitions. all calculations use b3lyp functional and 6-31g * base set. data visualization using ecce and chemcraft applications. in the study of dyestuffs for dssc in computational chemistry involving large molecules and complex systems, a suitable approach is needed. results and discussion method selection the calculation results obtained were compared with the results of experiments conducted by madihah et al. (2012). the parameter being compared is the αmangostin excitation energy in units of ev as shown in table 1. other parameters such as bond length cannot be compared because experimental data are not available. the results of the calculations as shown in table 1 show the difference in excitation energy from the calculation of α-mangostin and the experimental results of 0.01ev. the similarity between the calculation results and the experimental results reached 99.71%. these results indicate the selection of methods and basis sets in this study are correct and quite accurate. 44 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 41-46 table 1. comparison of the first excitation energy of α-mangostin on experimental and calculated results. no α-mangostin data excitation energy (ev) similarity level 1. experiment 3.522 99,71% 2. calculation 3.532 supporting data that can be compared is the display of α-mangostin spectra on the experimental and the calculation results at wavelengths above 280 nm, which shows the similarities as shown in figure 4. figure 4. the α-mangostin spectra of the experimental results and the calculation results above 280 nm. optimization of homo-lumo molecules and energy optimization is carried out on each molecule using the same method. the optimization results are in the form of a stable structure as shown in figure 5 and the multivariate load value as shown in table 2. a b figure 5. the results of the calculation of α-mangostin (a) and βmangostin (b). based on the optimization results of α-mangostin and β-mangostin in figure 5, each red o atom has a different mullicen charge value as shown in table 2. based on the table, the o-4 atom has a more negative charge so it is more reactive in binding to other atoms. thus, o-4 atoms can be used to bind tio2. the homo and lumo energies of each compound as a result of the optimization can be seen in table 3. based on the homo energy in the table, β-mangostin has a lower homo energy. based on the requirements of the dye compound, this indicates that β-mangostin is more stable so it is easier to form bonds with semiconductors. likewise, the lumo β-mangostin energy is lower than the lumo α-mangostin energy so that β-mangostin is easier to inject electrons into the semiconductor. table 2. mullicen charge values of o α-mangostin and β-mangostin atoms. atom o α-mangostin β-mangostin o-1 -0,135014 -0,135076 o-2 -0,240754 -0,240796 o-3 -0,360894 -0,361235 o-4 -0,377779 -0,380988 o-5 -0,370443 -0,200601 o-6 -0,341725 -0,341406 table 3. the energy difference between homo-lumo α-mangostin and β-mangostin. energy α-mangostin β-mangostin homo (ev) -5.647 -5.677 lumo (ev) -1.547 -1.783 δ (ev) 4.100 3.894 figure 6. the energy bands of α-mangostin and β-mangostin calculated. the difference in energy bands produced is the difference between homo energy and lumo energy. the smaller the value of the energy band difference, indicating that the easier the electrons in the molecule move from a lower energy level to a higher energy level. figure 6 shows that the smaller homo-lumo energy difference is β-mangostin. this shows that β-mangostin is more easily excited. that is, β-mangostin is more efficient in exciting solar energy to convert it into electricity. the shape of the electron orbitals in the homo and lumo states the shape of the homo α-mangostin and β-mangostin orbitals as presented in figure 7 shows the same pattern. td spectrum wavelength, nm 360 350 340 330 320 310 300 290 280 f 0.65 0.6 0.55 0.5 0.45 0.4 0.35 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.15 0.1 0.05 0 krisdiyanto, et al. – computational chemical study of pigment of … 45 the figure shows the delocalized homo orbital electrons on the o-4 atom. this corresponds to the high mullicen charge of o-4 atoms, thus strengthening the reason that tio2 semiconductors tend to bond to o-4 atoms, both to α-mangostin and β-mangostin. a b figure 7. form of the calculated α-mangostin (a) and β-mangostin homo orbitals (b). as with the homo orbitals, the lumo α-mangostin and β-mangostin orbitals show the same pattern as shown in figure 8. the figure shows the delocalized molecular electrons on the o-6 atom. this shows the electron injection of the dye compound into the semiconductor via o-6 atoms, both in α-mangostin and β-mangostin. a b figure 8. form of the calculated lumo α-mangostin (a) and βmangostin (b) orbitals. bond length the calculation of the bond length is carried out between ti on tio2 and o-6 atoms in α-mangostin and βmangostin. in the previous section, it was explained that electrons are more easily injected into semiconductors via o-6 atoms based on the electron composition of the lumo orbitals. thus, the distance between ti and o-6 atoms at α and β mangostin will affect the electron transfer rate. the closer distance makes the electron transfer easier. a b figure 9. optimization results for α-mangostin + tio2 (left) and βmangostin + tio2 (right). the calculation results as shown in table 4 show the length of each bond. the bond lengths between ti and o-6 in α-mangostin and β-mangostin are 1.989 ǻ and 1.990 ǻ. when compared with the total radius length between ti and o of 2.36 ǻ, it can be concluded that there is a bond between tio2 and α-mangostin and tio2 and β-mangostin. comparison of the bond length between ti and o-6 in α-mangostin and β-mangostin as in the table shows that α-mangostin tends to transfer electrons more quickly to the tio2 semiconductor. table 4. bond lengths of each compound. spectra the spectra in the figure show that the β-mangostin spectra have undergone a bathochromic shift. this is the effect of the addition of the ch3 group as an electron booster that is able to shift the wavelength to a higher wavelength. the shift in wavelength to vis shows the efficiency of β-mangostin as a dye compound is better than α-mangostin. this is because excitation at visible light (vis) to infrared wavelengths is generally an excitation that involves the transfer of charge. excitation involving charge transfer is an excitation that provides an effective injection of electrons into the semiconductor and thus plays a major role in determining the efficiency of dssc cells. figure 10. the calculated spectra of α-mangostin (black curve) and βmangostin (red curve). in addition, the amount of sunlight reaching the earth's surface is dominated by uv rays at a wavelength of 300-400 nm, which is about 95%. uv light at 200300 wavelengths only reaches 5% of the earth's surface because most of it has been absorbed by airborne molecules such as ozone. compound bond length (ǻ) α-mangostin ti – o(6) 1,989 β-mangostin ti – o(6) 1,990 46 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 41-46 conclusion the results showed that the energy of homo βmangostin was lower that it was more stable or easier to form bonds with semiconductors. likewise, lumo energy is lower than α-mangostin so that it is easier to inject electrons into the semiconductor. the energy difference of homo-lumo β-mangostin is smaller than α-mangostin. this shows that β-mangostin is more easily excited or more efficient in exciting solar energy to be converted into electricity. acknowledgments: lppm uin sunan kalijaga for funding assistance for this research in the 2016 beginner research program. conflict of interest: the authors declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references amao, yutaka & yamada, yuriko & aoki, keiko. (2004). preparation and properties of dye-sensitized solar cell using chlorophyll derivative immobilized tio2 film electrode. journal of photochemistry and photobiology a: chemistry. 164. 47–51. https://doi.org/ 10.1016/j.jphotochem.2003.11.011. chairat, m., bremner, j. b., & chantrapromma, k., (2007). dyeing of cotton and silk yarn with the extracted dye from the fruit hulls of mangosteen, garcinia mangostana linn, fibers and polymers, 8(6); 613-619. https://doi.org/10.1007/bf02875998 cherepy, n.j.; smestad, g.p.; gratzel, m.; zhang, j.z. (1997). ultrafast electron injection: implications for a photoelectrochemical cell utilizing on anthocyanin dyesensitized tio2 nanocrystalin electron. j. phys chem. 101: 9342-9351. https://doi.org/10.1021/jp972197w galopini, e. (2004). linkers for anchoring sensitizers for semiconductor nanoparticels coold. chem rev. 248: 12831297 halme, e.j. (2002). dye sensitized nanostructure and organic photovoltaic cells: technical review and pleminary tests. thesis. departement of engineering physics and mathematics helsinki university of technology. espoo. hug, hubert.; bader, m; mail, p.; glatzer, t. (2014). biophotovoltaics: natural pigments in dye-sensitized solar cells. aplied energy. 115, 216-225. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apenergy.2013.10.055 luo, p., niu, h., zheng, g., bai, x., zhang, m., & wang, w. (2009). from salmon pink to blue natural sensitizers for solar cells: canna indica l., salvia splendens, cowberry and solanum nigrum l. spectrochimica acta. part a, molecular and biomolecular spectroscopy, 74(4), 936–942. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.saa.2009.08.039 madihah a.; bohari m. y.; azwan m.l. (2012). preliminary study on dispersion of α-mangostin in pnipam microgel system. the malaysian journal of analytical sciences, 16(3). 256 – 261. misbachuddin, m.c.; trihandaru; suryasatria, sutresno, a. (2013). pembuatan prototipe dye sensitized solar cell (dssc) dengan memanfaatkan ekstrak antosianin stawberry. prosidingseminar nasional sains dan pendidikan sains fakultas mipa uksw. narayan, m. r. (2012). review: dye sensitized solar cells based on natural photosensitizers. renewable and sunstainable energy. 16(1), 208-215. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rser.2011.07.148 supriyanto, agus.; kusminarto.; triyana, k.; roto.; salleh, m.m.; umar, a. a. (2010). photosensitizing effect of porphyrin films as organic photodetector. journal of materials science and engineering. 04: 40-44. zhang, d.; lanier, s.m.;. downing, j.a.; avent, j.l.; lum, j. jeanne, l. mchale. (2008). betalain pigments for dyesensitized solar cells. photochemistry and photobiology. 7280. biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn: 2089-6514 volume 3, number 1, 2014 | pages: 15-19 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2014.31.15-19 the effect of water-soluble stem extract “kayu kuning” (arcangelisia flava l. merr) on the growth inhibition of candida albicans atcc 10231 and trichophyton mentagrophytes in vitro rini setyowati, sudarsono* and setyowati e. p faculty of pharmacy ugm, indonesia author correspondency*: sudarsono@ugm.ac.id abstract “kayu kuning” (arcangelisia flava l.merr) was used when someone has a skin problem caused by candida albicans and trichophyton mentagrophytes. scientific based medicine on this traditional knowledge was necessary be done. stem powderwas extracted by distilled water.the extract was then evaporated. qualitative and quantitative analysis of the active substance e.g., berberin chloride by thin layer chromatography (tlc) the antifungal activity againts candida albicans and trichophyton mentagrophyteswere tested by using agar diffusion and microdilution methods. the absorbance from microdilution were analized by one way anova. the conclusion showed that the extract contained 1.55±0.12% w/walkaloid calculated as berberine chloride. the inhibition zone for candida albicans and trichophyton mentagrophytes were 16.65±4.52 and 6.55±0.05 mm respectively. the mic vallue for both fungi was 10 mg/ml.the mbc value for candida albicans was 40 mg/ml and for trichophyton mentagrophytes was 50 mg/ml. from the analysis with one-way anova, shows that there are significant differences between the positive control group and the test solution with the negative control group with p=0.020 for candida albicans and p=0.028 for trichophyton mentagrophytes (p<0.050). post hoc tukey analysis results showed that both intergroup and between the concentration of the test solution to the control group did not differ significantly positive because the value of p>0.050. keywords: arcangelisia flava l.merr, “kayu kuning”, growth inhibitor, candida albicans, trichophyton mentagrophytes introduction candidiasis caused by c.albicans, water fleas and dermatophytosis caused by t.mentagrophytes. this infection disease is usually treated by azoles derivatives which are ketoconazol, fluconazol, miconazol, and also the poliena classes, such as nistatin, contemporarily for the dermatophyte can be treated by gryseofulvine (jawetz et al., 2001). however, using antibiotic reported often causes microbes resistance (who, 2009). indonesia has occupied on eight ranking out of 27 countries by heavy burden for multi-drugs resistancy/mdr around the world. according to health ministry of republic of indonesia (2011).the use of antibiotics for health service was often not appropriate, so it cause less effective treatment, increasing risk for the patients, widespread resistance and costly treatment. therefore, it needs the proper solution to prevent the problems. one of solution is using traditional herbal medicine, as like conducted by remote communities that are far from goverment health services, so they can also conserve the local knowledge. “kayu kuning” or a. flaval.merr is one of plant used as traditional health care in the suban jeriji village, rambang dangku, muara enim, south sumatra, indonesia.this plant in muna village, southeast sulawesi is used for diarrhea, sore eyes, jaundice, oral ulces and water flea medicine (larisu, 2011). this plant was known by its bright yellow wood’s color, a herb, climbing, annual, wild growth and can be found in rocky beach or in edge of forest (sitepu and sutikno, 2001). a.flava l. contains saponin, flavonoid, polyphenolic substance, glycoside and alkaloid. berberine derivative are the the main group found in this plant. it was reported by singh, et. al. (2010). whereas terpenes are found in this plant e.g., fibrauleusin, fibraurin (siwon, 1982).berberine is alkaloid in form of chloride or sulfate salts, they are existing on menispermaceae plant, the mechanism of action as antimicrobial agent could be changing the arrangement of amino acid chain on dna that rises balances changes of genetics on dna, so that the dna of microbial will be defeat, this causes a core of microbial cell to be defeat and dead (dassonneville et al., 2000). methodology materials stem of a.flava l. was come from suban jeriji village, rambang dangku, muara enim, south sumatra. voucher specimen was found at pharmaceutical biology department, faculty of pharmacy ugm; berberine chloride (b2251-10g, sigma), c.albicans atcc 10231 and t.menta-grophytes, media nutrient broth and agar media, nystatin, mtt (methyl thiazol tetrazolium, sigma), n-butanol, glacial acetic acid, distilled water, 0.9% nacl (merck germany) and tlc(thin layer 16 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 3 (1), 2014: 15-19 chromato-graphy) plates silica gel 60 f254 (e.merck germany). apparatus set of reflux, incubator, autoclave, laminair air flow (laf), oven, flat microplate, microplate reader, petri dish, micropipette, white tip, yellow tip and blue tip, a set of tools thin layer chromatography (tlc), ultra violet (uv) light and tlc scanner procedure 20 gram of drug powder was extracted by distilled water 100 ml for 2 hours (reflux). the water extract was was filtered evaporated by reduced vapor. qualitative and quantitative analysis. it was done by tlc; 5 μl test solution and berberine chloride were spotted on tlc plate on silica gel 60 f254. the mobile phase was n-butanol, acetic acid, water (3:1:1 v/v/v). the spots were observed under uv254 nm, uv366 nm and visible light. the spots of test substance and berberine chloride were scanned between 200 700 nm. the standard curve ob berberin chloride was conducted from the series of berberine chloride, which was 100; 50; 25; 12,5; and 6,25 μg/ml. the solution test was made by 5 mg/ml in methanol. it was eluted by the same tlc system. the spot area under curve (auc) that was suspected as alkaloid measured by densitometer. it was made standard curve by regressing content (μg) vs area under curve. the alkaloid content was calculated as berberine chloride. antifungal activities test by agar diffusion method (kirby-bauer) the sterile agar media was diluted, after the lukewarm 10 ml, the media was added by 100 µl of fungi suspension, whipped homo-geneously. the concentration was 5x102– 2,5x103 cfu/ml of fungi in media. mixture was poured into a sterile petri disk, waited until condensing. steril paper diskwas mounted on the surface in order to be drop by sample 20 µl, each 10µl for nistatin and distilled water , then it was incubated on the temperature 37oc for 24 hours. clear zone was measured by using vernier caliper. anti-fungi test was done by microdillution method the test solution were dissolved into distilled water at several concentration 10 %; 8%; 6%; 4%; 2%; 1%; 0,5%; 0,25% and 0,125% b/v. each 50 µl solution test was poured into the well and added by fungi suspension in nb media. the fungi concentration becomes 5x102 cfu/ml. the sample was incubated on 37oc temperature for 24 hours. then, mtt was added to make easy observation. od (optical density) value could be seen through the absorption. it could be computed by formula: the clear pitting should be scratched on solid media for knowing a mec value. bioautographic assay the solution test was spotted for 5 µl on tlc plate and eluted by mobile phase n-butanol, acetic acid, water (3:1:1 v/v/v). it was prepared the media in order to the sterile mixed by standardized fungi suspension, poured into sterile petri and wait until condensing. the tlc plate was eluted, and dried, then it should be placed on the media for 30 minutes. after tlc plate had been taken, incubated the petri disc by 24 hours on 37oc. their clear zone was observed. results and discussion figure 1 showed that the hrf value of berberine chloride was 61 and spot like berberine solution test was 62 at visible light, uv 254 nm and 366 nm. the spot of sampel and standard was yellow fluorescence under the uv 366 nm. the scanning result for the two spots can be seen in figure 2 at λmax 349 nm. the standard equation curve was y = 58596,5419 x + 2512,5 with r value = 0,9956. the berberine chloride solution test were 1,55 ± 0,12% b/b (table 2). the sample had antifungal activities for tested microbial. the complete activities as table 3. to know potential of extract for anti-fungi activities was conducted the potential test using liquid dilution method, which was micro-dilution. parameter of antifungi activity was minimum inhibitory consentration (mic) value and minimum fungicidal concentration (mfc). the smallest concentration that was still showing clearness was mic, see figure 4 and table 4. the standard equation curve was y = 58596,5419 x + 2512,5 with r value = 0,9956. the berberine chloride solution test were 1,55 ± 0,12% b/b (table 2). figure 1. chromatogram of water-soluble stem extract of a.flava (x) and berberine chloride (b) examination by: (a) visible light; (b) uv 366 nm and; (c) uv 254 nm solid phase: silica gel 60 f254; mobile phase system: n-butanol, acetic acid, water (3:1:1 v/v/v). rini setyowati, et al. – the effect of water-soluble stem extract “kayu kuning” … 17 figure 2. the pattern of uv spectrum of berberine chloride and sample test between 200-700 nm. the sample had antifungal activities for tested microbial. the complete activities as table 3. to know potential of extract for anti-fungi activities was conducted the potential test using liquid dilution method, which was micro-dilution. parameter of antifungi activity was minimum inhibitory consentration (mic) value and minimum fungicidal concentration (mfc). the smallest concentration that was still showing clearness was mic, see figure 4 and table 4. table 1. berberine chloride content vsauc. berberinechloride (µg/µl) volume (µl) berberinechloride content (ng) hrf auc 0,00625 5 0,03125 63 2774,9 0,0125 5 0,0625 63 6586,6 0,025 5 0,125 63 10958,5 0,05 5 0,25 63 17700,2 0,1 5 0,5 63 31307,7 table 2. berberinechloridecontent in water-soluble stem extract of “kayu kuning”. sample consentration (mg/ml) volume (µl) sample weight (µg) hrf auc berberinechloride content/spot (ng) content (%b/b) 5 5 25 63 25308,30 389,01 1,56 5 5 25 64 23427,00 356,90 1,43 5 5 25 64 26777,20 414,10 1,66 average 25170,83 386,67 1,55 sd 1679,32 28,67 0,12 table 3. diameter of inhabitation extract is for test microbial. solution diameter inhibition c.albicans (mm) average (mm) diameter inhibition t.mentagrophytes (mm) average (mm) 1 2 3 1 2 3 sample 13,73 21,53 13,68 16,31 ± 4,52 6,52 6,52 6,60 6,55 ± 0,05 nystantin 17,00 16,85 18,10 17,32 ± 0,68 7,50 7,75 8,00 7,75 ± 0,25 aquadest table 4 showed that, the mic value of sample were 1% w/v for c.albicans and t.mentagrophytes. while table 5 showed that the mfc of sample for c.albicans was 4%w/v and for t.mentagrophytes was 5% w/v. result of bioautography assay showed that there was only an inhibition for c.albicans, but on t.mentagrophytes was not appearing the presence of a clear zone. tlc spot which was showing an activity of inhibition for c.albicans growth was the spot with 62 hrf value. it was berberine chloride, as like appeared on figure 5. this evidenced that solution test containing … … berberine chloride was a bio-active compound that was responsible for the presence of anti-fungi activities of c.albicans. while on t.mentagrophytes couldn't be determined if the compound has activity as anti-fungi, this should be caused by synergetic system. 18 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 3 (1), 2014: 15-19 figure 3. microdilution for (a) c.albicans and (b) t.mentagrophytes using mtt reagent. table 4. mic of sample for fungi tested using mtt reactant. fungi mic (mg/ml) average(mg/ml) c.albicans 10 10 10 10 t.mentagrophytes 10 10 10 10 table 5. mfc of sample for fungi tested. sample consentration (% w/v) c.albicans t. mentagrophytes 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 + + + + + + 2 + + + + + + 3 + + + + + + 4 -* -* -* + + + 5 -* -* -* nistatin5000 iu control fungi + + + + + + control media control solvent description: (+): there microbial growth (-): there is no microbial growth (*): mfc from result of analysis using one way anova, both c.albicans and t.mentagro-phyteswas exist significant differences between negative control group with all test solution group, this was by p-value = 0,020 for c.albicans, and p=0,028 for t.mentagrophytes (p<0,05). this result showed that giving test solution causing the growth inhibition of microbial significantly. in addition to significant differences was also showed between positive control group and negative control both c.albicans and t.mentagrophytes tests. table 6. percent inhibition of water-soluble extract of a.flava (“kayu kuning”) against microbial test. no sample consentration (% w/v) average of % inhibition (%) c.albicans t.mentagrophytes 1 0,0625 67,16 48,22 2 0,125 70,67 51,78 3 0,25 73,9 65,21 4 0,5 76,25 66,63 5 1 77,13 74,67 6 2* 85,92* 84,23* 7 3 87,98 89,22 8 4 92,38 93,39 9 5 97,07 96,03 nistatin 5000 iu 100,22 100,41 description: (*): mic figure 4. bioautografi assay results on (a) c.albicans (b) t.mentagrophytes. analysis result of post hoc tukey for c.albicans and t.mentagrophytes, correlation between positive control group and test solution group were not showing significant differences, except group number 1 (0,0625% concentra-tion), that was by p>0,05 value. this was showed that the test solution had the same effect with the positive control (antibiotic) for fungi growth. that was rini setyowati, et al. – the effect of water-soluble stem extract “kayu kuning” … 19 inhibiting the growth of fungi. while correlation between concentration groups on all test microbial, were not giving a significant differences, by p > 0,05 value. the data showed that an increasing of test solution concentration from the smallest concentration 0,0625% until 5% w/v were not showing a significant differences for the tested fungi growth inhibition. an activity and potential of sample could inhibited c.albicans and t.mentagro-phytes growths that was caused by the compound contained in the extract, berberine chloride. the activity of berberine chloride was known as antimicrobial (hwang et al., 2003; karou et al., 2006; scazzocchio et al., 2001; swabb et al., 1981; kaneda et al., 1991). conclusion 1. water-soluble extract of “kayu kuning”(a.flava) was containing of 1.55 ± 0.12% w/w alkaloid berberine chloride. 2. water-soluble extract of “kayu kuning” (a.flava) was active as antifungal against c.albicans colony with mic value of 10 mg/ml and mfc of 40 mg/ml while the colony t.mentagrophytes with mic and mbc values of 10 mg/ml and 50 mg/ml. references backer, c.a., and van den brink, jr.r.c.b., 1969, flora of java, vol. i, 153, 157, n.v.p. noordhoff, groningen. chitwood, l. a., 1969, tube dilution antimicrobial sucseptibility testing, applied microbiologi: 707-709. gupte, s., 1990, mikrobiologi dasar, edisi iii, diterjemahkan oleh dr. julius, e.s., 1992, 69-76, 321, binarupaaksara, jakarta. harborne, j. b., 1973, metode fitokimia, penuntun cara modern menganalisis tumbuhan, diterjemahkan oleh dr. kosasih dan dr. iwang soediro, 1984, terbitan kedua, 234-245, itb, bandung. heyne, k. 1927, tumbuhan berguna indonesia. jilid ii, diterjemahkan oleh badan litbang kehutanan, 1987, yayasan sarana wana jaya, jakarta. hwang, b.y., roberts, s.k., chadwick, l.r., wu c.d., and kinghorn, a.d., 2003, anti microbial constituents from goldenseal (the rhizomes of hydrastin canadensis) againt selected oral phatogens, planta med., 69 (7 : 623-627). karou, d., savadogo, a.yomeogo, s., and montesano, c., 2006, antibacterial activity of alkaloids from sida acuta, j. afric.bio.,5 (2): 195-299. jawetz, e., melnick, j.l., and adelberg, e.a., 2001, mikrobiologi kedokteran, diterjemahkan oleh dr. nani widori, 2005, edisi 22, 313-325, 344-346 penerbit salemba medika, jakarta. kaneda, y., torii, m., and tanaka, t., 1991, in vitro effects of berberine sulfate on the growth of entamoeba histolytica, giardia lamblia and trichomonas vaginalis. ann. trop. med.parasitol., 85:417-425 keawpradub, n., dejadisai, s. and yuenyongsawad, s., 2005, antioxidant and cytotoxic activities of thai medicinal plants named khaminkhruea: arcangelisia flava, coscinium blumeanum and fibraurea tinctori, songklanakarin, j. sci. technol., 27 (suppl. 2) : 455-467. mahon, c. r., and manuselis j.r. g., 1995, textbook of diagnosis microbiology, w. b sanders company, philadephia. nakamoto, k., tamamoto, m., and hamada, t., 1995, in vitro study on the effects of trial denture cleansers with berberine hydrochloride. j. prosthet. dent., 73:530-533. ongsangkul. m., jindarat. a., and rajona. c., 2009, antibacterial /effect of crude alcoholic and aqueous of six medical plants against staphylococus aureus and eschericia coli, j health res no. 23 vol. 3 : 153-156 praptiwi, jamal. y., fathoni, a., and agusta. a., 2009, antimicrobial metabolit from the culture of endophytic fungus afk-8 from kayu kuning (archangelisia flava l. merr), research centre of biologi, indonesian institute of science, bogor. scazzocchio, f., cometa, m.f., tomassini, l., and palmery, m., 2001, antibacterial activity of hydrastis canadensis extract and its major isolated alkaloids, planta med., 67 (6): 561-564. schwalbe, r., steele-moore, l., and goodwin, a.c., 2007, antimicrobial susceptibility testing protocols, 186-193, crc press taylor & francis group, london. singh, a., duggal, s., kaur, n., and singh, j., 2010, berberine: alkaloid with wide spectrum of pharmacological activities, j. nat. products, vol.3:64-67. siwon, f., 1982, a pharmacognostical study of some indonesian medicine of the family menispermaceae, disertasi, 10, 43, drukkij j h pasmans b. v’s gravenhage. stahl, e., 1973, analisis obat secara kromatografi dan mikroskopi, diterjemahkan oleh dr. kosasih padmawinata dan dr. iwang soediro, 1985, penerbit itb, bandung. swabb, e.a., tai, y.h., and jordan, l., 1981, reversal of cholera toxin-induced secretion inrat ileum by luminal berberine. j. am. physiol., 241 : 248-252. content_v3n1_2.pdf (p.1-5) blank_kosong.pdf (p.6) biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 1, april 2021 | pages: 67-71 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.67-71 issn 2540-9328 (online) effect of ethanol extracts of musa paradisiaca fruit pulp and peels on haematological indices and liver enzymes of experimental rats emuesiri goodies moke1,*, emuesiri kohworho umukoro1, evelyn tarela ojugbeli2, theresa ezedom2, tarela melish elias daubry3, iziegbe lisa omorodion1 1department of pharmacology and therapeutics; 2department of medical biochemistry; 3department of physiology, faculty of basic medical sciences, delta state university, abraka, nigeria corresponding author* hiligoodies@gmail.com manuscript received: 12 february, 2021. revision accepted: 19 july, 2021. published: 29 july, 2021. abstract medicinal plants usage in traditional medicine has risen over the years. musa paradisiaca has been reported that it possesses various therapeutic efficacies. this study is aimed at evaluating the effect of parts of the ethanol fruit extracts of musa paradisiaca on haematological indices and serum liver enzymes. thirty wistar rats were grouped into five groups of six animals each which were administered 200 mg/kg and 400 mg/kg of musa paradisiac fruit (mpf) pulp extract or peel extract. haematological indices and liver enzymes were assayed for at the end of the 14-days experimental period. mpf pulp and mpf peel at 400 mg/kg showed a significant (p<0.05) increase in red cell count and haematocrit level as compared to the control. there was a non-significant (p>0.05) increase in haemoglobin concentration in the treated rats as compared to the control. there was also a non-significant (p>0.05) change in ast, alt, and alp level of the treated rats as compared to the control. fruit pulp and peel of musa paradisiaca improve erythrocytes count and haematocrit level, and they may not be associated with liver toxicity. keywords: anaemia; haematology; liver enzymes; medicinal plants; musa paradisiaca. introduction plants possess the ability to synthesize a variety of chemical compounds with various biological functions. the plant kingdom remains a harvest for many species of plants with key medicinal value which are yet to be discovered. reports show that a large population (80%) of people in developing countries depend primarily on medicinal plants for their primary health care (mahomoodally, 2013; ekor, 2014). these plants and herbs are taken in different ways and forms (whole or in parts) for the alternative management of diseases traditionally (benzie and wachtel-galor, 2011; emudainohwo et al., 2015; moke et al., 2019; okafo et al., 2019). musa paradisiaca belongs to musaceae family and is popularly known as plantain. the plant is widely distributed in the southern part of nigeria, west and east africa, malaysia, cameroun and southern parts of united states (uwaoma, 2003; nayar, 2010). musa paradisiaca (plantain) is an important staple crop that contributes to the calories and substance economic in africa (oyeyinka and afolayan, 2019). abundant medicinal activities of parts of musa parasidiaca have been reported. it has been shown to possess hepatoprotective activity (nirmala et al, 2012; issa et al., 2018) as well as antidiabetic (vilhena et al., 2020), antiulcer (onasanwo et al., 2013; ezekwesili et al., 2014; moke et al., 2017), antimicrobial (fagbemi et al., 2009), wound healing (agarwal et al. 2009), and antioxidant properties (yin et al., 2008). the present study is aimed at evaluating the effect of parts of the ethanol fruit extracts of musa paradisiaca on haematological indices and serum liver enzymes. material and methods plant collection and preparation musa paradisiaca fruits (unripe) were purchased locally from the market, and were identified and authenticated by a taxonomist with existing specimen deposited at the herbarium of the department of botany, delta state university, abraka, nigeria. the fruits were rinsed with water, and both the fruit pulps and fruit peels were air dried. the dried pulps and peels were grinded separately into pulverized powder using a grinding machine for ease of extraction. the powdered materials of musa paradisiaca fruits (400 g each) were separately extracted exhaustively with ethanol using soxhlet extractor at 25 0c. the filtrates were concentrated using rotary evaporator at 40 0c. the percentage yields were 8.4% (fruit pulp) and 9.73% https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.67-71 68 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 67-71 (fruit peel). the concentrated ethanol extracts were refrigerated prior to use. animals wistar rats (150 – 180 g) were obtained from the animals’ house facility of the faculty. the animals were acclimatized for 7 days prior to the study, and were fed with rat feed and clean water ad libitum. guidelines followed in the handling of animals were in accordance with the ethical standards of the institutional animals ethics committee (iaec), as adopted by the ethical committee of the faculty of basic medical science, delta state university, abraka, nigeria. experimental design the animals were divided into five (5) groups of six animals each:  group 1 – normal saline (control) 10 ml/kg  group 2 – musa paradisiac fruit pulp extract (mpf pulp) 200 mg/kg  group 3 – musa paradisiac fruit pulp extract (mpf pulp) 400 mg/kg  group 4 – musa paradisiac fruit peel extract (mpf peel) 200 mg/kg  group 5 – musa paradisiac fruit peel extract (mpf peel) 400 mg/kg the experimental animals were administered the extracts orally daily for 14 days according to their body weights. sample collection at the end of the 14-days treatment period, the animals were anesthetized using chloroform. blood samples were collected by cardiac puncture into labeled edta bottles for haematological analysis and liver function tests. determination of haematological indices the method as described by tietz (1976) and baker et al. (1998) were used for determining the red blood cells (rbc) counts, haemoglobin (hb) concentration, and haematocrit level. determination of liver function test alkaline phosphatase (alp), aspartate aminotransferase (ast), and alanine transaminase (alt) in serum were determined according to methods described by reitman and frankel (1957) and roy (1970). statistical analysis results are presented as the mean ± standard error of the mean (sem). data were analysed using one-way analysis of variance (anova) followed by tukey’s post hoc test. p-values < 0.05 were taken as significant. results and discussion effect of ethanol fruit extracts of musa paradisiaca on haematological indices of wistar rats figures 1-3 depict the effect of ethanol fruit extracts (pulp and peel) of musa paradisiaca on the red blood cell count, haematocrit level, and haemoglobin concentration of normal wistar rat. mpf pulp and mpf peel at a dose of 200 mg/kg had a non-significant (p>0.05) increase in red blood cell count when compared to the control, however, at 400 mg/kg, there was a significant (p<0.05) increase in red cell count. high dose (400 mg/kg) of both fruit extracts significantly (p<0.05) increased the haematocrit level as compared to the control. there was a non-significant (p>0.05) increase in haemoglobin concentration in the treated rats as compared to the control. g r o u p s r e d b lo o d c e ll ( r b c ) c o u n t ( × 1 0 1 2 /l ) c o n tr o l m p f p u lp 2 0 0 m g /k g m p f p u lp 4 0 0 m g /k g m p f p e e l 2 0 0 m g /k g m p f p e e l 4 0 0 m g /k g 0 2 4 6 8 * * figure 1. the effect of ethanol fruit extracts of musa paradisiaca on red blood cell count of wistar rats. g r o u p s h a e m a t o c r it ( % ) c o n tr o l m p f p u lp 2 0 0 m g /k g m p f p u lp 4 0 0 m g /k g m p f p e e l 2 0 0 m g /k g m p f p e e l 4 0 0 m g /k g 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 * * figure 2. the effect of ethanol fruit extracts of musa paradisiaca on haematocrit level of wistar rats. moke, et al. – effect of ethanol extracts of musa paradisiaca fruit pulp and … 69 g r o u p s h a e m o g lo b in ( h b ) ( g /d l) c o n tr o l m p f p u lp 2 0 0 m g /k g m p f p u lp 4 0 0 m g /k g m p f p e e l 2 0 0 m g /k g m p f p e e l 4 0 0 m g /k g 0 5 1 0 1 5 2 0 figure 3. the effect of ethanol fruit extracts of musa paradisiaca on heamoglobin concentration of wistar rats. blood is composed of a variety of living cells that circulate through the heart and the blood vessels carrying nutrients, hormones, vitamins, antibodies, heat and oxygen to the body’s tissue. the components of blood include red blood cells, white blood cells and platelets which are suspended in plasma (basu and kulkarni, 2014). red cell contains haemoglobin, a protein that carries oxygen to all the tissues of the body. haematocrit or packed cell volume is a measurement of the proportion of blood that is made up of cells. following centrifugation, it is an estimate of the ratio of the volume of red blood cells to the total volume of blood (mondal and budh, 2020). haematocrit and haemoglobin values are useful for assessing anaemia, polycythemia, and also for estimating response to treatment (northrop-clewes and thurnham, 2013; white, 2018; mondal and budh, 2020). hematopoiesis is the process involved in the formation of blood cells (rieger and schroeder, 2012). this study showed the positive effect of the fruit pulp and peel of musa paradisiaca on hematopoiesis. musa paradisiaca was also revealed to have to be non-toxic effect on liver enzymes. the assessment of haemotological parameters could be used to reveal the deleterious effect of foreign compounds including plant extract on the blood constituent of animals. they can also be used to determine possible alteration in the levels of biomolecules, metabolic products, as well as histomorphology of the organs (magalhães et al., 2008). following the administration of the extracts, there was an increase in red cells count and haematocrit level, which was significant at a higher dose of 400 mg/kg as compared to the control group. mpf pulp had as better increase in red cell count when compared with mpf peel, whereas mpf peel showed a much effect in increasing the haemotocrit level as compared to mpf pulp. the results also revealed an increase in haemoglobin concentration (figures 1-3). these increments indicate that m. paradisiaca contains phytochemicals that stimulate the synthesis of erythrocytes possibly by stimulating erythropoietin formation and secretion. erythropoietin is a glycoprotein hormone which stimulates stem cells in the bone marrow to produce red blood cells (ohlsson and aher, 2009). effect of ethanol fruit extracts of musa paradisiaca on serum liver enzymes of wistar rats figure 4 shows the effect of ethanol fruit extracts (pulp and peel) of musa paradisiaca on the liver enzymes of normal wistar rat. there was a non-significant (p>0.05) change in ast, alt, and alp level of the treated rats as compared to the control. l iv e r e n z y m e s ( iu /l ) a s t a l t a l p 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 c o n tr o l m p f p u lp 2 0 0 m g /k g m p f p u lp 4 0 0 m g /k g m p f p e e l 2 0 0 m g /k g m p f p e e l 4 0 0 m g /k g figure 4. the effect of ethanol fruit extracts of musa paradisiaca on liver enzymes of wistar rats. an assessment of the effect of ethanol fruit extracts of musa paradisiaca on liver enzymes of wistar rats showed a non-significant change in serum aspartate aminotransferase (ast), alanine aminotransferase (alt) and serum alkaline phosphatase (alp) levels of the treated rats as compared to the control (figure 4). serum ast, alt, and alp, which are cytoplasmic enzymes released into circulation after cellular damage are useful enzymes biomarkers in predicting liver damage (ramaiah 2011; zhao et al., 2018). alt and ast are largely used in the assessment of liver damage by drugs or any other hepatotoxins, while alp is a marker enzyme for the plasma membrane and endoplasmic reticulum (giannini et al., 2005; mcgill, 2016). the observed non-significant differences in the liver enzymes are an indication that both fruit pulp and peels extracts of musa paradisiaca are non-toxic to the hepatic cells, thus, suggesting that musa paradisiaca fruit extracts may not possess hepatotoxic effects, perhaps, a protective effect by stabilization of plasma membrane thereby preserving the structural integrity of the cell (pari and murugen, 2004). this is corroborated by the findings of iweala et al (2011) which reported significantly reduced liver enzymes level with the consumption of a musa paradisiaca-supplemented diet by wistar rats. the hepatoprotective properties of musa 70 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 67-71 paradisiaca against experimentally induced hepatotoxic models have also been reported (nirmala et al., 2012) conclusion this study evaluated the effect of ethanol fruit extracts of musa paradisiaca on haematological indices and serum liver enzymes. fruit pulp and peel of musa paradisiaca improve erythrocytes count and haematocrit level, and they may not be associated with liver toxicity. fruits of musa paradisiaca can be used as food therapy in raising red cells synthesis in anaemic conditions. conflict of interest: the authors declare that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references agarwal pk, singh a, gaurav k, goel s, khanna hd, goel rk (2009). evaluation of wound healing activity of extracts of plantain banana (musa sapientum var. paradisiaca) in rats. indian j exp biol 47: 322-40. baker fi, silverton re, pallister cj (1998). baker and silvertons introduction to medical laboratory technology, 7th edition, bounty press ltd, nigeria, 339-373. basu d, kulkarni r (2014). overview of blood components and their preparation. indian j anaesth 58(5): 529-37. benzie iff, wachtel-galor s (2011). herbal medicine: biomolecular and clinical aspects. 2nd edition, crc press/taylor & francis, boca raton (fl). ekor m (2014). the growing use of herbal medicines: issues relating to adverse reactions and challenges in monitoring safety. front pharmacol 4:177. emudainohwo jot, erhirhie eo, moke eg, edje ke (2015). a comprehensive review on ethno-medicine, phytochemistry and ethnopharmacology of chrysophyllum albidum. journal of advances in medical and pharmaceutical sciences 3(4): 147-154 ezekwesili cn, ghasi s, adindu cs, mefoh nc (2014). evaluation of the anti-ulcer property of aqueous extract of unripe musa paradisiaca linn. peel in wistar rats. african journal of pharmacy and pharmacology 8(39): 1006-1011. fagbemi jf, ugoji e, adenipekun t, adelowotan o (2009). evaluation of the antimicrobial properties of unripe banana (musa sapientum l.), lemon grass (cymbopogon citratus s.) and turmeric (curcuma longa l.) on pathogens afr j biotechnol 8(7): 1176-1182. giannini eg, testa r, savarino v (2005). liver enzyme alteration: a guide for clinicians. cmaj 172(3): 367-79. issa mt, agbon an, balogun su, mahdi o, bobbo ka, ayegbusi fo (2018). hepatoprotective effect of methanol fruit pulp extract of musa paradisiaca on carbon tetrachlorideinduced liver toxicity in wistar rats. j exp clin anat 17: 1-7 iweala eej, obichi ic, omotosho oe (2011). biochemical and histological responses of hepatotoxic rats fed musa paradisiaca l. supplemented diet. int j pharmacol 7(4): 471477. magalhães p, appell h, duarite j (2008). involvement of advanced gyration and production pathogenesis of diabetes complication: the protective role of regular physical activity. eur rev aging phys act 5: 17-29. mahomoodally mf (2013). traditional medicines in africa: an appraisal of ten potent african medicinal plants. evid based complement alternat med, 617459. mcgill mr (2016). the past and present of serum aminotransferases and the future of liver injury biomarkers. excli j 15: 817-828. moke eg, anachuna kk, edje ke, ojezele mo (2019). hepatoprotective effect of methanol seed extract of citrus tangerina on paracetamol-induced hepatotoxicity in wistar rats. niger j nat prod med, 2019, 23: 83-87. moke eg, omorodion li, akpoguma ha, imere p, ahante e (2017). anti-ulcerogenic activity of aqueous extract of unripe fruit of musa sapientum linn in combination with vitamin c on ulcer induced models in experimental rats. eur j med plants 19(2): 1-6 mondal h, budh dp (2020). hematocrit [updated 2020 jul 10]. in: statpearls [internet]. treasure island (fl): statpearls publishing; 2020 jan-. available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/nbk542276/ nayar nm. the bananas: botany, origin, dispersal. hortic rev, 2010, 36: 117–164. nirmala m, girija k, lakshman k, divya t (2012). hepatoprotective activity of musa paradisiacal on experimental animal models. asian pac j trop biomed 2(1): 11-15. northrop-clewes ca, thurnham di (2013). biomarkers for the differentiation of anemia and their clinical usefulness. j blood med, 4: 11-22. ohlsson a, aher sm (2006). early erythropoietin for preventing red blood cell transfusion in preterm and/or low birth weight infants. cochrane database syst rev 3: cd004863. okafo se, moke eg, obi cs (2019). formulation and evaluation of anti-diabetic tablets containing aqueous extract of moringa oleifera seeds. j pharm allied sci 16(5): 3167-3176. onasanwo sa, emikpe bo, ajah aa, elufioye to (2013). antiulcer and ulcer healing potentials of musa sapientum peel extract in the laboratory rodents. pharmacognosy res 5(3): 173-8. oyeyinka bo, afolayan aj (2019). comparative evaluation of the nutritive, mineral, and antinutritive composition of musa sinensis l. (banana) and musa paradisiaca l. (plantain) fruit compartments. plants (basel) 8(12): 598. pari l, murugan p (2004). protective role of tetrahydrocurcumin against erythromycin estolate-induced hepatotoxicity. pharmacol res 49(5): 481-6. ramaiah sk (2011). preclinical safety assessment: current gaps, challenges and approaches in identifying translatable biomarkers of drug-induced liver. clin laboratory med 31: 161-72. reitman s, frankel s (1957). a colorimetric method for the determination of serum glutamic oxalacetic and glutamic pyruvic transaminases. american j clin path 28: 56-63. rieger, m. a., & schroeder, t. (2012). hematopoiesis. cold spring harbor perspectives in biology, 4(12), a008250. https://doi.org/10.1101/cshperspect.a008250. moke, et al. – effect of ethanol extracts of musa paradisiaca fruit pulp and … 71 roy av (1970). rapid method for determining alkaline phosphatase activity in serum with thymolphthalein monophosphate. clin. chem 21: 5. tietz nw (1976). fundamental of clinical chemistry, 2nd edition, wb saunders co, philadelphia, 411. uwaoma la (2003). sources of common medicinal plants used in southern nigeria. sam press, enugu, 23. vilhena ro, figueiredo id, baviera am, silva db, marson bm, oliveira ja, peccinini rg, borges ik, pontarolo r (2020). antidiabetic activity of musa x paradisiaca extracts in streptozotocin-induced diabetic rats and chemical characterization by hplc-dad-ms. j ethnopharmacol 254: 112666. white nj (2018). anaemia and malaria. malar j 17: 371. yin x, quan j, kanazawa t (2008). banana prevents plasma oxidative stress in healthy individuals. plant foods hum nutr 63: 71–76 zhao z, chang j, lin l, tsan f, chang h, wu c. (2018). comparison of the hepatoprotective effects of four endemic cirsium species extracts from taiwan on ccl4-induced acute liver damage in c57bl/6 mice. int j mol sci 19(1329): 1-18. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 2, october 2021 | pages: 111-115 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.111-115 issn 2540-9328 (online) acute toxicity and hypoglycemic effect of a polyherbal formulation on blood glucose in oral glucose tolerance test (ogtt) and alloxan-induced diabetic rats 1department of pharmacology, therapeutics and toxicology, faculty of basic medical sciences, university of lagos, lagos, nigeria. 2department of pharmacology and therapeutics, faculty of basic medical sciences, delta state university, abraka, nigeria. 3department of pharmacology and toxicology, faculty of pharmaceutical sciences, chukwuemeka odumegwu ojukwu university, awka, nigeria. corresponding author* abedoke@gmail.com manuscript received: 04 october 2021. revision accepted: 10 october, 2021. published: 15 october, 2021. abstract madam f. kayes bitters® is an herbal formulation commonly used in nigeria and some african countries in the management of diabetes mellitus and other diseases conditions. this study evaluated the in-vivo hypoglycaemic activity, as well as acute toxicity of the polyherbal formulation to provide its efficacy and safety. healthy albino mice (20-30 g) and sprague dawley female rats (90-130 g) were used for this study. acute toxicity study (ld50) of the herbal formulation was determined by methods originally described by miller and tainter in 1994. following oral dosing with glucose (2 g/kg) in normal fasted animals, herbal formulation (hf) at various doses was administered and blood glucose levels at 30 minutes, 60 minutes, 90 minutes, and 120 minutes were taken and recorded. diabetes was induced using alloxan 150 mg/kg and diabetic rats were given the hf at doses of 50, 100, and 200 mg/kg with glibenclamide 2.5 mg/kg used as standard drug treatment. blood glucose level was determined on 1st day, 7th day, 14th and 21st day. the ld50 was greater than 5g/kg with oral administration. the oral glucose tolerance test showed that the group that received 100 mg/kg hf showed a significant reduction (p<0.05) in glucose level after 120 minutes when compared to the basal level of glucose recorded. all treated diabetic groups showed a significant decrease in glucose level on the 21st day. the herbal formulation of hydrastis canadesis aloe capensis, echinacea angustifolia and honey exhibited a significant glucose-lowering activity in alloxan-induced diabetic rats. keywords: alloxan monohydrate; diabetes mellitus; herbal formulation; ld50 value. introduction diabetes mellitus (dm, diabetes) is a chronic disease characterized by persistent elevation of blood glucose level of an individual which resulting from defects in insulin secretion, insulin action, or both (ada, 2009). this disease is also marked by altered lipids, carbohydrates and protein metabolism (ozougwu et al., 2013; ezuruike and prieto, 2014). the hyperglycaemic condition takes place due to the inappropriate secretion of insulin hormone or the inappropriate use of insulin hormone by the body itself. insulin hormone is secreted by the islet of langerhans located in the beta cells of pancreas and it helps to maintain the glucose level in the blood (xavier, 2018). besides the storage of glucose, insulin also inhibits the secretion of glucagon and lowers the concentration of serum fatty acids leading to a decline in liver glucose production (asmat et al., 2016). insufficient insulin or resistance to insulin in the body results in reduced tissue uptake of glucose that results in intracellular hypoglycemia and extracellular hyperglycemia. the intracellular hypoglycemia causes glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis that leads to fats breakdown (causing diabetic ketoacidosis) and decreases protein synthesis and gamma globulins (causing cachexia, polyphagia, and impaired wound healing), while the extracellular hyperglycemia leads to hyperglycemic coma and osmotic dieresis (ozougwu et al., 2013). based on the requirements of insulin, diabetes is classified into insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (type 1), and non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (type 2) (ada, 2009). madam f. kayes bitters® is an herbal formulation commonly used in nigeria and some african countries in the management of diabetes mellitus and other diseases conditions. this formulation is listed to be composed of aloe capensis, hydrastis canadesis, echinacea angustifolia and honey. in spite of significant advancements in the development of conventional drugs, herbal medicines remain useful in the management of diseases, especially in developing countries (ekor, 2014; erhirhie et al., 2015; moke et al., 2021). this may be due to the adverse effects and high cost of therapy abednego okeoghene warri1*, emuesiri goodies moke2, aishat oyinkansola balogun1, kennedy chibogu nzeh1, emuesiri kohworho umukoro2, earnest oghenesuvwe erhirhie3 https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.111-115 112 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 111-115 associated with conventional drugs (gurib-fakim, 2006; ekor, 2014). medicinal plants are plants whose parts contain substances of therapeutic important which can be constituted into drug and used for treatment of various disease (sofowora et al., 2013). many conventional drugs such as quinine, aspirin, digoxin, amongst others, are of plant origins (vickers et al., 2001; veeresham, 2013). presently, there is an urgent need to develop safer drugs for the management of chronic diseases such as diabetes mellitus. consequently, assessment of various medicinal plants used in traditional systems have grown (lahlou, 2013; sofowora et al., 2013; ekor, 2014, anachuna et al., 2018; okafo et al., 2019; moke et al., 2020). however, high cost of production is a factor, developmental processes for newer drugs is a way of evaluating of efficacy and adverse effects of chemical substances. the present study aimed to evaluate the invivo hypoglycaemic activity, as well as acute toxicity of the polyherbal formula extracts (madam f. kayes bitters®) on experimental animals. material and methods herbal formulation the herbal formulation used was purchased from a local pharmacy. it was stored in a cool dry place during the period of the study. experimental animals healthy albino mice (20-30 g) and sprague dawley female rats (90-130 g) were used for this study. these were procured from the animal house of the college of medicine, university of lagos, nigeria. the animals were kept in polypropylene cages with wire mesh for proper ventilation throughout the study. the animals were given free access to standard diet (lifestock feed plc, ikeja, nigeria) and water ad libitum. the animals were kept in room temperature with a 12:12 day and night cycle and maintained at temperature of 27 ℃. the animals were allowed to acclimatize for two weeks before commencing the study. the maintenance and treatment of the animals was according to the principles of the guide for care and use of laboratory animals in research and teaching prepared by the national academy of science and published by the national institute of health (nih) publication 86-23 revised in 1985. acute toxicity study acute toxicity study of the herbal formulation was determined by methods originally described by miller and tainter of 1994 (erhirhie et al., 2018). mice (20-25 g) were fasted for 12 hours and divided into four groups of 5 mice each. in order to determine the ld50 of the formulation, different doses 1000 mg/kg, 2500 mg/kg and 5000 mg/kg were administered orally to different groups of mice while the control group received 10 ml/kg distilled water (ph = 6.9). all animals were closely observed for symptoms of toxicity and the mortality noted. based on data obtained, the ld50 was determined. oral glucose tolerance test (ogtt) fifteen adult female rats (100-126 g) were fasted overnight. the animals were divided into five different groups with three animals each. blood samples were obtained from each rat by gently nipping the tail with a lancet, and then gently squeeze the tail to let out 2 drops of fresh venous whole blood on the glucometer strip inserted and the readings recorded for the 0 minute. different doses of the herbal formulation were orally administered. glucose (2 g/kg) was orally administered 30 minutes after extract administration to each animal according to their body weight. blood glucose level at 30 minutes, 60 minutes, 90 minutes, and 120 minutes were taken and recorded. alloxan-induced diabetic study eighteen healthy female rats were randomly divided into 6 groups of 3 animals each. the rats were fasted for 24 hours after which group i rats were given 10 ml/kg normal saline while groups ii-vi were made hyperglycemic with a single intraperitoneal injection of 150 mg/kg of alloxan monohydrate (sigma chemicals company, st. louis, mo., u.s.a) (gbolade et al., 2008; moke et al., 2015). the baseline fasting blood glucose was determined prior to the administration of alloxan. after 48 hours, blood was collected from the tail vein of each rat and the fasting blood glucose level determined. a blood glucose ≥ 200 mg/dl was considered diabetic. animals were further tested after 72 hours and animals with stable hyperglycemia were selected for the study. the treatment schedule of the rats is as follows:  group i (control) – normal saline 10 ml/kg  group ii (diabetic and untreated) – normal saline 10 ml/kg  group iii – herbal formulation 50 mg/kg  group iv – herbal formulation 100 mg/kg  group v – herbal formulation 200 mg/kg  group vi – glibenclamide 2.5 mg/kg determination of fasting blood glucose in diabetic rats the blood glucose level was determined using the tail tipping method after 12-16 hours of fast. the tail was gently squeezed to let out 2-3 drops of blood which is placed on the test spot of the glucose strip after which the test strip was gently inserted into the digital glucometer. blood glucose level was determined on 1st day, 7th day, 14th and 21st day. data analysis data were presented as mean ± standard error of mean (sem) using graph pad prism. test of statistical warri et al. – acute toxicity and hypoglycemic effect of a polyherbal … 113 significance was carried out using a one-way anova. p-values lesser than 0.05 (p<0.05) were considered statistically significant. results and discussion acute toxicity test of herbal formulation when the herbal formulation was administered orally, there was no death of experimental animals even at a dose of 5g/kg. hence, for the oral route, the ld50 is greater than 5g/kg. (table 1) table 1. oral acute toxicity of herbal formulation. group/dose (mg/kg) number of mice number of death control 5 nil 1000 5 nil 2500 5 nil 5000 5 nil ld50oral ˃5000mg/kg body weight of animals there was no statistically significant change in body weights of the animals (p>0.05) when compared to control as shown in table 2. table 2. herbal formulation treatment on body weights. treatment day 1 (g) day 7 (g) day 14 (g) day 21 (g) control (ns) 103.70±4.91 105.00±5.29 107.3±3.84 115.30±2.60 untreated (ns) 106.70±4.49 105.00±3.06 99.67±2.60 97.00±3.22 glb 2.5 mg/kg 100.70±6.36 101.00±7.21 99.67±2.60 68.83±28.67 50 mg hf 107.00±6.56 106.00±5.69 103.70±3.48 105.0±2.52 100 mg hf 107.00±6.08 104.30±6.94 105.00±3.61 108.00±2.31 200 mg hf 105.00±5.57 105.70±6.84 105.30±7.42 113.30±16.05 values are expressed as mean ± sem (n=3). p<0.05 statistically significant when day 1 is compared to other respective groups using one way -anova followed by tukey’s post hoc multiple comparison tests. key: ns = normal saline; glb = glibenclamide; hf =herbal formulation oral glucose tolerance test of herbal formulation. the oral glucose tolerance test showed a sharp decrease in the glucose level after 30 minutes when compared to the level at 0 minute. this was followed by a gradual reduction in glucose level after 60, 90 and 120 minutes. the control group showed a statistically significant reduction in glucose level at the 90th minute (p<0.01) when compared with the basal level recorded (78.33±0.88). glibenclamide showed a significant reduction (p<0.01) in glucose level after 120 minutes (26±13.01). also the group that received 100 mg/kg hf showed a significant reduction (p<0.05) in glucose level after 120 minutes (39.67±2.33) when compared to the basal level of glucose recorded. (table 3) table 3. oral glucose tolerance test (ogtt) of herbal formulation. treatment basal (mg/dl) 0 minute (mg/dl) 30 minutes (mg/dl) 60 minutes (mg/dl) 90 minutes (mg/dl) 120 minutes (mg/dl) control (ns) 85.33±1.86 104.33±6.57 91.67±5.90 77.33±1.86 87.54±0.88 90.67±2.96 glb 2.5 mg/kg 90.33±7.86 106.67±6.77 87.67±12.25 66.00±10.82 43.67±6.64 26.00±13.01** 50 mg hf 83.33±6.23 104.67±4.41 85.33±9.70 52.67±12.03 67.67±6.94 54.00±13.58 100 mg hf 87.00±5.86 114.00±10.60 88.33±7.84 60.00±5.29 61.00±4.58 39.67±2.33* 200 mg hf 82.67±4.48 116.67±8.84 110.33±8.29 74.33±5.36 71.00±1.53 63.67±6.36 values are mean ±sem (n=3): *p<0.05, **p<0.01 statistically significant compared to basal within group with other respective minutes using one wayanova followed by tukey's post hoc multiple comparison tests. key: ns = normal saline; glb = glibenclamide; hf = herbal formulation blood glucose level of alloxan-induced diabetic animals the 21 days treatment of alloxan-induced diabetic rats with herbal formulation resulted in statistically significant reduction in blood glucose (table 4). there was a statistically significant difference between all treated groups and the untreated diabetic group when compared with the non-diabetic control indicating initial hyperglycemic condition upon induction of diabetes. on the 7th day, there was a statistical significant difference in glucose level in the untreated group (p<0.05) and groups administered glibenclamide (p<0.01) and 200 mg/kg hf (p<0.001) compared to nondiabetic control. on the 14th day, there was no statistically significant difference in all the treatment groups when compared to both diabetic untreated group and non-diabetic control group. however, the untreated control showed a significant difference (p<0.01) in 114 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 111-115 glucose level when compared with non-diabetic control. all treated groups showed a significant decrease in glucose level on the 21st day. the p values were as follows: glibenclamide (p<0.001), 50 mg/kg hf (p<0.001), 100 mg/kg hf (p<0.001) and 200 mg/kg hf (p<0.01). table 4. blood glucose level of alloxan-induced diabetic animals. treatment baseline (mg/dl) day 1 (mg/dl) day 7 (mg/dl) day 14 (mg/dl) day 21 (mg/dl) control (ns) 53.33±7.31 54.67±7.31 59.33±8.29 48.33±1.20 55.67±5.90 untreated (ns) 66.67±11.79 307.70±56.69* 335.30±51.27* 338.30±49.97** 360.00±55.08**** glb 2.5 mg/kg 52.00±1.53 386.70±51.57*** 207.00±67.35** 126.00±62.98 78.67±18.49b 50 mg hf 78.67±7.75 336.00 ±64.29* 289.30±35.97 116.00±52.81 83.33±13.42b 100 mg hf 67.00±16.50 383.30±52.03** 260.00±60.65 124.70±11.05 55.00±4.73b 200 mg hf 72.33±22.72 399.67±25.11** 284.00±44.23** 192.33±39.07 106.70±8.74a values are mean ±sem (n=3): *p<0.05, **p<0.01, ***p<0.001, ****p<0.0001 versus control; ap<0.001, bp<0.0001 versus untreated control. analysis by one way anova followed by tukey’s post hoc multiple comparison tests. key: ns = normal saline; glb = glibenclamide; hf = herbal formulation over centuries, herbal products of medicinal value have been recruited in traditional medicine for the management and treatment of several ailments including diabetes mellitus (jung et al., 2006). although there have been a significant advancement in development of conventional drugs in recent times, herbal remedies are still used especially in developing countries in the treatment of diseases (ekor, 2014; moke et al., 2021). numerous medicinal plants are widely used in nigeria to manage diabetes mellitus (abo et al., 2008; ezuruike and prieto, 2014; moke et al., 2015; abubakar et al., 2017; okafo et al., 2019). the crude extracts of these plants may be used alone or mixed with extracts from other plants or other sources. madam f. kayes bitters® is a poly-herbal formulation of aloe capensis, hydrastis canadesis and echinacea angustifolia plus honey. diabetes mellitus is characterized by persistent elevations of fasting blood glucose above 200 mg/dl due to insufficient or complete cessation of insulin synthesis or secretion and/or peripheral resistance to insulin action (adeneye and agbaje, 2008; kitabchi et al., 2009). in this study, acute toxicity test revealed that the polyherbal formulation is quite safe for oral consumption. the oral glucose tolerance test (ogtt) showed a gradual reduction in the glucose level from 0 minute to 120 minutes. this decrease was found to be significant for the groups administered the standard treatment (glibenclamide) and hf 100mg/kg which suggests that the herbal formulation has a glucose lowering effect. following 21 days treatment of alloxan-induced diabetic rats with the herbal formulation, there was a significant reduction in blood glucose level in all groups receiving treatment compared to the untreated diabetic control. the reduction in glucose level was gradual in all groups with glucose level brought to below 150 mg/dl on the 14th day with the exception of the group receiving 200mg/kg. the hypoglycemic effect was more profound in the group receiving 100 mg/kg than that of 50 mg/kg and 200 mg/kg which suggests that the hypoglycemic effect is not dose-dependent. the result obtained is consistent with earlier reports in scientific literature demonstrating the hypoglycemic effect of aloe barbadensis/aloe vera (used synonymously with aloe carpensis) in alloxan-induced diabetic rats (nwanjo, 2006; choudhary et al., 2014; pothuraju et al., 2016; hammeso et al., 2019). also honey has been shown to exert a dose-dependent hypoglycemic effect in diabetic rats (erejuwa, 2014). honey is sweet and rich in sugars. it is therefore surprising that it has a hypoglycemic effect. it has been hypothesized that fructose and oligosaccharides present in honey may in some way contribute to its observed hypoglycemic effect (erejuwa et al., 2012). hence, the hypoglycemic effect of the herbal formulation investigated is consisted with scientific reports on the constituents. conclusion the polyherbal formulation of hydrastis canadesis aloe capensis, echinacea angustifolia and honey exhibited a significant glucose-lowering activity in alloxan-induced diabetic rats. this suggests that this formulation may be useful for the management of diabetes mellitus. this study therefore corroborates the claim that this herbal formulation is effective in managing diabetes mellitus. acknowledgements: the work was supported by grant received from federal ministry of health through postgraduate scholarship administered by the federal scholarship board (fsba/fgss/pg/16/212). we wish to acknowledge the contributions and mentorship role of dr. nwaiwu obiyo (of blessed memory). warri et al. – acute toxicity and hypoglycemic effect of a polyherbal … 115 conflict of interest: the authors declare that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references abo ka, fred-jaiyesimi aa, jaiyesimi ae (2008). ethnobotanical studies of medicinal plants used in the management of diabetes mellitus in south western nigeria. j ethnopharmacol 115(1): 67-71. abubakar us, abdullahi s, ayuba v, kaigama s, halidu us, ayuba mk (2017). medicinal plants used for the management of diabetes mellitus in zaria, kaduna state, nigeria. j pharm pharmacogn res 5(3): 156–164. adeneye aa, agbaje eo (2008). pharmacological evaluation of oral hypoglycaemic and antidiabetic effects of fresh leaves ethanolic extract of morinda lucida benth. in normal and alloxan-induced diabetic rats. afr j biomed res 11: 65-71. american diabetes association (2009). diagnosis and classification of diabetes mellitus. diabetes care 32(suppl 1): s62-7. anachuna kk, oyem cj, nwogueze bc, asiwe jn (2018). glucose lowering effects and histomorphological changes of vernonia amygdalina on pancreatic compromised wistar rats using alloxan monohydrate. trop j health sci 25(2): 27-31. asmat u, abad k, ismail k (2016). diabetes mellitus and oxidative stress-a concise review. saudi pharm j 24(5): 547553. choudhary m, kochhar a, sangha j (2014). hypoglycemic and hypolipidemic effect of aloe vera l. in non-insulin dependent diabetics. j food sci technol 51(1): 90-6. da silva xavier g (2018). the cells of the islets of langerhans. j clin med 7(3): 54. ekor m (2014). the growing use of herbal medicines: issues relating to adverse reactions and challenges in monitoring safety. front pharmacol 4: 177. erejuwa oo, sulaiman sa, wahab ms (2012). honey a novel antidiabetic agent. int j biol sci 8(6): 913-34. erejuwa oo (2014). effect of honey in diabetes mellitus: matters arising. j diabetes metab disord 13(1): 23. erejuwa oo (2012). management of diabetes mellitus: could simultaneous targeting of hyperglycemia and oxidative stress be a better panacea? int j mol sci 13(3): 2965-72. erhirhie eo, ilodigwe ee, ajaghaku dl, mbagwu is, moke eg (2015). toxicity evaluation of a commercial herbal preparation commonly used in nigeria. european j med plants 5(2): 176-190. erhirhie eo, ihekwereme cp, ilodigwe ee (2018). advances in acute toxicity testing: strengths, weaknesses and regulatory acceptance. interdiscip toxicol 11(1): 5-12. ezuruike uf, prieto jm (2014). the use of plants in the traditional management of diabetes in nigeria: pharmacological and toxicological considerations. j ethnopharmacol 155(2): 857-924. gbolade aa, ekor mn, akinlolu aa, ayoola md (2008). antidiabetic activity of stem bark ethanolic extracts of spondias mombin on alloxan-induced diabetic rats. j pharmaceut res 7: 192-195. gurib-fakim a (2006). medicinal plants: traditions of yesterday and drugs of tomorrow. mol aspects med 27(1): 1-93. hammeso ww, emiru yk, ayalew getahun k, kahaliw w (2019). antidiabetic and antihyperlipidemic activities of the leaf latex extract of aloe megalacantha baker (aloaceae) in streptozotocin-induced diabetic model. evid based complement alternat med 2019: 8263786. kitabchi ae, umpierrez ge, miles jm, fisher jn (2009). hyperglycemic crises in adult patients with diabetes. diabetes care 32(7): 1335-43. lahlou m (2013). the success of natural products in drug discovery. pharmacol pharm 4: 17-31. moke eg, ilodigwe ee, okonta jm, emudainohwo jot, ajaghaku dl, erhirhie oe, chinwuba p, ahante e (2015). antidiabetic activity and toxicity evaluation of aqueous extracts of spondias mombin and costus afer on wistar rats. br j pharm res 6(5): 333-342. moke eg, mordi jc, umukoro ek (2020). effects of methanol leaf extract of cuphea hyssopifolia kunth on liver enzymes activity and antioxidant indices of paracetamolinduced hepatotoxicity in wistar rats. afr j biomed res 23(1): 123-6. moke eg, umukoro ek, asiwe jn, omogbiya ai, erhirhie eo, ben-azu b, anieh fu (2021). herbal medicine: education and occupation influences its practice among residents of port harcourt, south-south nigeria. int j pharm phytopharm res 11(2): 38-44. nwanjo hu (2006) antioxidant activity of the exudates from aloe barbadensis leaves in diabetic rats. biokemistri 18(2): 77-81. okafo se, moke eg, obi cs (2019). formulation and evaluation of anti-diabetic tablets containing aqueous extract of moringa oleifera seeds. jophas 16(5): 3167-3176. ozougwu jc, obimba kc, belonwu cd, unakalamba cb (2013). the pathogenesis and pathophysiology of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus. j physiol pathophysiol 4(4): 46-57. pothuraju r, sharma rk, onteru sk, singh s, hussain sa (2016). hypoglycemic and hypolipidemic effects of aloe vera extract preparations: a review. phytother res 30(2): 200-7. sofowora a, ogunbodede e, onayade a (2013). the role and place of medicinal plants in the strategies for disease prevention. afr j tradit complement altern med 10(5): 21029. veeresham c (2012). natural products derived from plants as a source of drugs. j adv pharm technol res 3(4): 200-1. vickers a, zollman c, lee r (2001). herbal medicine. west j med 175(2): 125-8. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 9, number 2, october 2020 | pages: 109-115 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2020.92.109-115 issn 2540-9328 (online) callus induction of leaves and stems in krisan (chrysanthemum morifolium ramat cv dewi ratih) with alternative foliar fertilizers media ahmad saifun naser*, muhammad wisnu department of biology, faculty of sciences and technology, universitas islam negeri sunan kalijaga yogryakarta, jl. marsda adisucipto, yogyakarta, 55281, indonesia. corresponding author* saifun98@gmail.com manuscript received: 11 october, 2020. revision accepted: 16 november, 2020. published: 18 july, 2021. abstract availability of quality seeds in production of krisan (chrysanthemum morifolium ramat cv dewi ratih) cultivation is still rare, therefore research on seed multiplication through tissue culture is needed. the media used in tissue culture is relatively expensive for home industry. this study aims to determine the respond of leaf and stem explants using foliar fertilizers (growmore, gandasil d and mutiara) as an alternative media for callus inductions. this study used a completely randomized design (crd) consisted of 4 treatments: p0: ½ ms + 0,25 mg/l bap, p1 (growmore + 0,25 mg/l bap), p2 (gandasil d + 0,25 mg/l bap), p3 (mutiara + 0,25 mg/l bap). the variables observed in this study included callus appearance time, callus color and callus texture. the result of this study indicated that the use of bap (6-benzyl amino purine) affected the time of callus formation and callus morphology. callus was formed on leaf explants 13 days after planting while on stem explants 7 days after planting and compact texture. growmore + 0,25 mg/l bap treatment yields the best callus on leaf explant, while gandasil d + 0,25 mg/l bap treatment yields the best callus on stem explant. keywords: bap (6-benzyl amino purine); krisan (chrysanthemum morifolium ramat cv dewi ratih); plant tissue; alternative media (growmore, gandasil d and mutiara). introduction chrysanthemum is an ornamental plant that has a high economic value due to the beauty of the flowers. according to mustakim et al., (2015) the flowers of chrysanthemum containing antioxidants that play a role in detoxifying toxins in the body and improve blood circulation. chrysanthemum plants could be used as a raw material for antibiotic drugs and sharpens eye vision (mani & senthil 2011; lin & herly, 2010). chrysanthemum plant (chrysanthemum morifolium ramat cv dewi ratih) is cultivated in almost all of indonesia. the dominating area includes east java, central java, west java, south sulawesi and north sumatra (badan pusat statistik dan direktorat jendral holtikultura, 2017). c. morifolium plants contained secondary metabolite of flavonoid and volatile compounds. the examples of the compound are quercetin-3-galactoside, luteolin 7-glucoside, quercitrin, myricetin, luteolin, apigenin, and kaempferol (sun et al., 2010). the successful morphogenesis from cultivated plants determined by the explants. according vidyasagar, (2006) explant is part of the plant that is used as a material for the initiation of culture. explant can be cells (cell culture), protoplast (protoplast culture), medulla (tissue culture), apical meristem or lateral (shoot culture) and cut stems or leaves (organ culture) (dwiyani, 2015). the juvenile physiological explants are better for the tissue culture then the old one. the part of juvenile plants have higher regenerations than the mature one (gunawan, 1987). callus is an unorganized and actively dividing tissue that usually produced by injured plants in tissue culture. according to dwiyani, (2015) callus can be obtained by tissue roots, leaves and stems in the plant that occurred through the process of indirect embryogenesis. explant derived from meristematic tissue developed faster than tissue of thin-walled cells that containing lignin (nugroho & sugito, 2001). plant growth regulators (pgr) could be used for additional plant tissue cultured media. according from gunawan (1987) pgr usage affected growth and morphogenesis in cell, tissue and organ culture caused by the interaction between media determined culture development. media are very important in tissue culture methods, even the success of the tissue culture is determined by the media used (gunawan, 1987). the essential elements in the media included inorganic salts, vitamins, energy source and carbon. the essential nutrients are nutrients https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2020.92.109-115 110 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 109-115 that used by plant to completed their life cycle. the functions of these nutrients cannot be replaced by other elements. it is required by the plants in the metabolic process as inorganics components or cofactors in enzyme reactions (orcutt & nilsen, 2000). foliar fertilizers like mutiara and growmore can be alternative substitution for micronutrient and macronutrient ms (murashage and skhoog) media (shintiavira et al., 2012). gandasil d and growmore are compound fertilizers that contain complete macronutrient and micronutrient. sometimes the alternative media usage added by some nutrient like casein hydrolysate (ch), corn oil, coconut water and tomato juice. widiastoety & purbadi (2003) stated that 150 ml/l usage of coconut water that pour into the media could have an effect for increased growth, height, length and width leaves and the number of roots to dendrobium orchid plantlet. this study aims to determine the response of leaf and stem explants to use foliar fertilizers (growmore, gandasil d & mutiara) with added plant growth regulators (pgr) as an alternative media for callus inductions of chrysanthemum morifolium ramat cv dewi ratih. it is hoped that this research can be used as material for consideration of a substitute for ms (murashige and skoog) which is relatively expensive for home-scale tissue culture farmers given the nutrient content in foliar fertilizers meet the needs for optimal plant growth and development. methods this research was conducted from 15th february to 20th september 2019 at the embryology laboratory of uin sunan kalijaga yogyakarta. materials the plant parts used as explants in this study were the leaves and stems of chrysanthemum morifolium ramat cv dewi ratih. the growth media used in this study were ½ ms medium (murasahge and skoog) and compound fertilizer gandasil d, growmore and mutiara. furthermore, the chemicals used were agar, bap powder, 1 m hcl solution, distilled water, 70% alcohol, sterile tissue paper, sterile aluminium foil, filter paper and plastic cling wrap. procedure 1. sterilization of ingredients the explants that had been prepared for sterilization were put in a tea filter, then washed with running water for 5 minutes. remove the explants and soak them in a 10% alcohol solution for 3 minutes while shaking them manually then rinsing with distilled water 3 times (1-3 minutes), then the explants were removed and immersed in 5% chloroc (naocl) solution while shaking it manually for 35 minutes then 10 % chlorine for 3-5 minutes. then rinse with distilled water 3 times (1-3 times). the explants were then let dry in erlenmeyer and covered with sterile tissue in an inverted position. 2. preparation of hormone solution 100 mg of bap powder was dissolved in 2.5 ml of 1 n hcl solution. the material was heated and stirred until dissolved. then, add distilled water slowly until the volume of the solution reaches 100 ml. furthermore, the ph of the solution is adjusted to 5.0. the solution was transferred to the stock container and labelled. 1000 ppm bap stock solution (1 ppm = 1 mg/l) were stored in a refrigerator. 3. media media ms (murashige and skoog) 2.215 grams of instant ½ ms medium diluted in 1000 ml of distilled water. then added the hormone 0.25 mg/l bap. the ph measurement of the solution was carried out in the range of 5.6 5.9. after that, 8 grams of agar powder and 30 grams of sugar are added to the mixture of media and hormones. making ½ ms resulted in a positive control, namely media ½ ms + 0.25 mg/l bap, each consisting of 10 replications. ½ ms solution was heated to a boil, stirring chili sauce until the powder was completely dissolved. after boiling, ½ ms liquid medium was poured into the culture bottle and closed tightly with aluminium foil. the culture bottles that have been filled with the media were then put into an autoclave to be sterilized at a pressure of 17 psi at 121°c for 15 minutes. finally, the culture bottles were stored in the culture room at 12°c. after one to two days, the culture bottles are examined for clots or for contamination. 4. explant inoculation and culture incubation explant was obtained from the leaves of the chrysanthemum. each culture bottle was planted with three leaf explants with a size of 0.5 cm x 0.5 cm. each explant was planted 10 times in a variety of different growth media according to table 1. the culture bottles that have been planted with explants were then stored in the culture room at a temperature of 16°c. table 1. design of research treatment chrysanthemum morifolium ramat cv dewi ratih. treatment a. positive control (p0: ½ ms +0,25 mg/l bap) b. alternative media (p1: growmore + 0,25 mg/l bap) c. alternative media (p2: gandasil d + 0,25 mg/l bap) d. alternative media (p3: mutiara + 0,25 mg/l bap) 5. observation of parameters observations were made for once every two days after the day after planting (dap). until callus formed on all naser & wisnu – callus induction of leaves and stems in krisan … 111 explants. the parameters observed during the study are as follows:  callus morphology and color the morphology observed included crumb and compact callus texture and a white, green or brown callus color  callus appearance time the time of callus formation was determined by observing the explants from the beginning of planting until the first callus appeared. results and discussion leaf and stem explants on chrysanthemum morifolium ramat cv dewi ratih are able to form callus. callus formation on leaf and stem explants had different times. on the stem, callus formed 7 dap (days after planting) while on callus leaves formed 13 dap (days after planting). it can be seen in tables 2 and 3. the callus formed in all treatments was compact type. the compact callus texture in this study was caused by the provision of cytokinins, as the statement by purwaningsih et al., (2016) that compact callus has the effect of giving cytokines to the media that play a role as nutrient transfer. table 2. callus texture and color, as well as other descriptions of leaf explants (c. morifolium ramat cv. dewi ratih). treatment days after planting color callus other information ½ ms + 0,25 mg/l bap 7 dap clear green stems are still fresh, shoots appearead in 13 dap. compact callus. mutiara+0,25 mg/l bap 7 dap clear green callus grows on the scar, stems are still fresh, shoots appearead in 13 dap. compact callus. gandasil+0,25 mg/l bap 7 dap clear green compact callus, stems are still fresh, shoots appearead in 13 dap. growmore+0,25 mg/l bap 7 dap clear green compact callus. stems are still fresh. 13 dap shoots grow in new branches. table 3. callus texture and color, as well as other descriptions of stems explants (c. morifolium ramat cv. dewi ratih). treatment days after planting callus texture other information color callus ½ ms + 0,25 mg/l bap (+) control 13 dap compact the leaves are swollen, the scars form a clear white callus. clear green callus mutiara + 0,25 mg/l bap (-) 13 dap compact there is browning on the scar, getting thicker, on the scar forming a clear white callus. clear green callus gandasil + 0,25 mg/l bap (-) 13 dap compact the leaves are swollen, browning on the wound, forming a clear callus on the wound. clear green callus growmore + 0,25 mg/l bap 13 dap compact the leaves are swollen, callus is found all over the leaves. clear green callus p0 p1 p2 p3 figure 1. callus on leaves explants with the treatment p0, p1, p2, and p3. ( : callus) in the formation before, callus was followed by swelling of the explants. this is in accordance with the statement of hariyanti et al., (2016) stating that callus is formed followed by a whitish or clear swelling around the scar which eventually covers the entire surface of the explants. callus on the leaf (table 3) is formed marked 112 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 109-115 by the swelling of explant tissue on 13 dap, then followed by the formation of clear grains on scar and the uneven explant surface. callus formed in each treatment leaf explants could be seen in figure 1. the callus that formed on the stem (table 2) is at tip and base of the stem because that part is a place of scar on leaves. on the stem explants also formed shoot on 13 dap (table 2). callus and shoots formed on stem explants can be seen in figure 2. p0 p1 p2 p3 : soots, : callus figure 2. callus on stem explants with the treatment p0, p1, p2 and p3. leaves treatment of p1 (figure 1) showed that growmore + 0,25 mg/l bap foliar fertilizers able to become an alternative medium for callus induction, because growmore fertilizer contained sufficient nutrient. callus was formed on 13 dap which is compact texture, fresh green in the entire leaves surfaced and accompanied by swelling explants. the formation of callus is a sign that the explants are competent. according lubis (2016) chrysanthemum morifolium ramat cv merahayani which is cultured by growmore media 2 g/l did not significant with ½ ms media in media ½ ms in variable shoot height, shoot weight and number of roots. treatment p0 (½ ms +0,25 mg/l bap) in leaves explants could be callus inductions. callus was formed at 13 dap by initiating the formation of white grains then growing / forming calluses on the scar. (figure 1: p0). this is different from the growmore treatment where callus grows evenly over the surface of the leaf explants. the color of callus ½ ms is clear green and compact texture. callus color can be used as an indicator of the quality of the callus. callus which is green in color has good quality because it still contains chlorophyll (siregar et al., 2013). there was browning in the ½ ms (p0) explant (figure 1) which was caused by the presence of phenolic compounds which were derived from the role of the polyphenoloxidase enzyme. phenolic compounds are derived from plant secondary metabolites stored in vacuoles. when the explant is sliced, the vacuole breaks, the phenol compound is oxidized and then the compound is oxidized. this will cause the explants to turn brown. when phenol compounds are oxidized on the media, the media must be replaced. if not replaced it will lead to explant poisoning and death. (dwiyani, 2015). the treatment p2 (gandasil d + 0.25 mg/l bap) showed that the explants were able to form callus. the callus formed 13 dpa which compact texture, clear green color that is on the scar and surface of the explant (table.2). the callus that grows on the scar has a grainy texture so that the scar turns white. there is a little browning on scar in leaf explant indicated when cutting, however, the part that experienced browning could still induced callus on the surface of leaf explants (figure 1). the treatment p2 (gandasil + 0.25 mg/l bap) indicated that it could be used as an alternative medium for homescale tissue culture. nutrient that contained in foliar fertilizer gandasil d have contained sufficient nutrient for callus induction. matatula (2003) the addition of coconut water to gandasil d media caused an increase in plant height, number of leaves, number of roots, shoot wet weight and root wet weight in vitro. before the callus formed, leaf explants have some symptoms. on 3 dap the surface of the leaf explants began to become uneven and stretched up to 9 dap then on 13 dap leaf explant begin formed callus until 22 dpa. callus began to appear clearly almost all over the leaf surface. callus on the treatment p3 (mutiara + 0,25 mg/l bap) was compact in the texture and clear green color that grow up in the scar and surface leaf explant. p3 leaf explants on 3 dap have responded to the treatment of the media used this causes the leaf surface to be uneven and there are spots. this condition is stilled same until on 7 dap. the p3 leaf explants before forming the callus were stretched this is due to the role of the hormone cytokinins then in the scar begun to form clear white grains and spread on the leaf surface. some of the p3 leaf explants experienced browning at 9 dap. however, the explants are stilled able to form callus. callus begun to grow on leaf explants after 13 dap. leaf explants treated p3 can be classified as competent because they are able to form callus in response to the media. p3 treatment explant media (mutiara + 0,25 mg/l bap) can be used as an alternative media. treatment of the three leaf explants (figure 1) showed that foliar fertilizer has the potential as a alternative medium to replace ½ ms. the treatment of p1 leaf explant (growmore +0,25 mg/l bap) yielded the best callus then the others treatment. because callus on the p1 leaf explant has a fresh green color and grow entire the surface leaf explant (on surface and inside). naser & wisnu – callus induction of leaves and stems in krisan … 113 stem the callus was formed from stem explant that showed the equal result (table.2). callus on the treatment ½ ms, growmore, gandasil d and mutiara appeared on 7 dap. the four treatments indicated that there is potential of the media in growing callus on stem explants. stem explants which formed callus indicated that organogenesis had occur. the formation of callus on stem explants is due to the presence of endogenous auxin hormones that initiated in the scar. callus is formed at the tip and base of the stem in the explant because that position has been injured (figure 2). shoots appeared on the nodes in all treatments stem explants (½ ms, growmore, mutiara and gandasil d) after 13 dap until 22 dap. shoot formation occurs due to the role of the hormone cytokinin (bap). according dwiyani (2015). if want to form callus on the explants, the explants are planted in callus inducing media like medium + auxin. however, if want to shoot inducing, the explant planted in shoot inducted, like medium + sitokinin (bap). its can be inferred that the stem explant has cytokinin hormone higher than auksin. stem explant in p1 treatment (growmore + 0,25 mg/l bap) (figure 2) formed callus at stem tips scar. the texture callus is compacted and clear green color that appear on 7 dap. callus was formed due to endogenous auxin hormone in stem. shoots grow on the nodes stem after 13 dap in scar. the p1 treatment stem explants were swollen due to the effects of the cytokinin hormone. new leaves grow on shoots after 15 dap and the callus is getting bigger. p2 treatment stem explants (gandasil d + 0.25 mg/l bap) (figure 2) were able to form callus and shoots. browning appear on p2 treatment started 3 dap, although browning, callus can still be induced on the cutting marks. callus was formed at the base of stem while shots are formed in nodus. in 7 dap, callus can be seen with clearly, compact texture and clear green color. meanwhile, shoots can be seen clearly on 13 das. stem explants in p2 treatment (gandasil d + 0,25 mg/l bap) get the best callus than the others treatment. two young leaves clearly appear on the shoot after 15 dap. callus and shoot have pale green color and getting a bigger until 17 dpa. the color of callus turns white and shoot color getting green on 20 dpa. in p0 treatment (½ ms +0,25 mg/l bap) (figure 2), callus appeared on 7 dpa on the cut marked at stem tips. on 9 dpa, browning and callus could be seen clearly. two leaves appear on the shoot at nodus stem on 13 dpa. after that the new leave appeared in shoots on 15 dpa. the stem of p0 treatment explant still looked fresh. the leaves on the shoot begun to enlarge and the callus can still be seen clearly on 20 dpa. browning appeared in the p3 (mutiara+ 0,25 mg/l bap) treatment stem explant getting on 3 dpa. on 6 dpa the stem explant is still green fresh and the callus appeared in stem explant started on 7 dpa at cutting marked stem tips. the callus was compact in texture and had a clear white color, but the callus formed was not as much as in the p0 stem explant treatment. callus was seen more clearly at 9 dap and 2 new leaves appeared on shoots located on the nodus stem on 13 dap. on 15 dap there are addition two new leaves again on the stem. on 17 dpa there are new leaves again on the explant stem shoots. the shoots are still developed and the color of stem still fresh green until 20-22 dpa. the stem of p3 treatment has a characteristic that the shoot bigger than p0 treatment. but the number of leaves formed on the stem explants in treatment p3 was less than in treatment p0. conclusion the foliar fertilizer were able to induce callus in the chrysanthemum morifolium ramat cv dewi ratih in vitro, the p1 treatment (growmore) yielded the best callus in the leaf explants and the p2 treatment (gandasil d) yielded the best callus in the stem explants. conflict of interest: the author declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references badan pusat statistik dan direktorat jendral holtikultura (2017) luas panen, produksi dan produktivitas tanaman krisan, 2016-2017. dwiyani, r (2015) kultur jaringan tanaman, pelawa sari percetakan & penerbit., bali. gunawan, l.w (1987) teknik kultur jaringan tumbuhan. pau bioteknologi ipb. bogor. hariyati, m., i. bachtiar, & p. sedijani (2016) induksi kalus tanaman krisan (chrysanthemum morifolium) dengan pemberian benzil amino purin (bap) dan dichlorofenoksi acetil acid (2,4-d). jurnal penelitian pendidikan ipa 2 (1). lubis, ym (2016) ‘regenerasi in vitro tanaman krisan (chrysanthemum morifolium) melalui tunas aksiler sebagai respon terhadap media dasar dan benzyl adenin serta aklimatisas plantlet’, skripsi, fakultas pertanian, universitas lampung, bandar lampung, hlm. 66. mani, t., senthil, k (2011) multiplication of chrysanthemum through somatic embryogenesis. asian journal pharma technology 1 (1): 13-16 matatula, a.j (2003) substitution of ms medium with coconut nater and gandasil d on chrysanthemum tissue culture. eugenia 9 (4): 203-211. nugroho, a. & sugito, h (2001) pedoman pelaksanaan teknik kultur jaringan tanaman. jakarta: pt penebar swadaya orcutt, d. m. & e.t. nilsen (2000) physiology of plants under stress. soil and of comercial laboratoryes. easter press. england. purwaningsih, w., s. febri, & kusdianti (2016) formation flavonoid secondarymetabolites in callus culture of chrysanthemum cinerariefolium asalternatif provision medicine proceedings of international seminaron 114 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 109-115 mathematics, science, and computer science education (msceis2015). shintiavira, h., soedarjo, m., suryawati, s., & winarto, b. (2012). studi pengaruh substitusi hara makro dan mikro media ms dengan pupuk majemuk dalam kultur in vitro krisan. jurnal hortikultura, 22(4), 334-341. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.21082/jhort.v22n4.2012.p334-341 siregar, l.h., siregar l.a.m., putri, l. p (2013) pengaruh α benzil aminopurin dan αasam asetat naftalena terhadap pertumbuhan akar boesenbergia flava secara in vitro. jurnal agroekoteknologi 1 (3): 511-522. sun, q.l., s. hua, s., ye, j.h., zheng, x.q., & liang, y.r (2010) flavonoids and volatiles in chrysanthemum morifolium ramat flower from tongxiang county in china. african journal of biotechnology 9(25):3817-3821 vidyasagar, k (2006) national conference on plant biotechnology. china. widiastoety, d., & -, p. (2003). pengaruh bubur ubikayu dan ubijalar terhadap pertumbuhan plantlet anggrek dendrobium. jurnal hortikultura, 13(1), 1-6. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.21082/jhort.v13n1.2003.p1-6. naser & wisnu – callus induction of leaves and stems in krisan … 115 table s1. observation of daily development on leaf explants. date ms mutiara gandasil d growmore 26-07-2019 3 dpa uneven surface, there are spots uneven surface, there are spots starting to warp, uneven surface. some look flat, uneven surface. 29-07-2019 6 dpa still same the day before still same the day before still same the day before many are curved, uneven surface 30-07-2019 7 dpa still same the day before still same the day before still same the day before still same the day before 1-08-2019 9 dpa more uneven surface more uneven surface, browning in edge still fresh, uneven surface uneven surface, still fresh 5-08-2019 13 dpa enlarged leaves and callus appeared there are already 9 explants with callus appeared callus in 1explant dan 1 browning enlarged leave and callus appeared 7-08-2019 15 dpa browning appeared, 1 explant enlarged callus visible more clearly and enlarged callus visible more clearly and leaf enlarged callus visible more clearly at cutting marks and surface 9-08-2019 17 dpa still same the day before the part of leaf browning callus visible more clearly increased callus and clearly, explant enlarged 12-08-2019 20 dpa some of the leaves have blackened and enlarged leaf still fresh, callus visible 1 explant browning increased callus and exsplan enlarged 14-08-2019 22 dpa there were explants that just appeared callus leaf still fresh, callus visible callus is visible on almost all surfaces 3 explants browning and 1 explant appeared callus table s2. observations of the daily development of observations on the stem. date ms mutiara gandasil d growmore 26-07-2019 3 dpa still green fresh, browning at cutting edges. still green fresh, browning at cutting edges. still green fresh, browning at cutting edges still green fresh browning at cutting edges 29-07-2019 6 dpa still green fresh, browning at cutting edges. still green fresh, there is browning at the base of the cut still green fresh, browning at cutting edges still green fresh, some of explant browning at cutting edges 30-07-2019 7 dpa callus appeared at cutting marks base brown, callus appears but not as much as ms callus appears but not as much as ms callus appeared. 1-08-2019 9 dpa the callus on the cut mark was clearly visible, browning is starting to clear callus is starting to clear, some explant browning callus clearly, the stem begins to swell at the bottom (elongation) callus is starting to clearer, the stem begins to swell 5-08-2019 13 dpa shoots are visible, there are 2 new leaves on nodus, new shoots shoots are visible, callus is still visible on the cut marks. callus still fresh, cut mark browning, new shoots at nodus. new shoots at nodus. callus still fresh. 7-08-2019 15 dpa 3 shoods appeared in nodus 3 new leaves, the leaves are longer and clearer looks new shoots tips, 2 new leaves the callus is getting bigger, young leaves grow, there are no new leaves yet 9-08-2019 17 dpa new shoots and new leaves grow in the nodus shoots tips still fresh, small leaves become large and there are new leaf candidates the callus is getting bigger, there is new leaf, then another candidate for leaves appears again, green clear color new leaf, callus still fresh 12-08-2019 20 dpa the stems are growing and still fresh, leaves start bigger, callus is still clearly visible new shoots develop on the nodes the callus is getting whiter, the leaves are getting green clearly . still same 14-08-2019 22 dpa still bigger explant and shoots are still small. green shoots color, looks bigger than ½ ms but leaves less leaf green clearly, leaves a little but big. there are some that haven't appeared yet. dark green shoot color this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 2, october 2021 | pages: 73-79 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.73-79 issn 2540-9328 (online) effect of diabetes mellitus and hypertension on osmotic fragility and hemorheological factors in male wistar rats david ehikhuemen okonofua1, jerome ndudi asiwe1,2,*, kenneth kelechi anachuna3, emuesiri goodies moke4, kamaldeen olalekan sanusi1, ebunoluwa oluwabusola adagbada1, mariam onono yusuf1, damilola ifeoluwa alawode1, adesoji adedipe fasanmade1 1cardiorespiratory research unit, department of physiology, college of medicine, university of ibadan, ibadan, nigeria. 2department of physiology, pamo university of medical sciences, port-harcourt, nigeria. 3department of physiology, faculty of basic medical sciences, delta state university, abraka, nigeria. 4department of pharmacology and therapeutics, faculty of basic medical sciences, delta state university, abraka, nigeria. corresponding author* asiwejerome@yahoo.com; tel: +2348163727468 manuscript received: 20 july 2021. revision accepted: 29 july, 2021. published: 01 october, 2021. abstract diabetes mellitus is a common risk factor for erythrocyte osmotic stress. this study was aimed at exploring the effect of streptozotocin (stz)-induced diabetes mellitus and salt-induced hypertension on osmotic fragility and hemorheological variables in male wistar rats. thirty male rats were grouped into five groups of six animals each as follows: negative control (zero salt in diet); positive control (normal salt diet 0.3% salt); high salt diet (8% salt) (hsd only); stz induced diabetes and normal salt diet (stz only); stz induced diabetes and high salt diet (stz + hsd). at the end of a 4 weeks period, hematological variables, osmotic fragility, rheology and cardiovascular responses were assessed. there was an increase (p<0.05) in the mean arterial pressure and heart rate of hsd, stz and hsd + stz groups indicating a salt induced hypertension. there was a decrease in the body weight of stz and hsd +stz groups. there was significant increase (p<0.05) in the haematocrit, platelets estimates and fibrinogen concentrations in the experimental groups when compared with the controls. the stz and stz + hsd groups showed a reduced clotting time which corresponded to the increased platelet estimates and fibrinogen concentration. the increase in haematocrit, platelet and plasma protein resulted in the increased blood viscosity and a decreased flow rate. the osmotic fragility test was also observed to be increased (p<0.05) in hsd, stz only and stz + hsd groups. diabetes mellitus and hypertension increase the rate of hemolysis of erythrocyte, as well as increase blood viscosity. keywords: diabetes mellitus; hemorheology; high salt diet; hypertension; viscosity. abbreviations: bp – blood pressure; dm – diabetes mellitus; hr – heart rate; hsd – high salt diet; nacl – sodium chloride; rpv – relative plasma viscosity; sbp – systolic blood pressure; stz – streptozotocin; wbv – whole blood viscosity. introduction diabetes mellitus (dm) is a chronic metabolic disorder in the endocrine system marked by abnormalities in insulin secretion and/or insulin action that leads to the progressive deterioration of glucose tolerance, which causes hyperglycemia (granner, 2000). in postmodern times, dm has now become a trending public health problem which calls for serious care and concern (harika et al., 2014). various medical therapies are current being used in management of diabetes (patel et al., 2010; chaudhury et al., 2017; palanisamy et al., 2018; okafo et al., 2019). dm is one of the major risk factors for increased osmotic fragility. this is because hyperglycemia causes structural and functional changes in erythrocytes which can result in osmotic stress (eze et al., 2017). according to the american heart association, high salt consumption is a serious essential/primary hypertension cause and risk factor. go reported that an average american adult consumes about 5400 mg of sodium per day which is about 130% increase more than the recommended 2300 mg of sodium per day (go et al., 2013). this high salt intake per day is a major risk factor for essential hypertension. the rate of erythrocyte osmotic fragility increase in hypertensive subjects is higher than in normotensive subjects (fasanmade, 1999). high salt intake which induces hypertension will cause an increase in the osmotic fragility of red blood corpuscle (baskurt and meiselman, 2003). high salt diets have been greatly linked to be a serious risk factor for cardiovascular diseases relating to high blood pressure, endothelial dysfunction, stroke, ventricular hypertrophy and fibrosis, arterial and ventricular stiffening, myocardial infarction, arrhythmias, and heart failure (mohan and campbell, 2009) while diabetes mellitus is a common risk factor for erythrocyte osmotic stress (eze et al., 2017). this suggests that the https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.73-79 74 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 73-79 constituents of blood and its flow properties serve as a link between dm and hypertension. hemorheology is the study of the flow properties of blood and its elements (plasma and formed elements, including erythrocytes, white blood cells and platelets) baskurt et al., 2007). hemorheological parameters, such as hematocrit, plasma and whole blood viscosity, plasma proteins, erythrocyte deformability and aggregation are basic characteristics of blood flow (rabai, 2013). there is growing evidence that the flow properties of blood are among the main factors of proper tissue perfusion, and shifts in these properties play significant roles in disease processes (mohan et al., 2001). the viscosity of blood is directly proportional to the hemoconcentration and inversely proportional to the flow rate. this implies that factors which increase blood constituents and decrease plasma will elevate the blood viscosity which will decrease flow rate and alter tissue perfusion (chang et al., 2017; sloop et al., 2020). there are adequate evidences on diabetes that the elevated blood viscosity is a pathogenetic factor of diabetic microangiopathy, altering microcirculation and leading to insufficient tissue nutrition (grigoleit et al., 1973; cho et al., 2008). alterations in tissue perfusion will result in microvascular and macrovascular complications (cade et al., 2008). hence, this study provides an investigation into the rheological properties of blood in diabetic and hypertensive male wistar rats. materials and methods experimental design a total of thirty male wistar rats (120-150 g) were used for the experiment. they were acclimatized for two weeks prior to commencement of the experiment at the central animal house of the college of medicine, university of ibadan, nigeria, and kept under standard laboratory conditions and fed standard rat pellets and water ad libitum. animal handling was done in accordance to established guidelines by the national institute of health for care and use of laboratory animals. ethical approval was given by the college of medicine ethics committee (ui-acurec/19/0140). the rats were grouped into five groups of six animals each as follows: negative control (zero salt in diet); positive control (normal salt diet 0.3% salt); high salt diet (8% salt) (hsd only); stz induced diabetes and normal salt diet (stz only); stz induced diabetes and high salt diet (stz + hsd). preparation of feed rations three different rations were used for the study. the high salt diet was prepared by mixing 8g of table salt with 92 g of standard rat chow (asiwe et al., 2020). hsd only and stz +hsd groups were given this ration and water ad libitum. the normal salt diet was prepared by mixing 0.30 g of table salt with 99.70 g of standard rat chow which was given to the positive control group and water ad libitum. while the zero-salt diet was given to the negative control group. induction of diabetes mellitus diabetes was induced by single intraperitoneal injection of 60 mg/kg body weight dose of streptozotocin (stz) dissolved in freshly prepared 0.1m cold citrate buffer of ph 4.5 into the animals according to the stz-induced hyperglycemia in rats’ model (eze et al., 2017; asiwe et al., 2020; akbarzadeh et al., 2007). the experimental animals were fasted overnight (18 hours) prior to diabetes induction while allowed access to drinking water. seventytwo hours after streptozotocin injection, a drop of blood was drawn from tail vein of the rats to measure their blood glucose level. animals having fasting blood glucose levels ≥ 200 mg/dl were considered diabetic and used in the study. measurement of blood glucose level in order to ascertain the diabetic state of the animals, the fasting blood sugar level was measured every week after being fasted overnight using the accu-chek active glucometer (model gb06140695). the results obtained in mmol/l were converted to mg/dl by multiplying with 18 (conversion factor). blood samples were collected from tail artery of the rats for evaluation of the blood glucose. body weights of animals were also measured weekly in grams to estimate the effect of the induced diabetes and high salt diet on body composition. the weight was measured with a standard weighing scale. blood pressure and heart rate blood pressure and heart rate were done at the small animal ward of the veterinary clinic university of ibadan, ibadan, nigeria. systolic blood pressure (sbp) was measured indirectly in a conscious and slightly restrained rat using the tail cuff plethysmography method (kent scientific, usa). heart rate (hr) tracings were observed and recorded as obtained during blood pressure (bp) measurement. for these measurements, rats were conditioned to the restraint (cone) and the warming chamber for about 20 minutes before the measurement. sbp and hr measurements were performed in a very quiet environment to avoid sound interference by the same investigator. there were two sensors to measure bp and vascular peripheral resistance. after stabilization in the chamber, an acclimatization run was performed for 5 cycles which was immediately followed by the typical run involving 10 repetitions of the automated inflation-deflation cycle. examination of blood samples blood samples were collected by ocular puncture at the end of the fourth week and stored in heparinized bottles which were used to consider effect of high salt diet and okonofua et al. – effect of diabetes mellitus and hypertension on … 75 diabetes mellitus on hematology, osmotic fragility and rheology. four animals were used for each group for analysis (n=4). rheological analysis whole blood viscosity and relative plasma viscosity were estimated using the method described by reid and ugwu (1987), and the flow rate was calculated. plasma fibrinogen concentration was estimated by clot weight method of ingram (1952). haematocrit was estimated using microhaematocrit reader. statistical analysis data were analyzed with graphpad prism version 7.0 (graphpad software, san diego, ca) and expressed as means ± sem (standard error of mean). one-way anova was used for comparisons, followed by post hoc newman-keuls multiple comparison test. p < 0.05 was considered statistically significant. results and discussion osmotic fragility figure 1 shows the rate of erythrocyte osmotic fragility (%). the percentage erythrocyte osmotic fragility decreased significantly with an increase in sodium chloride (nacl) concentration. there was complete (100%) haemolysis at 0.0% of nacl. and there were no significant changes in erythrocyte osmotic fragility when observed at 0.0% and 0.1% of nacl concentration in all control and experimental groups when compared. however, significant (p < 0.05) changes in percentage erythrocyte fragility were recorded at 0.3%, 0.5%, 0.7% and 0.9% of nacl concentrations, when the experimental groups were compared with the control groups. *a, *b, *c, and *d p<0.05 at 0.3%, 0.5%, 0.7% and 0.9% of nacl concentrations. platelet counts figure 2 shows the platelets estimates (mm3) in diabetic and hypertensive male wistar rats. there was significant increase when high salt diet + stz groups were compared with the controls. p ˂ 0.05 is significant when compared with negative control and positive control groups. fibrinogen estimates figure 3 shows the fibrinogen estimates (mm3) in diabetic and hypertensive male wistar rats. there was significant increa se when other groups were compared with the controls. *p ˂ 0.05 is significant when compared with negative control and positive control groups. hematocrit figure 4 shows the hematocrit (%) in diabetic and hypertensive male wistar rats. there was significant increase when other groups were compared with the controls. *p ˂ 0.05 is significant when compared with negative control and positive control groups. whole blood viscosity figure 5 shows the whole blood viscosity (wbv) (mpa.s) in diabetic and hypertensive male wistar rats. from the values expressed there was significant increase between the negative control group and positive control group. there was significant inc rease when other groups were compared with the controls. **p ˂ 0.05 is significant when the negative control group was compared with the positive control group; *p ˂ 0.05 is significant when compared with negative control and positive control groups. relative plasma viscosity figure 6 shows the relative plasma viscosity (rpv) (mpa.s) in diabetic and hypertensive male wistar rats. from the values expressed there was significant increase between the negative control group and positive control group. there was significant inc rease when other groups were compared with the controls. **p ˂ 0.05 is significant when the negative control group was compared with the positive control group; *p ˂ 0.05 is significant when compared with negative control and positive control groups. plasma flow rate figure 7 shows the plasma flow rate (cm/sec) in diabetic and hypertensive male wistar rats. there was significant increase between the negative control and positive control groups. there was significant incre ase when other groups were compared with the controls. **p ˂ 0.05 is significant when the negative control group was compared with the positive control group; *p ˂ 0.05 is significant when compared with negative control and positive control groups. 0 0 .1 0 .3 0 .5 0 .7 0 .9 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 0 1 0 0 n a c l c o n c e n t r a t i o n ( m g / m l) p e r c e n t a g e h e m o ly s is ( % ) n e g a tiv e c o n tr o l g r o u p p o s itiv e c o n tr o l g r o u p h s d o n ly s t z o n ly s t z + h s d* * * * * * * * * * * * figure 1. rate of erythrocyte osmotic fragility (%) in diabetic and hypertensive male wistar rats. 76 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 73-79 a b c d e 0 5 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 5 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 p la t e le t c o u n t ( m m 3 ) * * n e g a tiv e c o n tro l p o s itiv e c o n tro l h ig h s a lt d ie t s t r e p to z o to c in h ig h s a lt d ie t + s t r e p to z o to c in figure 2. platelet count (mm3) in diabetic and hypertensive male wistar rats. a b c d e 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 f ib r in o g e n ( m m 3 ) * * n e g a tiv e c o n tro l p o s itiv e c o n tro l h ig h s a lt d ie t s t r e p to z o to c in h ig h s a lt d ie t + s t r e p to z o to c in figure 3. fibrinogen estimates (mm3) in diabetic and hypertensive male wistar rats. a b c d e 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 p a c k e d c e ll v o lu m e ( % ) * ** n e g a tiv e c o n tro l p o s itiv e c o n tro l h ig h s a lt d ie t s t r e p to z o to c in h ig h s a lt d ie t + s t r e p to z o to c in figure 4. hematocrit (%) in diabetic and hypertensive male wistar rats. a b c d e 0 2 4 6 8 w h o le b lo o d v is c o s it y ( m p a .s ) n e g a tiv e c o n tro l p o s itiv e c o n tro l h ig h s a lt d ie t s t r e p to z o to c in h ig h s a lt d ie t + s t r e p to z o to c in * * * * * figure 5. whole blood viscosity (mpa.s) in diabetic and hypertensive male wistar rats. a b c d e 0 1 2 3 4 5 r e la ti v e p la s m a v is c o s it y ( m p a .s ) n e g a tiv e c o n tro l p o s itiv e c o n tro l h ig h s a lt d ie t s t r e p to z o to c in h ig h s a lt d ie t + s t r e p to z o to c in * * * * * figure 6. relative plasma viscosity (mpa.s) in diabetic and hypertensive male wistar rats. a b c d e 0 5 1 0 1 5 p la s m a f lo w r a t e ( c m /s e c ) n e g a tiv e c o n tro l p o s itiv e c o n tro l h ig h s a lt d ie t s t r e p to z o to c in h ig h s a lt d ie t + s t r e p to z o to c in * * * * * figure 7. plasma flow rate (cm/sec) in diabetic and hypertensive male wistar rats. in this study, the percentage erythrocyte osmotic fragility decreased significantly with increasing nacl concentration. there was complete (100%) hemolysis at 0.0% and 0.1% of nacl. no significant changes in erythrocyte osmotic fragility were observed at 0.0% and 0.1% of nacl (distilled water) in both controls and experimental groups when compared. however, the results of the osmotic fragility showed a significant increase in the rate of erythrocyte osmotic fragility at 0.3%, 0.5%, 0.7% and 0.9% of nacl concentrations in hsd only, stz only and hsd +stz groups, when compared with the control groups. this finding was in agreement with the works of other researchers (shin et al., 2007; megha and sehyun, 2009; eze et al, 2017) who showed that erythrocyte osmotic fragility was significantly increased in streptozotocin-induced diabetic animals. the increased rate of erythrocyte osmotic fragility in hypertensive subjects has also been reported by fasanmade (1999). the implication of this finding suggests that stz induced diabetes can alter the integrity of the red blood cell (rbc) membrane. erythrocyte osmotic fragility test gives an in-vitro measure of the tensile strength of erythrocyte membrane and it is an indirect method of evaluating lipid peroxidation in animals (akande et al., 2014). it is also used to measure the tensile strength of erythrocytes and its ability to resist alterations in osmotic gradients and it has been discovered to be increased during oxidative stress (aldrich et al., 2006; adenkola et al., 2010). hence, this suggests that the greater the erythrocyte osmotic fragility, the weaker the tensile strength of erythrocyte membrane (ogundeji et al, 2013) and a resultant hemolysis of erythrocyte is observed. the mechanism for increased fragility of erythrocytes have been reported to be due to increased glycosylation of the erythrocyte membrane protein or/and alteration of the na+/k+ atpase on the erythrocyte membrane (arun, 2013). the viability of an erythrocyte depends greatly on the maintenance of its membrane. studies have shown that dm and hypertension can cause an increase in lipoperoxidative changes in the membranes of erythrocytes (qujeq et al., 2005; ahmed et al., 2006; gauri and vijaya, 2008) which account for the increase in the rate of osmotic fragility. hemorheology is the study of the flow properties of blood and its elements such as plasma with its dissolved okonofua et al. – effect of diabetes mellitus and hypertension on … 77 components and formed elements, which include erythrocytes, leucocytes and platelets (baskurt et al., 2007). the flow properties of blood are among the main determinants of proper tissue perfusion, and alterations in these properties play vital roles in disease processes (lowe et al., 1980). in this study, hemorheological factors were measured with focus on blood viscosity and flow rate. the viscosity of blood is determined by the hematocrit (rabai, 2013; cho et al., 2008), increase in plasma viscosity which is determined by plasma proteins (fibrinogen and globulin) and water (mohan et al., 2001). from this study, there was a significant increase in the blood viscosity and plasma viscosity in the hsd only, stz only and stz+hsd groups when compared with the control groups. the observed increase in viscosity could be due to the significant increase in hematocrit, fibrinogen, and platelet estimates as recorded in stz only and stz+hsd groups. this finding was in accordance with the works of reid and memeh, and others (reid and memeh, 1988; khan et al., 2005; okomafe et al., 2017). increased blood viscosity and the onset of diabetic angiopathy have been related to abnormal hematocrit, plasma viscosity, fibrinogen concentration, erythrocyte deformability and rouleaux formation (winberger and baskurt, 2007). the increase in hematocrit in the experimental groups appears to have contradicted the increased rate of erythrocyte osmotic fragility as reported earlier in this study. a possible mechanism to support this finding is linked to hemoconcentration. as the osmolarity of the blood increases due to increased glucose level, the capillary permeability increases, resulting in a decrease in plasma water and thus increasing hematocrit and subsequently the blood viscosity (meiselman et al., 1967; rizvi and zaid, 2001). however, hsd only group had a significant increase in hematocrit only with a decrease in fibrinogen and platelet estimates when compared with other experimental groups. this increase in hematocrit could be the major reason behind the increase in blood viscosity (macrury et al., 1988). another interesting finding in this study was the significant increase in blood and plasma viscosity when the positive control group with normal salt intake was compared with the salt deficient negative control group. the possible mechanism underlying this claim is yet to be fully understood. the flow rate of blood is determined by three main factors – vessel diameter, perfusion pressure and blood viscosity (lowe et al., 1980). although vessel diameter has been primarily linked with blood flow rate, in pathological conditions, the contributions of perfusion pressure and viscosity becomes greatly enhanced. it has been reported from studies that the viscosity of blood is directly proportional to the hemoconcentration and inversely proportional to the flow rate (sloop et al., 2020). this implies that factors which increase blood constituents and decrease plasma water will elevate the viscosity of blood which will decrease flow rate and alter tissue perfusion (chang et al., 2017; sloop et al., 2020). from this study, it was also observed that there was a corresponding significant decrease in the flow rate of plasma across the experimental groups when compared with the control groups. hence, the increase in blood viscosity could be a factor for the decreased flow rate of plasma. the alterations in the blood flow patterns in dm is produced by a combination of reduced erythrocyte deformability and increased erythrocyte aggregation due to variations in the plasma protein (mcmillian et al., 1978). the changes in plasma proteins are linked with the development of glucose intolerance (mcmillian, 1983). a decrease in flow rate can possibly result in circulatory insufficiency marked with poor tissue perfusion which in a long term can lead to the development of vascular complications as commonly observed in subjects with dm (lowe et al., 1980). there was a significant decrease in plasma flow rate when the positive control group with normal salt intake (with higher blood and plasma viscosity) was compared with the salt deficient negative control group. this also verified the inverse relationship between blood viscosity and plasma flow rate. conclusion from the findings of this study, it can be stated that diabetes mellitus and hypertension increase the rate of hemolysis of erythrocyte. there is also an increase in the hematocrit which significantly increases the blood viscosity alongside with plasma protein and decreased plasma water, thus, decreasing plasma flow rate. this could possibly result in circulatory insufficiency as well as a poor tissue perfusion which will lead to vascular complications. conflict of interest: the authors declare that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references adenkola ay, ayo jo, sackey akb, adelaiye ab (2010). erythrocyte osmotic fragility of pigs administerd ascorbic acid and transported by road for short term duration during the harmattan season. afr j biotechnol 9: 226-233. ahmed fn, naqvi fn, shafiq f (2006). lipid peroxidation and serum antioxidant enzymes in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. ann n y acad sci 1084: 481-489. akande mg, aliu yo, ambali sf, ayo jo (2014). protective effect of taurine in chlorpyrifos and lead-induced haematological alterations in wistar rats. toxicol environ chem 96: 171-182. akbarzadeh a, norouzian d, mehrabi mr, jamshidi sh, farhangi a, verdi aa, mofidian sm, rad bl (2007). induction of diabetes by streptozotocin in rats. indian j clin biochem 2(2): 60-64. 78 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 73-79 aldrich kj, saunders dk, sievert lm, sievert g (2006). comparison of erythrocyte osmotic fragility among amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals. trans kans acad sci 109: 149-158. arun pm (2013). erythrocyte fragility increases with the duration of diabetes in indian population. ijbams 3: 172177. asiwe jn, anachuna kk, moke eg, sanusi ko, okonofua de, omeru o, fasanmade aa (2020). high dietary salt intake alleviates fasting blood glucose in streptozotocin-induced diabetic male wistar rats. thai j pharm sci 45(3): 172-177. baskurt ok, hardeman mr, rampling mw, meiselman hj (2007). handbook of hemorheology and hemodynamics, ios press, amsterdam. baskurt ok, meiselman hj (2003). blood rheology and hemodynamics. semin thromb hemost 29(5): 435-450. cade wt (2008). diabetes-related microvascular and macrovascular diseases in the physical therapy setting. phys ther 88: 1322-1335. chang hy, li x, karniadakis ge (2017). modeling of biomechanics and biorheology of red blood cells in type 2 diabetes mellitus. biophys j 113(2): 481-490. chaudhury a, duvoor c, reddy dendi vs, kraleti s, chada a, ravilla r, marco a, shekhawat ns, montales mt, kuriakose k, sasapu a, beebe a, patil n, musham ck, lohani gp, mirza w (2017). clinical review of antidiabetic drugs: implications for type 2 diabetes mellitus management. front endocrinol (lausanne) 8: 6. cho yi, mooney mp, cho dj (2008). hemorheological disorders in diabetes mellitus. j. diabetes sci. technol 2: 1130-1138. eze ed, tanko y, abubakar a, sulaiman so, rabiu km, mohammed a (2017). lycopene ameliorates diabeticinduced changes in erythrocyte osmotic fragility and lipid peroxidation in wistar rats. j diabetes mellitus 7: 71-85. fasanmade aa (1999). erythrocyte osmotic fragility in hypertension and during diuretic therapy. west afr j med 15(3): 183-186. gauri sv, vijaya ah (2008). rbc membrane composition in insulin dependent diabetes mellitus in context of oxidative stress. indian j clin biochem 23: 223-226. go as, mozaffarian d, roger vl, benjamin ej, berry jd, borden wb, et al (2013). american heart association statistics committee and stroke statistics subcommittee. heart disease and stroke statistics--2013 update: a report from the american heart association. circulation. 127(1): e6-e245. granner dk (2000). hormones of the pancreas and gastrointestinal tract. in: meyes pa, editor. harpers biochemistry, mcgraw hill, new york, 610-626. grigoleit hg, lehrach f, muller r (1973). diabetic angiopathy and blood viscosity. acta diabet lat 10: 1311-1324. harika pk, asha lp, pradnya s, ayesha j, samatha p, mani rk (2014). comparative study of erythrocyte fragility in diabetes mellitus and nondiabetes mellitus. ijmrhs 4(1): 183-185. ingram gic (1952). the determination of plasma fibrinogen by the clot-weight method. biochem j 51(5): 583-585. khan tm, marwat ma, khan p, farman-ullah w, amir r (2005). plasma fibrinogen level in diabetics with complications – a prospective study. gomal j med sci 3(2): 48-50 lowe gd, lowe jm, drummond mm, reith s, belch jj, kesson cm, wylie a, foulds ws, forbes cd, maccuish ac, manderson wg. (1980). blood viscosity in young male diabetics with and without retinopathy. diabetoiogia 18(5): 359-363. macrury sm, small m, maccuish ac, lowe dc (1988). association of hypertension with blood viscosity in diabetes. diabet med 5: 830-834. mcmillan d (1983). the effect of diabetes mellitus on blood flow properties. diabetes 7: 85-90. mcmillan de, utterback ng, puma jl (1978). reduced erythrocyte deformability in diabetes. diabetes 27: 895-901. megha s, sehyun s (2009). changes in erythrocyte aggregation and deformability in diabetes mellitus: a brief review. indian j exp biol 47: 7-15. meiselman hj, merrill ew, gilliland er, pelletier ga, salzman ew (1967). influence of plasma osmolarity on the rheology of human blood. j appl physiol 22(4): 772–781. mohan a, srinivasan v, deepa r, mohan v (2001). lipoprotein(a): role in diabetes and its vascular complications. japi 49: 1100-1105. mohan s, campbell nr (2009). salt and high blood pressure. clin sci 117(1): 1-11. ogundeji t, ayo jo, aluwong t, mohammed a (2013). behavioural and haematological studies on effects of lycopene in wistar rats subjected to psychologicalstress. j neurosci behav health 5: 30-35. okafo se, moke eg, obi cs (2019). formulation and evaluation of anti-diabetic tablets containing aqueous extract of moringa oleifera seeds. jophas 16(5): 3167-3176. okomafe ne, oluranti oi, fasanmade aa (2017). effect of sleep deprivation on hemorheological properties in alloxan induced diabetic rats. ejmr 6(2): 16-21. palanisamy s, yien elh, shi lw, si ly, qi sh, ling lsc, lun tw, chen yn (2018). systematic review of efficacy and safety of newer antidiabetic drugs approved from 2013 to 2017 in controlling hba1c in diabetes patients. pharmacy (basel) 6(3): 57. patel dk, prasad sk, kumar r, hemalatha s (2012). an overview on antidiabetic medicinal plants having insulin mimetic property. asian pac j trop biomed 2(4): 320-30. qujeq d, habibinudeh m, daylmkatoli h, rezvani t (2005). malondialdehyde and carbonyl contents in the erythrocytes of streptozotocin-induced diabetic rats. int j diabetes metab 13: 96-98. rabai m (2012). in vitro hemorheological studies focusing on erythrocyte deformability and aggregation [ph.d. thesis], university of pecs, hungary. reid hl, memeh cu (1988). plasma and serum viscosity in diabetes mellitus. nig j physiol sci 4: 71-72 reid hl, ugwu ac (1987). a simple technique for rapid determination of plasma viscosity. nig j physiol sci 3: 45-48 rizvi si, zaid ma (2001). intracellular reduced glutathione content in normal and type 2 diabetic erythrocytes: effect of insulin and (-) epicatechin. j physiol pharmacol 52(3): 483488 shin s, ku y, babu n, singh m (2007). erythrocyte deformability and its variation in diabetes mellitus. indian j exp biol 45: 121-128. sloop gd, de mast q, pop g, weidman jj, st cyr ja (2020). the role of blood viscosity in infectious diseases. cureus 12(2): e7090. okonofua et al. – effect of diabetes mellitus and hypertension on … 79 winberger u, baskurt ok (2007). comparative hemorheology. baskurt ok, hardeman mr, rampling mw, meiselman hj, editors. handbook of hemorheology and hemodynamics, ios press, amsterdam, 267-285. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 1, april 2021 | pages: 15-21 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.15-21 issn 2540-9328 (online) production and optimization of pectinase from pectinolytic fungi cultivated on mango peels and pectin subjected to submerged fermentation kelemu mulluye1,*, ameha kebede2, negussie bussa3 1department of central laboratory, college of ulmd; 2department of biological science and biotechnology, college of natural and computational sciences; 3department of food science and post-harvest technology, institute of technology; haramaya university, ethiopia. corresponding author* kelemumuluye@gmail.com manuscript received: 14 december, 2020. revision accepted: 25 june, 2021. published: 02 july, 2021. abstract pectinases are the group of enzymes that degrade pectin. this study was conducted with the aim of isolation of efficient pectinase producing pectinolytic fungi from the decomposing mango peels using extracted mango peels pectin as a growth substrate under submerged fermentation, determining optimum pectinase production conditions with regards to some physicochemical parameters. the organisms were screened for the production of pectinase using pectin agar media, and the two active pectinolytic fungi (p1 and p2) were isolated. pectinase production media was later used for the lab scale production of pectinase by inoculating p1 and p2 and incubating for 7 days. the enzyme was extracted after seven days of fermentation and every day tested for their pectinolytic activity. p2 showed relatively higher pectinolytic activity and was therefore used for further studies. p2 was inoculated into a broth containing mango pectin under submerged fermentation. results indicate that a pectin yield of mango peel 17.75%. different parameters optimization processes were investigated on submerged fermentation namely ph, incubation period, temperature and substrate concentration optima were found 6, 4 days, 35oc and 1.5% respectively. the result suggests that mango peels have high pectin content and can be used for the value-added synthesis of pectinase. keywords: mango peels; pectinase; pectin; submerged fermentation. introduction enzymes are biological catalysts that are prerequisite for various chemical reactions produced by plants, animals and microbes. they are specific for carrying out a task and efficiently speedup the rate of reaction ultimately accelerates all metabolic processes. microbial enzymes are gaining consideration with the current development of enzyme technology (gurung et al., 2013). as nature has vast potential of microbial enzyme resource and enzymes from microbes are of great significance in developing bioprocesses for industries. there is continuous increasing demand for industrial enzymes with the rising need for sustainable solutions (adrio and demain, 2014). pectinases are among the first enzymes to be used at home. their commercial application was first observed in 1930 for the preparation of wines and fruit juice. pectinase are today one of the upcoming enzymes of the commercial sector. it has been reported that microbial pectinase account for 25% of the global food enzymes sales (jayani et al., 2005). pectinase, that break down pectin is a well-known term for commercial enzyme preparation; a polysaccharide substrate, found in the cell wall of plants. this enzyme splits polygalacturonic acid into monogalacturonic acid by opening glycosidic linkages. through this process, it softens the cell wall (khan et al., 2012). plants and microorganisms are two major sources of the pectinase enzyme. but, microbial source of pectinase has become increasingly important from both technical and economic point of view. among microbes, fungi as enzyme producers have many advantages since they are normally gras (generally regarded as safe) microorganisms and their enzymes are extracellular which makes it easy recuperation from fermentation broth (murthy and naidu,2010). maximum yield of pectinase can be achieved using agricultural wastes. the use of waste products is economically viable. furthermore, the production can also be increased after optimization of fermentation conditions and different cultural parameters (bibi et al. 2016). optimization of different physicochemical parameters, including incubation period, temperature, ph, carbon, and nitrogen sources for selected fungal https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.15-21 16 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 15-21 strains, is a key step for the enhanced production of pectinase (neeta et al., 2011). mango peel is one of the major by-products from the mango pulp processing industries. during the processing of mango fruit, peel and stone are generated as waste (40–50% of total fruit mass). waste generated from mango processing constitutes 20–25% peel, which was found to be a good source for the extraction of pectin of good quality, with a high degree of esterification and phenolic compounds (berardini et al., 2005). pectin acts as the inducer for the production of pectinase enzymes by microbial systems, and pectin-rich mango peels are considered to be a good source for pectinase production and ideal substrate for the decomposition of mango peels by microorganisms (kumar et al., 2012). many urban areas in ethiopia have simple fruit/juice processing cottage industries which usually discard mango peels after extracting the flesh for mango juice. these produce a huge amount of waste throughout the year. these waste materials can be constructively used to produce important products including pectin and pectinases as a replacement for dumping them in the environment where they might at times generate pollution. this is a promising way of converting wastes to wealth. therefore, optimization of in-vitro production of pectinase by pectinolytic fungi using pectin obtained from mango peels as growth substrate under submerged fermentation. desired to extract partially purified pectin from powdered mango peels, isolate and screen active pectinolytic fungi from decaying vegetables and fruits as well as from soils containing decomposed mango peels, and optimize the effect of some physicochemical parameters. materials and methods substrate preparation mango (mangifera indica) peels were collected from tsega fruit and juice house of harar city, ethiopia. the peels were washed and cut into small pieces and then treated with 97% ethanol to reduce the microbial load. the ethanol treated peels were washed with distilled water and sun-dried for 7 days. the dried peels were then ground to a powder using a milling machine and stored in a clean container at room temperature until used for extraction. extraction of pectin from mango peels pectin was extracted using the method described by mccready (1970) as cited by ezugwu et al. (2014). one hundred gram ground mango peels were weighed into a 2000 ml beaker containing 800 ml of distilled water and 12 g of sodium hexa-metaphosphate. the ph adjusted with 3n hcl to 2.2±0.1. the mixture was heated in a water bath at 70oc for 1hr and stirred with a stirrer. the extract was filtered through a muslin cloth and the residue washed with 200 ml of distilled water. the washings were added to the filtrate. the filtrate was concentrated by evaporation on a hot plate to 1/5th of the initial volume. the concentrated pectin was cooled to 50oc and poured into a volume of 0.5 m hcl-ethanol (1:3), solution. the mixture was stirred for 30 min and allowed to stand for 1hr. the precipitate was vacuum filtered, washed with hcl-ethanol solution and finally washed with acetone to remove traces of hcl and ethanol. the extract was dried in an oven at 40oc for a few hours to constant weight, finely ground and then used as mango pectin. %𝑌𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑛 = 𝐴𝑚𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑛 𝑜𝑏𝑡𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑑 (𝑔) 𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐴𝑚𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑜 𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝑝𝑜𝑤𝑑𝑒𝑟 𝑢𝑠𝑒𝑑 (𝑔) × 100 collection of soil samples containing decomposing mango peels soil samples were collected from dumping sites of decompose waste that contained mango peels at addis ababa, koshe massive garbage dump, ethiopia, using the methods described by martin et al. (2004). the soil samples were collected in a clean dry plastic container and transported to the laboratory. preparation of broth media soil samples (3 g) collected from the site of decomposing/ decaying fruit and vegetable containing mango peels were homogenized in sterile medium containing 1% mango pectin, 0.14% of (nh4)2 so4, 0.2% of k2hpo4, 0.02% of mgso4.7h2o, 0.1% of nutrient solution containing 5 mg/l feso4.7 h2o, 1.6 mg/l mnso4.h2o, 1.4 mg/l znso4.7h2o, 2.0 mg/l cocl2. the mixture was at 30 oc for 24 hours. preparation of solid media the pectin agar medium (pam) contained 1% mango pectin, 0.14% of (nh4)2so4, 0.2% of k2hpo4, 0.02% of mgso4.7h2o, 0.1% of nutrient solution containing; 5 mg/l feso4.7h2o, 1.6 mg/l mnso4.h2o, 1.4 mg/l znso4.7h2o, 2.0 mg/l cocl2 and 3% agar-agar (the gelling agent) (w/v). the medium was autoclaved at 121 oc for 15min. it was allowed to cool to about 45 oc and then poured into sterile petri dishes and allowed to gel. the plates were then incubated in an incubator at 37 oc overnight to check for sterility (ezugwu et al., 2014). mulluye, et al. – production and optimization of pectinase from … 17 inoculation of plates and sub-culturing a loop of homogenized culture from the broth medium was streaked onto the solid medium under the flame of bunsen burner. streaks were made from each side of the plate, marking an initial point, with sterilization of the wire loop after each side has been completed. the plates were thereafter incubated at 35 oc till visible colonies were observed. all morphologically contrasting colonies were purified by repeated streaking and subculturing on separate plates. this process was continued till pure fungal cultures were obtained (ezugwu et al., 2013). storage of pure fungal isolates pure fungal isolates were maintained on potato dextrose agar (pda) slopes or slants as stock cultures. pda media were prepared according to the manufacturer’s specification. in the latter, 3.9 g of pda powder was weighed and added in a small volume of distilled water and made up to 100 ml. this was boiled and simultaneously stirred until a clear solution of molten pda was produced. microscopic and macroscopic features of the isolated fungi and identification three days old pure cultures were examined. the colour, nature of mycelia or spores and growth patterns were also observed. the three days old pure culture was used in preparing microscopic slides. a little bit of the mycelia was dropped on the slide and a drop of lacto phenol blue was added to it. a cover-slip was placed over it and examination was performed under the light microscope at x400 magnification. identification was carried out by relating features and the micrographs to identification of common aspergillus species (klich, 2002). the fermentation broth pectinase was produced by submerged fermentation according to the method of martin et al. (2004). submerged fermentation (smf) technique was employed using a 250 ml erlenmeyer flask containing 100 ml of sterile cultivation medium optimized for pectinase with 0.1% nh4no3, 0.1% nh4h2po4, 0.1% mgs04.7h2o and 1% mango pectin. the flask was covered with aluminium foil and autoclaved at 121 oc for 15 min. inoculation of the broth from the pda slants, fresh plates were prepared and inoculated. three days old cultures were used to inoculate the flasks. in every sterile flask, two discs of the respective fungal isolates were added using a cork borer of diameter 10 mm and then plugged properly. the culture was incubated for 7 days at 30 oc. extracting the crude enzyme at each day of extract, flasks were selected from the respective groups and mycelia biomass separated using filtration technique. the broth was filtered through cheesecloth followed by whatman no. 1 filter paper. each day, the filtrate was analysed for pectinase activity till the 7th day of fermentation. pectinase assay pectinase activity was evaluated by assaying for polygalacturonase (pg) activity of the enzyme. this was achieved by measuring the release of reducing groups from pectin using 3, 5-dinitrosalicylic acid (dns) reagent assay method described by miller (1959) as cited in wang et al. (1997). the reaction mixture containing 0.5 ml of 0.5% pectin in 0.05 m sodium acetate buffer of ph 5.0 and 0.5 ml of enzyme solution was incubated for 1 hr. one ml of dns reagent was added and the reaction was stopped by boiling the mixture in a boiling water bath for 10 min. the volume of the mixture was made up to 4 ml with 1 ml of 1.4 m of rochelle salt (sodium potassium tartrate) solution and 1 ml of distilled water. the reaction mixture was allowed to cool and the absorbance was read at 575 nm. one unit of enzyme activity was defined as the amount of enzyme that catalyses the release of one micromole of galacturonic acid per minute. optimization of physicochemical parameter for pectinase production the isolate was grown under different temperature, ph, and substrate concentration to evaluate the influence of growth conditions on pectinase production. the optimization was carried out according to meena et al. (2015), with slight modification. thus when one parameter (e.g. temperature) was evaluated for its effect on pectinase production the other parameters (e.g. ph, and incubation period) were kept constant at 5 and 96 hours, respectively, and similarly, when the effect of ph was evaluated, the other two parameters (i.e. temperature and incubation period) were kept constant at 30 oc and 96 hours, respectively. effect of temperature on the production of pectinase the isolate was inoculated into a 50 ml production medium kept in 250 ml capacity erlenmeyer flask and was subsequently incubated in an incubator whose temperatures are adjusted to 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 and 55 oc with the aim of determining the optimum temperature required for the production of the pectinase.the liquid medium was prepared by weighing 1 g of the extracted mango pectin and mixing with 0.1 g of nh4no3, 0.1g of nh4h2po4, 0.1 g of mgso4.7h2o, and 100 ml distilled water. the mixture was then autoclaved at 121 oc for 15min. the medium was cooled to room temperature in a 18 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 15-21 bio-safety cabinet and inoculated with the three days old pure culture of the fungal isolate. in every sterile flask, disc of the pectinolytic fungi isolates was added using a cork borer of 10 mm diameter and then plugged properly. the culture was incubated for 4 days. after incubation, the culture broth was filtered and assayed (bezawada and raju, 2018). effect of substrate concentration on pectinase production the isolate was inoculated into each of the 50 ml production medium consisting of varying concentrations (i.e. 0.2, 0.5, 1, 1.5, and 2%) of the extracted mango pectin in 250 ml erlenmeyer flask and incubated at 30 oc in an incubator for 4 days. after incubation, each culture broth was filtered and was assayed. all pectin broth media preparations and inoculations were done. effect of ph on the production of pectinase in this experiment, all the procedures followed in the preparation of media and inoculations were similar to those described in effect of temperature on the production of pectinase except that the incubation was done at varying ph (4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0, 8.0 and 9.0) and at fixed temperature and concentration of pectin (30 oc and 1%, respectively). furthermore, assay for pectinase activity was done after 4 days of incubation (ketipally and ram, 2018). data analysis the data were entered into the computer and statistical analysis was done using anova provided by the sas version 9.1 and significant difference examined for different parameters and between pectinolytic fungal isolates at 95% confidence level of significance and at p <0.05 results and discussion yield of extracted mango pectin in this research, pectin was extracted from mango peel with a yield of 17.75% at ph 2.2, the temperature of 70 oc and extraction time of 60 min using the ethanolhcl method described by mccready (1970). rehman et al. (2004) reported mango pectin extraction yields of 13.45%, 21.0% and 15.1% using hydrochloric acid, sulphuric acid, and nitric acid respectively at the of ph 2.5, temperature 80 oc and extraction time of 120 min. the differences in the yields could be as a result of differences in the sources of pectin and other factors such as extraction technique, changes in ph, temperature, extraction time and environmental factors (kertesz 1951; rehman et al., 2004). table 1. experimental observation yield of extracted mango pectin. contents unit value solution of ph –– 2.2±0.1 volume taken for extraction ml 800 amount of mango peel sample added g 100 amount of sodium hexametaphosphate added g 12 extraction temperature oc 70 extraction time min 60 amount of pectin obtained g 17.75 yield of pectin obtained % 17.75 isolation and screening of pectinase producing fungi in total, two isolates were identified from soil samples that contain mango peel. based on the colony characteristics the fungi exhibited on the selective growth media, the two isolates were assigned the codes p1 and p2 for further characterization and identification purpose. figure 1 shows microscopic photographs of the two fungal isolates. the isolates were identified based on their microscopic features. table 2. identification of pectinolytic fungal based on their colony morphology, growth characteristics, microscopic features and growth at temperature of 35 oc. code of the isolate colony characteristics on pectin agar media growth on petri plate (85 x 15mm diameter) microscopic features probable identity p1 moderately growing colonies with carbon black /deep brownish black colour conid i.a e.; reverse-colorless to pale yellow, exudates lacking produced a submerged form of mycelium covered the plate in 8 days conidial heads radiate, vesicles nearly globose, conidiophores up to 3 mm in length, phialides biseriate aspergillus niger p2 rapidly spreading, colonies are colorless to yellow or velvety, dull blue-green, reverse colourless to varying g in shades, produces tufted aerial mycelium up to felted floccose forms covered the plate in 7 days conidial heads columnar, densely crowded, flask-shaped vesicles, conidiophores short in length, and phialides uniseriate. aspergillus fumigates mulluye, et al. – production and optimization of pectinase from … 19 p1 p2 figure 1. micrograph of pectinolytic fungal isolate (40x). production of pectinases by submerged fermentation (smf) pectinase production increase with the increase in time duration up to 96 hr then it decreases (table.3). the maximum production of both isolates occurs on 4th day (96 hr) incubation period. production of pectinase exhibited the highest enzyme activity of p1 and p2 was at 0.0276 ± 0.0015 and 0.0290 ± 0.0107 u/ml respectively. from the two isolates, p2 showed relatively maximum pectinolytic activity; therefore, isolate p2 was used for further studies of pectinase optimization and characterization. table 3. effect of incubation period on enzyme production. the incubation period (days) isolated pectinolytic fungi enzyme activity u/ ml p1 p2 1 0.0144 ± 0.0012d 0.0145 ± 0.0009c 2 0.0170 ± 0.0011dc 0.0209 ± 0.0021abc 3 0.0177 + 0.0014c 0.0219 ± 0.0020abc 4 0.0276 + 0.0015a 0.0290 ± 0.0107a 5 0.0258 ± 0.0006a 0.0259 ± 0.0076a 6 0.0218 ± 0.0029b 0.0259 ± 0.0076ab 7 0.0171 ± 0.0018dc 0.0162 ± 0.0005bc p1 = pectinolytic fungal isolate one p2 = pectinolytic fungal isolate two values are mean ± s.d. of 3 replicates a,b,c,d means within a column with values followed by different superscripts are significantly different at (p < 0.05), values followed by same superscripts are not significantly different at (p < 0.05). determination of optimum temperature required for pectinase production by p2. the experiment was run at various temperatures between 25 and 55 oc (table 4). 35 oc temperatures were the most suitable temperature for the growth and production of pectinase activity. maximum enzyme activity 0.0298 ± 0.00047 u/ml was found at 35 oc and lower activity 0.0020 ± 0.0013 u/ml was showed at 55oc. any increase in temperature above 35 oc affects metabolic activities of the microorganism which results in reduced enzyme production. table 4. effect of temperature on pectinase production. temperature ( oc ) enzyme activity u/ml 25 0.0093±0.00034c 30 0.0292±0.0107a 35 0.0298±0.00047a 40 0.0211±0.0021b 45 0.027±0.0024ab 50 0.0024±0.0010c 55 0.0020±0.0013c determination of optimum concentration of mango pectin required for pectinase production by p2. the effect of substrate concentration for pectinase production p2 was incubated at different concentration of mango pectin as 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5 and 2% (fig.2). enzyme production increased with increase in concentration. a slight decrease in enzyme production was observed until the concentration reached 2%. the maximum 0.013109 u/ml enzyme production was observed at 1.5% of mango pectin. figure 2. pectinase production by p2 versus substrate concentration. determination of optimum ph required for pectinase production by p2. the ph of the growth medium was found to have a marked effect on pectinase production (table 5). the highest enzyme yield was observed at ph 6.0. ph alters enzyme conformation, recognition site, active site, and substrate conformation, and hence determining its optimum value. this is very critical in biochemical characterization of enzymes (palmer, 1995). 20 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 15-21 table 5. effect of ph pectinase production. ph enzyme activity u/ml 4 0.0095±0.00091bc 5 0.0100 ±0.00093b 6 0.0123±0.00036a 7 0.0122±0.00037a 8 0.0086±0.00037c 9 0.0096±0.0011bc summary and conclusions an abundant amount of waste materials are produced by agricultural and fruit processing industries, which pose considerable disposal problems and ultimately leads to pollution. vast varieties of microorganisms are present in the environment which can be exploited for the utilization of waste materials. for example in the processing of mango fruits, a large proportion of the produced wastes are in the form of peel. these peels contain substantial amounts of pectin. from these investigations, it is evidenced that the mango peels with 17.75% pectin content were successfully used to encourage the production of pectinase under submerged fermentation process. the pectin extracted from mango peels act as the inducer for the production of pectinase enzyme. microorganisms serve as a major source of enzyme. even the majority of industrial enzymes are of microbial origin. thus an attempt of the present study is to isolate and screen for potential producers of pectinase from microorganisms. total two pectinolytic fungi isolates were identified as the efficient producer between them screening pectinolytic fungi isolate p2 was found as efficient producers. in order to obtain high yields of pectinases, it is essential to optimize the fermentation medium used for pectinase production. isolate p2 was grown for different temperature, ph, time and substrate concentration because it is essential to maximize optimum condition for production. the evidence from this study suggests that, it is highly promising to use pectin extracted from mango peels as a substrate for the production of pectinases in a submerged fermentation system using p2 isolate and a high extent solve the problem of environmental pollution by reducing mango wastes (peels). acknowledgments: we are thanks to haramaya university laboratory management directorate (hulmd) and the school of animal and range sciences for providing all the required laboratory facilities. we are also grateful to mr. yimeslal atnafu, ms. yehararwork abebaw and mr. dilnessa baile for their technical assistance. conflict of interest: the authors declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references adrio, j. l. and a. l. demain. (2014). microbial enzymes: tools for biotechnological processes. biomolecule, 4(1): 117-139. bezawada, p. and raju, k.j. (2018). screening of pectinolytic fungi and optimization of process parameters using guava peel powder as substrate under solid state fermentation. international journal of engineering science invention, 7 (10):43-47. ezugwu, a.l., eze, s.o.o., chilaka, f.c. and anyanwu, c.u. (2013). production and characterization of pectinases obtained from aspergillus fumigatus in submerged fermentation system using pectin extracted from mango peels as carbon source. plant products research journal, 16(1): 47-53. ezugwu, a.l., ezike, t.c., ibeawuchi, a.n., nsude, c.a., udenwobele, d.i., eze, s.o.o., anyawu, c.u. and chilaka, f.c. (2014). comparative studies on pectinases obtained from aspergillus fumigatus and aspergillus niger in submerged fermentation system using pectin extracted from mango, orange, and pineapple peels as carbon sources. nigerian journal of biotechnology, 28(1): 26-34. gurung, n., s. ray, s. bose and v. rai. (2013). a broader view: microbial enzymes and their relevance in industries, medicine, and beyond. biomedical. res. int., 2013: 1-18. jayani, r.s., saxena, s. and gupta, r. (2005). microbial pectinolytic enzymes: a review. process biochemistry, 40(9): 2931-2944. kertesz, z.j. (1951). the pectic substance. inter science publishers, new york, 68. khan, a., sahay, s. and rai, n. (2012). production and optimization of pectinase enzyme using aspergillus niger strains in solid state fermentation. research in biotechnology, 3(3): 19-25. klich, m.a. (2002). identification of common aspergillus species. centraalbureau voor schimme lcultures kumar, y.s., varakumar, s. and reddy, o.v.s., (2012). evaluation of antioxidant and sensory properties of mango (mangifera indica l.) wine. cyta-journal of food, 10(1):1220. martin, n., souza, s.r.d., silva, r.d. and gomes, e. (2004). pectinase production by fungal strains in solid-state fermentation using agro-industrial bio product. brazilian archives of biology and technology, 47(5): 813-819. mccready, r.m. (1970). methods on food analysis. academic press, new york. meena, k.k., jaipal, m.k. and singh, u. (2015). production kinetics and characterization of pectinase enzyme from aspergillus niger. south asian journal of food technology and environment, 1(2):131-135. miller, g.l., (1959). use of dinitrosalicylic acid reagent for determination of reducing sugar. ana lytical chemistry, 31(3): 426-428. murthy, p.s., and naidu, m.m. (2010). protease production by aspergillus oryzae in solid-state fermentation utilizing coffee by-products. world applied sciences journal, 8(2): 199-205. mulluye, et al. – production and optimization of pectinase from … 21 neeta, r., anupama, s., anjuvan, s. and giridhar, s. (2011). production of polygalacturonase and pectin methylesterase from agro waste by using various isolation of aspergillus niger. insight microbiology, 1(1):1-7. palmer, t. (1995). understanding enzymes. ellis horwood ltd. england. 104: 352 – 365. rehman, z.u., salariya, a.m., habib, f. and shah, w.h. (2004). utilization of mango peels as a source of pectin. journalchemical society of pakistan, 26:73-76. wang, g., michailides, t.j. and bostock, r.m. (1997). improved detection of polygalacturonase activity due to mucor piriformis with a modified dinitrosalicylic acid re agent. phytopathology, 87(2): 161-163. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 1, april 2021 | pages: 33-39 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.33-39 issn 2540-9328 (online) ethnobotanical study of edible plant communities on the slopes of mount merapi and merbabu, indonesia lita ayu umartani*, maizer said nahdi** department of biology, faculty of science and technology, universitas islam negeri sunan kalijaga yogyakarta jl. marsda adisucipto no.1 yogyakarta 55281, tel. + 62-274-540971, fax. + 62-274-519739, indonesia corresponding author ayulita1998@gmail.com*, maizer.nahdi@uin-suka.ac.id** manuscript received: 09 april, 2021. revision accepted: 13 july, 2021. published: 19 july, 2021. abstract ethnobotany is a study of the interaction between local people and their natural environment, especially regarding the use of plants as food and medicinal ingredients. edible plants are a daily basic need whose existence is a necessity for the people on the slopes of mount merapi and merbabu. how to use plants is transferred from generation to generation to form a culture. the research was carried out in march-may 2020 with the aim of digging local knowledge about plants used as food, including staple food, vegetables and medicines by studying the species diversity, including the benefits of plant parts, habit, how to use, process and how to obtain these species. the data were collected by using a combination of qualitative and quantitative methods with in-depth interviews through 40 respondents who were selected by purposive sampling. the results showed that the communities on the slopes of mount merapi and merbabu used 74 plant species from 37 families as food sources. the favorite family is fabaceae, followed by zingiberaceae and solanaceae. the most widely used habitus of plants were herbs (36.49%), followed by bush (28.38%), shrubs (18.92%) and trees (16.22%). plant parts that are widely used are leaves (29.73%), fruit (17.57%), tubers (10.81%), seeds (9.46%), roots, rhizomes and flowers (6.76%), shoots (5.40%), stems (2.70%) and water, skin and heartwood (1.35%). the most common ways to use it are eaten raw as vegetables (29.73%), boiled (16.22%) and drink (12.16%). how to obtain it are through own cultivation (72.97%), and buying at the market (21.62%). the highest use values were adas (foeniculum vulgare mill.) (0.25), chili pepper (capsicum annum l.) (0.20), turmeric (curcuma dosmetica loir) and water spinach (ipomoea aquatica forsk.) (0.17). the highest importance values were rice (oryza sativa l.) (5.23%), and fennel (foeniculum vulgare mill.) (4.57%). keywords: culture; ethnobotany; in-depth interviews; rice (oryza sativa l.); mount merapi; mount merbabu. introduction the existence of plants is a pleasure and a blessing given by allah swt to his creatures in interacting and managing nature. humans are given a mandate from allah, namely first, allah allows humans to take and make the best use of natural products, humans are required to be able to take lessons from natural phenomena and events that occur. humans are required to maintain and maintain environmental sustainability (zuhdi, 2012). ethnobotany is a study of the interaction between local communities and their natural environment, especially regarding the use of plants in their daily life (martin, 1998). these uses can be in the form of plants as food and medicine. the demand for food has undergone a shift from being very dependent on nature, switched to unhealthy fast food (anggraini, 2013). some people nowadays are starting to realize the importance of healthy living by trying to consume foods that have physiological effects to the body to get maximum health (astawan, 2003). based on the food law (uu) number 18 of 2012, food is anything that comes from biological sources intended for human consumption that has certain functions to the body, used for medicinal purposes and as daily food (hariyani, 2013). each region has a specific plant use system and differs from other regions according to the diversity of plants in its environment. this includes the use of food on the slopes of mount merapi and merbabu to support human life. the area is well-known as a center for producing green vegetables with a majority of the population of farmers, besides that the area also has high enough rainfall causing the soil to become fertile and the abundance of plants and has a high variance. edible plants in the area are used by the community as medicinal plants, food as well as traditional ceremonies used in everyday life. how to use plants by the community is obtained and has been carried out from generation to generation to form a culture (gunawan, 2014). advances in science and technology as well as the increase in the level of public education are very influential in the knowledge of the younger generation https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.33-39 34 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 33-39 of the culture that has been formed in society. one such knowledge is the use of the diversity of edible plants, resulting in this knowledge being increasingly marginalized, even though so far little has been stated in writing. based on this, a comprehensive research is needed to answer the problems that arise, namely how the community's knowledge of the use of food plants on the slopes of mount merapi and merbabu, precisely in mliwis village, cepogo, boyolali on plants that are used as food, including use as staple food, vegetables and medicine by specifically studying the diversity of species, including plant parts, habits, their use, processing methods and how to obtain these species. materials and methods research period and location the research was carried out on the slopes of mount merapi and merbabu, mainly in mliwis village, cepogo district, boyolali regency, covering 2 hamlets, namely baksari and ngarsapura (figure 1). the reason for choosing the two locations was because these two hamlets were the centers of agricultural and food production in the boyolali area. the research began in march may 2020. mliwis is located at 110 "22" 110 "50" east longitude and 7 "36" 7 "71" ls. figure 1. research locations on the slopes of mount merapi and merbabu, in the hamlets of baksari and ngarsapura. data collection data collected by all edible plants that have been used by the people on the slopes of mount merapi and merbabu including staple food, vegetables, medicines including species, plant parts, habits and methods of use. this information was obtained with the help of 40 respondents who were selected by purposive sampling with a total of 10% of the number of households (heads of households) in the study location. collecting data on communities consisting of traditional, local, vegetable farmers, vegetable sellers, herbalist sellers and other users through in-depth interviews through open questionnaires to be analyzed descriptively, qualitatively, and quantitatively. plants found were identified using the book flora of java volume i (1963), volume ii (1965), and volume iii (1968) by backer and van der brink jr., and indonesian useful plants by heyne (1987). meanwhile, quantitative data are used for botanical data collection, including inventory and identification of plants used by the community as food plants. the benefit value data uses a modified formula from cotton (1996) and nahdi and ardyan et al., (2019), as follows: 1. use value uvs = information: uvs : total number of use values of a type s uvis : total value of type s given by the informant i is : total number of informants interviewed for the type s use value 2. important value importance value index calculation using a formula iv = x 100 % information: iv : important value ni : number of respondents using type a n : total number of respondents the profile of respondents a b c figure 2. the profile of the respondents in the studied area based on: a. education; b. gender; c. employment. respondents are considered as representatives of the people on the slopes of mount merapi and merbabu, represented by the mliwis community as users of edible plants. they were selected from various profiles of gender, educational level and occupation. the percentage of female respondents are higher than male sd 40% smp 30% sma 30% female 60% male 40% farmer groups 10% vegetable farmers 20% food plant users30% vegetable sellers 17,5% guest sellers 10% elders 12,5% information: ngarsapura baksari umartani & nahdi – ethnobotanical study of edible plant communities on … 35 respondents (60% and 40% respectively). based on the level of education, 40% of them are only elementary school (sd) graduates, 30% junior high school (smp) graduates, and 30% junior high school (sma) graduate. according to occupations include vegetable farmers (20%), vegetable sellers (17.5%), elders (12.5%), farmer groups (10%), guest sellers (10%) and food plant users (30%). meanwhile, according to gender 60% of them are women, and 40% are men (figure 2). results and discussion a b c d figure 3. the summary of information on the use of edible plants based on: a. habitus; b. the part of the plant being used; c. how to use; d. the locations where the plants being collected. the diversity of edible plants. based on the results of the research, the people on the slopes of mount merapi and merbabu use 74 species of food plants from 37 families (table 1) with details, baksari village has 64 plant species as food used by the community and ngarsapura village has 59 species from 40 respondents. the same number of species found in the two hamlets is used by the community either as daily staples, vegetables or medicine. the number of food and medicinal plant species in this study is more than the research conducted by nita (2017) in the arfak tribe, namely 29 species of edible plants and 16 species of medicinal plants. this is because the use of edible and medicinal plants by local communities is different from one region to another. some of the factors that influence it are the efficacy and availability, language, social relations, cultural history, understanding, local beliefs and beliefs (silalahi, et al., 2018). usually, food and medicinal plants that are easily available with sufficient availability will be more used by the community. however, gudro, et al., (2014) stated another reason, where the factors that influence the use of plants by the community is the purpose of their use. the food plants, most widely used by the people on the slopes of mount merapi and merbabu come from the fabaceae family, which is used as a vegetable, followed by the zingiberaceae family as a cooking and medicinal spice. meanwhile, there are fewer types of plants from other families. previous research conducted by zulharman (2015) in the sambori tribe, bima, east nusa tenggara showed the same results, namely the fabaceae family is the family most widely used by the community as food. based on the results of interviews with respondents, the main reason for the higher use of plants of the fabaceae family is that these families are easily found in gardens, yards and in markets for sale. zulharman (2015) adds, the fabaceae family is widely used by the community because it is easy to cultivate and does not really need specific soil. in addition, according to permana et al., (2011) that almost every community has unique local wisdom as an adaptation to the environment and food in the form of fruit, vegetables and medicinal. plant habitus used as food. the results showed that there were four habitus of plants that were used by the community as food ingredients, namely trees, shrubs, shrubs and herbs. herbs are the most widely used habits habitus with a percentage of 36.49% of 74 species, followed by bush (28.38%), shrubs (18.92%) and trees (16.22%). the results of research conducted by nita (2012) in the arfak tribe, manokwari regency, sukmawati, et al., (2013) in toga village, central sulawesi and nahdih, et al., (2016) in the turgo area, yogyakarta showed the same results, namely the majority of herbal habitus are the habitus most widely used by people as raw material for food and medicine with varying percentages. the reason the people of the slopes on mount merapi and merbabu use more of the herb and bush habitus as food plants compared to others, which is easy to obtain and has highly adapted to the environment so that the growth rate and development are very fast and easy to 36. 49 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 29.73 se e d fr u it le a f tu b e rs ro o t r h iz o m e fl o w e r sh o o ts w a te r st e m sk in h e a rt 29.73 b o il e d p o u n d e d sh re d d e d fr ie d ro a st e d st e a m e d b u rn e d co co n u t m il k v e g e ta b le d ru n k d ir e ct ly … 72, 97 36 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 33-39 grow in various locations besides that there is no need for proper cultivation specifically (sukamto, 2007). the part of food plants. based on the results of the study, some people use food plants using plant parts or organs for consumption, which can be grouped into twelve (12) types of organs. leaves occupied the top position with the most percentage (29.73%), followed by fruit (17.57%), tubers (10.81%), seeds (9.46%), roots, rhizomes and flowers, respectively (6.76%), shoots (5.40%), stems (2.70%) and the last position was occupied by water, skin and heart, respectively (1.35%) (figure 3.b). sukmawati, et al., (2013) in the kaili rai tribe also showed the same thing, namely that people use more leaf parts than other parts with a percentage of 47.36% of 46 species. the same thing also happened in the research by nahdi, et al., (2016) that leaves were the highest part that was used by the community with a percentage of 51.39%. based on the results of interviews, favorite leaves are used because they are easy to obtain, there are always many leaves in one plant and easy to produce, so that people use them more than other parts, beside leaves also contain various substances needed by the body. according to payung, et al., (2016) the high utilization of leaves is because the leaves are used almost every day for vegetables and spices. apart from leaves, fruit and tubers are also parts that are widely used, because both are places to store food reserves that contain carbohydrates and other substances that are beneficial to the body (savitri, 2008). the serving method of food plants. based on the way it is used, people use food plants in eleven ways: boiling, pounding, grated, fried, roasted, steamed, roasted, coconut milk, vegetable, drunk and immediately consumed. the most widely used method by the community is by using vegetables with a percentage of 29.73%. the reason for the high processing method using vegetables is because people generally consume it as a complement to rice in their daily lives, it is easy to process, besides that people are also aware of their health and the many substances contained in plants that are very beneficial for the body. according to teo (2001) vegetables are a source of vitamins, minerals and phytochemicals that contain dietary fiber which is good for health. in contrast to research conducted by efremila, et al (2015) by drinking directly is the most common way, because beside being practical, cost-effective, it can also react directly in the body both for food and internal medicine. the source of food plants. the people on the slopes of mount merapi and merbabu obtain food plants by taking plants that come from wild plants, self-cultivating products, and buying at the market with details that the most widely used methods is self-cultivation (72.97%) (figure 3.d) compared to plants illegal (5.4%) and buying in the market (21.62%). this is because the cultivation process is very simple, namely by using the empty land around the house or garden using makeshift tools. generally, land in yards and gardens is used by the community to grow vegetable plants so that it is easy to collect them without having to travel long and cheap distances. in addition, medicinal plants are usually used as spices in cooking. in contrast to zaman's research, et al (2013), the people of sumenep district, east java mostly uses wildly obtained plants because of their economic value without spending money to get them. the way to get the second most widely used food plant by the community is buying at the market (21.62%) because food plants are the main and important need for the local community, and are an easy and practical way without carrying out the planting and harvesting process which requires time quite long and usually carried out by landless communities. meanwhile, how to obtain it by taking wild plants is very little due to the lack of public knowledge of the potential of these plants. value benefits (uvs) and important value (inp). based on the research results, the food plants that had the highest use value were fennel species (foeniculum vulgare mill.) with a value of 0.25, followed by chili pepper (capsicum annum l.) with a value of 0.20, and turmeric (curcuma dosmetica loir) and water spinach (ipomoea aquatica forsk.) with a value of 0.17 (table 1). several types of food plants above, are already well known among the surrounding community because in addition to being used for daily food they also have many benefits to cure various diseases, fennel (foeniculum vulgare mill.) in addition to plants that are unique and favored by the surrounding community, are also a plant that has many medicinal benefits. according to (kurniawan, et al., 2015), fennel can treat diseases such as itching, coughing and motion sickness. the essential oil content in fennel has anethol and estragole compounds as antipyretics (newall et al., 1995). the highest importance value based on the research results was padi (oryza sativa l.) with a value of 5.23%, followed by fennel (foeniculum vulgare mill.) 4.57%, and cassava (3.27%) (table 1). the important value of these two plants is not too far apart, so it can be said that both of them are excellent plants and are typical of the people of the slopes on mount merapi and merbabu. it is said so because at the beginning of the interview with respondents almost all of them mentioned these plants. regardless of the plant's content, the community's use of plants as a source of food and medicine is only based on hereditary knowledge and personal experience without knowing its contents. people make use of plants based on knowledge obtained from their parents or elders. based on the use value (uvs) and important value (inp), it is not always the plants that have the highest use value also have the highest importance value. this is umartani & nahdi – ethnobotanical study of edible plant communities on … 37 because the use value only looks at how many benefits a species has, while the important value is seen not only in terms of benefits, but how much people use these plants, so that even if the benefits are not as many as other species, these plants trusted and idolized by the community. table 1. list of edible plants used by the community of village of baksari and ngarsapura, boyolali. family scientific name local name benefits uvs inp amaranthaceae amaranthus tricolor l. bayem cabut detoxify body toxins 0,12 1,96 anacardiaceae mangifera indica l. pelem cure anemia 0,1 1,31 apiaceae foeniculum vulgare mill. adas overcome menstrual disorders, cure fever 0,25 4,57 daucus carota l. wortel improve eye health, 0,1 2,61 apium graveolens l. ledri anti inflammatory 0,07 1,31 araceae colocasia esculenta l. tales overcoming heart disease 0,07 0,65 xanthosoma sagittifolium l. kimpul overcoming digestive problems, 0,07 0,65 amorphophallus paeoniifolius suweg anti-poison, treat wounds 0,07 2,61 arecaceae cocos nucifera l. kelopo neutralizing body toxins 0,1 1,96 asteraceae tagetes arecta l. ningkir treat ulcer disease 0,1 0,01 lactuca sativa l. selada maintain eye health 0,07 0,01 bombaceae durio zibethinus l. duren fight infection (antibacterial) 0,05 1,96 brassicaceae brassica rapa l. sawi bakso lose weight 0,1 0,65 brassica oleracea l. kobis increase immunity 0,07 0,01 brassica olearacea l. brokoli improve the health of bones and teeth, 0,12 0,65 nasturtium officinale l. cenil prevent constipation 0,12 0,65 cactaceae hylocereus undatus haw. buah naga blood circulation 0,1 0,01 cannaceae canna discolor l. ganyong relieves heartburn symptoms 0,07 0,01 caricaceae carica papayal. kates digestion 0,12 1,96 chenopodiaceae beta vulgaris l. bit lower blood pressure 0,07 2,61 convolvulaceae ipomoea batatas l. telo source of carbohydrates, lose weight, 0,1 0,01 ipomoea aquatica forsk. kangkung against liver damage, 0,17 0,01 cucurbitaceae sechium edule l. jepan mineral source of the body 0,1 0,01 cucurbita moshcata durch. pumpkin improve the immune system, 0,07 0,01 cucumis sativus l. timun antioxidants, smooth digestion 0,07 0,01 momordica charantia l. pare relieves asthma, fights cancer cells, 0,1 0,65 cucumis melo l. melon prevent skin aging 0,07 0,65 dendrocalamaeae dendrocalamus asper l. boung lowering the risk of stroke 0,07 0,65 dioscoreaceae dioscorea alata l. uwi lowering blood sugar and cholesterol levels 0,05 0,65 dioscorea esculenta l. mbili prevent diabetes, 0,07 0,65 ebenaceae diospyros kaki l. tledung stop bleeding 0,07 1,96 euphorbiaceae manihot utillisima pohl. pohung relieves pain 0,07 3,27 euphorbia heterophylla l. patik mas reduces swelling due to snake bites 0,07 1,96 fabaceae clitoria ternatea l. telang contains antioxidants, heal wounds 0,1 0,01 glycine max l. dele lower blood pressure 0,07 0,01 arachis hypogea l. kacang brol prevent cancer 0,07 0,65 vigna cylindrica l. kacang panjang increase immunity 0,1 0,65 sesbania grandiflora l. turi treat coughs, dysentery 0,1 0,01 phaseolus vulgaris l. buncis maintain heart health 0,07 0,01 pisum sativum l. kapri free radical scavenger 0,07 0,65 leucaena leucocephala metir eradicate worms, prevent diabetes 0,07 0,65 gnetaceae gnetum gnemon l. melinjo smooth urine, 0,1 0,65 graminaceae zea mays l. jagung source of carbohydrates (daily staple food) 0,02 0,01 lamiaceae ocimum sanctum l. kemangi prevent fever 0,07 0,65 liliacea allium cepa l. brambang prevent colds, 0,1 0,65 allium sativum l. bawang putih natural antibiotics 0,12 0,65 38 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 33-39 family scientific name local name benefits uvs inp aloe vera l. lidah buaya speed up wound healing, 0,07 0,01 malvaceae abelmoschus esculentus l. okra prevent kidney disorders 0,07 0,01 marantaceae maranta arundinacea l. garut overcoming digestive diseases 0,02 0,65 moraceae artocarpus altilis park. sukun treat gout 0,07 0,65 artocarpus heterophyllus lam. gori cure insomnia 0,1 0,65 musaceae musa paradisiaca l. gedang kepok accelerating the digestive system 0,07 0,65 myrtaceae psidium guajava l. jambu klutuk tackle dengue fever 0,1 0,01 syzygium aromaticum l cengkeh treating stomach ulcers, 0,1 0,01 pandanaceae pandanus amaryllifolius roxb. pandan strengthens nerves 0,12 1,96 phyllanthaceae sauropus androgynus l. katu smooth out milk production 0,1 1,96 phyllanthus niruri l. meniran cure liver disease 0,07 0,01 piperaceae piper betle l. suroh antiseptic 0,12 0,01 poaceae oryza sativa l. pari source of carbohydrates 0,02 5,23 cymbopogon citratus l. sere antioxidants, control, regulate muscle function 0,07 0,65 portulaceae portula oleracea l. krokot prevent kidney stones, treat rheumatism 0,07 0,01 rosaceae rosa l. mawar improves immunity 0,07 0,01 fragaria anansa l. stoberi maintain heart health, prevent allergies 0,07 1,96 rutaceae citrus hystrix d.c jeruk purut clean the blood, increase endurance 0,07 1,96 solanaceae solanum lycopersicum l. tomat maintain eye health, treat acne 0,12 0,65 capsicum annum l. lombok streamlining bowel movements, treating thrush, 0,2 1,96 solanum melongena l. terong overcoming stomach acid 0,15 2,61 solanum tuberosum l. kentang maintain heart health, antioxidants, 0,15 0,01 capsicum annum l. paprika prevent anemia, control blood sugar 0,07 0,01 zingiberaceae curcuma dosmetica loir kunir overcoming menstrual problems 0,17 0,65 kaempferia galanga l. kencur treating coughs, treating diarrhea 0,15 0,01 zingiber officinale rosc jahe strengthens immunity, warms the body 0,12 0,01 curcuma zanthorrhiza l. temu lawak pain reliever, increases milk production 0,1 0,65 alpinia galaga l. laos cure asthma 0,07 0,65 conclusion based on the results and discussion, it can be concluded that the people on the slopes of mount merapi and merbabu use 74 species of plants from 37 families. the most commonly used plants are dominated by the fabaceae, zingiberacee and solanaceae families. the most widely used plants organs were leaves (29.73%), fruit (17.57%), and tubers (10.81). based on its use, it has the highest value (29.73%), followed by direct consumption (10.81%) and boiled (16.22%). the method of obtaining food plants by cultivation was in the highest ranking (72.97%), followed by buying in the market (21.62%) and wild plants (5.4%). plants that have a high use value (uvs) of fennel with a value of 0.25, chili pepper 0.20 and turmeric 0, 17. food plants that are excellent with the highest index of importance value are rice 5.23%, fennel 4.57% and cassava 3.27%. all the knowledge they have is knowledge acquired from generation to generation. acknowledgments: the results of this study involved various parties, many thanks to the people on the slopes of merapi merbabu, to be precise, mliwis village, especially the baksari and ngarsapura hamlets who have provided information about local knowledge on food plants and medicines they have, as well as to colleagues who have helped us. conflict of interest: the authors declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references anggraini f. (2013). aplikasi plasticizer gliserol pada pembuatan plastik biodegradable dari biji nangka. semarang: jurusan kimia fakultas mipa unnes. astawan m. (2003). pangan fungsional untuk kesehatan yang optimal. jakarta: bumi aksara. umartani & nahdi – ethnobotanical study of edible plant communities on … 39 backer, a.c & van den brink.b.c.r. (1963). flora of java (spermatophytes only) vol. i. n.v.p. the netherlands: noordhoff-groningen. backer, a.c & van den brink.b.c.r. (1965). flora of java (spermatophytes only) vol. ii. n.v.p. the netherlands: noordhoff-groningen. backer, a.c & van den brink.b.c.r. (1968). flora of java (spermatophytes only) vol. iii. n.v.p. the netherlands: noordhoff-groningen. cotton, c.m. (1996). etnobotany.principles and applications. uk john willey & sons inc london: roehamton insitute london. efremila, wardenaar, e, sisilia l. (2015). studi etnobotani tumbuhan obat oleh etnis suku dayak di desa kayu tanam kecamatan mandor kabupaten landak. jurnal hutan lesatari 3(2): 234-246. gunawan, a. (2014). food combining, makanan serasi pola makan untuk langsing dan sehat. jakarta: pt. gramedia pustaka utama. heyne k. (1987). tumbuhan berguna indonesia ii. jakarta: badan litbang kehutanan. martin gj. (1998). etnobotani: sebuah manual pemeliharaan manusia dan tumbuhan (diterjemahkan oleh maryati mohamed). edisi bahasa melayu. malaysia: natural history publication (borneo) sdn bhd. nahdi ms, nugraheni, i, dan arsyah dc, (2016). the etnobotany of medical plants in supporting the family health in turgo, yogyakarta, indonesia. biodiversitas 17 (2): 900-906. nahdi, maizer, ardyan pramudya kurniawan. (2019). the diversity and etnobotanical study of medicinal plants in the southern slope of mount merapi, yogyakarta, indonesia. jurnal biodiversitas, 20 (8): 2279-2287. newall, c., anderson i, philipson. j. (1995). herbal medicines. the school of pharmacy university of london: departemen of pharmacognosy. nita, ab. (2017). etnobotani tumbuhan pangan dan obat masyarakat suku arfak di kampung warmare, kabupaten manokwari. jurnal uajy: 1-15. payung y.r, miswan dan pitopang, r. (2016). studi etnobotani tumbuhan pangan pada suku kaili ija di desa bora kecamatan sigi biromaru kabupaten sigi sulawesi tengah. biocelebes. 10 (1): 27-44. permana.e., nasution, i.p dan gunawijaya.j. (2011). kearifan lokal tentang mitigasi bencana pada masyarakat baduy. jurnal makara 15(1): 67-76. savitri, e., s. (2008). rahasia tumbuhan berkhasiat obat perspektif islam. malang: uin press. silalahi, m, nisyawati, walujo e.b dan mustaqim w. (2018). etnomedisin tumbuhan obat oleh subetnis batak phakpak di desa sarung mersada, kabupaten phakpak bharat, sumatera utara. jurnal ilmu dasar 19(2): 77-92. sukamto. 2007. babadotan (ageratum conyzoides) tanaman multi fungsi. jurnal warta puslitbangbun 13(3). sukmawati, n., eny, y., pitopang, r. (2013). studi etnobotani tumbuhan obat pada masyarakat suku kaili rai di desa toga kecamatan ampibabo kabupaten parigi moutong sulawesi tengah.jurnal biocelebes, 7(2): 9-16. zaman, q., hariyanto, s. dan purnobasuki, h. (2013). etnobotani tumbuhan di kabupaten sumenep jawa timur. jurnal matematika dan ilmu pengetahuan alam 16 (1): 21-30. zuhdi, ac. (2012). krisis lingkungan hidup dalam prespektif islam. jurnal mutawatir 2(2): 140-162. zulharman, z, yanuwiyadi b, baroto j. (2015). etnobotany and food plant community sambori district bima regency west nusa tenggara indonesia. natural b, journal of health and environmental sciences 3(2): 198-204. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 2, october 2021 | pages: 123-127 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.123-127 issn 2540-9328 (online) stability analysis of mathematical modeling of interaction between target cells and covid-19 infected cells sugiyanto1*, mansoor abdul hamid2, alya adianta1, hanny puspha jayanti1, muhammad ja'far luthfi 3 1mathematics department, faculty of science and technology, universitas islam negeri sunan kalijaga, indonesia. 2school of food science & nutrition, universiti malaysia sabah, malaysia. 3department of biological education, faculty of tarbiyah and education, universitas islam negeri sunan kalijaga, indonesia. corresponding author* sugiyanto@uin-suka.ac.id manuscript received: 19 october 2021. revision accepted: 30 october, 2021. published: 02 november, 2021. abstract the stability analysis in this mathematical model was related to the infection of the coronavirus disease 2019 (covid-19). in this mathematical model there were two balance points, namely the point of balance free from covid-19 and the one infected with covid-19. the stability of the equilibrium point was influenced by all parameters, i.e. target cells die during each cycle, number of t arget cells at 𝑡′ = 0, target cells infected during each cycle based on virion unit density, effective surface area of the network, the ratio of the number of virus particles to the number of virions, infected cells die during each cycle, the number of virus particles produced by each infected cell during each cycle, and virus particles die during each cycle. in the simulation model, immunity is divided into high, medium and low immunity. for high, moderate and low immunity, respectively, the highest number of target cells is in high, medium and low immunity, whereas for the number of infected cells and the number of covid-19, it is in the opposite sequence of the number of target cells. keywords: coronavirus disease 2019; equilibrium point stability; target cells and infected cells. introduction coronavirus disease 2019 (covid-19) was first known to infect residents in wuhan city, china, and was notified by the chinese government to who in december 2019 (sugiyanto & abrori, 2020). covid-19 belongs to subfamily orthocoronavirinae, family coronaviridae, and order nidovirales (tan et. al., 2020). about 80% of covid-19 illness show mild symptoms and 20% have severe symptoms. some of the 20% patients who contract covid-19 develop severe pneumonia, sometimes with acute respiratory distress, which can lead to organ failure and death. the stability analysis of mathematical modeling is used to determine the recovery period of covid-19 patients. there are many factors that determine a person would get into mild, severe or severe symptoms. we can classify these symptoms into three things depend on the immunity of the covid-19 patient. in this modeling, categorization were done using the t – i – v model. the target cell subpopulation (t) is cells in several organs, such as the lungs, heart, arteries, intestines and kidneys. the infected cell subpopulation (i) is a cell that is infected through a receptor on the surface called angiotensin converting enzyme 2 (ace2) (diaz, 2020). target cells were epithelial cells in all of these organs. this target cell was ace2. the conversion of angiotensin ii (vasoconstruction peptide) to angiotensin 1-7 (vasodilator) was catalyzed by ace2 (zhang et. al., 2020). 83% of normal lung cells express ace2, namely type ii alveolar epithelial cells (aecii), which make these cells viral reservoirs. the spike protein (shaped like a nail) stuck to the surface of the sars-cov virus (zoufaly et. al., 2020). the ace2 enzyme attaches to the cell membranes of several organs (bourgonje et. al, 2020). stability analysis the mathematical model obtained in system (1) refers to du and yuan's (2020) paper. 𝑑𝑇 𝑑𝑡′ = (𝑑𝜏)𝑇0 − (𝑑𝜏)𝑇 − (𝑘𝜏) 𝐴𝛼 𝑉𝑇 (1a) 𝑑𝐼 𝑑𝑡′ = (𝑘𝜏) 𝐴𝛼 𝑉𝑇 − (𝛿𝜏)𝐼 (1b) 𝑑𝑉 𝑑𝑡′ = (𝑝𝜏)𝐼 − (𝑐𝜏)𝑉 (1c) description of the target cell subpopulation, covid19 infected cells, virus population and parameters are shown in table 1. https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.123-127 124 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 123-127 table 1. target cell subpopulation, covid-19 infected cells, virus population and parameters. no. symbol explanation unit 1 𝜏 average cycle time for viral replication 𝑑𝑎𝑦 2 𝑡′ = 𝑡/𝜏 number of virus replication cycles 3 𝑇 number of target cells at 𝑡′ 𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑙 4 𝐼 number of infected cells at 𝑡′ 𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑙 5 𝑉 number of virus particles at 𝑡′ 𝑣𝑖𝑟𝑢𝑠 6 (𝑑𝜏) target cells die during each cycle 7 𝑇0 number of target cells at 𝑡 ′ = 0 𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑙 8 (𝑘𝜏) target cells infected during each cycle based on virion unit density 9 𝐴 effective surface area of the network 𝑚𝑚2 10 𝛼 the ratio of the number of virus particles to the number of virions 𝑣𝑖𝑟𝑢𝑠 /𝑚𝑚2 11 (𝛿𝜏) infected cells die during each cycle 12 (𝑝𝜏) the number of virus particles produced by each infected cell during each cycle 13 (𝑐𝜏) virus particles die during each cycle theorem 1. equilibrium point there are two equilibrium points of system (1), namely: free from the covid-19 virus and infected with the covid-19 virus. the covid-19 virus-free equilibrium point is 𝐸𝑃0 = (𝑇, 𝐼, 𝑉) = (𝑇0, 0,0). the equilibrium point for contracting the covid-19 virus is 𝐸𝑃1 = (𝑇, 𝐼, 𝑉) = (𝑎1, 𝑎2, 𝑎3), where 𝑎1 = 𝐴𝛼(𝛿𝜏)(𝑐𝜏) (𝑘𝜏)(𝑝𝜏) , 𝑎2 = (𝑘𝜏)(𝑑𝜏)𝑇0(𝑝𝜏)− (𝛿𝜏)(𝑐𝜏)(𝑑𝜏)𝐴𝛼 (𝑝𝜏)(𝛿𝜏)(𝑘𝜏) , 𝑎3 = (𝑘𝜏)(𝑑𝜏)𝑇0(𝑝𝜏)− (𝛿𝜏)(𝑐𝜏)(𝑑𝜏)𝐴𝛼 (𝛿𝜏)(𝑐𝜏)(𝑘𝜏) . proof. from equation (1a) and 𝑑𝑇 𝑑𝑡′ = 0, we get 𝑇 = (𝑑𝜏)𝑇0𝐴𝛼 (𝑑𝜏)𝐴𝛼+(𝑘𝜏)𝑉 (2) from equation (1c) and 𝑑𝑉 𝑑𝑡′ = 0 obtained 𝐼 = (𝑐𝜏) (𝑝𝜏) 𝑉 (3) from 𝑑𝐼 𝑑𝑡′ = 0 and substituting equations (2) and (3) into equation (1), we get 𝑉 = 0 (4) or 𝑉 = (𝑑𝜏)[(𝑘𝜏)𝑇0(𝑝𝜏)− (𝛿𝜏)(𝑐𝜏)𝐴𝛼] (𝛿𝜏)(𝑐𝜏)(𝑘𝜏) = 𝑎3 (5) from equation (2) and equation (4), we get 𝑇 = 𝑇0. (6) from equation (3) and equation (4), we get 𝐼 = 0. (7) from equations (6), (7) and (4) it is proven that the covid-19 virus-free equilibrium point is 𝐸𝑃0. if equation (5) is substituted into equation (2), then we get 𝑇 = 𝐴𝛼(𝛿𝜏)(𝑐𝜏) (𝑘𝜏)(𝑝𝜏) = 𝑎1 (8) if equation (8) is substituted into equation (3), then we get 𝐼 = (𝑘𝜏)(𝑑𝜏)𝑇0(𝑝𝜏)− (𝛿𝜏)(𝑐𝜏)(𝑑𝜏)𝐴𝛼 (𝑝𝜏)(𝛿𝜏)(𝑘𝜏) = 𝑎2 (9) from equations (8), (9) and (5) it is proven that the equilibrium point for contracting the covid-19 virus is 𝐸𝑃1. ■ from theorem 1 it can be conveyed, if there is no covid-19 virus then someone will be safe or someone is virus free, and if there is a virus then a person's healing point is influenced by all parameters. virus-free can be achieved if there is no person carrying the virus or complying with health procedures such as wearing a mask, keeping a distance and washing hands as often as possible. when a person gets a virus, only the immune (target cells) can fight the infected cells. theorem 2. existence of the equilibrium point existence 𝐸𝑃0 fulfilled in any non-negative number parameter and existence 𝐸𝑃1 fulfilled if (𝑘𝜏)𝑇0(𝑝𝜏) − (𝛿𝜏)(𝑐𝜏)𝐴𝛼 > 0. proof. from theorem 1, that existence 𝐸𝑃0 and 𝐸𝑃1 proven. ■ from theorem 2 it can be seen that all parameters do not affect the existence of the equilibrium point 𝐸𝑃0. all parameters are target cells die during each cycle, number of target cells at 𝑡′ = 0, target cells infected during each cycle based on virion unit density, effective surface area of the network, the ratio of the number of virus particles to the number of virions, infected cells die during each cycle, the number of virus particles produced by each infected cell during each cycle, and virus particles die during each cycle. this means that if a person is not exposed to the covid-19 virus, the target cells would not affected or the condition of a person is healthy without the virus. for someone who is infected with the virus, all parameters affect the existence of the equilibrium point 𝐸𝑃0. this means that a person's condition will remain sugiyanto et al. – stability analysis of mathematical modeling of interaction … 125 healthy or even die depending on the target cells working well or not. theorem 3. stability of the equilibrium point (1) if √((𝛿𝜏) − (𝑐𝜏)) 2 + 4 (𝑘𝜏)(𝑝𝜏)𝑇0 𝐴𝛼 − ((𝛿𝜏) + (𝑐𝜏)), then the equilibrium point 𝐸𝑃0 is locally asymptotically stable. (2) if √((𝛿𝜏) − (𝑐𝜏)) 2 + 4 (𝑘𝜏)(𝑝𝜏)(𝑎1) 𝐴𝛼 − ((𝛿𝜏) + (𝑐𝜏)) < 0, then the equilibrium point 𝐸𝑃1 is locally asymptotically stable. proof. for example, in system (1) it is written 𝑓1 = 𝑑𝑇 𝑑𝑡′ = (𝑑𝜏)𝑇0 − (𝑑𝜏)𝑇 − (𝑘𝜏) 𝐴𝛼 𝑉𝑇 (10a) 𝑓2 = 𝑑𝐼 𝑑𝑡′ = (𝑘𝜏) 𝐴𝛼 𝑉𝑇 − (𝛿𝜏)𝐼 (10b) 𝑓3 = 𝑑𝑉 𝑑𝑡′ = (𝑝𝜏)𝐼 − (𝑐𝜏)𝑉 (10c) jacobian matrix function 𝑓 from system (10) written can be obtained by first performing the partial derivation of the functions 𝑓1 = (𝑇, 𝐼, 𝑉 ) (11a) 𝑓2 = (𝑇, 𝐼, 𝑉 ) (11b) 𝑓3 = (𝑇, 𝐼, 𝑉 ) (11c) as follows. (i). partial derivative 𝑓1 with respect to 𝑇, 𝐼, 𝑉 namely: 𝜕𝑓1 𝜕𝑇 = −(𝑑𝜏) − (𝑘𝜏) 𝐴𝛼 𝑉; 𝜕𝑓1 𝜕𝐼 = 0; 𝜕𝑓1 𝜕𝑉 = 0; (ii). partial derivative 𝑓2 with respect to 𝑇, 𝐼, 𝑉 namely: 𝜕𝑓2 𝜕𝑇 = (𝑘𝜏) 𝐴𝛼 𝑉; 𝜕𝑓2 𝜕𝐼 = −(𝛿𝜏); 𝜕𝑓2 𝜕𝑉 = (𝑘𝜏) 𝐴𝛼 𝑇; (iii). partial derivative 𝑓3 with respect to 𝑇, 𝐼, 𝑉 namely: 𝜕𝑓3 𝜕𝑇 = 0; 𝜕𝑓3 𝜕𝐼 = (𝑝𝜏); 𝜕𝑓3 𝜕𝑉 = −(𝑐𝜏); the jacobian matrix is 𝐽(𝑇, 𝐼, 𝑉) = [ −(𝑑𝜏) − (𝑘𝜏) 𝐴𝛼 𝑉 0 0 (𝑘𝜏) 𝐴𝛼 𝑉 −(𝛿𝜏) (𝑘𝜏) 𝐴𝛼 𝑇 0 (𝑝𝜏) −(𝑐𝜏)] (1) for 𝑬𝑷𝟎, we get 𝐽(𝑇0, 0,0) = [ −(𝑑𝜏) 0 0 0 −(𝛿𝜏) (𝑘𝜏) 𝐴𝛼 (𝑇0) 0 (𝑝𝜏) −(𝑐𝜏) ] we find the eigenvalues of 𝐽(𝑇0, 0,0) that is 𝜆𝑖, for 𝑖 = 1,2,3, where  0 , 0, 0 0.j t i  we get the eigenvalues of the jacobian matrix which is represented by                             1 2 2 2 3 0 0 1 , , 4 4 2 1 . 2 d k p t c c a k p t c c a                                             we know that ((𝛿𝜏) − (𝑐𝜏)) 2 ≥ 0 and (𝑘𝜏)(𝑝𝜏)𝑇0 𝐴𝛼 > 0, so that ((𝛿𝜏) − (𝑐𝜏)) 2 + 4 (𝑘𝜏)(𝑝𝜏)𝑇0 𝐴𝛼 > 0. since the parameters are greater than zero, we get 1 20, 0,   and because √((𝛿𝜏) − (𝑐𝜏)) 2 + 4 (𝑘𝜏)(𝑝𝜏)𝑇0 𝐴𝛼 − ((𝛿𝜏) + (𝑐𝜏)) < 0, then we get 𝜆3 = 1 2 [−((𝛿𝜏) − (𝑐𝜏)) ± √((𝛿𝜏) − (𝑐𝜏)) 2 − 4 ((𝛿𝜏)(𝑐𝜏) − (𝑘𝜏)(𝑝𝜏)𝑇0 𝐴𝛼 )] < 0. we get all negative eigenvalues, so that 𝐸𝑃0 is locally asymptotically stable. (2) for 𝑬𝑷𝟏, we get 𝐽(𝑎1, 𝑎2, 𝑎3) = [ −(𝑑𝜏) − (𝑘𝜏) 𝐴𝛼 (𝑎3) 0 0 (𝑘𝜏) 𝐴𝛼 (𝑎3) −(𝛿𝜏) (𝑘𝜏) 𝐴𝛼 (𝑎1) 0 (𝑝𝜏) −(𝑐𝜏) ] we find the eigenvalues of 𝐽(𝑎1, 𝑎2, 𝑎3) that is 𝜆𝑖, for 𝑖 = 1,2,3, where  1 2 3, 0.,j a a a i  we get the eigenvalues of the jacobian matrix which is represented by                                   3 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 , 1 4 , 2 1 4 2 k d a a k p c c a k p a a c c a                                                     we know that ((𝛿𝜏) − (𝑐𝜏)) 2 ≥ 0 and (𝑘𝜏)(𝑝𝜏)𝑇0 𝐴𝛼 > 0, so ((𝛿𝜏) − (𝑐𝜏)) 2 + 4 (𝑘𝜏)(𝑝𝜏)𝑇0 𝐴𝛼 > 0. since the parameters are greater than zero, we get 𝜆1 < 0, 𝜆2 < 0, 126 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 123-127 and because √((𝛿𝜏) − (𝑐𝜏)) 2 + 4 (𝑘𝜏)(𝑝𝜏)(𝑎1) 𝐴𝛼 − ((𝛿𝜏) + (𝑐𝜏)) < 0, then we get              2 3 11 4 0 2 c a ak p c                      . we get all negative eigenvalues, so that 𝐸𝑃1 is locally asymptotically stable.■ from theorem 3 the stability point is affected by all parameters. this means that a person will recover depending on the target cells that work. the better the target cells work, the healthier the person would be and those who have been infected with covid-19 will recover. simulation the parameters in this simulation are taken from du and yuan's (2020) paper. table 2 shows the parameter values. in this simulation, we replace the symbol (𝑝𝜏) with 𝑏. this is because in matlab there is no insert legend that can be written (𝑝𝜏). table 2. parameter values for simulation. no. parameter value 1 𝜏 7 2 𝑑𝜏 2 × 10−4 3 𝑇0 10 8 4 (𝑘𝜏) 𝐴𝛼 𝑇0 0.075 5 𝛿𝜏 0.4 6 𝑐𝜏 0.4 7 𝐼0 10 8 𝑉0 100 figure 1. changes in the number of target cells against the presence of the covid-19 virus. target cells reflect the number of cells in people with three conditions, namely: low, moderate and high immunity conditions. figure 1, figure 2 and figure 3 represent person with high immunity ((𝑝𝜏) = 𝑏 = 50), moderate immunity ((𝑝𝜏) = 𝑏 = 100), and low immunity ((𝑝𝜏) = 𝑏 = 150). person with good immunity shows the target cell from 10,000,000 cells in 13.09 days to 101,800 cells. person with moderate immunity shows the target cell from 10,000,000 cells in 8,514 days to 104,300 cells. person with low immunity shows the target cell from 10,000,000 cells in 2,398 days to 105,000 cells. the order of decline in target cells from the longest to the fastest is good, medium and low immunity. table 3 describes the descending order of the target cells. table 3. target cell decrease. no. immunity initial amount (cell) total ten thousand (cell) time (day) 1 high 10,000,000 101,800 13.09 2 medium 10,000,000 104,300 8.514 3 low 10,000,000 105,000 2.398 figure 2. changes in the number of infected cells against the presence of the covid-19 virus. figure 2 shows the peak number of infected cells differed between individuals with high, moderate and low immunity. a person with low immunity on day 6,155 the number of infected is 7.146 × 107 cell. a person with moderate immunity on day 7,685 the number of infected is 6.65 × 107 cell. a person with high immunity on day 11.46 the number of infected is 5.655 × 107 cell. briefly, this explanation is in table 4. table 4. increase in the number of infected cells. no. immunity highest number of cells (cell) time (day) 1 high 5.655 × 107 11.46 2 medium 6.65 × 107 7.685 3 low 7.146 × 107 6.155 figure 3. changes in the number of virus particles. sugiyanto et al. – stability analysis of mathematical modeling of interaction … 127 figure 3 shows the number of viruses with high, medium and low immunity conditions. for someone with high immunity the maximum virus count on day 13.19 is 4.31 × 108 virus. for someone with moderate immunity the maximum virus count on 9,492 days is 8.946 × 109 virus. for a person with low immunity the maximum viral load on day 8,068 is 1.356 × 1010 virus. table 5 describes the amount of virus in the condition of a person with high, medium and low immunity. table 5. increase in the number of virus particles. no. immunity highest number of viruses (virus) time (day) 1 high 4.31 × 108 13.19 2 medium 8.946 × 109 9.492 3 low 1.356 × 1010 8.068 conclusion the stability of being free of the covid-19 virus and infected with the virus is influenced by all parameters. the number of target cells, virus-infected cells and virus particles is affected by a person's immunity. if a person has high immunity, the number of target cells would decrease slowly. vice versa, if a person has low immunity, then the number of target cells will drop rapidly. in a person having low immunity, the infected cells and viruses will quickly increase in number compared to the one with high immunity. conflicts of interest: mjl is on the editorial board of the biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry, and was recused from this article’s review and decision. the authors declare that there are no conflicts of interest. references bourgonje, a. r., abdulle, a. e., timens, w., hillebrands, j. l., navis, g. j., gordijn, s. j., ... & van goor, h. (2020). angiotensin‐converting enzyme 2 (ace2), sars‐cov‐2 and the pathophysiology of coronavirus disease 2019 (covid‐19). the journal of pathology, 251(3), 228-248. diaz, j. h. (2020). hypothesis: angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and angiotensin receptor blockers may increase the risk of severe covid-19. journal of travel medicine. du, s. q., & yuan, w. (2020). mathematical modeling of interaction between innate and adaptive immune responses in covid‐19 and implications for viral pathogenesis. journal of medical virology, 92(9), 1615-1628. sugiyanto, s., & abrori, m. (2020). a mathematical model of the covid-19 cases in indonesia (under and without lockdown enforcement). biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry, 9(1), 15-19. tan, w., zhao, x., ma, x., wang, w., niu, p., xu, w., ... & wu, g. (2020). a novel coronavirus genome identified in a cluster of pneumonia cases—wuhan, china 2019− 2020. china cdc weekly, 2(4), 61-62. zhang, x., li, s., & niu, s. (2020). ace2 and covid-19 and the resulting ards. postgraduate medical journal, 96(1137), 403-407. zoufaly, a., poglitsch, m., aberle, j. h., hoepler, w., seitz, t., traugott, m., ... & penninger, j. m. (2020). human recombinant soluble ace2 in severe covid-19. the lancet respiratory medicine, 8(11), 1154-1158. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 9, number 1, april 2020 | pages: 39-46 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2020.91.39-46 issn 2540-9328 (online) isolation and characterization of sesquiterpenes from stem bark of warburgia ugandensis sprague teshome gonfa hordofa department of chemistry, college of natural and computational sciences, haramaya university, ethiopia p. o. box 138, dire dawa corresponding author tashe2002@gmail.com, teshome.gonfa@haramya.edu.et manuscript received: 06 may, 2020. revision accepted: 12 may, 2020. published: 17 may, 2020. abstract warburgia ugandensis sprague is one of the medicinal plants traditionally used to treat a number of diseases like asthma, cough, diarrhea, common cold, stomachache and toothache in ethiopia. however, there is still insufficient information on the isolation and evaluation of bioactive compounds from this plant species. extraction, purification and isolation of the stem bark of this plant by dichloromethane and chloroform as solvents afforded two sesquiterpenes; namely, wu-1 (ugandensidial) and wu-2 (cinnamolide-3β-acetate) respectively. the structural elucidations of these bioactive compounds were accomplished by using a variety of spectroscopic methods (ir, uv and nmr). the spectroscopic results compared with the reported data in the literature. keywords: medicinal plants; natural products; sesquiterpenes; warburgia ugandensis sprague. introduction natural products extracted from medicinal plants are the major sources of modern drugs that have been used for treatment of human pathogens (sasidharan et al., 2011). the studies of these medicinal plants were the basis of earliest medicines. plant derived medicines constitute a substantial component of present day human healthcare systems (gómez et al., 2007, butle 2004). according to world health organization (who), more than 60% of the world’s population and over 80% of the people in low incoming/developing countries depend upon traditional medicine for their primary health care needs (sukirtha et al., 2012). in recent years, medicinal plants as natural products have attracted attention due to their important bioactive content such as terpens, alkaloids, anthraquinones, steroids, tannins, glycosides, saponins, volatile oils, resins, phenols and flavonoids that are deposited in their different parts (saiprasanna et al., 2012). the medicinal value of these plants also depends on bioactive phytochemical constituents that produce a definite physiologic action on the human body (mohammed, 2018). the genus warburgia is one of the flowering plants belongs to canellaceae family (rabe et al., 2000). the four species of warburgia namely, warburgia elongate verdc, warburgia salutaris (bertol. f.) chiov., warburgia stuhlmannii engl. and warburgia ugandensis sprague are distributed restrictly in the eastern and southern africa (maroyi, 2013; muchugi et al., 2008). warburgia ugandensis sprague is highly aromatic evergreen trees that has restricted distributions in the evergreen forests (rabe et al., 2000; drage et al., 2014) and widely used as traditional medicinal plant in many parts of east africa (kenya, uganda and ethiopia) (drage et al., 2014, rajab et al., 2000). the plant is known with different names: east african green wood, east african green heart, east african pepper bark tree, kenya green heart, green heart, pepper-bark tree (english) (maundu et al., 2005; wube et al., 2005), zogdom (wube et al., 2005) or kenaffa (amharic) (dagne et al., 2009) and befti (oromo language). the stem bark and roots have been used for the treatment of various diseases such as diarrhea, cough, common cold, general muscular pains, internal wounds, loss of appetite, malaria, syphilis, gonorrhea, stomachache, toothache, colds, throat and chest infections, fever, weak joints and general body pains (rabe et al., 2000, dharan et al., 2008). the compounds isolated from this plant also possess antifeedant, antibacterial, antifungal, anti-mycobacterial, cytotoxic (rabe et al., 2000, rajab et al., 2000) anti-plasmodial, anti-trypanosomal (wube et al., 2010) anti-asthmatic (karani et al., 2013) and antileishmanial activities (ngure et al., 2009). however, the leaves of plant has weaker property compared to the stem bark and roots (mbwambo et al., 2009). in ethiopia, particularly in bale zone, stem bark of this plant is traditionally used https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2020.91.39-46 40 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 39-46 for treatment of a wide range of diseases, such as stomachache, toothache, malaria, tuberculosis, gonorrhea, asthma (wube et al., 2010, wube et al., 2005), cough and rabies (geyid et al., 2005). it is also used to remove tapeworm from human body. many drimane and coloratane sesquiterpenes was isolated from the stem barks of warburgia ugandensis sprague. some of these include waburganal (1), polygodial (2) (kioy et al., 1990; xu et al., 2009), mukaadial (3), warburgin (4) warburgiadione (5) (wube et al., 2005; kioy et al., 1990; xu et al., 2009), pereniporin b (6) (rajab et al., 2000), cinnamolide (7), cinnamolide-3β-acetate (8), ugandensolide (9) (wube et al., 2005; xu et al., 2009), dendocarbin a (10), ugandenial a (11), 9α,11α-dihydroxy, 6β-acetylcinnamolide (12), dendocarbin l (13), dendocarbin m (14), 9α-hydroxycinnamolide (15) (xu et al., 2009), muzigadial (16), muzigadiolide (17) (wube et al., 2005; kioy et al., 1990; rukutt et al., 2005), 4(13),7coloratadien-12,11-olide (18), 6α,9α-dihydroxy-4(13),7coloratadien-11,12-dial (19)and 7β-hydroxy-4(13),8coloratadien-11,12-olide (20), 7α-hydroxy-8-drimen11,12-olide (21) (wube et al., 2005), cinnamolide-3β-ol (22), deacetylugandensolide (23) (xu et al., 2009), 11α– hydroxymuzigadiolide (24) (rajab et al., 2000; wube et al., 2005), ugandensidial (25) (rajab et al., 2000; wube et al., 2005; kioy et al.,1990). 1 2 3 4 5 oh cho cho h h cho cho h oh cho cho h h oh o o o o o o h h o h oh o ho o o h h 6 7 8 9 10 o h o o h o h h h o ho o oh o h h ho o 11 12 13 14 15 h o ho o oh h o h o oh h o ho o o o oh o h o oh ho o h ho o oh 16 17 18 19 20 h o h o h h h h oh h h o h o oh cho cho h h cho cho ohh oh o o h h h oh 21 22 23 24 25 o ho o h h o h oh oh o o o h oh h h h o ho o oh h oh o cho cho oh figure 1. drimane and colorotane sesquiterpenes isolated from stem bark of warburgia ugandensis sprague. many of sesquiterpenes have been extracted and isolated from this plant species. despite of its medicinal uses, but still, extraction, isolation then characterization of active compounds from this medicinal plant is not sufficient. these, therefore, give emphasis on the choice of appropriate solvents and selection of the plant part (stem bark) to isolate the phytochemical constituents and characterize with very visible spectroscopic data. materials and methods experimental materials freshly stem bark of warburgia ugandensis sprague (canellaceae) was collected from barbere wareda, bale zone, south eastern part of ethiopia. the plant was then shade-dried at room temperature for one month. the dried stem barks were crushed to fine powder using an electrical grinder. chloroform, dichloromethane, etoh, petroleum ether, n-hexane, deuterated chloroform (cdcl3) were used. analytical tlc was performed using 20 x 20 cm, 0.20 mm thick silica gel 60 with fluorescent indicator uv254 to determine the number of components in a mixture and the purity of compounds. kieselgel 40*, particle size of 0.063-0.200 mm and 70-230 mesh astm silica gel was used for column chromatography. compounds on tlc were first detected by ultraviolet lamp, multiband 254/366 nm and then sprayed with 1% vanillin in sulfuric acid. heidolph rotary evaporator was used for removal of solvent under reduced pressure. melting points were determined by using stuart smp3 melting point apparatus. uv/vis spectra were recorded on genesy’s 2pc uv-vis scanning spectrometer (200-800 nm) in ch3cn. the 1d ( 1h at 400.13 and 13c at 100.6 mhz) were recorded on a bruker advance 400 spectrometer in cdcl3. the residual proton signal of the solvent is used as reference. ir spectra were recorded with kbr pellets on perkin elmer bx infrared spectrometer in the range 4004000 cm-1. optical rotations were measured on autopol iv automatic polarimeterat 20° in chcl3. experimental procedures the air-dried and finely powdered stem bark (100 g) was soaked and extracted successively with 600 ml of n-hexane, dichloromethane and chloroform for 48hours. each extract was filtered and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporator under reduced pressure. the crude dichloromethane extract (5.5 g) was subjected to column chromatography on a silica gel using n-hexane (100%) as eluent. out of 25 fractions collected, fractions 11 and 12 were combined, concentrated and further fractionated over a silica gel column using n-hexane/etoac 85:15 as eluent. fractions 6 and 7 which showed a single spot with same rf value were combined and concentrated to give 21 mg of white solid. the compound was coded as wu-1. the crude chloroform extract (1.93 g) was applied on a column silica gel using 100% hexane as mobile phase. fractions 11-15 were combined, concentrated and further purified on silica gel column using nhexane/etoac 70:30. fractions 10 and 11 showed a gonfa – isolation and characterization of sesquiterpenes from stem bark … 41 single spot with the same rf value and were combined and concentrated to afford 44mg of white solid. the compound was labeled as wu-2. results and discussions characterization of compound wu-1 wu-1 was isolated as a white crystalline solid with melting point of 131-134°c and rf value 0.34 using nhexane: ethyl acetate (3:2) as a solvent system. wu-1 was reacted with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (dnp) in ethanol and h2so4 gave yellow precipitate indicating the presence of carbonyl groups in the compound. the optical rotation ([α]d 20, chcl3) of wu-1 measured to be -197o indicating that the compound is optically active. the uv(ch3cn) spectrum (figure 2) showed maximum absorption (λmax) at 220nm indicating the presence of unsaturated group in the compound. figure 2. uv-visible spectrum of wu-1. the ir spectrum (figure 3) displayed strong absorption band at 3431 cm-1 due to vibrational stretching of o-hgroup. absorption band at 2926 cm1indicated the presence of c-h stretching of saturated group. ir spectrum demonstrated, in addition to strong absorption bands at 1744 and 1721 cm-1 due toester carbonyl and aldehyde, the presence of olefinic group at 1693 cm-1. figure 3. ir spectrum of wu-1. the 1h nmr spectrum (figure 4 and table 1) demonstrated a doublet at δ 9.78 and a singlet at δ 9.5 each integrating for one proton due to two aldehyde protons. the doublet at δ 7.03 integrating for one proton corresponded to anolefinic proton. the triplet at δ 5.92 which integrated for one proton is due to a proton on a methine carbon attached to an electronegative atom whereas the peak at δ 4.10 indicated the presence of oh group. the spectrum also showed a singlet at δ 2.16 due to an acetyl methyl group and three methyl groups at δ 1.35, 1.18 and 1.04 attached to quaternary carbon atoms. figure 4.1h nmr spectrum of wu-1. the 13c nmr spectrum (figure 5 of wu-1 showed well-resolved resonances of the 17 carbon atoms. the 13c nmr and the dept135 (figure 6 and table 2) spectra displayed four quaternary carbons, one ester carbonyl carbon (δ 170.09), three methine carbons, two aldehyde carbonyl carbons (δ 201.17 and 193.08), three methylene carbons and four methyl carbons. figure 5. 13c nmr spectrum of wu-1. 200 250 300 350 400 -0.1 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 220 a b so rb an ce wave length, nm 4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 3431 2926 1744 1371 1234 1043 802 605 1693 1721 % t ra n sm it a n c e wave number cm -1 ppm (t1) 1.02.03.04.05.06.07.08.09.010.0 9 .7 8 1 9 .7 7 8 9 .5 0 0 7 .0 3 5 7 .0 2 3 5 .9 1 3 4 .1 0 9 4 .1 0 6 2 .1 6 0 2 .0 6 8 2 .0 5 6 1 .3 5 5 1 .1 8 1 1 .0 4 1 1 .0 7 1 .0 0 1 .0 3 1 .1 0 1 .0 7 2 .8 2 1 .0 4 3 .0 1 1 .1 6 3 .0 4 1 .9 3 2 .9 7 1 .2 3 1 .1 8 1 .1 4 ppm (t1) 7.02507.03007.0350 ppm (t1) 5.9005.9105.9205.930 ppm (t1) 4.10504.1100 ppm (t1) 2.05502.06002.0650 ppm (t1) 1.7501.8001.850 9 .7 8 1 9 .7 7 8 9 .5 0 0 7 .0 3 5 7 .0 2 3 5 .9 1 3 4 .1 0 9 4 .1 0 6 2 .1 6 0 2 .0 6 8 2 .0 5 6 1 .3 5 5 1 .1 8 1 1 .0 4 1 ppm (t1) 1.3901.4001.4101.4201.430 9 .7 8 1 9 .7 7 8 9 .5 0 0 7 .0 3 5 7 .0 2 3 5 .9 1 3 4 .1 0 9 4 .1 0 6 2 .1 6 0 2 .0 6 8 2 .0 5 6 1 .3 5 5 1 .1 8 1 1 .0 4 1 ppm (t1) 1.5501.6001.650 9 .7 8 1 9 .7 7 8 9 .5 0 0 7 .0 3 5 7 .0 2 3 5 .9 1 3 4 .1 0 9 4 .1 0 6 2 .1 6 0 2 .0 6 8 2 .0 5 6 1 .3 5 5 1 .1 8 1 1 .0 4 1 ppm (t1) 0102030405060708090100110120130140150160170180190200210 2 0 1 .1 6 6 1 9 3 .0 8 2 1 7 0 .0 9 2 1 4 8 .7 0 0 1 4 0 .9 1 7 7 7 .3 6 7 7 7 .0 4 9 7 6 .7 3 2 6 6 .0 5 0 4 4 .9 3 8 4 4 .0 0 0 4 1 .6 5 4 3 4 .0 1 9 3 2 .5 9 5 3 1 .8 1 4 2 4 .7 7 5 2 1 .4 9 8 1 9 .9 6 7 1 7 .6 8 3 42 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 39-46 figure 6. dept 135 spectrum of wu-1. table 1. proton decoupled 13c nmr and dept 135 (100.6 mhz, cdcl3) spectroscopic data of wu-1. carbons no. 13c nmr δ (ppm) dept 135 δ (ppm) remark c-1 31.81 31.81 ch2 c-2 17.68 17.68 ch2 c-3 44.00 44.00 ch2 c-4 34.02 c (quaternary carbon) c-5 44.94 44.94 ch c-6 66.05 66.05 ch c-7 148.70 148.70 ch c-8 140.92 c (quaternary carbon) c-9 c-10 41.65 c (quaternary carbon) c-11 201.17 201.17 ch c-12 193.08 193.08 ch c-13 32.60 32.60 ch3 c-14 24.77 24.77 ch3 c-15 19.97 19.97 ch3 ch3co 21.50 21.50 ch3 ch3co 170.09 c (quaternary carbon) the 1h and 13c nmr results obtained for wu-1 were comparable with 1h nmr (kioy et al., 1990) and 13c nmr (rukutt et al., 2005) spectral data of ugandesidial (25) (table 2). table 2. comparison of 1h (400.13, mhz, cdcl3) and 13c nmr (100.6 mhz, cdcl3) spectroscopic data of wu-1 and ugandensidial (25). position of carbons wu-1 ugandensidial δ 13cnmr 1hnmr δ (ppm) (multiplicity, integration) δ 13cnmr 1hnmrδ(ppm) (multiplicity, integration) c-1 31.81 1.83-1.76 (2h, m ) 32.02 c-2 17.68 1.65-1.55 (2h, m) 17.88 c-3 44.00 1.43-1.40 (1h, m) 1.33 (1h, m) 44.21 c-4 34.02 34.21 c-5 44.94 2.09(1h, d, j= 4.8hz) 45.16 2.04 (1h, d, j=4.7 hz c-6 66.05 5.92 (1h, t, j= 4.8hz) 66.26 5.89 (1h, t, j=4.7hz) c-7 148.70 7.03 (1h, d, j= 4.8hz ) 148.86 7.00 (1h, d , j= 4.7hz c-8 140.92 141.14 c-9 4.10 (1h, d, j= 1.2 hz) 4.10(1h,d, j=1.4hz) = 1.4 hz, 9-oh)= 1.4 hz, 9-oh) c-10 41.65 41.85 c-11 201.17 9.78 (1h, d, j= 1.2 hz) 201.32 9.76 (1h, d, j= 1.4 hz c-12 193.08 9.5(1h, s) 193.24 9.48(1h, s) c-13 32.60 1.04 (3h, s) 32.79 1.03 (3h, s) c-14 24.77 1.18 (3h, s) 24.96 1.17 (3h, s c-15 19.97 1.35(3h, s) 20.15 1.34 (3h, s) ch3co 21.50 2.16 (3h, s) 21.67 2.14 (3h, s) ch3co 170.09 170.27 in addition, the melting point of wu-1 (131-134°c) was in good agreement with the reported melting point of ugandensidial (138-140°c) (xu et al., 2009). based on the above data and in comparison with the literature (kioy et al., 1990), wu-1 (figure 7) is most probably ugandensidial. hp-67 ugandensidial (24) cho cho o ch3 oh o cho cho o ch3 oh o 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 h h16 figure 7. the structure of wu-1 and ugandensidial (24). ppm (t1) 0102030405060708090100110120130140150160170180190200 2 0 1 .1 6 6 1 9 3 .0 8 0 1 4 8 .7 0 0 6 6 .0 4 8 4 4 .9 3 5 4 3 .9 9 7 3 2 .5 9 4 3 1 .8 1 2 2 4 .7 7 4 2 1 .4 9 8 1 9 .9 6 7 1 7 .6 8 2 gonfa – isolation and characterization of sesquiterpenes from stem bark … 37 characterization of compound wu-2 wu-2 was obtained as a white crystalline solid (melting point 155–157oc) with rf value 0.41 using n-hexane: ethyl acetate (3:2) as solvent systems. it is optically active with optical rotation ([α]d 20, (chcl3) +16. an absorption maximum (λmax) at 221 nm in the uv (ch3cn) spectrum (figure 8) was characteristic of a molecule possessing an unsaturated lactone structure. figure 8. uv-visible spectrum of wu-2. the ir(kbr) spectrum (figure 9) displayed an absorption band at 3439 cm-1 due to the stretching vibration of o-h group whereas absorption bands at 2969 cm-1 and 2914 cm-1 demonstrated c-h stretching vibration of alkane. strong absorption bands at 1760 cm1 and 1680 cm-1 showed the presence of an α,βunsaturated carbonyl group while absorption band at 1731 cm-1 indicated the presence of ester carbonyl group. the strong absorption bands at 1246 cm-1 and 1197 cm-1 demonstrated c-o stretching. figure 9. ir spectrum of wu-2. the quartet at δ 6.9 observed in the 1h nmr spectrum (figure 10 and table 4) of wu-2 integrating for one proton corresponded to an olefinic proton attached to c-7. the tripletsat δ 4.41 and 4.05 integrated for one protoneach due to oxymethyleneprotons on c11. the doublet of doubletat δ 4.57 which integrated for one proton indicated oxymethine proton attached to c-3. the 1h-nmr spectrum also showed three methyl protons signals at δ 1.00(3h, s), 0.93 (3h, s) and 0.84 (3h, s) whereas the acetate methyl protons appeared at δ 2.08. figure 10.1h nmr spectrum of wu-2. the 13c nmr (figure 11) and dept135 experiments (figure 12 and table 3) displayed 17 carbon atom resonances comprising of two carbonyl carbons (δ 169.81 and 170.79), three quaternary carbons (δ 34.01, 37.63 and 127.16), four methine (δ49.28, 50.57, oxymethine δ80.13 and olefinic methine δ 135.82), four methylene (δ23.52, 24.65, 36.67 and oxygenated methylene δ 66.95) four methyl carbons (δ13.49,15.99, 21.23 and 27.80). figure 11.13c nmr spectrum of wu-2. 200 250 300 350 400 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 221 a b so rb a n c e wave length, nm 4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 3439 2914 1760 1376 1246 1009 743 624 1680 1731 % t ra n sm it a n c e wave number cm -1 ppm (f1) 1.02.03.04.05.06.07.0 6 .9 0 3 6 .8 9 5 6 .8 8 7 6 .8 7 8 4 .5 7 3 4 .5 6 2 4 .5 4 5 4 .5 3 4 4 .4 2 9 4 .4 0 6 4 .3 8 3 4 .0 7 3 4 .0 5 0 4 .0 2 7 2 .8 2 2 2 .8 1 1 2 .4 2 3 2 .4 1 1 2 .0 8 1 1 .7 3 8 1 .7 2 8 1 .6 4 0 1 .4 6 7 1 .4 5 4 1 .0 0 0 0 .9 3 5 0 .8 4 0 1 .0 0 0 .9 8 1 .0 2 0 .9 9 3 .1 0 3 .0 2 3 .0 0 2 .0 4 2 .9 8 0 .9 8 0 .9 0 1 .5 1 1 .7 9 ppm (f1) 4.4004.4504.5004.550 ppm (f1) 4.050 ppm (f1) 2.8002.850 ppm (f1) 2.4002.450 ppm (f1) 1.4001.450 ppm (f1) 6.8806.8906.900 ppm (f1) 102030405060708090100110120130140150160170 1 7 0 .7 9 2 1 6 9 .8 0 7 1 3 5 .8 2 3 1 2 7 .1 6 4 8 0 .1 3 2 7 7 .3 7 9 7 7 .0 6 1 7 6 .7 4 3 6 6 .9 5 5 5 0 .5 6 5 4 9 .2 8 4 3 7 .6 3 4 3 6 .8 6 8 3 4 .0 1 4 2 7 .7 9 9 2 4 .6 4 8 2 3 .5 2 4 2 1 .2 3 3 1 5 .9 8 7 1 3 .4 9 4 38 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 39-46 figure 12. dept 135 spectrum of wu-2. table 3. proton decoupled 13c nmr and dept 135 (100.6 mhz, cdcl3) data of wu-2. carbons no. 13c nmr δ (ppm) dept 135 δ (ppm) remark c-1 36.67 36.67 ch2 c-2 23.52 23.52 ch2 c-3 80.13 80.13 ch c-4 37.63 c (quaternary carbon) c-5 49.28 49.28 ch c-6 24.65 24.65 ch2 c-7 135.82 135.82 ch c-8 127.16 c (quaternary carbon) c-9 50.57 50.57 ch c-10 34.01 c (quaternary carbon) c-11 66.95 66.95 ch2 c-12 169.81 c (quaternary carbon ) c-13 27.80 27.80 ch3 c-14 15.99 15.99 ch3 c-15 13.49 13.49 ch3 c-16 21.23 21.23 ch3 c-17 170.79 c (quaternary carbon ) the 1h nmr and 13c nmr data obtained for wu-2 are comparable with data obtained for cinnamolide-3β-acetate (8) (isolated and identified from the same plant) in the literature (wube et al., 2005). moreover, the melting point of wu-2 (155–157oc) and cinnamolide-3β-acetate (153–157°c) (kioy et al., 1990) are comparable. table 4. comparison of 1h(400.13, mhz, cdcl3) and 13c-nmr(100.6 mhz, cdcl3) spectral data of wu-2 with those of cinnamolide-3β-acetate (8). carbons no. observed nmr data of hp-81(ppm) cinnamolide-3β-acetate ( ppm) δ 13c nmr δ 1hnmr(ppm) (multiplicity,integration) δ 13c nmr δ 1hnmr(ppm) (multiplicity, integration) 1 36.67 1.42(1h, ddd, j= 13.6, 4hz) 1.65 (1h, td, j= 11.6, 5.2 hz) 36.9 1.42 (1h, ddd,j= 13.5, 4.0 hz, α) 1.64 (1h, dt, j= 13.5, 3.5hz, β) 2 23.52 1.73(2h, m) 23.5 1.68 (1h, ddd, j= 12.5, 1.5 hz, β) 1.74 (1h, ddd, j= 13, 4 hz, α) 3 80.13 4.57 (1h, dd, j= 11.2, 4.4hz) 80.2 4.55 (1h, dd, j= 11.5, 4.5 hz, α) 4 37.63 37.7 5 49.28 1.48 (1h, dd, j= 11.6, 5.2 hz) 49.4 1.48 (1h, dd, j= 10.5, 4.5 hz) 6 24.65 2.22(1h, td, j= 11.6, 4 hz) 2.45 (1h, qd, 20, 4, 8.8 hz) 24.7 2.22 (1h, ddq, j= 12.0,3.5, 1.5 hz, β) 2.44 (1h, dq, j= 20, 5, 4.0 hz, α) 7 135.82 6.9 (1h,q, j= 3.2 hz) 135.7 6.89 (1h, q, j= 3.5 hz) 8 127.16 127.2 9 50.57 2.82 (1h, m) 50.6 2.82 (1h,m) 10 34.01 34.1 11 66.95 4.05 (1h, t, j= 9.2 hz), 4.41 (1h, t, j= 9.2hz) 66.9 4.05 (1h, t, j= 9.0 hz, β), 4.41 (1h, t, j= 9.0 hz, α) 12 169.81 169.7 13 27.80 0.93 (3h, s) (3h, s, h-13) 27.6 0.94 (3h, s) (3h, s, h-13) 14 15.99 1.00 (3h, s) 15.9 1.00 (3h, s) 15 13.49 0.84 (3h, s ) 13.5 0.84 (3h, s ) 16 21.23 2.08 (3h, s) 21.2 2.07 (3h, s) 17 170.79 170.7 ppm (f1) 102030405060708090100110120130140 1 3 5 .8 2 8 8 0 .1 3 2 6 6 .9 5 9 5 0 .5 6 6 4 9 .2 8 4 3 6 .8 6 9 2 7 .8 0 0 2 4 .6 4 9 2 3 .5 2 6 2 1 .2 3 8 1 5 .9 8 8 1 3 .4 9 4 gonfa – isolation and characterization of sesquiterpenes from stem bark … 45 based on the above spectroscopic data and in comparison with literature data (wube et al., 2005), wu-2 is proposed to be (+) cinnamolide-3β-acetate (8). 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 hp81 (+)cinnamolide-3-acetate (8) 16 o o o h3c o o o o h3c o h h h figure 13. the structure of wu-2 and of cinnamolide-3β-acetate (8). conclusion phytochemical investigation of the stem bark of warburgia ugandensis sprague (canellaceae) afforded two bioactive sesquiterpenes namely wu-1 (ugandensidial) and wu-2 (cinnamolide-3β-acetate) isolated from dichloromethane and chloroform extracts respectively. identification of these compounds was based o the melting point, array of spectroscopic data (uv/visible and nmr) and comparison of their spectroscopic data with reported literature values. the traditional medicinal use of this plant may be attributed to its high content of these bioactive constituents. acknowledgement: the author would to acknowledge addis ababa university for providing all the equipments and materials during this research work. also special thanks to haramaya university for their kind financial support. conflict of interest: the author declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references butler, m.s. (2004). the role of natural product chemistry in drug discovery. j nat prod., 67(12) 2141-2153. doi: 10.1021/np040106y dagne, e. (2009). natural database for africa (nda) on cdrom. version1. addis ababa, ethiopia. http://www.chemnetethiopia.com. dharani, n., rukunga, g., yenesew a., mbora a., mwaura l., dawson i.; jamnadass r. (2008). common antimalarial trees and shrubs of east africa.1st edition. world agro-forestry centre: nairobi, kenya. isbn: 978-92-9059-238-9. doi: 10.1016/j.phytochem.2005.07.018 drage, s., mitter, b., muchugi, a., trols, a., jamnadass, r. h., sessitsch, a., hadacek, f. (2014). antimicrobial drimane sesquiterpenes and their effect on endophyte communities in the medical tree warburgia ugandensis. front microbiol. 5(13). doi: 10.3389/fmicb.2014.00013 geyid, a., abebe, d., debella, a., makonnen, z., aberre, f., teka, f., kebede, t., urga, k., yersaw, k., biza, t., mariam, b.h., guta. m. (2005). screening of some medicinal plants of ethiopia for their anti-macrobial properties and chemical profiles. j. ethnopharmacol, 97, 421-427. doi: 10.1016/j.jep.2004.08.021 gómez, g. s., pelacho, a., gené, a., capell, t., christou, p. (2007). the genetic manipulation of medicinal and aromatic plants. plant cell rep.,26, 1689-1715.doi: 10.1007/s00299007-0384-x karani, l. w., tolo, f. m., karanja, s.m., khayeka, c. w. (2013). safety and efficacy of prunus africana and warburgia ugandensis against induced asthma in balb/c mice. eur. j. med. plants. 3(3) 345-368. doi:10.9734/ejmp/2013/3669 kioy, d., gray, a. i., waterman, p. g. (1990). a comparative study of the stem barks drimane sesquiterpenes and leaf volatile oils of w. ugandensis and w. stuhlmannii. phytochemistry, 29(11) 3535–3538.dio: 10.1016/00319422(90)85270-p maroyi, a. (2013). warburgia salutaris (bertol. f.) chiov; a multi-use ethnomedicinal plant species. j. med. plant res., 7(2) 53-60. doi: 10.5897/jmpr12.1019 maundu, p., tengnas, b. (2005). useful trees and shrubs for kenya. world agroforestry centre eastern and central africa regional programme (icraf-eca), nairobi, kenya. isbn 9966-70-8. mbwambo, z. h., erasto, p., innocent, e., masimba p. j. (2009). antimicrobial and cytotoxic activities of fresh leaf extracts of warburgia ugandensis. tanzan. j. health res,11 (2) 75-78. http://dx.doi.org/10.4314/thrb.v11i2.45205 mohammed g. r., extraction, isolation and characterization of natural products from medicinal plants. international journal of basic sciences and applied computing (ijbsac)issn: 2394-367x, 2 (6) 2018 muchugi, a., muluvi, g. m., kindt, r., kadu, c. a. c., simons, a. j., jamnadass, r.h. (2008). genetic structuring of important medicinal species of genus warburgiaas revealed by aflp analysis. tree genet genomes, 4(4) 787-795. doi: 10.1007/s11295-008-0151-3 ngure, p. k., tonui, w. k., ingonga. j., mutai, ch., kigondu, e., ng’ang’a, z., rukunga, g., kimutai, a. (2009). in vitro antileishmanial activity of extracts of warburgia ugandensis (canellaceae), a kenyan medicinal plant. j. med. plants res., 3(2)61-66. doi 10.3923/rjmp.2009.61.68 rabe, t., van staden, j. (2000). isolation of an antibacterial sesquiterpenoid from warburgia salutaris. j. ethnopharmacol., 73(1-2) 171–174. doi:10.1016/s03788741(00)00293-2 rajab, m.s., ndegwa, j.m. (2000). 11α-hydroxymuzigadiolide, a novel drimane sesquiterpene from the stem barks of warburgia ugandensis. bull. chem. soc. ethiop. 14(1) 45–49. issn 1011-3294 rukutt, j. k., ngigi, a. n., ndalut, p. k. (2005). evaluation of natural products as possible alternatives to methyl bromide in soil fumigation. j. agri. sci. tech, 7(1) 41-52. doi: 10.1016/j.phymed.2003.08.005 saiprasanna, b., manohar, b.s., roja, r. y., prasanta, k. c., rajeshree, p. (2012). phytochemical investigation and study on antioxidant properties of ocimumcanum hydro-alcoholic leaf extracts. j. drug deliv. ther., 2(4) 122 -128. doi:10.22270/jddt.v2i4.198 sasidharan s., chen y., saravanan d., sundram k. m., yoga l. l. (2011). extraction, isolation and characterization of bioactive compounds from plants’ extracts. afr j tradit complement altern med., 8(1) 1-10, doi: 10.4314/ajtcam.v8i1.60483. 46 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 39-46 sukirtha, k., growther, l. (2012). antibacterial, antifungal and phytochemical analysis of selected medicinal plants.j. nat. prod. plant resour., 2(6) 644-648. (http://scholarsresearchlibrary.com/archive.html) wube, a. a., bucar, f., gibbons, s., asres, k., rattray, l., croft, s.l. (2010). antiprotozoal activity of drimane and coloratane sesquiterpenes towards trypanosoma brucei rhodesiense and plasmodium falciparum in vitro. phytother res., 24(10) 14681472. doi: 10.1002/ptr.3126 wube, a. a., bucar, f., gibbons, s., asres, k. (2005). sesquiterpenes from warburgia ugandensis and their antimycobacterial activity. phytochemistry, 66(19) 23092315. xu, m., litaudon, m., krief, s., martin, m., kasenene, j., kiremire, b., dumontet, v., guéritte, f. (2009). ugandenial a, a new drimane-type sesquiterpenoid from warburgia ugandensis. molecules, 14(10) 3844-3850. doi: 10.3390/molecules14103844 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 9, number 2, october 2020 | pages: 81-89 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2020.92.81-89 issn 2540-9328 (online) non-alkaloidal compounds from khat (catha edulis) leaves tsegu kiros department of chemistry, college of natural sciences, haramaya university, dire dawa, p.o.box 138, ethiopia. corresponding author kirosorg@gmail.com manuscript received: 23 may, 2020. revision accepted: 01 october, 2020. published: 17 november, 2020. abstract khat belongs to the family celastraceae, genus catha, and species edulis. more than 200 compounds have previously been identified in khat leaves, including: 40 alkaloids, terpenoids and sterol, flavonoids, glycosides, tannins, amino acids, vitamins and minerals. researchers have spent their effort and time merely on study of the alkaloidal components (mainly the stimulant agents, cathinone and cathine) of khat both qualitatively and quantitatively. the two principal khat stimulant compounds, cathinone and cathine, by now are well established. but, on the contrary, previous studies on the non-alkaloidal constituents of the plant were limited. the objective of this work was therefore to isolate and characterize compounds from non-alkaloidal fractions of the plant’s leaves. in this work, two nonalkaloidal compounds (kna-1 and kna-2) were isolated and characterized from the acid-etoac extract of fresh and oven-dried leaves of khat (catha edulis). from the present study, it is possible to conclude that investing more effort and time on searching additional nonalkaloidal principles from the leaves of khat is so necessary. and further works could be done in the future to isolate extra non-alkaloidal compounds from the leaves and other parts of khat and evaluate their biological activity. keywords: khat; catha edulis; non-alkaloid; kna-1; kna-2. introduction khat (catha edulis) belongs to the family of celastraceae and genus of catha. it is an evergreen shrub growing to a bush or a large tree. the first scientific description and the name catha edulis was given by the swedish botanist peter forskal. the plant is known by a variety of names, including: abyssinian tea, african salad, chat, jaad, mirra, qat, etc. the name khat is commonly used for c. edulis (lamina, 2010). khat is used commonly for mastication and its sympathomimetic actions. consumption of khat leaves is common in yemen, madagascar, saudi arabia and east african countries (kenya, ethiopia, djibouti, somalia, uganda, and tanzania). regardless of sociodemographic characters, the number of khat chewers in ethiopia is increasing from time to time (belwal and teshome, 2011; mathewson et al.,2013) beyond its deep rooted sociocultural tradition, khat is also used to some extent as medicine. processed leaves and roots of khat, for example, are used to treat influenza, cough, gonorrhea, headache, asthma and other chest problems (numan, 2003). and the leaves have been used for the treatment of depression, gastric ulcers, hunger, obesity, and tiredness (mathewson et al., 2013; numan, 2003; lemessa, 2001). moreover, khat plays an important role in the economy of ethiopia. it has become the source of livelihood for millions of people and is sometimes considered as a rival of coffee for income generation to ethiopia (ambaye, 2012). regarding the chemistry aspect, there are more than 200 compounds that have been identified in khat leaves (szendrei, 2004), including: 40 alkaloids, terpenoids and sterol, flavonoids, glycosides, tannins, amino acids, vitamins and minerals (lamina, 2010). the chemical constitute of khat have been studied since the late 19th century, in which an alkaloidal fraction was found in this plant by fluckiger and gerok and called it “katin”. this was followed by the isolation of many other substances and it was not until the year 1975 that the most important component of khat was isolated and named cathinone (s (-)-alpha-aminopropiophenone)) at the united nations laboratories (dhaifalah and`šntavy, 2004). the compounds reported so far from khat can generally be classified into five main compound classes, namely, flavonoids, terpenoids and sterol, alkaloids, amino acids, and vitamins. some of the representative compounds reported from khat plant so far are: dihydromyricetin (szendrei, 2004; al-meshal et al., 1985; ermias et al., 1984), dihydromyricetin-3-orhamnoside (szendrei, 2004; al-meshal et al., 1985; ermias et al., 1984), kaempferol (szendrei, 2004; almeshal et al., 1985; ermias et al., 1984), myricetin (szendrei, 2004; al-meshal et al., 1985; ermias et al., 1984; bredholt, 2010), myricetin-3-o-²̭d-galactoside (szendrei, 2004; almeshal et al., 1985; ermias et al., 1984), myricetin-3-ohttps://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2020.92.81-89 82 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 81-89 rhamnoside (szendrei, 2004; al-meshal et al., 1985; ermias et al., 1984), quercetin (szendrei, 2004; almeshal et al., 1985; bredholt, 2010), quercetin-3-o-²̭dgalactoside (szendrei, 2004; al-meshal et al., 1985; ermias et al., 1984), celastrol (bredholt, 2010; brossi, 1990); baxter et al., 1979), iguesterin (brossi, 1990; baxter et al., 1979), pristimerin (bredholt, 2010; brossi, 1990; baxter et al., 1979),tingenin a (bredholt, 2010; brossi, 1990); baxter et al., 1979), tingenin b ( bredholt, 2010; brossi, 1990; baxter et al., 1979), friedeline (brossi, 1990; baxter et al., 1979), sitosterol (bredholt, 2010; brossi, 1990; baxter et al., 1979), (+)cathine (brossi, 1990;wabe and mohammed, 2012; feyissa and kelly , 2008), (-)-cathinone (brossi, 1990; wabe and mohammed, 2012; feyissa and kelly, 2008), 3,6-dimethyl-2,5-diphenyl pyrazine (brossi, 1990; wabe and mohammed, 2012; feyissa and kelly, 2008), merucathine (brossi, 1990; wabe and mohammed, 2012; feyissa and kelly , 2008), merucathinone (brossi, 1990; wabe and mohammed, 2012; feyissa and kelly , 2008), cathedulins e2e6 (szendrei, 2004; dhaifalah et al., 2004; brossi, 1990; wabe et al., 2012; baxter et al., 1979), cathedulin k1 (szendrei, 2004; dhaifalah et al., 2004; brossi, 1990; wabe et al., 2012; baxter et al., 1979), cathedulin k2 (szendrei, 2004; dhaifalah et al., 2004; brossi, 1990; wabe et al., 2012; baxter et al., 1979), cathedulin k6 (szendrei, 2004; dhaifalah et al., 2004; brossi, 1990; wabe et al., 2012; baxter et al., 1979), cathedulin k12 (szendrei, 2004; dhaifalah et al., 2004; brossi, 1990; wabe et al., 2012; baxter et al., 1979), cathedulin k15 (szendrei, 2004; dhaifalah et al., 2004; brossi, 1990; wabe et al., 2012; baxter et al., 1979), alanine (feyissa et al., 2008; halbach, 1972), ±̭aminobutyric acid (feyissa et al., 2008; halbach, 1972), arginine (feyissa et al., 2008; halbach, 1972), asparaginic acid , (feyissa et al., 2008; halbach, 1972), choline (feyissa et al., 2008; halbach, 1972), glutamic acid (feyissa et al., 2008; halbach, 1972), glycine (feyissa et al., 2008; halbach, 1972), histidine (feyissa et al., 2008; halbach, 1972), isoleucine (feyissa et al., 2008; halbach, 1972), leucine (feyissa et al., 2008; halbach, 1972), ornithine (feyissa et al., 2008; halbach, 1972), ascorbic acid (feyissa et al., 2008; halbach, 1972), niacin (feyissa et al., 2008; halbach, 1972), riboflavin (feyissa et al., 2008; halbach, 1972) and thiamine (feyissa et al., 2008; halbach, 1972). although the above mentioned classes of compounds were reported from the stimulant green plant, khat, researchers have spent their effort and time merely on study of the alkaloidal components (mainly the stimulant agents, cathinone and cathine) both qualitatively and quantitatively. as a result, the two principal khat stimulant compounds, cathinnoe and cathine, are now well established. but, on the contrary, previous studies on the non-alkaloidal constituents of the plant were limited. it therefore became apparent that it is necessary to undertake a phytochemical study in order to give an attention to the chemical constituents of khat other than the most studied alkaloidal one. the objective of this work was therefore to isolate and characterize compounds from non-alkaloidal fractions of the plant’s leaf. materials and methods plant material khat plant (c. edulis) was collected from the province known as sebeta, 20 km far from the capital city, addis ababa, ethiopia. two types of leaves are easily recognized in khat plant; the chewable and “nonchewable”. the chewable parts are usually shiny tender greenish young leaves found on the tip of a branch. the “non-chewable” leaves known locally as “geraba” are found on the lower part of a branch and are much older, harder and deep green in color. the fresh chewable leaves were used for immediate extraction and the “nonchewable” leaves were oven-dried (50 oc). chemicals, apparatuses and instruments chemicals such as visualizing agent (vanillin/meoh/ conc.h2so4), hcl (37%), etoac, meoh and acetone were used. besides, apparatuses and instruments including tlc plate (pre-coated aluminum sheet silica gel 60 f254), chamber, capillary tube, shaker 3020, nmr (bruker avance 400 mhz spectrometer), vacuum oven (sv40), rotavapor (r-114), sonicator (3210 branson), uv lamp (cc-8), uv/vis spectrophotometer (t60) and digital melting point (electrothermal ia 9200) were employed in the present study. isolation of non-alkaloidal compounds from khat leaves the fresh chewable khat leaves (60 g) were extracted with 0.1n hcl (300 ml) and filtered by suction filtration. the filtrate was extracted with etoac (100 ml) and separated the organic phase by separatory funnel, concentrated by rotavapor affording 140 mg. the plant extract (140 mg) was dissolved in meoh (10 ml) and adsorbed on 1 g silica gel (230 400 mesh size). the adsorbed sample was chromatographed by applying on top of column chromatography packed with silica gel (12 g). elution was carried out using etoac/ acetone with increasing polarity and five fractions were collected (table 1). table 1. collected fractions of acid-etoac extract of chewable leaves. fraction no. solvent system volume (ml) amount (mg) 1 etoac (100%) 5 4 2 “ 10 15 3 “ 20 15 4 etoac/ acetone (2:1) “ 20 5 “ “ 14 kiros – non-alkaloidal compounds from khat (catha edulis) leaves 83 as shown from the tlc profile (figure 1) of the above fractions (table 1), fraction 4 (kna-1) was seen as a better spot; it was then concentrated (20 mg) and obtained as yellow solid; mp 190-192oc (literature value 192-195oc, dictionary of natural product); rf in tlc: 0.6 (etoac/ meoh/ acoh; 4.5: 0.5: 1) sprayed with vanillin/ meoh/ con. h2so4 (0.3: 95: 5); uv (meoh) λmax 293 nm. 1h nmr (400mhz, meod): δh 5.01 (1h, br s, h-2), 4.56 (1h, d, h-3), 5.93 (1h, br s, h-6), 5.92 (1h, br s, h-8), 6.54 (2h, s, h-2’, 6’), 4.10 (1h, br s, h-1”), 3.61 (1h, br s, h-2”), 3.70 (1h, d, h-3”), 3.33 (1h, br s, h-4”), 4.28 (1h, m, h-5”), 1.22 (3h, d, h-6”). 13c nmr (400mhz, meod): δc 82.68 (c-2), 77.06 (c3), 95.99 (c-6), 94.89 (c-8), 106.25 (c-2’, 6’), 100.69 (c-1”), 70.36 (c-2”), 70.74 (c-3”), 72.43 (c-4”), 69.11 (c-5”), 16.51 (c-6”). dept-135: δc (194.53 (c-4), 164.06 (c-5), 167.17 (c-7), 162.65 (c-9), 101.05 (c10), 126.99 (c-1’), 145.63 (c-3’, 5’), 133.68 (c-4’). same extraction method as above was applied for the vacuum oven dried powder “non-chewable” (25 g) khat leaves and afforded 150 mg of etoac extract for the acid extract. the plant extract (150 mg) was dissolved in meoh (10 ml) and adsorbed on 1 g silica gel. the adsorbed sample was chromatographed by applying on top of a column chromatography packed with silica gel (13 g) and eluted using etoac/ meoh with increasing polarity. six fractions were collected (table 2). table 2. collected fractions of acid-etoac extract of “non-chewable” leaves. fraction no. solvent system volume (ml) amount (mg) 1 etoac (100%) 10 10 2 “ 15 15 3 “ 20 40 4 “ 10 20 5 “ 30 15 6 etoac/ meoh(4:1) 25 20 as shown from the tlc profile (figure 2) of the above fractions (table 2), different spots were observed in the chromatogram after it was subjected to uv lamp at 254 nm. among the fractions, fraction 1(kna-2) was concentrated (10 mg) and obtained as an orange solid; mp 165-168oc; uv (meoh) λmax 292 nm; rf in tlc: 0.8 (etoac/ meoh/ acoh; 4.5: 0.5: 0.1) sprayed with vanillin/ meoh/ con. h2so4 (0.3: 95: 5). 1h nmr (400 mhz, meod): δh 4.86 (1h, d, h-2), 4.49 (1h, d, h-3), 5.90 (1h, br s, h-6), 5.93 (1h, br s, h-8), 6.54 (2h, br s, h-2’, 6’). 13c nmr (400 mhz, meod): δc 83.90 (c-2), 72.28 (c-3), 94.85 (c-6), 95.87 (c-8), 106.61 (c-2’, 6’). dept-135: δc 196.93 (c-4), 163.91 (c-5), 167.30 (c7), 163.05 (c-9), 100.41 (c-10), 133.51 (c-1’), 145.47, 145.47 (c-3’, 5’), 127.66 (c-4’). results and discussion two types of leaves are easily recognized in khat plant; the chewable and “non-chewable”. the chewable parts are usually shiny tender greenish young leaves found on the tip of a branch. the “non-chewable” leaves known locally as “geraba” are found on the lower part of a branch and are much older, harder and deep green in color. in the present work, these leaves were analyzed to isolate non-alkaloidal components. in order to isolate non-alkaloidal components, the khat leaves were first extracted with 0.1n hcl, filtered, and extracted with etoac. this etoac extract was fractionated to isolate the non-alkaloidal compounds as described in the experimental section. characterization of two khat non-alkaloidal (kna-1 and kna-2) compounds the etoac extract of fresh chewable khat leaves (see section 2.3) was chromatographed by applying on top of column chromatography packed with silica gel. elution was carried out using etoac/ acetone with increasing polarity and five fractions were collected (table 1). similarly, the etoac extract of vacuum oven dried “non-chewable” khat leaves (see section 2.3) was chromatographed on column silica gel using etoac/ meoh with increasing polarity and six fractions were collected (table 2). thin layer chromatographic (tlc) analysis using etoac/ meoh/ acoh (4.5: 0.5: 0.1) as developing solvent, the fractions (table 1) were spotted and chromatogramed on a tlc plate. the tlc plate was then sprayed with vanillin/ meoh/ conc. h2so4 (1: 95: 5). as shown from the tlc profile (figure 1), fraction 4 (kna-1) was seen as a better spot, concentrated (20 mg) and characterized. figure 1. tlc profile of fractions of acid-etoac extract of chewable leaves. kna-1 84 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 81-89 the same solvent system with same ratio and spraying reagent as above were applied here for the fractions stated in table 2. as shown from the tlc profile (figure 2), fraction 1(kna-2) was observed as a better spot. figure 2. tlc profile of fractions of acid-etoac extract of “nonchewable” leaves. characterization of compound kna-1: it was obtained as yellow solid; mp 190192 oc (literature value 192-195oc, dictionary of natural product); rf in tlc: 0.6 (etoac/ meoh/ acoh; 4.5: 0.5: 1) sprayed with vanillin/ meoh/ con. h2so4 (0.3: 95: 5); uv (meoh) λmax 293 nm. the 1h nmr (400 mhz, meod) spectrum showed a doublet at δ 4.56 (1h, d, j = 10.8 hz, h-3) and a broad singlet at δ 5.01 (h-2) which were due to the two protons at c-3 and c-2 of flavanol skeleton, respectively. the two broad singlets observed at δ 5.92 (h-6) and 5.93 (h-8) were due to the aromatic protons of a-ring of a flavonoid skeleton at c-6 and c8, respectively. the broad singlet at δ 6.54 (h-2’ & -6’) integrated to two protons was due to the overlapping of signals for the symmetric aromatic protons of b-ring at c-2’ and c-6’ of flavonoid skeleton. the oxymethinic proton signals between δh 3.33 4.28, together with the methyl proton signal at δh 1.22 (3h, d, j = 6.4 hz, h6”), and the oxymethinic carbon signals between δc 69.11-100.69, including the methyl carbon signal at δc 16.51 indicated that a rhamnoside sugar was attached. the doublet signal at δh 1.22 (3h, d, j = 6.4 hz, h-6”) was a characteristic for the rhamnoside moiety. the three broad singlets at δh 3.33 (h-4”), 3.61 (h-2”), and 4.10 (h-1”) were due to the rhamnoside protons positioned at c-4”, c-2”, and c-1”, respectively. the methine proton at c-3” of the sugar moiety was observed as a doublet at δh 3.70 (1h, d, j = 9.6 hz, h3”), and the muliplet signal at δh 4.28 (h-5”) was characteristic signal for the rhamnoside proton attached at c-5” which contains a substituted methyl group. the 13c nmr spectrum showed the presence of nineteen signals attributed to twenty-one different carbons. the spectral region between δc 94.89-167.17 was characteristic of aromatic carbons of aand b-rings of flavonoid skeleton with the exception of the signal at δc 100.69 (c-1”) which was due to the anomeric carbon of the rhamnoside moiety. the remaining carbon atoms of the sugar moiety were observed in the spectral region at δc 69.11-72.43 including the methyl carbon appeared at δc 16.51 (c-6”). and the signal at δc 194.53 (c-4) was characteristic of carbonyl carbon of ketone functional groups (table 3). signals at δc 77.06 (c-3) and 82.68 (c-2) were due to α, β carbons of c-ring (pyranone), and were compatible with a dihydroflavanol structure which were comparable with a literature value [18] medeiros aan, medeiros fa, queiroz tm, tavares jf, silva ms, medeiros ia (2010). from the dept-135 spectrum, there were nine quaternary carbons one to a carbonyl carbon at δc 194.53 (c-4), and eight to aromatic carbons of aand b-rings. the eleven signals appeared in the positive direction were due to the methine (-ch) carbons containing two symmetric carbons overlapped with each other at δc 106.25 (c-2’, -6’), and a methyl carbon at δc 16.51 (c-6”). the above 1d nmr data is summarized as follows (table 3). table 3. 1h, 13c and dept nmr data (δppm) of compound kna-1. isolated compound (kna-1) literature value (medeiros et al., 2010) (2, 3dihydromyricetin3-o-rhamnoside) c/h 1h 13c dept-135 1h 13c 2 5.01, br s 82.68 -ch4.86, d 83.20 3 4.56, d 77.06 ch-o4.61, d 76.80 4 194.53 c=o (q) 194.30 5 164.06 q 165.40 6 5.93, br s 95.99 =ch 5.90, d 96.00 7 167.17 q 166.90 8 5.92, br s 94.89 =ch 5.87, d 95.00 9 162.65 q 162.10 10 101.05 q 101.00 1’ 126.99 q 126.80 2’ 6.54, s 106.25 =ch 6.50, s 108.00 3’ 145.63 q 145.80 4’ 133.68 q 135.20 5’ 145.63 q 145.80 6’ 6.54, s 106.25 =ch 6.50, s 108.00 1” 4.10, br s 100.69 ch-o4.07, s 100.00 2” 3.61, br s 70.36 ch-oh 3.36, br s 70.10 3” 3.70, d 70.74 ch-oh 3.41, dd 70.40 4” 3.33, br s 72.43 ch-oh 3.20, dd 71.60 5” 4.28, m 69.11 ch-o3.88, m 68.90 6” 1.22, d 16.51 -ch3 0.92, d 17.60 the extensive 2d nmr experiments involving 1h1h cosy, hmqc, hmbc spectra supported the 1d nmr data above for the proposed structure of kna-1. kna-2 kiros – non-alkaloidal compounds from khat (catha edulis) leaves 85 the cosy spectrum of kna-1 is used to determine 1h1h correlations. as stated in table 4, except the protons at δh 5.93 (h-6), 5.92 (h-8), and 6.54 (h-2’, 6’) which showed a correlation only with themselves, all the rest protons of the rhamnoside moiety and the pyranone (cring) made a correlation more than one bond. the two protons at δh 5.01 (h-2) and 4.56 (h-3) are coupled through vicinal (3j) coupling with each other. the anomeric proton of the rhamnoside moiety at δh 4.10 (h-1”) is correlated with the proton at δh 3.61(h-2”). the methyl group of the rhamnoside at δh 1.22 (me-6”) showed a correlation with a proton at δh 4.28 (h-5”). the hmqc spectrum of kna-1 is utilized to determine direct 1h-13c correlations (table 4), while the hmbc correlations described the long range 1h-13c connectivities. the h-2 proton of the c-ring at δh 5.01 displayed hmbc correlations with c-2’, 6’ (δc 106.25) and c-1’ (δc 126.99) of the b-ring. the h-3 proton at δh 4.56 showed a correlation with c-1” (δc 100.69), which indicated the rhamnoside moiety is attached at c3 position. the symmetric protons of the b-ring at δh 6.54 (h-2’, 6’) showed a correlation with c-2 of the pyranone (c-ring). table 4. cosy, hmqc and hmbc data of compound kna-1. proton no. cosy hmqc hmbc 2 h-2 h-3 h-2 c-2 h-2 c-1’, c-2’, c-6’ 3 h-3 h-2 h-3 c-3 h-3 c-1” 6 h-6 c-6 h-6 c-8, c-10 8 h-8 c-8 h-8 c-6, c-9 2’ h-2’ c-2’ h-2’ c-2 6’ h-6’ c-6’ h-6’ c-2 1” h-1” h-2” h-1” c-1” h-1” c-3 2” h-2” h-1”, h-3” h-2” c-2” h-2” c-3”, c-4” 3” h-3” h-2”, h-4” h-3” c-3” h-3” c-2”, c-4” 4” h-4” h-3”, h-5” h-4” c-4” h-4” c-2”, c-6” 5” h-5” h-4”, h-6” h-5” c-5” h-5” c-2”, c-6” 6” h-6” h-5” h-6” c-6” h-6” c-2”, c-5” o ooh h ho h h h oh oh oh o h h o oh oh oh h h h h h h h h o o o oh h h h h h h oh ho h oh oh oh h h h h oh h ho h o h cosy correlation selected hmbc correlation the structure of kna-1 was deduced as 2, 3dihydromyricetin-3-o-rhamnoside (figure 3) in comparison of the data with the literature and then confirmed by the 2d nmr data. this compound belongs to a group of secondary metabolites called flavonoids. characterization of compound kna-2: it was obtained as an orange solid; mp 165-168 oc; uv (meoh) λmax 292 nm; rf in tlc: 0.8 (etoac/ meoh/ acoh; 4.5: 0.5: 0.1) sprayed with vanillin/ meoh/ con. h2so4; 0.3: 95: 5. oho oh o o oh oh oh o oh oh oh h3c 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1' 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 1'' 2'' 3''4'' 5'' 6'' figure 3. suggested chemical structure of compound kna-1 86 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 81-89 the 1h, 13c, and dept nmr spectral values of kna-2 are tabulated and compared with literature value (jr et al., 2009) as follows (table 5). table 5. 1h, 13c and dept nmr data (δppm) of compound kna-2. isolated compound (kna-2) literature value (jr et al., 2009) (2, 3dihydromyricetin) c/h 1h 13c dept-135 1h 13c 2 4.86, d 83.90 -ch4.96, d 84.40 3 4.49, d 72.28 -ch-oh 4.57, d 72.90 4 196.93 c=o (q) 197.9 5 163.91 q 164.00 6 5.90, br s 94.85 =ch 5.94, s 95.70 7 167.30 q 167.60 8 5.93, br s 95.87 =ch 5.98, s 96.80 9 163.05 q 164.8 10 100.41 q 101.40 1’ 133.51 q 134.00 2’ 6.54, br s 106.61 =ch 6.62, s 107.90 3’ 145.47 q 146.10 4’ 127.66 q 128.90 5’ 145.47 q 146.10 6’ 6.54, br s 106.61 =ch 6.62, s 107.90 depending on the above nmr data along with the literature value, the structure of kna-2 was suggested as 2, 3-dihydromyricetin (figure 4) which belongs to a group of secondary metabolites called aglycones flavonoid. this compound was first reported in khat leaves in 1980 (szendrei, 2004). it was also isolated from a plant known as elderberry (sambucus nigra l.) in 2009 and has biological activities as anti-virus and antiinfluenza (jr et al., 2009). oho oh o oh oh oh oh 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1' 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' figure 4. suggested chemical structure of compound kna-2 conclusion from the present study, it is possible to conclude that investing more effort and time on searching additional non-alkaloidal principles from the leaf part of khat is so necessary. and further works could be done in the future to isolate extra non-alkaloidal compounds from the leaf and other parts of khat and evaluate their biological activity. acknowledgements: the author would like to thank the ethiopian ministry of education and addis ababa university for their financial support. conflict of interest: the author declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references al-meshal ia, hifnawy, ms, asir m (1985) myricetin, dihydromyricetin, and quercetin glycosides from catha edulis. j. nat. prod. 49(1): 172. ambaye gg (2012) production and consumption trends of khat in ethiopia: a big business or a big worry. advances in agriculture, sciences and engineering research 2(10): 414 427. baxter rl, crombie l, simmonds dj, whiting da (1979) alkaloids of catha edulis (khat). part i, isolation and characterization of eleven new alkaloids with sesquiterpene cores (cathedulins); identification of the quinone methide root pigments. j.c.s. perkin i 2965 2971. baxter rl, crombie wml, crombie l, simmonds dj, whiting da (1979) alkaloids of catha edulis. part 4, structures of cathedulins e3, e4, e5, e6, and k12. novel sesquiterpene alkaloids with monoand bismacrolide bridges. j.c.s. perkin i 2982 2989. belwal r, teshome h (2011) khat exports and the ethiopian economy: opportunities, dilemmas and constraints. african journal of business management 5(9): 3635 3648. bredholt t (2010) delineating cellular and molecular mechanisms of toxicity of an extract of khat (catha edulis forsk.) in leukemia and normal peripheral blood cells. [dissertation]. brossi a (1990) the alkaloids: chemistry and pharmacology. academic press, inc. dhaifalah i, `šntavy j (2004) khat habit and its health effect, a natural amphetamine. biomed. papers 148(1): 1115. ermias d, sebsebe d, kalman s, brenneisen r, peter k, amha m, zein az (1984) international symposium on khat: chemical and ethnopharmacological aspects of khat. proceedings, addis ababa university, addis ababa, 1984. [ethiopia]. feyissa am, kelly pj (2008) a review of the neuropharmacological properties of khat. progress in neuropsychopharmacology and biological psychiatry 32: 11471166. halbach h (1972) medical aspects of the chewing of khat leaves. bull. org. mond. sante 47: 2129. jr br, fink rc, mcmichael md, li d, alberte rs. (2009) elderberry flavonoids bind to and prevent h1n1 infection in vitro. phytochemistry 70: 1255 -1261. lamina s (2010) khat (catha edulis): the herb with officio-legal, sociocultural and economic uncertainty. s. afr. j. sci. 106(3/4): 14. lemessa d (2001) khat (catha edulis): botany, distribution, cultivation, usage and economics in ethiopia. unemergencies unit for ethiopia, 114. mathewson h, james k, schifano f, sumnall h, wing a, anderson d (2013) khat: a review of its potential harms to kiros – non-alkaloidal compounds from khat (catha edulis) leaves 87 the individual and communities in the uk. advisory council on the misuse of drugs. 196. medeiros aan, medeiros fa, queiroz tm, tavares jf, silva ms, medeiros ia (2010) effects of extract, fractions and 2,3dihydromyricetin-3-oα-l-rhamnoside from pradosia huberi (ducke) ducke on rat isolated mesenteric arteries. brazilian journal of pharmacognosy 20(4): 542 548. numan nmd (2003) the green leaf concept of khat chewing in yemen: social, cultural, psychological and medical aspects for khat use. [dissertation]. szendrei k (2004) the chemistry of khat. unodc-bulletin on narcotics 535. wabe nt, mohammed ma (2012) what science says about khat (catha edulis forsk)? overview of chemistry, toxicology and pharmacology. journal of experimental and integrative medicine 2(1): 29 37. 88 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 81-89 figure s1. uv (meoh) spectra of kna-1 and kna-2. figure s2. 1h nmr (400 mhz, meod) spectrum of kna-1. figure s3. 13c nmr (400 mhz, meod) spectrum of kna-1. figure s4. dept-135 spectrum of kna-1. figure s5. cosy spectrum of kna-1. figure s6. hmqc spectrum of kna-1. kna-1, λmax = 293 nm kna-2, λmax = 292 nm kiros – non-alkaloidal compounds from khat (catha edulis) leaves 89 figure s7. hmbc spectrum of kna-1. figure s8. 1h nmr (400 mhz, meod) spectrum of kna-2. figure s9. 13c nmr (400 mhz, meod) spectrum of kna-2. figure s10. dept-135 spectrum of kna-2. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 11, number 1, april 2022 | pages: 1-6 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.1-6 issn 2540-9328 (online) potential antimalarial activity of artemether/lumefantrine/doxycycline: a study in mice infected with plasmodium berghei udeme owunari georgewill1,*, elias adikwu2 1department of pharmacology, faculty of basic clinical sciences, university of port harcourt, rivers state, nigeria 2department of pharmacology and toxicology, faculty of pharmacy, niger delta university, bayelsa state, nigeria. corresponding author* udgeorgewill@yahoo.com, tel+234 8036662936 manuscript received: 08 december 2021. revision accepted: 11 january, 2022. published: 09 february, 2022. abstract antimalarial drug resistance is one of the greatest challenges towards eradicating malaria. exploring new combination therapies can overcome resistance challenges. the present study examined the antiplasmodial effect of artemether/lumefantrine/doxycycline (a/l/d) on a mouse model infected with plasmodium berghei. adult swiss albino mice (22-30g) intraperitoneally infected with blood containing 1x107 plasmodium berghei were randomly grouped and orally treated daily with d (2.2 mg/kg), a/l (1.71/13.7 mg/kg) and a/l/d. the negative control was treated daily with normal saline (0.2ml) whereas the positive control was treated daily with chloroquine (cq) (10mg/kg). after treatment, blood samples were assessed for percentage parasitemia and biochemical parameters. mice were observed for mean survival time (mst). d, a/l and a/l/d produced significant decreases in percentage parasitemia levels at p<0.05; p<0.01 and p<0.001, respectively when compared to negative control. in the curative test, d, a/l and a/l/d produced 60.4%, 70.3%, and 90.0% parasitemia inhibitions, respectively whereas cq produced 76.0% parasitemia inhibition. d, a/l, a/l/d and cq produced 63.2 %, 80.1%, 92.3% and 83.6% parasitemia inhibitions, respectively in the suppressive test. d, a/l, and a/l/d prevented plasmodium bergheiinduced alterations in biochemical parameters by increasing packed cell volume, red blood cells, hemoglobin, and high-density lipoprotein and decreasing white blood cells, total cholesterol, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol, and triglyceride levels significantly at p<0.05 and p<0.01 and p<0.001, respectively when compared to the negative control. a/l/d produced significant antiplasmodial activity therefore, it may be used clinically for the treatment of malaria. keywords; antiplasmodial; artemether; tetracycline; antimalarial; lumefantrine; plasmodium berghei. introduction antimalarial drug resistance has been acknowledged to be one of the greatest challenges to the roll back malaria programme. the situation is highly precarious due to the rising incidence of plasmodium resistance to currently available antimalarial drugs (yeung et al., 2004). chloroquine (cq) resistant plasmodium falciparum now predominates in southeast asia, south america and africa. resistance to sulphadoxinepyrimethamine is widespread in asia and south america and is spreading in africa and even quinine has become less effective over time (khan et al., 2004). the use of combination therapy with artemisinins and partner drugs has been a rational approach to combating drug resistance. drugs with different mechanisms of action may enhance their respective efficacies and extend their therapeutic life spans (white & olliaro, 1996). despite, the combination therapy approach, plasmodium resistance is still a serious challenge (yeung et al., 2004). doxycycline (d) is one of the most active antibiotics against plasmodium parasites. it belongs to the tetracycline family. the tetracyclines, which have a very wide spectrum of activity are bacteriostatic and inhibit bacterial protein synthesis (gaillard et al., 2015). among the tetracyclines, d is widely used for malaria prophylaxis and is highly acceptable for long-term therapy, except in pregnant women and children (who, 2005). in-vitro and in-vivo investigations have shown that d may be an effective antimalarial drug against drug-resistant plasmodium strains (basco & bras, 1993). it is used in combination with quinine as an effective standby emergency treatment of malaria associated with plasmodium falciparum (who, 2005). recently, it has shown antimalarial potential against plasmodium bergheiinduced cerebral malaria in experimental models by inhibiting brain inflammation, tumour necrosis factor and chemokines expressions (schmidt et al., 2018). artemether/lumefantrine (a/l) is an artemisininbased antimalarial drug approved by the us food and https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.1-6 2 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 1-6 drug administration in 2009 for the treatment of plasmodium falciparum malaria. the dual mechanisms of action of a/l provide fast and sustained plasmodium clearance (stover et al., 2012). it is the most widely used antimalarial drug combination in endemic regions. in 2017, a/l accounted for almost 75% of all purchased and clinically used artemisinin based combination therapies (acts) (nsanzabana, 2019). artemisinin derivatives rapidly clear parasites through a number of proposed mechanisms such as interference with plasmodial transport proteins, interference with plasmodial mitochondrial electron transport, and the production of free radicals (stover et al., 2012). the precise mechanism for the antiplasmodial activity of lumefantrine is not well defined, but it is proposed to inhibit β-hematin formation, which is an important detoxification pathway for plasmodium parasites (stover et al., 2012). despite the success achieved with the use of a/l in combating malaria scourge, the emergence of plasmodium parasite resistance in some endemic countries has become a significant drawback for the fight against malaria (nsanzabana, 2019). due to the challenge posed by plasmodium parasite resistance, there is a strong advocacy for the rational use of antimalarial drugs with antibiotics. this will afford the synergistic or additive killing of plasmodium parasites, and thus prevent or reduce drug resistance (miller et al., 2006; alecrim et al., 2006). this study, therefore assessed the antiplasmodial effect of a/l/d on a mouse model infected with plasmodium berghei. materials and methods drugs and dose selection artemether/lumefantrine (a/l) (ipac laboratory, india), chloroquine (cq) (evans medical nigeria plc), and doxycycline (d) (ranbaxy laboratories ltd, india) were used. the following doses were used: a/l (2.3/13.7 mg/kg) (sirima et al., 2016), cq (10mg/kg) (somsak et al., 2018), and d (2.2 mg/kg) (gaillard et al., 2015) animals adult swiss albino mice (22–30 g) were used. the mice were obtained from the animal unit of the department of pharmacology, faculty of basic clinical sciences, college of health sciences, university of port harcourt, rivers state. the mice were housed and fed throughout the study period as per recommended standards. the mice were allowed for 2 weeks to acclimatize to working environment and were handled according to the international animal care and welfare guidelines (ilar, 2011). parasites inoculation cq-sensitive plasmodium berghei (p. berghei) (nk65 strain) was used for malaria induction in the experimental mice. p. berghei was obtained from malaria research laboratory, centre for malaria research and phytomedicine, university of portharcourt, rivers state, nigeria. mice previously infected with p. berghei were used as donor mice and parasites were kept alive by continuous intraperitoneal (i.p) passage of blood from donor mice to uninfected mice weekly. percentage parasitemia was determined using the formula below. protocol for antiplasmodial test  protocol for curative test the curative test was performed as described by ryley and peters (1970). thirty mice randomly grouped into 6 (a1-a6) of 5 mice each were used. group a1 served as the normal control while a2-a6, which served as the experimental groups were inoculated with 1 × 107 p. berghei-infected blood (i.p). three days later, the mice were treated orally as follows: group a1 (normal control) was treated with normal saline (0.2ml) daily for 4 days. group a2 (negative control) and group a3 (positive control) were treated with normal saline (0.2ml) and cq (10mg/kg) daily for 4 days, respectively. groups a4-a6 were treated with d (2.2mg/kg), a/l (2.3/13.7 mg/kg) and a/l/d daily for 4 days, respectively. on day 5, tail blood samples were collected from the mice and thin smears were prepared on slides and stained with 10% giemsa stain. the stained slides were examined microscopically with an oil immersion objective of 100× magnification power. the percentage parasitemia and inhibitions were calculated using the formula shown below. % 𝑃𝑎𝑟𝑎𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑒𝑚𝑖𝑎 = 𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑎𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑧𝑒𝑑 𝑟𝑒𝑑 𝑏𝑙𝑜𝑜𝑑 𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑠 (𝑅𝐵𝐶𝑠) total number of rbcs count × 100% % 𝐼𝑛ℎ𝑖𝑏𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = (% parasitemia of negative control − % parasitemia of treated group) × 100 % parasitemia of negative control  protocol for suppressive test the suppressive test was performed as described by knight and peters (1980). twenty-five adult swiss albino mice were inoculated with blood containing 1 × 107p. berghei and randomized into 5 groups (b1-b5) of 5 mice each. the mice were treated after 3 hours of georgewill & adikwu – potential antimalarial activity of artemether/lumefantrine/doxycycline: … 3 inoculation as follows: group b1 (negative control) and group b2 (positive control) were orally treated daily with normal saline (0.2ml) and cq (10mg/kg), for 4 days, respectively. groups b3-b5 were orally treated with d (2.2mg/kg), a/l (2.3/13.7 mg/kg) and a/l/d daily for 4 days, respectively. on day 5, tail blood samples were collected from the mice and thin smears were prepared on slides and stained with 10% giemsa stain. the stained slides were examined microscopically with an oil immersion objective of 100×magnification power. the percentage parasitemia and inhibitions were calculated as explained above.  protocol for prophylactic test the prophylactic test was performed as described by peters (1965). twenty-five adult swiss albino mice randomized into 5 groups (c1-c5) of 5 mice/group were orally treated as follows: group c1 (negative control) and group c2 (positive control) were treated with normal saline (0.2 ml) and cq (10 mg/kg) daily for 4 days, respectively. groups c3 – c5 were treated with d (2.2 mg/kg), a/l (2.3/13.7 mg/kg), and a/l/d daily for 4 days, respectively. on day 5, the mice were inoculated with blood containing 1 × 107 p. berghei. after 2 days, tail blood samples were collected and percentage parasitemia and inhibitions were determined as explained above. determination of mean survival time from the time of inoculation with p. berghei until death, mortality of each mouse was monitored and recorded. mean survival time (mst) was determined using the formula below. 𝑀𝑆𝑇 = 𝑆𝑢𝑚 𝑜𝑓 𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑖𝑣𝑎𝑙 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑚𝑖𝑐𝑒 𝑖𝑛 𝑎 𝑔𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑝 (𝐷𝑎𝑦𝑠) total number of mice in that group evaluation of biochemical parameters in the curative study, blood samples were collected from the mice and evaluated for red blood cells (rbcs), hemoglobin (hb), packed cell volume (pcv), white blood cells (wbcs), total cholesterol (chol), triglyceride (tg), low-density lipoprotein cholesterol and (ldl-c) and high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (hdl-c) using an auto analyzer. statistical analysis values were expressed as mean ± sem (standard error of mean) of n=5. values were analyzed using one-way anova, followed by tukey’s post hoc test. p values less than 0.05, 0.01 and 0.001 were considered significant. results curative antiplasmodial test treatment with d, a/l, and a/l/d produced significant decreases in percentage parasitemia at p<0.05, p<0.01 and p<0.001, respectively when compared to negative control (pu) (table 1). d, a/l and a/l/d produced parasitemia inhibitions of 60.4%, 70.3%, and 90.0%, respectively whereas cq produced 76.0 % parasitemia inhibition. mst was significantly prolonged in mice treated with d, a/l, and a/l/d at p<0.05, p<0.01, and p<0.001, respectively when compared to pu (table 1). suppressive antiplasmodial test significant decreases in percentage parasitemia levels at p<0.5, p<0.01 and p<0.001 were produced by d, a/l, and a/l/d, respectively when compared to pu (table 2). parasitemia inhibitions, which represent 63.2 %, 80.1%, 92. 3% and 83. 6% were produced by d, a/l, a/l/d and cq, respectively (table 2). treatment with d, a/l and a/l/d significantly prolonged mst at p<0.5, p<0.01, and p<0.001, respectively when compared to pu (table 2). prophylactic antiplasmodial test percentage parasitemia levels were significantly decreased in mice treated with d (p<0.05), a/l (p<0.01) and a/l/d (p<0.001) when compared to pu (table 3). d, a/l and a/l/d produced parasitemia inhibitions of 65.1%, 82.8%, and 93.9%, respectively whereas cq produced 86.7% parasitemia inhibition. significant prolongations of mst occurred in mice treated with d, a/l, and a/l/d at p<0.5, p<0.01 and p<0.001, respectively when compared to pu (table 3). hematological and lipid profile p. berghei infected mice showed significant (p<0.001) increases in serum tg, chol, ldl-c and wbcs levels with significant (p<0.001) decreases in serum hb, pcv, rbcs and hdl-c levels when compared to control (tables 4 and 5). on the other hand, treatment with d, a/l, and a/l/d significantly decreased serum tg, chol, ldl-c, wbcs levels and significantly increased serum hb, pcv, rbcs and hdl-c levels at p<0.05, p<0.01and p<0.001, respectively when compared to pu (tables 4 and 5). 4 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 1-6 table 1. curative effect of artemether/lumefantrine/doxycycline on plasmodium berghei infected mice. data as mean ± sem (standard error of mean) n= 5, pu: negative control, cq: chloroquine, d: doxycycline, a/l: artemether/lumefantrine, a/l/d: artemether/lumefantrine/doxycycline, mst: mean survival time. ap<0.01, b p<0.05, c p<0.001 significant difference when compared to pu. table 2. suppressive effect of artemether/lumefantrine/doxycycline on plasmodium berghei infected mice. treatment % parasitemia % inhibition mst (days) pu 20.30±1.03 0.00 9.66±0.45 cq 3.33±0.32a 83.6 30.41±3.71a d 7.47±0.11b 63.2 22.73±2.78b a/l 4.04±0.05a 80.1 31.02±3.48a a/l/d 1.56±0.02c 92.3 37.62±3.67c data as mean ± sem (standard error of mean) n= 5, pu: negative control, cq: chloroquine, d: doxycycline, a/l: artemether/lumefantrine, a/l/d: artemether/lumefantrine/doxycycline, mst: mean survival time. ap<0.01, b p<0.05, c p<0.001 significant difference when compared to pu. table 3. prophylactic effect of artemether/lumefantrine/doxycycline on plasmodium berghei-infected mice treatment % parasitemia % inhibition mst (days) pu 18.50±1.57 0.00 9.66±0.61 cq 2.46±0.01a 86.7 32.03±3.71a d 6.46±0.35b 65.1 25.52±2.60b a/l 2.44±0.17a 82.8 32.60±3.38a a/l/d 1.29±0.03c 93.9 39.21±4.61c data as mean ± sem (standard error of mean) n= 5. pu: negative control, cq: chloroquine, d: doxycycline, a/l: artemether/lumefantrine, a/l/d: artemether/lumefantrine/doxycycline, mst: mean survival time. ap<0.01, b p<0.05, c p<0.001 significant difference when compared to pu. table 4. effect of artemether/lumefantrine/doxycycline on hematologic parameters of plasmodium berghei-infected mice. treatment rbc (x106) wbc (cells/l) pcv (%) hb (g/dl) nc 5.11±0.24 6.61±0.11 54.63±5.00 16.31±0.08 pu 2.41±0.29a 13.91±1.06a 20.72±3.17a 6.63±0.37a cq 4.00±0.11b 9.11±0.09b 38.80±3.54b 11.93±0.15b d 3.10±0.17c 10.27±0.17c 26.54±3.76c 9.65±0.45c a/l 3.99±0.12b 9.42±0.09b 38.43±4.49b 10.04±0.80b a/l/d 4.91±0.09d 6.33±0.21d 50.25±4.21d 13.95±0.05d data as mean ± sem (standard error of mean) n= 5, nc: normal control pu: negative control cq: chloroquine, d: doxycycline, a/l: artemether/lumefantrine, a/l/d: artemether/lumefantrine/doxycycline, mst: mean survival time, rbcs: red blood count, wbcs: white blood count, pcv: packed cell volume hb: haemoglobin, a p<0.001 significant difference when compared to nc, b p<0.01, c p<0.05, d p<0.001 significant difference when compared to pu. table 5. effect of artemether/lumefantrine/doxycycline on lipid parameters of plasmodium berghei-infected mice. treatment tg mg/dl chol mg/dl hdl-c mg/dl ldl mg/dl nc 76.8±8.03 100.4±14.0 55.9±5.66 29.1±3.11 pu 266.3±15.0a 298.4±14.1 a 24.6±2.32 a 220.1±18.1a cq 169.1±10.6 b 190.8±16.4 b 39.1±5.72 b 117.8±11.6b d 210.7±11.6 c 247.5±13.7 c 30.0±3.19 c 175.4±15.0c a/l 179.0±14.0b 199.6±14.3b 37.3±3.67b 126.5±12.5b a/l/d 80.9±7.49d 117.8±12.5 d 49.5±4.39d 41.3±10.1d data as mean ± sem (standard error of mean) n= 5, nc: normal control pu: negative control cq: chloroquine, d: doxycycline, a/l: artemether/lumefantrine, a/l/d: artemether/lumefantrine/doxycycline, tg: tryglyceride, chol:total cholesterol hdl: high density lipoproteins, ldl: low density lipoprotein, vldl: very low density lipoprotein. a p<0.001 when compared to nc, b p<0.01, c p<0.05, d p<0.001 when compared to pu. discussion artemisinin based combination therapies (acts) are used as treatment for uncomplicated malaria (who, 2015). unfortunately, the emergence of plasmodium parasite resistant to acts has been reported in endemic regions (cui et al., 2015; who, 2016). antimalarial drug resistance poses one of the greatest threats to malaria control. in africa, the efficacy of affordable antimalarial drugs is rapidly declining, and efficacious treatment %parasitemia %inhibition mst (days) pu 38.10±4.95 0.0 9.02±0.11 cq 9.14 ±0.20a 76.0 25.30±2.37a d 13.72±0.67b 60.4 16.21±1.57b a/l 11.30±0.13a 70.3 24.82±3.48a a/l/d 3.43±0.08c 90.0 31.63±3.21c georgewill & adikwu – potential antimalarial activity of artemether/lumefantrine/doxycycline: … 5 antimalarial drugs tend to be too expensive. costeffective methods are needed to fight against antimalarial drug resistance. one of the primary solutions to challenges associated with plasmodium parasites resistance to antimalarial drugs is to explore new combination therapies. in combination therapy, the possibility of the plasmodium parasites developing resistance simultaneously to two or more combined drugs with different mechanisms of action is extremely low (who, 2001). the current study examined the antiplasmodial activity of a/l/d on p. berghei-infected mice. p. berghei is used in predicting treatment outcomes of antimalarial drug candidates, due to its sensitivity, making it an important parasite for antiplasmodial studies (unekwuojo et al., 2011). studies have shown that suppressive and curative tests are effective in the antiplasmodial evaluation of candidate drugs on early and established infections, respectively. importantly, suppressive and curative tests give vital information on percentage parasitemia, and parasitemia inhibitions (bobasa et al., 2018). in the current study, treatment with a/l/d produced the best curative and suppressive antiplasmodial effects in relation to individual doses of a/l, d and cq. in the curative study, treatment with d, a/l, and a/l/d produced 60.4%, 70.3%, and 90.0% inhibitions, respectively. in the suppressive study, treatment with d, a/l and a/l/d produced 63.2 %, 80.1% and 92. 3% inhibitions, respectively. the prophylactic study showed best decrease in parasitemia level in a/l/d-treated mice when compared to individual doses of a/l, d and cq. the observed parasitemia inhibitions in the prophylactic study were 65.1%, 82.8%, and 93.9%, and 86.7% in mice treated with d, a/l, a/l/d and cq, respectively. in addition to percentage parasitemia and inhibition, this study determined the mst of the mice used for the curative, suppressive and prophylactic tests (georgewill et al., 2021) to further buttress the antiplasmodial activity of a/l/d. studies have shown that candidate drugs that can appreciably prolong the mst of parasitized animals may be active against malaria (oliveira et al., 2009). in the current study, curative, suppressive and prophylactic tests showed best prolongation of mst in mice treated with a/l/d than d, a/l, and cq alone. in the curative study, d, a/l and a/l/d prolonged mst to 16.21±1.57, 24.82±3.48 and 31.63±3.21 days, respectively. studies have shown that plasmodium depend on host hemoglobin as a nutrientsource for growth and multiplication. it consumes more than 75% of haemoglobin during its intra-erythrocytic phase and metabolizes heme into hemozoin (inbaneson and sundaram 2012). p. berghei-infected mice are prone to anemia due to erythrocyte destruction, as a consequence of parasite multiplication or by spleen reticuloendotelial cell action causing the production of phagocytes by the spleen due to abnormal erythrocytes (nardos and makonnen, 2017). in the current study, anemia was conspicuous in p. berghei-infected mice characterized by decreased pcv, hb, and rbcs with increased wbcs levels. however, p. berghei–induced anemia was vividly reduced in mice treated with a/l/d which was characterized by increased pcv, hb, and rbcs levels and decreased wbcs levels. interestingly, the anti-anemic activity of a/l/d was best when compared to individual doses of a/l, d and cq. changes in serum lipid profile related to malaria infection have been reported in some studies. the underlying biological mechanisms for malaria related lipid changes remain unclear, but may be host related, parasite-related or a combination of the two factors (visser et al., 2013). the present study observed significant alterations in lipid profile in parasitized mice marked by increased chol, tg, ldl-c and decreased hdl-c levels. the altered lipid parameters were best restored in a/l/d-treated mice marked by elevated hdl-c and decreased chol, tg, ldl-c levels. the observed antiplasmodial effect of a/l/d may be due to the independent mechanisms of action of the constituent drugs. the antiplasmodial mechanisms of d are not well defined, but d can inhibit mitochondrial protein synthesis and also decrease the activity of mitochondrial enzyme (dihydroorotate dehydrogenase) involved in pyrimidine synthesis (prapunwattana et al., 1998). also, d can inhibit the syntheses of nucleotides and deoxynucleotides in plasmodium (yeo et al., 1997). the artemisinins are speculated to interfere with plasmodial mitochondrial electron transport, transport proteins, and the production of free radicals (stover et al., 2012). lumefantrine is thought to inhibit β-hematin formation, an important detoxification pathway in plasmodium parasites (stover et al., 2012). conclusion results of the study concluded that a/l/d significantly decreased percentage parasitemia, increased percentage inhibition and prolonged mst in p. berghei-infected mice. the results of this study therefore showed prospect for the use of a/l/d for malaria treatment. conflict of interest: the authors declare no conflicts of interest. references alecrim mg, lacerda mv, mourao mp, alecrim wd, padilha a, & cardoso bs. (2016). successful treatment of plasmodium falciparum malaria with a six-dose regimen of artemetherlumefantrine versus quinine-doxycycline in the western amazon region of brazil. american journal of tropical medicine and hygiene. 74: 20-5 basco, l. k., & le bras j. (1993). activity in vitro of doxycycline against multidrug-resistant plasmodium falciparum. transaction of royal society of tropical medicine and hygiene. 87:469–470 6 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 1-6 bobasa em, alemu bg, berkessa st, gemechu y, fufa fg, & cari gz et al. 2018. antimalarial activity of selected ethiopian medicinal plants in mice. journal of pharmacy & pharmacognosy research, 6 (1), 57-64. cui l, mharakurwa s, ndiaye d, rathod pk, & rosenthal pj. (2015). antimalarial drug resistance literature review and activities and finding of the icemr network. american journal of tropical medicine and hygiene. 93(3):57–68 gaillard t, madamet m, & pradines b. (2015). tetracyclines in malaria. malaria journal. 14, 445 ;1-10. georgewill ud, harold melford h, & adikwu e (2021). antiplasmodial activity of artemether-lumefantrine-tinidazole on plasmodium berghei infected mice. the pharmaceutical and chemical journal, 2021, 8(1):107-113 inbaneson sj, & sundaram r. (2012). in vitro antiplasmodial effect of ethanolic extracts of traditional medicinal plant ocimum species against plasmodium falciparum. asian pacific journal of tropical medicine 5(2):103–106. institute for laboratory animal research (ilar). guide for the care and use of laboratory animals. 8th ed. washington dc: national academic press; 2011. khan ma, smego ra jr, razi st, & beg ma. (2004). emerging drug--resistance and guidelines for treatment of malaria. journal of the college of physicians and surgeons of pakistan.14: 31924 knight, d.j, & peters, w. (1980). the antimalarial action of nbenzyl oxydihydrotriazines and the studies on its mode of action. ann of tropical medicine and parasitology. 74: 393404. miller rs, wongrichanalai c, buathong n, mcdaniel p, walsh ds, & knirsch c (2006). effective treatment of uncomplicated plasmodium falciparum malaria with azithromycin-quinine combinations: a randomized, doseranging study. american journal of tropical medicine and hygiene. 74: 401-6 nardos a, & makonnen e. (2017). in vivo antiplasmodial activity and toxicological assessment of hydroethanolic crude extract of ajuga remota. malaria journal. 16:25; 1-8 nsanzabana c. (2019). resistance to artemisinin combination therapies (acts): do not forget the partner drug! tropical medicine and infectious disease. 4, 26;1-11 oliveira ab, dolabela mf, braga fc, jácome rlrp, varotti fp, & póvoa mm. (2009). antimalarial agents: new leads and efficient phythomedicines. part i. alkaloids. anais da academia brasileira de ciências. 81:715–40. peters, w. (1967). rational methods in the search for antimalarial drugs. transaction of royal. society of tropical medicine and hygiene. 61: 400-410. prapunwattana p, o’sullivan wj, & yuthavong y. (1988). depression of plasmodium falciparum dihydroorotate dehydrogenase activity in in vitro culture by tetracycline. molecular and biochemical parasitology. 27:119–24. ryley, j.f, & peters, w. (1970). the antimalarial activity of some quinolone esters. annals of tropical medicine and parasitology. 84: 209-222. schmidt ke, kuepper jm, schumak b, alferink j, hofmann a, & hawland sw (2018). doxycycline inhibits experimental cerebral malaria by reducing inflammatory immune reactions and tissue-degrading mediators. public library of science one. 13:e0192717. sirima sb, ogutu b, & lusingu jpa. (2016). comparison of artesunate-mefloquine and artemether-lumefantrine fixeddose combinations for treatment of uncomplicated plasmodium falciparum malaria in children younger than 5 years in sub-saharan africa: a randomised, multicentre, phase 4 trial. lancet infectious disease. 16(10):1123-1133. somsak v, damkaew a, & onrak p. (2018). antimalarial activity of kaempferol and its combination with chloroquine in plasmodium berghei infection in mice. journal of pathology 2018; 2018;17 stover kr, king st, & robinson j. (2012). artemetherlumefantrine: an option for malaria. annalsof pharmacotherapy. 46(4):567-77. unekwuojo eg, james o, & olubunmi ar. (2011). suppressive, curative and prophylactic potentials of morinda lucida (benth) against, erythrocytic stage of mice infected with chloroquine sensitive plasmodium berghei. british journal of applied science and technology. 1(3):131-40 visser b.j, wieten r.w, nagel i.m. & grobusch mp. (2013). serum lipids and lipoproteins in malaria a systematic review and meta-analysis. malaria journal. 12, 442, 1-16 white nj, & olliaro pl, (1996). strategies for the prevention of antimalarial drug resistance: rationale for combination chemotherapy for malaria. parasitology today 12: 399–401 world health organization. 2005. international travel and health, p. 132– 151. world health organization, geneva, switzerland world health organization. 2001. drug resistance in malaria yeung s, pongtavornpinyo w, hastings im, mills aj, & white nj. (2004). antimalarial drug resistance, artemisinin based combination therapy, and the contribution of modelling to elucidating policy choices. american journal of tropical medicine and hygiene. 71(2): 179-86 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn: 2089-6514 volume 3, number 1, 2014 | pages: 25-30 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2014.31.25-30 identification of migratory birds and their spesific characteristics of habitat in the salt water lake of gili meno, north lombok distric diah purwitasari1, luh gde sri astiti1,2 and supriadi1* 1faculty of veterinary medicine, university of west nusa tenggara, mataram, indonesia 2research institute for agricultural technology west nusa tenggara, indonesia author correspondency*: supriadi@yahoo.com abstract the aim of this research was to identify the species of migratory birds in the ecosystem of salt water lake of gili meno and their specific characteristics of habitat. data collection for birds, mangrove and fish species has been carried out in september and october 2013. in this study, a shannon-wiener diversity index and importance value index (ivi) of mangrove vegetation were calculated to identify carrying capacity of mangrove population in the form of specific habitat in salt water lake of gili meno. this research has identified 17 species of birds which are divided into 5 families: scolopacidae, charadriidae, ardeidae, meropidae and alcedinidae. moreover, 3 species of mangrove were discovered that are a. marina, a. lanata and e. agallocha, as well as one species of fish (mujair fish/o. mossambicus). n. nycticorax and b. striatus were well-known to have higher population than other bird species. the diversity index showed that mangrove vegetation in the ecosystem of salt water lake of gili meno has a low species diversity (0.565). this is due to higher dominance of one species than the others. what is more, the ivi of a. marina demonstrated a fairly significant value compared to that of other species (189,01). mangrove vegetation which surrounds the ecosystem of salt water lake of gili meno has formed a unique habitat and and an ideal stopover site for migratory birds. the ecosystem not only provides shelters from predators but also supplies for various abundant feeding sources. the lake it self is rather shallow and muddy around the shore which gives advantages for the migratory birds to obtain plenty small fish from the lake. keywords: migratory birds, salt water lake, gili meno, characteristics of habitat introduction indonesia is the fifth country after colombia, peru, brazil and ecuador which have the highest megabiodiversity of birds, as many as 1539 species (sudaryanto, 2006). those species are divided into 20 order and 90 families (yamin and jamaluddin, 2002) and some of them are endemic (around 381 spesies). the increasing habitat degradation has led to the fact that nearly 400 species of birds are now threatened with extinction (thinh, 2006). one of bird groups that are interesting to study is migratory birds. this group is a bird group that move from one region to another, either inter-island or intercontinent, and will return to their origin (shackelford et al., 2005). this migration occurs because of seasonal change or the birds feeding habits in a relatively far distance. small islands in indonesia provide habitats for a variety of migratory bird species to stopover. habitat characteristic of various ecosystems in each island possesses its own specific and unique characteristics. often, these migratory birds can attract tourists visiting the islands (aeny, 2004). one of small islands (lombok: small island = gili) that exist around lombok island is gili meno. this small island is one of three islands included in gili matra village. gili meno is well-known for its specific and unique salt water lake (rachman, 2004) and has a pleasing panorama. moreover, its ecosystem also saves a great potential of various exotic animal species. research conducted by setiawan (2008) explained that no less than 11 species of migratory birds use the habitat to stopover in migration season. some of them are phalacocorax melanoleucos, actitis hypoleuco, ardea purpurea and charadrius dubius. to date, several researches have been carried out to identify many migratory bird spesies in the ecosystem of salt water lake of gili meno, one of them is by setiawan (2008). however, in the research, field observation was only performed once and the researcher has not done a study of microhabitat and factors that make the salt water lake as one of preference habitat for migratory birds. therefore, this research was conducted to identify the diversity of migratory bird species in the ecosystem of salt water lake of gili meno and recognize the habitat characteristics that could support the wild birds’ lives in the ecosystem. materials and methods the objects of this research were migratory birds utilizing the lake as their activity place. this research was undertaken in september and october 2013. the first data collection was performed on the 24th-26th of september and the second data collection was completed on the 18th20th of october 2013. data collected were bird species, mangrove vegetation and fish species. data collection of bird species was conducted on field in the morning from 07.00-10.00 and in the afternoon from 15.00-17.00. the observation was performed in 4 26 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 3 (1), 2014: 25-30 spots which were determined purposively on field. bird species were observed and identified by directly observing morphological features and characteristics of the birds based on a guide to the birds of wallacea (coates and bishop, 2000). morphological features observed included: (i) shape and size of body, beak and feet, (ii) the colours of feather on body, beak, and feet, (iii) visible specific features, as well as (iv) sounds produced. analysis of mangrove vegetation was performed on sampling spots that have been directly marked by a gps device. the vegetation analysis was undertaken by making 10 x 10 m quadrants. obtained vegetation data included vegetation species, trunk diameter, and the individual number of each species. furthermore, fish were caught utilizing a fish net in cooperation with local community. the vegetation data were then analysed by calculating density, frequency, dominance, ivi, and shannon-wiener diversity index (h’). results and discussions a total of 17 species belonging to 5 families have been identified in this research. the five bird families are scolopacidae, charadriidae, ardeidae, meropidae dan alcedinidae. of the 17 identified species, 16 species are migrants (table 1). the non-migrant bird and inhabitants of gili meno is the species of halcyon sancta. black-crowned nirgt-heron (n. nycticorax) is a species with the highest population identified. as stated by coates and bishop (2000), this species is a migratory species that reproduce in their migration sites. on several observation spots in the vicinity of mangrove forest, their active and already inactive nests were discovered. in addition to that, it was observed that striated heron (b, striatus) was also on fairly high population number. both bird species are known to prefer similar habitat which is mangrove area, muddy sites and shallow puddle (zulfan, 2009; setiawan 2008; mustari, 1992). these species difference is in their feeding activity. nycticorax nycticorax was more often spotted perched on tree branches and once in a while went down to catch small fish. meanwhile, b. striatus was more active and often walked around the lake to find preys. this research discovery is supported by previous research conducted by setiawan (2008) who also discovered both bird species in high individual number. it was further stated that mangrove ecosystem in salt water lake of gili meno could highly sustain the existence of the two species population. additionally, food availability in the vicinity of lake and the lake’s proximity to adjacent beach also provided more varied habitat choices for these birds. other fairly numerous migratory bird species discovered during this research were those belong to trinil category i.e: common sandpiper (actitis hypoleucos), wood sandpiper (tringa glareola), marsh sandpiper (tringa stagnatilis) and common redshank (tringa tonatus). detailed observation has successfully identified the four species clearly. detailed observation was necessary because occasionally, these four species were in large group (>10). the observation of these bird species was basically simple to perform due to significant differences in size and features of each species. nevertheless, a. hypoleucos and t. glareola were often found feeding in pairs or individual on the lake shore. figure 1. documented bird species. a. cerek jawa (charadrius javanicus chasen, 1938); b & c. cerek besar (pluvialis squatrola); d. trinil semak (tringa glareola linnaeus, 1758); e. kokokan laut (butoroides striatus); f. kuntul kecil (white) (egretta garzetta), trinil pantai/small brown (actitis hypoleucos). another migratory bird category is cerek including little ringed plover (charadrius dubius), javan plover (c. javanicus) and grey plover (pluvialis squatarola). two of the three species (c. javanicus and pluvialis squatarola ) have not been reported in the study conducted by setiawan (2008), this might be because of different observation time. according to coates and bishop (2000), both species are migratory birds and do not reproduce so that sometimes they are not observed in certain time. it was further explained that the three species prefer shallow and calm mangrove habitat, natural habitat and far from human activity. this result demonstrate that the thre migratory species presence can be utilized as habitat indicator that salt water lake of gili meno can support the lives of wild animals. mulyawati (2007) also reported that this bird group likes muddy mangrove area and shallow water. the next bird category observed was kuntul comprising 3 species: little egret (egretta garzetta), reef egret (e. sacra) and intermediate egret (e. intermedia). the population of e. garzetta was the diah purwitasari, et al. – identification of migratory birds and their spesific characteristics … 27 highest of the three species with the highest individual number observed on field was 16 individuals. this species occupied almost half of the lake’s shore around 08.00-09.00 and 15.00-17.00 when they are actively feeding. on the other hand, e. intermedia was only found 4 individuals at the most during the research. posture, larger body size and typical beak colors (bright yellow) appears to distinguish the two species. unlike e. garzetta and e. scara, e. intermedia often becoming active between 09.00-10.00 and sometimes it was not observed in the afternoon. meanwhile, e. sacra was rarely seen lingering around the lake. this may be due to food competition on the lake shore. the species was mostly spotted on the beach shore at low tide in the afternoon then returned to the mangrove ecosystem afterward. table 1. birds species discovered in salt water lake ecosystem of gili meno. family indonesia english latin scolopacidae trinil pantai common sandpiper actitis hypoleucos trinil semak wood sandpiper tringa glareola trinil kaki merah common redshank tringa tonatus trinil rawa marsh sandpiper tringa stagnatilis gajahan erasia eurasian curlew numenius arquata charadriidae cerek kalung kecil little ringed plover charadrius dubius cerek jawa javan plover charadrius javanicus cerek besar grey plover pluvialis squatarola ardeidae cangak merah purple heron ardea purpurea kuntul perak intermediate egret egretta intermedia kuntul kecil little egret egretta garzetta kuntul karang reef egret egretta sacra kowak malam abu black-crowned nirgt-heron nycticorax nycticorax kowak malam merah rufous nigtt-heron nyicticorax caledonicus kokokan laut striated heron butoroides striatus meropidae kirik-kirik laut blue-tailed bee-eater merops philipinnus alcedinidae cekakak suci sacred kingfisher halcyon sancta other bird species that were observed around the lake were sacred kingfisher (halcyon sancta) and bluetailed bee-eater (merops philippinus). sacred kingfisher often noticed on several spots on the lake shore to catch small fish. decreasing lake water has led to higher salinity causing small fish to surface, so that it was easier for the birds to catch their prey. occasionally, sacred kingfisher produced strong sounds when they flew or met the same species. in contrast, m. philippinus was more aereal. this species make use of mangrove habitat as feeding site which provide abundant insects. mangrove ecosystem is an integral part of the ecosystem of salt water lake of gili meno. this mangrove ecosystem provide excellent microhabitat for many wild animals, especially migratory birds. as stated by elfidasari and junardi (2006), one of many functions of mangrove is as nesting and stopover sites for various bird species. healthy mangrove ecosystem is more preferred and visited by many bird species as it provide huge potential as food sources. mangrove ecosystem in gili meno consist of three mangrove species: avicennia lanata, avicennia marina dan exoecaria agallocha. the calculation of species relative dominance showed that a. marina dominate the habitat in the ecosystem of the salt water lake (69.45%), followed by a. lanata (23.81%) and e. agallocha (6. 74%). moreover, relative species density index also illustrated a fairly dense coverage of a. marina. in contrast, species diversity index (0.565) demonstrated the low species diversity in the mangrove ecosystem because of a. marina dominance. in addition to plant resources, the habitat of salt water lake of gili meno also offer animal resource for migratory bird feeding. the mangrove ecosystem ability to maintain the stability and fluctuation of salinity and temperature causes fresh water species capable to adapt in the saltwater habitats. from the results of fishing using fishing nets and rods it was found that only one species of fish inhabit the whole habitat of the salt water lake. the identified species is mujair fish (oreochromis mossambicus). as indicated by kosztowny et al (2008), this fish species can adapt well in salt water from juvenile. this is becaue of its ability to activate atpase anzyme to maintain cell membrane activity, especially on the gill rackers to keep active despite the high salinity. further research to identify other animal species which is potential as feeding resource for migratory birds is of high importance. moreover, research on the histological and anatomic differences of mujair fish from salt water and fresh water is required. 28 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 3 (1), 2014: 25-30 figure 2. coverage shape and characteristics of mangrove a. avicennia marina with close coverage along the lake shore b. oval leaf tip shape with white lower leaf surface is the diagnostic character of a. marina. the calculation of importance value index (ivi) showed that the most important species was a. marina. this species was discovered almost in all ecosystem area around the salt water lake. this was supported by the calculated diversity index of shannon-wiener which showed the low diversity of mangrove vegetation in the ecosystem. in other words, the ecosystem is dominated by a. marina. the existence of mangrove vegetation in a habitat will form a spesific ecosystem and provide abundant resources. davies et al., (1996) stated that mangrove ecosystems have important roles in sustaining the lives of animals on coastal line and terestrial. mangrove vegetation in the ecosystem of salt water lake of gili meno also provide abundant feeding resource for migratory birds like small insects and fish. this is also supported by abdurakhman (2002) research who discovered that food availability in a habitat will be more frequently visited by animals (burung). yamin and jamaludin (2002) also explained that excellent vegetation will provide diverse resources to sustain bird lives in a habitat. dominant bird species observed in this study is blackcrowned nirgt-heron (n. nycticorax) and striated heron (b. striatus) which are migratory birds that reproduce in their migration sites (coates and bishop, 2000). both species made many nests on dense mangrove tree canopy. these species have successfully dominated the ecosystem of salt water lake of gili meno may because both species can obtain their suitable life requirements such as food, nesting place and shelter from predators. other migratory birds which belong to trinil category (a. hypoleucos and t. glareola) often spotted fly actively and walked along the shallow lake shore to find food. both species are different from other two species from the same group (t. stagnatilis and t. totanus). t. stagnatilis and t. totanus are relatively not very active and often observed in groups. the high availability of small fish and water insects on the surface of the lake make the lake habitat is mostly preferred by many migratory bird species. the lake ecosystem which almost 90% covered by mangrove vegetation contribute to the ideal condition of the habitat for migratory birds to stopover. the fairly dense mangrove vegetation which surround the salt water lake ecosystem has formed a characteristic and sustainable habitat for many wildlife including migratory birds. habitat with dense canopy and which tend to be wet is more favored by birds (mulyawati, 2007; anonima, 2000). additionally, a relatively shallow, sandy and muddy area is a preferred area for migratory bird species. this research discovered that the migratory birds were more concentrated on the southern area of the lake. this area is relatively shallow, muddy to sandy, has denser mangrove coverage and more importantly, is far from road access (human activity). birds distribution map that has been prepared cleary shows that the main characteristic of preferred habitat of migratory birds is habitat with wet, shallow, sandy to muddy land, as well as dense vegetation canopy and which is far from human activity. table 2. data analyses of mangrove vegetation biodiversity. name sum value indonesia latin rden rf rd ivi h’ api-api putih avicennia marina 23 22,55 42,11 23,81 88,46 0,565api-api avicennia lanata 79 77,45 42,11 69,45 189,01 buta-buta exoecaria agalocha 8 7,84 15,79 6,74 30,37 explanation: rden : relative density rf : relative frequency ivi : importance value index h’ : shannon-wiener diversity index diah purwitasari, et al. – identification of migratory birds and their spesific characteristics … 29 figure 3. distribution map of migrant birds in a salt water lake of gili meno. from this map, it is clear that migratory birds (red spots) are more active in the south of the lake. this is supported by the shallow banks of the, dense mangrove coverage and the far location from human activity. natural and undisturbed habitat is more favored by migratory birds. habitats with high canopy and dense mangrove coverage provide nesting places, protection, nursing site and suitable feeding resources. shallow and sandy to muddy areas can facilitate birds to find food especially small fish. in addition, areas that are far from road access and human activity, are safer and unstressful. these characteristic factors are specific for the habitat of salt water lake of gili meno which in turn make it a favored place to stopover during migratory season. new species observed in this habitat which was undiscovered in previous research was javan plover (charadrius javanicus). this species has been reported to migrate along the shoreline of sumatera, kalimantan, java as well as bali and just reported in 2011 to stopover in several habitats in west nusa tenggara (anonimc, 2013; mckinnon, 1991). this may because of decreasing quality of habitats in western part of lombok island so that the species chose healthier habitat to migrate to. the presence of this migratory bird also indicates that the ecosystem of salt water lake of gili meno is still in a good condition and therefore should be protected. overall, bird species discovered during this research were higher in number than those observed by setiawan (2008) in august 2008. it is assumed that different observation time take part in the different result from this research. however, this research did not discovered pecuk padi belang (phalacocorax melanoleucos) which were present in setiawan’s research. these data should be updated to identify whether habitat change (habitat degradation) or migration season and observation time is the determining factor which affect the absence of several bird species. conclusion there are 17 bird species identified in this research belonging to 5 families i.e. scolopacidae, charadriidae, ardeidae, meropidae and alcedinidae. of the 17 species discovered, 16 species were migratory birds. in addition, this research also uncovered the especially high population of n. nycticorax followed by b. striatus. this study also identified 3 species of mangrove: avicennia marina, a. lanata and exoecaria agallocha as well as one species of fish (mujair fish/oreochromis niloticus). the existence of the fairly good mangrove vegetation and sufficient food availability contributed to the ideal condition of the habitat of saltwater lake of gili meno as migration site for birds during migration seasons. acknowledgment we express our gratitude to the birdwatching group in gili meno who supported us in fieldwork and provided us more information about several mangrove species. we also thank mr. andy setiawan who has provided his assistance in the indentification of birds’ population and fieldwork documentation. all parties who cannot be all mentioned in this article is also acknowledged for their support during field study and data analyses. petadistribusiburungmigran padaekosistem danaugili meno legenda : s n ew insert : ## ## ## ## ## ## ## ## ## ## ## 395640 395640 395820 395820 396000 396000 90 76 86 0 9076860 90 77 04 0 9077040 ; r ; r r r r r r r 1 2 3 ; 4 5 6 7 8# # # # # # # # # # # ## # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # ; r # : belukar : danau : kebun : tegalan : berugaq : lokasi anveg : distribusi burungmigran # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # gilimeno s n ew 0 60 meters 30 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 3 (1), 2014: 25-30 references abdurakhman. 2002. stratifikasi penggunaan habitat berbagai jenis burung di sekitar danau gili meno-lombok barat. skripsi fkip jurusan biologi universitas mataram. mataram. aeny, w. 2004. keanekaragaman jenis dan pemanfaatan jenis tumbuhan oleh burung liar di kota mataram. skripsi fkip jurusan biologi universitas mataram. mataram. anonima. 1992. ensiklopedia indonesia seri fauna burung. pt. intermasa. jakarta. anonimb. 2006. jenis-jenis burung dilindungi yang sering diperdagangkan. http://www.kehati.or.id/news/data/8,%20)kt2000%20info %20kehati.pdf. downloaded on 19/11/2012. 10.30 wita. anonimc, 2013. burung-burung di kawasan indonesia. www.kutilang.or.id coates, b. j., dan bishop, k. d. 2000. panduan lapangan burungburung di kawasan wallacea. bird life internationalindonesia programme & dove publications pty. ltd. davies, j., g. claridge, dan c.h.e. niranita. 1996. manfaat lahan basah dalam mendukung dan memelihara pembangunan. bogor: direktorat jendral phpa & asian wetland bureau. elfidasari, d dan junardi. 2006. keanekaragaman burung air di kawasan hutan mangrove peniti kabupaten pontianak. biodoversitas. vol.7 no.1, pp: 63-66. kusmana, c. 1997. metode survei vegetasi. pt. institut pertanian bogor. bogor. kosztowny, a.l., t. hirano and e. g. grau. 2008. developmental changes in na+ , k+ -atpase activity in mozambique tilapia (oreochromis mossambicus) embryos and larvae in various salinities. international symposium on tilapia in aquaculture. mackinnon, j. 1991. panduan lapangan pengenalan burungburung di jawa dan bali. gadjah mada university press. yogyakarta. mulyawati, d. 2007. migrasi burung. buletin burung iii/edisi januari 2007. bogor. mustari, a.h., 1992. jenis-jenis burung air di hutan mangrove delta sungai cimanuk indramayu-jawa barat. media konservasi. vol. iv; pp: 39-46. noor, y. r., m. khazali dan i. n. n. suryadiputra. 2006. panduan pengenalan mangrove di indonesia. phka/wi-ip. bogor. rachman, r. 2004. identifikasi potensi wilayah nusa tenggara barat. percetakan sahabat. mataram. setiawan, a. 2008. karakteristik habitat burung di gili meno desa gili indah kecamatan pemanang kabupaten lombok barat. skripsi mipa jurusan biologi universitas mataram. mataram. shackelford, c. e., e. r. rozenburg, w.c. hunter and m.w. lockwood. migration and migratory birds of texas 4th edt. texas parks and wildlife pwd, usa. sudaryanto. 2006. birdwatching. accessed from http://sudaryantoornito/blog.com/. 21/11/2012.11.23 wita thinh , v., t. 2006. bird species richness and diversity in relation vegetation in bavi national park, vietnam. ornitology science, 5: 121-125. yamin, m. dan jamaluddin. populasi dan asosiasi koak-kao (philemon buceroide) dengan beberapa jenis tumbuhan pada habitatnya di taman buru pulau moyo. laporan penelitian dosen universitas mataram. mataram. zulfan, 2009. keanekaragaman jenis burung di hutan mangrove krueng bayeun, kabupaten aceh timur provinsi nanggroe aceh darussalam. [skripsi]. institut pertanian bogor, bogor. [indonesia]. biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 9, number 2, october 2020 | pages: 97-103 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2020.92.97-103 issn 2540-9328 (online) microbial qualities of nkwuaku and ogbaru streams located in awgu local government area in enugu state, nigeria osita gabriel appeh1,*, tochukwu frank egwuatu2, chiamaka maryann ogbunta1 1department of microbiology, college of natural science, michael okpara university of agriculture umudike, p.m.b. 7267, umuahia, abia state, nigeria 2department of cell biology and genetics, faculty of science, university of lagos, akoka-yaba lagos state, nigeria corresponding author* ositaappeh@yahoo.com manuscript received: 02 august, 2020. revision accepted: 06 november, 2020. published: 22 november, 2020. abstract water samples from nkwuaku and ogbaru streams located in awgu local government area in enugu state, nigeria were evaluated for the presence of microbial contaminants. both samples were subjected to physicochemical analysis, total bacterial count and isolation of microbial pathogens, using conventional techniques. physicochemical characteristics of both water samples showed that nkwuaku stream had the least total dissolved solid value of 210mg/l while the highest value of 270mg/l was recorded for ogbaru stream. total heterotrophic bacteria count revealed that ogbaru stream water sample had a higher bacterial population of 5.1x107cfu/ml than nkwuaku stream water sample which had a bacterial population of 4.2x107cfu/ml. a total number of twelve (12) microorganisms were isolated from both water samples analyzed. eight (8) bacteria genera isolated include: escherichia coli, enterococcus faecalis, salmonella spp., klebsiella spp., staphylococcum aureus, pseudomonas aeruginosa, proteus spp. and campylobacter spp. four (4) fungi were isolated and they include: aspergillus niger, aspergillus flavus, aspergillus fumigatus and fusarium oxysporum. escherichia coli, salmonella spp., staphylococcus aureus and proteus spp. had the highest percentage occurrence (16.66%) each while enterococcus faecalis, klebsilla spp., pseudomonas aeruginosa and campylobacter spp. had the least percentage occurrence (8.33%) each. also, aspergillus recorded the highest percentage occurrence of 40% for fungi while the least percentage (20%) was recorded for aspergillus niger, fusarium oxysporium and aspergillus fumigatus each. this study reveals that microbial qualities of these streams render them unfit for human consumption as sources of portable water although they can be used for other household purposes. keywords: microorganisms; contaminants; physicochemical; pathogens; streams. introduction water is the most vital element among the natural resources; it is the most indispensable need for existence of all living things. its decreasing availability in terms of quality and quantity has been a major public health concern in africa, particularly in nigeria (who, 2004; saraveanan and peter, 2009). according to a recent unicef report, about 80 million people in asia and africa are living without access to safe water. consequently, this has caused many people to suffer from various diseases (tanwir et al., 2003). in developing countries such as nigeria, most of the rural community lack access to potable water supply and rely mainly on river and stream sources for their household use and other purposes (banwo, 2006). many water sources in developing countries are unhealthy because they contain harmful physical, chemical and biological agents. unfortunately, many of the available water sources are not potable without some form of treatment which is seldom or not available in most rural settings which expose the rural populace to waterborne diseases (oketola et al., 2006). in some rural areas in nigeria, domestic wastes, sewage and faeces are discharged into streams which also serve as their water sources for daily needs. when the load of organic matter or wastes is too heavy, the self-purification power of the stream are unable to remove these materials added and there will be pollution of these water sources which can be dangerous to human and the environment as a whole (adetokunbo and grilles, 2003). the microbiological quality of drinking water is of a great primary importance, and the monitoring of bacterial indicators such as total coliform. microbial indicators have been used worldwide to indicate if human wastes have contaminated water body. microbes typically utilized are those that are found in elevated concentrated in human faecal coliform, escherichia coli and enterococci (brooks et al., 2006). an additional indicator, clostridium perfringes can be used for monitoring stream water quality (egberongbe et al., 2010). the outbreaks of diarrhea or gastroenteritis in rural communities have all been attributed to the consumption of water of poor microbial https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2020.92.97-103 98 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 97-103 quality (ashbolt, 2004). it is therefore not an option but an imperative to critically monitor the quality of water supply in rural areas in order to further highlight their despicable water supply situation and to provide the impetus for sustainable government intervention (gucker et al., 2006). the aim of this study was to evaluate the microbial qualities of nkwuaku and ogbaru streams located in awgu local government area in enugu state, nigeria. materials and methods study area the study took place in awgu local government area of enugu state, nigeria. the local government is made up of towns such as agbogugu, isu-awa, ituku, ihe, ogbaku, owelli, ogugu, agbudu, amoli, mmaku, ugbo, obeagu, mgbidi, ugwueme, nkwe, ezere, awugu, nenwenta, awgunta and mgbowo. it has clay and stony lands with hilly topography. subsistence farming, petty trading, livestock rearing, palm wine tapping and stone quarrying are the major occupation of the people. there is no notable industry located in this area and its environs. collection of samples water samples for this study were collected from two different streams (nkwuaku and ogbaru) within the study area. the samples were collected in sterile containers at different collection points and analyzed within 24 hours for physicochemical and bacteriological qualities. sterilization of materials all glassware which were used for this study were properly washed and rinsed using distilled water and sterilized in a hot air oven at 250oc for 1 hour. these glassware included glass petri-dishes, test tubes, pipette, bijou bottles and mccartney bottles. determination of physicochemical characteristics of the sample the physicochemical properties which were examined included temperature, ph, taste, turbidity, colour, conductivity, odour, total solids, total dissolved solids, total suspended solids, acidity and alkalinity. determination of ph, temperature and conductivity the ph was determined using a ph meter (hi96107 hanna ph meter), which was standardized with a neutral buffer solution of ph 7.0 in a beaker. a 100ml aliquot of each sample was measured into a beaker and the ph probe was immersed into the sample. this was allowed for some minutes until a stable reading was obtained, and value was recorded. an aliquot of 50ml of each sample was measured into a 100ml beaker and a simple mercury-in-glass thermometer calibrated in degrees centigrade immersed in the water. the reading on the thermometer for each sample was recorded. conductivity of the two samples was determined using a digital conductivity meter (4520jenway, serial no. 01263). the meter was turned on and allowed to warm up for about 15 minutes. it was then standardized with 0.01m kcl solution where a conductivity value of 1413 microsiemen per-centimetre was obtained. the electrode was thoroughly rinsed with distilled water, wiped and then dipped into 100ml of each water sample in the beaker and left for some minutes to obtain a stable reading. the value for each sample was recorded. determination of colour and turbidity colour was determined immediately each sample arrived the laboratory. this was carried out after the two samples had been allowed to rest on a bench to attain room temperature. approximately 25 ml of water from each of the samples was measured into the sample cell for colour analysis. colour instrument (hach dr/890) was zeroed with 25ml distilled water before samples were determined and the readings were recorded. approximately 10ml of distilled water was measured into the sample cell of a turbidity meter (hanna, lp2000), which was used to zero the instrument. later, 10ml each from samples was measured into the same cell and the readings were recorded. determination of total solids (ts) and total dissolved solids by gravimetric method total solids were determined as the residues left after evaporation of the unfiltered samples. approximately 10ml of each of the two unfiltered samples was taken and evaporated in an evaporating dish in an oven at a temperature of 103-105oc for two and half hours. the evaporating dish was then cooled in desiccators and weighed. total dissolved solids were determined as the residues left after evaporation of the filtered samples, approximately 10ml of filtered sample from each of the samples was measured into a pre-weighed evaporating dish. the residues collected were then dried in an oven at temperature of 103-105oc for one hour and final weights were taken after cooling the evaporating dish in a desiccator. total solids were calculated using the formula given below: total solids (mg l⁄ ) = (𝑊1 − 𝑊2) x 1000 𝑉 where: 𝑊1 : initial weight of dried residue + dish in mg 𝑊2 : final weight of the dish in mg 𝑉 : volume of sample used in ml determination of total suspended solids (tss) for total suspended solid (tss), 10ml each of the water samples were filtered through a pre-weighed filtered appeh et al. – microbial qualities of nkwuaku and ogbaru streams … 99 paper. the filtered papers were dried at 103-105oc in oven and tss was determined by the following formula. tss (mg l⁄ ) = filter post weight – filter pre weight x 1000 volume of sample (ml) determination of alkalinity and acidity to 100ml of each of the water samples, 3 drops of phenolphthalein indicator was added. the samples were titrated with 0.02n h2s04 to ph 8.3 and phenolphthalein alkalinity was estimated (phenolphthalein indicator was changed colour from pink to colourless at ph 8.3). finally, the phenolphthalein alkalinity of water was calculated as follows: alkalinity (mg l⁄ ) = 𝐴 x 𝑁 x 50 x 1000 𝑉 where: 𝐴 : volume of h2s04 in ml 𝑁 : normality of h2s04 used to titrate 𝑉 : volume of sample used in ml determination of acidity to 100ml of each of the water samples, 3 drops of methyl orange indicator was added. the samples were titrated with 0.02n standard naoh to ph 8.3. (methyl orange indicator was changed colour from orange-red to yellow at ph 8.3). the acidity of water was calculated as follows: acidity (mg l⁄ ) = 𝐴 x 𝑁 x 50 x 1000 𝑉 where: 𝐴 : volume of naoh titrant used in ml 𝑁 : normality of naoh used 𝑉 : volume of sample used in ml microbiological analysis preparation and inoculation of samples serial dilution of each sample was made in sterile distilled water by inoculating 1ml of each sample into the first test tube containing 9ml of distilled water. the solution was mixed thoroughly and 1ml of it was transferred into the second test tube containing 9ml of distilled water. the procedure was repeated with all the remaining tubes. 0.1ml was pipetted out from 105 of the diluted factor and was inoculated in the plate using spread plate technique. the plates were incubated for 24 hours at 25oc for bacterial isolation and at 20oc for 3 days for fungal isolate using potato dextrose agar. the number of colonies were counted and recorded for both bacteria and fungi. purification of isolates the resulting colonies from the nutrient agar medium, macconkey, potato dextrose agar, eosin methyl blue agar, manitol salt agar, blood agar and salmonella – shigella agar plates were purified by sub-culturing on freshly prepared nutrient agar plates. the plates were incubated at 25oc for 24 hours for bacterial incubation and 20oc for 3 days for fungi. after the appropriate periods of incubation, the resulting discrete colonies were transferred onto agar slants in mccartney bottles and kept in the refrigerator as stock culture for subsequent tests during identification. characterization and identification of bacterial isolates bacterial isolates were analyzed based on morphological features, gram staining and other biochemical characterization which included citrate, indole, catalase, coagulase, motility, oxidase, urease, glucose, lactose, fructose and mannitol tests. confirmation of biochemically characterized bacteria was made using the most probable number (mpn) technique. identification of fungal isolates fungal isolates were identified based on their colonial morphology and cell morphology. a small portion of fungal growth was isolated with a sterile wireloop and placed on a grease free glass slide and teased with a drop of distilled water. a drop of lactophenol cotton blue stain was added and covered with a greased free cover slip. the slide was observed using x10 and x40 objective lenses. lactophenol cotton blue wet mount preparation is the most widely used method of staining and observing fungi. results table 1 shows the various physicochemical characteristics exhibited by the stream water samples. ogbaru stream had higher colour value of 10hu than nkwuaku stream which had a colour value of 6hu. nkwuaku stream sample had no objectionable odour while ogbaru stream sample had an objectionable odour. nkwuaku stream had a lower ph value of 6.7 while ogbaru had a ph value of 8.3. turbidity was higher in ogbaru stream and lower in nkwuaku stream sample. ogbaru stream had a higher temperature of 27oc than nkwuaku (26oc). conductivity was higher in ogbaru stream sample (678 𝜇s/cm) than in nkwuaku stream sample (468 𝜇s/cm). the value for total solids was lower (430 mg/l) in nkwuaku stream and higher (530 mg/l) in ogbaru sample. nkwuaku sample recorded a lower total dissolved solids (210 mg/l) than ogbaru (270 mg/l). total suspended solids was 220 mg/l in nkwuaku stream and 260 mg/l in ogbaru stream sample. ogbaru stream sample’s acidity was 4.0 mg/l and that of ogbaru stream was 6.0 mg/l. alkalinity was recorded to be 5.0 mg/l in ogbaru sample and 6.0 mg/l in nkwuaku sample. 100 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 97-103 table 1. physicochemical characteristics of the stream water samples in awugu local government area, enugu state. parameters sample a nkwuaku stream sample b ogbaru stream ph 6.7 8.3 temperature (oc) 26 27 conductivity (𝜇s/cm) 468 678 colour (hu) 6.0 10.0 turbidity (ntu) 8.0 10.0 odour u o total solids(mg/l) 430 530 total dissolved solids(mg/l) 210 270 total suspended solids(mg/l) 220 260 alkalinity(mg/l) 6.0 5.0 acidity(mg/l) 4.0 6.0 key: u = unobjectionable; o = objectionable; hu = hazen unit; ntu = naphelometric turbidity unit. table 2 shows the colonial characteristics of each isolates on nutrient agar, eosin methylene blue agar, macconkey agar, manitol salt agar, salmonella-shigella agar and blood agar. the isolates which were obtained include staphylococcus aureus, enterococcus faecalis, escherichia coli, salmonella species, klebsiella species, pseudomonas aeruginosa, proteus species and campylobacter species. table 3 shows the total bacterial and fungal plate counts of the stream samples. the total bacteria count revealed that ogbaru stream had a higher total bacteria count of 5.1 x 107 cfu/ml than nkwuaku stream which had 1.2 x 107cfu/ml. this indicates that nkwuaku stream sample had the lower bacterial indicators compared with ogbaru stream sample. also, the total fungal count revealed that nkwuaku had a higher total fungi count (4.0 x 107 cfu/ml) than ogbaru stream (1.6 x 107 cfu/ml). table 2. colonial characteristics of isolates from ogbaru and nkwuaku stream water on different growth media. isolate code media plates na emb mac msa ssa ba og1 smooth, golden yellow, convex colonies pink, smooth, convex and opaque colonies yellow, smooth, convex and opaque colonies light golden yellow, smooth, convex and hemolytic colonies og2 thick, grayish white, moist, smooth & opaque colonies green metallic sheen smooth colonies moist, smooth, flat & pink colonies slight growth pink colonies gray, moist & hemolytic colonies og3 low convex, smooth, grayish white translucent colonies low convex, smooth, colourless and transparent colonies black colonies with offensive odour low convex, smooth, grayish white, translucent and non-hemolytic colonies og4 irregular, low convex, smooth, mucoid, greenish yellow opaque colonies metallic sheen and glass appearance colonies low convex, smooth, mucoid, colourless transparent colonies irregular slight growth & nearly colorless colonies flat, smooth, mucoid, grayish white, opaque, hemolytic colonies nk1 whitish, round raised, glistering colonies light pink raised large colonies yellow colonies white nonhemolytic colonies nk2 mucoid, grayish white, raised opaque colonies convex, mucoid, pink translucent colonies convex, mucoid, pink-red opaque colonies smooth slight growth, pink colonies mucoid, grayish white, opaque non hemolytic colonies nk3 smooth, opaque, irregular, glistening grayish white translucent colonies glistening, colourles, transparent colonies low convex, smooth, colourless transparent colonies colorless with black center colonies irregular, glistening, grayish white, opaque, non-hemolytic colonies nk4 whitish droplet colonies smooth, grayish, convex, glistening & non-hemolytic colonies = no growth; na = nutrient agar; emb = eosin methylene blue agar; mac = macconkey agar; msa = manitol salt agar; ssa = salmonella – shigella agar; ba = blood agar; og = ogbaru; nk = nkwuaku. appeh et al. – microbial qualities of nkwuaku and ogbaru streams … 101 table 3. total bacterial and fungal plate counts obtained from the stream water samples. sample source bacteria (cfu/ml) fungi (cfu/ml) na emb mac ssa pda nkwuaku 4.2 x107 2.8 x107 3.9 x 107 2.2 x 107 4.0 x 107 ogbaru 5.1 x107 1.5 x 107 3.5 x 107 1.9 x 107 1.6 x 107 pda = potato dextrose agar; na = nutrient agar; emb = eosin methylene blue agar; mac = macconkey agar; ssa = salmonella – shigella agar table 4 shows various groups of microorganisms isolated and identified from this study. they include; staphylococcus aureus, escherichia coli, enterococcus faecalis, klebsiella pneumonia, proteus spp, pseudomonas aeruginosa, salmonella spp. and campylobacter spp. table 4. morphological and biochemical characteristics of bacteria present in stream water samples in awgu local government area, enugu. is o la te c o d e g r a m s ta in s h a p e c it r a te u ti li z a ti o n t e st in d o le t e st c a ta la se t e st c o a g u la se t e st m o ti li ty t e st o x id a se t e st u r e a se t e st m e th y l r e d t e st g lu c o se f e r m e n ta ti o n f r u c to se f e r m e n ta ti o n l a c to se f e r m e n ta ti o n p r o b a b ly o r g a n is m s og1 + cocci + + + + ag na ag staphylococcus aureus og2 rod + + ag ag ag escherichia coli og3 rod + + ag na na salmonella spp og4 _ rod + + ag ag ag pseudomonas aeruginosa nk1 + cocci + ag ag ag enterococcus faecalis nk2 rod + + + nag ag ag klebsiella spp. nk3 _ rod + + ag ag na proteus spp nk4 spiral + + + + na na na campylobacter spp. + = positive; = negative; ag = acid and gas production; na = no acid production; nag = no acid and gas production; og = ogbaru; nk = nkwuaku. table 5. morphological characteristics of fungal isolates in the stream water samples. macroscopy microscopy organism(s) dark-brown mycelium conidiophores smooth walked and non-septate aspergillus niger yellow pink creamy colonies cylindrical to ovoid conidia, curved septate conidiophores fusarium oxysporum light green and powdery long, erect septate, conidiophores aspergillus flavus gray-green fluggy colonies long, erect, non-septate conidiophores aspergillus fumigatus table 5 shows various fungi isolates and identified from the stream samples by their morphological characteristics. they are; aspergillus niger, fusarium oxysporum, aspergillus flavus and aspergillus fumigatus. table 6 shows the result of the mpn tests for occurrence of the presumptive coliforms (e. coli). the result revealed a gross coliform contamination in the two stream samples. table 6. mpn values per 100ml of the stream water samples. no. of tubes giving a positive result water samples 5 of 10ml 5 of 1ml 5 of 0.1ml mpn (per 100ml) nkwuaku stream 0 1 0 2 1 1 0 4 1 0 1 4 1 1 1 6 1 0 0 2 ogbaru stream 2 0 0 5 2 0 1 7 3 1 0 11 1 1 1 6 0 2 0 4 mpn (per 100ml) = most probable number per 100ml of water sample. 102 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 97-103 table 7 shows the percentage occurrence of bacterial isolates from the stream water samples which includes; escherichia coli, 2(16.66%); enterococcus faecalis 1(8.33%); salmonella spp. 2(16.66%); klebsiella spp. 1(8.33%); staphylococcus aureus 2(16.66%); pseudomonas aeruginosa 1(8.33%); proteus spp. 2(16.66%) and campylobacter spp. 1(8.33%). table 7. percentage occurrence of bacterial isolates from stream water samples. s/n isolates frequency occurrence % occurrence 1. escherichia coli 2 16.66% 2. enterococcus faecalis 1 8.33% 3. salmonella spp. 2 16.66% 4. klebsiella spp. 1 8.33% 5. staphylococcus aureus 2 16.66% 6. pseudomonas aeruginosa 1 8.33% 7. proteus spp. 2 16.66% 8. campylobacter spp. 1 8.33% 12 100% table 8 shows the percentage occurrence of fungi isolates from stream water samples. they are; aspergillus niger 1(20%); aspergillus flavus 2(40%); fusarium oxysporum 1(20%) and aspergillus fumigatus 1(20%). table 8. percentage occurrence of fungal isolates from stream water samples. s/n isolates frequency occurrence % occurrence 1. aspergillus niger 1 20.0% 2. aspergillus flavus 2 40.0% 3. fusarium oxysporum 1 20.0% 4. aspergillus fumigatus 1 20.0% 5 100% discussion evaluation of microbial contamination of nkwaku and ogbaru streams showed that the ph of nkwaku stream sample was 6.7 while that of ogbaru sample was 8.3. this is in agreement with ph assigned by the us environmental protection agency (epa) as the standard ph of water which ranges from 6.5 – 8.5 (epa, 2002). the higher ph values measured from the stream samples could be attributed to more rain water deposition which dilutes the acidity of water by raising the ph. thus indicated that the measured ph values of the stream samples were within permissible value which will not cause any harmful effect to the consumers. ogbaru stream sample had a higher temperature value (27oc) than nkwaku sample (26oc) and this could be attributed to the fact the samples were collected early in the morning. this conforms with the findings of okoye and umo (2006) who stated that cool water are generally more potable for drinking, because high water temperature enhances the growth of microorganisms and causes taste, odour, colour and corrosion problems. in the case of turbidity, ogbaru sample recorded higher value of 10 ntu while nkwuaku recorded a lower value of 8 ntu. the obtained values are far greater than the value specified and approved (5ntu) by the world health organization (who) (who, 2004). the higher values obtained could have been caused by rainfall and human activities such as; grazing of ruminants and improper management of solid and liquid wastes within the streams. high turbidity is also associated with high levels of disease causing microorganisms such as bacteria, fungi and other parasites. thus, waters from these streams are not good for drinking purpose. the total dissolved solid (tds) of the samples are in agreement with the epa standard of 500mg/l. ogbaru recorded higher value of 260mg/l while a lower value of 210mg/l was recorded in nkwuaku sample. odour of nkwaku sample was perceived to be unobjectionable whereas the odour of ogbaru sample was objectionable. the objectionable odour of ogbaru sample could be due to the presence of aquatic lives (fungi, bacteria etc) and waste disposal from toilets, industries, household etc. and this makes the water unfit for drinking. the percentage occurrence of bacterial and fungal isolates from the stream samples were determined and the result revealed that escherichia coli, salmonella spp., staphylococcus aureus and proteus spp. recorded the highest percentage occurrence (16.66%) while enterococcus faecalis, klebsiella spp., pseudomonas aeruginosa and campylobacter spp. recorded lower percentage occurrence (8.33%). the high number of salmonella, proteus spp and staphylococcus aureus in the stream samples are not in agreement with epa water standard for recreational use which states that these pathogenic organisms must not be present in water, because they are of public health significance, having been associated with gastrointestinal infections, diarrhoea, typhoid fever and other form of infection (epa, 2005). the total bacteria and fungi counts for the two samples were generally high, exceeding the limit of 1.0 x 102cfu/ml which is the standard limit of heterotrophic count for drinking water (epa, 2002). this indicates the presence of high organic matters and nutrient sources which supported the growth of the microbes. the primary sources of microbial contamination include the surface runoff, sewage treatment facilities and improper management activities of the inhabitants like washing, refuse dumping, open defaecatio and dropping of different materials into water bodies. various groups of microorganisms were isolated and identified during the study. they include escherichia appeh et al. – microbial qualities of nkwuaku and ogbaru streams … 103 coli, staphylococcus aureus, enterococcus faecalis, klebsiella pnueumonia, proteus sp, pseudomonas aeruginosa, salmonella spp. and campylobacter spp. for bacteria. the fungi isolated include aspergillus niger, fusarium oxysporum, aspergillus flavus and aspergillus fumigatus. the presence of some of these organisms signifies contamination of water from domestic sources. the staphylococcus species are known to produce enterotoxins (okonko et al., 2008). proteus species are intestinal flora, but also widely distributed in soils and water (sclegel, 2002). pseudomonas aeruginosa is an example of non-faecal coliforms, while e. coli is a faecal coliform. conclusion from this study it can be observed that from the microbial qualities of these that they are unfit for human consumption though they can be used for other purposes. many of the inhabitants of awgu local government area depend on these two streams for drinking water supplied. in view of this, it is recommended that the government should ban and discourage all indiscriminate disposal of wastes within stream environments. conflict of interest: the author declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references adetokunbo, d. and gilles, f. (2003). world health organization (who) guidelines on the quality of drinking water. the environmentalist 20:25-56. ashbolt, n. j. (2004). microbial contamination of drinking water and disease outcomes in developing regions. toxicology 198:229-238 banwo, k. (2006). nutrient load and pollution study of some selected stations along ogunpa river in ibadan, nigeria. african journal of microbiology 25:7-11. brooks, b.w., riley, t.m. and taylor, r. d. (2006). water quality of effluent dominated ecosystem: ecotoxicological, hydrological and management considerations hydrobiologia 556:379. egberongbe, h.o., awoderu, v.a. and bello, o.o. (2010). microbial and physicochemical evaluation of some streams along ilisan-ago-iwoye road, ogun state, nigeria. journal of olabisi onabanjo university. microbiology applied zoology and plant science 1-10. epa (2002). us environmental protection agency, safe drinking water act amendment http://www.epa.gov/safewater/mc/.html. epa (2005). “protecting water quality from agricultural runoff”. fact sheet no.epa-841-f-05-001. gucker, b., brauns, m. and pusch, m.t. (2006). effect of waste water treatment plant discharge on ecosystem structure and function of lowland streams. the environmentalist 25:313329. oketola, a. a., osibanjo, o., ejelonu, b. c., oladimeji, y. b. and danazio, o. a. (2006). water quality assessment of river ogun around the cattle market of isheri, nigeria. journal of applied science 6:511-517. okonko, i. o., adejoye, o. d., ogunsi, t. a., fajobi, e. a. and shittu, o.b. (2008). microbiological and physicochemical analysis of different water samples used for domestic purposes in abeokuta and ojota, lagos state, nigeria. african journal of biotechnol. 7(5): 617-621. okoye, c. o. b. and umo, a. e. (2006). quality of borehole water in nsukka area, enugu state, nigeria, nig. annals natr. scs., 6(2), 121-123. saravanan, s. and peter, m. (2009). water pollution and man health. centre for development research. germany. pp 1-5. sclegel, h.g. (2002). general microbiology. 7th. ed. cambridge university press. 480. tanwir, f. a., saboor, m.h. and shan, a. (2003). water contamination, health hazards and public awareness: a case of the urban puijab, pakistan. international journal of agriculture and biology. 5: 460-462. who (2004). water sanitation and health programme. managing water in the home: accelerated health gains from improved water sources. flourosis and sanitation 11:7-11. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 11, number 1, april 2022 | pages: 7-16 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.7-16 issn 2540-9328 (online) peptide fractions from chymotrypsin-hydrolyzed moringa oleifera seed proteins inhibit α-amylase and α-glucosidase in vitro oluwafemi emmanuel ekun*, augustine olusegun olusola, joseph adaviruku sanni, feyisayo ishola department of biochemistry, faculty of science, adekunle ajasin university, akungba akoko, ondo state, nigeria. corresponding author* oluwafemi.ekun@aaua.edu.ng manuscript received: 14 january, 2022. revision accepted: 03 february, 2022. published: 23 february, 2022. abstract this study attempted to investigate the activities of chymotrypsin-digested moringa oleifera seed proteins and their peptide fractions on carbohydrate-hydrolyzing enzymes. proteins from m. oleifera seeds were isolated using isoelectric point precipitation and hydrolyzed using chymotrypsin. the hydrolysates obtained were fractionated into peptide fractions of <1 kd, 1-3 kd and 3-5 kd ranges by means of gel-filtration chromatography. the inhibitory effects of the hydrolysates and their fractions on -amylase and -glucosidase were evaluated, and kinetics of inhibition were also determined. using starch and p-nitrophenyl glucopyranoside as substrates, the hydrolysate and fractions demonstrated concentration-dependent inhibition of -amylase and -glucosidase respectively (ic50 of 0.172 ± 0.005 mg ml-1 to 1.312 ± 0.267 mg ml-1, for -amylase inhibition and ic50 of 0.463 ± 0.008 mg ml-1 to 0.696 ± 0.051 mg ml-1 for -glucosidase inhibition). kinetic analysis revealed that selected hydrolysate fractions competitively inhibited -amylase while displaying a mixed mode of inhibition of -glucosidase. this study suggests that subjecting m. oleifera seed proteins to proteolysis could yield therapeutic peptide products having immense potentials that could be harnessed to develop novel anti-diabetic agents and additives to food, which could serve as cost effective alternatives to current therapies. keywords: moringa oleifera; hydrolysate; peptide; chymotrypsin; α-amylase; α-glucosidase. introduction bioactive peptides and protein hydrolysate preparations obtained either by enzymatic hydrolysis or microbial fermentation of plant and animal proteins have been investigated for their therapeutic capacities and other health promoting benefits (lopez-barrios et al., 2014, ulagesan et al., 2018). peptide products have been reported to demonstrate numerous bioactivities against hypertension (yamada et al., 2013; majumder and wu 2015), cancer (vileghe et al., 2010; thundimadathil 2012) oxidative stress (olusola et al., 2018), pathogenic microorganisms (ulagesan et al., 2018) and recently, diabetes mellitus (olusola and ekun 2019, famuwagun et al., 2020), in various in vitro assays and/or animal models. diabetes mellitus is a metabolic disorder that is caused by an absolute or relative insulin deficiency (rhoades and bell 2013), and it is the fourth leading cause of health problem globally (idf 2020). it is characterized by chronic hyperglycemia associated with derangements in the regulation of carbohydrate, fat and protein metabolism (olusola and ekun 2019). this results in the appearance of metabolites such as ketone bodies and advanced glycated end products in the blood, and these in turn cause oxidative tissue and organ damage, ketoacidosis among other complications at later stages of the disease (arise et al., 2016). carbohydrate – hydrolyzing enzymes (such as α-amylase and αglucosidase) and incretin degrading enzymes (such as dipeptidyl peptidase iv) have been key pharmacologic targets for many hypoglycemic drugs (arise et al., 2019) and as such have been used in the management of diabetes mellitus, in addition to lifestyle changes. however, owing to certain adverse effects caused by several of these drugs (yu et al., 2012), in addition to high cost of procurement especially in third world countries, attention has turned to alternatives from natural sources, and this has included peptide products from proteins in seeds and leaves of plants. moringa oleifera is a fast growing, drought – resistant and perennial plant, belonging to the genus moringaceae (anwar et al., 2007). it is widely known as the “horseradish” family and native to india, especially in the himalayan regions. it is now known to be cultivated in tropical and subtropical areas such as in tropical africa and in south west asia, where its young seed pods and leaves are used as vegetables as well as in herbal medicine (leone et al., 2015; abd-rani et al., 2018). m. oleifera is a plant whose leaves and seeds have been excellent sources of essential oils and other nutrients (texeira et al., 2014). texeira et al. (2014) https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.7-16 mailto:oluwafemi.ekun@aaua.edu.ng 8 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 7-16 found that whole moringa leaf flour contained 28.7% crude protein, 7.1% fat, 10.9% ash, 44.4% carbohydrates, in addition to 3.0 mg/100g of calcium and 103.1 mg/100g iron. also, another study reported that proximate analysis of its seeds indicated that the percentage nutrient composition of its protein, lipid, ash, fiber, and carbohydrate were about 35.5, 29.3, 4.6, 11.5, and 19.6% respectively (kwaambwa et al., 2015; munemune et al., 2016). proteins in m. oleifera leaves and seeds consist of albumin, prolamins, globulins and glutelins (mune-mune et al., 2016) which is mostly the case with many oil seeds (wani et al., 2011). its relatively high protein content makes it an excellent source of potential biologically active peptides (olusola et al., 2018). furthermore, freire et al., (2015) and mune-mune et al., (2016) reported that m. oleifera leaves and seeds are especially rich in glycine, isoleucine, glutamate, aspartate, leucine, arginine, proline, threonine among other amino acids. parts of the plant (roots, leaves, stem bark and seeds) have been used for nutritional purposes and as traditional medicine (leone et al., 2015; abd-rami et al., 2018). various parts of m. oleifera have been demonstrated to possess a myriad of bioactivities such as purgative, antimicrobial as well as normoglycemic effects (siddhuraju and beck, 2003; divi et al., 2012). its stem bark has been determined to have anti-proliferative, anti-ulcerative, as well as anti-inflammatory properties (mahajan et al., 2009). the presence of certain polyphenols as well as other bioactive secondary metabolites in m. oleifera leaf extracts were reported to exert antihypertensive (ndong et al., 2007), hypolipidemic and hypoglycemic effects (anwar et al., 2007). recently, crude enzymatic hydrolysates of m. oleifera seed proteins have been reported to possess enzyme-inhibitory activities in vitro (olusola et al., 2018, olusola and ekun 2019). however, hydrolysate fractionation is essential in reducing peptide aggregation, liberating peptides in solution, which in turn leads to increased peptide bioactivities in the process (awosika and aluko 2019). therefore, this study aims to examine the carbohydrase – inhibitory activities of peptide fractions obtained from chymoytrpsin – digested m. oleifera seed proteins in order to harness them as possible sources of novel antidiabetic peptides, and to further justify the value added uses of m. oleifera seed proteins. materials and methods materials collection of m. oleifera seeds m. oleifera seeds were collected from farms in akungba akoko, ondo state and identified, after which voucher samples were deposited at the department of plant science and biotechnology, adekunle ajasin university, akungba akoko. chemicals and reagents chymotrypsin (from bovine pancreas), and α-amylase (fungal), α-glucosidase (human) were products of sigma-aldrich laboratories, co-artrim, united kingdom. all other chemicals and reagents used were of analytical grade, and were also products of sigmaaldrich laboratories, co-artrim, united kingdom. methods isolation of m. oleifera seed proteins the seeds were dried and pulverized before being kept in an air-tight container at 4oc. this was subsequently defatted using n-hexane as was previously described by arise et al., (2016) with slight modifications. the meal was extracted three times with n-hexane using a meal/solvent ratio of 1:10 (w/v). the meal was then dried at 40oc in a vacuum oven and ground again to obtain a fine powder, termed defatted seed meal, which was stored at -20oc. the protein component of the defatted meal was extracted using the method described by alashi et al., (2014). defatted seed meal was suspended in 0.5 m naoh ph 12.0 at a ratio of 1:10, and stirred for one hour to facilitate alkaline solubilization. this was centrifuged at 18°c and 3000 g for 10 min. two additional extractions of the residue from the centrifugation process were performed with the same volume of 0.1 m naoh and the supernatants were then pooled. the ph of the supernatant was adjusted to 4.0 to facilitate acid-induced protein precipitation using 0.1 m hcl solution; the precipitate formed was recovered by centrifugation. the precipitate was washed with distilled water, adjusted to ph 7.0 using 0.1 m naoh, freeze-dried and the protein isolate was then stored at -20°c until required for further analysis. preparation of m. oleifera seed protein hydrolysates the protein isolate was hydrolysed using the methods described by onuh et al., (2015) and olusola and ekun (2019b) with slight modifications. the conditions for hydrolysis was tailored for each enzyme in order to optimize its activity. hydrolysis was carried out using chymotrypsin (ph 8.0, 37ºc). the protein isolate was dissolved in 0.2m phosphate buffer, ph 8.0. the enzyme was added to the slurry at an enzyme-substrate ratio (e:s) of 2:100. digestion was performed at the specified conditions for 8 hours with continuous stirring. the enzyme was then inactivated by boiling in water bath (95–100oc) for 15 minutes and undigested proteins were precipitated by adjusting the ph to 4.0 with 2 m hcl/2 m naoh followed by centrifugation at 7000 g for 30 minutes. the supernatant containing target peptides were then collected. protein content of samples were determined using biuret assay method with bovine serum albumin (bsa) as standard. ekun et al. – peptide fractions from chymotrypsin-hydrolyzed moringa oleifera … 9 fractionation of m. oleifera seed protein hydrolysates the moringa oleifera seed protein hydrolysates were separated into molecular weight fractions using gel filtration chromatography as described by boyer (2012) and tounkara et al., (2014) with some modifications. briefly, 5 ml of the clear supernatant resulting from protein hydrolysis, at a protein concentration of 10 mg/ml was filtered, suspended in 50 mm phosphate buffer ph 7 and passed into a sephadex g25 chromatographic column of dimensions 30 cm x 4 cm which had earlier been equilibrated with the buffer. the same phosphate buffer was used to elute the separating fractions, and the elution peaks were monitored at 400 nm according to prasad et al. (2017). the separating fractions eluted under the same elution peak were collected, pooled and their molecular weights were determined by comparison with the graph of the logarithm of molecular weights against elution volumes of known standards. the eluates, according to their molecular weights, were then sorted into <1 kd, 1-3 kd and 3-5 kd ranges. peptide fractions of molecular weights higher than 5 kda were removed and discarded. the collected peptide fractions were stored at -20°c for further analysis. determination of degree of hydrolysis degree of hydrolysis (dh) was determined by calculating the percentage of soluble protein in 10% trichloroacetic acid (tca) in relation to total protein content of the protein isolate according to the method described by olusola et al. (2018). one ml of protein hydrolysate was added to 1 ml of 20% tca to produce 10% tca soluble material. the mixtures was left to stand for 30 minutes to allow for precipitation, followed by centrifugation at 4000 g for 20 minutes. the supernatants were then analyzed for protein content using biuret assay method with bovine serum albumin (bsa) as standard. the degree of hydrolysis (dh) was then calculated as the ratio of soluble peptide in 10% trichloroacetic acid (in milligrams) to the total protein content of isolate (in milligrams), expressed in percentage. determination of peptide yield the percentage peptide yield was determined using the method described by girgih et al. (2011). the peptide yields (%) of moringa oleifera seed protein hydrolysates and fractions, were calculated as the ratio of peptide content of lyophilized hydrolysate/fraction to the protein content of unhydrolysed protein isolate. determination of α-amylase inhibition an α-amylase-inhibitory assay was performed according to the method reported by oboh et al. (2011). briefly, 125 µl of hydrolysate (0.2 to 1.0 mg ml-1) was placed in test tubes and 125 µl of 20 mm sodium phosphate buffer (ph 6.9, with 6mm nacl) containing α-amylase solution (0.5 mg ml-1) added. the content of each tube was pre-incubated at 25°c for 10 min, after which 125 µl of 1% starch solution in 20 mm sodium phosphate buffer (ph 6.9, with 6 mm nacl) was added at timed intervals. the reaction mixtures were incubated at 25°c for 10 min. the reaction was terminated by adding 250 µl of dinitrosalicylic acid (dns) colour reagent and further incubated in boiling water for 5 min and cooled to room temperature. the content of each test tube was diluted with 2.5 ml distilled water and the absorbance measured at 540 nm. a control was also prepared using the same procedure except that the hydrolysate was replaced with distilled water. the α-amylase-inhibitory activity was calculated as shown: % 𝐼𝑛ℎ𝑖𝑏𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = (𝐴𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙– 𝐴𝑠𝑎𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒) / 𝐴𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙 × 100 the concentration of hydrolysate resulting in 50% inhibition of enzyme activity (ic50) was determined from a plot of percentage inhibition against hydrolysate concentrations using graphpad prism version 6.0 (graphpad software, san diego, ca, usa). determination of kinetic parameters of α-amylase inhibition the kinetic study of α-amylase inhibition was conducted according to the method described by olusola and ekun (2019a). 125 µl of the hydrolysate was pre-incubated with 125 µl of α-amylase solution for 10 min at 25°c in a set of tubes. in another set of tubes, 250 µl of phosphate buffer (ph 6.9) was also pre-incubated with 125 µl of α-amylase solution. starch solution (125 µl) of increasing concentrations (1.0 to 8.0 mg ml–1) were added to both sets of reaction mixtures to initiate the reaction. the mixture were then incubated for 10 min at 25 °c, and then boiled for 5 min after the addition of 250 µl of dinitrosalicylic acid (dns) reagent to stop the reaction. the amount of reducing sugars released was determined spectrophotometrically from a maltose standard curve and converted to reaction velocities as shown below: 𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝐴𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦 (µ𝑚𝑜𝑙 𝑚𝑔 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑡𝑒𝑖𝑛– 1) 𝑚𝑖𝑛– 1) = 𝑀𝑎𝑙𝑡𝑜𝑠𝑒 𝑟𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑑 / 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑢𝑏𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒 × 𝑀𝐸. where: maltose concentration is in µmol ml–1; incubation time: 10 min; me: amount of enzyme (in mg) in reaction mixture a double reciprocal plot (1/v versus 1/[s]), where v is reaction velocity and [s] is substrate concentration was plotted. the mode of inhibition and the kinetic parameters of α-amylase inhibition by hydrolysates were determined by analysis of the double reciprocal plot. the inhibition constant (ki) was determined using a secondary plot known as the dixon plot (palmer and bonner, 2007), by plotting a graph of inverse of initial 10 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 7-16 velocities on the x-axis against inhibitor concentrations on the x-axis, at fixed concentration of substrate. determination of α-glucosidase inhibition the effect of the hydrolysates on 𝛼-glucosidase activity was determined according to the method described by kim et al., (2005) using 𝛼-glucosidase from saccharomyces cerevisiae. the substrate solution pnitrophenyl glucopyranoside (pnpg) was prepared in 20 mm phosphate buffer, and ph 6.9. 100𝜇l of 𝛼 glucosidase (1.0 u/ml) was pre-incubated with 50𝜇l of the different concentrations of the hydrolysates for 10 min. then 50𝜇l of 3.0 mm (pnpg) as a substrate dissolved in 20 mm phosphate buffer (ph 6.9) was added to start the reaction. the reaction mixture was incubated at 37∘c for 20 min and stopped by adding 2ml of 0.1 m na2co3 solution. the 𝛼-glucosidase activity was determined by measuring the yellowcolored para-nitrophenol released from p-npg at 405 nm. the results were expressed as percentage of the blank control. percentage inhibition was calculated as: % 𝐼𝑛ℎ𝑖𝑏𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = (𝐴𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙– 𝐴𝑠𝑎𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒) / 𝐴𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙 × 100 determination of kinetic parameters of α-glucosidase inhibition the kinetic parameters of 𝛼-glucosidase by the hydrolysates was determined according to the modified method described by ali et al. (2006). briefly, 50 𝜇l of the (5 mg ml-1) hydrolysate was pre-incubated with 100 𝜇l of 𝛼-glucosidase solution for 10 min at 25°c in one set of tubes. in another set of tubes, 𝛼-glucosidase was pre-incubated with 50𝜇l of phosphate buffer (ph 6.9). 50 𝜇l of pnpg at increasing concentrations (0.5–2.0 mg ml-1) was added to both sets of reaction mixtures to start the reaction. the mixture was then incubated for 10 min at 25°c, and 500 𝜇l of na2co3 solution was added to stop the reaction. the amount of reducing sugars released was determined spectrophotometrically at 405nm using a paranitrophenol standard curve and converted to reaction velocities. a double reciprocal plot (1/v versus 1/[s]) where v is reaction velocity and [s] is substrate concentration was plotted. the mode of inhibition of the hydrolysates on 𝛼-glucosidase activity was determined by analysis of the double reciprocal (lineweaver-burk) plot using michaelis menten kinetics. the inhibition constant (ki) was also determined using the dixon plot (palmer and bonner, 2007), by plotting a graph of inverse of initial velocities on the x-axis against inhibitor concentrations on the xaxis, at fixed concentration of substrate. statistical analysis results were expressed as mean of triplicate observations ± standard deviation. the data were statistically analyzed using one way analysis of variance (anova) and duncan’s multiple range tests. differences were considered statistically significant at p<0.05 using graphpad prism version 6.0 (graphpad software, san diego, ca, usa). results peptide yield and degree of hydrolysis the enzyme chymotrypsin was used to hydrolyze the protein isolate and the degree of hydrolysis was found to be 51.180 ± 2.461 %. the peptide yields of the hydrolysate and its fractions are displayed in table 1. table 1. peptide yield of m. oleifera seed proteins hydrolyzed by chymotrypsin and fractionated using gel filtration chromatography. sample peptide yield unfractionated hydrolysate 87.571±2.342a fraction 1 (<1 kd) 12.791±0.535c fraction 2 (1-3 kd) 13.548±1.070bc fraction 3 (3-5 kd) 13.656±0.076b -amylase inhibitory activity the percentage -amylase inhibitory activity of the hydrolysate and its fractions in relation to the control, acarbose, was illustrated in figure 1 and their ic50 values were displayed in figure 2. this result showed that, at lower concentrations, the hydrolysate fractions demonstrated -amylase inhibitory effects comparable to the control. however, the unfractionated chymotrypsin hydrolysate demonstrated a concentrationdependent reduction in activity, attaining a value of 15.487 ± 1.125 % at a final concentration of 1.0 mg ml1, which is significantly lower (p<0.05) than those of the hydrolysate fractions. chymotrypsin hydrolysate fractions displayed percentage inhibitions above 50% at all study concentrations, such that the fractions f1, f2 and f3 reached 61.859 ± 2.490 %, 76.440 ± 1.220% and 67.195 ± 0.528 % inhibition respectively at a final concentration of 1.00 mg ml-1. among the chymotrypsin hydrolysate fractions, fraction f2, had the highest (p<0.05) inhibitory activity. the hydrolysate and its peptide fractions f1 – f3, inhibited -amylase to a 50% extent at concentrations of 1.312 ± 0.267 mg ml-1, 0.172 ± 0.005 mg ml-1, 0.892 ± 0.038 mg ml-1 and 0.526 ± 0.093 mg ml-1 respectively. ekun et al. – peptide fractions from chymotrypsin-hydrolyzed moringa oleifera … 11 figure 1. percentage -amylase inhibition by moringa oleifera seed protein hydrolysates and their fractions obtained by chymotrypsin digestion. bars are expressed as means ± standard error of mean of triplicate determinations (n=3). values within the same concentration but with different letters are significantly different (p<0.05). values at different concentrations of the same hydrolysate with different symbols are also significantly different (p<0.05). bars carrying the same letter or symbol are not significantly different from one another (p<0.05). figure 2. values of 50% inhibition of -amylase activity by chymotrypsin-derived m. oleifera seed protein hydrolysate and its fractions. bars are expressed as means ± standard error of means of triplicate determinations (n=3). values with the same superscripts do not differ significantly while values with different superscripts are significantly different (p<0.05) from one another. kinetics of -amylase inhibition the effect of a selected peptide fraction (fraction 2) on the catalytic activity of -amylase in converting starch to maltose was presented in figure 3. kinetic parameters determined from lineweaver-burk plots in the absence and presence of two different concentrations of the hydrolysate fraction were summarized in table 2. in the absence of the hydrolysate fractions, the michaelis constant, km, of -amylase for its substrate was found to be 0.552 mg ml-1of starch while maximal velocity, vmax was 3.890 mm mg-1 min-1. inhibition of -amylase activity increased with increasing concentrations of the peptide fraction, such that the km of the enzyme was increased while vmax and catalytic efficiency, ce, of amylase were reduced in the presence of the inhibitory peptide fractions. the peptide fraction demonstrated competitive inhibition at both 0.5 mg ml-1 and 1.0 mg ml-1. figure 3. lineweaver-burk plot of -amylase inhibition by moringa oleifera seed protein hydrolysate fraction 2 (1-3 kd) obtained from chymotrypsin hydrolysis 12 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 7-16 table 2. kinetics of -amylase-catalyzed reactions in the presence and absence of m.oleifera seed protein hydrolysate fraction 2. kinetic parameters no inhibitor chymotrypsin hydrolysate fraction 2 (mg ml-1) 0.5 1.0 km or kˈm (mg ml-1) 0.552 0.610 0.659 vmax or vˈmax (mm mg-1 min-1) 3.890 3.632 3.750 ce (mmol ml-1 min-1) 7.053 5.953 5.717 ki (mg/ml) 0.735 km or kˈm: michaelis constant in the absence or presence of the inhibitory peptide fraction; vmax or vˈmax: maximum velocity in the absence or presence of the inhibitory peptide fraction; ce: catalytic efficiency; ki: enzyme-inhibitor dissociation constant. -glucosidase inhibitory activity the inhibitory activities of the m. oleifera seed protein hydrolysate and its fractions on α-glucosidase – catalyzed hydrolysis of p-nitrophenyl glucopyranoside at varying concentrations in comparison to acarbose (control) are presented in figure 4. their ic50 values were also depicted in figure 5. m. oleifera seed protein hydrolysate and its fractions, as digested by chymotrypsin, also displayed increased inhibition of glucosidase with increasing concentration (figure 4). however, these were significantly lower (p<0.05) when compared to control at all study concentrations. the unfractionated hydrolysate and its gel-filtration fractions f1, f2 and f3 attained maximal inhibitory activities of 38.723 ± 1.508 %, 73.077 ± 1.110 %, 83.474 ± 2.691% and 85.282 ± 1.295% respectively at a final concentration of 1.0 mg/ml. chymotryptic hydrolysate fraction f2 had significantly higher (p<0.05) activity than other fractions at 0.4 mg ml-1, 0.6 mg ml-1 and 0.8 mg ml-1, but there was no significant (p<0.05) difference in its activity when compared to fraction f3 at 1.0 mg ml-1. in addition, chymotrypsin hydrolysate and its fractions f1, f2 and f3 inhibited -glucosidase to a 50% extent at concentrations of 0.509 ± 0.025 mg ml-1, 0.651 ± 0.025 mg ml-1, 0.463 ± 0.008 mg ml-1, and 0.696 ± 0.051 mg ml-1 respectively. these ic50 values were higher (p<0.05) than those of acarbose. chymotrypsin hydrolysate fraction 2 had the lowest (p<0.05) ic50 value among the hydrolysates and fractions derived from chymotrypsin proteolysis. figure 4. percentage -glucosidase inhibition by moringa oleifera seed protein hydrolysates and their fractions obtained by chymotrypsin digestion. bars are expressed as means ± standard error of mean of triplicate determinations (n=3). values within the same concentration but with different letters are significantly different (p<0.05). values at different concentrations of the same hydrolysate with different symbols are also significantly different (p<0.05). bars carrying the same letter or symbol are not significantly different from one another (p<0.05). figure 5. ic50 values of -glucosidase activity by chymotrypsin-derived m. oleifera seed protein hydrolysate and its fractions. ekun et al. – peptide fractions from chymotrypsin-hydrolyzed moringa oleifera … 13 bars are expressed as means ± standard error of means of triplicate determinations (n=3). values with the same superscripts do not differ significantly while values with different superscripts are significantly different (p<0.05) from one another. kinetics of α-glucosidase inhibition the effects of a selected m. oleifera seed protein hydrolysate fraction (fraction 2) on the kinetics of α glucosidase–catalyzed hydrolysis of p-nitrophenyl glucopyranoside, p-npg, to p-nitrophenol were illustrated in figure 6, while the kinetic parameters from the resulting line-weaver burk plot were summarized in table 3. in the absence of inhibitory hydrolysates, the michaelis constant, km of αglucosidase for its substrate was determined to be 0.297 mg ml-1 p-npg, while maximum velocity, vmax, was 270.27 mm mg -1 min-1. all hydrolysate fractions caused decreases in the vmax and catalytic efficiency, ce of the enzyme. figure 6. lineweaver-burk plot of -glucosidase inhibition by moringa oleifera seed protein hydrolysate fraction 2 (1-3 kd) obtained from chymotrypsin digestion. table 3. kinetic parameters of -glucosidase inhibition by m. oleifera seed protein hydrolysate fractions. kinetic parameters no inhibitor chymotrypsin hydrolysate fraction 2 (mg ml-1) 0.5 1.0 km or kˈm (mg ml-1) 0.297 0.456 0.220 vmax or vˈmax (mm mg-1 min-1) 270.270 147.059 100.000 ce (mmol ml-1 min-1) 910.001 322.498 454.545 ki (mg ml-1) 0.136 km or kˈm: michaelis constant in the absence or presence of inhibitory peptide fraction; vmax or vˈmax: maximum velocity in the absence or presence of inhibitory peptide fraction; ce: catalytic efficiency; ki: enzyme-inhibitor dissociation constant. discussion degree of hydrolysis and peptide yield the degree of hydrolysis (dh) estimates the amounts of cleaved peptide bonds in a protein hydrolysate. dh can affect the molecular sizes and amino acid compositions of the peptides and consequently influence the biological activities of the peptides formed during hydrolysis (olusola et al., 2018). the degree of chymotrypsin hydrolysis of m. oleifera seed proteins was 51.59 ± 3.81 % which was higher than 38.66% gotten for obtained for whey protein hydrolysates at an e/s ratio of 1:100 but slightly lesser than 57.34% obtained for the same whey hydrolysate at an e/s ratio of 2:100 (galvao et al., 2001). also, it was higher than the dh value of 11.2 ± 1.4% determined for chymotrypsin digests of buffalo casein at an e/s ratio of 1:100 (shanmugam et al. 2015). the observed differences could be due to different protein sources, which invariably leads to varying number of sites susceptible to chymotrypsin hydrolysis, as the enzyme is known to preferentially hydrolyze the c-terminal peptide bonds of aromatic aminoacyl residues (voet et al., 2016). in addition, it appears that an increased enzyme/substrate ratio is required to improve the degree of hydrolysis as regards proteolysis by chymotrypsin. other factors such as hydrolysis time and ph of the buffer medium could affect enzymatic activity and by extension, the degree of hydrolysis. peptide yield measures the amount, in percentage, of peptides generated relative to the whole protein subjected to enzymatic proteolysis; thus representing an important index in determining the efficiency of the overall process (alashi et al., 2014), as these enzymes degrade the proteins into several peptides of varying lengths and sizes (girgih et al., 2011). the peptide yield obtained by chymotrypsin digests was higher than the 48.18 ± 0.89% reported for chymotrypsin hydrolysates of yellow field proteins (awosika and aluko, 2019). this could be as a result of a relative abundance of 14 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 7-16 aromatic aminoacyl residues in m. oleifera seed proteins (mune-mune et al., 2016) which provides more cleavage points for enzymatic hydrolysis. the peptide yield of the unfractionated hydrolysates was higher than those of their corresponding fractions put together, and this could be due to peptide loss during the process of chromatographic sepaprtion and the removal of peptides whose molecular weights were higher than 5 kda. this is consistent with the reports of awosika and aluko (2019) in their work with yellowfield pea protein hydrolysates and peptide fractions. α-amylase inhibitory activity and kinetics the enzyme α-amylase, a digestive carbohydrase, catalyzes the hydrolysis of complex polysaccharides in the mammalian gut. thus, the inhibition of α-amylase activity is a key pharmacologic intervention in the management of type 2 diabetes mellitus (olusola and ekun, 2019a). in this study the unfractionated hydrolysates showed lower α-amylase inhibitory activities when compared to acarbose, and this is because acarbose is a synthetic inhibitor of α-amylase. in addition, the peptide fractions demonstrated better inhibitory activities than the unfractionated hydrolysate, and this is in consonance with the reports of awosika and aluko (2019) that hydrolysate fractionation improves peptide bioactivity, such that more peptides are able to access substrate binding sites on the enzyme. in the same vein, malomo and aluko, (2016) reported that unfractionated hydrolysates contained high molecular weight peptides which could act antagonistically to smaller peptides, thus reducing inhibitory activity. among the peptide fractions, the chymotrypsin hydrolysate fraction f2 (1-3 kd) demonstrated the highest inhibitory activities at a maximum concentration of 1.0 mg ml-1. this could be a direct result of the nature of the peptides released by these enzymes during proteolysis. it is known that chymotrypsin as an endoprotease hydrolyzes peptide linkages from c-terminal residues of phenylalanine, tyrosine and tryptophan. reports from previous studies stated that phenylalanine, leucine, proline and glycine residues are required for the inhibition of α-amylase (yu et al. 2012, garza et al. 2017). in the same vein, arise et al. (2016) also suggested that α-amylase binds to peptides containing aromatic residues such as phe, tyr and trp. thus, these peptides obtained from enzymatic proteolysis could contain these specific amino acid residues that locks into sites on the enzyme, inhibiting its activity in the process. the lineweaver-burk plot was used to determine the mode of α-amylase inhibition by varying two concentrations of a selected peptide fraction, f2. also, the kinetic parameters determined from the double-reciprocal plots were summarized in table 2; suggesting that the michaelis constant, km of αamylase (from saccharomyces cerevisiae) in the absence of inhibitory hydrolysates is 0.552 mg ml-1 of starch, which is lower than 1.4 mg ml-1 (acharya et al., 2014) for α-amylases obtained from aspergillus oryzae. the selected peptide fraction in this study exhibited a competitive type of inhibition at both study concentrations. this suggests that these peptides are capable of binding α-amylase in its free form, at the same substrate-binding site for starch, creating a deadend complex as a result. this is in contrast to the findings of arise et al. (2016) that reported a mixed type of inhibition of α-amylase for peptic, tyrptic and alcalase hydrolysates of citrullus lanatus seed protein hydrolysates, but literature has been scarce for the αamylase – inhibitory activity of peptides obtained by chymotrypsin hydrolysis. however, the ki value obtained suggest that these peptides bind α-amylase with lesser affinity when compared to enzyme – substrate binding. α-glucosidase inhibitory activity and kinetics the enzyme α-glucosidase occurs mostly as a membrane-bound enzyme on the brush border membranes of the ileum, and digests carbohydrates by hydrolyzing glucose residues from a number of oligosaccharides. thus, modulating α-glucosidase activity represents another important strategies in the control of blood glucose levels in the management of diabetes mellitus (qaisar et al. 2014). chymotrypsin hydrolysate fractions displayed a concentrationdependent increase in α-glucosidase inhibitory activities, such that fractions f2 and f3 showed better inhibitory effects. this is consistent with the reports of awosika and aluko (2019) who reported that chymotrypsin hydrolysate fractions of yellow field pea protein hydrolysates inhibited α-glucosidase. it therefore follows that the process of fractionation may have helped liberate these bioactive peptides so that they could bind to and inhibit α-glucosidase. in addition, since chymotrypsin cleaves peptides after aromatic residues (voet et al. 2016) and that a tyrosinyl residue is a likely requirement for α-glucosidase inhibitory activity (ibrahim et al., 2018), it is therefore suggested that the presence of a one or more well positioned aromatic side chains may have contributed positively to the inhibition of α-glucosidase activity. the kinetic parameters obtained from the double reciprocal plots of αglucosidase inhibition by selected peptide fractions of m. oleifera seed proteins in figure 6 were summarized in table 3. the michaelis constant, km, of α-glucosidase for p-nitrophenyl glucopyranoside in the absence of inhibitor was determined to be 0.297 mg ml-1 p-npg in this study. this is slightly higher than 0.211 mg ml-1 (0.7mm) p-npg obtained by awosika and aluko (2019) but lower than 6.31 mg ml-1 reported by arise et al. (2019). vmax, in the absence of inhibitory hydrolysates was 270.27mm mg-1ml-1. chymotrypsin hydrolysate fraction f2 demonstrated a mixed mode of inhibition at 0.5 mg ml-1 while at 1.0 mg ml-1 the inhibition ekun et al. – peptide fractions from chymotrypsin-hydrolyzed moringa oleifera … 15 mechanism shifted to an uncompetitive subtype of mixed inhibition. this is in contrast to what was obtained with the <1 kd fraction of chymotryptic digests of yellowfield pea protein hydrolysate (awosika and aluko 2019) as they inhibited α-glucosidase via a noncompetitive inhibition mechanism. this suggests that peptide concentration could have significant effects on mechanism of enzyme inhibition and this could be evaluated in further studies. the enzyme-inhibitor binding constant, ki, revealed that the peptide fraction possessed stronger binding affinity for α-glucosidase than for α-amylase. ibrahim and others (2018) stated that aminoacyl residues such as tyrosine are needed at terminal ends of a peptide for α-glucosidase inhibitory activity. chymotrypsin is a protease that could cleave and release peptides with aromatic c-terminal ends (voet et al., 2016), and this might explain the αglucosidase inhibitory activities observed by these peptide products. conclusion this study concludes that peptide fractions obtained from chymotrypsin digests of m. oleifera seed proteins elicited antidiabetic potentials by inhibiting carbohydrate hydrolyzing enzymes – α-amylase and αglucosidase – by differing mechanisms in vitro. in addition, fraction 2 containing peptide sizes of 1-3 kd recorded the highest activity against the carbohydrases. further studies such as structural identification, modifications, and chemical synthesis of peptides responsible for the observed bioactivities are being embarked upon, and are currently in progress. conflict of interest: the authors declare no conflicts of interest. references abd-rani nz, husain k. kumolosasi e (2018) moringa genus: a review of phytochemistry and pharmacology. frontiers in pharmacology 9(1):1 – 26 acharya dk, shah ij, gami pn, shukla rm (2014) optimization for αamylase production by aspergillus oryzae using submerged fermentation technology. basic res. j. microbiol. 1(4): 01-10 alashi am, blanchard cl, mailer rj, agboola so, mawson aj, he r, malomo sa, girgih at, aluko re (2014) blood pressure lowering effects of australian canola protein hydrolysates in spontaneously hypertensive rats. food research international 55: 281-287. ali h, houghton pj, soumyanath a (2006) alpha-amylase inhibitory activity of some malaysian plants used to treat diabetes, with particular reference to phyllanthus amarus. j. ethnopharmacol. 107: 449–455 anwar f, latif s, ashraf m, gilani ah (2007) moringa oleifera: a food plant with multiple medicinal uses. phytother res 21(1):17–25 arise ro, yekeen aa, ekun oe (2016) in vitro antioxidant and -amylase inhibitory properties of watermelon seed protein hydrolysates. environmental and experimental biology, 14: 163–172. arise ro, idi jj, mic-braimoh im, korode e, ahmed rn, osemwegie o (2019) in vitro angiotesin-1-converting enzyme, α-amylase and α-glucosidase inhibitory and antioxidant activities of luffa cylindrical (l.) m. roem seed protein hydrolysate, heliyon, 5(5): e0163 awosika to, aluko re (2019) inhibition of the in-vitro activities of α-amylase, α-glucosidase and pancreatic lipase by yellow field pea (pisum satvum l.) protein hydrolysates. int. j. food sci and tech. doi:10.1111/ijfs.14087. boyer r (2012) biochemistry laboratory: modern theory and techniques. 2nd edition pearson education inc. new jersey, united states divi sm, bellamkonda r, dasireddy sk (2012) evaluation of antidiabetic and antihyperlipedemic potential of aqueous extract of moringa oleifera in fructose fed insulin resistant and stz induced diabetic wistar rats: a comparative study, asian j. pharm. clin. res. 5: 67–72. famuwagun aa, alashi am., gbadamosi so, taiwo ka, oyedele, dj, adeboye oc, aluko re (2020) in vitro characterization of fluted pumpkin leaf protein hydrolysates and ultrafiltration of peptide fractions: antioxidant and enzyme-inhibitory properties pol. j. food nutr. sci., 70(4):429–443 freire je, vasconcelos im, moreno fb, batista ab, lobo md, pereira ml, lima jp, almeida rv, sousa aj, monteiromoreira ac, oliveira jt. grangeiro tb (2015) mo-cbp3, an antifungal chitin-binding protein from moringa oleifera seeds, is a member of the 2s albumin family. plos one, 10, e0119871. galvão ca, silva af, custódio mf, monti r. and giordano, rc (2001) controlled hydrolysis of cheese whey proteins using trypsin and -chymotrypsin. applied biochemistry and biotechnology vol. 91–93: 761-776 girgih, at, udenigwe cc, li h, adebiyi ap, aluko re (2011) kinetics of enzyme inhibition and antihypertensive effects of hemp seed (cannabis sativa l.) protein hydrolysates. j. am. oil chem. soc. 88: 1767–1774. ibrahim ma, bester mj, neitz aw, gaspar ar (2018) structural properties of bioactive peptides with α-glucosidase inhibitory activity. chemical biology and drug design, 91(2): 370-379. international diabetes federation (2020) diabetes atlas. 9th edition brussels. kim ym, jeong yk, wang mh, lee wy, rhee hi (2005) inhibitory effect of pine extract on alpha-glucosidase activity and postprandial hyperglycemia. nutrition. 21(6): 756-61. kwaambwa hm, hellsing ms, rennie ar, barker r (2015) interaction of moringa oleifera seed protein with a mineral surface and the influence of surfactants. journal of colloid and interface science.448, 339-346. leone a, spada a, battezzati a, schiraldi a, aristil j, bertoli s (2016) moringa oleifera seeds and oil: characteristics and uses for human health. int. j. mol. sci.17: 2141 lopez-barrios l, gutierrez-uribe ja, serna-saldıvar so (2014) bioactive peptides and hydrolysates from pulses and their potential use as functional ingredients. journal of food science 79(3) 273-283 mahajan sg, banerjee a, chauhan bf, padh h, nivsarkar m, mehta aa (2009) inhibitory effect of n-butanol fraction of moringa oleifera lam. seeds on ovalbumininduced airway 16 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 7-16 inflammation in a guinea pig model of asthma. int. j. toxicol. 28:519-527. majumder k, wu j (2015) molecular targets of antihypertensive peptides: understanding the mechanisms of action based on the pathophysiology of hypertension. international journal of molecular sciences, 16(1), 256–283. malomo sa, aluko re (2016) in vitro acetylcholinesterase inhibitory properties of enzymatic hemp seed protein hydrolysates. journal of the american oil chemists’ society, 93:411-420 mune-mune ma, nyobe ec, bassogog cb, minka sr (2016) a comparison on the nutritional quality of proteins from moringa oleifera leaves and seeds. cogent food & agriculture 2: 1213618. ndong m, uehara m, katsumata s, suzuki k. (2007) effects of oral administration of moringa oleifera lam on glucose tolerance in gotokakizaki and wistar rats. j. clin. biochem. nutr. 40:229-233. oboh g, ademiluyi ao, faloye ym (2011) effect of combination on the antioxidant and inhibitory properties of tropical pepper varieties against α-amylase and α-glucosidase activities in vitro. journal of medical foods, 14: 1152–1158. olusola ao, ekun oe (2019a) alpha-amylase – inhibitory properties and in vitro antioxidant potentials of cowpea seed protein hydrolysates. aascit communications 6(1): 1-12. olusola ao, ekun oe (2019b) moringa oleifera seed protein hydrolysates inhibit haemoglobin glycation and α-glucosidase activity in-vitro. global journal of medical research xix(iii) 31-40 olusola ao, ekun oe, david ti, olorunfemi oe, oyewale mb (2018) moringa oleifera seed protein hydrolysates: kinetics of α-amylase inhibition and antioxidant potentials. global advanced research journal of medicine and medical sciences 7(9) pp. 190-201. onuh jo, girgih at, malomo sa, aluko re aliani m (2015) kinetics of in vitro renin and angiotensin converting enzyme inhibition by chicken skin protein hydrolysates and their blood pressure lowering effects in spontaneously hypertensive rats. journal of functional food. 14: 133 – 143. palmer t, bonner pl (2007) enzymes: biochemistry, biotechnology and clinical chemistry. 2nd edition. woodhead publishing. cambridge, united kingdom. prasad s, mandal i, singh s, mandal b, venkatramani r, swaminathan r (2017) near uv-visible electronic absorption originating from charged amino acids in a monomeric protein. chem. sci. 8:5416-5433 qaisar mn, chaudhary ba, sajid mu, hussain n (2014) αglucosidase inhibitory activity of dichoromethane and methanol extracts of croton bonpladianum baill. tropical journal of pharmaceutical research 13(11): 1833-1836 rhoades ra, bell br (2013) medical physiology: principles for clinical medicine. lippincott williams & wilkins 4th edition. pp 660-663 shanmugam vp, kapila s, sonfack tk, kapila r. (2015) antioxidative peptide derived from enzymatic digestion of buffalo casein. international dairy journal 42:1-5 siddhuraju p, beck k (2003) antioxidant properties of various solvent extract of total phenolic constituent from three different agrochemical origins of drumstick tree (moringa oleifera lam) j. agric food chem. 15: 2144 – 2155. teixeira em, carvalho mr, neves va, silva ma, arantespereira, l (2014) chemical characteristics and fractionation of proteins from moringa oleifera lam. leaves. food chemistry. 147, 51-54 thundimadathil j (2012) cancer treatment using peptides: current therapies and future prospects. j. amino acids, 2012, 967347. tounkara f, bashari m, le g, shi y (2014) antioxidant activities of roselle (hibiscus sabdariffa l.) seed protein hydrolysates and its derived peptide fractions. international journal of food properties 17(9):1998-2011 ulagesan s, kuppusamy a. kim hj (2018) antimicrobial and antioxidant activities of protein hydrolysates from terrestrial snail cryptozona bistrialis. journal of applied pharmaceutical science 8(12): 12-19 vlieghe p, lisowski v, martinez j, khrestchatisky m (2010) synthetic therapeutic peptides: science and market. drug discov. today, 15, 40–56. voet d, voet jg, pratt, cw (2016). fundamentals of biochemistry. 5th edition. united states: wiley wani aa, sogi ds, singh p, wani ia, shivhare us (2011) characterisation and functional properties of watermelon (citrullus lanatus) seed proteins. j. agric. food chem. 91: 113121. yamada a, sakurai t, ochi d, mitsuyama e, yamauchi k, abe f (2013) novel angiotensin i-converting enzyme inhibitory peptide derived from bovine casein. food chem., 141, 3781–3789. yu z, liu b, zhao w, yin y, liu j, chen f (2012) primary and secondary structure of novel ace-inhibitory peptides from egg white protein. food chem.133:315–322 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 11, number 1, april 2022 | pages: 45-54 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.45-54 issn 2540-9328 (online) the roles of the fluorescent in situ hybridization (fish) and comparative genomic hybridization (cgh) techniques in the detection of the breast cancer harem othman smail department of biology, faculty of science and health, koya university, koya koy45, kurdistan region-f.r. iraq. corresponding author harem.othman@koyauniversity.org manuscript received: 25 february, 2022. revision accepted: 11 march, 2022. published: 24 march, 2022. abstract this paper aimed to understand and compare the two popular cytogenetic techniques of fluorescence in situ hybridization (fish) and comparative genomic hybridization (cgh) in detecting breast cancer chromosomal abnormality. several chromosomal anomalies play a role in the development of breast cancer, and the two above approaches play an important role in confirming fluorescence in situ hybridization in particular (fish). however, comparative genomic hybridization has developed dna copy number profiles for most of the publicly available breast cancer cell lines for the fish methods rely on the fluorescent probes. chromosomal profiles can be generated for the suspected chromosomal abnormality, copy number changes between the tumour and the dna control can be compared, and the results can be registered. today, modern cytogenetic tools such as fluorescence in situ hybridization (fish) are more commonly used to detect any microdeletion that cannot be detected by conventional cytogenetic karyotypes that involve a high rate of cell division and good chromosomal morphology, which pose challenges for cytogeneticists, and a long period of testing and research. usuall y, this is a problem for physicians, and there are still many drawbacks and disadvantages concerning the high benefits, such as false findings. normal chromosome in situ hybridization requires the hybridization of a labelled dna probe into denatured chromosomal dna present in metaphase chromosomes in an air-dried microscope slide preparation. metaphase spreads are used for traditional chromosome fish (metaphase fish). positive and positive signs of hybridization also appear as a double spot, corresponding to the hybridized probe for both sister chromatids. a further extension of chromosome painting is comparative genomic hybridization (cci-i). cch involves simultaneous chromosome painting in two different colours using complete dna from two similar sources as probes, which reveal variations concerning the benefit or loss of sub-chromosomal regions or even entire chromosomes. keywords: fish; cgh; probe; classical cytogenetic; chromosomal regions and hybridization. introduction in terms of histology, clinical response, diffusion trends to distant locations, and patient outcomes, breast cancer is heterogeneous (prat et al., 2011). nevertheless, the most common cause of death from cancer worldwide is breast cancer. rates differ about five-fold across the world, but they are growing in regions with low disease rates until recently (key et al., 2011). furthermore, the availability of cytogenetics and cytogenetics technologies has enhanced the detection and recognition of molecular tumour signatures and the understanding of the initiation and progression of cancer (ribeiro et al., 2019). the fluorescence in situ hybridization (fish) technique that plays a leading role in diagnostic pathology has provided valuable information on genomic variations in malignant cells for its single-cell study (das et al., 2013). fish is a molecular tool in which both metaphase chromosomes and interphase nuclei identify numerical and structural defects. fish is widely used to identify translocations and determine gene deletion and amplification in tumours as a prognostic and diagnostic method (brown et al., 2007). the technique utilizes the inherent capacity to hybridize complementary strands of dna or rna from various sources. the theory of annealing a labelled nucleic acid probe to complementary sequences inside cells or tissue mounted (in situ) on a microscope slide is based on in situ hybridizations (karimi et al., 2020). genomic changes, amplifications, and deletions may reduce the complexity of genomic data observed by comparative genomic hybridization (przybytkowski et al., 2014). by comparing the samples with reference dna, cgh detects changes in the copy number of individual chromosomes or chromosomal regions, such as changes in relative genome size and ploidy levels in test samples. this technique was initially designed to examine the differences between solid tumours and normal tissues in chromosomal supplements (zhang et al., 2015). it is expected that the precise classification of these genomic changes would have an important effect https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.45-54 46 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 45-54 on translational and fundamental research (climen et al., 2007). for example, comparative genomic hybridization has been instrumental in the dissection of distinct molecular pathways to malignancy of the breast and developing a direct relationship between genotype and clinical pathology (reis et al., 2005). characterization types of breast cancer over 100 types of cancers consist of multiple subtypes capable of arising in a single type of organ or tissue. most cancers can be defined at a very general level based on their originating tissue location. in epithelial cells, the most common type of cancer, comprising more than 80 per cent of all cancers, occurs; these cancers are called carcinomas. depending on whether the epithelial cells of origin are part of the protective epithelial layer (squamous cell carcinomas) or have secretory properties (adenocarcinomas), most carcinomas can break into squamous cell carcinomas or adenocarcinomas (smail 2016 and smail 2020). breast cancers are a complex and heterogeneous community of diseases, and patients are treated with clinicopathological features and estrogen receptor status and her2 guidance. however, for the individualization of treatment, these factors are not necessary. microarray-based gene expression profiling has contributed to a paradigm change in the understanding of breast cancer. it has been shown conclusively that breast cancer is not a single disease (weigelt et al.,2010). joint hormone receptor-defined subtypes of breast cancer (h.r.; estrogen receptor [e.r.] and progesterone receptor [p.r.]) and her2 status (howlade et al., 2014). triple-negative (tnbc) breast cancers do not express hormone receptors or over-express her2. as characterized by low five-year survival and high recurrence rates after adjuvant therapy, poor prognosis is associated with these conditions. overall, tnbc has striking similarities with basal-like breast cancers (bbc), but they are found the same in various studies (de et al., 2011). five tumour subtypes (luminal a, luminal b, her2-enriched, basal, and claudin-low) have been identified in breast cancer gene expression studies, each of which has specific biological and prognostic features (prat et al.,2010). four major intrinsic molecular subtypes of breast cancer, known as luminal a, luminal b, her2-enriched [her2e], and basal-like, were identified in global gene expression analysis studies. these molecular entities have shown major differences in terms of occurrence, risk factors, baseline prognosis, age at diagnosis, and response to treatment. because of its high frequency, lack of successful targeted therapies, weak baseline prognosis, and propensity to impact younger women, the basal-like subtype is of particular clinical concern (prat et al., 2013). a promising new diagnostic area for estimating the risk for metastatic relapse and metastatic progression in cancer patients is the circulating tumor cell (ctc) study (lianidou et al., 2011). rna sequencing found that pdx cells developed in the mammary gland were identical to those studied in culture for global gene expression. carboplatin was cytotoxic to whim30 but not whim2 in vitro, while both lines were cytotoxic to bortezomib, dacarbazine, and cyclophosphamide. however, these drugs have proven unsuccessful in treating in vivo both primary and metastatic whim2 tumours. on the other hand, carboplatin and cyclophosphamide have successfully treated whim30 mammary tumours and reduced brain, liver, and lung metastatic burden (turner et al., 2018). the metastatic cascade is a series of biological processes that cause tumour cells to migrate from the primary site to a distant location and create new cancer growth. circular tumour cells (ctcs) play a crucial role in tumour propagation. the role of ctcs in treatment failure and disease progression can be explained by their association with biological processes, including epithelial-tomesenchymal transformation and self-seeding, defined as primary infiltration of the tumour or metastasis formed by more aggressive ctcs. ctcs are a rare and heterogeneous population of cells of proven prognostic and predictive value in some clinical contexts (mego et al., 2010). in addition to the typical hormone receptor-positive and hormone receptor-negative forms, studies of breast cancers using gene expression profiling have identified many major breast cancer subtypes. the luminal a and luminal b classes are the most reproducibly defined molecular subtypes among the hormone receptorpositive cancers. the major molecular subtypes identified in hormone-receptor-negative breast cancers are the her2 and basal-like classes. some studies have also described other molecular subtypes, such as luminal c and regular breast-like classes. still, they are less well characterized than luminal a, luminal b, her2, and basal types (schnitt 2010). several molecular-targeted therapies for breast cancer have been tested since the application of endocrine therapy for estrogen receptor (e.r.)-positive tumour types1. an example of effective gene-targeted therapy is genome alteration-matched treatment of breast cancer to target amplification of human epidermal growth factor receptor 2 genes (erbb2 receptor tyrosine kinase, erbb2 also referred to as her2). gene expression-based molecular subtyping has also been broadly applied to breast cancer to aid treatment decisions (chung et al., 2017). there are many cellular functions for brca1. dna repair, cellcycle regulation, transcriptional regulation, and chromatin remodelling have been implicated. on the contrary, functions assigned to brca2 were specifically limited to dna recombination and repair processes. in the regulation of rad51 activity, brca2 smail – the roles of the fluorescent in situ hybridization (fish) and … 47 has a role. rad51 is a highly conserved dna recombinase involved in double-strand break repair and replication fork arrest (da and lakhani, 2010). chromosomal abnormality in breast cancer the most common cytogenetic anomalies observed in human breast carcinoma are modifications to the long arm of chromosome 1 (bièche and lidereau, 1995). for four ductal breast carcinomas, the cytogenetic analysis showed a net benefit of 1 q in all tumours. the only improvement in the first tumour was that one chromosome 16 was replaced by a chromosome derivative consisting of 16p and 1q (pandis et al., 1992). active x chromosome duplication and xi loss characterized almost half of the cases of sporadic basallike cancers studied (richardson et al., 2006). grade i and tubular breast carcinomas have a limited number of genomic alterations with extremely recurring 16q losses, while grade iii breast carcinomas also have complex genotypes with 11q, 14q, 8p, 13q loss; 17q, 8q, 5p gain; and high-level gains (amplification) on 17q12, 17q2224, 6q22, 8q22, 11q13, and 20q13 (simpson et al.,2005). amplification of chromosome band 11q13 protooncogenes (myc, erbb2) and dna; tp53 mutation; and loss of heterozygosity of chromosome and chromosome arms 1, 3p, 6q, 7q, 8p, 11, 13q,16q, 17, 18q, and 22q are the main forms of genetic defects commonly found in breast tumours (bièche et al.,1995). in breast cancer, abnormalities of chromosome 17, recognized over two decades ago to be important in tumorigenesis, frequently occur. changes in unique chromosome 17 loci, including amplification of erbb2, loss of p53, loss of brca1, and amplification or deletion of top2a, are considered to play an important role in breast cancer pathophysiology (reinholz et al., 2009). a single amplicon spanning several megabases was originally thought to include 11q13 amplification. still, more recent data identified four core regions within 11q13 that can be amplified separately or separately together in various combinations (ormandy, 2003). chromosomal alterations can be tested using gbanding karyotype and multicolour fluorescence in situ hybridization (m-fish) on metaphases (rondón et al.,2014). fluorescence in situ hybridization (fish) allows the number of the gene or chromosome copies in archival tissues to be measured in situ and linked to morphology and clinical outcome (watters et al., 2003). for example, cytokinetic defects are characterized by chromosomal instability in an inherited cancer syndrome and may help explain why brca2-deficient tumours are also aneuploidy-deficient (daniels et al., 2004). the innovation is known as comparative genomic hybridization (cgh), sets out methods for evaluating the relative number of copies of nucleic acid sequences in or in parts of one or more subject genomes (e.g. a tumour cell) as a function of the position of certain sequences in the reference genome (e.g. a regular human genome) (pinkel et al., 2011). initial cgh array applications for breast cancer analysis and the mechanisms by which various types of copy number changes can occur have been described (albertson 2003). how does fluorescence in situ hybridization works? fluorescence in situ hybridization by a fluorescently labelled probe detects nucleic acid sequences that precisely hybridize within the intact cell to its complementary target sequence (moter and göbel, 2000). fluorescence in situ hybridization has been used in interphase nuclei to image complex genomic dna sequences. unreplicated dna parts give singlet hybridization signals in normal diploid cells, whereas replicated loci are characterized by doublets (selig et al., 1992). fish on 3d preserved nuclei, compared to fish on metaphase chromosomes and traditional interphase cytogenetics, needs special requirements concerning the consistency of the probe, fixation, and pretreatment steps of the cells to achieve the two objectives, namely the best possible preservation of the nuclear structure and at the same time, the efficient accessibility of the probe (cremer et al.,2012). the concepts of in situ hybridizations of fluorescence are as follows: (a) dna probe and a target sequence are the basic elements. (b) before hybridization, the dna probe is indirectly marked with a hapten, specifically marked with hapten by adding a fluorophore probe (right panel). (c) the labelled probe and the target dna are denatured to yield single-stranded dna. (d) then they are combined, which allows complementary dna sequences to be annealed. (e) if the probe has been indirectly labelled, the visualization of the non-fluorescent hapten using an enzymatic or immunological detection system involves an additional step. finally, fluorescence microscopy tests the signals. speicher and carte adapted from (speicher et al.,2005 and bishop, 2010). hapten binding is visualized using a subsequently applied fluorochromeconjugated antibody (waminal et al.,2018). the choice of the probe is one of the most significant factors in fish research. it is possible to use a large variety of probes, from whole genomes to tiny cloned probes (1–10 kb). there are three types of probes in general, each with several applications: fullchromosome painting probes, repetitive sequence probes, and locus-specific probes (bishop, 2010). wellprepared chromosome distribution and an effectively labeled probe are prerequisites for a good fish experiment. nick-translation, random priming, and pcr provide multiple enzymatic methods for labelling probes. the most common use of nick-translation is 48 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 45-54 (gozzetti and le, 2000). in conducting efficient 3d fish experiments, there are two major considerations. to maintain nuclear morphology as much as possible while keeping dna sufficiently accessible for probe hybridization, the option of cellular treatments, including fixation, pre-and post-hybridization steps (bolland et al., 2013). figure 1. the fish spot detection algorithm (les et al., 2014). figure 2. fluorescence in situ hybridization (fish) applications in genetic diagnostics on ffpe content in solid tumours: a-1p/19q probe: a1 deletion of 1p32 locus, a-2 natural signal pattern (cell on the left) and 19q13 locus deletion (cell on the right), a-3 normal signal pattern (abbott molecular), b-dual fusion probe: col1a1 and pdgfb loci fusion and normal signal pattern (zytovision), c-break apart probe: c-1 alk gene rearrangement, c-2 normal signal pattern (abbott molecular), d-break apart probe: ewsr1 locus rearrangement (abbott molecular), f-break apart probe: f-1 rearrangement (empire genomics), g-locus specific probe: g-1 her2 locus amplification, g-2 normal signal pattern (abbott molecular), e-break apart probe: normal ss18 locus signal pattern, green colour—pdgfb gene locus, yellow colour—the fusion of col1a1pdgfb and pdgfb-col1a1 (chrzanowska et al.,2020). figure 3. detection of di-centric, tri-centric, and tetra-centric ring chromosome 18 using a centromeric probe d18z2 for chromosome 18. the left panel shows regular chromosome 18, the top dicentric ring 18 and the bottom tetracentric ring 18. the right panel shows dicentric ring 18 and fish insets pericentric/tetracentric ring 18. (b) identification of a 2q32/16p13.3 translocation derivative of chromosome 16 by complete chromosome painting probes for chromosome 2 (wcp2) and 16 (wcp2) (wcp16). (c) identification by dual-colour double fusion probes of abl1/bcr gene fusions in interphase and metaphase cells (thin arrows point to the normal signal and thick arrows point to the abnormal fusion signals). (d) diagnostic use of the etv6 and runx1 probes for the identification of two cryptic t(12;21) (p13;q22) fusion signals, loss of etv6 signal and gain of three additional runx1 signals (thin arrows point to the fusion signals and thick arrows to extra runx1 signals). all images are from yale clinical cytogenetics laboratory (cui et al.,2016). smail – the roles of the fluorescent in situ hybridization (fish) and … 49 figure 4. using whole-chromosome-painting probes, fluorescence in situ hybridization (fish). to rule out the presence of an additional copy of chromosome 19 (i.e. trisomy 19) in this metaphase distribution, derived from a glial cell taken from a mouse's brain, chromosome painting probes were used. chromosome 19 is green in colour (mcneil and ried 2000). important comparative genomic hybridization in early detection of breast cancer comparative genomic hybridization (cgh) has emerged to promote the aggregation of high-resolution data of cancer-associated genomic imbalances as a highthroughput genomic technology. high-resolution genomic microarray cgh (li et al., 2020). the rapidly growing cgh publication database already contains around 1500 tumours and is beginning to reveal genetic anomalies characteristic of certain forms of tumour or stages of tumour progression (forozan et al.,1997). comparative genomic hybridization has created dna copy number profiles for most of the publicly available breast cancer cell lines (forozan et al., 2000). highresolution cgh analysis of breast cancer shows nonrandom associations between particular amplicons in many regions where dna copy number is frequently obtained or lost. that specific genetic modification is preserved in breast cancer cell lines despite repeated passage through tissue culture (climent et al., 2007). recent results released and discussed at scientific meetings have suggested higher rates of implantation and pregnancy after microarray testing, resulting in changes expected for quite some time. by using markers spanning much of the genome, it is not only possible to detect aneuploidy in single cells but also translocations. the validation results indicate that the cgh array in single cells has a resolution of 6 mb. therefore, most translocations can be tested as this is also the limit of karyotyping. translocations of smaller exchanged fragments may also classify the translocation, as three out of the four fragments are above 6 mbb fragment ((munné, 2012). over the past decade, genomic microarray technology has greatly matured. the technique offers a locus-by-locus measure of the variance of dna copy-number (cnv) and represents another way to improve mapping resolution. postnatal chromosomal array techniques have far higher diagnostic results (15-20 per cent) than g-banded karyotyping does for genetic testing of people with unexplained developmental delay, intellectual impairment, autism, or other congenital abnormalities, as the first-tier cytogenetic diagnostic test for people with these diseases, the international standards for cytogenomic array consortium recommends it (lee et al.,2012). the genotyping of metastatic samples, primarily focused on array-based comparative genomic hybridization (acgh) and next-generation sequencing, is the growth of targeted therapies and the emergence of personalized medicine (ngs), another solution to resolving acgh's drawbacks, such as the repeat-rich regions, is next-generation sequencing. the genomic analysis should be paired with expression analysis to elucidate individual genes related to breast cancer development and progression. identification of new molecular targets for breast cancer eradication will contribute to the elucidation of the functions of the affected genes (ueno et al., 2012). figure 5. the photomicrograph of fluorescence shows the effects of comparative genome hybridization of invasive ductal carcinoma tissue. (a) tumour tissue extracted dna was labelled green, and (b) natural reference dna was labelled red. (c) the chromosome of the regular metaphase was counterstained blue with dapi. (d) tumour and normal dna have been hybridized to the normal chromosome of the metaphase. there is a 50 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 45-54 predominantly green colour in chromosomal regions, which were overrepresented in the tumour, while regions with deletions in the tumour show a predominantly red colour. the overlap reflects the ratio of changes in the copy number between the tumour and the dna control (zhang et al., 2015). comparative classical cytogenetic tools with fluorescence in situ hybridization hybridization of fluorescence in situ (fish) enables cytogenetic analyses of primary tumours without culture (thompson and gray 1993). in the identification and evaluation of human malignancies, one of the greatest impacts has been in the non-dividing interphase nucleus, chromosome translocations, deletions, amplification of particular genes, and chromosome number changes identified using probes ranging from whole chromosome 'paints' to individual gene-specific probes. progress in fish technology has also benefited from gene mapping (price 1993). in comparison to the methods mentioned previously separate denaturation or proteinase k digestion changes are not needed for each sample. this technique allows retrospective studies of large series of tumors and is also useful for the routine diagnostic use of formalin-fixed material to apply fish (hyytinen et al., 1994). the fish technique also helped us determine the degree of amplification and the size of the intrachromosomal amplified regions at metaphase and interphase (bar et al., 1992). fluorescence in situ hybridization (fish) is used in genetic toxicology for the study of chromosome damage with improved efficiency and precision to distinguish certain forms of chromosome aberrations, in addition to classical cytogenetic methods for scoring chromosomal aberrations (hovhannisyan, 2010). the study shows the utility of a combination of classical karyotyping and fish to determine the chromosome origin of doubleminute chromosome amplified dna sequences in cancer cells (giollan et al.,1996). fish identified cells with clonal chromosomal defects with rates of aneuploidy ranging from 6% to 92% (median 59%). in addition, there was a gain of centromeric signals for chromosome 11, most likely corresponding to hyperdiploid; aberrations of chromosome 17 in specimens from 26 patients (87%) were hyperploid as well; however, four cases (13%) showed loss of chromosome 17 centromeres (fiegl et al., 1995). modern high-throughput techniques affect research to classify new genomic regions associated with tumours (liehr et al., 2015). in correlating karyotype abnormalities with diagnosis, prognosis, and response to therapy in haematological neoplasias, classical cytogenetics described by chromosomal banding techniques has been effective. such approaches, however, require a high cell division rate and good chromosomal morphology, which pose challenges for cytogeneticists, and a long period of testing and study, which is typically a challenge for doctors (varella, 2003). also, fish is considered safer and has the added benefit of using several fluorochromes to differentiate between different targets simultaneously (bartlett, 2004). these approaches range from dna fluorescence in situ hybridization (fish)based kilobase-level resolution imaging approaches of individual cells to genome-wide sequencing strategies that collect nucleotide-level data from different sample types. in conjunction with the combinatorial use of multiple approaches, technical developments have led to new rearrangement groups and mechanistic insights into processes that drive structural changes in the human genome (hu and ly 2020). fish and traditional cytogenetic experiments often offer a false negative outcome (alayed et al., 2013). figure 6. schematic diagram of karyotyping (qaisar and bhat, 2017). smail – the roles of the fluorescent in situ hybridization (fish) and … 51 figure 7. the concepts of in situ hybridization of fluorescence. (a) a dna probe and a target sequence are the basic elements. (b) before hybridization, the dna probe is indirectly marked with hapten (left panel) or specifically marked with hapten (left panel) by adding a fluorophore probe (right panel). (c) the labelled probe and the target dna are denatured to yield single-stranded dna. (d) they are then mixed, which enables complementary dna sequences to be annealed. (e) if the probe has been indirectly labelled, the visualization of the non-fluorescent hapten using an enzymatic or immunological detection system involves an additional step. finally, fluorescence microscopy tests the signals (shakoori, 2017). limitation of the fluorescence in situ hybridization while direct preparations may be carried out, cell culture is usually needed (1-10 days), complex karyotypes with suboptimal morphology may be encountered, submicroscopic or cryptic rearrangements can result in a false-negative result, normal karyotypes may be observed after therapy-induced tumour necrosis or overgrowth of normal stromal cell support low cell density and the release of cells from the bone matrix are also issues with bone tumours (bridge, 2008). there is still a lack of a mechanistic approach to the whole fish system, and the key limiting steps for hybridization remain uncertain (lima et al., 2020). the rate-limiting phase was still the slow reaction rate of the reagents used in the probe solution. in particular, hybridization was slowed by using formamide, which acts as a doublehelix destabilizing agent (nguyen et al., 2018). however, a fluorescence microscope is required for fish, and the signals are labile and easily fade over time (kim et al., 2011). in recent years, the combination of microfluidic techniques and fish have tackled weaknesses in the consumption of probes and hybridization times, making the experimental process more sustainable and adaptable to high-throughput innovations (huber et al., 2018). as cytogenetic defects have been found in samples that appear normal by morphological and conventional cytogenetic examination, the fish analysis provides enhanced sensitivity in many cases. the combination of cytogenetic, fish and molecular studies offers a powerful method for diagnosing and sub classifying malignant diseases into clinically and biologically important subgroups, selecting effective therapies, and monitoring the effectiveness of therapeutic regimens (gozzetti and le, 2000). it is also recommended that fish and cgh findings be re-evaluated by one another 52 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 45-54 to resolve these technological artefacts. however, cgh is of potential benefit in characterizing chromosomal alterations and could help produce tumour-specific sets of fish probes within a few days to obtain genetic information of prognostic value (jacobsen et al., 2000). conclusions from this review article conducted the following points as follows: 1. fluorescence in situ hybridization (fish) more accurate than classical cytogenetic such as karyotyping 2. comparative genomic hybridization (cgh) is very important for the create a wide range of chromosomal profile 3. both fluorescence in situ hybridization (fish) and comparative genomic hybridization (cgh) have many limitations and disadvantages 4. probes is the key success for both fluorescence in situ hybridization (fish) and comparative genomic hybridization (cgh) conflict of interest: the author declares no conflicts of interest. references alayed, k., medeiros, l. j., schultz, r. a., cortes, j., lu, g., bueso-ramos, c. e., & konoplev, s. (2013). value of oligonucleotide-based array comparative genomic hybridization for diagnosis of acute promyelocytic leukemia in a patient negative for t (15; 17) (q24. 1; q21. 2)/promyelocytic leukemia-retinoic acid receptor, alpha by conventional cytogenetics and fluorescence in situ hybridization. clinical lymphoma, myeloma and leukemia, 13(4), 507-510. albertson, d. g. (2003). profiling breast cancer by array cgh. breast cancer research and treatment, 78(3), 289-298. bar‐am, i., mor, o., shiloh, y., avivi, l., & yeger, h. (1992). detection of amplified dna sequences in human tumor cell lines by fluorescence in situ hybridization. genes, chromosomes and cancer, 4(4), 314-320. bartlett, j. m. (2004). fluorescence in situ hybridization, in molecular diagnosis of cancer. bièche, i., & lidereau, r. (1995). genetic alterations in breast cancer. genes, chromosomes and cancer, 14(4), 227-251. bièche, i., champème, m. h., & lidereau, r. (1995). loss and gain of distinct regions of chromosome 1q in primary breast cancer. clinical cancer research, 1(1), 123-127. bishop, r. (2010). applications of fluorescence in situ hybridization (fish) in detecting genetic aberrations of medical significance. bioscience horizons, 3(1), 85-95. bolland, d. j., king, m. r., reik, w., corcoran, a. e., & krueger, c. (2013). robust 3d dna fish using directly labeled probes. jove (journal of visualized experiments), (78), e50587. bridge, j. a. (2008). advantages and limitations of cytogenetic, molecular cytogenetic, and molecular diagnostic testing in mesenchymal neoplasms. journal of orthopaedic science, 13(3), 273. brown, l. a., & huntsman, d. (2007). fluorescent in situ hybridization on tissue microarrays: challenges and solutions. journal of molecular histology, 38(2), 151-157. chrzanowska, n. m., kowalewski, j., & lewandowska, m. a. (2020). use of fluorescence in situ hybridization (fish) in diagnosis and tailored therapies in solid tumors. molecules, 25(8), 1864. chung, w., eum, h. h., lee, h. o., lee, k. m., lee, h. b., kim, k. t., ... & kan, z. (2017). single-cell rna-seq enables comprehensive tumour and immune cell profiling in primary breast cancer. nature communications, 8(1), 1-12. climent, j., garcia, j. l., mao, j. h., arsuaga, j., & perezlosada, j. (2007). characterization of breast cancer by array comparative genomic hybridization. biochemistry and cell biology, 85(4), 497-508. cremer, m., grasser, f., lanctôt, c., müller, s., neusser, m., zinner, r., ... & cremer, t. (2012). multicolor 3d fluorescence in situ hybridization for imaging interphase chromosomes. in the nucleus (pp. 205-239). humana press, totowa, nj. cui, c., shu, w., & li, p. (2016). fluorescence in situ hybridization: cell-based genetic diagnostic and research applications. frontiers in cell and developmental biology, 4, 89. da silva, l., & lakhani, s. r. (2010). pathology of hereditary breast cancer. modern pathology, 23(2), s46-s51. daniels, m. j., wang, y., lee, m., & venkitaraman, a. r. (2004). abnormal cytokinesis in cells deficient in the breast cancer susceptibility protein brca2. science, 306(5697), 876-879. das, k., & tan, p. (2013). molecular cytogenetics: recent developments and applications in cancer. clinical genetics, 84(4), 315-325. de ruijter, t. c., veeck, j., de hoon, j. p., van engeland, m., & tjan-heijnen, v. c. (2011). characteristics of triple-negative breast cancer. journal of cancer research and clinical oncology, 137(2), 183-192. fiegl, m., tueni, c., schenk, t., jakesz, r., gnant, m., reiner, a., ... & drach, j. (1995). interphase cytogenetics reveals a high incidence of aneuploidy and intra-tumour heterogeneity in breast cancer. british journal of cancer, 72(1), 51-55. forozan, f., karhu, r., kononen, j., kallioniemi, a., & kallioniemi, o. p. (1997). genome screening by comparative genomic hybridization. trends in genetics, 13(10), 405-409. forozan, f., mahlamäki, e. h., monni, o., chen, y., veldman, r., jiang, y., ... & kallioniemi, o. p. (2000). comparative genomic hybridization analysis of 38 breast cancer cell lines: a basis for interpreting complementary dna microarray data. cancer research, 60(16), 4519-4525. giollant, m., bertrand, s., verrelle, p., tchirkov, a., du manoir, s., ried, t., ... & tchirkov, a. (1996). characterization of double minute chromosomes' dna content in a human high grade astrocytoma cell line by using comparative genomic hybridization and fluorescence in situ hybridization. human genetics, 98(3), 265-270. gozzetti, a., & le beau, m. m. (2000, october). fluorescence in situ hybridization: uses and limitations. in seminars in hematology (vol. 37, no. 4, pp. 320-333). wb saunders. smail – the roles of the fluorescent in situ hybridization (fish) and … 53 gozzetti, a., & le beau, m. m. (2000, october). fluorescence in situ hybridization: uses and limitations. in seminars in hematology (vol. 37, no. 4, pp. 320-333). wb saunders. hovhannisyan, g. g. (2010). fluorescence in situ hybridization in combination with the comet assay and micronucleus test in genetic toxicology. molecular cytogenetics, 3(1), 17. howlader, n., altekruse, s. f., li, c. i., chen, v. w., clarke, c. a., ries, l. a., & cronin, k. a. (2014). us incidence of breast cancer subtypes defined by joint hormone receptor and her2 status. jnci: journal of the national cancer institute, 106(5). hu, q., maurais, e. g., & ly, p. (2020). cellular and genomic approaches for exploring structural chromosomal rearrangements. chromosome research, 1-12. huber, d., von voithenberg, l. v., & kaigala, g. v. (2018). fluorescence in situ hybridization (fish): history, limitations and what to expect from micro-scale fish?. micro and nano engineering, 1, 15-24. hyytinen, e., visakorpi, t., kallioniemi, a., kallioniemi, o. p., & isola, j. j. (1994). improved technique for analysis of formalin‐fixed, paraffin‐embedded tumors by fluorescence in situ hybridization. cytometry: the journal of the international society for analytical cytology, 16(2), 93-99. jacobsen, a., arnold, n., weimer, j., & kiechle, m. (2000). comparison of comparative genomic hybridization and interphase fluorescence in situ hybridization in ovarian carcinomas: possibilities and limitations of both techniques. cancer genetics and cytogenetics, 122(1), 7-12. karimi-nejhad, r., & ghanadan, a. (2020). fluorescent in situ hybridization: methods and application in cancer diagnosis. in cancer immunology (pp. 711-728). springer, cham. key, t. j., verkasalo, p. k., & banks, e. (2001). epidemiology of breast cancer. the lancet oncology, 2(3), 133-140. kim, h., yoo, s. b., choe, j. y., paik, j. h., xu, x., nitta, h., ... & chung, j. h. (2011). detection of alk gene rearrangement in non-small cell lung cancer: a comparison of fluorescence in situ hybridization and chromogenic in situ hybridization with correlation of alk protein expression. journal of thoracic oncology, 6(8), 1359-1366. lee, c. n., lin, s. y., lin, c. h., shih, j. c., lin, t. h., & su, y. n. (2012). clinical utility of array comparative genomic hybridization for prenatal diagnosis: a cohort study of 3171 pregnancies. bjog: an international journal of obstetrics & gynaecology, 119(5), 614-625. les, t., markiewicz, t., osowski, s., cichowicz, m., & kozlowski, w. (2014, june). automatic evaluation system of fish images in breast cancer. in international conference on image and signal processing (pp. 332-339). springer, cham. li, d., wang, x., lu, s., wang, p., wang, x., yin, w., ... & li, s. (2020). integrated analysis revealing genome-wide chromosomal copy number variation in supraglottic laryngeal squamous cell carcinoma. oncology letters, 20(2), 12011212. lianidou, e. s., & markou, a. (2011). circulating tumor cells in breast cancer: detection systems, molecular characterization, and future challenges. clinical chemistry, 57(9), 1242-1255. liehr, t., othman, m. a., rittscher, k., & alhourani, e. (2015). the current state of molecular cytogenetics in cancer diagnosis. expert review of molecular diagnostics, 15(4), 517526. lima, j. f., maia, p., t. magalhães, b., cerqueira, l., & azevedo, n. f. (2020). a comprehensive model for the diffusion and hybridization processes of nucleic acid probes in fluorescence in situ hybridization. biotechnology and bioengineering, 117(10), 3212-3223. mcneil, n., & ried, t. (2000). novel molecular cytogenetic techniques for identifying complex chromosomal rearrangements: technology and applications in molecular medicine. expert reviews in molecular medicine, 2000, 1–14. mego, m., mani, s. a., & cristofanilli, m. (2010). molecular mechanisms of metastasis in breast cancer—clinical applications. nature reviews clinical oncology, 7(12), 693701. moter, a., & göbel, u. b. (2000). fluorescence in situ hybridization (fish) for direct visualization of microorganisms. munné, s. (2012). preimplantation genetic diagnosis for aneuploidy and translocations using array comparative genomic hybridization. current genomics, 13(6), 463-470. nguyen, h. t., dupont, l. n., cuttaz, e. a., jean, a. m., trouillon, r., & gijs, m. a. (2018). breast cancer her2 analysis by extra-short incubation microfluidics-assisted fluorescence in situ hybridization (esima fish). microelectronic engineering, 189, 33-38. ormandy, c. j., musgrove, e. a., hui, r., daly, r. j., & sutherland, r. l. (2003). cyclin d1, ems1 and 11q13 amplification in breast cancer. breast cancer research and treatment, 78(3), 323-335. pandis, n., heim, s., bardi, g., idvall, i., mandahl, n., & mitelman, f. (1992). whole‐arm t (1; 16) and i (1q) as sole anomalies identify gain of 1 q as a primary chromosomal abnormality in breast cancer. genes, chromosomes and cancer, 5(3), 235-238. pinkel, d., gray, j. w., kallioniemi, a., kallioniemi, o. p., waldman, f., & sakamoto, m. (2011). u.s. patent no. 8,021,837. washington, dc: u.s. patent and trademark office. prat, a., & perou, c. m. (2011). deconstructing the molecular portraits of breast cancer. molecular oncology, 5(1), 5-23. prat, a., adamo, b., cheang, m. c., anders, c. k., carey, l. a., & perou, c. m. (2013). molecular characterization of basallike and non-basal-like triple-negative breast cancer. the oncologist, 18(2), 123. prat, a., parker, j. s., karginova, o., fan, c., livasy, c., herschkowitz, j. i., ... & perou, c. m. (2010). phenotypic and molecular characterization of the claudin-low intrinsic subtype of breast cancer. breast cancer research, 12(5), r68. price, c. m. (1993). fluorescence in situ hybridization. blood reviews, 7(2), 127-134. przybytkowski, e., lenkiewicz, e., barrett, m. t., klein, k., nabavi, s., greenwood, c. m., & basik, m. (2014). chromosome-breakage genomic instability and chromothripsis in breast cancer. bmc genomics, 15(1), 579. qaisar, u., tayyeb, a., & bhat, t. a. (2017). techniques of chromosomal studies. in chromosome structure and aberrations (pp. 307-330). springer, new delhi. reinholz, m. m., bruzek, a. k., visscher, d. w., lingle, w. l., schroeder, m. j., perez, e. a., & jenkins, r. b. (2009). breast cancer and aneusomy 17: implications for carcinogenesis and therapeutic response. the lancet oncology, 10(3), 267-277. reis-filho, j. s., simpson, p. t., gale, t., & lakhani, s. r. (2005). the molecular genetics of breast cancer: the contribution of comparative genomic hybridization. pathology-research and practice, 201(11), 713-725. 54 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 45-54 ribeiro, i. p., melo, j. b., & carreira, i. m. (2019). cytogenetics and cytogenomics evaluation in cancer. international journal of molecular sciences, 20(19), 4711. richardson, a. l., wang, z. c., de nicolo, a., lu, x., brown, m., miron, a., ... & ganesan, s. (2006). x chromosomal abnormalities in basal-like human breast cancer. cancer cell, 9(2), 121-132. rondón-lagos, m., di cantogno, l. v., marchiò, c., rangel, n., payan-gomez, c., gugliotta, p., ... & sapino, a. (2014). differences and homologies of chromosomal alterations within and between breast cancer cell lines: a clustering analysis. molecular cytogenetics, 7(1), 8. schnitt, s. j. (2010). classification and prognosis of invasive breast cancer: from morphology to molecular taxonomy. modern pathology, 23(2), s60-s64. selig, s., okumura, k., ward, d. c., & cedar, h. (1992). delineation of dna replication time zones by fluorescence in situ hybridization. the embo journal, 11(3), 1217-1225. shakoori, a. r. (2017). fluorescence in situ hybridization (fish) and its applications. in chromosome structure and aberrations (pp. 343-367). springer, new delhi. simpson, p. t., reis‐filho, j. s., gale, t., & lakhani, s. r. (2005). molecular evolution of breast cancer. the journal of pathology: a journal of the pathological society of great britain and ireland, 205(2), 248-254. smail, h. o. (2020). dermatoglyphics in common: genetic disorders and cancers. micromedicine, 8(2), 55-62. smail, h.o., 2016. qualitative and quantitative identification of dna methylation changes in blood of the breast cancer patients (msc thesis, university of sulaimani). speicher, m. r., & carter, n. p. (2005). the new cytogenetics: blurring the boundaries with molecular biology. nature reviews genetics, 6(10), 782-792. thompson, c. t., & gray, j. w. (1993). cytogenetic profiling using fluorescence in situ hybridization (fish) and comparative genomic hybridization (cgh). journal of cellular biochemistry, 53(s17g), 139-143. turner, t. h., alzubi, m. a., sohal, s. s., olex, a. l., dozmorov, m. g., & harrell, j. c. (2018). characterizing the efficacy of cancer therapeutics in patient-derived xenograft models of metastatic breast cancer. breast cancer research and treatment, 170(2), 221-234. ueno, t., emi, m., sato, h., ito, n., muta, m., kuroi, k., & toi, m. (2012). genome-wide copy number analysis in primary breast cancer. expert opinion on therapeutic targets, 16(sup1), s31-s35. varella‐garcia, m. (2003). molecular cytogenetics in solid tumors: laboratorial tool for diagnosis, prognosis, and therapy. the oncologist, 8(1), 45-58. waminal, n. e., pellerin, r. j., kim, n. s., jayakodi, m., park, j. y., yang, t. j., & kim, h. h. (2018). rapid and efficient fish using pre-labeled oligomer probes. scientific reports, 8(1), 1-10. watters, a. d., going, j. j., cooke, t. g., & bartlett, j. m. s. (2003). chromosome 17 aneusomy is associated with poor prognostic factors in invasive breast carcinoma. breast cancer research and treatment, 77(2), 109-114. weigelt, b., mackay, a., a'hern, r., natrajan, r., tan, d. s., dowsett, m., ... & reis-filho, j. s. (2010). breast cancer molecular profiling with single sample predictors: a retrospective analysis. the lancet oncology, 11(4), 339-349. zhang, j., zhang, h., xu, x., wang, m., & yu, z. (2015). comparative genomic hybridization analysis of invasive ductal breast carcinomas in the chinese population. oncology letters, 10(4), 2100-2106. biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 11, number 1, april 2022 | pages: 27-33 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.27-33 issn 2540-9328 (online) the bioprospecting of mangrove red snapper cultivation (lutjanus argentimaculatus forsskål, 1775) using floating cages angga puja asiandu1,*, achmad gusti malayudha2 1faculty of biology, universitas gadjah mada, jl. teknika selatan, yogyakarta 55281, indonesia. 2faculty of communication and multimedia, universitas mercu buana yogyakarta, jl. ring road utara, yogyakarta 55281, indonesia corresponding author* angga.puja.asiandu@mail.ugm.ac.id manuscript received: 24 january, 2022. revision accepted: 14 february, 2022. published: 01 march, 2022. abstract mangrove red snapper is one of the potential and valuable aquaculture products. the high demand for this fish causes high fishing activities. this condition can threaten their existence in the environment. it is necessary to have aquaculture activities to preserve their existence and meet market demand. indonesia as a country with wide marine waters should be able to take advantage of the potential of fish farming by using a floating cage system. thus, this article was written to analyze the bioprospecting of red snapper aquaculture. based on the literature study, the floating net system has the potential to be developed on a large scale because the system has various advantages over fishing directly from nature. things that must be considered in the cultivation of mangrove red snapper using floating nets are the area and quality of the floating nets, the composition of the feed, and the chemical components of the feed given to the fish. based on economic potential, mangrove red snapper cultivation has high prospects which can be used as one of indonesia's leading export products. keywords: aquaculture; feed; floating net cages; snapper. abbreviations: amp (l-ascorbyl-2-monoposfate-mg); fcr (feed conversion ratio), hcg (human chorionic gonadotrophin); pb (puberogen) introduction the high growth of the human population in the world causes the need of increasing food sources, including food sources containing protein. fish is an important source of animal protein for humans. however, fish consumption in indonesia is still relatively low when compared to other country such as japan. it means that fish farming in indonesia has yet fulfill animal protein needs of the indonesian people (langkosono, 2007). red snapper (lutjanus argentimaculatus) is a potential source of fishery culture in indonesia. the high demand for red snapper encourages the cultivation of red snapper which can reduce dependence on wildcaught red snapper supply. some of the advantages of red snapper cultivation are relatively fast growth rate, high tolerance for water turbidity and salinity, low cannibalism, tolerance for high fish density, and good consumption of artificial feed (melianawati and aryati, 2012). red snapper (l. argentimaculatus) is one of the aquatic commodities with high economic value. the price in the international market in 2003 ranged from usd 5,50 to usd 18,10. in indonesia, the price is quite varied. in 2011, in west java province, the price of the fish was rp. 35,000/kg (yasad, 2011; melianawati and aryati, 2012). in lampung, the price of the fish ranged from rp. 40.000 to rp. 50.000. red snapper is a commodity that is in great demand by the public, so the cultivation and production of red snapper is very potential and promising (melianawati and aryati, 2012). red snapper is one of the most popular fish in southeast asia. the high demand for red snapper has not been matched by cultivation at this time, the supply still relies on direct catch from nature which is seasonal, varied, unstable, and less sustainable. in addition, several red snapper cultivation activities are carried out by directly catching the young snapper in the estuary or beach area. this results in a threat to the sustainability and abundance of these fish in nature. thus, it is necessary for cultivation to be carried out so that the red snapper population in nature is maintained (chi and true, 2017). cultivation of red snapper can be done by using floating cages in the sea. the floating cage is a place made of nets tied to a frame, square in shape, with a size that can reach hundreds of square meters. the size of the cage can be adjusted to the size and number of fish to be cultivated. these cages can be placed in bays, lakes, or reservoirs (purba, 1994). however, there are several https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.27-33 28 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 27-33 factors that can affect the success of the red snapper (l. argentimaculatus) cultivation. some of these factors are feed, feed composition (giri et al., 2007), design of floating net cages, as well as various environmental factors such as temperature, salinity, light, and so on (affan, 2011). thus, in this paper, the authors discuss several factors that determine the success of red snapper cultivation in more detail. methods the writing of this paper was carried out by exploring various literature related to red snapper cultivation and other related sources. a literature study is an activity of searching various sources of information or reading thoroughly on a topic to be discussed. materials or sources of information that can be used in library research include books, journals, magazines, and other sources. the steps in the literature study are choosing topics to be discussed, exploring topics and related information, conducting research focus, collecting information sources, managing and presenting data, and compiling reports (sari, 2020). the data used in writing this paper is secondary data. secondary data is data obtained indirectly. secondary data is obtained from various data sources, such as the internet, statistical data, books, journals, and so on (tanujaya, 2017). in writing this paper, secondary data were obtained from journals and theses related to red snapper cultivation. results and discussion mangrove red snapper (lutjanus argentimaculatus) snapper belongs to the lutjanidae family, which consists of 103 species. these fish live in shallow to medium sea areas to a depth of 100-500 m. these fish are classified as predatory fish. snapper is actively looking for prey at night. the natural foods for these fish are crabs, shrimp, small fish, plankton, and squid. in general, snapper reproduces by involving mating between female and male snapper (wwf-indonesia, 2015). one of the snappers that are known among the public is the red snapper. figure 1. the morphology of mangrove red snapper (lutjanus argentimaculatus) (obtained from fishider.org). this fish has a distribution area that includes the indo-pacific waters, the line islands in north africa to the waters of australia, and the ryukyu islands, japan. these fish can be found in bays and beaches, to estuaries (purba, 1994). the classification of red snapper is as follows: kingdom : animalia phylum : chordata class : teleostei order : perciformes family : lutjanidae genus : lutjanus species : lutjanus argentimaculatus forsskål, 1775 the red snapper has a slightly flattened body, the back is higher, the head is pointed, the upper jawbone sinks when the fish opens its mouth. the fish has a forked caudal fin, red on top, and silvery-white on the underside. the dorsal fin has 10 spines, 13 to 15 weak rays, the anal fin has 3 spines and 8 to 19 weak rays, the pectoral fin has 14 to 15 rays weak finger. the lateral line consisted of 45 to 48 pieces. the structure of the gill cover in these fish is grooved (purba, 1994). the existence of red snappers in nature is also influenced by their habitat. red snapper spawning occurs in estuaries. the destruction of the estuary area causes red snapper spawning to decrease. this also has an impact on the red snapper population in nature (chi & true, 2017). red snapper fry is often found in the river estuaries that are in direct contact with mangroves with a salinity level of 10-25 ppt. the tillers are found on rocks and sandy areas. saplings aged 3-10 cm are often found on rocks. tillers measuring less than 3 cm are often found in sandy areas and seaweed. the natural feed for red snapper fry is shrimp, small fish, zoobenthos, and zooplankton (chi & true, 2017). snapper (lutjanus sp.) is one of the demersal fish that has high economic value and is in demand by the public. snapper is not very active, can form small groups, the migration rate is not too far, and the life cycle is stable. this is because this fish lives on the seabed which is relatively more stable than the surface. coastal degradation is one of the threats to the existence of this fish. the distribution area of snapper is not too wide so environmental degradation will directly affect the existence of these fish. in addition, the high fishing activity causes the population to become increasingly threatening in nature (sriati, 2011). reef fish such as snappers play an important role in ecological functions. the presence of these fish in their habitat supports the productivity of the habitat. however, fishing for reef fish that is not environmentally friendly has caused damage to these habitats. until now, about 75% of coral reef habitats in indonesia have been damaged due to destructive fishing by fishermen. in addition to habitat destruction, another asiandu & malayudha – the bioprospecting of mangrove red snapper cultivation 29 factor is the over-exploitation of these fish. some fishermen use potassium or a kind of anesthetic poison to catch the fish. this is because the selling price is higher when the fish are still alive (wwf-indonesia, 2015). cultivation of mangrove red snapper (lutjanus argentimaculatus) indonesia is the second-largest producer of cultivated fish in the world after china. in 2012, aquaculture production in indonesia reached 9.675.553 tons. the production of snapper itself ranks fourth with total production reaching 6.198 tons. from 1999 to 2012, the percentage increase in snapper production in indonesia increased by 11.43% (ministry of marine affairs and fisheries, 2013; giri et al., 2007). the cultivation of red snapper attracts attention because of its high growth. red snapper is a euryhaline fish that has good adaptation to salinity concentrations in the waters. this fish is able to live in waters containing high salinity of 35 ppt to freshwater with a salt concentration of 0 ppt. this ability causes the red snapper to have the potential to be cultivated in ponds filled with fresh water. the development of red snapper cultivation in freshwater opens new opportunities for entrepreneurs and the community in providing a supply of red snapper stock in the market (muyot et al., 2021). cultivation of red snapper can be done by giving a stimulant hormone. the hormones used in the spawning induction are hcg (human chorionic gonadotrophin) and pb (puberogen) hormone. induction is done by injecting hormones into the body of the fish through the back of the pectoral fins, in the area between the backs, or on the line of the ribs. the size of the broodstock of red snapper that is ready to spawn is 3 kg to 7 kg. at this weight, the broodstock red snapper is about 4 to 5 years old. in general, red snapper gonad maturation occurs in january and october. the best spawning time for red snapper is 11:00 am to 04:30 pm (purba, 1994). in the cultivation of red snapper, it is necessary to pay attention to feeding. the quality and nutritional content of the feed given must be maintained so that the cultivated snapper can grow well. availability of feed is one of the determining factors for the success of red snapper cultivation. in providing appropriate feed, it is necessary to pay attention to the adequacy of nutrients or macro and micronutrients needed by the fish. however, feeding should be done by having a feed that has economic value so that it can maximize the benefits that will be obtained from the red snapper cultivation process (giri et al., 2007). one of the important sources of nutrition in the process of fish growth is the provision of proteincontaining feed. protein is one of the important nutrients for the growth of red snapper. provision of optimum feed protein levels can stimulate the growth process of fish. however, protein levels in the feed must be considered and adjusted to the needs of the fish. the protein content in the feed must also be adjusted to the content of other nutrients so that the desired growth rate of fish can be achieved so that the yield will be high (giri et al., 2007). cultivation of mangrove red snapper in freshwater is also very potent. the analysis that should be carried out in cultivaing are the growth rate, endurance, feed conversion ratio (fcr), and the profit. cultivation of red snapper in freshwater ponds can be fed in the form of dry pellets. acclimatization that can be done on red snapper to the level of salinity is carried out for 1 to 2 weeks. cultivation of red snapper in freshwater can be done in rivers, ponds, or lakes. the use of cages can maximize the number of fish cultivated, the costs used are also economical, also valuable (muyot et al., 2021). cultivation of mangrove red snapper (l. argentimaculatus) using the floating net cage system fish cultivation in the open ocean can be carried out using a floating net cage system. a floating net cage is a container that is placed in the water and filled with fish that is used to maintain the cultured fish. the cages must have an effective and strong design so that they are durable (tatengkorang, 2020). the success of fish culture in waters is determined by the carrying capacity of the aquatic environment. the carrying capacity of the environment is the ability of an environment to support the life processes of living things in the long term. the carrying capacity of the environment is the ability of the environment to support the welfare of the life of living things that live or exist in the environment. in another sense, the carrying capacity of the environment is closely related to the availability of natural resources and environmental factors in determining the rate of life of living things. the environmental carrying capacity of waters is very important for the success of aquaculture in that environment (anrosana & gemaputri, 2018). the level of depth of water used in fish farming determines the success of aquaculture. the depth from the bottom of the cage to the optimum bottom at low tide is about 4-5 m. the depth of the cage and the waters used to determine whether or not a location is suitable for use as a fishery cultivation area. another factor that also influences is the level of lighting or water brightness. this is related to the level of light penetration into the waters. the level of water clarity is influenced by the presence of suspended particles in the water environment. light is needed by photosynthetic organisms to carry out the process of photosynthesis. this is very necessary for the phytoplankton contained in the cages to carry out the photosynthesis process. the phytoplankton can also be used as natural food for fish cultured in cages. the optimum brightness value for aquaculture in the sea is 70.35% (affan, 2011). another factor that also affects the success of aquaculture is strong currents. the flow rate of water in 30 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 27-33 an environment will affect the distribution of suspended particles in the water. in addition, currents are also related to the amount of dissolved oxygen in the waters. the design and construction of cages must be adapted to the flow of water. this is because the strength of the current can reduce the risk of fouling in the cages used. if the current is less than 25 cm/sec, the fouling organisms will be more easily attached to the cages used. the attachment of fouling organisms will reduce and disrupt the circulation of dissolved oxygen in the cage. the minimum current velocity that can still be used in cage cultivation is 5-15 cm/sec (affan, 2011). temperature also plays an important role in the success of aquaculture in waters. temperature affects the metabolic rate of cultured organisms. an increase in temperature can reduce dissolved oxygen levels in the water. thus, at too high temperatures, the respiratory activity of the cultured fish will be disturbed. the optimum temperature in fish farming is 27-37 oc (affan, 2011). dissolved oxygen is one of the key factors in fish farming. lack of dissolved oxygen can reduce the consumption of fish feed, this results in the inhibition of the growth of the fish (riadhi et al., 2017). fish farming using cages placed in saltwater or the sea is also affected by salinity. the optimum salinity in the cultivation is 30-35 ppt. however, the optimum salinity must be adjusted to the type of fish to be cultivated. certain fish have a higher salinity tolerance value than other species. the degree of acidity or ph of the water environment used also affects the success of the cultivation carried out. the ph value of seawater, in general, is in the range of 7.5-8.4. the closer to the river estuary area, the ph will change due to the influence of freshwater flowing into the sea (affan, 2011). one of the factors that cause the failure of fish farming is the presence of parasites that attack the cultured fish. endoparasites are parasites that usually attack the organs and body cavities of cultured fish. some of the endoparasites that attack fish are nematodes, trematodes, cestodes, and several types of protozoa. the parasitic infection causes the growth of fish to be stunted. parasitic infection also causes a decrease in the consumption of fish feed. another thing to worry about is the zoonic nature of the parasite so that it can infect humans who eat the fish (puspitarini et al., 2018). the endoparasites reported infecting red snapper are anisakis physeter and cucullanus heterochorus. anisakis larvae at stage two can be eaten by small fish which are then eaten by red snapper. then it will develop into a third-stage larva in red snapper. one of the factors that cause red snapper infection is a dirty water environment (puspitarini et al., 2018). in indonesia, a lot of fish farming is also done openly in nature. the cultivation is carried out using floating cages placed in reservoirs, rivers, ponds, and so on. aquaculture can be divided into two, namely marine aquaculture and freshwater aquaculture. both types of cultivation have their own characteristics. in fish farming, there are several subsystems that are interconnected with each other. the system includes the procurement of facilities and infrastructure, production systems, post-production systems, and supporting subsystems. in the production subsystem, various cultivation activities are involved, starting from the initial maintenance process to harvesting. the system also involves feeding the cultured fish (deswati & adrison, 2019). some of the advantages of aquaculture using cages are that it can maximize the location of the waters as a location for fish cultivation, the population of cultivated fish is easy to control, avoids predators, is easy to transfer, is more economical, can maximize the water used, maintained water circulation, is easy to harvest, and lower maintenance costs. low (purba, 1994). red snapper cultivation includes several activities. these cultivation activities include parental rearing, larval rearing, and seed maintenance. one of the determining factors for the success of red snapper cultivation is the eggs to be developed. when the eggs have hatched and developed into larvae, the feeding and the amount of feed given should be appropriate. in the larval phase, the food for the red snapper chicks can be in the form of small rotifers that match the larval mouth opening (melianawati & aryati, 2012). marine fish cultivation using floating cages has several impacts on fishermen. in fish farming using floating cages, feed is given to support the growth process of the fish. not all of the feed given will be eaten by the fish in the cage, some of the feed will be released into the environment outside the cage. the positive side of this is the approach of the fish in the cages to the cage area so that it can help fishermen in harvesting fish in the area (deswati & adrison, 2019). meanwhile, incentive feeding can also be misused as a “feed pump”. the feed pump is an excessive feeding of fish that is carried out continuously until the fish that are cultivated are completely full. this practice leads to overfeeding. overfeeding is a bad practice for feeding fish. this excessive feed reduces feed efficiency and increases the amount of feed that is wasted in the environment (deswati & adrison, 2019). excessive feeding in fish farming activities using cages in the ocean is the potential for upwelling. the upwelling that occurs is caused by the buildup or deposition of excessive feed and accumulates below sea level. this triggers a backflow due to changes in water temperature. this backflow will bring the leftover feedback to the surface which can eventually poison the fish in the cage (deswati & adrison, 2019). a study on the cultivation of lutjanus species using floating net cages had been carried out by castillovargasmachuca et al. (2012). it was conducted to observe the growth of pacific red snapper (l. peru). the results of their study stated that the fish had a potential asiandu & malayudha – the bioprospecting of mangrove red snapper cultivation 31 growth rate and biomass. the cultivation process using floating net cages also is prosperous to be developed on a commercial scale to meet market demand. another study was conducted by castillo-vargasmachuca et al. (2007) who analyzed the growth of rose snapper (l. guttatus) cultivated in floating cages. they found that the cultivated fish had a high survival rate. subadults have a survival rate of up to 74.7%. however, some aspects need to be considered in cultivating this fish in floating net cages, such as the availability of natural feed. marine cultivation or sea farming in indonesia is highly prosperous as a maritime country with most of its territory consisting of sea water. if this potential can be optimized, the community's economy will also be higher. still, the cultivation process requires strong management effectiveness (sunardi et al. 2020). therefore, in this paper, the authors discussed the bioprospecting of mangrove red snapper cultivation using floating net cages, as well as feed needs and the economic bioprospects. mangrove red snapper (l. argentimaculatus) feed needs the concentration of certain proteins in the feed can affect the rate of feed consumption by farmed fish. improper protein levels will reduce the rate of feed consumption by the fish. a feed with protein concentrations of 32% to 40% did not reduce the rate of fish feed consumption. however, increasing the protein content to 52% reduced the consumption of red snapper feed. as a result, the higher the protein content in the feed, the faster the protein needs to be needed by the fish will be fulfilled so that the consumption of fish feed will decrease. as a result, the rate of feed consumption by sea bass is low when the protein content is too high in the feed (giri et al., 2007). feed efficiency is influenced by the protein content in the feed. feed efficiency is the proportion of the addition of fish biomass to the amount of feed given and consumed by the fish. the higher the feed efficiency value, the better the quality of the fish feed. in red snapper, the highest feed efficiency is in feed containing protein with a concentration of 40% or more than 40%. thus, at this concentration, red snapper were able to utilize their feed efficiently for increasing their biomass (giri et al., 2007). in the red snapper feed, the protein content in the feed was 45.4%, the fat content was 9.3%, the fiber content was 1.7%, the ash content was 13.8%, and the nitrogen-free extract was 29. 8%. in the feed also added other substances such as beta-carotene which will stimulate redfish meat. in addition, some vitamins are added to support the growth process of the snapper (catacutan et al., 2011). vitamin c is very important for the growth of red snapper. the addition of l-ascorbyl-2-monoposfate-mg (amp) affected the growth of the red snapper. the increase in the bodyweight of the fish increased 6 times for 17 weeks. the weight growth decreased on day 60 on media that did not contain amp. fish that were not given amp experienced several abnormalities, such as swelling of the eyes, soft bodies, and abnormalities in the fins. this abnormality is caused by an abnormality in the synthesis of collagen. amp deficiency causes collagen synthesis to be strained so that the process of forming connective tissue in these fish is abnormal (catacutan et al., 2011). protein requirements in the feed are adjusted to the type of fish being farmed. each species of fish requires varying levels of protein. in addition, the protein content of the feed must also be adjusted to the size of the fish, the quality of the protein, the energy content of the feed, the nutritional balance of the feed, and the level of feeding (furnichi, 1988; giri et al., 2007). protein quality is determined by the profile of amino acid content of the protein. the amino acid content in feed determines the adequacy of protein needed by fish (giri et al., 2007). one source of protein feed is fish meal. as for other protein sources, namely vegetable protein derived from nuts, seeds, such as soybeans. however, not all types of fish can utilize these vegetable protein sources properly. the provision of protein in the diet of fish also determines and affects the protein levels of the fish's body. the higher the protein content fed, the higher the protein concentration in the fish's body. in the feed containing 32% protein, the total protein of red snapper was 54.7%. meanwhile, feeding containing 40% protein produced red snapper with 58.7% body protein. meanwhile, feed containing protein with a concentration of 52% resulted in red snapper containing 61.9% protein (giri et al., 2007). feeding done three times a day (morning, afternoon, evening) can increase the amount of feed that is wasted in the environment. in this feeding, as much as 25-30% of the feed given is wasted in the environment. in cultivation with a fast and flowing water environment, an excess feed can be channeled to other areas so that it does not accumulate in that area. however, if cultivation is carried out in a calm aquatic environment, there will be a buildup of feed at the bottom which causes an accumulation of phosphate and nitrate. this will reduce water quality and interfere with the health of the fish (deswati & adrison, 2019). natural feeed found in red snapper (l. argentimaculatus) especially in the juvenile phase is acetes indicus, acetes sp., some members of mysidae, and some zooplankton such as clanoida and melita longidactyla. in addition, they also found feed in the form of members of the luciferidae, alpheidae, and so on (chi & true, 2017). in general, the sufficient protein content in feed ranges from 30% to 55% (nrc, 1993; giri et al., 2007). in carnivorous fish, such as grouper, the protein requirement given in the feed reaches 47% to 60%. red snapper is also a carnivorous fish. thus, the protein 32 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 27-33 requirement in a red snapper is also relatively high (giri et al., 2007). research by giri et al., (2007) showed that the protein content in the feed affected the rate of fish weight gain, feed consumption, feed efficiency, and growth of red snapper fry. provision of red snapper feed containing protein with a content of 32% resulted in a low growth rate and mass weight gain of snapper. feeding with a protein content of up to 40% resulted in the maximum growth rate and weight gain of snapper. however, feeding with protein content exceeding 40% did not significantly affect the weight gain and growth of red snapper. thus, in this study, the optimum protein concentration in the feed was 40%. giving excessive levels of protein in the fish feed will cause a negative effect. the negative effect that arises is in the form of slowing the growth rate of fish. excessive feeding results in not having enough energy for fish cells to manage these proteins. this causes an increase in the rate of deamination and excretion of excess amino acids due to the high protein in the feed consumed by fish. in addition, the negative impact of adding feed with too high a protein content is that it can reduce the growth rate of fish (giri et al., 2007). in addition, other nutrient compositions such as vitamin c are also needed. the addition of l-ascorbyl2-monoposfate-mg (amp) affects the growth of red snapper. the increase in the bodyweight of the fish increased 6 times for 17 weeks. the weight growth decreased on day 60 on media that did not contain amp. fish that were not given amp experienced several abnormalities, such as swelling of the eyes, soft bodies, and abnormalities in the fins. this abnormality is caused by an abnormality in the synthesis of collagen. amp deficiency causes collagen synthesis to be tense so the process of forming connective tissue in these fish is abnormal (catacutan et al., 2011). giving amp as much as 60 mg/kg of feed weight is equivalent to giving ascorbic acid as much as 20 mg/kg of feed. this composition is a good composition in overcoming vitamin c deficiency in red snapper. administration of amp in this concentration was effective in supporting the weight growth of red snapper. however, the addition of amp in higher doses had no effect on fish weight gain. addition in too high a dose can be toxic to red snapper cells (catacutan et al., 2011). economic aspects of mangrove red snapper (l. argentimaculatus) cultivation fish is one of the foodstuffs that contain high protein needed by body cells. fish, in general, contain 18-20% protein which is good for the body. thus, fish has become an important commodity in the economy. one of the fish with high economic value is the red snapper (reo, 2013). based on fao, from 2010 to 2013, the average catch of red snapper in indonesia is the highest in the world. the supply of snappers from indonesia reaches 48.3% of the total supply of snappers in the world. this amount is equivalent to more than 120,000 tons. next, followed by the philippines with a total percentage of 8.1%, brazil 7.7%, malaysia 7.3%, mexico 4.9%, nigeria 3.1%, thailand 2.0%, venezuela 1.8%, us 1.8%, and australia 1.6%. meanwhile, according to fao in 2014, the number of import and export markets for snappers has increased significantly. global snapper export activities in 1990 were around 5.000 tons and increased to more than 10.000 tons. meanwhile, global snapper import activity in 1990 amounted to 5.000 tons until in 2010 it has increased to 25.000 tons. meanwhile, the united states is the highest importing country of snapper in the world. the imports come from mexico, brazil, nicaragua, panama, and suriname (amorim & westmeyer, 2016). mangrove red snapper is a high-value aquatic product. market demand for these fishes is also relatively high with relatively high prices. red snapper is the most popular snapper in various restaurants in singapore and hong kong (muyot et al., 2021). based on fao (2018), global red snapper production in 2016 reached 9,815 tonnes, which came directly from fishermen's catch, and 10,240 tonnes came from aquaculture. the highest fish farming comes from southeast asia. many of these fish are cultivated using floating cages placed directly in the ocean and using brackish water ponds (muyot et al., 2021). fish that live in reef areas such as snapper and grouper are a very important resource. from an economic point of view, this fish is one of the leading commodities and is the livelihood of fishermen in indonesia. indonesia's reef fish production reaches 7% of the world's total reef fish production. this amount is one source of foreign exchange for the country (wwfindonesia, 2015). conclusions the factors that influence the success of red snapper (l. argentimaculatus) cultivation using a floating net cage system are the size of the cage, the density of fish in the cage, feeding, and other environmental factors such as temperature, ph, dissolved oxygen, and salinity. analysis of the growth of red snapper (l. argentimaculatus) cultivated using a floating net cage system which includes fish weight gain, absolute growth, specific growth rate, fcr, and survival rate. red snapper is classified as a carnivorous fish so it requires feed with a protein content of 40%. acknowledgements: the first author thanks lembaga pengelola dana pendidikan (lpdp) for the scholarship given to them. also, the second authors thank m. nastain. m.ikom as the research methodology lecturer and didik haryadi santoso s.kom.i.,m.a as the dean asiandu & malayudha – the bioprospecting of mangrove red snapper cultivation 33 of the faculty of communication and multimedia, umby, who inspired us to write this article. authors’ contributions: all the authors are involved in idea developing, secondary data collecting, manuscript writing, language editing, and formatting. competing interests: all the authors declare that there is no conflict interest regarding the writing and publishing the article. funding: the authors received no financial funding regarding the data collection, manuscript writing, authorship, and publication of this article. references affan, j. m. (2011). identifikasi lokasi untuk pengembangan budidaya keramba jaring apung (kja) berdasarkan faktor lingkungan dan kualitas air di perairan pantai timur bangka tengah. j. sains mipa, 17(3), 99–106. https://doi.org/10.13170/depik.1.1.30 amorim, p., & westmeyer, m. (2016). snapper and grouper: sfp fisheries sustainbility overview 2015. in sustainable fisheries partnership foundation. www.fishsource.com anrosana, i. a., & gemaputri, a. a. (2018). kajian daya dukung (carrying capacity) lingkungan perairan pantai pasir putih situbondo bagi pengembangan usaha karamba jaring apung. jurnal ilmiah inovasi, 17(2), 73–79. https://doi.org/10.25047/jii.v17i2.546 ardi, i. (2013). budidaya ikan sistem keramba jaring apung guna menjaga keberlanjutan lingkungan perairan waduk cirata. media akuakultur, 8(1), 23. https://doi.org/10.15578/ma.8.1.2013.23-29 castillo-vargasmachuca, s., ponce-palafox, j. t., ortíz, e. c., & arredondo-figueroa, j. l. (2007). effect of initial stocking body weight on spotted rose snapper lutjanus guttatus (steindachner, 1869) in marine floating cages. revista de biología marina y oceanografía, 42(3), 261–267. castillo-vargasmachuca, s., ponce-palafox, j. t., garcía-ulloa, m., arredondo-figueroa, j. l., ruiz-luna, a., chávez, e. a., & tacon, a. g. (2012). effect of stocking density on growth performance and yield of subadult pacific red snapper cultured in floating sea cages. noth american journal of aquaculture, 74, 413–418. catacutan, m. r., pagador, g. e., doyola-solis, e., teshima, s., & ishikawa, m. (2011). growth and feed efficiency in mangrove red snapper , (lutjanus argentimaculatus forsskal 1775 ) fed practical diets supplemented with lascorbyl-2monophosphate-mg. the israeli journal of aquaculture bamidgeh, iic:63.2011.606, 1–11. chi, v. v, & true, j. d. (2017). recruitment and habitat ecology of juvenile mangrove red snapper (lutjanus argentimaculatus forsskal, 1775) in central vietnam. international journal of fisheries and aquatic studies, 5(6), 103–107. deswati, r. h., & adrison, v. (2019). eksternalitas produksi keramba jaring apung. jiep, 19(1), 47–60. giri, n. a., suwirya, k., pithasari, a. i., & marzuqi, m. (2007). pengaruh kandungan protein pakan terhadap pertumbuhan dan efisiensi pakan benih ikan kakap merah (lutjanus argentimaculatus). journal of fisheries sciences, 9(1), 55–61. https://doi.org/10.22146/jfs.64 langkosono. (2007). budidaya ikan kerapu (serranidae) pada keramba jaring apung (kja). majalah ilmiah biologi biosfera: a scientific journal, 24(2), 90–97. melianawati, r., & aryati, r. w. (2012). culture of emperor snapper lutjanus sebae. jurnal ilmu dan teknologi kelautan tropis, 4(1), 80–88. https://doi.org/10.28930/jitkt.v4i1.7808 muyot, f., magistrado, m., muyot, m., & mutia, m. (2021). growth performance of the mangrove red snapper (lutjanus argentimaculatus) in freshwater pond comparing two stocking densities and three feed types. the philipine journal of fisheries, 28(june), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.31398/tpjf/28.1.2020a0007 purba, r. (1994). perkembangan awal ikan kakap merah, lutjanus argentimaculatus. oseana, 19(3), 11–20. puspitarini, d. a., subekti, s., & kismiyati, k. (2018). identifikasi dan prevalensi cacing endoparasit pada saluran pencernaan kakap merah (lutjanus argentimaculatus) di keramba jaring apung balai besar perikanan budidaya laut, lampung. jurnal ilmiah perikanan dan kelautan, 10(1), 59. https://doi.org/10.20473/jipk.v10i1.8549 reo, a. (2013). mutu ikan kakap merah yang diolah dengan perbedaan konsentrasi larutan garam dan lama pengeringan. jurnal perikanandan kelautan tropis, 9(1), 35– 44. riadhi, l., rivai, m., & budiman, f. (2017). pengaturan oksigen terlarut menggunakan metode logika fuzzy berbasis mikrokontroler teensy board. jurnal teknik its, 6(2), 5–9. sari, m. (2020). penelitian kepustakaan (library research) dalam penelitian pendidikan ipa. natural science: jurnal penelitian bidang ipa dan pendidikan ipa, 6(1), 41–53. https://ejournal.uinib.ac.id/jurnal/index.php/naturalscience/arti cle/view/1555/ 1159 sriati. (2011). kajian bio-ekonomi sumberdaya ikan kakap merah yang didaratkan di pantai selatan tasikmalaya, jawa barat. jurnal akuatika, 2(2), 79–90. sunardi, n., hamsinah., sarwani., rusilowati, m., & marjohan, m. (2020). management of marine fish cultivation (sea farming) to increase public income in kepulauan seribu, dki jakarta. jurnal abdi masyarakat humanis, 1(2), 93–104. tanujaya, c. (2017). perancangan standart operational procedure produksi pada perusahaan coffeein. jurnal manajemen dan start-up bisnis, 2(1), 90–95. tatengkorang, j. i. (2020). enlargement technique of coral fish in floating net cage culture bulo village tabukan aelatan disrict. jurnal ilmiah tatengkorang, 4(2), 49–53. wwf-indonesia. (2015). better management practices seri panduan perikanan skala kecil. in wwf-indonesia (2nd ed., vol. 2, issue 1/november). this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 2, october 2021 | pages: 135-140 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.135-140 issn 2540-9328 (online) repurposing dihydroartemisinin-piperaquine-doxycycline as an antimalarial drug: a study in plasmodium berghei-infected mice udeme owunari georgewill1,*, elias adikwu2 1department of pharmacology, faculty of basic clinical sciences, university of port harcourt, rivers state, nigeria 2department of pharmacology and toxicology, faculty of pharmacy, niger delta university, bayelsa state, nigeria. corresponding author* udgeorgewill@yahoo.com manuscript received: 06 december 2021. revision accepted: 12 december, 2021. published: 16 december, 2021. abstract artemisinin-based combination (act) therapy is the mainstay for malaria treatment. however, plasmodium parasite with decreased susceptibility to act has emerged. hence, it is imperative to discover new drugs or explore new drug combinations that can decrease plasmodium parasite resistance. this study assessed the antiplasmodial activity of dihydroartemisinin-piperaquinedoxycycline (d-pdx) on mice infected with plasmodium berghei. swiss albino mice (25-30g) of both sexes inoculated with 1x107 plasmodium berghei intraperitoneally were used. the mice were randomly grouped and orally treated with dx (2.2 mg/kg), d-p (1.71/13.7 mg/kg) and d-pdx daily in curative, suppressive and prophylactic studies. the negative and the positive controls were treated daily with normal saline (0.2ml) and chloroquine (cq) (10mg/kg), respectively. after treatment, blood samples were assessed for percentage parasitemia, hematological and lipid parameters. the mice were observed for mean survival time. d-p, dx, and d-p-dx produced significant decreases in percentage parasitemia at p<0.05, p<0.01 and p<0.001, respectively when compared to negative control. in the curative study, d-p, dx, and d-p-dx produced 64.9%, 71.1%, and 93.6% parasitemia inhibitions when compared to 75.0% inhibition produced by cq. plasmodium berghei -induced alterations in packed cell volume, white blood cells, red blood cells, hemoglobin, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol, total cholesterol, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol, and triglyceride levels were significantly restored by dx (p<0.05) and d-p (p<0.01) and d-p-dx (p<0.001) when compared to the negative control. d-p-dx showed significant antiplasmodial activity against plasmodium bergheiinfected mice. it may be clinically useful for the treatment of malaria. keywords; artemisinins; doxycycline; malaria; repurposing; resistance. introduction world health organization (who) estimates that nearly half of the world’s population lived in malaria endemic areas (who, 2016). malaria, a plasmodium parasite infection is one of the greatest health challenges in tropical regions, despite the availability of antimalarial drugs, mosquito repellents and insecticide-treated nets. malaria chemotherapy remains a major focus of research, and new molecules are being discovered prior to the emergence of drug-resistant strains of plasmodium parasite (gaillard et al., 2015). the use of antimalarial drugs is faced with the development of resistance from plasmodium falciparum in primarily endemic areas. other challenges include financial costs, contraindications, and clinical tolerance (gaillard et al., 2015). doxycycline (dx), a broad-spectrum bacteriostatic agent is synthetically obtained from naturally occurring tetracyclines produced by streptomyces sp. (mcevoy et al., 2008). it acts by binding to several proteins in the 30s ribosomal small subunit and to different ribonucleic acids in the 16s ribosomal rna. in addition to its antimicrobial activity, it is a partially efficacious prophylactic drug with activity against liver stage of plasmodium and blood schizontocides. it is highly effective for the prevention of malaria. the u.s. food and drug administration (fda) approved the use of dx for prophylaxis of plasmodium falciparum in short-term travelers to areas with chloroquine or pyrimethaminesulfadoxine-resistant strains (tan et al., 2011). dx can be used for the treatment of malaria in children less than 8 years old and non-pregnant adults in combination with quinine sulfate for uncomplicated and chloroquineresistant plasmodium falciparum. it is also used with primaquine and quinine sulfate for uncomplicated chloroquine-resistant plasmodium vivax and with parenteral quinidine for severe malaria (griffith et al., 2007). artemisinin derivatives are highly potent with fast acting antiplasmodial activity. however, due to short half-life, and plasmodium parasite resistance to artemisinin derivatives and older antimalarial drugs, artemisinin derivatives are often combined with partner drugs with longer half-life for fast clearance of malaria parasites (nosten, 2007). this led to the development of https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.135-140 136 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 135-140 artemisinin-based combination therapies (acts), which have become the mainstay for the treatment of malaria especially in malaria endemic regions (basco et al., 2017). however, plasmodium parasites with decreased susceptibility to acts’ have emerged due to both decreased susceptibility to artemisinins and partner drugs (leang et al., 2013; sanders et al., 2014). also, dihydroartemisinin-piperaquine (d-p), one of the currently used acts, which is efficacious against malaria (tayler et al., 2020) and is being considered for the prevention of malaria in pregnancy (kakuru et al., 2016; desai et al., 2016) has experienced plasmodium resistance in malaria endemic regions. plasmodium resistance was attributed to decreased susceptibility to both piperaquine and dihyroartemisinin (amaratunga et al., 2016; amato et al., 2017). hence this study aimed to evaluate if the antiplasmodial effect of d-p can be augmented by dx in mice infected with plasmodium berghei. materials and methods animals, drugs and parasites swiss albino mice of both sexes (25-30 g) used for this study were sourced from the animal husbandry of the department of pharmacology, faculty of basic clinical sciences, university of port harcourt, rivers state. the mice were housed in cages at temperature 20oc with cycles of 12 h light/12 h darkness. the mice were acclimated for 2 weeks and fed with food pellets and given water ad libitum. cq was manufactured by alben healthcare ind ltd, d-p was manufactured by bliss gvs pharma ltd india whereas dx was manufactured by ranbaxy laboratories ltd, india. doses were selected based on previous studies: cq (10mg/kg) (somsak et al., 2018), dx (2.2 mg/kg) (gaillard et al., 2015) and d-p (1.71/13.7 mg/kg) (yavo et al., 2011). cq-sensitive plasmodium berghei (p. berghei) (nk65) was used. p. berghei was obtained from nigerian institute of medical research, yaba, lagos. mice used were inoculated intraperitoneally (i.p.) with 0.2 ml of infected red blood cells (rbcs) containing p. berghei (1 × 107) obtained from the donor mice. evaluation of antiplasmodial activity  evaluation of curative activity curative activity was performed as reported by ryley and peters (1970). twenty-five swiss albino mice were inoculated i.p with blood containing 1 × 107. p. berghei and grouped into 5 of 5 mice each. the first two groups, ai (negative control) and a2 (positive control) were orally treated with normal saline (0.2ml) and cq (10mg/kg) daily for 4 days, respectively. groups a3-a5 were orally treated with dx (2.2 mg/kg), d-p (1.71/13.7 mg/kg) and d-p-dx daily for 4 days, respectively. on day 5, tail blood samples were collected from the mice; thin blood films were produced on slides and stained with giemsa stain and viewed with the aid of a microscope. evaluations for percentage parasitemia and inhibitions were performed using the formula below. % parasitemia = number of parasitized red blood cells (rbcs) × 100 total number of rbcs count % inhibition = (%parasitemia of negative control − %parasitemia of treated group) × 100 %parasitemia of negative control  evaluation of prophylactic activity prophylactic test was performed using an established method described by peters (1965). twenty-five swiss albino mice were assigned to 5 groups of 5 mice each. group bi served as the negative control and group b2 served as the positive control and were orally treated with normal saline (0.2ml) and cq (10mg/kg) daily for 4 days, respectively. groups b3-b5 were orally treated with dx (2.2 mg/kg), d-p (1.71/13.7 mg/kg) and d-pdx daily for 4 days, respectively. on day 5, the mice were inoculated i.p with 0.2 ml of infected blood containing 1x107p. berghei. after, 3 days, tail blood samples were collected and percentage parasitemia and inhibitions were calculated using the formula above.  evaluation of suppressive activity suppressive test was carried out as described by knight and peters (1980). twenty-five mice were selected and inoculated i.p with blood containing 1x107 p. berghei. after 3 h, the mice were randomized into 5 groups of 5 mice each. the first two groups, ci (negative control) and c2 (positive control) were orally treated with normal saline (0.2ml) and cq (10mg/kg) daily for 4 days, respectively. groups c3-c5 were orally treated with dx (2.2 mg/kg), d-p (1.71/13.7 mg/kg) and d-pdx daily for 4 days, respectively. on day 5, tail blood samples were collected and evaluated for percentage parasitemia and inhibitions using the formula above. evaluation of biochemical parameters blood samples were collected from the mice used for the curative test and evaluated for white blood cells (wbcs), hemoglobin (hb), packed cell volume (pcv), red blood cells (rbcs), triglyceride (tg), total cholesterol (chol), and high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (hdl-c) using an auto analyzer. georgewill & adikwu – repurposing dihydroartemisinin-piperaquine-doxycycline as … 137 statistical analysis results as mean ± s em (standard error of mean). data was analyzed using one-way analysis of variance (anova) and tukey’s test. differences between means were considered significant at p < 0.05, 0.01 and 0.001, respectively. results curative activity treatment with dx, d-p, and d-p-dx significantly decreased percentage parasitemia levels at p<0.05, p<0.01 and p<0.001, respectively when compared to the negative control (table 1). the observed parasitemia inhibitions produced by dx, d-p, and d-p-dx and cq were 64.9%, 71.1%, 93.6%, and 75.0%, respectively (table 2). mst was significantly prolonged in mice treated with dx, d-p, and d-p-dx at p<0.05, p<0.01, and p<0.001, respectively when compared to the negative control (table 1). suppressive activity percentage parasitemia levels were significantly decreased in mice treated with dx, d-p and d-p-dx at p<0.05, p<0.01, and p<0.001, respectively when compared to the negative control (table 2). treatment with dx, d-p and d-p-dx produced 66.5%, 75.0%, and 95.1% parasitemia inhibitions, respectively whereas cq produced 81.9% parasitemia inhibition (table 2). significant prolongation of mst in dx, d-p and d-pdx-treated mice occurred at p<0.05, p<0.01 and p<0.001, respectively when compared to negative control (table 2). prophylactic activity the prophylactic test showed significant decreases in percentage parasitemia levels in mice treated with dx (p<0.05), d-p (p<0.01) and d-p-dx (p<0.001) when compared to the negative control (table 3). the percentage parasitemia inhibitions produced by dx, d-p and d-p-dx were 65.1%, 86.8%, and 98.9%, respectively while cq produced an inhibition of 85.7% (table 3). mst was prolonged in dx, d-p, and d-pdx-treated mice. this occurred at p<0.05, p<0.01, and p<0.001, respectively when compared to the negative control (table 3). determination of mean survival time the mice in the control and the treated groups were observed for mortality and expressed in days. mortality represented as mean survival time (mst) was calculated using the formula bellow. 𝑀𝑆𝑇 = sum of survival time of all mice in a group (days) total number of mice in that group hematological and lipid parameters in p. berghei-infected mice, tg, chol, ldl-c and wbcs increased whereas hb, pcv, rbcs and hdl-c decreased significantly (p<0.001) when compared to the normal control (tables 4 and 5). on the other hand, tg, chol, ldl-c wbcs levels were decreased whereas hb, pcv, rbc and hdl-c levels were increased significantly in mice treated with dx, d-p, and d-p-dx at p<0.05, p<0.01 and p<0.001, respectively when compared to the negative control (tables 4 and 5). table 1. curative antiplasmodial effect of dihydroartemisinin-piperaquine-doxycycline on mice infected with plasmodium berghei. treatment % parasitemia % inhibition mst (days) pc 35.10±3.00 0.0 9.22±0.18 cq 8.78±1.54a 75.0 27.62±2.39 a. dx 12.30±1.27b 64.9 14.15±1.66b d-p 10.11±1.11a 71.1 25.83±2.65 a d-p-dx 2.25±0.15c 93.6 36.96±3.48 c data presented as ± sem, n= 5, pc: negative control, cq: chloroquine, dx: doxycycline, d-p: dihydroartemisinin-piperaquine, mst: mean survival time. a p<0.01, b p<0.05, c p<0.001 significant different when compared to pc, sem: standard error mean. table 2. suppressive antiplasmodial effect of dihydroartemisinin-piperaquine-doxycycline on mice infected with plasmodium berghei. treatment % parasitemia % inhibition mst(days) pc 17.60±2.54 0.0 9.40±0.33 cq 3.19±0.01a 81.9 31.61±2.72a dx 5.90±0.08b 66.5 20.47±2.67 b d-p 4.40±0.09a 75.0 29.73±3.11 a d-p-dx 0.86±0.07c 95.1 37.12±3,29 c data presented as ± sem, n= 5, pc: negative control, cq: chloroquine, dx: doxycycline, d-p: dihydroartemisinin-piperaquine, mst: mean survival time. a p<0.01, b p<0.05, c p<0.001 significant different when compared to pc, sem: standard error mean. 138 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 135-140 table 3. prophylactic antiplasmodial effect of dihydroartemisinin-piperaquine-doxycycline on mice infected with plasmodium berghei. treatment % parasitemia % inhibition mst (days) pc 15.80±1.47 0.0 9.79±0.22 cq 2.58±0.06a 85.7 33.43±2.53 a dx 5.51±0.07b 65.1 22.75±3.57 b d-p 3.03±0.04a 86.8 30.91±2.89 a d-p-dx 0.17±0.08c 98.9 38.02±3.86 c data presented as ± sem, n= 5, pc: negative control, cq: chloroquine, dx: doxycycline, d-p: dihydroartemisinin-piperaquine, mst: mean survival time a p<0.01, b p<0.05, c p<0.001 significant different when compared to pc, sem: standard error mean. table 4. effect of dihydroartemisinin-piperaquine-doxycycline on hematologic parameters of mice infected plasmodium berghei. treatment rbc (x106) wbc (cells/l) pcv (%) hb (g/dl) nc 6.83±0.33 7.55±0.09 60.91±5.91 16.93±1.35 pc 3.21±0.43a 15.71±1.55a 26.72±3.45a 6.01±0.17a cq 5.44±0.28b 9.44±0.19b 44.21±4.33b 13.45±1.38b dx 4.37±0.27c 11.00±0.37c 31.94±3.47c 10.73±0.81c d-p 5.40±0.11b 9.57±0.16b 42.62±3.67b 13.07±1.11b d-p-dx 6.61±0.32d 7.25±0.01d 55.9±4.41d 16.72±1.37d data presented as ± sem, n= 5, nc: normal control, pc: negative control, cq: chloroquine, dx: doxycycline, d-p: dihydroartemisinin-piperaquine, mst: mean survival time, rbcs: red blood cell, wbcs: white blood cell, pcv: packed cell volume, hb: haemoglobin. a p<0.001 significant difference when compared to nc, b p<0.01, c p<0.05, d p<0.001 significant difference when compared to pc, sem: standard error mean. table 5. effect of dihydroartemisinin-piperaquine on lipid parameters of mice infected with plasmodium berghei. group tg (mg/dl) tchol (mg/dl) hdl-c (mg/dl) ldl (mg/dl) nc 80.8±7.03 110.8±11.4 50.4±4.00 44.2±3.11 pc 250.3±18.9a 273.4±18.0 a 22.2±1.41 a 201.1±18. a cq 150.1±5.87 b 181.6±22.4 b 39.7±4.63 b 111.9±11.6 b dx 200.7±3.03 c 220.0±12.0 c 30.6±4.22 c 149.3±15.0 c d-p 159.0±4.87b 170.7±13.5b 38.7±4.00b 100.2±12.5b d-p-dx 97.4±8.88d 127.7±10.6 d 47.9±5.43d 60.3±10.1d data presented as mean ± sem, n= 5, nc: normal control, pc: negative control, cq: chloroquine, dx: doxycycline, d-p: dihydroartemisininpiperaquine, tg: tryglyceride, tchol: total cholesterol, hdl: high density lipoproteins, ldl: low density lipoprotein. a p<0.001 significant difference when compared to nc, b p<0.01, c p<0.05, d p<0.001 significant difference when compared to pc, sem: standard error mean. discussion malaria is a major health challenge in developing countries of sub-saharan africa and south east asia. the emergence of widespread resistance of plasmodium species to most antimalarial drugs, the increasing insecticide resistance by mosquitoes, and the lack of vaccines have made the fight against malaria seriously tasking (beeson et al., 2016; joseph et al., 2020). hence there is an urgent need to discover alternative drugs with novel modes of action or a combination of currently existing antimalarial drugs to overcome these challenges. the present study, assessed whether antimalarial activity of d-p can be augmented by dx in mice infected with p. berghei. this study used invivo model, because it takes into cognizance the possible prodrug effect and the involvement of the immune system in eradicating malaria infection. p. berghei has been used in antiplasmodial studies in predicting experimental treatment outcomes and hence was appropriately used for the study (satish et al., 2017). this study used suppressive test which determines the activity of a drug candidate on early infection and curative test, which evaluates the curative activity of a drug candidate on established infection (mekonnen, 2015; hiben et al., 2016). in the present study, in the curative test, d-p-dx decreased percentage parasitemia levels most when compared to individual doses of d-p, dx and cq. the observed parasitemia inhibitions in the curative test were 64.9%, 71.1%, 93.6% in dx, d-p, and d-p-dx-treated mice, respectively. also, in the suppressive and prophylactic tests, best decreases in percentage parasitemia levels occurred in d-p-dxtreated mice in comparison to individual doses of dx, d-p, and cq. in the suppressive test, 66.5%, 75.0%, and 95.1%, parasitemia inhibitions were observed in dx, dp, and d-p-dx treated mice respectively. in view of the antiplasmodial activity of d-p-dx observed in the georgewill & adikwu – repurposing dihydroartemisinin-piperaquine-doxycycline as … 139 present study, the ability of d-p-dx to prolong mst in mice was also evaluated. treatment with d-p-dx prolonged mst in the curative, prophylactic and suppressive tests. the prolongation of mst by d-p-dx was best when compared to individual doses of dx, dp, and cq. hematological abnormalities like anemia caused by erythrocyte destruction are common characteristics of p. berghei-infected mice. rodent malaria causes parasite-induced decrease in pcv, which occurs approximately 48 h post-infection (nardos and makonnen, 2017). in the present study, notable signs of anemia marked by low levels of hb, pcv rbcs and increased wbcs levels were observed in p. bergheiinfected mice. however, p. bergheiinduced anemia was curtailed in d-p-dx treated mice when compared to individual doses of dx, d-p, and cq. studies have reported that changes in serum lipids could be possible features of malaria (visser et al., 2013). the present study observed elevated tchol, tg, and ldl-c and decreased hdl-c levels in p. berghei-infected mice. however, d-p-dx restored serum lipid characterized by decreased tchol, tg, ldl-c and increased hdl-c levels. the observed antiplasmodial effect of d-p-dx may be due to different modes of antiplasmodial activity of the partner drugs. dihydroartemisinin acts through the cleavage of the endoperoxide bridge and the production of free radicals (meshnick, 1994). piperaquine is suggested to have similar mode of action as cq (meshnick, 1994). in parasite food vacuole, concentrated cq binds free hematin forming cqhematin complex. this interferes with enzymatic processes in the parasite causing parasite death (tärning et al., 2007). the antiplasmodial mode of action of dx is not clear, but studies suggested the inhibition of mitochondrial protein, nucleotides and deoxynucleotides syntheses in plasmodium (yeo et al., 1997; prapunwattana et al., 1998). conclusion this study showed that d-p-dx produced the best antiplasmodial activity in p. berghei-infected mice when compared to individual doses of d-p, dx and cq. also, alterations in lipid profile and hematological parameters were best restored by d-p-dx when compared to individual doses of d-p, dx and cq. this shows that d-p-dx may be an effective antimalarial drug combination. acknowledgement: the authors appreciate the laboratory staff of the department of pharmacology, faculty of basic clinical sciences, university of port harcourt, nigeria. conflict of interest: the authors declare no conflicts of interest. financial disclosure: none references amaratunga c, lim p, suon s, sreng, s, mao s, sopha c et al. (2016). dihydroartemisinin–piperaquine resistance in plasmodium falciparum malaria in cambodia: a multisite prospective cohort study. lancet infect dis. 16, 357. amato d.r, lim p, miotto o, amaratunga c, dek d, pearson r.d et al. (2017) genetic markers associated with dihydroartemisinin–piperaquine failure in plasmodium falciparum malaria in cambodia: a genotype-phenotype association study. lancet infect dis. 17, 164–173 basco, l k, & le bras j. (1993). activity in vitro of doxycycline against multidrug-resistant plasmodium falciparum. transaction of royal society of tropical medicine and hygiene. 87:469–470 beeson jg, drew dr, boyle mj, feng g, fowkes fj, richards js et al. (2016) merozoite surface proteins in red blood cell invasion, immunity and vaccines against malaria. fems microbiology review. 40(3):343–372. desai m, hill j, fernandes s, walker p, pell c, gutman j et al. (2018). prevention of malaria in pregnancy. lancet infectious disease. 18, 119–132. gaillard t, madamet m, & pradines b. (2015). tetracyclines in malaria. malarial journal. 14, 445 ;1-10. griffith ks, lewis ls, mali s, & parise me. (2007) treatment of malaria in the united states: a systematic review. journal of american medical association. 297:2264–2277 hiben mg, sibhat gg, fanta bs, gebrezgi hd, & tesema sb (2016). evaluation of senna singueana leaf extract as an alternative or adjuvant therapy for malaria. journal of traditional and complimentary medicine. 6:112-117 joseph ao, & samson ot (2020) antiplasmodial efficacy of anacardium occidentale in albino mice infected with plasmodium berghei. journal of family medicine and disease prevention. 6:123;1-6 kakuru a, jagannathan p, muhindo m.k, natureeba p, awori, p, nakalembe m, et al., (2016) dihydroartemisinin-piperaquine for the prevention of malaria in pregnancy. new england journal of medicine. 374, 928–939. knight dj, & peters w. (1980). the antimalarial action of nbenzyl oxydihydrotriazines and the studies on its mode of action. annals of tropical medicine and parasitology. 74: 393-404. leang r, barrette a, bouth dm, menard d, abdur r, duong s et al., (2013). efficacy of dihydroartemisinin-piperaquine for treatment of uncomplicated plasmodium falciparum and plasmodium vivax in cambodia, 2008 to 2010. antimicrobial agents chemotherapy. 57, 818–826. mcevoy g. (2008). ahfs drug information. bethesda, md: american society of health-system pharmacists, inc; 2008. mekonnen lb. (2015). in vivo antimalarial activity of the crude root and fruit extracts of croton macrostachyus (euphorbiaceae) against plasmodium berghei in mice. journal of traditional and complimentary medicine. 5:168e173 meshnick sr. (1994) the mode of action of antimalarial endoperoxides. transaction of royal society of tropical medicine and hygiene 88:131-2. nardos a, & makonnen e (2017). in vivo antiplasmodial activity and toxicological assessment of hydroethanolic crude extract of ajuga remota. malarial journal. 16:25; 1-8 nosten f, & white nj. (2007) artemisinin-based combination treatment of falciparum malaria. american journal of tropical medicine and hygiene. 77, 181–192 140 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 135-140 peters w. (1967). rational methods in the search for antimalarial drugs. transaction of royal society of tropical medicine and hygiene. 61: 400-410. prapunwattana p, o’sullivan wj, & yuthavong y. (1988). depression of plasmodium falciparum dihydroorotate dehydrogenase activity in in vitroculture by tetracycline. molecular and biochemical parasitology. 27:119–24. ryley jf, & peters w. (1970) the antimalarial activity of some quinolone esters. annals of tropical medicine and parasitology. 84: 209-222. satish pvv, kumari ds, & sunita k, (2017) antiplasmodial efficacy of calotropis gigantean (l.) against plasmodium falciparum (3d7 strain) and plasmodium berghei (anka). journal of vector borne disease. 54(3):215-225 saunders d. l, vanachayangkul p, & lon c. (2014) dihydroartemisinin–piperaquine failure in cambodia. new england journal of medicine. 371, 484–485 somsak v, damkaew a, & onrak p. (2018) antimalarial activity of kaempferol and its combination with chloroquine in plasmodium berghei infection in mice. journal of pathology. 2018:1-7. tan kr, magill aj, parise me, & arguin pm, (2011). doxycycline for malaria chemoprophylaxis and treatment: report from the cdc expert meeting on malaria chemoprophylaxis, hygiene. 5; 84(4): 517–531. tärning j. piperaquine, bioanalysis (2007) drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics. göteborg, sweden: institute of neuroscience and physiology, department of pharmacology, the sahlgrenska academy at göteborg university tayler nm, de jesús r, spadafora r, coronado lm, r, & spadafora c (2020) antiplasmodial activity of cocos nucifera leaves in plasmodium berghei-infected mice. journal of parasitic disease 44, 305–313. visser bj, wieten rw, nagel im. & grobusch mp (2013) serum lipids and lipoproteins in malaria a systematic review and meta-analysis. malarail journal. 12, 442, 1-16 who. world malaria report 2016. geneva: world health organization; 2016 yavo w, faye b, kuete t, djohan v, oga sa, kassi rr et al. (2011). multicentric assessment of the efficacy and tolerability of dihydroartemisinin-piperaquine compared to artemether-lumefantrine in the treatment of uncomplicated plasmodium falciparum malaria in sub-saharan africa. malarial journal. 2011; 10:198. yeo ae, edstein md, shanks gd, & rieckmann kh (1997). potentiation of the antimalarial activity of atovaquone by doxycycline against plasmodium falciparum in vitro. parasitology research. 83:489–91. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=tan%20kr%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=21460003 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=magill%20aj%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=21460003 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=parise%20me%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=21460003 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=arguin%20pm%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=21460003 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 9, number 1, april 2020 | pages: 7-13 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2020.91.7-13 issn 2540-9328 (online) the effect of cassava peel starch addition to bioplastic biodegradation based on chitosan on soil and river water media mahfud syuhada1, sintia ainus sofa2,*, endaruji sedyadi3 1,3chemistry; 2chemistry education program, faculty of science and technology, uin sunan kalijaga jl. marsda adisucipto no 1 yogyakarta 55281, indonesia. tel. +62-274-540971, fax. +62-274-519739 corresponding author* sintiashofa@gmail.com manuscript received: 28 november, 2019. revision accepted: 28 february, 2020. published: 13 april, 2020. abstract the study of the relationship between starch addition to biodegradation of bioplastics has been carried out. this study aims to understand the biodegradability of chitosan-based bioplastics with additional cassava peel starch on soil and river water media. this research was conducted through four stages, namely making starch from cassava peel waste, making bioplastics using the blending and castingwet processes method with variations of starch 5, 10, 15 and 20 ml. testing physical mechanical properties including water resistance, thickness, tensile strength, elongation, and modulus young. testing the characteristics of bioplastics functional groups was carried out using ftir (fourier transform infrared) and biodegradation testing of bioplastics carried out on soil and river water media. the results of bioplastics research with variation 5 ml produce good mechanical physical properties. bioplastics produced water resistance value of 45.03%, thickness of 0.0190 mm, tensile strength of 49.93 mpa, elongation of 3.068% and young modulus of 1627.63 mpa. bioplastics biodegradation test was observed by measuring the decrease in sample mass. the biodegradation test results in soil and river water media respectively showed a decrease in bioplastic mass up to 63% and 54%. the biodegradation rate of the calculation results on soil media is −0,1502 and in river water media is −0,0948. keywords: chitosan; cassava peel starch; bioplastic; mechanical properties; biodegradation introduction the annual production of petroleum based plastics (pmb) was recorded more than 300 million tons in 2015 (emadian, 2016). in the fact, p-mb production produced above 34 million tons of water which continues to grow every year and indonesia itself is the second largest producer of p-mb waste in the world after china (wahyuningtyas et al., 2017). as much as 93% of the waste tends to accumulated on the surface of the land and oceans so that it was very detrimental to humans and the environment (pathak et al., 2014). one of the efforts to save the earth from the explosion of p-mb waste is the making biodegradable bioplastics. biodegradable bioplastics are plastic polymers that will undergo decomposition by fungi or microorganisms. decomposition can occur up to one hundred percent if discharged into the environment with the final result in the form of water and carbon dioxide gas without leaving a toxic residue. this bioplastic is ecofriendly, non-toxic and renewable because its constituent compounds come from plats such as starch cellulose, and lignin as well as from animals such as casein, protein and lipids (widyaningsih et al., 2012). one of the raw materials for making biodegradable bioplastics in this research is chitosan. chitosan can be used as a raw material in the production of the biodegradable bioplastics due to its nature which can form clear, strong and flexible thin layers (mackay & tait, 2011) non-toxic (jara, et al., 2018). besides that, other raw materials used in the form of cassava peel starch. cassava peel starch is added as bioplastic material because it is believed to accelerate the biodegradation process. it happens because the ability of starch to absorb high water then becomes the optimum place for the growth of degrading microorganisms (wahyuningtyas et al., 2017). the use of chitosan and cassava peel as an ingredient in the production of biodegradable bioplastics will increase its use value (anita, akbar, & harahap, 2013). the selection of chitosan with cassava peel as a bioplastic base is expected to be an alternative solution for making bioplastics. biodegradability of bioplastics in the environment has been tested through various types of experiments. it was started from using one of type of organism to complex systems such as compost and seawater (emadian, 2016). based on the background above, a study was conducted on the study of biodegradable plastics with raw materials in the form of chitosan with the form of chitosan with the addition of cassava peel starch in surface media and river. https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2020.91.7-13 8 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 7-13 materials and methods tools and materials non-electronic devices used include a set of glassware, chopsticks, tweezers, thermometers, magnetic stirrers, bioplastic molds (mica), filter paper soil testers and biodegradation media tubes. electronic device that will be used include blenders, hot plates, ovens, and analytical tools such as analytical balances, ftir spectrophotometers, and a set of tensile and elongation strength gauges. while the ingredients used are chitosan, cassava peel starch, 1% acetic acid and distilled water. procedures  step 1. synthesis of cassava peel starch. cassava peel remove the outer skin, then washed, added distilled water and blended to produce pulp. the resulting pulp is then separated between pulp and starch by filtering. then it was deposited for several hours. the precipitate is then dried in an oven. cassava skin starch was then analyzed using ftir.  step 2. synthesis of bioplastic chitosan solution and cassava peel starch solution were taken with several variations in volume, the comparison is as follows: variation 0. chitosan : cassava peel starch (10:0) = 50 : 0 ml variation 5. chitosan : cassava peel starch (9:1) = 45 : 5 ml variation 10. chitosan : cassava peel starch (8:2) = 40 : 10 ml variation 15. chitosan : cassava peel starch (7:3) = 35 : 15 ml variation 20. chitosan : cassava peel starch (6:4) = 30 : 20 ml both solutions with each of the above comparisons were stirred for 25 minutes using a magnetic stirrer. bioplastic solutions that have been thoroughly mixed are carefully poured into the mold. then the printed solution is dried in an oven, then cooled to room temperature. bioplastic that have been formed are then released for further analysis and testing. data analysis  fourier transform infrared spectroscopy characterization of functional groups carried out by ftir using a kbr pellet method. one mg of sample was mixed with 200 mg of kbr powder. samples were mixed kbr pellets by pressed mixture into a thin transparent using 10 tons pressure (2000 psi). pellet samples were then measured its infrared absorption at wavenumber 4000–400 cm-1 (sedyadi, anggraini, & ekawati, 2016).  mechanical properties test mechanical testing is carried out to determine thickness, tensile strength, elongation and modulus young test. film thickness were measured using micrometer to the nearest 0.001 mm. thickness measurements were taken at five different points for each film sample (top right corner, bottom right corner, middle, upper left corner and the bottom left corner). film thickness value is a average of the results of measurements at five points in units of mm. a set equipment test is prepared and arranged. sample of edible film mounted at the ends of both clamping and wedged firmly. the measurement area is set with loads corresponding to pen recorder off. tensile strength is determined by maximum load, the elongation is determined and calculated at the time the film broken. the modulus young are comparison between tensile strength and elongation.  biodegradation test biodegradation test is carried out on two media, namely surface soil and river water. bioplastic samples were cut 3x3 cm2 in size and then weighed. the samples are stored on media in an open for 14 days. samples are examined once every two days by means of being taken from the media, then cleaned using distilled water, dried in the oven and weighed dry mass. the mass lost from the sample is referred to as percent biodegradation which can be calculated by the equation: % 𝐵𝑖𝑜𝑑𝑒𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝑎1 − 𝑎2 𝑎1 information a1 = mass before testing (gram) a2 = mass after testing (gram) results and discussion synthesis cassava peel starch cassava peel starch is obtained from extraction process with a smooth and abrasive surface. the total starch obtained was 26 grams from 400 gram of cassava peel waste. the process of getting cassava starch is done by making cassava peel pulp using a blender with the addition of distilled water, then the pulp is filtered and precipitated to obtain starch. the pulp filtering process is carried out in stages to produce purer starch. distilled water are used because the nature of starch granules did not dissolve in distilled water at room temperature, so that starch can be deposited and separated easily(kusnandar, 2010). the results of the starch are dried using an oven to reduce water content, so that it can inhibit the growth of bacteria, yeast or mold and extend the shelf life (jabbar & fatimah, 2017).the dried starch is crushed to be smooth and then filtered to obtain a uniform size. syuhada et al. – the effect of cassava peel starch addition to bioplastic … 9 identification of functional groups for cassava peel starch powders have been produced from a simple extraction process is carried out using ftir spectrophotometer at wavelength 400 – 4000 cm-1. the results of ftir analysis of cassava peel starch performed are presented in the spectra in figure 1. figure shows the widening absorption at the 3387 cm-1 wave number that characterizes the -oh group. absorption in the area of 1026.13 cm-1 indicates the presence of c-o groups, and absorption in the area of 2931.8 cm-1 indicates the presence of c-h. in addition there is a peak in the wave number 1635.54 cm-1 which shows the bond that occurs cyclic or aromatic. figure 1. spectra ftir of cassava peel starch. synthesis of bioplastic bioplastic were made by the blending method, which was a method that combined or mixed two or more raw materials into one. this method has advantage that the material used is relatively small, the time required is shorter and the cost is cheaper (nurseha, 2012). bioplastics could be formed after going through several stages. in this research, a transparent and thin bioplastic was produced with slightly rough surface texture and a bit stiff. chitosan is dissolved on 1% acetic acid to get chitosan solution. the use of acidic solvents was due to the nature of chitosan itself which can only dissolve in organic acids such as formic acid or lactic acid, and can dissolve completely in acidic acid. furthermore, cassava peel starch is dissolved in distilled water and stirred using a magnetic stirrer and heated. the purpose of this warm-up is that the cassava starch and aquades can be homogenous and not separate. after the two solutions are obtained, the volume was measured according to the variations made. the two raw materials were mixed according to their variations and stirred again using magnetic stirrers until it was homogeneous. the thin layer which was referred to as bioplastic was produced thorough a wet process molding method, in which chitosan and cassava peel starch were converted into a form of solution then dried. bioplastic thin layers could form if the cohesive attraction that occurred between molecules is adequate, sufficient diffusion and evaporation of intact water, so that the polymer chains will adjust to form layers (kandasamy, 2005) bioplastic characterization the total content of the components used to prepare bioplastics will affect the physical and mechanical properties produced from bioplastic raw materials. the results of the physical and mechanical properties of the bioplastics carried out are shown in table 1 as follows: table 1. bioplastic characterization test results. v a r ia ti o n w a te r r e si st a n c e ( % ) thickness (mm) tensile strength (mpa) elongation (%) modulus young (mpa) 0 45,268 0,0220 45,7567 2,6549 1723,4811 5 45,034 0,0190 49,9342 3,0679 1627,6345 10 40,360 0,0180 48,4456 2,9836 1623,7297 15 36,154 0,0175 46,7011 2,9902 1561,8052 20 29,749 0,0755 9,6806 3,3622 287,9246 water resistance is an important property for bioplastic that is directly affected by the water absorption of bioplastic-forming polymers. table 1 showed that there was a decrease in water resistance along with the addition of cassava peel starch variations. it occurred because the hydrophilic nature of starch allows for the absorption of water. the more starches were used, the lower the resistance of the bioplastics produced. based on the results of water resistance obtained in this research, bioplastic chitosan cassava peel starch did not meet the standard criteria set by sni. sni set the plastic water resistance value of 99%, while the bioplastics made are less than 99%. the addition of cassava peel starch would initially reduce the thickness but then increase again as the volume of starch solution variation increased. chitosan solution in this study has physical properties that are thicker than cassava peel starch solution(nahir, 2017), high chitosan concentration will increase the total solids in solution. so, as the volume of chitosan decreases, the total solids in the solution will decrease so the bioplastic thickness value decreases to a certain point which increase again. in addition to the volume of material solution, the bioplastic molding process on the printing plate also influences the thickness value. the bioplastic printing process is one of the crucial things that determine how bioplastics will be formed, whether thick or thin. if it is not appropriate in pouring, leveling the surface of the solution, or slope of the laying plate then the bioplastic solution will gather at one point and produce a non-uniform thickness in a single sheet of bioplastics. chitosan bioplastic thickness with the addition of cassava peel starch variations on average under 0.25 mm, so it can be said that some of the standard value set by jis (japanese industrial standard) of < 0.25 mm, with the exception of variations of 20. 10 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 7-13 based on table 1, the addition cassava peel starch to chitosan bioplastics could increase the tensile strength of bioplastics. in variation 5, the tensile strength of value is the highest, then in variations 10, 14, and 20 there was a decrease in the value of bioplastics will be high if the composition of the composition was optimum, and the addition of starch could result in a decrease in tensile strength values. the optimum composition occurred in perfect balance between chitosan macromolecules and macromolecules of cassava peel starch (nahir, 2017). if the condition of the mixed composition was only close to a little or far from the optimum condition, then with the addition of starch the value of bioplastic tensile strength would decrease because polymer bonding chain of starch would be between the chitosan polymer bonding mechanism so the interaction that occurred between the chitosan polymer chains was reduced (saputro & ovita, 2017). chitosan had a linear polymer chain so that chitosan tends to form a crystalline phase so that it can provide strength and stiffness in bioplastics(agustin & padmawijaya, 2016). the results if the tensile strength of chitosan bioplastic with cassava peel starch variations have met the plastics standards set by sni (indonesian national standard. in the case of variations in bioplastics 20, with the tensile strength produced by the bioplastics only 9.6806 mpa, they cannot be said to meet the standard. this may be influenced by the inhomogeneity of the distribution of bioplastics molecules which results in a decrease in tensile strength (utami et al., 2014). based on table 1 showed that along with addition of cassava peel starch variations, the elongation valueof bioplastics is increasing. in starch there are two main constituent components, namely amylose and amylopectin chain structure is branched. this branched chain structure had an amorphous phase. when bioplastic was given a tensile load, this amorphous part was the first to experience an elongation, the amorphous phase would be attracted and stretched to form a parallel arrangement. amorphous phase elongation process can be seen in figure 2(agustin & padmawijaya, 2016). amylopectin was a cause of increased elongation of bioplastic chitosan-cassava peel starch. although there was an increase in elongation, the percentage value of elongation obtained by bioplastic chitosan cassava peel starch has not fulfilled sni of 21-220%. figure 2. bioplastic stretch in amorphous phase when given tensile load. the addition of cassava peel starch variations is the cause of young’s modulus obtained by bioplastics which is decreasing. this can occur because with the addition of starch, bioplastics stiffness decreases. bioplastic stiffness decreases due to the presence of starch branched amylopectin chains that tend to form an amorphous phase. as previously known, bioplastic stiffness is due to linear chains which tend to form crystalline phases(agustin & padmawijaya, 2016). chitosan-cassava peel starch bioplastics has two linear chains, each derived from chitosan and amylose starch. when compared with the plastic standards issued by sni of 117.62-137.27 mpa, the young bioplastic modulus value is far more rigid. young modulus values for polymer-based materials range between <10-10.000 mpa (hastomo, 2009). analysis of bioplastic function group the biodegradable bioplastic characterization that has been made was done using ftir to determine the functional groups contained in bioplastics. the spectra of the results of ftir analysis of chitosan and bioplastic raw materials with the best tensile strength could be seen in figure 3. figure 3. ftir spectra of chitosan (a) bioplastic (b) and chitosan bioplastic with cassava peel starch (c). figure 3 showed that chitosan spectra have a sharp absorption with wave number 3425.58 cm-1 indicating the presence of o-h groups overlapping with n-h, absorption at wave number 2877.79 cm-1 indicating the presence of c-h and 1072.42 cm-1 indicating the presence of c-o. after bioplastics were formed, the peak absorption pattern produced is slightly different from the basic material, namely chitosan. there was a widening strong absorption at a wavelength of 3425.58 cm-1 indicates an o-h group overlapping with n-h. ch was indicated by the absorption which was slightly shifted at wave number 2885.51 cm-1, and for c-o it was marked by absorption at wave number 1064.71 cm1. absorption of functional groups with similar wave numbers was also produced by bioplastics chitosan syuhada et al. – the effect of cassava peel starch addition to bioplastic … 11 added with cassava peel starch. in the vicinity of these wavelengths also experience widening uptake, this was due to the increase in the o-h group due to the addition of cassava peel starch. the peak at 3448.72 cm-1 indicates the o-h group overlaps with n-h, the peak at wave number 2877.79 cm-1 indicates the presence of ch and the peak at the wave number 1080.14 cm-1 indicates the presence of c-o. based on the analysis of figure 3, ftir spectra of chitosan, chitosan bioplastics and chitosan bioplastics with addition of cassava peel starch did not show at new functional groups. this means that the bioplastic are formed come from the result of physical mixing(saputro & ovita, 2017). proposed interactions that occurred in bioplastics can be seen in figure 4 (afif, wijayanti, & mursiti, 2018). figure 4. proposed bioplastic interaction. pearson correlation test the pearson correlation test results on mechanical properties presented in table 2 can be interpreted by matching the correlation coefficient value obtained with the correlation coefficient value in table 3. table 2. pearson correlation test. it appears that the addition of cassava peel starch variation had a positive pearson correlation value of 0.669 with a significance value of 0.225. it showed a strong relationship between the additional of cassava peel starch to thickness. meanwhile, the pearson correlation value generated for tensile strength is negative 0.698 with a significance value of 0.190. it showed that the addition of cassava peel starch variation has a strong negative correlation to the value of bioplastic tensile strength produced. the addition of cassava peel starch tends to reduce the value of tensile strength. pearson correlation between variation and elongation is 0.838 and has a significance of 0.076. based on these data it can be concluded that the addition of cassava peel starch variations has a very strong relationship to the value of the resulting bioplastic elongation. through statistical calculations it can also be seen that the addition of cassava peel starch variation has strong relationship to young bioplastic modulus produced with a negative value meaning that the addition of cassava peel starch tends to decrease young’s modulus value. the resulting relationship value using pearson correlation calculation is -0.768 with significance of 0.139. overall it can be said that the addition of cassava peel starch is strongly related to thickness and tensile strength, and is strongly related to young’s elongation and modulus. table 3. level of relationship of two variables (qudratullah, 2014). correlation coefficient relationship level 1 perfect 0,75-0,99 very strong 0,50-0,74 strong 0,25-0,49 weak 0,01-0,24 very weak 0 none biodegradation test  soil media based on the graph in figure 5, it was known that the bioplastics made have biodegradable properties, this is evidenced by the reduction in the bioplastic mass of each variation within the observation period for 14 days. the graph also showed a percent reduction in mass on one day which was equal to the increase in cassava peel starch as a variation the amorphous part of starch polymers was a less organized part compared to chitosan polymers, and enzymes from microorganisms were easier to attack and more biodegradable of less organized parts (rohaeti, 2009). amorphous polymers were easier to biodegrade than crystalline polymers and starch cyristallinity was lower than chitosan, so adding starch to bioplastics will further increase the rate of biodegradation(asiah, 2010). percent decrease in bioplastic mass was further analyzed using analysis of variance (anava) to find out whether or not there were differences resulting from each measurement of biodegradation test on the second, seventh, and fourteenth days. on the second day of the biodegradation test, the results of the analysis of variance did not show any significant difference, meaning that variations in the addition of cassava peel starch didn’t significantly affect the decrease in bioplastic mass on the second day. on the seventh day of the biodegradation test, based on the analysis of variance conducted showed the same results on the second day, no significant differences occurred. this shows that the addition of cassava peel starch variation didn’t produce a significant effect on the decrease in bioplastic mass on the seventh day. on the fourteenth day, the results of the analysis of variance showed a 12 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 7-13 significant difference, which means that the addition of cassava peel starch variations resulted in a marked difference in the decrease in bioplastic mass on the fourteenth day. the results of analysis of variance in soil media can be seen that the effect of adding starch was seen to significantly occur on the fourteenth day. figure 5. graph of bioplastic biodegradation of chitosan-cassava peel starch on soil media.  river water media figure 6. graph of bioplastic biodegradation of chitosan-cassava peel starch on river water media. figure 6 shows that chitosan bioplastics with additional variations of cassava peel starch made have biodegradable properties, this is evidenced by the reduction in the bioplastic mass of each variation during the 14 days observation. graph 6 showed a reduction in mass with increasing variations of cassava peel starch. in addition to the hydrophilic nature of starch which causes bioplastics to degrade more quickly, starch polymer are also favored by microorganisms which can result in the formation of large cracks and pore in bioplastic until the reduction of bioplastics mass (alam et al., 2018). percent decrease in bioplastic mass was further analyzed of variance (anava) to find out whether or not there were differences resulting from each measurement of biodegradation test on the second, seventh and fourteenth days. on the second day of the biodegradation test, the result of the analysis of variance showed a significant difference, meaning that variations in the addition of cassava peel starch significantly affected the bioplastic mass reduction on the second day. on the seventh day of the biodegradation test, based on the analysis of variance conducted, there was a significant difference. this shows that the addition of cassava peel starch variation produced a significant effect in the decrease in bioplastic mass on the seventh day. on the fourteenth day, the result of the analysis variance showed a significant difference, which meant that the addition cassava peel starch variation significantly affected the decrease in bioplastic mass in the fourteenth day. data results above it was concluded that the addition cassava peel starch variation significantly affected the bioplastic mass reduction on the second, seventh and fourteenth days of biodegradation test in river water media. comparison of biodegradation test figure 7. graph of bioplastic mass reduction in soil and river water media. figure 7 showed bioplastic mass decreases more rapidly in soil media than in river water media. this is corroborated by the slope value of the biodegradation test linier equation in soil media of -0.1502 and for biodegradation test of river water media of -0.0948. several factors including the availability of water temperature, the amount of oxygen used, minerals, carbon ph and energy sources affect the growth of microorganisms in each test medium (manika et al., 35.00 45.00 55.00 65.00 75.00 85.00 95.00 105.00 0 2 4 7 8 10 11 14 0 2 4 7 8 10 11 14 0 grams 100.00 88.70 86.54 83.99 79.08 76.19 71.36 65.97 5 grams 100.00 94.11 89.59 86.02 83.49 77.81 73.01 69.11 10 grams 100.00 93.45 85.35 82.77 76.39 72.06 64.45 58.42 15 grams 100.00 92.84 84.23 78.24 72.91 65.22 60.78 54.79 20 grams 100.00 90.58 82.50 77.21 74.09 57.55 42.87 37.05 40.00 50.00 60.00 70.00 80.00 90.00 100.00 0 2 4 7 8 10 11 14 0 2 4 7 8 10 11 14 0 grams 100.00 80.08 77.39 70.07 67.75 64.55 61.94 57.97 5 grams 100.00 81.69 79.65 78.03 75.85 69.79 67.35 61.25 10 grams 100.00 81.99 78.05 76.11 67.57 65.80 59.67 56.33 15 grams 100.00 76.33 74.26 66.22 64.11 60.67 56.94 54.49 20 grams 100.00 87.98 81.69 66.70 63.26 57.57 53.03 46.31 -2.2037 -2.1936 -2.9367 -3.3015 -4.5749 -2.6433 -2.3038 -2.8235 -2.8421 -3.8778 -5 -4.5 -4 -3.5 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 soil water syuhada et al. – the effect of cassava peel starch addition to bioplastic … 13 2015). the possibility of soil media is an optimal place for growth of microorganisms becomes abundant. this causes the bioplastic biodegradation process to occur more quickly in soil media. conclusion based in the results obtained, it was concluded that bioplastics during biodegradability tests on both media from the first day to the fourteenth day experienced a decreases in mass. the increasing amount of starch variation, the faster biodegradation occurs. the fastest mass reduction occurs in variation 20 bioplastics, while the slowest decrease occurs in variation 5 bioplastics. if a comparison of biodegradation rates is taken in both media, the fastest biodegradation process occurs in soil media. acknowledgements the author would like to thank integrated laboratory of uin sunan kalijaga yogyakarta for permission to conduct experiments. references afif, m., wijayanti, n., & mursiti, s. (2018). pembuatan dan karakterisasi bioplastik dari pati biji alpukat kitosan dengan plasticizer sorbitol. indonesian journal of chemical science, 7(2), 102-109. agustin, y. e., & padmawijaya, k. s. (2016). sintesis bioplastik dari kitosan pati kulit pisang kepok dengan penambahan zat aditif. teknik kimia, 10(2), 2-16. alam, m. n., nurafiani, & nurmalasari. (2018). pengaruh penambahan pati bonggol pisang terhadap sifat biodegradasi dari modifikasi plastik propilena menjadi bioplastik. dinamika, 9(1), 48-54. anita, z., akbar, f., & harahap, h. (2013). pengaruh penambahan gliserol terhadap sifat mekanik film plastik biodegradarsi dari pati kulit singkong. teknik kimia usu, 2(2), 37-41. asiah, m. (2010). uji biodegradasi bioplastik dari kitosan limbah kulit udang dan pati tapioka (biodegradation test of bioplastic based chitosan from shrimp waste and starch. biologi edukasi, 2(1), 13-19. emadian, m. s. (2016). biodegradation of bioplastic in natural environments. waste management, 59, 526-536. hastomo, b. (2009). analisis pengaruh sifat mekanik material terhadap distribusi tegangan pada proses deep drawing produk end cup hub body maker dengan menggunakan software abaqus 6.5-1. surakarta: ums. jabbar, & fatimah, u. (2017). pengaruh penambahan kitosan terhadap karakteristik bioplastik dari pati kulit kentang (solanum tuberosum l.). makassar: uin alauddin. jara, a. h., daza, l. d., a, d. m., m, j. a., s, j. f., & alexander, h. (2018). characterization of chitosan edible films obtained with various polymer concentrations and drying temperatur. biological macromolecules, 113, 1233-1240. kandasamy, n. (2005). development and characterization of antimicrobial edible films from crawfish chitosan. lsu doctoral disertation. kusnandar, f. (2010). kimia pangan komponen makro. jakarta: dian rakyat. mackay, r. g., & tait, j. m. (2011). handbook of chitosan research and application. new york: nova science publisher. manika sharma, p. s., & chandra, s. (2015). microbial degradation of plastic-a brief review. cibtech journal of microbiology, 4(1), 85-89. nahir, n. (2017). pengaruh penambahan kitosan terhadap karakteristik bioplastik dari pati biji asam (tamarindus indica l.). makassar: uin alauddin. nurseha, d. (2012). pengaruh penambahan platicizer sorbitol untuk pembuatan bioplastik dari pati kulit singkong. yogayakarta: uin sunan kalijaga. pathak, s., sneha, c., & mathew, b. (2014). bioplastics: its timeline scenario & challenges. polymer and biopolyer phys. chem, 2(4), 84-90. qudratullah, m. f. (2014). statistika terapan teori, contoh kasus dan aplikasi dengan spss. yogyakarta: andi. rohaeti, e. (2009). karakterisasi biodegradasi polimer. prosiding seminar nasional penelitian, 248-257. saputro, a. n., & ovita, a. l. (2017). sintesis dan karakteristik bioplastik dari kitosan-pati ganyong (canna edulis). kimia dan pendidikan kimia, 13-21. sedyadi, e., anggraini, d., & ekawati, d. p. (2016). strachglycerol based edible film and effect of rosella (hibiscus sabdariffa linn) extract and surini dumbo catfish (clarias gariepinus) addition on its mechanical properties. biology, medicine & natural product chemistry, 33-40. utami, m. r., latifah, & widiarti, n. (2014). sintesis plastik biodegradable dari kulit pisang dengan penambahan kitoan dan platicizer gliserol. indonesian journal of chemical science, 3(2), 163-167. wahyuningtyas, nanang, e., & suryanto, h. (2017). analysis of biodegradation of bioplastics made of cassava starch. mechanical engineering science and technology, 1(1). widyaningsih, s., kartika, d., & nurhayati, y. t. (2012). pengaruh penambahan sorbitol dan kalsium karbonat terhadap karakteristik dan sifat biodegradasi film dari pati kulit pisang. molekul, 7(1), 69-81. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 1, april 2021 | pages: 7-14 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.7-14 issn 2540-9328 (online) compliance level of textual therapeutic usage of kshirakakoli containing formulations with a serial ethnomedicinal survey and modern system of medicine gunpreet kaur1, vikas gupta1, ravinder sharma2, sanjiv kumar3, rg singhal4, ranjit singh4, parveen bansal1,* 1university centre of excellence in research, baba farid university of health sciences, faridkot, punjab, india 2university institute of pharmaceutical sciences, faridkot, punjab, india 2regional ayurveda research institute, ranikhet, uttarakhand, india 3shobhit university, meerut, uttar pradesh, india 4shobhit university, gangoh, uttar pradesh, india corresponding author* ucer_bfuhs@rediffmail.com, reetjattana21@gmail.com manuscript received: 19 november, 2020. revision accepted: 28 june, 2021. published: 01 july, 2021. abstract fritillaria roylei (kshirakakoli) is a primal plant used in ancient times. but nowadays, due to biotic and abiotic stress the plant has entered in the list of threatened medicinal plant. in ancient texts effective uses of formulations containing kshirakakoli are well mentioned but the information is not written in simple language due to which the therapeutic value of the plant is not well understood by scientific fraternity. so, there is a major need to perform ethno medicinal survey for the formulations containing kshirakakoli and compare their therapeutic uses as mentioned in text with the modern system of medicine. in this study, a field survey was performed in 4 states i.e., uttar pradesh, uttrakhand, punjab and himachal pradesh where the conversation regarding usage of this plant or formulation was done with 24 local medical practitioners, 18 shopkeepers and 4 traditional healers. the information thus obtained were recorded and then compared. results showed that the usage of kshirakakoli containing formulations was highest in himachal pradesh and uttrakhand. only few clinical studies have been done on these formulations. the effectiveness of the formulations against remedies alluded by the trado-medical practitioners claimed was found accurate as per ayurvedic textual literature. hence, the ethno medicinal survey provides a precise guidance to scientists for future research on these kshirakakoli containing formulations that are useful in plethora of disorders. keywords: ethnomedicinal survey; kshirakakoli; formulations; ayurveda; fritillaria roylei. introduction today, plant products, animal products, minerals and metals are used by pharmaceutical industries for production of majority of the ayurvedic as well as allopathic medicines. on the basis of information obtained from the traditional healers nearly 121 pharmaceutical products have been discovered (anesini and perez, 1993; kshiti, 2012). the knowledge of medicinal plants started fading away with the desertion of gurukul system of ancient teaching, as written details of most of the medicinal plants are not available (sharma and balkrishna, 2005). this also happened with eight plants of ashtawarga that are considered as very good rasayana with rejuvenating and health promoting properties that strengthens the immune system. due to high therapeutic properties, these plants are used in various ayurvedic formulations like taila (medicated oil), ghritam (medicated clarified butter), churana (powder) and other formulations of traditional medicinal system including chywanprash and other disease preventive tonics (dhyani et al., 2010). ‘ashtawarga’ a significant constituent of a variety of classical ayurvedic formulations has been assigned a variety of medicinal properties by ancient materia medica dealing with ayurveda and a subject of rigorous botanical research. kshirakakoli known as fritillaria roylei (one out of group of eight ashtwarga plants) come under the category of threatened species (saha et al., 2015). due to limited distribution in their natural habitat, today substitutes of ashtawarga plants are commonly used in ayurvedic formulations to meet the market demand. department of ayush, govt. of india has suggested use of substitutes in formulations in absence of original plants however this option is being exploited by manufacturers rendering such an important and precious plant in ignored condition (sagar, 2014; tewari,1991). hence it becomes important to highlight the therapeutic potentials of this plant in front of scientists so that a justified research shall be carried out on an important but ignored plant. fritillaria roylei contain various https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.7-14 8 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 7-14 active compounds like peimine, peiminine, peimisine, peimiphine, peimidine, peimitidine, propeimin, sterol and these active compounds possess galactogogue, haemostatic, ophthalmic and cytotoxic properties (chi et al., 1940; wu, 1944; chou, 1947; chatterjee et al., 1976; jiang et al., 2006). due to the lack of authentic species in natural habitats, systemized studies/clinical studies have not been carried out on this group of plants. a very few clinical studies related to its therapeutic potentials have been carried out. moreover, the information available is also highly scattered that is not organized in proper manner due to which it cannot be used by scientist groups working on such important plants. this plant is being used in a number of formulations of high therapeutic value as mentioned in ancient texts however a very limited data with scientific evidences is available in modern literature as well as on internet sources. ancient texts claim very potent uses of these formulations but as the information is available in regional languages or in sanskrit, so the real uses of the plant are not well understood by scientific fraternity. hence it becomes important to know the real status of the mentioned therapeutic potentials as well as practiced potentials by trado-medical practitioners (tmps) and put it in front of scientists so as to give a thrust to clinical studies on therapeutic effects as well as pharmacological actions of the plant. material and methods in india, particularly in the rural and remote areas, there are number of trado-medical practitioners (tmps) and various kshirakakoli containing ayurvedic formulations are used by these practitioners as a traditional medicine for the treatment of a variety of ailments. so, a folklore survey was taken in 2019 to recognize the therapeutic importance of available kshirakakoli containing formulations mainly in four states of northern india. a field survey was conducted around and in district headquarters and discussion was done with the 24 local medical practitioners, 18 shopkeepers and 4 traditional healers and the information related to these ayurvedic formulations was recorded. the information procured was validated by comparing the information given by at least four tmps. the medicinal uses of these formulations were recorded from the folklore claims and the standard literature of the indian systems of medicine. an effort has been made to highlight the traditional use of these formulations so as to enable the scientists to explore these formulations for further research studies. result and discussion the folklore survey was done in various districts in himachal pradesh (shimla, dharamshala, kangra, mandi, kullu and manali), punjab (sangrur, barnala, ludhiana, bhatinda, patiala, ferozepur, faridkot), uttrakhand (dehradun, haridwar, pauri garhwal, rudraprayag) and in uttar pradesh (agra, meerut, moradabad, mathura). it was observed that usages of 20 formulations containing kshirakakoli were maximum in himachal pardesh and uttrakhand followed by uttar pradesh and least in punjab. the excerpts of ayurvedic formulations containing kshirakakoli as one of the ingredients are listed in table 1. the compliance level of therapeutic uses of kshirakakoli containing formulations as per ancient literature with trado-medical practitioners (tmps) and pre-clinical/clinical trials/case studies as per modern system of medicine are enumerated as in table 2. these formulations have been indicated in a plethora of reproductive disorders, loss of digestion, insanity, depression, depletion of body tissue, emaciation, phthisis, cures gout arthritis pervading the whole body, heart disease, facial paralysis, diseases of the head/neck and epilepsy. similar type of ethnomedicinal survey was conducted by the authors for kakoli containing formulations (kaur et al., 2019). so, there is a need of hour to explore kakoli and kshirakakoli containing important formulations for further trials. table 1. excerpts of ayurvedic formulations containing kshirakakoli. s. no. formulation shloka’s references 1. jeevaneeya gana तद्यथा – जीवकर्षभकौ मेदा महामेदा काकोली क्षीरकाकोली मुदपर्णीमार्पर्ण्यो जीवन्ती मधुकमममत दशेमामि जीविीयामि भवन्तन्त hebbar, 2015a 2. shukrala / kamdev ghrita शुक्रलैजीविीयैश्च ब ृंहरै्णबषलवधषिैैः | क्षीरसञ्जििैशै्चव पयैः मसद्धृं प थक् प थक्||६|| युक्तृं गोधूमचूरे्णि सघ तक्षौद्र शकष रम्| पयाषयेर्ण प्रयोक्तव्यममच्छता शुक्रमक्षयम्||७|| hebbar, 2015a 3. khuddaka taila/ khuddaka padmaka tailam पद्मकोशीर यष्ट्याह्व रजिी क्वाथ सामधतम्| स्यात् मपषै्ैः सजष ममञ्जष्ठा वीरा काकोमल चन्दिैैः ||११४|| खुड्डाक पद्मकममदृं तैलृं वातास्र दाहिुत्|११५| इमत खुड्डाक पद्मकृं तैलम्| hebbar, 2016a kaur, et al. – compliance level of textual therapeutic usage of kshirakakoli … 9 4. madhuparnyadi taila मधुकस्य शतृं द्राक्षा खजूषरामर्ण परूर्कम्| मधूकौदिपाक्यौ च प्रस्थृं मुञ्जातकस्य च||९६|| काश्मयाषढकममते्यतच्चतुद्रोरे्ण पचेदपाम्| शेरे्ऽष्भागे पूते च तन्तमृंसै्तलाढकृं पचेत्||९७|| तथाऽऽमलक काश्मयष मवदारीकु्ष रसैैः समैैः | चतुद्रोरे्णि पयसा कल्कृं दत्त्वा पलोन्तितम्||९८|| कदम्बामलकाक्षोट पद्म बीज कशेरुकम्| hebbar, 2016a 5. mahasneham ghrita जीवकर्षभकौ मेदाम ष्यप्रोक्ताृं शतावरीम्| मधुकृं मधुपर्णीं च काकोलीद्वयमेव च||७२|| मुद्ग मार्ाख्यपमर्णषन्यौ दशमूलृं पुििषवाम्| बलाम ता मवदारीश्च साश्वगन्धाश्मभेदकाैः ||७३|| एर्ाृं कर्ाय कल्काभ्ाृं समपषसै्तलृं च साधयेत्| लाभतश्च वसा मज्ज धान्व प्रातुद वैन्तिरम्||७४|| चतुगुषरे्णि पयसा तत् मसद्धृं वात शोमर्णतम्| hebbar, 2016a 6. paste prepared of drugs belonging to jivaniya group, cow-milk and muscle fat/ dhanwantharam thailam समूलाग्रच्छदैरण्डक्वाथे मद्व प्रान्तस्थकृं प थक्| घ तृं तैलृं वसा मज्जा चािूप म ग पमक्षर्णाम्||१४१|| कल्काथे जीविीयामि गव्यृं क्षीरमथाजकम्| हररद्रोत्पल कुषै्ठला शताह्वाश्वहिच्छदाि् ||१४२|| मबल्व मात्राि् प थक् पुष्पृं काकुभृं चामप साधयेत्| मधून्तच्छष् पलान्यष्ौ दद्याच्छीतेऽवताररते||१४३|| hebbar, 2016a 7. sneha parisheka से्नहै मषधुर मसदै्धवाष चतुमभषैः परररे्चयेत्| स्तम्भाके्षपक शूलातं कोषै्णदाषहे तु शीतलैैः ||१२५|| hebbar, 2016a 8. parushaka ghrita त्रायन्तन्तका तामलकी मद्वकाकोली शतावरी| कशेरुका कर्ायेर्ण कलै्करेमभैः पचेद्ध तम्||५८|| दत्त्वा परूर्का द्राक्षा काश्मयेकु्षरसाि् समाि्| प थन्तिदायाषैः स्वरसृं तथा क्षीरृं चतुगुषर्णम्||५९|| एतत् प्रायोमगकृं समपषैः पारूर्कमममत म तम्| वातरके्त क्षते क्षीरे्ण वीसपे पैमिके ज्वरे||६०|| इमत पारूर्कृं घ तम्| hebbar, 2016a 9. bala ghrita/taila बलाममतबलाृं मेदामात्मगुप्ाृं शतावरीम्| काकोलीृं क्षीरकाकोलीृं रास्नाम न्तद्धृं च पेर्येत्||५६|| घ तृं चतुगुषर्ण क्षीरृं तैैः मसद्धृं वातरक्तिुत्| हृत्पाणु्डरोग वीसपष कामला ज्वर िाशिम्||५७|| hebbar, 2016a 10. sukumara taila/ sukumara kashaya मधुकस्य शतृं द्राक्षा खजूषरामर्ण परूर्कम्| मधूकौदिपाक्यौ च प्रस्थृं मुञ्जातकस्य च||९६|| काश्मयाषढकममते्यतच्चतुद्रोरे्ण पचेदपाम्| शेरे्ऽष्भागे पूते च तन्तमृंसै्तलाढकृं पचेत्||९७|| तथामलक काश्मयष मवदारीकु्षरसैैः समैैः | चतुद्रोरे्णि पयसा कल्कृं दत्त्वा पलोन्तितम्||९८|| कदम्बामलकाक्षोट पद्म बीज कशेरुकम्| शृङ्गाटकृं शृङ्गवेरृं लवार्णृं मपप्पलीृं मसताम्||९९|| hebbar, 2016a 11. snehopaga gana/ (adjuvants of snehana/oleation treatment) म द्वीका मधुक मधुपर्णी मेदामवदारी काकोली क्षीरकाकोली जीवक जीवन्ती शालपर्ण्यष इमत दशेमामि से्नहोपगामि भवन्तन्त hebbar, 2016a 12. shukrala shukrajanana/ shukra-shodhana-janana granules जीवकर्षभक काकोली क्षीरकाकोली मुदपर्णी मार्पर्णी मेदाव द्धरूहा जमटला कुमलड्गा इमत दशेमामि शुक्रजििामि भवन्तन्त hebbar, 2016a 13. jivaniya mahakashaya तैलप्रस्थृं घ तप्रस्थृं जीविीयैैः पलोन्तितैैः | क्षीरद्रोरे्ण पचेत् मसद्धमपमारमविाशिम्||२८|| hebbar, 2016a 14. amruta prasha ghruta/ amritaprasha ghrita जीवकर्षभकौ वीराृं जीवन्तीृं िागरृं शटीम्| चतस्रैः पमर्णषिीमेदे काकोल्यौ दे्व मिमदन्तिके||३५|| पुििषवे दे्व मधुकमात्मगुप्ाृं शतावरीम्| ऋन्तद्धृं परूर्कृं भागीं म द्वीकाृं ब हतीृं तथा||३६|| शृङ्गाटकृं तामलकीृं पयस्याृं मपप्पलीृं बलाम्| बदराक्षोट खजूषर वातामामभरु्कार्ण्यमप||३७|| hebbar, 2015b 10 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 7-14 15. phalakalyan grita/ taila uttara basti कमर्णषन्य चरर्णाशुियोमि प्राक्चरर्णासु च||१०२|| कफवाते च दातव्यृं तैलमुिर बन्तस्तिा| hebbar, 2016b 16. siva gutika/shiva gritham मेदाृं पयस्याृं जीवन्तीृं मवदारी ृं कण्टकाररकाम्| श्वदृंष््ाृं क्षीररकाृं मार्ाि् गोधूमाञ्छामलर्मष्काि्||८|| पयस्यधोदके पक्त्वा कामर्षकािाढकोन्तिते| मववजषयेत् पयैः शेर्ृं तत् पूतृं क्षौद्रसमपषर्ा||९|| युक्तृं सशकष रृं पीत्वा व द्धैः सप्मतकोऽमप वा| मवपुलृं लभतेऽपत्यृं युवेव च स हृष्यमत||१०|| hebbar, 2016b 17. vrishya pooplika फलािाृं जीविीयािो न्तििािाृं रूमचकाररर्णाम् । कुडवशू्चमर्णषतािाृं स्यात् स्वयड्गुमाफलस्य च ॥ १५ ॥ कुडवशै्चव मार्ार्णाृं द्वौ च मतलमुद्र्यो :। गोघूमशामलचूर्णाषिाृं कुडव: कुडवो भवेत्॥ १६ ॥ hebbar, 1998 18. upatyakari shashtikadi gutika आमसक्त क्षीरमापूर्णषमशुिृं शुद्ध र्मष्कम्| उदूखले समापोथ्य पीडयेत् क्षीरममदषतम्||३|| ग हीत्वा तृं रसृं पूतृं गवे्यि पयसा सह| बीजािामात्मगुप्ाया धान्य मार् रसेि च||४|| hebbar, 2016c 19. mahamayura ghrita/ mahanarayan tailm एतेिैव कर्ायेर्ण घ त प्रस्थृं मवपाचयेत्| चतुगुषरे्णि पयसा कलै्करेमभश्च कामर्षकैैः ||१६६|| जीवन्ती मत्रफला मेदा म द्वीकमधष परूर्कैैः | समङ्गा चमवका भागी काश्मरी सुरदारुमभैः ||१६७|| आत्मगुप्ा महामेदा ताल खजूषर मस्तकैैः | hebbar, 2015c 20. jivantyadi ghrita एवमेव क्षीर समपष जीविीयोपसामधतम्||६९|| गभषदृं मपिलािाृं च योिीिाृं स्यान्तिर्न्तितम्|७०| hebbar, 2015c table 2. compliance level of therapeutic uses of kshirakakoli containing formulations as per ancient literature with trado-medical practitioners (tmps) and pre-clinical/clinical trials/case studies as per modern system of medicine. sr. no. formulations therapeutic uses as per texts therapeutic uses as mentioned by trado-medical practitioners (tmps) pre-clinical/clinical trials/case studies as per modern system of medicine 1. amruta prasha ghruta/ amritaprasha ghrita 1. cough 2. hiccup 3. fever 4. asthma 5. burning sensation 6. morbid thirst 7. an ailment characterized by bleeding from different parts of the body 8. vomiting 9. fainting 10. diseases of heart 11. female genetial tract 12. urinary tract 13. procreation of male child 14. joint problems and other diseases caused by unbalanced vata & pitta doshas. yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no yes no yes yes no no no no no no no no no no no no no yes improves the nonspecific immunity against rheumatoid arthritis (lekurwalel et al., 2010). 2. jeevaneeya gana 1. enlivening 2. anti-aging 3. antioxidant yes yes yes no no no 3. jivantyadi ghrita 1. cure female infertility 2. cure cataract and glaucoma yes yes no yes effective in treatment and controlling of computer vision syndrome and helpful in curing myopia (vinaik et al., 2013; shukla et al., 2011). kaur, et al. – compliance level of textual therapeutic usage of kshirakakoli … 11 4. khuddaka taila/ khuddaka padmaka tailam 1. gout 2. burning sensation yes yes no no 5. madhuparnyadi taila 1. cures vatarakta 2. pain in limbs 3. affliction of the whole body 4. it also promotes strength and complexion. yes yes yes yes no no no no 6. mahamayura ghrita/ mahanarayan tailm 1. neuro-muscular disorders 2. cough 3. asthma 4. inflammation 5. diseases of the female genital tract 6. menstrual disorders yes yes yes yes yes yes no no yes yes used to treat inflammation, pain and arthritis, useful in treatment of chronic back pain, useful in treatment of female infertility, provide strength to the local soft tissues, thus play significant role in the management of cervical spondylosis or osteoarthritis of cervical spine (pawar et al., 2011; panda and debnath, 2011; kaushik et al., 2017; kunjibettu et al., 2017). 7. mahasneham ghrita 1. gout 2. serious diseases caused by the aggravated vata 3. arthritis yes yes no no 8. paste prepared of drugs belonging to jivaniya group, cow-milk and muscle fat/ dhanwantharam thailam 1. cures pain 2. gout 3. kyphosis (spinal disorder) no yes yes no no no 9. phalakalyan grita/ taila uttara basti 1. uterine tonic 2. gynecological disorders yes yes no yes useful in treatment of female infertility (kunjibettu et al., 2017). 10. shukrala/ kamdev ghrita 1. improves semen and sperm production yes no 11. siva gutika/shiva gritham 1. diabetes mellitus 2. bronchitis 3. anemia 4. cardiac diseases 5. epilepsy 6. psychotic diseases 7. skin diseases 8. infertility in women/men 9. liver diseases no no yes yes yes yes no yes yes no no no no no no no no yes used in treatment of chronic liver and highly effective in treatment of hiv/aids and acute deep vein thrombosis (wasedar et al., 2017; rathod et al., 2013; pusuluri et al., 2017). 12. sneha parisheka 1. stiffness 2. convulsion 3. gout 4. burning sensation yes yes yes yes no no no no 12 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 7-14 13. sukumara taila/ sukumara kashaya 1. lower abdominal pain in women 2. menstrual pain 3. inflammation 4. constipation 5. promotes robustness in body and positive health yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes helps in improving the quality of the ovum by regularizing the menstrual cycle which enhanced rate of conception and also used in treatment of complete rectal prolapse (vanishree and kumari, 2017; shripathi et al., 2017). 14. upatyakari shashtikadi gutika 1. male fertility yes no 15. vrishya pooplika 1. aphrodisiac yes no 16. bala ghrita/taila 1. gout 2. enemia 3. jaundice 4. uterine diseases 5. provides strength to children no yes relieves constipation in pregnant women (sharma et al., 2017). no yes helps in improving females reproductive disorders (patel, 2018). yes message contributes positive effects to health of new born child (sharma et al., 2017). 17. parushaka ghrita 1. menstrual pain 2. menorrhagia 3. anemia 4. respiratory disorder 5. jaundice yes yes act as good uterine tonic by providing strength to uterus (vartak and mehere, 2019) no no no 18. shukrala shukrajanana/ shukrashodhanajanana granules 1. improves quality and quantity of semen and sperm yes provides strength and increases sperm count (girish, 2017). 19. snehopaga gana/ (adjuvants of snehana/oleation treatment) 1. dry skin conditions 2. neuromuscular disorders 3. muscular dystrophy 4. wasting disorders no no no no 20. jivaniya mahakashaya 1. provides strength 2. immunity booster 3. improves quality of semen 4. aphrodisiac 5. hormonal disturbances in women 6. nervousness dizziness no no no no no no conclusion the analysis of literature reveals that fritillaria roylei is a wonder plant used by saints/rishies since ages however due to a number of reasons; plant has been ignored for its therapeutic uses. this survey clearly indicates that there is a need of deciphering the textual references given in regional languages and use them for new drug development process. as clearly indicated in textual as well as in survey, most of the kshirakakoli kaur, et al. – compliance level of textual therapeutic usage of kshirakakoli … 13 containing formulations have been recommended for number of disorders in men and women. however, there is lack of such patent formulations as well systemized clinical trials that could prove to be useful in highlighting the real therapeutic potentials of kshirakakoli containing formulations. hence this survey provides a template for scientists for further screening and research on these formulations that are useful in plethora of disorders. financial support: none acknowledgment: the authors are thankful to the tradomedical practitioners (tmps) for sharing their precious traditional knowledge. conflict of interest: the authors declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references anesini, c., perez, c. (1993). screening of plants used in argentine folk medicine for antimicrobial activity. journal of ethnopharmacology, 39(2) 119-128. https://doi.org/ 10.1016/0378-8741 (93) 90027-3. chatterjee, a., dhara, k.p., pascard, c., prange, t. (1976). kashmirine, a new steroidal alkaloid from fritillaria roylei, hook (liliaceae). tetrahedron lett., 33 2903-2904. chi, y.f., kao, y.s., chang, k.j. (1940). the alkaloids of fritilaria roylei. ii. isolation of peiminine1. journal of the american chemical society, 62(11) 2896-2897. doi: https://doi.org/10.1021/ja01868a002 chou, t.q. (1947). some minor alkaloids of pei‐mu, fritillaria roylei. j. am. pharma. assoc., 36(7) 215-217. doi: https://doi.org/10.1002/jps.3030360707. dhyani, a., nautiyal, b.p., nautiyal, m.c. (2010). importance of astavarga plants in traditional systems of medicine in garhwal, indian himalaya. int. j. biodiv. sc., ecosystem services & management, 6(1-2)13-19. doi: https://doi.org/10.1080/ 21513732 .2010.521490. girish, k.j. (2017). clinical study on effectiveness of shukrashodhana-janana granules and erandmula kvatha in patients of oligospermia. journal of ayurveda physicians & surgeons, 4(3) 35-38. issn 23946350 hebbar, j.v. (2016b). charaka samhita chikitsa sthana; vatavyadhi chikitsa adhyaya: chapter 28, http://www.easyayurveda.com/2016/01/03/charakavatavyadhi-chikitsa-28/ 2016b. [date last accessed 03 march 2018]. hebbar, j.v. (1998). charak samhita, chaukhambha orientalia varanasi, volume ii, section 6 chikitsasthanam, chapter ii, qtr 3 (2.3), shloka 15-17 45. hebbar, j.v. (2015a). charak samhita sutrasthana; mashaparna bhrutiya adhyaya charaka chikitsa 2.3, http://www.easyayurveda.com/2015/07/21/charaka-chikitsa2.3-chapter-mashaparna-bhrutiya/2015a. [date last accessed 03 march 2018]. hebbar, j.v. (2015b). charaka samhita chikitsa; charaka kshatasheena chikitsa: chapter 11, http://www.easyayurveda.com/2015/09/23/charakakshatasheena-chikitsa/. 2015b. [date last accessed 03 march 2018]. hebbar, j.v. (2015c). charaka chikitsa; trimarmeeya chikitsa: chapter 26, http://www. easyayurveda.com /2015/12/22/ trimarmeeya-chikitsa-charaka-26/ 2015c. [date last accessed 03 march 2018]. hebbar, j.v. (2016a). charaka samhita chikitsa sthana; charaka samhita vatarakta chikitsa: chapter 29, http://www.easyayurveda.com /2016/01/06/ charakavatarakta-chikitsa-29/ 2016a. [date last accessed 03 march 2018]. hebbar, j.v. (2016c). charaka samhita sutrasthana asikta kshiriya vajikarana pada: charak chikitsa 2.2, http://www.easyayurveda.com/2016/02/02/charaka-chikitsasthana-30th-chapter-yoni-vyapat/2016c. [date last accessed 03 march 2018]. jiang, y., li, p., l,i h.j., yu, h. (2006). new steroidal alkaloids from the bulbs of fritillaria puqiensis. steroids, 71(9) 843848. doi: https://doi.org/ 10.1016/j. steroids. 2006.05.016 kaur, g., gupta, v., kumar, s., singhal, r.g., maithani, m., bansal, p. (2019). compliance level of textual therapeutic usage of kakoli-containing formulations with ethnomedicinal survey and modern system of medicine. imam journal of applied sciences, 4(2) 62-68. doi: https://doi.org/ 10.4103/ijas.ijas_1_19. kaushik, r., sharma, p., prakash, o. (2017). management of cervical spondylosis through ayurveda: a case study. int. j. res. ayu. pharm. 8(2) 179-181. doi: https://doi.org//10.7897/2277-4343.082109 kshiti, s. (2012). introduction of ayurveda and human potential: the first life science. journal of phytopharmacology, 1(2) 1-5. issn: 2320-480x kunjibettu, s., chaudhari, k., dei, l. (2017). role of uttarabasti in the management of female infertility-evidence based critical review. j. ayu. & holistic med., 5(1) 1-12. issn2321-1563 lekurwalel, p.s., pandey, k., yadaiah, p. (2010). management of amavata with ‘amrita ghrita’: a clinical study. ayu, 31(4) 430-435. doi: https://doi.org/ 10.4103/0974-8520. 82033. panda, a.k., debnath, s.k. (2011). effectiveness of kativasthi and excersice in chronic low back pain: a randomized control study. int. j. resh. ayu. pharm. 2(2) 338-342. patel, j. (2018). clinical efficacy of bala taila uttarbasti the management of urethral stricture: case report. int. j. curr. resh. 10(8) 73068-73071. doi: https://doi.org /10.24941/ ijcr.32201.08.2018. pawar, s.d., gaidhani, s.n., anandan, t. (2011). evaluation of anti inflammatory, analgesic and anti-arthritic activity of mahanarayana tailam in laboratory animals. adv. pharmacol. toxicol., 12(3) 33-42. issn 0973-2381 pusuluri, y.v.s.m.k., wasedar, v.s., dani, h. (2017). effect of punarnavadi mandoor and shiva gutika in acute deep vein thrombosisa case report. j. ayu. integ. med. sci., 2(4) 296-298. doi: https://doi.org/10.21760/jaims.v2i4.9371. rathod, m., mutha, r., murgesh, s., sharma, a., acharya, g.s., sharma, a.k. (2013). clinical study to evaluate the therapeutic effect of shivagutika in patients with h.i.v. int. ayu. med. j. 1(3) 1-7. issn:23205091 sagar, p.k. (2014). adulteration and substitution in endangered, asu herbal medicinal plants of india, their legal status, 14 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 7-14 scientific screening of active phytochemical constituents. int. j. pharm. sci. res., 5(9) 4023-4039. doi: https://doi.org/ 10.13040/ijpsr.0975-8232.5 (9).4023-4039. saha, d., ved, d., ravikumar, k., haridasan, k., dhyani, a. (2015). lilium polyphyllum. the iucn red list of threatened species, 2015. available at: www.iucnredlist.org. [date last accessed 25, nov, 2019]. sharma, b.d., balkrishna, a.v. (2005). vitality strengthening astavarga plants (jeevaniya & vayasthapan paudhe), divya publishers, uttaranchal (india). sharma, p., nariyal, v., sharma, s., sharma, a. (2017). reproductive and child health care through bala taila: a review on ayurveda formulation. int. j. res. ayurveda pharm. 8(3) 1-4. doi: https://doi.org/10.7897/22774343.083132. shripathi, a.h., malagi, k.j., hebbar, k.r. (2017). evaluating the importance of bahya and abhyantara prayoga of mushika taila in complete rectal prolapse: a case study. int. j. ayu. pharm. chem. 7(2) 120-128. issn 2350-0204. shukla, v. j., poonam manjusha, r., vaghela, d. b. (2011). a clinical study on the role of akshi tarpana with jeevantyadi ghrita in timira (myopia). ayu, 32(4) 540-545. doi: https://doi.org/10.4103/0974-8520.96130. tewari, n.n. (1991). some crude drugs: source, substitute and adulterant with special reference to ktm crude drug market. sachitra ayurved, 44(4) 284-290. vanishree, s.k., kumari, c.a. (2017). treating post salphyngectomy infertility with ayurvedaa case study. world j. of pharmacy and pharmaceutical sci., 6(12) 14451453. doi: https://doi.org/10.20959/wjpps201712-10584. vartak, r.v., mehere, s. (2019). effect of ashoka ghrita in asrigdhar (menorrhagia): a case study. ayur log: national j. research in ayurved science, 3(2) 1-5. issn: 2320-7379 vinaik, a., kataria, a., singhal, h.k., kumar, k. (2013). a clinical study on jeevaniya ghrita and drishti prasadaka yoga (formulated compound) in the management of computer vision syndrome (cvs) w.s.r shushkakshipaka. int. ayurvedic medical journal, 1(6) 154-162. doi: https://doi.org/10.4103/0974-8520.108831 wasedar, v.s., kapoor, t., rao, n. (2017). chronic liver disease management in ayurveda w.s.r. to garavisha (artificial poison) – a case report. int. ayu. med. j. 1(3) 364-368. issn: 23205091 wu, y.h. (1944). the constituents of fritillaria roylei. j. am. chem. soc., 66(10) 1778-1780. doi: https://doi.org/10.1021/ja01238a048. biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 9, number 1, april 2020 | pages: 27-32 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2020.91.27-32 issn 2540-9328 (online) the potential of chrysin of oroxylum indicum l. to induce carbonic anhydrase (ca) to improve cattle fertility mohamad amin1,*, muhammad najib fahmi2, muhammad andi ali ridho2, nurul fitri2, umie lestari1, dina maulina3, ihya fakhrurizal amin4 1department of biology, faculty of mathematics and sciences, universitas negeri malang, jl. semarang 5, malang, indonesia 2postgraduate program of biological education, universitas negeri malang, jl. semarang 5, malang, indonesia 3biology education, faculty of teacher training and education, universitas lampung, jl. prof. dr. soemantri brojonegoro no. 1, lampung, indonesia 4faculty of medicine, university of indonesia, universitas indonesia, jl. salemba raya no.4, central jakarta city, jakarta, indonesia corresponding author* mohamad.amin.fmipa@um.ac.id manuscript received: 11 april, 2020. revision accepted: 15 april, 2020. published: 16 april, 2020. abstract the artificial insemination (ai) aims to develop the potential of the cattle reproduction comprehensively. the success of ai results is highly dependent on the level of livestock fertility. therefore, improv the quality and quantity of semen could be done by ho rmone induction. however, hormone prices are expensive. this problem could be overcome using alternative way with the natural compound containing chrysin which might has the same function. the purpose of the study was analyze the potential of chrysin compound from bungli plant (oroxylum indicum) as fertilizer of males through bioinformatics approach. methods performed through data search by webserver with the following stages: (1) pubchem, (2) swiss (3) target prediction, (4) uniprot, (5) protein data bank and (6) docking software using pyrx, pymol and discovery studio. the results showed that the chrysin compound interact with carbonic anhydrase (ca) expressed from the testes of the cattle, through van der waals and pi-alkyl bonds. chrysin is effective as ca ligand inducers based on affinity bonds (-8.4 kcal/mole) and more negatively than flavonol as a control compound with binding affinity (-6.2 kcal/mol). this suggests that chrysin is an effective compound as a potential drug for improved livestock fertility. keywords: bioinformatic; carbonic anhydrase; chrysin; fertility. bungli plant (oroxylum indicum l.). introduction indonesia has a wealth of natural resources that can be optimized to support the productivity of livestock, including herbs that it mixed in the form of traditional herbal medicine (motaleb et al., 2010; salim & munadi, 2017). herbal plants can be processed into livestock herbs and are useful for increasing the cattle fertility and can reduce the use of hormones (balittro, 2015; affandhy et al., 2017). increasing the productivity of beef cattle through artificial insemination (ai) is one of the achievement programs of beef self-sufficiency (direktorat pangan dan pertanian, 2010). the success of the artificial insemination program (ai) is highly dependent on the fertility of the cattle (foote et al., 1999). the quality and quantity improvement of semen is conducted through hormones function (walker et al, 2005; afriani, et al., 2014). one of the active compounds that play a role to increase the fertility of cattle is chrysin, a herb plant compound found in bungli plant (oroxylum indicum l.). oroxylum indicum l. (lamiales: bignoniaceae) is native to india that used as an ingredient in the manufacture of medicines (deka et al., 2013). this plant is found in primary and secondary forests or in open areas (djarwaningsih, 1992). the distribution of the plant is covering at philippines, indochina, siam, india and indonesia (java, sumatra, borneo, sulawesi, nusa tenggara and maluku). it has many benefits for health, all part of this plant contain useful compounds that can be used for traditional medicine (deb, et al., 2016). the previous research showed that this plant is not toxic when consumed by human and animal even in high doses (lawania et al., 2010). research about the bungli plant based on in vivo and in vitro tests revealed that bungli has benefit as antimicrobial (islam, 2010), antifree radical (kalaivani et al., 2009), antiulcer (khandar et al., 2006), genotoxic (tepsuwan et al., 1992), anti cancer (roy et al., 2007), antioxidants (upaganlawar et al., 2007; tenpe et al., 2009), and many other functions that have yet proven. this plant contains flavonoids and oils almost in all its parts (sankara et al., 1972). flavonoids consist of a large group of polyphenolic compounds that have benzo-γ-piron structures and are ubiquitous in plants. they are synthesized by phenylpropanoid pathways. available reports tend to show that phenolic secondary metabolites including flavonoids are responsible for https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2020.91.27-32 28 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 27-32 various pharmacological activities (mahomoodally et al., 2005; pandey, 2007). chrysin and baicalein are the most commonly found flavonoid compounds in bungli plant (yan et al., 2011). the leaf part contains baicalein, 6 and 7-glucoronide, chrysin, anthraquinone and aloe-emodin. the bark contains flavones of oroxylin, chrysin, baicalein, and biochanin-a. while at the root of this plant contains chrysin, skutelarin-7-rutinsococic, weak acid, alkaloids, cytosterol, galactose, baicalein, and biochanin-a (lawania et al., 2010). chrysin, in the chemical name called 5.7 dihydroxyflavone, is a natural polyphenol compound found in bungli plant, honey and several other plants (morissette, et al., 2017). chrysin is a flavone-derived compound that has biological activity, has various pharmacological effects including anti-inflammatory, anti-cancer, and antioxidant (manoharan et al., 2012). chrysin is a compound of the flavonoid group found in honey, propolis, and plant extracts, which is a powerful antioxidant that has been widely studied because of its mechanism of action to prevent the conversion of testosterone hormones into estrogen through inhibition of the cyp19 enzyme (ommati et al., 2013; akhlaghi et al., 2014). the benefits of these compounds are commonly used by bodybuilding athletes as a testosterone enhancer, but also known as antineoplastic (neuman et al., 2002), anti-inflammatory (eid et al., 2006; rengaraj et al., 20015), anti hypertension (min et al., 2016), antiaging (mantawy et al., 2014). in addition, it can protect against the effects of oxidative and inflammatory injury (mantawy, et al., 2014) along with steroidogenic activity (jana et al., 2008) and antiaromatase (campbell et al., 1993). based on these reasoning, chrysin is an attractive candidate to evaluate its effect on reproduction. several studies using animal models reported that chrysin improved sperm parameters (jana et al., 2008; campbell et al., 1993), raising testosterone level, and preventing oxidative damage caused by exposure to toxic chemicals (dhawan et al., 2002; ciftci et al., 2012). ca (carbonic anhydrase) is a zinc metalloenzyme class that catalyzes reversible hydrogen carbon dioxide. ca has many different physiological functions and seven different isozymes have been characterized in mammals (hewett-emmett et al., 2000). ca is abundant in spermatozoa (parkkila et al., 1991) and its presence may be associated with maintenance of adequate intraspermatozoal bicarbonate concentration required to control sperm motility and acrosome reactions (tajima et al., 1987). the presence of ca in male reproductive organs was first shown about 50 years ago. mawson & fisher (1952) showed that biochemically approach the homogenate dorsolateral mouse prostate contained a large amount of ca activity. many researchers then confirm these findings (fisher et al., 1955; pincus & bialy 1963; leiter 1964; mcintosh 1969). biochemical studies have also shown that human and mice seminal vesicles contain the activity of ca (miyake & pincus, 1959; maren 1967). ca activity in rats' prostate and seminal vesicles was found to be regulated by androgens. the benefits of chrysin compounds in the bangli plants that could increase male fertility by binding to carbonic anhydrase (ca) protein had tested in silico. this study aims to investigated the chrysin compound from bungli as a male cattle fertility drug based on in silico screening. methods retrieval of sample this research used chrysin as spesific compound from oroxylum indicum l. the substance is the most abundant compound in oroxylum indicum l (manoharan et al., 2012; morissette, litim, & paolo, 2017) and it has been reported to have antioxidant activity. therefore, chrysin was selected as a specific sample for analysis. in addition, the compositions of chrysin were obtained from the compounds database of pubchem. ligand preparation the chemical structure of 3d and smiles ligands (chrysin) is taken from pubchem compound database (https://pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/) with id number: 5281607. target selection input chrysin’s smiles on pharmmapper (http://lilab.ecust.edu.cn) to identify potential target candidates using mapping approaches swiss target predictions (http: //www.swisstargetprediction.c/) and chemical structure associations with molecular 3d. molecular docking process the molecular reverse docking was used to observe the interactions of chrysin with a target protein. it was identified using: collection of 3d natural compounds structure, predictions of target protein, receptor profiling, and clarification of the potential of chrysin compounds based on mode of action using pyrx 0.8 software. the collection of natural compounds structure from pubchem was used to identify the biological activity from small molecule. the pubchem was confirmed by three databases that are connected with ncbi’s information systems, including pubchem substance, pubchem compound, and pubchem bioassay. therefore, 3d structure of the chrysin would be obtained. predictions of target protein was identified using pharmmapper, superpred and swiss target prediction software. they were used to identify the bioactive amin et al. – the potential of chrysin of oroxylum indicum l. to induce … 29 molecule in the animal body. it was performed in order to observe the molecular mechanism that is fundamental as phenotype and their site of biological activity. the next process, receptor profiling process was obtained using two online databases: uniprot and rscb protein data bank. the 3d structures are required to further analyze the receptor proteins. the last stage was performed using the vina wizard feature which is integrated in pyrx 0.8 software. it was minimized to obtain the most suitable conformation before the interaction with the target protein. information obtained from pathway analysis was clarified to identify the action mechanism of chrysin compounds towards the target protein concerned. the natural compound and the control inhibitor compounds (inhibitor compounds or target protein activator) were used as a ligand in this step (maulina, et al., 2018). molecular interaction and visualization finally, the molecular interaction and visualization of the docking results were analyzed using pymol and ligplus+ software. in this stage, a profiling visualization of an interaction between chrysin compounds with the target protein was conducted. all of the bound chrysin and receptor that interact directly can be observed. therefore, the new chrysin receptor was analyzed for their structure and function mechanisms in the animal body metabolism specificly in the cattle (maulina, et al., 2018; amin, et al., 2018). result and discussion reverse docking is a method used to predict the interaction activity between ligand (compound/drug) with receptors (protein/target) (kharkar et al., 2014). based on the docking of ca (carbonate anhydrase) pdb id: 1jd0) with a resolution of 1.95 å, chrysin compound was known as a ligand informing that both have binding affinities (-8.3 kcal/mol). the results of molecular visualization and molecular interaction using pymol software found that chrysin binds to target the protein (ca) in the same binding site with the control compound (flavonol) via binding for van der waals, unfavorable bump and pi-alkyl arg b: 2401, pro b: 240, hoh: b, 2617, thr b: 233, tyr b: 231, hoh b: 2572 glu b: 248 ser b: 239 as shown in figure 1. so it can be suggest that chrysin has the same function as flavonol as ligand ca for male fertility. chrysin as a natural favonoid compound, previously used to increase testosterone (brown, et al., 2001; dhawan, et al., 2002). ciftci, et al., (2011) had studied the steroidogenic effects of flavonoid compounds and found that chrysin significantly increases steroidogenesis in leydig cells primarily by increasing star gene expression. the effects of chrysin compound was confirmed by ciftci, et al., (2012) reporting where the levels of testicular antioxidant enzymes such as sod, cat and gsh-px coincide with gsh increased significantly after chrysin administration. the chrysin-treated male albino mice had more sperm count, a much higher fertility rate when mated to proestrous female mice (dhawan, et al., 2002). higher sperm count and motility along with lower percentage of sperm abnormality were also noted in their study. in addition to the antioxidant effects, both in vivo and in vitro studies have confirmed the potential of chrysin to increase testosterone levels and then male sex drive (jana et al., 2008; ciftci et al., 2012). figure 1. (a) the interaction between target protein (ca) with chrysin and flavonol shows that binding to target proteins on the same site. green (chrysin), purple (flavonol), blue (ca); (b) interaction through van der waals bond, unfavorable bump and pi-alkyl arg b: 2401, pro b: 240, hoh: b, 2617, thr b: 233, tyr b: 231, hoh b: 2572 glu b: 248 ser b: 239. the result of target selection using swiss target prediction found that chrysin interacts with ca expressed on the testes for sperm motility and male fertility. this compound is an interesting object of this research for the development of male cattle fertility drug. as a natural compound in bungli plant, this compound is predicted as an effective substance for male fertility because it is directly linked to ca. in addition, bungli has active compound of flavonoids as aphrodisiac compounds that can increase sexual arousal (uddin et al., 2003). histochemical studies have demonstrated that ca activity acts and work in the testes, the efferent ducts, epididymis, ductus deferens, seminal vesicles, and prostates in some species (waldeyer & häusler, 1959; 30 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 27-32 cohen et al., 1976; goyal et al., 1980). in the testes, ca activity has been found in sertoli and leydig cells and in interstitial tissues in rats. capillary endothelial cells and some larger vessels in the testes have been shown that it contains ca activity in many species, including humans (cohen et al., 1976; ridderstråle et al., 1985; ekstedt et al., 1991). related to this explanation, mezquita et al., (1999) reported that the expression of ca conducted during spermatogenesis in rats and the main structure of testicular transcript for ca isolated from adult and human testes. mezquita, et al. (1999) also suggest that certain transcriptional and posttranscriptional mechanisms regulate the expression of ca during mammalian spermatogenesis. harris's et al., (1984) studied the increasing of total semen and seminal volume of plasma per semen collection related to increasing of the ca activity of testicular and ductus deferens. it was showed that the processes occurring in the testes and ductus deferens are closely involved with the total ejaculatory volume. inhibition of ca activity by acetazolamide showed that it was influenced for decreasing of in semen or seminal plasma volume. this result may be regarded as further evidence of the importance of a bicarbonate buffer system in seminal production. this confirms the linear relationship found in experiments between semen production and ca activity of the testes (ridderstråle et al., 1985). in addition, sperm motility, sperm concentration and serum testosterone levels increased significantly, whereas abnormal sperm levels decreased significantly after chrysin treatment (zhandi, 2017). in conclusion, it was suggested that treatment with chrysin may affect the reproductive system positively in mice, and may be used for the treatment of male infertility (ciftci at al., 2011). findings of the relationship between the volume of semen, spermatozoa or seminal plasma and ca activity in the reproductive system show that ca is involved in some reproductive functions (harris and goto, 1984). conclusion this study proves that chrysin is a potential compound as an inducer of ca based on affinity and intermolecular binding interactions. chrysin is a potential herb for increasing fertility in male cattle, interacts with ca expressed on the testes for sperm motility and male fertility. references affandhy, l., ratnawati, d., & luthfy, m. 2017. herbal combination effect on the quality of semen and libido in ongole cattle cross-breed. trad. med. j. vol. 22(2), p 84-90 issn-p: 1410-5918 issn-e: 2406-9086 afriani, t., jaswandi., defrinaldi., & satria, y.e. 2014. pengaruh waktu pemberian gonadotropin releasing hormone (gnrh) terhadap jumlah korpus luteum dan kecepatan timbulnya berahi pada sapi pesisir. jurnal peternakan indonesia. vol. 16 (3). issn 1907-1760 akhlaghi,a., ahangari, y.j., navidshad, b., pirsaraei, z.a., zhandi, m., & deldar, h. 2014. improvements in semen quality, sperm fatty acids, and reproductive performance in aged cobb 500 breeder roosters fed diets containing dried ginger rhizomes (zingiber officinale). poult sci, 93:1236e44. amin, a., putra, k.s., amin, i.f., earlia, n., maulina, d., lukiati, b. & lestari, u. 2018. quercetin: the bioactive compound from allium cepa l. as anti-inflammation based on in silico screening. journal of biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry, vol. 7:1. doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2018.71.27-31 balittro, b.b.s. 2015. tanaman obat sebagai bahan baku jamu fertilitas sapi. warta penelitian dan pengembangan tanaman industri. badan penelitian dan pengembangan pertanian pusat penelitian dan pengembangan perkebunan. volume 21, nomor 3, issn 0853 – 8204. brown, g.a., vukovich, m.d., martini, e.r., kohut, m.l., franke, w.d., jackson, d.a. & king, d.s. 2001. effects of androstenedione-herbal supplementation on serum sex hormone concentrations in 30to 59-year-old men. international journal for vitamin and nutrition research, 71 293–301. campbell, d.r., & kurzer, m.s. 1993. flavonoid inhibition of aromatase enzyme activity in human preadipocytes. j steroid biochem mol biol, 46:381e8. ciftci, o., ozdemir, i., aydin, m., & beytur, a. 2011. beneficial effects of chrysin on the reproductive system of adult male rats. journal andrologia. cohen j.p., hoffer, a.p. & rosen s. 1976. ca localization in the epididymis and testis of the rat: histochemical and biochemical analysis. biol reprod, 14: 339-346. deb, d., datta, b. k., debbarma, j., & deb, s. 2016. ethnomedicinal plants used for herbal medication of jaundice by the indigenous community of tripura, india. journal biodiversitas. volume 17, number 1, april 2016. pages: 256-259. issn: 1412-033x. e-issn: 2085-4722. doi: 10.13057/biodiv/d170137. deka, d. c., kumar, v., prasad, c., kumar, k., gogoi, b. j., singh, l., & srivastava, r. b. 2013. oroxylum indicum– a medicinal plant of north east india: an overview of its nutritional, remedial, and prophylactic properties. journal of applied pharmaceutical science vol. 3 (suppl 1), pp. s104s112, may, 2013. doi: 10.7324/japs.2013.34.s19. issn 2231-3354. dhawan k, kumar s & sharma a. 2002 beneficial effects of chrysin and benzoflavone on virility in 2-year-old male rats. journal of medicinal food, 5: 43–48. direktorat pangan dan pertanian. 2010. naskah kebijakan (policy paper) strategi dan kebijakan dalam percepatan pencapaian swasembada daging sapi 2014. kementerian perencanaan pembangunan nasional/badan perencanaan pembangunan nasional (bappenas). djarwaningsih, t. 1992. oroxylum indicum (l.) vent. dalam: rifai, m.a., rugayah, dan e.a. widjaja (penyunting). tiga puluh tumbuhan obat langka indonesia. floribunda, 2:1920. edgren, r.a., knudsen, k.a. & jones, r.c .1971. on the role of ca in reproductive processes. j reprod fertil, 27:301-302. eid y, ebeid t, younis h. 2006. vitamin e supplementation reduces dexamethasoneinduced oxidative stress in chicken semen. br poult sci, 47:350e6. amin et al. – the potential of chrysin of oroxylum indicum l. to induce … 31 ekstedt, e., ridderstråle, y., plöen, l & rodriguez-martinez, h. 1991. histochemical localization of ca in the testis and epididymis of the boar. acta anat 141:257-261. fisher, m.i., tikkala, a.o. & mawson, c.a. 1955. zinc, ca and phosphatase in the prostatic glands of the rat. can j biochem physiol, 33:181-190. foote, r.h. 1999. development of reproductive biotechnologies in domestic animals from artificial insemination to cloning: a perspective. cloning, 1 (3):133-142. goyal, h.o., ferguson, j.g. & hrudka, f. 1980 histochemical activity of ca in testicular and excurrent ducts of immature, mature intact and androgen-deprived bulls. biol reprod 22:991-997. harris, g. c., & goto, k. 1984. ca activity of the reproductive tract tissues of aged male fowls and its relationship to semen production. journal reproduction fertilization. vol (70), 25– 30. hewett-emmet, d. 2000. evolution and distribution of the ca gene families. in: chegwidden wr, carter nd & edwards yh (eds) the cas: new horizons. birkhäuser verlag basel, switzerland, p 29-76. islam, m.k., eti, z.i., & chowdhury, j.a. 2010. phytochemical and antimicrobial analysis on the extract of oroxylum indicum (linn.) stembark. iranian j pharma & therap, 9(1): 25-28. jana, k., yin, x., schiffer, r.b., chen, j.j., pandey, a.k., & stocco, d.m. 2008. chrysin, a natural flavonoid enhances steroidogenesis and steroidogenic acute regulatory protein gene expression in mouse leydig cells. j endocrinol,197: 315e23. kalaivani t. & mathew l. 2009. phytochemistry and free radical scavenging activities of oroxylum indicum. environ we int j sci tech.,4: 45-52. khandhar m., shah m., santani d., & jain s. 2006. antiulcer activity of the root bark of oroxylum indicum against experimental gastric ulcers. pharma boil., 44: 363-370. kharkar, p., warrier, s., & gaud, r. 2014. reverse docking: a powerful tool for drug repositioning and drug rescue. future medicinal chemistry. 6 (3): 333-342. kumar v., chaurasia a.k., naglot a., gopalakrishnan r., gogoi b. j., singh l., srivastava r. b., & deka d.c. 2011. antioxidant and antimicrobial activities of stem bark extracts of oroxylum indicum vent. (bignoniaceae) – a medicinal plant of northeastern india. south asian j exper biol., 1(3):152-157. lawania r.d., mishra a., & gupta r. 2010. oroxylum indicum: a review. pharmacog j., 2(9): 304-310. mahomoodally, m.f., gurib-fakim, a, & subratty a.h. 2005. antimicrobial activities and phytochemical profiles of endemic medicinal plants of mauritius. pharmaceutical biology., 43(3):237–242. manoharan, s., murugaraj, m.p., nagarethinam, p., ramachandran, s., sekar, k. & shamsul, a.w. 2012. chemopreventive potential of chrysin in 7,12 dimethylbenz(a)anthracene induced skin carcinogenesis in swiss albino mice. int.j.res.pharm.sci.,3(1), 86-96. india: annamalai university. mantawy, e.m., el-bakly, w.m., esmat, a., badr, a.m., & eldemerdash, e. 2014. chrysin alleviates acute doxorubicin cardiotoxicity in rats via suppression of oxidative stress, inflammation and apoptosis. eur j pharmacol, 728:107e18. maren, t.h. 1967. ca: chemistry, physiology, and inhibition. physiol rev 47:595781. hodgen gd, gomes wr & vandemark nl (1971) a testicular isoenzyme of ca. biol reprod 4:224-228. maulina, d., amin, m., lestari, s.r., & aziz, m. 2018. chrysin as natural biopesticide from mirabilis jalapa and its interaction with glutamate as an inhibitor in insects immune system. journal of biologival researches, vol. 23: 2. doi: 10.23869/bphjbr.23.2.20185. mawson, c.a & fischer, m.i. 1952. ca and zinc in prostate gland of the rat and rabbit. arch biochem biophys., 36:485486. mcintosh, j. 1969. ca isoenzymes in the eryhrocytes and dorsolateral prostate of the rat. biochem j, 14:463-467. mezquita, p., mezquita, c & mezquita, j. 1999. novel transcripts of ca ii in mouse and human testis. mhr: basic science of reproductive medicine, 5 (3): 1 pp: 199–205. min y, sun t, niu z, & liu f. 2016. vitamin c and vitamin e supplementation alleviates oxidative stress induced by dexamethasone and improves fertility of breeder roosters. anim reprod sci., 171:1e6. miyake, t & pincus, g. 1959. hormonal influences on the ca concentration in the accessory reproductive tracts of the rat. endocrinology, 65:64-72. morissette, m., litim, n., & di paolo t. 2017. chapter 2 – natural phytoestrogens: a class of promising neuroprotective agents for parkinson disease. in brahmachari g. discovery and development of neuroprotective agents from natural products. elsevier science. p. 32. doi:10.1016/b978-0-12-809593-5.00002-1. isbn 978-0-12-809769-4. motaleb, m., hossain, m., alam, m., abdullah-al mamun, m. & sultana, m. 2013. commonly used medicinal herbs and shrubs by traditional herbal practitioners glimpses from thanchi upazila of bandarban. iucn, international union for conservation of nature. neuman s, lin t, & heste p. 2002. the effect of dietary carnitine on semen traits of white leghorn roosters. poult sci., 81:495e503. ommati, m.m., zamiri, m.j., akhlaghi, a, atashi, h, jafarzadeh, m.r., & rezvani, m.r. 2013. seminal characteristics, sperm fatty acids, and blood biochemical attributes in breeder roosters orally administered with sage (salvia officinalis) extract. anim prod sci., 53:548e54. pandey, a.k. 2010. anti-staphylococcal activity of a pan-tropical aggressive and obnoxious weed parihenium histerophorus: an in vitro study. national academy science letters. 30(11-12): 383–386. parkkila, s., kaunisto, k, kellokumpu, s & rajaniemi, h. 1991. a high activity ca isoenzyme (ca ii) is present in mammalian spermatozoa. histochemistry, 95: 477-482. pincus, g & bialy, g. 1963. ca in steroid-responsive tissues. recent prog horm res, 19:201-250. rengaraj d, & hong y. effects of dietary vitamin e on fertility functions in poultry species. int j mol sci, 16:9910e21. ridderstråle y, ekstedt e & plöen l. 1985. localization of ca in testis. acta physiol scand 124 suppl 542:408. roy, m. k., nakahara k., na t.v., trakoontivakorn g., takenaka m., & isobe s. 2007. baicaleina flavonoid extracted from a methanolic extract of oroxylum indicum inhibits proliferation of a cancer cell line in vitro via induction of apoptosis. pharmazie, 62(2): 149-153. 32 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 27-32 salim, z. & munadi, e. 2017. info komoditi tanaman obat. badan pengkajian dan pengembangan perdagangan kementerian perdagangan republik indonesia sankara, s., &nair, a.g.r. 1972. flavonoids of stem bark of oroxylum indicum. curr sci. 41: 62-63. tajima, y, okamura, n & sugita, y. 1987 the activating effects of bicarbonate on sperm motility and respiration at ejaculation. biochem biophys acta, 924:519-529. tenpe c.r., upaganlawar a., burle s., &yeole y.g. 2009. in vitro antioxidant and preliminary hepatoprotective activity of oroxylum indicum (vent.) leaf extracts. pharma online, 1: 35-43. tepsuwan a., furihata c., rojanapo w., & matsuhima t. 1992. genotoxicity and cell proliferative acitivity of a nitro-sated oroxylum indicum (vent.) fraction in the pyloric mucosa of rat stomach. mutat res., 281(1): 55-61. uddin, k.a., sayeed, a., rahman i.a.a., khatun s., khan g.r.m.a.m., & sadik m.g. 2003. biological activitives of extracts and two flavonoids from oroxylum indicum vent. (bignoniaceae). j biol sci., 3(3): 371-375. upaganlawar b., & tenpe c.r. 2007. in vitro antioxidant activity of leaves of oroxylum indicum (vent.). biomed., 2(3): 300304. waldeyer a & häusler g. 1959. histochemical studies of the ca activity of vas deferens and its accessory glands in the mus rattus. acta biol germ med., 2:568-589. walker, r. s., p. d. burns, j. c. whittier, g. e. seidel, & d. d. zalesky. 2005. evaluation of gonadotropin releasing hormone and insemination time using the co-synch protocol in beef cows. prof. anim. sci., 21:190. yan r., cao y., chen c., dai h., yu s., wei j., li h., & yang b. 2011. antioxidant flavonoids from the seed of oroxylum indicum. fitoterapia, 82: 841–884. zhandi, m., m ansari, p roknabadi, a zare shahneh & m sharafi, 2017. orally administered chrysin improves post‐thawed sperm quality and fertility of rooster, reproduction in domestic animals, 52, 6, (1004-1010). biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 1, april 2021 | pages: 47-57 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.47-57 issn 2540-9328 (online) the effect of balimo (zanthoxylum nitidum) immersion water on the hematological profile of white rats (rattus norvegicus) that given liquor (ciu) panca buana wijaya*, tyas rini saraswati, silvana tana, sunarno, erma prihastanti department of biologi, faculty of science and mathematics, universitas diponegoro, jl. prof soedarto, sh, tembalang. semarang, indonesia. corresponding author* pancabuanawijaya@gmail.com manuscript received: 21 december, 2020. revision accepted: 11 june, 2021. published: 23 july, 2021. abstract consumption of liquor such as ciu in excessive doses can cause a decrease in hematological status. balimo stem is an alternative treatment to improve hematological status due to excessive alcohol consumption because it contains alkaloids, flavonoids, and other secondary metabolic compounds, that have functions as antioxidant effects. this study aims to examine and analyze the effect of balimo immersion water on the hematological status of mice with the observed variables, namely the erythrocytes count, hemoglobin levels, hematocrit value, and total count of leukocytes in rats that had been given ciu. the study used 20 rattus norvegicus male rats which were divided into 4 groups. the data were analyzed using one-way anova. the results showed no significant differences (p <0.05) on the balimo immersion water treatment, but if it was seen from the difference in the mean data of each variable, it could still be seen the difference from each treatment. in this study, it can be concluded that balimo immersion water was able to improve the hematological status of rats that had been given ciu liquor with a 0,2 ml dose. keywords: antioxidant; balimo; zanthoxylum nitidu; hematological status; rattus norvegicus. introduction ciu is a traditional liquor of banyumas and bekonang regions, sukoharjo. ciu is made from fermented cassava or sticky rice, which produces ethanol and carbon dioxide with ± 30% ethanol (bpom, 2014). the world health organization (who) also states that consuming liquor regularly can cause long-term diseases including hepatitis, tuberculosis, heart disease, cancer, cirrhosis of the liver, an increase in infectious diseases such as hiv / aids, and can even cause death (hammer et al., 2018). laboratory examinations of 179 respondents who have the habit of drinking liquor found that the hemoglobin levels, erythrocyte count, and the hematocrits value showed lower values compared to normal conditions, besides the data showed that the total count of leukocytes was higher than normal (riany & rahmayanti, 2013). drunk liquor will undergo an absorption process in the digestive system, the absorption process occurs in the oral mucosa, stomach, and small intestine. alcohol is absorbed through the walls of the stomach and intestines, then carried by the blood circulation to all organs in the body, especially the liver. alcohol that has reached the liver then undergoes a series of metabolism (katzung & trevor, 2015). ethanol metabolism in the liver produces acetaldehyde (wilson & matschinsky, 2020). too much acetaldehyde makes acetaldehyde more toxic. the acetaldehyde in mitochondria will be synthesized again into triglycerides or fatty acids through an oxidation process (king, 2019). the increase in triglycerides that occurs causes a buildup of fat in the liver, it triggers fatty liver or steatosis and eventually becomes alcoholic liver cirrhosis (shah, 2015). patients with alcoholic liver cirrhosis have abnormal hematological parameters, which lead to a tendency to bleeding, anemia, leukopenia, and thrombocytopenia (lindseth, 2013). the main factors causing complications of bleeding that occur are reduced clotting factors due to liver cirrhosis and the destruction of blood cells resulting in abnormalities in the number of blood cells (armitage, 2011). the progressive decrease in hemoglobin level in liver cirrhosis patients. hematological abnormalities are often found in acute alcohol drinkers in the study (jain et al., 2016). the direct effect of excessive alcohol consumption is the toxic effect on bone marrow, blood cell precursors, erythrocyte mature cells, and leukocytes. the indirect effect of alcohol consumption is nutritional deficiencies that can interfere with blood cell production (hematopoiesis) and the function of various blood cells, https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.47-57 48 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 47-57 causing an increase in blood pressure or hypertension (ifeannyi et al., 2014). the balimo plant (zanthoxylum nitidum) is used by the kanayatn dayak tribe in tapakng village as a medicinal plant for traditional medicine (raja and hartana, 2017). balimo plants are used to treat alcohol poisoning after drinking wine (andasputra & julipin, 2011). the balimo plant is also used as a medicine for a cough with phlegm and hemoptysis treatment (sepsamli & jumari, 2019). balimo plant (zanthoxylum nitidum) is used to improve blood circulation, relieving blood stasis in traditional chinese medicine. phytochemical investigations showed the presence of alkaloids, flavonoids, and true amino acids in the bark of zanthoxylum nitidum (bhattacharya & zaman, 2009). these compounds have benefits as anti-viral, antiinflammatory, antioxidant, and anti-cancer activities (van nguyen et al., 2019). balimo stem is expected to be an alternative to improve hematological status due to consuming liquor because it contains flavonoids, alkaloids that have antiinflammatory and antioxidant effects that function to improve hematological status (aiba et al., 2016). antioxidants are compounds that can inhibit oxidation reactions by binding to free radicals and highly reactive molecules (suryani et al., 2013). the mechanism of action of flavonoid compounds as antioxidants is to maintain erythrocytes, by inhibiting peroxidation of lipid peroxidation caused by h2o2 and preventing protein degradation and hemolysis (yousif et al., 2012). flavonoids play an important role in regulating blood vessel health, namely maintaining maximum cardiac function (catherine et al., 2015). based on the background above, to determine the effect of compounds in plants balimo (zanthoxylum nitidum), it will do the research and observation of the hematological status of male rats (rattus norvegicus) who had been treated with alcohol and then given balimo (zanthoxylum nitidum) immersion water. materials and methods research ethics this study has received ethical clearance from the ethics commission for health and medical research, faculty of medicine, diponegoro university semarang no. 164 / ec / h / kepk / fk-undip / xii / 2019. research design and research locations research on the effect of balimo (zanthoxylum nitidum) stem immersion water on the hematological status of rats that have been given liquor (ciu) was carried out in animal cages, and animal structure and function laboratory, department of biology, fsm-undip. this study used 20 male rats (rattus norvegicus) which were divided into 4 treatment groups, including: a0: represents rattus norvegicus control, a1: represents cirrhosis rattus norvegicus that given ciu for 2 weeks at a dose of 0.2 ml, a2: represents cirrhosis rattus norvegicus by giving balimo immersion water (ciu for 2 weeks and 50% balimo immersion water for 2 weeks with a dose of 0.2 ml each), a3: represents cirrhosis rattus norvegicus with balimo immersion water (ciu for 4 weeks along with 50% balimo immersion water for 2 weeks with a dose of 0.2 ml each). each treatment was repeated 5 times. treatment for 2 weeks of acclimation and 4 weeks of treatment. tools and materials the tools used in this study include 35 sets of mouse cages, wire caps, food and drink containers, gloves, feeding bowls, sprayers, syringes, sonde, measuring cups, analytical scales, paraffin tubs, surgical instruments, edta tubes, dropper pipettes, hemometer sahli, sahli pipette, aspirator, erythrocyte pipette, leukocyte pipette, microscope, object-glass, object glass cover, counters, cameras and counting booths improved neubauer, centrifuge, hematocrit tube, microhematocrit reader. the materials used in this study included 35 male rats (rattus norvegicus) 60 days old, standard organic feed, rice husks, drinking water, balimo immersion water, detergent, distilled water, 39% liquor (ciu), 70% alcohol, 0.1 ml hcl, hemotoxin-eosin dye, hayem's solution, turk solution, chloroform, glass objects, and blood samples. making the balimo immersion water making balimo immersion water is done by cutting the balimo stem with a size of 0.5 cm, then weighing it using 1 g of analytical scales and put in 10 ml of 36oc warm water stored in a tightly closed glass bottle and left for 3 days. the dosage levels is determined based on according to the ethical commission which has been converted based on the dose to humans and the determination of the concentration is determined based on the results of preliminary tests that are previously recognized. blood data collection and observation hematological status data were obtained, then observed appropriately based on variables, such as: erythrocyte count observation of the erythrocytes count was carried out using a microscope, improved neubauer hemocytometer counting chamber, erythrocyte pipette and aspirators, counters, hayem solution, aquades. observations were carried out by observing and counting erythrocyte cells using a microscope, improved neubauer counting chamber using the 5-square wijaya, et al. – the effect of balimo (zanthoxylum nitidum) immersion water … 49 technique in the large square in the middle of the counting chamber, then the count of all erythrocyte cells in the five squares multiplied by 5000 (oktiyani et al., 2017). hemoglobin levels hemoglobin levels are observed with hemometer sahli method, by equating blood color on the color indicator (block comparator) in hemometer sahli, then calculated the existing high blood fluid in the tube hemometer sahli, aquades supplemented by the addition dropwise (a'tourrohman, 2020) hematocrit value observation of the hematocrit value is carried out on blood in a centrifuge then the blood is fed into the microhematocrit reader or using the hematocrit value formula (nurrahman & mariyam, 2019). total count of leukocytes observation of the total count of leucocytes was carried out using a microscope, counting booth improved neubauer, leucocyte pipette and aspirator, counter, turk solution, and distilled water. observations were made by observing and counting leukocyte cells using a microscope, an improved neubauer counting chamber in the five boxes located diagonally in 4 large squares in the corner of the counting room, the results were x 50 cells / mm3 of blood (bakhri, 2018). data analysis hematological status data that had been observed were then analyzed using analysis of variance (anova) using a completely randomized design with 4 treatments and five replications (gomez, 2005). results and discussion the results of the statistical analysis of the effect of balimo (zanthoxylum nitidum) stem immersion water on the hematological status of rats (rattus norvegicus) given liquor (ciu). based on the statistical analysis test using the one-way analysis of variance (anova) test with a confidence level of 95%. based on the results of data analysis using anova, the effect of balimo stem immersion water (zanthoxylum nitidum) on the hematological status includes the erythrocytes count, hemoglobin levels, hematocrit values, and the total count leukocytes of white rat (rattus norvegicus) which have been given ciu shows no different results. real or (p> 0.05). hematological status includes the erythrocytes count, hemoglobin levels, hematocrit values, and the total count leukocytes of white rat (rattus norvegicus) which are not different due to several factors, including the length of time given treatment in all groups is still too short, which causes the treatment effect has not reached an acute point. also, the body's immune system can maintain a state of hematological status, especially in mice when they are 6 weeks old, so that the mice can restore the state of hematological status. guyton & hall (2014) states that the body has a defense system that can maintain and improve the condition of the body that is experiencing disorders. erythrocyte count the results of statistical tests based on the mean erythrocytes count of rats in the treatment groups a1, a2, a3 when compared with treatment a0 (control) showed a significant value above 0.05 (p> 0.05) or the results were not significantly different. the results of the analysis of the number of erythrocytes still change based on the group and can be seen in the graph (figure 1). figure 1. erythrocyte count. the average number of erythrocytes when compared with the a0 treatment group, the erythrocytes count in group a1 decreased due to the toxicity effect of the alcohol content in ciu drinks, resulting in damage to erythrocyte blood cells and suppression of erythrocyte formation (erythropoiesis) which occurs due to ethanol compounds scattered in the blood vessels and spinal cord. the erythrocytes count in group a2 increase because treatment of a2 was able to inhibit free radicals that interfere with the formation of blood cells, and flavonoid and alkaloid compounds can also stimulate the central nerve, which stimulates the spinal cord so that the formation of red blood cells increases. the formation of red blood cells is not disturbed and will continue to form blood cells in the bone marrow, so the erythrocytes count can increase and tends to increase the hematological status of the a2 treatment group mice. the erythrocytes count in group a3 has decreased and then increased because a3 approaches a0, this is because the erythrocytes count in group a3 has increased again and tends to maintain the erythrocytes count by protecting and repairing damage to blood cells from free radicals due to the presence of flavonoids and alkaloids that function as antioxidants in balimo immersion water. flavonoid and alkaloid compounds 5,1 4,97 5,47 5,07 4,6 4,8 5 5,2 5,4 5,6 a0 a1 a2 a3 erythrocyte count (×106/µl) 50 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 47-57 can also stimulate the central nervous system, which stimulates the spinal cord so that the formation of red blood cells increases. hartono et al., (2019), states that alcoholic drinks can have a toxic effect on bone marrow which causes suppression of blood production and abnormal blood structure so that the erythrocytes count is reduced. stanley, et al. (2014) explained that alkaloid and flavonoid compounds act as antioxidants which can play a role in preventing oxidative stress due to exposure to free radicals. hemoglobin levels the results of statistical tests based on the mean hemoglobin levels of rats in the treatment groups a1, a2, a3 when compared with treatment a0 (control) showed a significant value above 0.05 (p> 0.05) or the results were not significantly different. the results of the analysis of hemoglobin levels continued to change based on groups and can be seen in graphs (figure 2). figure 2. hemoglobin levels. the average hemoglobin level when compared with the a0 treatment group, the hemoglobin level of group a1 decreased because it was caused by the toxic effect of ethanol compounds that spread in the body, both in the bone marrow and blood vessels due to giving ciu for 2 weeks, without water treatment. balimo immersion water. this causes damage to erythrocyte blood cells and reduces or destroys the ability of erythrocyte blood cells to synthesize hemoglobin so that the hemoglobin level in the blood is also reduced. the level of hemoglobin in the a2 group has increased due to the effect of giving balimo immersion water which functions as a therapy for the toxic effects of the ciu liquor, and balimo immersion water has flavonoids which are useful as antioxidant compounds, and as a source of protein that can help form hemoglobin in blood cells. the hemoglobin level of the a3 group which was expected to increase, showed a decrease in hemoglobin levels. this is due to the prolonged administration of the ciu liquor, which causes more damage to blood cells. this also affects the formation of hemoglobin in blood cells and bone marrow, which becomes inhibited and disturbed. this is explained by schalm (2010) that the hemoglobin synthesis that occurs in blood cells in the bone marrow will be disrupted and damaged due to the toxic effects caused by ethanol compounds in alcoholic drinks. aiba et al., (2016) explain that balimo stems have flavonoid compounds and alkaloids that can be used for antioxidants to repair cells damaged by free radicals. hematocrit value the results of statistical tests based on the mean hematocrit value of mice in the treatment groups a1, a2, a3 when compared with treatment a0 (control) showed a significant value above 0.05 (p> 0.05) or the results were not significantly different. the results of the analysis of the hematocrit value continue to change based on the group and can be seen in graphs (figure 3). figure 3. hematocrit value. the mean hematocrit value when compared to the a0 treatment group, the hematocrit value of group a1 decreased due to the toxic effect of ciu alcoholic drink which resulted in a decrease in the number of erythrocytes and hemoglobin levels, so the hematocrit value also decreased because the hematocrit value was proportional to the erythrocytes count and hemoglobin levels. the hematocrit value of group a2 increased due to the effect of balimo immersion water treatment for 2 weeks which functions as an antioxidant against the toxic effects of ciu for the previous 2 weeks, this resulted in a return to the condition of the hematological status and was able to increase the erythrocytes count and hemoglobin levels. hematocrit value in group a3 showed a decrease in the hematocrit value with the same results as in group a1 because the ciu was longer than the other groups so that the treatment ability of balimo immersion water was not able to increase the hemoglobin level, because according to the hemoglobin a3 chart, it was less versus a1, and shows the same hematocrit value as a1. this is 15,33 14,97 16,23 14,83 14 14,5 15 15,5 16 16,5 a0 a1 a2 a3 hemoglobin levels (g/dl) 46 44,67 49,33 44,67 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 a0 a1 a2 a3 hematocrit value (%) wijaya, et al. – the effect of balimo (zanthoxylum nitidum) immersion water … 51 parallel with rosita, et al. (2015) which states that normal hematocrit values are proportional to the number of erythrocytes and hemoglobin levels. if the erythrocytes count and hemoglobin levels decreased, the percentage of the hematocrit value also decreased. total count of leukocytes the results of statistical tests based on the mean total count leukocytes of rats in the treatment groups a1, a2, a3 when compared with treatment a0 (control) showed a significant value above 0.05 (p> 0.05) or the results were not significantly different. the results of the analysis of the total number of leukocytes still change based on the group and can be seen in graphs (figure 4). figure 4. total count of leukocytes. the mean total count of leukocytes when compared with the treatment group a0, the total count of leukocytes in groups a1, a2, a3 increased. the increase in the total count of leukocytes in group a1 occurs due to the presence of free radical compounds caused by liquor so that the defense system reacts by increasing the count of leukocytes so that foreign compounds including free radicals in the body decrease. the increase in the total count of leukocytes in group a2 was due to the provision of balimo immersion water for 2 weeks after ciu treatment for 2 weeks. balimo immersion water intake after consuming liquor initially provides a therapeutic effect and eliminates the acid toxicity effect of alcohol to improve the hematological status. balimo immersion water intake can cause an increase in the total count of leukocytes in the body because, there are anti-inflammatory alkaloid compounds, and can also be active toxin if given excessively so that the leukocyte defense system considers these compounds to be harmful foreign compounds. the increase in the total count of leukocytes in group a3, which should have shown a result of the total count of leukocytes that is close to a0, but has not shown a decrease that is close to a0. this is because in the a3 treatment group there was a reaction caused by the ciu toxic compound given for 4 weeks and the compound in the balimo immersion water given for the last 2 weeks. compounds in liquor for 4 weeks caused a toxic effect on the hematological status of the rats, resulting in a significant increase in the total count of leukocytes. after that there was a decrease in the total count of leucocytes due to the provision of balimo immersion water, however, because the provision of ciu continued in the last 2 weeks, the function of the balimo immersed water compound was inhibited, due to the reaction of ethanol compounds from ciu, and caused the total number of leukocytes not showed signs of a significant decline approaching group a0. this is in line with the statement of fitria, (2014) which states that leukocytes are closely related to the body's defense system. leukocytes in normal conditions are very few, and leukocytes will be increased by pathological conditions. this is following the statement of aziyah et al. (2014), and dumeva et al. (2016) which states that alkaloid compounds have active toxic properties when consumed without recommendations. alkaloids are composed of carbon, hydrogen, and nitrogen which can damage the nervous system, interfere with breathing, and interfere reproductive abilities. stanley, et al, (2014) also explained that flavonoid compounds can bind and neutralize alcohol so that the total number of leukocytes can decrease. lenny, (2006) also explains that flavonoid and alkaloid compounds that can bind ethanol compounds reduce the ability to repair cells so that leukocytes help repair and protect the body, especially in areas affected by inflammation. conclusion based on the results of the study, it was shown that balimo stem soaking water intake affected the number of erythrocytes, hemoglobin levels, hematocrit value, and the total number of leukocytes in rats that had been given ciu. intake of balimo immersion water can improve the hematological status of rats that have been given ciu. conflict of interest: the authors declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references aiba, s., manalu, w., suprayogi, a., & maheswari, h. (2016). “gambaran nilai hematologi tikus putih betina dara pada pemberian tombong kelapa,” acta veterinaria indonesiana 4(2): 74–81. andasputra, n., & julipin, v. (2011). mencermati dayak kanayatn. institut dayakologi, pontianak. a’tourrohman. (2020). teknik menghitung kadar hemoglobin menggunakan metode sahli. uin walisongo, semarang. 11,23 19,2 24,43 19,7 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 a0 a1 a2 a3 total count of leukocytes (×103/µl) 52 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 47-57 armitage, j. o. (2011). approach to the patient with lymphadenopathy and splenomegaly. in: goldman's cecil medicine: twenty fourth edition. elsevier inc. bakhri, s. (2018). analisis jumlah leukosit dan jenis leukosit pada individu yang tidur dengan lampu menyala dan yang dipadamkan. jurnal media analis kesehatan 1(1): 83–91. bhattacharya, s. & zaman, m. k. (2009). pharmacognostical evaluation of zanthoxylum nitidum bark. international journal of pharmtech research 1(2): 292–298. bpom ri. (2014). topik sajian utama: memiliki regulasi minuman beralkohol di indonesia. infopom 15(3): 4 catherine, p. b., kevin, d. c, natalie, w., michael, j. c., & jonathan, m. h. (2015). dietary flavonoids and nitrate: effects on nitric oxide and vascular function. nutrition review (74): 216-235. dumeva, a., syarifah & fitriah, s. (2016) pengaruh ekstrak batang brotowali (tinospora crispa) terhadap kematian larva nyamuk aedes aegypti. jurnal biota 2(2): 166–172. fitria, l. 2014. profil hematologi tikus (rattus norvegicus berkenhout, 1769) galur wistar jantan dan betina umur 4, 6, dan 8 minggu. biogenesis: jurnal ilmiah biologi 2(2): 94– 100. gomez, k. a. (2005). prosedur statistik untuk penelitian pertanian, edisi kedua. ui press, jakarta. guyton, a. c., & hall, j. e. (2014). buku ajar fisiologi kedokteran. edisi 12. penterjemah: ermita i, ibrahim i. elsevier, singapura. hammer, j. h., parent, m.c., & spiker, d. a. 2018 global status report on alcohol and health 2018, global status report on alcohol. who, switzerland hartono, r., soewono, & ratnaningsih, t. (2019). pengaruh pemberian alkohol peroral terhadap nilai mean corpuscular volume, morfologi eritrosit darah tepi dan normoblas sumsum tulang. jaringan laboratorium medis 1(1): 46. ifeannyi, o. e., ndukaku, o. y., ndubuisi, o. t., kalu, o. n., & obioma, e. (2014). some haematological and biochemical parameters of chronic alcoholics in umuahia, abia state, nigeria. research journal of pharmaceutical, biological and chemical scienses 5(2): 831-836. jain, d., aggarwal, h. k., rao, a., dahiya, s., & singla, s. (2016). hematological spectrum in patients with alcoholic liver cirrhosis: a model of end-stage liver disease score based approach. international journal of advances in medicine 3(2): 234–240. katzung, b. g., & trevor, a. j. (2015). pharmacology examination & board review, 11th edition, emergencies in pediatric oncology. cenveo publisher services, usa. king, m. w., (2010). ethanol metabolism. https://themedicalbiochemistrypage.org/ethanolmetabolism.php. 15 maret 2020. lenny, s. (2006). senyawa flavonoida, fenil propanoida dan alkaloida. karya ilmiah. fakultas mipa universitas sumatera utara, sumatra utara. lindseth, g. n. (2013). gangguan hati, kandung empedu, dan pankreas. dalam: patofisiologi konsep klinis proses-proses penyakit. edisi ke-6. egc, jakarta. nor aziyah, b., norain, i., nor aimi, a.w., lim, b.t., wan zarina, w.k. & siti nur amirah diana, f. (2014). biopesticidal effect of tinospora crispa extracts against flea beetles, phyliotera sinuata ateph. research journal of biotechnology. 9(1). nurrahman, n., & mariyam, m. (2019). status hematologi, kadar igg dan iga tikus yang mengonsumsi berbagai variasi jumlah tempe kedelai hitam. agritech, 39(3): 215. oktiyani, n., fahriyan, f., & muhlisin, a. (2017). akurasi hitung jumlah eritrosit metode manual dan metode otomatis. medical laboratory technology journal 3(2): 37. raja, r. n. l. & hartana, a. (2017). variasi morfologi andaliman (zanthoxylum acanthopodium) di sumatera utara. floribunda 5(7): 258–266. riany, r., pradono, s. a. & rahmayanti, f. (2013). hematology and blood chemistry test results among resident in balai. (4): 1–16. rosita, a., mushawwir, a. dan latipudin, d. (2015). status hematologis (eritrosit, hematokrit, dan hemoglobin) ayam petelur fase layer pada temperature humidity index yang berbeda. student e-jurnas unpad 4(1). schalm, o. w. (2010). vetenary hematology. 6nd edition. lea and febriger, phidelpia. sepsamli, l. & jumari, e. p. (2019). ethnobotany of balimo (zanthoxylum nitidum) in the kanayatn dayak community in tapakng, west kalimantan. biosaintifika journal of biology & biology education 11(3): 318–324. shah, v. h. (2015). managing alcoholic liver disease. clinical and molecular hepatology 21(3): 1–12. stanley, veith, & wakefield. (2014). curremt therapy in vascular and endovascular surgery. elsivier. usa. suryani, yani, iman h., ayu, s., gilang, d. p. & poniah, a. (2013). the effect of nitrogen and sulfur addition on bioethanol solid waste fermented by the consortium of trichoderma viride and saccharomyces cerevisiae towards dry materials, organic materials, crude protein and nonnitrogen protein. asian journal of agriculture and rural development, 3(9) 2013: 622-631. van nguyen, t. h., tran, t. t., & cam, t. i. (2019). alkaloids from zanthoxylum nitidum and their cytotoxic activity. natural product communications 14(5): 1–5. wilson, d. f. & matschinsky, f. m. (2020). ethanol metabolism: the good, the bad, and the ugly. medical hypotheses, (140). yousif, y. b., sanaa, s., talal, a., & shtywy, a. (2012). structure-activity relationships regarding the antioxidant effects of the flavonoids on human erythrocytes. natural science 4(94): 740-747. wijaya, et al. – the effect of balimo (zanthoxylum nitidum) immersion water … 53 table s1. result of the normality test. tests of normality variabel kolmogorov-smirnova shapiro-wilk statistic df sig. statistic df sig. erythrocytes number ,215 12 ,131 ,935 12 ,442 hemoglobin level ,156 12 ,200 ,953 12 ,676 hematocrit value ,136 12 ,200 ,970 12 ,908 total leukocytes ,207 12 ,166 ,909 12 ,206 *. this is a lower bound of the true significance. a. lilliefors significance correction table s2. result of the homogeneity test. test of homogeneity of variances variabel levene statistic df1 df2 sig. erythrocytes number 2,270 3 8 ,157 hemoglobin level 1,964 3 8 ,198 hematocrit value 2,013 3 8 ,191 total leukocytes 2,729 3 8 ,114 table s3. anova test anova variabel sum of squares df mean square f sig. erythrocytes between groups number within groups total ,430 3 ,143 ,808 ,524 1,420 8 ,178 1,850 11 hemoglobin between groups level within groups total 3,583 3 1,194 1,031 ,429 9,267 8 1,158 12,849 11 hematocrit between groups value within groups total 43,667 3 14,556 1,456 ,298 80,000 8 10,000 123,667 11 total between groups leukocytes within groups total 269,576 3 89,859 ,789 ,533 911,573 8 113,947 1181,149 11 54 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 47-57 table s4. results of the descriptive data analysis of the treatment. descriptives variabel n mean std. deviation std. error 95% confidence interval for mean minimum maximum lower bound upper bound erythrocytes a0 number a1 a3 a3 total 3 5,10000 ,400000 ,230940 4,10634 6,09366 4,700 5,500 3 4,96667 ,057735 ,033333 4,82324 5,11009 4,900 5,000 3 5,46667 ,472582 ,272845 4,29271 6,64062 5,100 6,000 3 5,06667 ,568624 ,328295 3,65413 6,47921 4,600 5,700 12 5,15000 ,410100 ,118386 4,88944 5,41056 4,600 6,000 hemoglobin a0 level a1 a3 a3 total 3 15,33333 1,159023 ,669162 12,45416 18,21251 14,100 16,400 3 14,96667 ,251661 ,145297 14,34151 15,59183 14,700 15,200 3 16,23333 1,365040 ,788106 12,84239 19,62428 15,300 17,800 3 14,83333 1,167619 ,674125 11,93281 17,73386 13,800 16,100 12 15,34167 1,080790 ,311997 14,65497 16,02837 13,800 17,800 hematocrit a0 value a1 a3 a3 total 3 46,00000 3,605551 2,081666 37,04331 54,95669 42,000 49,000 3 44,66667 ,577350 ,333333 43,23245 46,10088 44,000 45,000 3 49,33333 3,214550 1,855921 41,34795 57,31872 47,000 53,000 3 44,66667 4,041452 2,333333 34,62714 54,70619 41,000 49,000 12 46,16667 3,352972 ,967920 44,03629 48,29704 41,000 53,000 total a0 leukocytes a1 a3 a3 total 3 11,23333 1,803700 1,041367 6,75269 15,71397 9,500 13,100 3 19,20000 10,400000 6,004443 -6,63503 45,03503 12,800 31,200 3 24,43333 18,123557 10,463641 -20,58808 69,45475 5,800 42,000 3 19,70000 3,988734 2,302897 9,79144 29,60856 17,200 24,300 12 18,64167 10,362297 2,991337 12,05778 25,22556 5,800 42,000 table s5. tukey test. multiple comparisons (i) (j) dependent variable perlakuan perlakuan mean difference (i-j) std. error sig. 95% confidence interval lower bound upper bound erythrocytes tukey number hsd a0 a1 a3 a1 a3 a3 ,133333 ,343996 ,979 -,96826 1,23493 -,366667 ,343996 ,718 -1,46826 ,73493 ,033333 ,343996 1,000 -1,06826 1,13493 a0 a3 a3 -,133333 ,343996 ,979 -1,23493 ,96826 -,500000 ,343996 ,504 -1,60160 ,60160 -,100000 ,343996 ,991 -1,20160 1,00160 a0 ,366667 ,343996 ,718 -,73493 1,46826 wijaya, et al. – the effect of balimo (zanthoxylum nitidum) immersion water … 55 a3 a1 a3 ,500000 ,343996 ,504 -,60160 1,60160 ,400000 ,343996 ,664 -,70160 1,50160 a0 a1 a3 -,033333 ,343996 1,000 -1,13493 1,06826 ,100000 ,343996 ,991 -1,00160 1,20160 -,400000 ,343996 ,664 -1,50160 ,70160 hemoglobin tukey level hsd a0 a1 a3 a3 a0 a1 a3 a3 a0 a1 a3 a3 a1 a3 a3 ,366667 ,878762 ,974 -2,44744 3,18077 -,900000 ,878762 ,741 -3,71410 1,91410 ,500000 ,878762 ,939 -2,31410 3,31410 a0 a3 a3 -,366667 ,878762 ,974 -3,18077 2,44744 -1,266667 ,878762 ,511 -4,08077 1,54744 ,133333 ,878762 ,999 -2,68077 2,94744 a0 a1 a3 ,900000 ,878762 ,741 -1,91410 3,71410 1,266667 ,878762 ,511 -1,54744 4,08077 1,400000 ,878762 ,433 -1,41410 4,21410 a0 a1 a3 -,500000 ,878762 ,939 -3,31410 2,31410 -,133333 ,878762 ,999 -2,94744 2,68077 -1,400000 ,878762 ,433 -4,21410 1,41410 hematocrit tukey value hsd a1 a3 a3 1,333333 2,581989 ,953 -6,93510 9,60177 -3,333333 2,581989 ,593 -11,60177 4,93510 1,333333 2,581989 ,953 -6,93510 9,60177 a0 a3 a3 -1,333333 2,581989 ,953 -9,60177 6,93510 -4,666667 2,581989 ,337 -12,93510 3,60177 ,000000 2,581989 1,000 -8,26844 8,26844 a0 a1 a3 3,333333 2,581989 ,593 -4,93510 11,60177 4,666667 2,581989 ,337 -3,60177 12,93510 4,666667 2,581989 ,337 -3,60177 12,93510 a0 a1 a3 -1,333333 2,581989 ,953 -9,60177 6,93510 ,000000 2,581989 1,000 -8,26844 8,26844 -4,666667 2,581989 ,337 -12,93510 3,60177 total tukey leukocytes hsd a1 a3 a3 -7,966667 8,715758 ,798 -35,87759 19,94426 -13,200000 8,715758 ,473 -41,11093 14,71093 -8,466667 8,715758 ,769 -36,37759 19,44426 a0 a3 a3 7,966667 8,715758 ,798 -19,94426 35,87759 -5,233333 8,715758 ,929 -33,14426 22,67759 -,500000 8,715758 1,000 -28,41093 27,41093 a0 a1 a3 13,200000 8,715758 ,473 -14,71093 41,11093 5,233333 8,715758 ,929 -22,67759 33,14426 4,733333 8,715758 ,946 -23,17759 32,64426 a0 a1 a3 8,466667 8,715758 ,769 -19,44426 36,37759 ,500000 8,715758 1,000 -27,41093 28,41093 -4,733333 8,715758 ,946 -32,64426 23,17759 56 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 47-57 table s6. result of the tukey & duncan test. homogeneous subsets total leukocytes treatment n subset for alpha = 0.05 1 tukey hsda a0 a1 a3 a3 sig. 3 11,23333 3 19,20000 3 19,70000 3 24,43333 ,473 duncana a0 a1 a3 a3 sig. 3 11,23333 3 19,20000 3 19,70000 3 24,43333 ,192 means for groups in homogeneous subsets are displayed. a. uses harmonic mean sample size = 3,000. hemoglobin level treatment n subset for alpha = 0.05 1 tukey hsda a3 a1 a0 a3 sig. 3 14,83333 3 14,96667 3 15,33333 3 16,23333 ,433 duncana a3 a1 a0 a3 sig. 3 14,83333 3 14,96667 3 15,33333 3 16,23333 ,172 means for groups in homogeneous subsets are displayed. a. uses harmonic mean sample size = 3,000. hematocrit value treatment n subset for alpha = 0.05 1 tukey hsda a1 a3 a0 a3 sig. 3 44,66667 3 44,66667 3 46,00000 3 49,33333 ,337 duncana a1 a3 a0 a3 sig. 3 44,66667 3 44,66667 3 46,00000 3 49,33333 ,128 means for groups in homogeneous subsets are displayed. a. uses harmonic mean sample size = 3,000. erythrocytes number treatment n subset for alpha = 0.05 1 tukey hsda a1 a3 a0 a3 sig. 3 4,96667 3 5,06667 3 5,10000 3 5,46667 ,504 duncana a1 a3 a0 a3 sig. 3 4,96667 3 5,06667 3 5,10000 3 5,46667 ,209 means for groups in homogeneous subsets are displayed. a. uses harmonic mean sample size = 3,000. wijaya, et al. – the effect of balimo (zanthoxylum nitidum) immersion water … 57 figure s1. research photographs (a. cage; b. male rats; c. weighing of test animals; d. batang balimo; e. ciu; f. water immersion of balimo stems; g. feed for rats; h. process of treatment; i. 10% bnf fixative solution; j. anesthesia process of rats; k. surgical process; l. topography of internal organs from test animals) a b c d e f g h i j k l this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 1, april 2021 | pages: 59-65 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.59-65 issn 2540-9328 (online) hibiscus rosa-sinensis l. (red hibiscus) tea, can it be used as a home-remedy to control diabetes and hypercholesterolemia? subhashinie sanadheera, deepanjana subasinghe*, melissa nethmi solangaarachchi, manju suraweera, noshara yushanthi suraweera, nadeesha tharangika rajarata university of sri lanka, mihintale 50300, sri lanka. corresponding author* deepanjana.subasinghe@gmail.com manuscript received: 20 october, 2020. revision accepted: 24 july, 2021. published: 27 july, 2021. abstract according to traditional medicine, hibiscus is used to treat hypertension, heart diseases and many other ailments. commercially available hibiscus tea is prepared with h. sabdariffa and is expensive. h. rosasinensis is the common variety which is abundant in tropical homegardens, however the scientific data are lacking on the effects. the present review focuses on the available scientific data on the effects of h. rosasinensis on controlling diabetes and hypercholesterolemia. the endeavour was to identify whether h. rosasinensis flower petals as a ‘tea’ is effective for diabetic and hypercholesterolemic patients. medical databases such as medline, bmc, bmj, research gate, mendelay literature search database, google scholar and the general engine google were searched from november 2018 to april 2019. search was carried out using keywords such as “hibiscus rosasinensis”, “antidiabetic effects”, “antihyperlipidemic effects”, “toxic effects”, “anti-inflammatory effects”, “phytochemicals in hibiscus” etc. data were critically analyzed to assess whether the effective doses of the research studies on a par with the doses present in h. rosasinensis teas. we found thirty-nine journal articles fulfilled the criteria. the data were categorized and extracted on uses of h. rosasinensis, anti-diabetic effects, anti-inflammatory effects, antihypercholesterolemic effects and its phytochemicals. the review revealed that the dose of h. rosasinensis petals present in a home-made hibiscus tea is theoretically sufficient to elicit anti-hyperglycemic and anti-hyperlipidemic effects. home-made hibiscus tea is effective in controlling diabetes and hypercholesterolemia without causing acute toxicity. keywords: hibiscus rosasinensis; hibiscus sabdariffa; diabetes; hypercholesterolemia. introduction the trend of the use of herbal remedies is rapidly growing globally (ekor & pistelli, 2013). based on 2002 data, almost four billion people in the world relied on herbal remedies for primary health issues(mukherjee, 2002). although the beneficial effects of these herbal remedies on health problems have been observed and experienced by humans for thousands of years, yet minimum scientific data are available on these treatments (ekor & pistelli, 2013). lack of data on the mode of action, potential adverse reactions, contraindications and interactions with existing western medical treatments has restricted these products from being ‘competitive leading herbal supplements’ in the market. hibiscus is a family of flowering plants which the leaves and the red flower petals are used as herbal remedies by most people in the world. yet data are scarce on the effects of different varieties. consumption of tea made of flower petals of hibiscus family is being practiced by a large number of patients in the world to control hypertension and hyperlipidemia (haji faraji & haji tarkhani, 1999; mckay et al, 2010) thus hibiscus tea is commercially available in international markets. to prepare hibiscus tea, a variety of flowers which are belonged to hibiscus family is used. hibiscus sabdariffa is the mostly consuming variety which also has scientifically proven hypotensive and hypolipidemic effects (haji faraji & haji tarkhani, 1999; mckay et al., 2010). however, hibiscus rosasinensis is the most common, easily cultivated plant which is accessible to most people in the world as it is grown massively in tropics and sub-tropics (it can be cultivated in glass chambers in cold weathers as it does not tolerate temperatures below 10oc). aqueous extract of hibiscus rosasinensis red flower petals is a common herbal home-remedy consumed by people in asian countries however, has minimum scientific data to prove the effects on humans. this plant is a glabrous shrub cultivated as an ornamental plant. among the different colors, red flowered variety is mostly used as a herbal remedy (jadhav et al., 2009). https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.101.59-65 60 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 59-65 due to universal availability and good palatability, herbal home-made tea could be prepared with the petals of hibiscus rosasinensis with a minimum preparation time. prior a study on the effects of hibiscus rosasinensis tea on humans, the present review mainly focuses on the effects of this flower on diabetic and hypercholesterolemic animals. methods several medical databases such as medline, bmc, bmj, research gate, mendelay literature search database, google scholar and the general engine google were searched from november 2018 to april 2019. some full articles were accessed through hinari gateway. we used categorized search using keywords such as “hibiscus rosasinensis”, “antidiabetic effects”, “antihyperlipidemic effects”, “toxic effects”, “anti-inflammatory effects”, “phytochemicals in hibiscus” etc. we included trials conducted with animals and humans that had examined the effectiveness of hibiscus rosasinensis and safety in the treatment of hyperglycemia and hyperlipidemia. as the review focuses on the effectiveness of hibiscus tea, the initial endeavour was to review the studies carried out only with water extracts of the flower petals and to exclude the studies carried out with other solvent extraction methods. however, due to scarcity of published data, studies conducted with other solvent extraction methods were also included. researches carried out with parts of the hibiscus plant except for petals were excluded. after gathering the relevant articles, we crossreferenced to see the validity and traced back to the original articles to avoid any plagiarism. most commonly discussed most recent research findings in the original articles were included to conclude this review. the articles were categorized to extract data on uses of h. rosasinensis by humans, anti-diabetic effects, antiinflammatory effects, anti-hypercholesterolemic effects and phytochemicals in h. rosasinensis. data were critically analyzed to assess whether the effective doses of the research studies on a par with the doses present in h. rosasinensis teas. description of the plant different names used for this plant in different countries are given in the first volume of the “medicinal plants of the world” by ivan a. ross (ross, 2003). the plant is a shrub with long slender branches of about 6 m tall. the flowers are borne singly at the apexes or ends of the branches, on long stalks. flowers possess colorful overlapping petals (ross, 2003). classification: kingdom : plantae clade : angiosperms clade : eudicots clade : rosids order : malvales family : malvaceae genus : hibiscus species : h. rosa-sinensis evidence for the use of the h. rosasinensis flower by humans to regulate the menstrual cycle, females of bangladesh use a decoction of the flower petals with green beetle nut. hot water extract of flowers is used by chinese as an emmenagogue and a tonic. flower extract is used by east indies to regulate menstrual cycle and to produce abortion. in fiji, hot water extract of flowers and leaves is used orally to ease childbirths and the infusion of dried flower is used to aid digestion. people in haiti use decoction of flowers to cure flu and cough while hawaiians eat flowers to produce lactation. decoction of dried flowers is used by indians for abortion and the hot water extraction of flowers as a contraceptive (ross, 2003). flowers, crushed with sugar, are used in indian folk medicine to control excessive uterine bleeding. ancient indian medicinal literature reveals the use of hibiscus flowers for heart diseases. flowers have cooling and soothing effects, anti-inflammatory effects and emmenagogue effects. petals are used to stimulate hair growth, to prevent premature graying and hair loss and used as a hair conditioner (linn et al, 2009; upadhyay et al, 2011). in sri lankan ayurveda medicine, flowers are used to treat anaemia, constipation and to stimulate hair growth (ayurvedic medicinal plants of sri lanka, n.d.). sanadheera et al. – hibiscus rosa-sinensis l. (red hibiscus) tea … 61 antidiabetic effects a study conducted in india with alloxan induced diabetic wistar rats revealed that the ethanolic extract of h. rosasinensis elicits acute hypoglycemic effects (1, 3, 5 h) and sub-acute (1, 3, 5, 7 days) hypoglycemic effects at doses of 250 mg/kg and 500 mg/kg (venkatesh et al, 2008). thus, to obtain this effect, a human should consume around 40 mg/kg bw of dried ethanolic extract of h. rosasinensis (reagan-shaw et al, 2008). required weight of dried petals to make hibiscus tea to obtain the above effect will be much higher. when streptozotocine induced diabetic female wistar rats were mated, and treated orally with aqueous extract of hibiscus rosa-sinensis during pregnancy, an increased maternal and fetal weights, reduced atherogenic index, coronary artery risk index and reduced pre-implantation loss rate were observed compared to the untreated diabetic group (afiune et al., 2017). a study conducted by bhaskar and vidhya revealed that administration of aqueous extract of h. rosasinensis flowers at a oral dosage of 500 mg/kg to normal rats, lowered the postprandial (2hr) blood glucose level significantly (p<0.001) after an oral glucose load. moreover, administration of the extract at the same dose over 21 days, significantly lowered the fasting blood glucose level (p<0.001), glycosilated hemoglobin level and serum lipid levels of stz induced diabetic wistar rats, compared to the control group, although a significant change in insulin levels were not exhibited (bhaskar & vidhya, 2012). scientific data is scarce on human studies of the effect of h. rosasinensis flowers. however, data on human studies are available for tea made with h. sabdariffa, a similar flower variety to h. rosasinensis. h. sabdariffa is the variety commonly used in manufacturing hibiscus tea. arabic people used to consume karkadeh tea made from h. sabdariffa mainly after meals. in a study, this tea was prepared by boiling 10g of dried petals in 500ml of water for 60 minutes. final volume was 250 ml which was refrigerated at 4oc until consumption. this tea elicited a slow rise in blood glucose level compared to english breakfast tea, after a high glycemic meal. conversely, the meal with karkadeh tea showed a 20% higher area under the curve (auc) compared to the meal with english breakfast tea (harrison et al, 2009) indicating the slow glucose absorption. the only human-study carried out with h. rosasinensis flowers has been conducted for 60 days providing 2g of hibiscus rosasinensis flower powder incorporated in to mathri (an indian rotti variety) to type 2 diabetes patients. this study revealed a significant decrease in mean fasting blood glucose, post prandial blood glucose level, mean glycosylated hb level, mean total cholesterol, triglyceride level, total ldl and total vldl cholesterol level (sharma et al, 2016). however, the study has been carried out with 6 subjects in each test and control groups and the groups have not been crossed over. anti-inflammatory effect type 2 diabetes mellitus is an inflammatory disease (donath & shoelson, 2011) thus the herbs which possess anti-inflammatory effects might be beneficial in controlling diabetes. ethanolic extract of h. rosasinensis showed the significant anti-inflammatory activity at doses of 125, 250 and 500 mg/kg on carrageenin induced paw edema, cotton pellet induced granuloma and xylene induced mice ear edema (birari et al., 2009). ethanolic extract of white hibiscus (hibiscus rosasinensis var alba) elicits more potent anti-inflammatory effects over red hibiscus (hibiscus rosa-sinensis l) with doses of 50 and 100 mg/kg and elicited a significant reduction (p<0.05) in polymorphonuclear leukocytes infiltration (raduan et al., 2013). antihypercholesterolemic effects a significant improvement in dyslipidemia caused due to diabetes mellitus was observed in alloxan induced diabetic wistar rats with oral doses of 50, 100, 200 mg/kg of hydroalcoholic extract (70%) of flowers of hibiscus rosasinensis, administered for 4 weeks. researchers reported a significant reduction in total cholesterol, triglycerides, vldl, ldl and elevation in hdl levels (m pethe & guptha, 2011). a decrease in the triglycerides and alt levels were observed in pregnant diabetic wistar rats fed with h. rosasinensis aqueous extract at a dose of 100 mg/kg from day 0 to 7 of pregnancy, 200 mg/kg from day 8 to 14 and 400 mg/kg from day 15 to 20. however, no effect on glycemia was observed in this study (silva et al., 2015). when alloxan induced diabetes rats were administered with hydroalcoholic extract (70%) of hibiscus rosa-sinensis, at doses of 50,100 and 200 mg/kg bw for 4 weeks, a significant improvement in diabetes induced dyslipidemia was observed by the researchers with a significant decrease in total cholesterol, triglycerides, vldl, ldl and elevation in hdl levels (m pethe & guptha, 2011). further, significant anti-diabetic effects which were comparable to glibenclamide and sulphonylurea were observed with the same dosed administered for 28 days. histopathological studies showed an increase in the size and number of islets, diameter of the islet cells and decrease in the necrosis and atrophy of the islets (pethe et al, 2017). after administrating ethanolic hibiscus flower extract for 21 days, a maximum blood glucose lowering of 41-46% and total cholesterol and serum triglycerides lowering of 22 and 30%, respectively were observed with streptozotocine induced diabetic rats. the effect was comparable to glibenclamide, however with no increase in insulin level (sachdewa & khemani, 2003). 62 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 59-65 furthermore, anthocyanin compounds delphini din-3-o-sambubioside and cyanidin-3-o-sambubioside, extracted from hibiscus rosasinensis petals elicited potent competitive ace inhibitor effects agreeing to the use of h. rosasinensis petal extracts to treat hypertension in folk medicine (ojeda et al., 2010). moreover, khan et al. (2011) revealed that the chronic use of ethanolic and chloroform extracts of h. rosasinensis petals has anti-anxiety effects without producing any cns depression signs in experimental rats (mohammed j et al., 2011). phytochemicals in flower on blood glucose and serum cholesterol scientific data revels that the edible parts of the h. rosasinensis flowers contain 89.8% moisture, 0.064% nitrogen, 0.36% fat, 1.56% crude fibre. moreover, flower extract contains tannins (7.5±0.20 %), phenols (0.678±0.14%) and alkaloids (0.51±0.16 %) while the total phenol content in flowers was 735±46 mg gallic acid equivalent /100g. the four main types of flavanoids in petals are rutin, quercetin, kaempferol and myricetin (purushothaman, meenatchi, s, sundaram, & saravanan, 2018). petals contain various flavones such as quercetin-3-di-0-beta-d-glucoside, quercetin-3-7-di0-beta-d-glucoside, cholesterol, campesterol, quercetin3-0-beta-d-sophorotrioside, ß-sitosterol10, kaempferol3-0-beta-d-xylosyl-glucoside19, catalase13. red and magenta colour flower petals possessed dark-purplish dye, anthocyanin pigment and cyanidin diglucoside (subramanium & nair, 1972; wealth of india, 1997) along with proanthocyanidins (nakamura et al, 1990). another study reveals the presence of terpenoids in flower petals (patel & adhav, 2016). all these compounds elicit antioxidant properties, thus the antioxidant capacity of the petals were significantly high [ascorbic acid equivalent antioxidant capacity (aeac): 640 ± 56 mg ascorbic acid /100g; total anthocyanin content (tac): 284 ± 17 mg cyanidin-3-glucoside equivalent/100g; ferric-reducing power (frp): 4.0 ± 0.3 mg gallic acid equivalent /100g (sk, lim, & chan, 2009)]. in another study, aqueous extract of hibiscus elicited high tannin and anthocyanin contents, and possessed high ferric reducing antioxidant power (mak et al., 2013). further, fresh flowers of hibiscus rosasinensis possess 0.30-0.50 v/w % of essential oils. most of the beneficial effects of this flower variety could be due to the presence of antioxidants, which play a key role in controlling diabetes and hypercholesterolemia. phenolic compounds in tea inhibit α amylase and α glucosidase enzymes, the key enzymes of carbohydrate digestion (hara & honda, 1990). furthermore, polyphenolics in tea inhibit glucose uptake by intestinal caco-2 cells (johnston, 2005). tannic acid, a major compound of tannins and alkaloids, stimulates the translocation of glucose transporters (glut 4) and increase phosphorylation of insulin receptors thus increasing glucose clearance from blood and activating insulin action respectively (li et al., 2005). the whole plant of hibiscus rosasinensis increase insulin secretion from the pancreatic beta cells, probably by the actions exerted by alkaloids, flavanoids and terpenoids (mishra, 2009). owing to the above actions on glut 4 receptors and insulin receptors, polyphenolic compounds might increase deposition of excess glucose in adipose tissues as fat, increase uptake of triglycerides from adipose tissues by activating lipoprotein lipase and inhibit hormone sensitive lipase which involve in adipolysis. summative action will be the decrease of circulatory triglycerides and phospholipids. further, anthocyanins in hibiscus sadariffa inhibit angiotensin converting enzyme (ace) by competing with the substrate of the enzyme, thereby controls hypertension (ojeda et al., 2010). terpenoids are present in many herbal plants which can modulate activities of ligand-dependent transcription factors [peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors (ppars)] and thus can prevent obesity-induced metabolic disorders, such as type 2 diabetes, hyperlipidaemia, insulin resistance, and cardiovascular diseases (goto et al., 2010). quantitative analyses have revealed that the aqueous extract of hibiscus rosasinensis flower petals have high amounts of tannins and anthocyanin thus show high ferric reducing antioxidant power. among the phenols, flavonoids, tannins, flavonol and anthocyanins are the most potent antioxidants in hibiscus (mak et al., 2013) thus it can be hypothesized that the above beneficial health effects also could be obtained by hibiscus tea. however, all above beneficial effects have been observed with isolated polyphenolic compounds. therefore, it is not clear whether a tea made from the herbal plant or flower will exert the same effect. although data on animal studies are available to prove the anti-hyperglycemic and anti-hyperlipidemic effects of hibiscus rosasinensis extracts, human studies to observe the activity of these compounds in human body, are yet to be carried out. does the dose in hibiscus rosasinensis tea is sufficient to cause the antihyperglycemic and antihyperlipidemic effects? the above evidences show that the h. rosasinensis could be beneficial as a tea, after meals in terms of controlling postprandial blood glucose level, which is a key goal to minimize diabetes related macro and microvascular complications. however, in most of the animal studies, the beneficial effects were obtained with the powder of the dried or evaporated solvent extracts of the petals, which the concentration of the active compounds ought to be higher than the amounts present in a tea. as a commercially available tea bag weighs 2 – 2.5g, this amount might not be sufficient to provide the beneficial sanadheera et al. – hibiscus rosa-sinensis l. (red hibiscus) tea … 63 effects as shown in research. yet, the study conducted by sharma et al. in 2016, with diabetic patients, emphasizes the presence of anti-hyperglycemic effect of the petal powder (2 g) when incorporated in to a food (sharma et al., 2016). furthermore, to obtain the similar effects observed in animal studies (studies using rats), only one sixth of the animal dose has to be given to humans. therefore, present review reveals the necessity of further studies on antihyperglycemic and antihyperlipidemic effects of hibiscus rosasinensis tea. toxic effects antifertility effects: a study was conducted to observe the effect of h. rosasinensis on diabetes during pregnancy. dried and powdered flower petals (20 g) were boiled in 1 l of water for 5 minutes, filtered and evaporated in a rotary evaporator to obtain the test samples. stz induced diabetic female rats were administered with an initial dose of 100 mg/kg/day of the h. rosasinensis extract, from day 0 until the 7th day of pregnancy (implantation period). the dose was increased to 200 mg/kg/day from day 8 to 14 of pregnancy (embryonic period), and to 400 mg/kg/day from day 15 to 20 (fetal period). the study revealed beneficial effects of the flower extract on diabetic pregnant rats and their offspring with no effect on non-diabetic pregnant rats. the non-diabetic treated group elicited decreased high density lipoprotein cholesterol, increased atherogenic index (ai) and coronary artery risk index (cri), and increased preimplantation loss rate compared to the non-diabetic untreated group. treatment has not shown toxicity, however, could be deleterious to cardio vascular system and reproductive functions. therefore, the researchers indicate that the indiscriminate intake of h. rosasinensis extract may be harmful to healthy individuals and further emphasize that this extract should be completely avoided during pregnancy (afiune et al., 2017). extractive value of water soluble extractives of h. rosasinensis is 5.3% (al-snafi, 2018). therefore, according to the previous study, from 20 g of dried petals 1.06 g of water soluble extractives could be gained. the highest water soluble extractives dose/ day which caused the deleterious effects on rats, was 400 mg/kg/day. however, the dose for humans which causes same effect will be six times lower than that of rats (11). therefore, the deleterious water soluble extractives dose will be 3.3g/day. this amount is present in 62.9 g of dried petals. a tea bag contains 2-2.5 g of dried petals which is significantly lower than the toxic dose. acute toxic effects: when powder of the methanolic extract of h. rosasinensis was administered to rats, in 100, 200, 400, and 800 doses, no significant changes in behavior, skin effect, breathing, defecation, postural abnormalities, impairment in food intake and water consumption and yellowing or loss of hair were observed. no changes were observed for one week. however, 20% mortality was observed with a 1600 mg/kg dose (meena et al, 2014). ethanol soluble extractive value for h. rosasinensis was 2.6% (al-snafi, 2018). thus by considering the ratio of the dose for rats and humans, to obtain a 20% mortality rate, 13 g of ethanol soluble extractives have to be consumed by a 50 kg human. this amount is present in 500 g of dried petals. a tea bag contains 2-2.5 g of dried petals which is significantly lower than the toxic dose. genotoxic effects: genotoxicity was not observed with the flower extract, therefore hibiscus rosasinensis could be used as a safe pharmaceutical material (meena et al., 2014). cytotoxic effects: when a decoction was prepared with 15 g of dried and milled hibiscus petals and diluted to 5g/l and 10g/l, it showed a reduction in mitotic index for l allium cepa l., significantly. therefore, h. sinensis contains antimitotic constituents which block anywhere of the cell cycle (ali, 2010). these concentrations are similar to 1.25g and 2.5 g of petals in a tea cup of 250 ml respectively. however, the study was carried out with plant materials and may not be applied to the human body. chronic toxic effects of hibiscus rosasinensis flower extract have not been reported yet, although tea and drinks made from hibiscus rosasinensis flower petals have been used globally from ancient times as a home remedy and a beverage. conclusion the dose of h. rosasinensis petals present in hibiscus tea is sufficient to elicit anti-hyperglycemic, antihyperlipidemic, anti-hypertensive, anti-inflammatory, anti-anxiety and anti-oxidant properties without causing acute toxicity. author contribution: study concept, acquisition of data, analysis and interpretation of data, drafting of the manuscript, critical revision of the manuscript: senadheera s. p. a. s. (department of biochemistry, faculty of medicine and allied sciences, rajarata university of sri lanka). acquisition of data, analysis and interpretation of data, drafting of the manuscript: subasinghe s. a. d., solangaarachchi d.m.n., suraweera d. m. m, suraweera s. a. n. y., tharangika w. n. d. (undergraduate medical student, faculty of medicine and allied sciences, rajarata university of sri lanka) conflict of interest: the authors declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. 64 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (1), 2021: 59-65 references afiune, l. a. f., leal-silva, t., sinzato, y. k., moraes-souza, r. q., soares, t. s., campos, k. e., … volpato, g. t. (2017). beneficial effects of hibiscus rosa-sinensis l. flower aqueous extract in pregnant rats with diabetes. plos one. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0179785 al-snafi, a. e. (2018). chemical constituents and pharmacological activities of gossypium herbaceum and gossypium hirsutum-a review chemical constituents and pharmacological activities of gossypium herbaceum and gossypium hirsutum a review prof dr ali esmail al-snafi, (may). ali, ö. (2010). cytotoxicity of hibiscus rosa-sinensis flower extract. caryologia, 63(2), 157–161. https://doi.org/10.1080/00087114.2010.10589721 ayurvedic medicinal plants of sri lanka. (n.d.). bhaskar, a., & vidhya, v. g. (2012). hypoglycemic and hypolipidemic activity of hibiscus rosa sinensis linn on streptozotocin-induced diabetic rats. international journal of diabetes in developing countries. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13410-012-0096-9 birari, r. b., jalapure, s. s., changrani, s. r., shid, s. l., tote, m. v, habade, b. m., … thane, a. d. (2009). pharmacologyonline, 3, 737–747. retrieved from https://pharmacologyonline.silae.it/files/archives/2009/vol3/0 80.birari.pdf donath, m. y., & shoelson, s. e. (2011). type 2 diabetes as an inflammatory disease. nature reviews immunology. https://doi.org/10.1038/nri2925 ekor, m., & pistelli, l. (2013). frontiers the growing use of herbal medicines issues relating to adverse reactions and challenges in monitoring safety pharmacology. front pharmacol, 177. https://doi.org/https://dx.doi.org/10.3389%2ffphar.2013.0017 7 goto, t., takahashi, n., hirai, s., & kawada, t. (2010). various terpenoids derived from herbal and dietary plants function as ppar modulators and regulate carbohydrate and lipid metabolism. ppar research, 2010, 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1155/2010/483958 haji faraji, m., & haji tarkhani, a. h. (1999). the effect of sour tea (hibiscus sabdariffa) on essential hypertension. journal of ethnopharmacology. https://doi.org/10.1016/s03788741(98)00157-3 hara, y., & honda, m. (1990). the inhibition of a-amylase by tea polyphenols control obesity or diabetes by diminishing the absorption of glucose decomposedfrom starch obtained ecg ) were 2 times more inhibitory than pyrocatechins ( gcg and egcg ) respective-, 54(8), 1939–1945. harrison, a. p., cooper, r. g., suliman, m. a., & alalami, u. (2009). the efficacy of karkadeh tea in controlling postprandial blood glucose levels. american journal of pharmacology and toxicology, 4(4), 151–157. https://doi.org/10.3844/ajptsp.2009.151.157 jadhav et al. (2009). traditional medicinal uses of hibiscus rosasinensis. journal of pharmacy research. johnston, j. j. (2005). evaluation of cocoaand coffee-derived methylxanthines as toxicants for the control of pest coyotes. journal of agricultural and food chemistry, 53(10), 4069– 4075. https://doi.org/10.1021/jf050166p li, y., kim, j., li, j., liu, f., liu, x., himmeldirk, k., … chen, x. (2005). natural anti-diabetic compound 1,2,3,4,6-penta-ogalloyl-d-glucopyranose binds to insulin receptor and activates insulin-mediated glucose transport signaling pathway. biochemical and biophysical research communications, 336(2), 430–437. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbrc.2005.08.103 linn, e., gaur, k., kori, m. l., & nema, r. k. (2009). investigation of immunomodulatory potential of hydroalcoholic extracts of euphorbia neriifolia linn. and hibiscus rosa sinensis linn., 2(1), 61–65. mak, y. w., chuah, l. o., ahmad, r., & bhat, r. (2013). antioxidant and antibacterial activities of hibiscus (hibiscus rosa-sinensis l.) and cassia (senna bicapsularis l.) flower extracts. journal of king saud university science, 25(4), 275–282. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jksus.2012.12.003 mckay, d. l., chen, c.-y. o., saltzman, e., & blumberg, j. b. (2010). hibiscus sabdariffa l. tea (tisane) lowers blood pressure in prehypertensive and mildly hypertensive adults. the journal of nutrition, 140(2), 298–303. https://doi.org/10.3945/jn.109.115097 meena, a. k., jain, a., pandey, k., & singh, r. k. (2014). acute toxicity and genotoxic activity of hibiscus rosa sinensis flower extract. american journal of phytomedicine and clinical therapeutics, 2(4), 524–529. mishra, m. (2009). an analytical review of plants for anti diabetic activity with their phytoconstituent & mechanism of action. international journal of pharmaceutical sciences and research, 1(1), 29–46. mohammed j, k., . a., amber, v., manju, s., & deependra, s. (2011). acute and chronic effect of hibiscus rosa sinensis flower extract on anxiety induced exploratory and locomotor activity in mice. journal of plant sciences, 6(2), 102–107. https://doi.org/10.3923/jps.2011.102.107 mukherjee, p. k. (2002). quality control of herbal drugs: an approach to evaluation of botanicals. business horizons, 113– 119. nakamura, y., hidaka, m., masaki, h., seto, h., & uozumr, t. (1990). major anthocyanin of the flowers of hibiscus (hibiscus rosa-sinensis l.). agricultural and biological chemistry, 54(12), 3345–3346. https://doi.org/10.1080/00021369.1990.10870458 ojeda, d., jiménez-ferrer, e., zamilpa, a., herrera-arellano, a., tortoriello, j., & alvarez, l. (2010). inhibition of angiotensin convertin enzyme (ace) activity by the anthocyanins delphinidinand cyanidin-3-o-sambubiosides from hibiscus sabdariffa. journal of ethnopharmacology, 127(1), 7–10. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jep.2009.09.059 patel, s., & adhav, m. (2016). comparative phytochemical screening of ethanolic extracts (flower and leaf) of morphotypes of hibiscus rosa-sinensis linn. journal of pharmacognosy and phytochemistry, 5(3), 93. pethe, m, & guptha, p. (2011). effect of hibiscus rosa sinensis ( jaswand) flowers on lipid profile in experimentally induced diabetes mellitus in rats. faridpur medical college journal, 6(2), 70–73. pethe, mohan, yelwatkar, s., manchalwar, s., & gujar, v. (2017). evaluation of biological effects of hydroalcoholic extract of hibiscus rosa sinensis flowers on alloxan induced diabetes in rats. drug research, 67(08), 485–492. https://doi.org/10.1055/s-0043-109434 purushothaman, a., meenatchi, p., s, s., sundaram, r., & saravanan, n. (2018). quantification of total phenolic content, hplc analysis of flavonoids and assessment of antioxidant and anti-haemolytic activities of hibiscus rosa sanadheera et al. – hibiscus rosa-sinensis l. (red hibiscus) tea … 65 sinensis l. flowers in vitro. international journal of pharma research and health sciences, 4(5), 134–150. https://doi.org/10.21276/ijprhs.2016.05.02 raduan, s. z., abdul aziz, m. w. h., roslida, a. h., zakaria, z. a., zuraini, a., & hakim, m. n. (2013). antiinflammatory effects of hibiscus rosa-sinensis l. and hibiscus rosa-sinensis var. alba ethanol extracts. international journal of pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences. reagan-shaw, s., nihal, m., & ahmad, n. (2008). dose translation from animal to human studies revisited. the faseb journal, 22(3), 659–661. https://doi.org/10.1096/fj.07-9574lsf ross, i. a. (2003). hibiscus rosa-sinensis. in medicinal plants of the world (pp. 253–266). totowa, nj: humana press. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-59259-365-1_12 sachdewa, a., & khemani, l. . (2003). effect of hibiscus rosa sinensis linn. ethanol flower extract on blood glucose and lipid profile in streptozotocin induced diabetes in rats. journal of ethnopharmacology, 89(1), 61–66. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0378-8741(03)00230-7 sharma, k., pareek, a., & chauhan, e. s. (2016). evaluation of hyperglycemic and hyperlipidemic mitigating impact of hibiscus rosa sinensis (gudhal) flower in type ii diabetes mellitus subjects, 7(2), 223–229. silva, t. l., afiune, l. a. f., de moraes souza, r. q., de sousa soares, t., carneiro, t. b., américo, m. f., volpato, g. t. (2015). effect of hibiscus rosa sinensis aqueous extract treatment on biochemical parameters in diabetic pregnant rats. diabetology & metabolic syndrome, 7(s1), a77. https://doi.org/10.1186/1758-5996-7-s1-a77 sk, w., lim, y., & chan, e. (2009). antioxidant properties of hibiscus: species variation, altitudinal change, coastal influence and floral colour change. journal of tropical forest science, 21(4), 307–315. subramanium, s., & nair, a. (1972). flavonoids of four malvaceous plants. phytochemistry, 11(4), 1518–1519. upadhyay, s. m., upadhyay, p., ghosh, a. k., singh, v., & dixit, v. k. (2011). effect of ethanolic extract of hibiscus rosa sinensis l., flowers on hair growth in female wistar rats. der pharmacia lettre, 3(4), 258–263. venkatesh, s., thilagavathi, j., & shyam sundar, d. (2008). antidiabetic activity of flowers of hibiscus rosasinensis. fitoterapia. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fitote.2007.06.015 wealth of india. (1997). raw materials (vol. vi). new delhi. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 11, number 1, april 2022 | pages: 83-87 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.83-87 issn 2540-9328 (online) anti-oxidative effects of butanol seed extract of parkinsonia aculeata on carbon tetrachloride-induced liver damage on wistar rats muhammad bashiru abdulrahman1,*, yusuf gumburawa malami2, sanusi wara hassan3, mansur lawal3, waliu temitope adanlawo4, mansur mohammed birnin kebbi4, kamaldeen olalekan sanusi5 1department of chemical pathology and immunology, faculty of basic clinical sciences, college of health sciences, usmanu danfodiyo university, sokoto, nigeria; 2department of science laboratory technology, umaru ali shinkafi polytechnic, sokoto, nigeria; 3department of biochemistry, faculty of science, usmanu danfodiyo university, sokoto, nigeria; 4department of chemical pathology, usmanu danfodiyo university teaching hospital, sokoto, nigeria; 5department of physiology, faculty of basic medical sciences, college of health sciences, usmanu danfodiyo university, sokoto, nigeria. corresponding author* abfmhzs69@gmail.com manuscript received: 06 may, 2022. revision accepted: 27 may, 2022. published: 30 june, 2022. abstract medicinal plants have protective effect because of the presence of several compounds which have different mechanism of action . this study sought to assess the anti-oxidative effects of butanol seed extract of parkinsonia aculeata on carbon tetrachloride (ccl4)-induced liver damage on wistar rats. the wistar rats were put into five groups, each with six rats: group a received a daily dosage of liquid paraffin (1ml/kg); group b received 1ml/kg body weight of ccl4 (30% in liquid paraffin intraperitoneal); group c, d, and e received the seed extracts at 100, 120, and 160 mg/kg every day for two weeks. induction of ccl4 was three times a week for two weeks simultaneously with the extract to the last day. after sacrificed, the liver was harvested and homogenized, and used for further analyses. there was a significant increase (p<0.05) in the levels of superoxide dismutase and catalase in all extract treated groups compared to positive control, except the catalase levels of group treated with 160mg/kg. similar results was observed in vitamin c, vitamin e and glutathione in rats treated with 100 and 120mg/kg of the extract. the results of this study revealed that butanol s eed extract from p. aculeata has antioxidant properties and can protect wistar rats' livers from the damaging effects of ccl4. keywords: antioxidant; carbon tetrachloride; liver damage; oxidative stress; parkinsonia aculeata. abbreviations: cat – catalase; gsh reduced glutathione; sod superoxide dismutase; ccl4 carbon tetrachloride; mda – malondialdehyde; ros reactive oxygen species; h2o2 hydrogen peroxide. introduction antioxidant activity is an important approach to defend against liver damage. antioxidants are chemicals that inhibit the oxidation of a molecule in the cells when present in extremely low concentrations. it has the capacity to nullify the effects of oxidation (lipid peroxidation) caused by free radicals in the liver of an organisms. the impaired electrons of free radicals are highly reactive and neutralize the harmful reactions of human metabolism (serbinova et al., 1991). protection of the liver against free radicals effects is provided by enzymatic antioxidants such as catalase (cat), reduced glutathione (gsh), and superoxide dismutase (sod) and non-enzymatic antioxidants e.g. vitamin c and vitamin e that play a crucial role in lipid peroxidation process. the rising amount of chemical compounds and pollution in the environment are causing an increase in liver illnesses (wadekar et al., 2008). many of these chemicals cause harm to cells and molecules by producing reactive oxygen species and other free radicals. because of its critical function in the body's metabolism of external chemical compounds, liver is one of the organs that can cause toxic reactions and is a popular subject of toxicological research (beckman & ames, 1998). carbon tetrachloride (ccl4) is frequently used as a chemical inducer of experimental liver cirrhosis. this toxic agent activates liver damage by forming reactive intermediates, such as trichloromethyl free radicals, via cytochrome p450-related functions in the oxidase system (recknagel et al., 1989). the main causes of ccl4-induced hepatic damage is related to lipid peroxidation enzymes, and generation of free radicals caused by this agent (poli, 1993). medicinal plants have protective effect because of the presence of several compounds which have different https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.83-87 84 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 83-87 mechanism of action. some of the components of this plant are proteins and enzymes of low molecular weight such as vitamin, flavonoids and carotenoids (zhang & wang, 2002). many of these components especially phytochemical constituents exhibit hepatoprotective effects due to their antioxidant property (madrigalsantillán et al., 2014). the leaf, stem bark and the seed extracts of parkinsonia aculeata are used traditionally in the northern nigeria for the treatment of hepatopathy, bacterial diseases, typhoid fever, diabetes, malaria and trypanosomiasis (hassan et al., 2010; leite et al., 2007). leaf extracts of p. aculeata were reported to have hepatoprotective and antioxidant activities (hassan et al., 2005). however, there is paucity of scientific report on the seed extract. this study therefore sought to assess the anti-oxidative effects of butanol seed extract of p. aculeata on carbon tetrachloride-induced liver damage on wistar rats. materials and methods. plant collection, identification and storage parkinsonia aculeata seeds were obtained on the campus of usmanu danfodiyo university in sokoto, nigeria. the plant components were identified and taxonomically validated at usmanu danfodiyo university, sokoto botany unit. in the departmental herbarium of the botany unit, a voucher specimen of the plant (uduh/ans/0038) was deposited for reference. the seeds were opened and air dried for one week in the shade before being pounded into a fine powder with a mortar and pestle and stored at room temperature until use. experimental animal wistar rats of either sex weighing 120-200 g were obtained from animal house, department of biological sciences, usmanu danfodiyo university, sokoto, nigeria. they were kept in wire mesh cages with free access to food and water for one week to acclimatize. they were maintained on standard optimal feeds and clean tap water before and after daily administration of plant extract between 9:30 to 10:30 hours. experiments were performed according to ethical guidelines for investigation of experimental pairs in conscious animals. the standard orogastric cannula was used for oral administration of the seed extract. preparation of plant extracts two hundred grams (200g) of fine powder of the plant seed were extracted with two (2) litres of methanol at room temperature overnight and filtered through whatman no. 1 filter paper. the filtrate was concentrated to dryness using rotary evaporator and percentage yield was calculated (5.6%). the residue was dissolved in distilled water and partitioned with butanol (saturated with water). the butanol fraction was thereafter screened for antioxidant properties. experimental design the animals were divided into 5 groups of six (6) rats. group a: (normal control) received daily dose of liquid paraffin (1ml/kg) body weight per day for 14 days. group b: (positive control) received 1ml/kg body weight of ccl4 (30% in liquid paraffin intraperitoneal) three (3) times a week for two (2) weeks. group c, d and e: received the seed extracts of p. aculeata at 100, 120 and 160 mg/kg per day respectively for two weeks. induction of ccl4 was three times a week for two weeks simultaneously with the extract to the last day. animals were sacrifice 24 hours after the last day. liver was removed and rinsed in ice-cold 1.5% kcl, dried and weighed homogenized in 4x ice-cold isotonic phosphate buffer ph 7.4 and the centrifuged at 9000g for 20 minutes to obtain post mitochondria supernatant at 105,000xg for 60 minutes to obtain the microsomes cytosolic fractions of the supernatant was immediately frozen on dry ice and microsome was suspended in 0.15 sucrose solution. sample preparation for the determination of markers of antioxidant activity the liver was perfused with 0.86% cold saline to completely remove the red blood cells, it was suspended in 10% (w/v) ice-cold. 0.1cm3 phosphate buffer at ph 7.4. the liver was then cut into small pieces, some quality was weighed and homogenized. the homogenate used for the estimation of enzymatic and non-enzymatic antioxidants. estimation of vitamin c vitamin c estimation was carried out using the method of rutkowski et al. (rutkowski et al., 1998). briefly, 1ml of sample was measured into test tubes, 1ml of pr (50nm solution of oxalic acid) was added and mixed thoroughly at room temperature for 30 minutes. it was centrifuged at 700g for 16 minutes, supernatant was collected with pipette and used as a test sample for spectrophotometric measurements. standard sample was prepared using 1ml of standard solution without centrifugation. absorbance of test sample (ax) and standard sample (as) was measured at 700nm against the mixture of pr as the reference sample. concentration cx of vitamin c (µm) in the sample was determined using the formula 𝐶𝑥 = 𝐴𝑥 as . 𝐶𝑠 where; cs = concentration of standard solution abdulrahman et al. – anti-oxidative effects of parkinsonia aculeata 85 estimation of vitamin e vitamin e was determined using the method of rutkowski et al. (rutkowski et al., 2005). briefly, 0.5ml of sample was measured into test tube, 0.5ml of anhydrous ethanol were added and shaken vigorously then plugged for 1 minute. a 3ml of xylene was added again and shaken vigorously for another 1 minute, centrifuged at 1500g for 10 minutes simultaneously. a 0.25ml solution of batophenanthroline was measured into test tube ii. a 15ml of the extract was collected and transferred to test tube ii, the content was mixed. a 0.25ml of fecl3 solution was also added to test tube ii, mixed then 0.25ml of h3po4 solution was also added and mixed again and the absorbance was measured spectrophotometrically. 0.5ml of standard solution prepared using trolox as test sample using α tocopherol. 0.5ml of deionized water was added. absorbance of the test (ax) and standard (as) was measured at 539nm against blank test. concentration of vitamin e was thereafter calculated using the formula: concentration of vitamin e (cx) 𝐶𝑥 = 𝐴𝑥 as . 𝐶𝑠 where; cs = concentration of standard solution. estimation of reduced glutathione and enzymatic assay of superoxide dismutase and catalase the colorimetric assay for catalase (cat), superoxide dismutase (sod), and reduced glutathione (gsh) was carried out using commercial kits (randox lab) according to the manufacturer’s protocol. malondialdehyde (mda) determination tissue supernatant (150µl) was diluted to 500µl with double deionized water. two hundred and fifty (250) µl of 1.34% thiobarbituric acid was added to all the test tubes followed by addition of an equal volume (250µl) of 4% trichloroacetic acid (tca). the resulting mixture was shaken and incubated for 30 minutes in a water bath temperature greater than 900c. the test tubes were allowed to cool at room temperature and the absorbance of the complex formed was read at wave length of 532nm (hartman, 1983). the absorbance was extrapolated from a standard curve generated by using a standard (1,1,3,3-tetraethoxy propane). the result was expressed as nanomoles of mda per cubic centimeter of supernatant. results estimation of non-enzymatic antioxidants. there was a significant increase (p<0.05) in the levels of vitamin c, vitamin e and gsh in rats treated with 100 and 120mg/kg of the extract. however, it was observed that the higher the dose, the lower the values (table 1). table 1. non-enzymatic antioxidant properties of rats administered butanol seed extracts of parkinsonia aculeata and carbon tetrachloride. group vitamin c (umol/l) vitamin e (mg/dl) gsh (mg/ml) a 121.07±24.62 96.88±27.87 22.90±1.24 b 110.46±21.34 α 89.23±7.61α 14.84±5.35α c 156.91±14.94αβ 173.36±5.88αβ 48.15±2.00αβ d 130.88±7.17αβ 107.29±8.79αβ 27.44±1.41αβ e 111.59±25.97α 103.87±3.04β 20.37±1.46β values are expressed as mean ± sem (n = 5) α = significantly (p<0.05) different vs a, β = significantly (p<0.05) different vs b, by using the analysis of variance and lsd multiple comparison test on spss software (ibm corp.usa, 2011). gsh: reduced glutathione. group a: liquid paraffin treated group, group b: 30% ccl4 treated group, group c: administered 100mg/kg of butanol extract + ccl4, group d: administered 120mg/kg of butanol extract + ccl4 group e: administered 160mg/kg of butanol extract + ccl4 estimation of enzymatic antioxidant markers a significant increase (p<0.05) was observed in the levels of antioxidant enzymes such as sod and cat in all treatment groups compared to positive control, except the cat levels of group treated with 160mg/kg of the extract. moreover, the levels of lipid peroxidation marker (mda) was only significantly lower (p<0.05) in the group treated with 160mg/kg of the extract (table 2) compared to positive control. table 2. enzymatic antioxidant properties of rats administered butanol seed extracts of parkinsonia aculeata and carbon tetrachloride. group sod (u/ml) cat (u/ml) mda (umol/l) a 14.30±6.01 288.88±43.09 130.34±32.93 b 8.06±6.38 α 279.14±20.62α 195.94±58.65α c 44.53±21.40αβ 410.06±23.47αβ 217.17±99.33αβ d 89.94±25.44αβ 352.65±21.31αβ 222.22±8.79αβ e 56.93±35.72 αβ 276.44±8.95 α 96.15±5.25 αβ values are expressed as mean ± sem (n = 5) α = significantly (p<0.05) different vs a, β = significantly (p<0.05) different vs b, by using the analysis of variance and lsd multiple comparison test on spss software (ibm corp.usa, 2011). group a: liquid paraffin treated group, group b: 30% ccl4 treated group, group c: administered 100mg/kg of butanol extract + ccl4, group d: administered 120mg/kg of butanol extract + ccl4 group e: administered 160mg/kg of butanol extract + ccl4 mda: malondialdehyde, cat: catalase; sod: superoxide dismutatse. discussion free radicals play a role in the aetiology of a variety of diseases (covacci et al., 2001). they are easily produced in the body through regular metabolic pathways. antioxidants, on the other hand, can neutralise free radicals and thereby prevent disease. natural antioxidants derived from plant sources have been linked to a lower risk of chronic disease due to their ability to stop free radical growth in the biological system (covacci et al., 2001). antioxidant activity, or the prevention of free radical formation, is critical in the 86 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 83-87 prevention of ccl4-induced hepatopathy (venukumar & latha, 2002). to avoid and neutralise free radical-induced damage, the body possesses an excellent defence mechanism. catalase, superoxide dismutase, and glutathione peroxidase are examples of endogenous antioxidant enzymes that help with this. these enzymes form a mutually beneficial defence team against reactive oxygen species (ros) (hewawasam et al., 2003). in ccl4 induced hepatotoxicity, the balance between ros production and antioxidant defences may be lost hence oxidative stress result, which through a series of event regulate cellular functions leading to hepatic necrosis. from the result of this study, rats administered ccl4 showed significant changes (p<0.05) on the liver function and antioxidant parameters when compared with normal control group. the reduced activity of antioxidant enzymes observed point out the hepatic damage as the rats administered with ccl4. the seed extract had indicated reversed changes in liver function and antioxidant parameters when compared with ccl4 treated group. in terms of non-enzymatic antioxidants, gsh is a significant predictor of tissue sensitivity to oxidative damage, and hepatic gsh depletion has been linked to increased toxicity to compounds such as ccl4 (kidd, 1997). in the present study, decrease in hepatic tissue of gsh level was observed in ccl4 treated groups. moreover, the findings showed significant decrease in the levels of vitamin c and vitamin e in ccl4 treated group when compared to the normal control group. this is in agreement with the findings of narasimhanaidu and ponnain, (2006) that indicated that condition of severe oxidative stress may also lead to the depletion of protective physiological moieties such as gsh, vitamin c and vitamin e in rats (kamalakkannan & prince, 2006). glutathione through its significant reducing power contributes to the recycling of other antioxidants such as vitamin c and e that have become oxidized (kidd, 1997). interestingly, the reduced levels of gsh, vitamin c and vitamin e caused by ccl4 was attenuated by the butanol seed extract of p. aculeata. lipid peroxidation is a measure of membrane damage and changes in the structure and function of cellular membranes, and it was found to be higher in the ccl4-treated group. the observed increase in mda levels of ccl4 groups suggests enhanced lipid peroxidation leading to tissue damage and failure of antioxidant defence mechanism to prevent formation of excessive free radicals (achliya et al., 2004). this is also in agreement with findings of moscrella et al. (1994) and patrick-iwuanyanwu et al. (2007). the treatment with 160mg/kg of the extract was however able to reduce the mda levels, which suggests a hepatoprotective effect. similarly, the activities of sod and cat was observed to increase as result of the ccl4 administration. sods are the first line of defence against harm caused by ros. these proteins catalyse the dismutation of superoxide anion free radical (o2-) into molecular oxygen and hydrogen peroxide (h2o2), lowering the level of o2-, which can harm cells at high levels. (yasui & baba, 2006). catalase is an antioxidant enzyme that acts as a catalyst for the conversion of hydrogen peroxide to oxygen to oxygen and water. it prevents the effect of h2o2 that is present intracellular (nandi et al., 2019). the effect of ccl4 on the antioxidant enzymes in this study was significantly reversed by the treatment with the butanol seed extract of p. aculeata. the presence of phenolic compounds in the plant might have scavenged the free radicals, thus offering the hepatoprotection. conclusions findings from this study showed that butanol seed extract of p. aculeata exhibit anti-oxidative property which could rescue the liver of wistar rats from the toxic effects of ccl4. moreover, p. aculeata at minimal concentration is recommended as optimal effects was recorded at a low dose (100mg/kg) used in this study. competing interests: the authors declare that there are no competing interests. references achliya, g. s., wadodkar, s. g., & dorle, a. k. (2004). evaluation of hepatoprotective effect of amalkadi ghrita against carbon tetrachloride-induced hepatic damage in rats. journal of ethnopharmacology, 90(2-3), 229–232. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jep.2003.09.037 beckman, k. b., & ames, b. n. (1998). the free radical theory of aging matures. physiological reviews, 78(2), 547–581. https://doi.org/10.1152/physrev.1998.78.2.547 covacci, v., torsello, a., palozza, p., sgambato, a., romano, g., boninsegna, a., cittadini, a., & wolf, f. i. (2001). dna oxidative damage during differentiation of hl-60 human promyelocytic leukemia cells. chemical research in toxicology, 14(11), 1492–1497. https://doi.org/10.1021/tx010021m hartman, p. e. (1983). putative mutagens and carcinogens in foods. iv. malonaldehyde (malondialdehyde). environmental mutagenesis, 5(4), 603–607. https://doi.org/10.1002/em.2860050409 hassan, s. w., salawu, k. ., ladan, m. j., hassan, l. g., umar, r. a., & fatihu, m. y. (2010). hepatoprotective, antioxidant and phytochemicalproperties of leaf extracts of newbouldia laevies. international journal of pharmtech research, 2(1), 573–584. hassan, s. w., umar, r. a., ebbo, a. a., & matazu, i. . (2005). phytochemical, antibacterial and toxicity studies of parkinsonia aculeata (fabaceae). nig. j. biochem. mol. biol, 20(2), 89–97. hewawasam, r. p., jayatilaka, k. a. p. w., pathirana, c., & mudduwa, l. k. b. (2003). protective effect of asteracantha abdulrahman et al. – anti-oxidative effects of parkinsonia aculeata 87 longifolia extract in mouse liver injury induced by carbon tetrachloride and paracetamol. the journal of pharmacy and pharmacology, 55(10), 1413–1418. https://doi.org/10.1211/0022357021792 kamalakkannan, n., & prince, p. s. m. (2006). antihyperglycaemic and antioxidant effect of rutin, a polyphenolic flavonoid, in streptozotocin-induced diabetic wistar rats. basic & clinical pharmacology & toxicology, 98(1), 97–103. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.17427843.2006.pto_241.x kidd, p. m. (1997). glutathione: systemic protectant against oxidative and free radical damage. leite, a. c. r., araújo, t. g., carvalho, b. m., silva, n. h., lima, v. l. m., & maia, m. b. s. (2007). parkinsonia aculeata aqueous extract fraction: biochemical studies in alloxan-induced diabetic rats. journal of ethnopharmacology, 111(3), 547–552. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jep.2006.12.032 madrigal-santillán, e., madrigal-bujaidar, e., álvarez-gonzález, i., sumaya-martínez, m. t., gutiérrez-salinas, j., bautista, m., morales-gonzález, á., garcía-luna y gonzález-rubio, m., aguilar-faisal, j. l., & morales-gonzález, j. a. (2014). review of natural products with hepatoprotective effects. world journal of gastroenterology, 20(40), 14787–14804. https://doi.org/10.3748/wjg.v20.i40.14787 moscarella, s., duchini, a., & buzzelli, g. (1994). lipoperoxidation, trace elements and vitamin e in patients with liver cirrhosis. european journal of gastroenterology & hepatology, 6, 633–636. nandi, a., yan, l.-j., jana, c. k., & das, n. (2019). role of catalase in oxidative stressand age-associated degenerative diseases. oxidative medicine and cellular longevity, 2019, 9613090. https://doi.org/10.1155/2019/9613090 patrick-iwuanyanwu, k. c., wegwu, m. ., & ayalogu, e. o. (2007). the protective nature of garlic, ginger and vitamin e on ccl4-induced hepatotoxicity in rats. asian journal of biochemistry, 2(6), 409–414. https://doi.org/10.3923/ajb.2007.409.414 poli, g. (1993). liver damage due to free radicals. british medical bulletin, 49(3), 604–620. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordjournals.bmb.a072634 recknagel, r. o., glende, e. a. j., dolak, j. a., & waller, r. l. (1989). mechanisms of carbon tetrachloride toxicity. pharmacology & therapeutics, 43(1), 139–154. https://doi.org/10.1016/0163-7258(89)90050-8 rutkowski, m., gezegorczyk, k., & paradowski, m. (1998). colorimetric determination of vitamin c concentration in blood plasma with phosphotungstate reagenta modification of kyaw method. diag. lab., 34, 243. rutkowski, m., gezegorczyk, k., & paradowski, m. (2005). colorimetric determination of vitamin c concentration in blood plasma with phosphotungstate reagenta modification of kyaw method. diag. lab., 41, 375. serbinova, e., kagan, v., han, d., & packer, l. (1991). free radical recycling and intramembrane mobility in the antioxidant properties of alpha-tocopherol and alphatocotrienol. free radical biology & medicine, 10(5), 263– 275. https://doi.org/10.1016/0891-5849(91)90033-y venukumar, m. r., & latha, m. s. (2002). antioxidant activity ofcurculigo orchioides in carbon tetrachloride-induced hepatopathy in rats. indian journal of clinical biochemistry : ijcb, 17(2), 80–87. https://doi.org/10.1007/bf02867976 wadekar, r. r., supale, r. s., tewari, k. m., patil, k. s., & jalalpure, s. s. (2008). screening of roots of baliospermum montanum for hepatoprotective activity against paracetamol induced liver damage in albino rats. international journal of green pharmacy, 2(4), 220–223. https://doi.org/10.4103/0973-8258.44737 yasui, k., & baba, a. (2006). therapeutic potential of superoxide dismutase (sod) for resolution of inflammation. inflammation research : official journal of the european histamine research society ... [et al.], 55(9), 359–363. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00011-006-5195-y zhang, h.-y., & wang, l.-f. (2002). theoretical elucidation on structure-antioxidant activity relationships for indolinonic hydroxylamines. bioorganic & medicinal chemistry letters, 12(2), 225–227. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0960894x(01)00724-7 this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 10, number 2, october 2021 | pages: 93-103 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.93-103 issn 2540-9328 (online) a physical chemistry study of black powder materials by solution combustion synthesis method fitria hidayanti1,*, kiki r. lestari1, nano sujani1, jarot raharjo2 1engineering physics department, universitas nasional, jakarta selatan 12520, indonesia. 2center for materials technology, agency for the assessment and application of technology puspiptek building no. 224, south tangerang, banten 15314, indonesia. corresponding author* fitriahidayanti@gmail.com manuscript received: 14 august 2021. revision accepted: 30 september, 2021. published: 08 october, 2021. abstract a study on the synthesis of black powder (la2nio4) material using the solution combustion synthesis method at a variation of synthesis temperature of 60, 70, and 80°c was carried out. it produces a mass of black powder of 2 grams by four times of synthesis process. then, material characterization was performed on the black powder samples obtained by using x-ray diffraction (xrd) to determine the phases formed, scanning electron microscopy energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy (sem-eds) to determine the morphology and analyze the composition elemental on the microscale and fourier transform infra-red (ftir) to determine chemical bonds. from the whole black powder sample, xrd analysis showed the phases of dilantanum nickel tetraoxide (la2nio4), nickel oxide (nio), lanthanum oxide (la2o3), and lanthanum oxide ht x-form (la2o3 ht (x-form)). in addition, it was seen from the visible compositions of the phases that the nio phase looks more dominant and the variation of the synthesis temperature shows that the la2o3 phase was increasing. this was supported by the eds analysis, which showed that the eds spectrum contains elements la, ni, and o where the element o indicates that oxidation occurs in the elements ni and la. on the other hand, the sem analysis results confirm that the black powder sample contains the elements la and ni, based on the high and low electron images contained in the morphology of the black powder sample. in addition, it was also known that the particles in the black powder sample were micron size and had porous morphology. this occurs due to rapid thermal decomposition events and excessive gas development. in addition, ftir analysis showed that the o-h bond had been reduced and there are still c-o and c-h bonds indicating the presence of organic elements possessed by glycine. keywords: la2nio4, solution combustion synthesis; battery nimh; hydrogen storage alloy. introduction the development of electronic technology and electric cars can not be separated from the role of energy sources as a power to use these technologies. one source of energy booster is the battery. a battery is a device that has a working principle to convert chemical energy into electrical energy through electrochemical processes. one fairly rapid development occurred in the type of rechargeable batteries. a rechargeable battery is a type of battery that can be recharged again with the charge & discharge system. similar to the type of primary battery, batteries generally consist of 3 main components, namely the anode, cathode, and electrolyte. there are very rapid development in nickel metal hydride (nimh) batteries (chang et al., 2016, young et al., 2017). highpower international inc., which is a clean energy supplier company integrated with research and development, manufacturing and sales of nimh and li-ion rechargeable batteries, as well as energy storage and battery recycling systems, explains that the majority of the 74% nimh battery consumer market share in china, followed by japan as 14% and europe as 10%, and 2% are the others. in addition, european countries still have a large market level for the consumption of nimh batteries. for example, in 2013, germany, the netherlands, belgium, and the uk accounted for 8.3% of nimh battery needs from china, and in february 2014, north america received 51.76% of nimh battery needs, followed by europe receiving 32.7%, and 13.73% (chang et al., 2016). the data shows that the market share of nimh batteries is still growing, and indonesia may still be able to develop nimh batteries given the abundant natural resources for raw materials for nimh batteries. indonesia is a country that has the second-largest wealth of nickel in the world. nickel ore is contained in nickel oxides or laterites, which are spread in eastern indonesia (prasetiyo, 2008). based on data from the geological resource center in 2016, indonesia has nickel resource potential of 5,756,362,683 (ore) and 79,172,702 (metals) and nickel reserves of 3,197,178,940 (ores) and 50,872,304 (metals) with elemental content nickel average 1.20-3.25%. these https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2021.102.93-103 94 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 93-103 nickel resources and reserves in 2011-2015 continued to increase due to the discovery of new nickel resources (haryadi, 2017). in contrast, the potential of soil metals is rarely found in monazite and xenotime minerals with reserves of more than 951,000 tons (inatadon et al., 2015). some of indonesia's rare earth metal minerals are contained in an associated tin in bangka belitung and gold in kalimantan (virdhian and afrilinda, 2014). both of these minerals are raw materials from nimh batteries. nimh batteries are secondary batteries in which metal hydride acts as a negative electrode and hydrogen-absorbing alloy acts as an active substance in the negative anode. the development of nimh batteries received considerable attention from researchers, especially their use in hybrid electrical vehicles (hev) technology. in addition, the unique characteristics of the working principle of the battery, especially in the hydrogen storage alloy as the anode of the battery, is an interesting topic for writers and has been developed by several researchers, such as research conducted by several institutions in china, japan, europe, and america (chang et al., 2016, young et al., 2017, ouchi et al., 2016, chang, et al., 2017). the research mainly focuses on nimh battery anode components, where there is a hydrogen storage alloy material. the role of hydrogen storage alloy material in this case are greatly affects to nimh battery power density. furthermore, its role is very important in the absorption/adsorption process of h2 at negative electrodes. nickel metal hydride (nimh) batteries nimh batteries are rechargeable batteries by utilizing electrochemical reactions found in active materials or electrodes. like most batteries, the main components in nimh batteries are the same as batteries in general, consisting of negative and positive electrodes and electrolyte solutions. nimh battery's active material used on the positive electrode (cathode) is ni(oh)2. at the same time, the hydrogen storage alloy material is used as active material on negative electrodes. in addition, the electrolyte solution that is usually used in nimh batteries is potassium hydroxide (koh). in nimh battery cathode an electrochemical reaction (equation (1)) is occur as follows: 𝑁𝑖(𝑂𝐻)2 + 𝑂𝐻 − → 𝑁𝑖𝑂𝑂𝐻 + 𝐻2𝑂 + 𝑒 − (1) in the charging process, atoms in nickel hydroxide (ni(oh)2) compounds will dissociate to form nickel oxide hydroxide (niooh) compounds and water and electrons. then the hydrogen atom moves through the diaphragm (electrolyte) to the nimh battery anode in combination with the metal hydride material. meanwhile, electrons flow to the anode through an external circuit, then the reaction occurs (equation (2)) in the anode as follows: 𝑀 + 𝐻2𝑂 + 𝑒 − → 𝑀𝐻 + 𝑂𝐻− (2) then the charging process at the cathode occurs where an hsa material and a hydrogen atom dissociate at the cathode and an electron to form a metal hydride material and a hydroxide ion. briefly, the process of charging and discharging is shown in figure 1. figure 1. charge and discharge mechanism on nickel metal hydride batteries (chang, s., young, k. h., & lien, y. l., 2017). solution combustion synthesis method solution combustion synthesis (scs) is an effective method for the synthesis of nanoscale materials, versatile and efficient in the use of energy that has been used in the production of various types of ceramic powders for several types of advanced applications (li et al., 2016, khina, 2010). the scs method is a simple method but an important technique in synthesising and processing nanostructures of metal, oxide, spinel, alloy, and intermetallic (xanthopoulou et al., 2018). this method is based on an exothermic reaction between nitrates (oxidizing agents) and organic substances (reducing agents) by directly producing nanostructured powders (xanthopoulou et al., 2018, deganello et al., 2018). utilization of the exothermic reaction as a source to drive the reaction itself so that no external source is needed and only requires ignition temperature to start the process (gonzález-cortés et al., 2013). crucial advantages of the scs method are (i) mixing of the initial reaction that occurs in a liquid state, thereby facilitating control of the composition, structure, homogeneity, and stoichiometry of the reaction product; (ii) the possibility of incorporating impurity/dopant ions in the form of oxides, to prepare materials that are suitable for industrial needs; (iii) the very fast scs method allows the formation of metastable phases (xanthopoulou et al., 2018, aruna, 2017, manukyan, 2017). in addition, the main thing that is important from the use of the scs method is that it can be used with various precursors, both soluble and non-dissolved (deganello et al., 2018). hidayanti et al. – a physical chemistry study of black powder materials … 95 material characterization material characterization is an activity carried out to determine the physical properties, mechanical properties, and chemical properties through various tests. among the tests are thermogravimetry analysis (tga), differential thermal analysis (dta), dsc, fourier transform infra-red (ftir), x-ray diffraction (xrd), x-ray fluorescence (xrf), scanning electron microscopy (sem), energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy (eds), uv-vis, and many other tests. this study, it was conducted characteristic tests on three main types of tests, including (1) x-ray diffraction spectroscopy (xrd), (2) fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (ftir), and (3) scanning electron microscope (sem). therefore, this research aimed to obtain hydrogen storage alloy material which is still in the scope of research in black powder synthesis with variations in temperature of synthesis/reaction using the solution combustion synthesis (scs) method. then the material characterization analysis was carried out, including crystal size, chemical bonds, functional groups, and morphology on the influence of temperature. research methods black powder material synthesis black powder synthesis was carried out by dissolving the three precursors as presented in the synthesis process flow in figure 2. the precursors used in this synthesis process include 0.433 grams (1 mmol) lanthanum nitrate hexahydride (la (no3)3.6h2o) p.a. which produced by merck, 1.454 grams (5 mmol) nickel nitrate hexahydride (ni (no3)2.6h2o) p.a. produced by merck, and 0.976 grams (7.2 mmol) glycine (c2h5no2) is produced by merck. then, it is dissolved at 10 ml distilled water which is equivalent to 10 grams (adziimaa et al., 2013). after that, simultaneously stirring using magnetic stirring with a total mass of 12.863 grams. the temperature variations carried out in the stirring process were at temperatures 60, 70 and 80 °c (xanthopoulou et al., 2018, liu et al., 2016, patil et al., 1997, xanthopoulou et al., 2017). when the stirring process reached the desired temperature, the temperature of the solution was stabilized at a set point at 60, 70, and 80 °c. after that, the transparent green solution that had been carried out in the stirring process on the beaker glass is transferred into the cup for further drying process which aims to remove the formed water element. this drying process was carried out for 3 hours 20 minutes until the gel was formed (liu et al., 2016). the purpose of forming the gel from the solution between the fuel and the oxidant was tightly connected in the gel network (deganello et al., 2018). figure 2. the flow of black powder material synthesis. the gel obtained from the drying process was then calcined by heating the powder at high temperatures but still under the melting point (latif et al., 2014). in addition, this process aimed to eliminate volatile elements, heat decomposition and form new phases of the three precursors used. the condition of this gel calcination with a temperature of 500 °c and a heating rate of 10°c/min is then held for 2 hours (liu et al., 2016). then the gel would reach ignition temperature to undergo combustion and change into a sponge shape with volume development. the expanded sample was then mashed using a mortar to obtain a sample in the form of powder. x-ray diffraction this process was carried out on the x-ray diffraction characterization at the lipi physics research center with the xrd smartlab, rigaku. xrd characterization was carried out under test conditions with a voltage of 40 kv and a current of 30 ma. the target element used to radiate the sample is cu kα with wavelength specifications 0.1541862 nm. besides the step mode scan with a scan speed of 0.25 and a scan range of 10 90 deg for each sample. then an analysis of the x-ray diffraction pattern of the black powder sample was conducted using the rietveld method using panalytical high score plus software. sem-eds the scanning electron microscopy characterization has been carried out at the bppt technology incubator center using the scanning electron microscope (sem) type quanta 650 to test three samples with magnifications of 500, 1000, 1500 and 10000 and the energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy (eds) of oxford instruments. it was calcined on 500 oc for 2 hours with rate 10 oc/min it was dryed on 100 oc it was stirred on 60, 70 and 80 oc it was dissolved in 10 ml of distilled water 96 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 93-103 fourier transform infrared (ftir) fourier transform infrared (ftir) characterization has been conducted at the material technology center bppt. the ftir test was carried out using the nocolet is50 thermo scientific type ftir under the conditions of the spectra scan speed test per second 65 (at 16 cm-1) and 95 (at 32 cm-1). with a scan range of 400-4000 cm-1 for each black powder sample. result and discussion x-ray diffraction the diffraction pattern of the sample for black powder with a variation of synthesis temperature at 60 ºc, 70 ºc and 80 ºc is shown in figure 3. it is known that in the angular range of 10 to 90 degrees, there is an identical diffraction peak pattern of the four black powder samples, the identical peak pattern in the 2theta angles, including 37°, 43°, 62°, 75° and 79° which are identified as phases of nickel oxide. figure 3. x-ray diffraction pattern for each sample back powder. meanwhile, figure 4 was a magnification of figure 3 with an angle range of 2 theta 20º to 40º, where there were differences in the peak pattern in the angle range of 2 theta. in the sample, black powder room temperature can be indicated at magnification with a range of angles that the peak at an angle of 2 theta 26°, 29°, 30°, and 31° is the peak of the lanthanum oxide (la2o3) phase. while at an angle of 2 theta 23° and 31° was the phase of the lanthanum nickel tetraoxide (la2nio4). in addition, it was also observed at the diffractogram peaks for black, 60 °c, 70 °c, and 80 °c black powder samples. an identical peak was seen at an angle of 2 theta were 25° and 30° which is the phase of lanthanum oxide. while the peak at an angle of 2 theta was 28°, it experiences shrinkage as the temperature of the synthesis rises, which indicates that the angle represents the lanthanum oxide ht (x-form) phase. on the other hand, in figure 5 there was also the formation of peaks in the range of 30° to 60°, at an angle of 39° and 44° observed that there is a paw that shows the lanthanum oxide phase, as the temperature rises, the formation of the peak shows more clearly that the lanthanum phase is formed oxide. similarly, around the angle of 2 theta 40° and 45° also formed a diffractogram peak which showed the development of the phase of lanthanum nickel trioxide at room temperature, but along with the increase in temperature appeared lanthanum oxide phase at the peak at 53° and 55°. figure 4. magnification of diffractogram black powder sample on 2: 30 60°. figure 5. magnification of diffractogram black powder sample on 2: 20 40°. judging from the suitability criteria for the profile fitting process based on the literature, the good refinement match is determined by the weighted rprofile (rwp) and goodness of fit (gof) parameters. rwp is a weight comparison pattern of the difference between observation patterns with xrd calculations (speakman, 2012). the ideal value of rwp is <10% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 (011) (010) (222) (113) (022) (002) bp 80 bp 70 bp 60 in te n si ty ( a .u ) 2 theta (degree) bp rt (111) 30 40 50 60 (013) (021) (112)(020)(110)(002) (012) (110) (013) (112) (017)(011)(012) in te n s it y ( a .u ) 2 theta (degree) bp rt bp 60 bp 70 bp 80 20 25 30 35 40 (011) (011) (011) (010) (011) (011) (010) (011) (010) (002) (010) (011) in te n s it y ( a .u ) 2 theta (degree) (013) bp rt bp 60 bp 70 bp 80 hidayanti et al. – a physical chemistry study of black powder materials … 97 (speakman, 2012, sarwanto and adi, 2018). while rexpected is a statistical evaluation of noise data on diffractograms. in addition, the parameter of goodness of fit (gof) or commonly known as chi-squared is a ratio of xrd observation patterns that are comparable with expected, with an ideal value of no more than 4% (speakman, 2012). the goodness of fit and rwp factors, as well as the size of the crystals that have been calculated using high score plus for each black powder sample, are known respectively in table 1. table 1. match parameters and crystal size of each black powder sample. sample uniform parameter crystal size rexpected rwp gof black powder room temperature 9.1453 7.9019 1.1902 2.0737 black powder 60°c 9.0551 8.1407 1.2738 5.0808 black powder 70°c 9.1597 8.1181 1.2420 4.3323 black powder 80°c 8.9618 7.6367 1.1468 3.4879 from table 1 it can be concluded that the level of fitting for each black powder sample can be categorized very well according to the literature mentioned earlier. in addition, the results of the analysis of the composition of compounds contained in each black powder sample are listed in table 2. table 2 showed that in the black powder room temperature sample, there is a la2nio4 phase with a composition of 27.4%. table 2. phase composition contained in the black powder sample. compound composition of compounds (%) r.t 60 °c 70 °c 80 °c la2nio4 27.4 nio 71.3 84.6 82.0 80.7 la2o3 1.3 15.3 17.8 19.3 la2o3 – ht (x-form) 0.1 0.2 total 100% 100% 100% 100% in each black powder sample 60-80 °c, the la2nio4 phase was not formed and tended to show a very dominant nio phase and it was observed that with increasing synthesis temperature, la2o3 phase composition tends to increase. scanning electron microscopy (sem) analysis the analysis was carried out with three magnifications, namely 500x, 1000x and 10000x. the sample chamber is vacuum up to 3.54x10-4 pa for 500x magnification and 19.4x10-2 pa for 1000x and 10000x magnification, respectively, to ensure that the sem column is free of air molecules. the sem was operated with a standard high voltage operation parameter of 10 kv with a spot size of 2.5 and a work distance (wd) of 9.6 mm for a 60°c black powder sample. sem results for the microstructure test of a 60°c black powder sample are shown in figure 6 taken with a se detector. figure 6. the microstructure of black powder 60°c (a) with a magnification of 500x (b) with a magnification of 1000x (c) the measurement of molecular samples of black powder and (d) with a magnification of 10000x (e) measurement of the diameter of the pores formed. at 500x magnification (figure 6a), black powder particles are scattered to form small fragments and some are porous chunks. to clarify the observed porous profile, a 1000x magnification was performed. the analysis results with higher magnifications observed that there were agglomerates in the porous lump (figure 6b). the average particle size observed at 1000x magnification is in the micron range with an average particle size of 11,8093 µm (figure 6c), but it has not provided information about the porosity of the black sample particles the powder. on that basis, the analysis continued with 10000x magnification. in micrographs with a magnification of 10000x, it was able to show important information, which was very clearly visible agglomerates contained in the porous lump (figure 6d) and the size of the pores in the micron order with an average pore diameter of 22.8361 µm (figure 6e). then the analysis for the 70 °c black powder sample is presented in figure 7. with the sem operation specifications for the high voltage operation parameter of 10 kv with spot size 2.5 and work distance (wd) of 10 mm for the 70°c black powder sample. the sample chamber is vacuum up to 1.30x10-4 pa for 500x magnification and 1.41x10-4 pa for 1000x magnification and 1.52x10-4 for 10000x magnification. in micrographs with a magnification of 500x, it was seen that in the 70°c black powder sample, the particles in the sample 98 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 93-103 were scattered with mostly dominated by lumps (figure 7a). then, it was clear that the lump had pores on each of the lumps (figure 7b) with an average size of the lumps of 20,89 µm (figure 16c). in addition, at 10,000x magnification (figure 7d), it was observed that there were agglomerates with an average of 0,5632 µm and an average pore diameter of 0,7508 µm (figure 7e). figure 7. the microstructure of black powder 70 °c (a) with a magnification of 500x (b) with a magnification of 1000x (c) the measurement of molecular samples of black powder and (d) with a magnification of 10000x (e) measurement of the diameter of the pores formed. figure 8. the microstructure of black powder 80 ° c (a) with a magnification of 500x (b) with a magnification of 1000x (c) molecular measurements of the black powder sample and (d) with a magnification of 10000x (e) measurement of the diameter of the pores formed. after that, the 80 °c black powder micrograph sample was shown in figure 8. the micrograph is obtained with a high voltage operation parameter of 10 kv with a spot size of 2.5 and a work distance (wd) of 10 mm. the sample chamber is vacuum up to 1.07x10-4 pa for 500x magnification and 1.16x10-4 pa for 1000x and 10000x magnification, respectively. in figure 8, it appears that the 80 °c black powder sample does not look too many lumps that appear and most are shaped granules. then a magnification of 1,000x was carried out so that it was observed that the particle structure of the black powder sample tended to have pores that were slightly unlike the micrographs of the black powder samples 60 °c and 70 °c. in addition, information was obtained in the form of particle size with an average of 6.7447 µm (figure 8c). in micrographs with 10,000x magnification (figure 8d and 8e), it is known that in the black powder sample 80 °c, the shaft/pores of the particles shrink and tend to be more solid with an average shaft/pores of 0.4676 µm tend to be smaller compared to the black powder samples in figure 6 and figure 7. the morphology of black, 60 °c, 70 °c, and 80 °c samples in the figure 6d, figure 7d, and figure 8d with dark colours that appear to be more dominant in each sample is a constituent element with a low atomic number. in contrast, the bright colours seen in agglomerates are constituent elements that have high atomic numbers (tutu et al., 2015). so it can be concluded that the dark side of the sample contains ni atoms and agglomerates that appear to be representations of la atoms. from the three micrographs, it appears that the high surface area was affected by the type of glycine fuel which causes rapid thermal decomposition and excessive gas development, resulting in greater porosity and crystal size (deganello and tyagi, 2018; fathi et al., 2017). it is also known that the influence of temperature variations in the synthesis can affect the porosity and size of the crystal. energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy (eds) analysis eds analysis on each black powder sample obtained from the solution combustion synthesis (scs) synthesis method was carried out to determine the composition of the elements in the sample. the results of the eds analysis for each black powder sample are presented in figures 9, figure 10 and figure 11. based on the results of the eds analysis in figure 9, it was known that the microstructure for black powder samples with a temperature variation of 60ºc contains the composition of the elements o, ni, and la at each observation point with the relative percent mass of the element at the first observation point (figure 9a) for ni of 57.8%, element la is 26.6%, and element o is 15.6%. then at the second observation point (figure 9b) shows the relative mass of each element, each for ni is 51.4%, element la is 27.8%, and element o is 20.9%. similarly, the relative mass at the third observation point (figure hidayanti et al. – a physical chemistry study of black powder materials … 99 9c) for each element is as follows for ni of 54.1%, element la for 26.3%, and element o for 19.6%. figure 9. the eds spectrum and composition of the 60 °c black powder sample resulting from the scs synthesis method with three observation points. (a) eds analysis at the first observation point. (b) eds analysis at the second observation point. (c) eds analysis at the third observation point. in addition, figure 10 shows the eds spectrum for black powder samples with a temperature variation of 70 ºc containing the composition of the elements ni, la and o. with each relative mass of the element at the first observation point (figure 10a), namely ni of 56.3%, element la is 24.8%, and element o is 18.9%. furthermore, at the second observation point (figure 10b), it was found that the relative mass of each element, including ni was 55.2%, la was 27.9% and o was 16.9%. then the observation at the third point (figure 10c) obtained the relative mass composition of each element, including ni of 61.2%, la of 27.1% and o of 11.7%. figure 10. the eds spectrum and the composition of the 70 ° c black powder sample resulting from the scs synthesis method with three observation points. (a) eds analysis at the first observation point. (b) eds analysis at the second observation point. (c) eds analysis at the third observation point. on the temperature of 80 ºc, the black powder sample presented in figure 11 showing three observation points on the surface of the black powder sample, the results show that there are elemental compositions as follows ni, la, and o with the relative mass content of each element at the first observation point (figure 11a) ni at 57.1%, element la at 25.1%, and element o at 17.8%. whereas at the second observation point (figure 11b), each element's relative mass composition as follows on the ni element is 56.4%, la element is 26.9%, and element o is 16.7%. at the last observation point (figure 11c), the relative mass composition of each element is 57.2% for the ni element, 25.2% for the la element, and 17.6% for the o element. figure 11. the eds spectrum and the composition of the 80 ° c black powder sample resulting from the scs synthesis method with three observation points. (a) eds analysis at the first observation point. (b) eds analysis at the second observation point. (c) eds analysis at the third observation point. the following is summarized in table 3 results of the analysis of energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy (eds). table 3. eds test analysis results for each black powder sample. observation element (%) ni la o total black powder 60 point 1 57.8 26.6 15.6 100 point 2 51.4 27.8 20.9 100 point 3 54.1 26.3 19.6 100 black powder 70 point 1 56.3 24.8 18.9 100 point 2 51.4 27.8 20.9 100 point 3 61.2 27.1 11.7 100 black powder 80 point 1 57.1 25.1 17.8 100 point 2 56.4 26.9 16.7 100 point 3 57.2 25.2 17.6 100 it appears that there was three percent by weight of the dominant atom contained in each black powder sample. in addition, it was confirmed that the nickel element has a composition of atomic weight that is greater and most dominant for each black powder 100 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 93-103 sample and the element la is the lowest element. then in the results, it can be concluded that the eds test is eds-oxide seen in the presence of element o. so that due to the presence of element o, oxidation occurs in the elements of ni and la and the compound element is formed which is ni into nio (nickel oxide), and the element it becomes la2o3 (setiadi, 2018). therefore, this result is in accordance with the compounds' composition results where the phases formed are nickel oxide and lanthanum oxide and the nickel oxide compound phase has a very dominant compound composition. this data supports data from xrd where no other peaks are found as impurities outside the reactants used. fourier transform infrared (ftir) analysis the fourier transform infrared spectrum for the three black powder samples synthesized using the solution combustion synthesis (scs) method with temperature variations (room temperature, 60, 70, and 80°c) and the forming material is shown in figure 12. figure 12. ftir spectrum of each black powder sample with its raw material. the fourier transform infrared spectrum (ftir) of the sample is then compared with each of its constituent materials. so it is known that each chemical bonding group is formed and disappears in the black powder sample. based on the analysis that has been done, there are several peaks in the spectrum of lanthanum nitrate hexahydrate (la (no3)3.6h2o) which have been identified in table 4. in the ftir spectrum of the material forming the lanthanum nitrate hexahydrate, it is known that in the forming material, several chemical bonding groups appear, which is found in the wavenumber 3200-3550 cm-1, which indicates the existence of o-h stretching vibrations with strong and wide spectrum characteristics. the o-h bonding group shows that the sample contains water molecules (nedumkallel et al., 2014). table 4. ftir spectrum of lanthanum nitrate hexahydrate, nickel nitrate hexahydrate, and glycine. wavenumber (cm-1) assignment of vibrations la(no3)3.6h2o 3200–3550 o-h bending ~2.980 c–h bending, medium 1293–1434 no3 asymmetric raw material 1368–1464 no3 bonding asymmetric sample black powder. 1649, 1646, and 1640 n=o bonding on black powder samples 60, 70, and 80 ºc 415–423 la-o group ni(no2)3.6h2o 3550–3200 o–h bonding 1619 hydroxyl group 1110 carbonate group 2980 c-h bonding 633 ni-o-h bonding 447–552 ni–o bonding glycine 607, 1389, and 1570 carboxylate group coo 1389 carboxylate group symmetrical coo 1125, 1489, 2600 ammonium group nh3+ 2600 and 3090 ammonium group nh3+ 889 and 1044 ccn asymmetric and simetric bonding 926 ch2 rocking 1322 ch2 twisting 1435 ch2 bonding on tabel 4, peaks around ~ 2980 cm-1 were observed due to vibration stretching of the c-h bond with the characteristic of stretching with medium intensity (kumari et al., 2015). in addition, it was observed that there was no3 stretching asimeter which appeared at 1293-1434 cm-1 in the forming material and at 13681464 cm-1 in each black powder sample. this shows the change in the no3 stretching wave number due to the possibility of constant changes in the force and dipole moment of the no3 group vibrations (trivedi et al., 2015). the characteristic vibration peaks for stretching n = o also appear at 1649, 1646, and 1640 cm-1 respectively in black powder samples 60, 70, and 80 ºc which were previously shifted at wave number 1634 cm1 in the forming material (lanthanum nitrate hexahydrate). whereas la-o chemical bonding group based on literature shows the wavenumber 415-423 cm-1 (radev et al., 2008). however, figure 12 only covers the range of 500-4000 cm-1. then in the infrared spectrum of ni nickel nitrate hexahydrate (no3)2.6h2o material, it was seen that several peaks were formed, including the wave number hidayanti et al. – a physical chemistry study of black powder materials … 101 3550-3200 cm-1 which was an o-h bond and around the wave number 1619 cm-1 associated with the group hydroxyl (rahdar et al., 2015). however, stretching vibration modes of h-o-h around the wave number 1658 cm-1 does not appear in the spectrum pattern (segawa et al., 2015). when compared with the infrared spectrum in the black powder sample, it was observed that the stretching of the o-h bond was reduced, which was caused by the drying and calcination treatment process carried out on the black powder sample. the absorption of the wavenumber 1110 cm-1 shows the presence of carbonates and bonds at around 2980 cm-1 according to the c-h stretch (rahdar et al., 2015). the ni-o-h stretching bond was observed at wave number 633 cm-1, but the absorption of the wavenumber at 447 552 cm-1 associated with the ni-o bond stretching was not observed, due to the range of wave numbers which only ranged from 4000 to 500 cm-1 (nedumkallel et al., 2014, rahdar et al., 2015). figure 13. the infrared spectrum of a black powder sample has been tested with ftir. in the last infrared spectrum, which is glycine material, it was known that in this comparison, there was a free glycine carboxylic group (coo) which is usually observed at 607, 1414 and 1605 cm-1. as in the case of glycine in this forming material, the peak shifts to 607, 1388, and 1570 cm-1 (ahamed et al., 2013, sankar et al., 2010). observed at the peak of 1389 cm-1, there was a stretching of the coosymmetric carboxylate group according to the reported value of literature (azhagan & ganesan, 2013). in addition, peaks in the wavenumbers 1125, 1489, 2600 cm-1 are shifted from the values presented in the literature at wavenumbers 1133, 1507, and 2614 cm-1 of the ammonium group (nh3+) (ahamed et al., 2013). whereas the absorption peak with wavenumbers of 2600 and 3090 cm-1 was indicated as stretching nh3+ (peter & ramasamy, 2010). the peaks were observed at wavenumbers 889 and 1044 cm-1 which are asymmetric and symmetric ccn stretches. whereas the peaks observed at wavenumbers 926, 1322, and 1435 cm-1 are respectively ch2 rocking, ch2 twisting, and ch2 bending (azhagan & ganesan, 2013). so from the analysis of the three row materials, it was found that there were several new absorption peaks that appeared, and some absorptive peaks were lost as shown in figure 13. from the peak of the absorption that appeared based on merck infrared spectrum table and chart, among them, there were around wavenumbers 1464 and 1462 cm-1 in each black powder sample showing the presence of c-h bending bonds with medium intensity and indicated as a class of alkane compounds. then, there is also the absorption peak at the wavenumbers 1390 and 1391 cm-1 in the black powder samples 60 ºc and 70 ºc which were indicated as c-h bending bonds with medium intensity and were observed as an aldehyde class. a strong c-o stretching bond was also observed at the absorption peak around the wave number 1087 cm-1 with indications belonging to the secondary alcohol class. these are summarized in table 5. table 5. ftir spectrum of black powder sample. wavenumber (cm-1) assignment of vibrations black powder 60 1464 c–h bending, medium, alkane 1390 c–h bending, medium, aldehyde 1368 1087 c–o stretching, strong, secondary alcohol 854 649 black powder 70 1462 c–h bending, medium, alkane 1391 c–h bending, medium, aldehyde 1087 c–o stretching, strong, secondary alcohol 854 656 591 black powder 80 1462 c–h bending, medium, alkane 1087 c–o stretching, strong, secondary alcohol 854 649 579 it was observed that all of the three black powder samples as a whole o-h stretching bond groups were reduced. this can be influenced by the drying process (evaporate process). so the o-h stretching bonds that indicate the element h2o evaporates at their boiling temperature. while the c-o and c-h bonds in the infrared spectrum indicate that there are still organic elements owned by glycine, which acts as fuel, so it can be concluded that the temperature during the calcination 102 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2), 2021: 93-103 process was still not optimal. not yet the optimal formation of this phase refers to the calcination process in accordance with its purpose, so that the optimal temperature needed in the calcination process to get the phase in accordance with the reaction equation from the reference in this study. conclusion based on the results of the research that had been carried out, some conclusions can be taken as follows: 1. in this study, black powder (la2nio4) material with a variation of synthesis temperature of 60, 70, and 80 °c with the solution combustion synthesis method produces a sample weight of 0.5 grams 4 times the synthesis process so that each sample is obtained by 2 grams. in addition, it is known that there is heavy evaporation of 96.11% of the total weight of the synthesized precursors. 2. x-ray diffraction analysis results from each sample indicated that there were several phases contained in the black powder, namely nickel oxide, lanthanum oxide, and lanthanum oxide ht (x-form). by varying the synthesis temperature, the composition of the lanthanum nickel oxide (la2nio4) phase disappears and makes a tendency for chemical reactions to help the two dominant phases, namely the nickel and the lanthanum oxide phase. this is supported by the results of scanning electron microscopy with micrographs that appear dominant with a dark colour that shows a low atomic number indicating the element ni and light colours on agglomerates that show a high atomic number which indicates the element la. in addition, the phase formation previously carried out by xrd analysis is strengthened through eds analysis where the results show that the graph is eds-oxide, seen in the presence of element o. so because of the presence of element o, oxidation occurs in the elements ni and la and a compound element occurs formed namely ni to nio (nickel oxide) and the element la to la2o3 (lanthanum oxide). in addition, fourier transform infrared analysis shows that there are still c-o and c-h bonds which are bonds of glycine surfactants, thus indicating that the process of phase formation in accordance with the reference reaction is not optimal. then we need an optimal calcination temperature. acknowledgments: we are thanks to the wp team rare earth metal prototypes at the center for material technology-agency for the assessment and application of technology for providing all the required laboratory facilities. conflict of interest: the author declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references adziimaa a. f., risanti d. d., and mawarni j. (2013). synthesis of sodium silicate from lapindo mud as corrosion inhibitor. j. tek. its, 2(2), 384–389. ahamed, s. z. a., dillip, g. r., raghavaiah, p., mallikarjuna, k., & raju, b. d. p. (2013). spectroscopic and thermal studies of γ-glycine crystal grown from potassium bromide for optoelectronic applications. arabian journal of chemistry, 6(4), 429-433. aruna, s. t. (2017). solution combustion synthesis. in concise encyclopedia of self-propagating high-temperature synthesis (pp. 344-346). elsevier. azhagan, s. a. c., & ganesan, s. (2013). crystal growth, structural, optical, thermal and nlo studies of γ-glycine single crystals. optik, 124(23), 6456-6460. chang, s., young, k. h., nei, j., & fierro, c. (2016). reviews on the us patents regarding nickel/metal hydride batteries. batteries, 2(2), 10. chang, s., young, k. h., & lien, y. l. (2017). reviews of european patents on nickel/metal hydride batteries. batteries, 3(3), 25. deganello, f., & tyagi, a. k. (2018). solution combustion synthesis, energy and environment: best parameters for better materials. progress in crystal growth and characterization of materials, 64(2), 23-61. fathi, h., masoudpanah, s. m., alamolhoda, s., & parnianfar, h. (2017). effect of fuel type on the microstructure and magnetic properties of solution combusted fe3o4 powders. ceramics international, 43(10), 7448-7453. gonzález-cortés, s. l., & imbert, f. e. (2013). fundamentals, properties and applications of solid catalysts prepared by solution combustion synthesis (scs). applied catalysis a: general, 452, 117-131. haryadi, h. (2017). analysis of indonesia's iron sand and nickel ore resources balance. journal mineral technology dan batubara. 13 (2), 153–169. inatadon, n. f., abdurrachman, m., and aziz, m. (2015). geology and study of rare earth metals botor peanut area and surrounding areas, badau district, belitung regency, province of bangka belitung islands. proceeding, national seminar on earth ke-8. 744–753. khina, b. b. (2010). combustion synthesis of advanced materials. new york: nova science publishers, inc. kumari, a., soni, a. k., dey, r., and rai, v. k. (2015). white light emission and optical heating in er – tm – yb codoped la2o3 phosphor. j. disp. technol., 12(1), 99–105. latif, c., triwikantoro, and munasir. (2014). effect of calcination temperature variation on silica structure. j. sains dan seni its, 3(1). 4–7. li, m. m., yang, c. c., wang, c. c., wen, z., zhu, y. f., zhao, m., ... & jiang, q. (2016). design of hydrogen storage alloys/nanoporous metals hybrid electrodes for nickel-metal hydride batteries. scientific reports, 6(1), 1-10. hidayanti et al. – a physical chemistry study of black powder materials … 103 liu, w., & aguey-zinsou, k. f. (2016). low temperature synthesis of lani5 nanoparticles for hydrogen storage. international journal of hydrogen energy, 41(3), 1679-1687. manukyan, k. v. (2017). solution combustion synthesis of catalysts. in concise encyclopedia of self-propagating hightemperature synthesis (pp. 347-348). elsevier. nedumkallel, a. s., sabu, b., and varghese, t. (2014). effect of calcination temperature on the structural and optical properties. nanosyst. physics, chem. math., 5(3). 441–449. ouchi, t., young, k. h., & moghe, d. (2016). reviews on the japanese patent applications regarding nickel/metal hydride batteries. batteries, 2(3), 21. patil, k. c., aruna, s. t., & ekambaram, s. (1997). combustion synthesis. current opinion in solid state and materials science, 2(2), 158-165. peter, m. e., & ramasamy, p. (2010). growth of gamma glycine crystal and its characterisation. spectrochimica acta part a: molecular and biomolecular spectroscopy, 75(5), 1417-1421. prasetiyo, p. (2008). utilization of indonesia's nickel ore potential at present and future. metallurgical magazine, 23 (1). radev, l., pavlova, l., samuneva, b., kashchieva, e., mihailova, i., zaharescu, m., ... & predoana, l. (2008). sol-gel synthesis and structure of la2o3-coo-sio2 powders. processing and application of ceramics, 2(2), 103-108. rahdar, a., aliahmad, m., and azizi, y. (2015). nio nanoparticles : synthesis and characterization,” j. nanostructures, 5, 145–151. sankar, s., manikandan, m. r., ram, s. g., mahalingam, t., & ravi, g. (2010). gel growth of α and γ glycine and their characterization. journal of crystal growth, 312(19), 27292733. sarwanto, y. and adi, w.a. (2018). crystallographic structure and magnetic properties of pseudobrookite fe2-x nix tio5 system (x = 0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5 and 1). indones. j. mater. sci., 19(2). 47–53. segawa, t., kawaguchi, k., ishii, k., suzuki, m., arimitsu, n., yoshida, h., & fukui, k. (2015). nickel oxide powder synthesis from aqueous solution of nickel nitrate hexahydrate by a microwave denitration method. advanced powder technology, 26(3), 983-990. setiadi, h. (2018). analysis of micro structure and mechanical properties of nicr-al coating formed by sputtering method on steel 40. universitas muhammadiah surakarta. speakman, s. a. (2012). profile fitting for analysis of xrpd data using highscore plus v3. massachusetts institute of technology, cambridge ma. trivedi, m. k., branton, a., trivedi, d., nayak, g., bairwa, k., & jana, s. (2015). spectroscopic characterization of disodium hydrogen orthophosphate and sodium nitrate after biofield treatment. chromatography separation techniques, 6(5). tutu, r., subaer, and usman. (2015). analysis study of characterization and microstructure of sulili hot spring sediment in pinrang district. j. sains dan pendidik. fis., 2, 192–201. virdhian, s. and afrilinda, e. (2014). characterization of soil minerals rarely follow-up tin and potential development of soil-based industry rare earth. j. met. indonesia, 36 (2). 61. xanthopoulou, g., thoda, o., metaxa, e. d., vekinis, g., & chroneos, a. (2017). influence of atomic structure on the nano-nickel-based catalyst activity produced by solution combustion synthesis in the hydrogenation of maleic acid. journal of catalysis, 348, 9-21. xanthopoulou, g., thoda, o., roslyakov, s., steinman, a., kovalev, d., levashov, e., ... & chroneos, a. (2018). solution combustion synthesis of nano-catalysts with a hierarchical structure. journal of catalysis, 364, 112-124. young, k. h., cai, x., & chang, s. (2017). reviews on chinese patents regarding the nickel/metal hydride battery. batteries, 3(3), 24. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 9, number 1, april 2020 | pages: 47-55 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2020.91.47-55 issn 2540-9328 (online) prevalence of psychoactive substance use among nigerian male commercial vehicle drivers selected from the three major ethnic groups in nigeria tochukwu frank egwuatu*, onyekachi ogbonnaya iroanya, khalid olajide adekoya department of cell biology and genetics, faculty of science, university of lagos, nigeria corresponding author* tochukwufrankegwuatu@gmail.com manuscript received: 16 june, 2020. revision accepted: 23 july, 2020. published: 26 july, 2020. abstract the use of psychoactive substances for several reasons by commercial vehicle drivers has been documented as a major cause of increased incidences of traffic accidents globally. the study aimed at determining the prevalence of psychoactive substance use among nigerian male commercial vehicle drivers randomly selected from the three major ethnic groups in nigeria (igbo, hausa and yoruba). a structured questionnaire which included data on sociodemographic status and psychoactive drug use history was introduced to all participants. generic multi-drug urine dip card test kit and shimadzu chromatograph system (shimadzu corporation, kyoto, japan) were used for toxicological analyses. out of the 264 nigerian male commercial vehicle drivers who participated in this study, 111(42.0 %) had used illicit drugs in recent times, 55(20.8 %) took drugs for improved energy and 90(34.1 %) felt high after using illicit drugs. marijuana was the most abused substance; 77(29.2 %) followed by benzodiazepine; 34(12.9) across all ethnicities studied. across all ethnicities, hplc revealed that the hausa drivers had the highest concentration of psychoactive substances in their urine samples. these findings, reiterates the need for the nigerian anti-drug agency to develop new strategies in conducting a repressive drug war and extending the same to bus stations. keywords: psychoactive drug; accident; drivers; forensic toxicology; nigeria. introduction forensic toxicology is the science which applies the principles of analytical chemistry and clinical toxicology for medico-legal purpose where the results are likely to be used in court (wyman, 2012; smith and bluth, 2016). forensic toxicology covers human performances such as impaired driving due to drug consumption, use of steroids by athletes and workplace drug testing (jenkins, 2010, wyman, 2012). substance abuse is a patterned use of a drug in which the user consumes the substance in amounts or with methods which are harmful to themselves or others (nutt et al., 2010). psychoactive substances are classified into three main groups: those that alter perception, those that stimulate the brain and those that depress it (vij, 2011). in 2018, the prevalence of any drug use in nigeria is estimated at 14.4 per cent or 14.3 million people aged between 15 and 64 years and the extent of drug use in nigeria is comparatively high when compared with the 2016 global annual prevalence of any drug use of 5.6 per cent among the adult population (unodc, 2018). psychoactive substances are prevalent in biological samples taken from injured drivers at the emergency units of several hospitals. several studies have reported high prevalence rates not only of alcohol but also of medicinal and illicit drugs in such samples (bogstrand et al., 2011; drummer et al., 2012). a lot is known about the magnitude of problems associated with drink-driving and the effectiveness of related countermeasures, but much less is known about driving under the influence of other psychoactive substances. currently, there are no global estimates of deaths resulting from drug-driving, nor is the prevalence of drug-driving known. however, growing recognition of the problem of drug-driving has led to increased focus on this area among road safety policy-makers and researchers (emcdda, 2015). the issues linked with driving under the influence of alcohol and narcotic substances are subject to continuous interest not only for legal practitioners, but also for the police, prosecution, and medico-legal teams (emcdda, 2012). the use of psychoactive substances among commercial vehicle drivers is not only increasing but strangely predisposing the drivers and their passengers to health risks. there is however paucity of empirical data on the factors associated with this increase (yunusa et al., 2017). road traffic injuries claim more than 1.2 million lives each year and have a huge impact on health and development (gopalakrishnan, 2012). road traffic accidents are the leading cause of death among young https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2020.91.47-55 48 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 47-55 people aged between 15 and 29 years. the risk of a road traffic death varies significantly by region, and there has been little change in the regional rates of death since 2010. injury and deaths arising from road traffic accidents are a major public health problem in developing countries where more than 85 % of all deaths and 90 % of disability-adjusted life years were lost from road traffic injuries (nantulya and reich, 2002). road traffic accidents have emerged as an important public health issue which needs to be tackled by a multidisciplinary approach (gopalakrishnan, 2012). the highest rates are still in the african region, while the european region has a rate far below the global average (9.3 per 100 000 populations, relative to the global rate of 17.4 (who, 2015). almost half of all deaths on the world’s roads are among those with the least protection motorcyclists, cyclists and pedestrians (who, 2015). motor vehicle accident is a significant cause of mortality and morbidity in nigeria, and driving under the influence of psychoactive substances to improve their performance and keep sleep at bay for as long as possible. the causes of motor vehicle accidents are varied and multi-factorial. however, the use of psychoactive substances plays a major role in the occurrence of motor vehicle accidents. studies in nigeria and other countries have shown a high prevalence of use of psychoactive substances, among various categories of drivers (adekoya et al., 2011). pela (1989) documented the use following drugs in decreasing order of frequency: alcohol, cigarettes, stimulants, cannabis (indian hemp) and sedativehypnotics by adolescents in benin, nigeria. males had been documented to have a higher prevalence of use of all the psychoactive substances (igwe et al., 2009; oshodi et al., 2010). the lifetime use of caffeine, alcohol, and tobacco has been noted to be significantly associated with male gender (akanni and adayonfo, 2015). a significant substance abuse problem in the undergraduate population in botswana with alcohol being the most commonly used substance has also been reported (olashore et al., 2018). the prevalence of psychoactive substances use among middle and high school students in the north center of morocco was comparable to the national prevalence. hence, there is need to initiate psychoactive substance prevention programs among school students which should be based on factors associated with psychoactive substance use (zarrouq et al., 2016). the study aimed at determining the prevalence of psychoactive substance use among nigerian male commercial vehicle drivers randomly selected from the three major ethnic groups in nigeria (igbo, hausa and yoruba). material and method study design, location and population this was a cross sectional study which employed both experimental and quantitative research design. the study adopted the purpose/judgmental sampling technique. the technique is a non-probability sampling method because the participants of interest which were drivers were selected from different motor parks located in anambra, abia (igbo–speaking), kaduna, sokoto (hausa–speaking), oyo and lagos states (yoruba– speaking) ethnic group in nigeria. the target population for the study was the male commercial driver’s population (motorcycle riders, tricycle riders, taxi and bus drivers). ethical approval prior to sample collection, the research details were explained to all the participants after which they willingly consented to participate in the study. questionnaires were completed by all the study participants and informed written consent was obtained. the study protocol was approved by the health research ethics committee (cmulhrec number: cmul/hrec/05/18/349) of the university of lagos, nigeria. permission was also requested and obtained from the national union of road transport workers (nurtw) in all sample states before the study was conducted. sample and data collection approximately 15 ml of urine was collected from each driver who participated in this study using sterile sample bottles. an on-site urinalysis was carried out using 5 ml of each urine sample to determine the general health status of the subjects. afterwards, the remaining urine samples of the subjects were transported to the laboratory for toxicological analysis. each driver in the various motor parks was interviewed until the desired sample size was attained. they responded to a sociodemographics and a semi-structured pro forma, which sought information on the type of substance commonly used, reasons for their use, usage frequency and related accident history. toxicological analysis the urine samples were tested using 10 panel generic multi drug urine dip card test kit. the kit tested for the presence of ten psychoactive drugs (methamphetamine (meth), cocaine (coc), oxycodone (oxy), morphine (mop), amphetamine (amp), methadone (mtd) and barbiturates (bar), marijuana (thc), benzodiazepines (bzo) and phencyclidine (pcp)). the tip of the kit was dipped into the urine sample and allowed to wait for minimum of 10 seconds. the kit had a positive and negative panel for each drug. each sample that tested positive to a particular drug would indicate a red line while negative showed two lines. eqwuatu et al. – prevalence of psychoactive substance use among … 49 quantification of drugs in polysubstance users high performance liquid chromatographic (hplc) analysis was performed with the use of a shimadzu liquid chromatograph equipped with a model lc2010aht gradient pump, cbm-20a system controller and shimadzu class-vp uv-visible detector (shimadzu corporation, kyoto, japan). all chemicals and reference standards (morphine, phencyclidine, benzodiazepine and δ9-tetrahydrocannabinol solution used for the hplc analysis were all of analytical grade. purchased from sigma-aldrich. the chromatographic separations were performed using a sepax br-c18 column (250×4.6 mm; sepax technologies, inc.) with 5µm particle diameter. the column temperature was set at 25°c, and the mobile phase was water (0.1 % formic acid) and acetonitrile (0.1 % formic acid). this was delivered at a flow rate of 0.8 ml/min. the wavelength of the detector was set at 254 nm, and the injection volume of each extract was either 10 µl for assay determination. data analysis all numerical data collected were statistically analysed using statistically package for the social sciences (spss) for windows version 20.0 software. frequency counts and percentage were generated for all variables, and statistical tests of significance were performed with correlation and regression analysis. significance was fixed at p ≤ 0.05 and highly significant if p ≤ 0.01. concentrations of illicit drugs in the urine samples of polysubstance users were deduced from the chromatograms using the formula; concentration of drug (mg/l ) = concentration of standard x area of drug area of standard results out of the 264 nigerian male commercial vehicle drivers who participated in this study, 72 (27.27 %) were hausas, 96 (36.36 %) each were igbos and yorubas respectively. in table 1, the data obtained from the questionnaires revealed that the lowest mean ± se value for age among the three ethnicities studied was 41.47 ± 1.02 years (igbo) while highest was 42.07 ± 1.56 years (hausa). the highest numbers of single (33(34.4 %)) and married (73(76.0 %)) drivers were obtained from yoruba and igbo drivers respectively. also, the lowest numbers of single (13(18.1 %)) and married (59(81.9 %)) drivers were obtained from hausa drivers. table 1. descriptive statistics of sociodemographic parameters in all drivers. parameters variables distribution across ethnicities (%) hausa (n=72) igbo (n=96) yoruba (n=96) age (years) minimum 19.0 21.0 24.0 minimum 72.0 67.0 72.0 mean ± s.e 42.07 ± 1.56 41.47±1.02 41.96 ± 1.21 marital status (%) single 13 (18.1) 23 (24) 33 (34.4) married 59 (81.9) 73 (76) 63(65.6) the study showed that 236 (89.4 %) were bus divers while 15 (5.7 %) and 13 (4.9 %) were car and tricycle drivers respectively. in table 2, igbo drivers had the highest (88 (91.7 %)) number of bus drivers while hausas had the least (63 (87.5 %)). hausa participants had the highest (28 (38.9 %) years) number of experienced divers while those with the highest number of individuals with the lowest (32 (33.3) years) years of experience were igbo drivers. yoruba participants had the highest (59 (61.5 %)) number of drivers who have had accidents followed by the hausa (27 (37.5 %)) and igbo (23 (24.0 %)) drivers respectively. in table 3, hausa drivers had the highest (54 (75.0 %)) number of illicit drug users while the igbo drivers had the lowest (20 (20.8 %)) number. marijuana was indicated to be the most used drug by the drivers compared to other psychoactive drugs across all ethnicities; hausa (36(50.0 %)), igbo (13(13.5 %)) and yoruba (36(37.5 %)). across all ethnic groups, increased energy was observed to the major reason why drivers used illicit drugs. additionally, smoking was indicated as the major mode of administration of illicit drugs among the drivers across all ethnic groups. feeling high after drug use was indicated as the major post administration effect of illicit drug use across all ethnic groups. 50 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 47-55 table 2. descriptive statistics of driving experience and accident history parameters in all ethnicities. parameters variables frequency across ethnicities ( %) hausa igbo yoruba vehicle type bus 63 (87.5) 88 (91.7) 85 (88.5) car 7 (9.7) 0 (0) 8 (8.3) tricycle 2 (2.8) 8 (8.3) 3 (3.1) driving experience ˂ 5 years 14 (19.4) 32 (33.3) 22 (22.9) ˂ 10 years 30 (41.7) 38 (39.6) 52 (54.2) ≥ 10 years 28 (38.9) 26 (27.1) 22 (22.9) accident history yes 27 (37.5) 23(24.) 59 (61.5) no 45 (62.5) 73 (76) 37 (38.5) number of times ˂ 5 times 20 (27.8) 20 (20.8) 50 (52.1) ˂ 10 times 5 (6.9) 3 (3.1) 8 (8.3) ≥ 10 times 2 (2.8) 0 (0) 1 (1.0) none 45(62.5) 73 (76) 37(38.5) table 3. descriptive statistics of psychoactive drug use history parameters in all drivers. parameter variable frequency across ethnicities (%) hausa (n=72) igbo (n=96) yoruba (n=96) have you used drugs before? yes 54 (75) 20 (20.8) 37 (38.5) no 18(25) 76 (79.2) 59 (61.5) type of drug maijuana 36 (50) 13 (13.5) 36 (37.5) tablet 18 (25) 6 (6.3) 1 (1) syrup 0(0) 1 (1) 0 (0) none 18(25) 76 (79.2) 59 (61.5) reason for drug use alertness 6 (8.3) 4 (4.2) 10 (10.4) increased energy 26 (36.1) 10 (10.4) 19 (19.8) improve sexual performance 2(2.8) 1 (1.0) 4 (4.2) pleasure 18 (25) 2 (2.1) 1 (1) peer pressure 2(2.8) 3 (3.1) 3 (3.1) none 18(25) 76 (79.2) 59 (61.5) did you use it in the past 90 days? yes 54 (75) 18 (18.8) 36 (37.5) no 0(0) 2 (2.1) 1 (1) none 18 (25) 76 (79.2) 59 (61.5) frequency of use everyday 35 (48.6) 18 (18.8) 32 (33.3) weekends 8 (11.1) 2 (2.1) 4 (4.2) weekly 11(15.3) 0 (0) 1 (1) none 18 (25) 76 (79.2) 59 (61.5) last time used last 24 h 33 (45.8) 19 (19.8) 34 (35.4) 1-3 day(s) ago 12 (16.7) 1 (1) 2 (2.1) last week 9 (12.5) 0 (0) o (0) ≥ 1 month 0 (0) 0 (0) 1 (1) none 18 (25) 76 (79.2) 59 (61.5) mode of administration smoking 35 (48.6) 14 (14.6) 36 (37.5) ingestion 19(26.4) 6 (6.3) 1 (1.0) none 18 (25) 76 (79.2) 59(61.5) do you feel addicted to it? yes 13 (18.1) 6 (6.3) 15 (15.6) no 41(56.9 14 (14.6) 22 (22.9) none 18 (25) 76 (79.2) 59 (61.5) how do you get it? park sellers 52 (72.2) 14 (14.6) 29 (30.2 private suppliers 2(2.8) 6 (6.3) 8 (8.3) none 18 (25.) 76 (79.2) 59 (61.5) is the drug costly? yes 9 (12.5) 3 (3.1) 3 (3.1) no 45(62.5) 17 (17.7) 34 935.4) none 18 (25) 76 (79.2) 59(61.5) can you do without it? yes 21 (29.2) 12 (12.5) 23 (24) no 33 (45.8) 8 (8.3) 14 (14.5) none 18 (25) 76 (79.2) 59 (61.5) feeling after use high 35.00 (48.6) 19 (19.8) 36 937.5) sleepy 19 (26.4) 1 (1.0) 1 (1) none 18 (25) 76 (79.2) 59 (61.5) eqwuatu et al. – prevalence of psychoactive substance use among … 51 table 4 shows the distribution of the participants by psychoactive drug use history. out of the 264 participants across all ethnic groups, 111(42.0 %) had used illicit drugs in recent times while 153(58.0 %) did not, 55(20.8 %) abused illicit drugs for increased energy and 85(32.2 %) used illicit drugs daily. additionally, 90(34.1 %) of the respondents indicated that they felt high after taking illicit drugs. table 4. distribution of the respondents by psychoactive drug use history. parameter variable frequency ( %) have you used drugs before? yes 111 (42) no 153 (58) reason for drug use alertness 20 (7.6) increased energy 55 (20.8) improve sexual performance 7 (2.7) pleasure 21 (8) peer pressure 8 (3) none 153 (58) frequency of use everyday 85 (32.2) weekends 13 (4.9) weekly 13(4.9) none 153 (58) mode of administration smoking 85 (32.2) ingestion 26 (9.8) none 153 (58) do you feel addicted to it? yes 35 (13.3) no 76 (28.8) none 153 (58) how do you get it? park sellers 94 (35.6) private suppliers 17 (6.4) none 153 (58) feeling after use high 90 (34.1) sleepy 21 (8) none 153 (58) n= 264 pearson correlation analysis was carried out to determine the relationship between sociodemographics, driving experience history and psychoactive drug use history. across all ethnic groups (table 5), ethnicity correlated with drug use, drug name, reason for drug use, frequency of drug use, feeling of addiction, acquisition of drugs and cost and post administration effects of drug use at 0.01 level of significance. however, there was no correlation between ethnicity and mode of administration (p≥0.05). accident history correlated with drug use, drug name, reason for drug use, frequency of drug use, mode of administration, feeling of addiction, acquisition of drugs and cost and post administration effects of drug use at 0.01 level of significance. all urine samples were analysed using drug test kits. in table 6, marijuana 77(29.2 %) was the most abused substance followed by benzodiazepine 34(12.9 %) across all ethnicities studied. marijuana had the highest 32(44.4 %) number of users among the hausa drivers, followed by benzodiazepine 28(38.9 %) while the least was morphine 3(4.2 %). for the igbo drivers, the use of marijuana was the highest 14(14.6 %), followed by methadone 10(10.4 %) with the least being morphine and phencyclidine 1(1 %). amongst the yoruba drivers, marijuana was also most abused substance 31(32.3 %) followed by benzodiazepine 4(4.2 %) while the least abused drugs were barbiturate and methadone 1(1 %) each. across all ethnicities, hausa drivers had the highest number of polysubstance users compared to other ethnic groups as shown in table 7. 52 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 47-55 table 5. correlation between sociodemographics, driving experience history and psychoactive drug use history in ethnic groups. p a r a m e te r d r u g u se n a m e o f d r u g s r e a so n f o r d r u g u se u se d p a st 9 0 d a y s f r e q u e n c y o f u se l a st t im e u se d m o d e o f a d m in is tr a ti o n f e e li n g o f a d d ic te d h o w d o y o u g e t it is t h e d r u g c o st ly c a n y o u d o w it h o u t it f e e li n g a ft e r u se age 0.02 -0.02 -0.09 -0.02 0.01 -0.01 -0.02 -0.05 -0.00 0.00 0.03 -0.04 ethnicity 0.26** 0.20** 0.18** 0.26** 0.19** 0.22** 0.12 0.18** 0.39** .026** 0.17** 0.19** marital status -0.02 -0.02 -0.07 -0.04 0.02 0.00 -0.03 -0.07 -0.03 -0.02 -0.02 -0.03 vehicle type -0.04 -0.02 .028 0.01 -0.05 -0.05 -0.02 -0.02 0.01 -0.04 -0.08 -0.05 driving experience -0.01 -0.04 -0.09 -0.05 -0.02 -0.02 -0.03 -0.02 -0.03 0.00 -0.00 -0.03 accident history 0.33** 0.37** 0.34** 0.31** 0.34** 0.35** 0.37** 0.36** 0.18** 0.29** 0.31** 0.36** number of times 0.26** 0.30** 0.28** 0.25** 0.26** 0.27** 0.30** 0.30** 0.14* 0.25** 0.24** 0.28** * = correlation is significant at the 0.05 level. ** = correlation is significant at the 0.01 level. table 6. frequency distribution of drugs across ethnic groups rom toxicological testing. ethnicity drug thc (%) mop (%) bar (%) coc (%) oxy (%) amp (%) met (%) pcp (%) bzo (%) mtd (%) hausa (n=72) 32 (44.4) 3 (4.2) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0) 4 (5.6) 28 (38.9) 0 (0) igbo (n=96) 14 (14.6) 1 (1) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0) 1 (1) 2 (2.10) 10 (10.4) yoruba (n=96) 31 (32.3) 3 (3.1) 1 (1) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0) 2 (2.1) 2 (2.1) 4 (4.2) 1 (1) all ethnicities (n=264) 77 (29.2) 7 (2.7) 1 (0.4) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0) 2 (0.8) 7 (2.7) 34 (12.9) 11 (4.2) key: thc = tetrahydrocabinnol bar = barbiturate pcp = phencyclidine coc = cocaine mop = morphine amp = amphetamine mtd = methadone bzo = benzodiazepines oxy = oxycodone met = methamphetamine table 7. frequency distribution of polysubstance users across all ethnic groups. ethnicity drug bzo+thc (%) thc+pcp (%) thc+mop (%) bzo+thc+pcp (%) bzo+thc+mop (%) pcp+thc +mop (%) bzo+mop+ pcp (%) hausa (n=72) 1 (1.4) 1 (1.4) 0 (0) 3 (4.2) 2 (2.8) 0 (0) 1 (1.4) igbo (n=96) 2 (2.1) 1 (1) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0) yoruba (n=96) 1 (1) 0 (0) 2 (2.1) 1 (1) 1 (1) 1 (1) 0 (0) all ethnicities n=264 4 (1.5) 2 (0.8) 2 (0.8) 4 (1.5) 3 (1.1) 1 (0.4) 1 (0.4) key: thc = tetrahydrocabinnol, bzo = benzodiazepine, mop = morphine, pcp = phencyclidine chromatographic analysis was performed using the urine samples of participants who tested positive to two or more drugs. table 8 shows that the polysubstance users used mainly marijuana, benzodiazepine, morphine and phencyclidine. across all ethnicities, the hausa drivers had the highest concentration of psychoactive substances in their urine samples. the chromatographs did not show thc only in samples h14, h17 and ig58. tetrahydrocabinnol and bzo only were not detected by hplc in samples h53 and h66. in samples h16 and y22, bzo only and mop only were not detected by hplc respectively. also, bzo and mop were not detected by hplc in sample h07 but pcp was detected. eqwuatu et al. – prevalence of psychoactive substance use among … 53 table 8. concentrations of different drugs in polysubstance users. ethnicity subject drug concentrations in urine (mg/l) pcp thc bzo mop hausa h07 1321.3 671.7 0 0 h12 0 210.6 15.9 0 h14 0 0 0.02 0 h16 0 0.2 0 0.5 h17 0 0 0.1 93 h40 10.7 8 0. 0 h53 122.9 0 0 0 h66 167.4 0 0 0 igbo ig25 34.7 8.7 0 0 ig36 0 0.9 1.2 0 ig58 0 0 2.3 0 yoruba y03 108.1 25.6 0 1.2 y04 0 19.5 0 32.8 y06 0.02 0.8 1.2 0 y10 0 0.8 1.5 0 y21 0 0.1 0.3 0.2 y22 0 0.1 0 0 standards: pcp = (2.5) thc = (2.4) mop = (3.99) bzo = (2.39) key: mop = morphine pcp = phencyclidine bzo = benzodiazepines thc = tetrahydrocabinnol h = hausa ig = igbo y = yoruba discussion the ages of the commercial vehicle divers who participated in this study ranged from 19 to 72 years old. majority of the drivers studied fell with the age range (15-64 years) given by unodc, (2018) as the age range that has the highest prevalence of drug use. across all ethnic groups, 111 (42.0 %) of the respondents had used illicit drugs in recent times and this value is higher than what was reported in the report of iroanya et al., (2018) who reported that only 5.7 % of their subjects had taken other stimulants aside alcohol in recent times. the study revealed that 55 (20.8 %) abused illicit drugs for increased energy, 20(7.6 %) for alertness, 21(8.0 %) for pleasure and 85 (32.2 %) used illicit drugs daily. additionally, 90 (34.1 %) and 21(8.0 %) of the respondents indicated that they felt high or sleepy respectively after taking illicit drugs. these findings agree with the report of yunusa et al., (2017) who stated that the desires to relax/sleep after a hard days job (84.8 %), work hard (48 %), relieve stress (81 %), relieve anxiety (66.5 %) and pleasure (72 %) were the major factors associated with the abuse of substances by the respondent. this study revealed that 52(72.22 %) of drivers from the hausa ethnicity used one or more psychoactive substance(s) and this agrees with the study of yunusa et al., (2017) who reported that eight out of every ten (81.1 %) of drivers who participated in their study has abused a substance. this study showed that 25(26.04 %) of igbo drivers used one or more drug(s) and this is lower than the findings of aniedu and okonkwo, (2008) who reported the prevalence of psychoactive drug use amongst taxi drivers to be 85.4 %. it was also observed that 36(37.5 %) of the yoruba drivers also used one or more psychotropic substance(s) and this is also higher than the report of iroanya et al, (2018) who reported that 24.6 % of their participants tested positive to at least one psychoactive drug in a study conducted at two bus stations in lagos state, nigeria. additionally, 113(42.8) of the participants across all ethnic groups tested positive to one or more psychoactive substance(s). this is lower than the finding of hamman et al., (2018) who documented that 57.7 % of the subjects tested positive for substance abuse in a study conducted among professional minibus drivers at zagazig city, sharqia governorate, egypt. the study showed that the substances commonly used by the drivers were marijuana (29.2 %), benzodiazepine (12.9 %), methadone (4.2 %), phencyclidine (2.7 %), morphine (2.7 %) and methamphetamine (0.8 %). this is significantly higher than the findings of bogstrand et al., (2012) who reported that most commonly found substances among drivers in normal traffic were cannabis (0.7 %), benzodiazepines (0.8 %), methadone (0.1 %), methamphetamine (0.2 %) and morphine (0.0 %). from this study, marijuana was the most used drugs among the drivers who participated in the study. this agrees with the report of unodc, (2018) which reported that cannabis was the most commonly used drug in the nigerian population. hamman et al., (2018) also reported that the most common abused substance was cannabis which represented 80 % of the positive participants. cannabis is the world’s most commonly used illicit drug which occupies fourth place in worldwide popularity amongst psychoactive drugs, after caffeine, nicotine and alcohol (vij, 2011). it was also observed from this study that the use of benzodiazepine by the subjects was also common after marijuana’s use. this disagrees with the report unodc (2018) which stated that cannabis’ use was followed by opioids. interestingly, the use of methodone was highest among the igbo drivers. this disagrees with the findings of aniedu and okonkwo, (2008) who reported that the commonest drugs used by taxi drivers in enugu were alcohol, tobacco and central nervous system stimulants such as coffee and kolanut. it was observed that none of the drivers across all ethnic groups tested positive to cocaine, oxycodone and amphetamine. this might be due to the unavailability of these drugs within their environments, moreover, they are also very expensive. this however is in disagreement with the findings of dini et al., (2019) who documented that 21.3 % and 2.2 % of the truck drivers who took part in their study consumed amphetamine and cocaine respectively. this study revealed that the hausa drivers had the highest number of polysubstance users. the concentrations of pcp, thc and bzo were generally higher in the hausa 54 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (1), 2020: 47-55 drivers than other ethnic groups. this agrees with the report of ndlea (2011) regarding the urgent need for coordination and collaboration between tiers of government to tackle the scourge of drug abuse in the northern nigeria. it has been predicted that the use of illicit drugs kill around 0.2 million people each year, shattering families and bringing misery to thousands of other people. illicit drugs undermine economic and social development and contribute to crime, instability, insecurity and the spread of hiv (ndlea, 2011). conclusion and recommendation the prevalence of hypertension among the nigerian male commercial drivers in the three major ethnicities studied is high and of public health importance. the threat of drug abuse is real and enormous. hence, the nigerian government and relevant non-governmental organizations should come up with viable strategies on how to identify areas with high drug addiction prevalence, train specialist staff to handle drug abuse issues, educate drivers and the public on the negative effects of drug abuse. this study has revealed that a sizable proportion of the nigerian male commercial drivers operating in the selected bus stations in anambra, abia, kaduna, sokoto, oyo and lagos states, nigeria use psychoactive substances as diagnosed by the drug kits. it is very crucial for the nigerian anti-drug agency (national drug law enforcement agency (ndlea)) to develop new tactics in conducting a repressive drug war, and make attempts to understand the psychological world of addicts in order to formulate appropriate policies against drug abuse. there can be no better time and appropriate turning point than now. conflict of interest: the author declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references akanni, o. o. and adayonfo, e. o. 2015. correlates of psychoactive substance use among nigerian adolescents. sahel medical journal. 18(4): 192 – 199. adekoya, b. j., adekoya, a. o., adepoju, f. g. and owoeye. j. f. a. 2011. driving under influence among long distance commercial drivers in ilorin, nigeria. international journal of biological and medical research. 2(4): 870 – 873. aniebu, p. n. and okonkwo, k. o. b. 2008. prevalence of psychoactive drug use by taxi drivers in nigeria. journal of college of medicine. 13: 48-52 bogstrand, s. t., normann, p. t., rossow, i, larsen, m., morland, j. and ekeberg, o. 2011. prevalence of alcohol and other substances of abuse among injured patients in a norwegian emergency department. drug and alcohol dependence. 117:132–138. bogstrand, s. t., gjerde, h., normann, p. t., rossow, and ekeberg, o. 2012. alcohol, psychoactive substances and nonfatalroad traffic accidents a case-control study. bmc public health. 12:734. dini, g., bragazzi, n. l., montecucco, a., rahmani, a. and durando, p. 2019. psychoactive drug consumption among truck-drivers: a systematic review of the literature with metaanalysis and meta-regression. journal of preventive medicine and hygiene. 60: e124-e139. drummer, o. h., kourtis, i., beyer, j., tayler, p., boorman, m. and gerostamoulos, d. 2012. the prevalence of drugs in injured drivers. forensic science international. 215:14–17. european monitoring centre for drugs and drug addiction (emcdda). 2012. driving under the influence of drugs, alcohol and medicines in europe-findings from the druid project. luxembourg: publications office of the european union, 58pp. european monitoring centre for drugs and drug addiction (emcdda). 2015. new psychoactive substances in europe: innovative legal responses. luxembourg: publications office of the european union, 14pp. gopalakrishnan, s. 2012. a public health perspective of road traffic accidents. journal of family medicine and primary care. 1(2): 144–150. hammam, r. a. m.., zalat, m. m., abdelsalam, n. m. and mesallam, d. i. a. 2018. substance abuse and driving behavior among professional minibus drivers at zagazig city, sharqia governorate, egypt. egyptian journal of occupational medicine. 42 (3):365-382. igwe, w. c, ojinaka, n., ejiofor, s. o., emechebe, g. o. and ibe, b. c. 2009. sociodemographic correlates of psychoactive substance abuse among secondary school students in enugu, nigeria. european journal of social sciences. 12:277-283. iroanya, o. o., uguru-okorie, c. g., egwuatu, t. f.and bello, a. j. 2018. prevalence of substance abuse amongst commercial vehicle drivers in bariga and gbagada motor parks of lagos state, nigeria. nigerian journal of pharmaceutical and applied science research. 7(3):17-24. jenkins, a. j. and caplan, y. h. 2010. drug testing in alternate biological specimens. humana press. totowa, nj, usa. 186 pp. nantulya, v. m. and reich, m. r. 2002. the neglected epidemic: road traffic injuries in developing countries. british medical journal. 324:1139–1141. national drug law enforcement agency (ndlea). 2011. report on incidence of drug abuse in nigeria. nutt, d., king, l. a., saulsbury, w. and blakemore, c. 2010. development of a rational scale to assess the harm of drugs of potential misuse. the lancet: 1047–1053. olashore, a. a,. ogunwobi, o., totego, e. and opondo p. 2018. psychoactive substance use among first year students in a botswana university: pattern and demographic correlates. bmc psychiatry. 18(270): 1 – 9. oshodi, o. y., aina, o. f. and onajole, a. t. 2010. substance use among secondary school students in an urban setting in nigeria: prevalence and associated factors. african journal of psychiatry. 13:52-7 pela, o. a. 1989. patterns of adolescent psychoactive substance use and abuse in benin city, nigeria. adolescent. 24(95): 569–574. smith, m. p. and bluth, m. h. 2016. forensic toxicology: an introduction. clinics in laboratory medicine. 36: 753–759. united nations office on drugs and crime. 2018. drug use in nigeria. vienna. 61pp. eqwuatu et al. – prevalence of psychoactive substance use among … 55 vij, k. 2011. forensic medicine and toxicology: principles and practice. 5th edition. elsevier: a division of reed elsevier india private limited. india. 445pp. world health organization (who). 2015. global status report on road safety. geneva. 340pp. wyman, j. 2012. principles and procedures in forensic toxicology. clinics in laboratory medicine. 32:493-507. yunusa, u., bello, u. l., idris, m., haddad, m. m. and adamu, d. determinants of substance abuse among commercial bus drivers in kano metropolis, kano state, nigeria. 2017. american journal of nursing science. 6(2): 125-130. zarrouq, b.,el asri, b. a., achour, s., rammouz, i., aalouane, r., lyoussi, b., khelafa, s., bout, a., berhili, n., hlal, h., najdi, a., nejjari, c. and el rhazi, k. 2016. psychoactive substances use and associated factors among middle and high school students in the north center of morocco: a crosssectional questionnaire survey. bmc public health. 16(468): 1–9. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 11, number 1, april 2022 | pages: 35-43 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.35-43 issn 2540-9328 (online) liver and renal cell damage following excess bee honey consumption in male wistar rat akpevwoghene agbatutu1, jerome ndudi asiwe*,2,3, olusegun gafar adebayo2,3 1department of botany, university of ibadan, nigeria 2department of physiology, pamo university of medical sciences, port-harcourt, nigeria. 3department of physiology, college of medicine university of ibadan, nigeria. corresponding author* asiwejerome@yahoo.com; +2348163727468 manuscript received: 14 january, 2022. revision accepted: 11 february, 2022. published: 01 march, 2022. abstract honey is a widely used natural product with several health benefits. however, there is paucity of information on its excessiv e usage. the present study investigated the effect of excess honey consumption on hepato-renal functions in male wistar rats. twenty-eight adult male wistar rats were selected into four groups (n=7) and treated with distilled water (control) and 1ml, 2ml and 3ml of honey res pectively for 5 weeks. thereafter, the animals were euthanised and blood as well as kidney and liver were collected for further studies. there was a significant increase in creatinine, bilirubin, urea ast, alp, total protein as well as a significant decrease in rbc, wbc, ha emoglobin, lymphocyte and pcv. histology of the liver and kidney revealed a significant degeneration and necrosis in a dose dependent manner. this study suggest that excess honey consumption causes liver and renal cellular damage as well as haematological alterations . keywords: honey; excess consumption; liver enzyme; electrolyte; renal function; haematological indices; histopathology. introduction natural honey is a sweet, flavourful liquid with high nutritional value and therapeutic potential (eterafoskouei and najafi, 2013). it is a natural product made by honeybees (apis mellifera; apidae) from nectar collected from flowers (dashora et al., 2011). honey has been consumed by humans since almost five centuries ago for both nutritional and therapeutic purposes (adebolu, 2005; ashrafi et al., 2005). however, it is the only naturally occurring insect-derived substance with nutritional, aesthetic, medicinal, and industrial benefits (bansal et al., 2005). honey has been used as a natural sweetener since ancient times because of its high fructose content and it was reported to be 25% sweeter than tablet sugar (babacan and rand, 2007; pataca et al., 2007). the increasing popularity shown by the usage of honey in beverages is also accounted to its high fructose content (babacan and rand, 2007). as of today, approximately 300 different varieties of honey have been identified and many forms of nectar gathered by honeybees are related to these variations (lay-flurrie, 2008). proximate analysis showed that honey's main components are carbohydrates (95–97% of its dry weight), proteins, vitamins, amino acids, minerals, and organic acids (betts, 2008; helmy and el-soud, 2012). meanwhile, phytochemical screening of pure honey also revealed that it contains flavonoids, polyphenols, reducing compounds, alkaloids, glycosides, cardiac glycosides, and volatile compounds (white, 1980; islam et al., 2012). regardless of its strong phytochemical properties, honey's vitamin content is poor, and it falls far short of the daily requirements but the most abundant is the vitamin c. honey is a good source of antioxidant and it has been reported to exhibit strong anti-oxidative (ahmed and othman, 2013; kasala et al., 2015), and anti-inflammatory (khalil et al., 2012) potential. due to the high polyphenols of honey, various studies reported the pharmacological usage of honey in the treatment and management of pathological conditions like increase blood pressure (ahmed and othman, 2013), diabetes (estevinho et al., 2008), neuropsychiatric symptoms (ghosh and playford, 2003; rahman et al., 2014), bacterial infections (attia et al., 2008; kasala et al., 2015) as well as respiratory and gastrointestinal disorder (abdulrhman et al., 2008; israili, 2014), microbial infection (israili, 2014; saikaly and khachemoune, 2017). the antioxidant properties of honey have been implicated through its reactive oxygen species (ros) scavenging ability and by increasing the intracellular activity of glutathione (gsh), uric acid, beta-carotene, and vitamin c (ahmed et al., 2018). moreover, certain phenolic ingredients of honey were reported to inhibit the activity of nitric oxide synthase, decrease inducible nitric oxide synthase (inos) and cyclooxygenase-2 https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.35-43 36 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 35-43 (cox-2) activities that cause inflammation of cells and tissues in human body (ahmed et al., 2018). also, honey displayed very strong anti-inflammatory effect reported in several studies. reports stated that honey can inhibit or slows down pro-inflammatory cytokine release, nitric oxide synthase (inos) expression, generation of ros, and reduce the level of prostaglandin: which are the major players culminating processes involved in inflammation (al-waili and boni 2003; candiracci et al. 2012). according to candiracci et al., (2012), honey exacerbated nitric oxide release in acute and severe inflammation. however, this mechanism was related to cox-2 and inos inhibition leading to suppression of mediators of pro-inflammation (pge2, no, tnf-α, and il-6) (hussein et al. 2012). another area where honey is adopted is its effect on wound healing. several preclinical and clinical trials have reported the application of honey in both acute and chronic wounds including injuries resulting from burns (moore et al. 2001). this reported have demonstrated honey’s ability to reduce the level of edema, enhance granulation and epithelization during the proliferative stage as well as decreased wound healing time and scarring and decreases contractures in cases with burn wounds with no adverse effect (allergy or toxicity) whatsoever (yaghoobi et al. 2013). meanwhile, the side effect of honey consumption has not been well studied and there are major concerns with respect to excessive intake of honey causing increase in blood sugar level. there seems a very little or no report on the excessive or prolonged consumption of honey which might lead to toxicity in the body system. hence, the goal of this present study is to investigate the high consumption of honey on haematological parameters, liver function indices and kidney function in male wistar rats. materials and methods drugs and chemicals honey was purchased at gembu local market in saurdana local government area of taraba state, nigeria. creatinin and urea kit was obtained from immunometrics limited (uk) and total proteins kit, albumin kit and bilirubin kit were all obtained from sigma aldrich (st. louis, mo, usa). other reagents and solvents were of analytical graded level. experimental animals twenty-eight adult male wistar rats (weighing 180200g) were obtained from the physiology department central animal house (pdcah), university of ibadan, ibadan, oyo state, nigeria and managed under normal laboratory condition according to the university ethical guideline which adheres strictly to the “principle of laboratory animal care” (nih publication no. 85-23). the dosed selected for this study was according to fasanmade and alabi, (2008) with slight modifications. treatment design the animals were arranged into four groups (n =7). group 1 serves as the non-treated animal (control animals) and received distilled water (10 ml/kg) alone. group 2 was administered with 1ml/100g of body weight while group 3 received 2ml/100g of body weight and group 4 received 3ml/100g of body weight. all treatments were daily administered orally using oral gavage and lasted for 35 days. the animals were carefully observed for change in body weight and blood glucose level evaluated weekly and after overnight fasting on the last day of sacrifice (24 hours after the last day of treatment) using a glucometer (accu-check active, roche diagnostic, mannhein germany). preparation of blood samples for biochemical analysis after the conclusion of the treatment, all the rats were subjected to ketamine anaesthesia and then sacrificed through cervical dislodge. cardiac puncture was used for blood collection for haematological variables. further, plasma was also obtained from the collected blood by centrifugation (3000 rpm; 15 minutes) at room temperature using a bench top centrifuge (bosch, uk) for the assessment of electrolytes concentration, renal and liver function markers. estimation of liver function markers alanine transaminase (alt), aspartate aminotransferase (ast) and alkaline phosphatase (alp) activities for liver injury markers in the plasma was determined according to the protocol previously described by reitman and frankel (1957) using randox test kit. estimation of kidney function markers assessment of serum creatinine concentration plasma (50 ml) was taken and mixed to a monoreagent (1000 ll) obtained from the assay kit. the mixture was then incubated for 60 seconds. thereafter the absorbance was read (k 492 nm) twice within the interval of 1 min. furthermore, the concentration of creatinin was calculated using the kit manufacturer method (immunometrics limited uk). assessment of serum urea concentration four parts of monoreagent taken from reagent i and onepart monoreagent taken from reagent ii were mixed together and incubated at 15–25°c for 30 minutes. following incubation, the mixture was kept in amber bottle prior to use. 10 ml of plasma sample and urea standard were further mixed to 1000 ll monoreagent each and then further incubated at 20-25°c for 60 seconds. the absorbance was read at wavelength of 340 agbatutu et al. – excess bee honey consumption induces toxicity 37 nm twice within the interval of 1 minute. finally, the concentration of urea was determined and calculated as proposed by the kit manufacturer (immunometrics limited uk) using the formula: urea concentration = mg/dl change in sample absorbance change in standard absorbance × standard concentration/cal assessment of serum albumin concentration plasma albumin was determined using randox reagent kits as according to the instructions and method in the manual further corroborated by doumas et al. (1971). estimation of plasma electrolyte concentration the plasma electrolytes: sodium, potassium and chlorides were assayed using their respective commercial kits. all assays were done using microplate reader spectramax plus (a molecular device product). estimation of haematological indices the haematological parameters were determined using an automated haematology analyzer (abx micros 60 from horiba abx, france). the red blood cells (rbc), packed cell volume (pcv), haemoglobin and other haematological indices such as, lymphocytes, neutrophils, monocytes, eosinophils and basophils were determined. the mean corpuscular haemoglobin concentration (mchc), mean corpuscular hemoglobin (mch) and mean corpuscular volume (mcv) were calculated from rbc, haemoglobin (hb) and packed cell volume (pcv) values. the white blood cell (wbc) count was also determined. histological assessment the kidney and liver tissues were harvested and fixed in 10% phosphate buffered formalin for histomorphological examination. the kidney and liver tissues were directly fixed through immersion in a 4% paraformaldehyde of 0.1 mol/l phosphate buffers at ph 7.2 for 48 h. all tissues were then further dehydrated and embedded in a paraffin wax and thereafter sliced transversely using the microtome machine into sections (5 μm). after tissue slicing, it was then stained in haematoxylin and eosin solution. finally, all the sections were examined by using optical microscope for cell condensation and death (asiwe et al., 2021). statistical analysis data are presented as mean ± standard error of mean and analysed with one-way analysis of variance (anova) and compared by newman-keuls test using the graphpad prism 7.0 (graphpad software, san diego, ca, usa). p<0.05 was considered statistically significant. results honey consumption (hc) maintains blood glucose level and reduced body weight gain in rats the effect of honey consumption on blood glucose level and body weight was presented in table 1-2. following administration of honey, there was no significant difference in the glucose level across the treatment group comparative to the control (table 1). however, there was a significant (p < 0.05) progressive decrease in body weight from the week 2-5 in hc (2ml/100g and 3ml/100g) when compared with control (table 2). honey consumption (hc) induced electrolytes imbalance in rats table 3 showed the impact of honey consumption on the plasma level of electrolytes following administration in the rats. the plasma concentration of sodium and chlorine ion significantly (p < 0.05; [689 ± 7.98 and 450 ± 3.13 vs 736±3.36] and [29.1 ± 2.61 and 26.1 ± 11.70 vs 31.3 ± 0.92]) decreased in the animals administered hc (1ml/100g and 3ml/100g), but there was significant (p < 0.05; [747 ± 5.29 vs 736±3.36] and [69.8 ± 1.33 vs 31.3 ± 0.92]) increase in the animals administered hc (2ml/100g) relative to the control. the plasma concentration of potassium ion decreased significantly (p < 0.05; [5.88 ± 0.41, 6.08 ± 0.42 and 3.92 ± 0.30 vs 7.58 ± 0.08]) across all the groups administered hc (1ml/100g, 2ml/100g and 3ml/100g) when compared to the control (table 3). honey consumption (hc) exacerbates liver function markers in rats the data for markers of liver toxicity in rats was presented in fig. 1a-c. data showed significant decrease level of alt in the animals treated with hc (2ml/100g and 3ml/100g) compared to the control (fig. 1a). however, the animals treated with higher doses of hc (2ml/100g and 3ml/100g) significantly decreases the level ast and alp comparative to the control (fig. 1bc). honey consumption (hc) initiates renal toxicity via increased inflammatory markers in rats the results obtained from this result indicating renal toxicity following honey consumption is represented in figure 2a-e. there was a significant (p < 0.05) increase in the urea and creatinine concentration in the animals treated with hc (2ml/100g and 3ml/100g) when compared to the control (fig. 2a-b). we also observed significant (p < 0.05) increased total protein and bilirubin level in the animals that were administered hc (1ml/100g, 2ml/100g and 3ml/100g) (fig. 2c-d), while 38 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 35-43 a significantly (p < 0.05) decreased albumin level was recorded in them (fig. 2e). the effect of honey consumption on haematological indices in rats table 4 showed the values of the haematological indices in the rats after administration of honey. the results showed that there were significant (p < 0.05; [3.06 ± 0.54 and 2.05 ± 0.31 vs 5.41 ± 0.39]) decrease in wbc in the hc (1ml/100g and 2ml/100g) treated rats and a significant (p < 0.05; [7.59 ± 0.55 vs 5.41 ± 0.39]) increase in the rats treated with hc (3ml/100g) when compared to the control. the lymphocyte counts decrease significantly (p < 0.05; [1. 26 ± 0.17 and 0.42 ± 0.05 vs 2.96 ± 0.22]) in the rats treated with hc (1ml/100g and 2ml/100g) when compared to the control. the concentration of haemoglobin decreases significantly (p < 0.05; [12.5 ± 0.17, 11.4 ± 0.16 and 13.1 ± 0.17 vs 14 ± 0.29]) in the hc (1ml/100g, 2ml/100g and 3ml/100g) treated rats when compared to the control. the value of rbc and pcv decreases significantly (p < 0.05; [6.98 ± 0.16 and 6.42 ± 0.41 vs 8.2 ± 0.18]) and (p < 0.05; [39.5 ± 0.17 and 37.1 ± 2.27 vs 44.9 ± 0.44]) in the hc (1ml/100g and 2ml/100g) treated rats when compared to the control. additionally, we observed that the value of pct decreases significantly (p < 0.05; [0.50 ± 0.14 vs 0.64 ± 0.40]) in the hc (3ml/100g) when compared to the control. however, there were no significant (p > 0.05) change mcv, mch, mchc and platelet levels when compared with group (table 4). honey consumption (hc) induces hepato-renal degeneration in rats figure 3 showed the photomicrograph of the liver and kidney tissues. histomicrograph of the liver in control rats showed normal cellular architecture with no lesion (plate 1). however, the rats administered hc (1ml/100g) showed centrilobular, hepatocellular vacuole change while hc (2ml/100g) showed diffused atrophy of hepatic cords and focal hepatocyte vacuolation. also, those given the higher dose of hc (3ml/100g) showed hepatocellular degeneration and fibroblast reaction as well as diffuse atrophy cords and portal inflammation. the photomicrograph of the kidney showed patchy epithelia degeneration as well as necrosis in hc (1ml/100g and 2ml/100g) while hc (3ml/100g) showed tubular epithelia coagulation as well as necrosis as shown in figure 3. figure 1. (a) alt (b) ast (c) alp. values are expressed as mean ± standard error of mean, (n=5). *p< 0.05 is significant when compared with control. table 1. effect of bee honey consumption on fasting blood glucose (g/dl). honey consumption weeks control hc (1ml/100g) hc (2ml/100g) hc (3ml/100g) week 1 120 ± 2.03 118 ± 2.71 114 ± 2.20 115 ± 2.23 week 2 120 ± 2.03 118 ± 2.71 114 ± 2.20 115 ± 2.23 week 3 112 ± 1.11 116 ± 1.69 122 ± 2.07 120 ± 1.24 week 4 133 ± 1.29 121 ± 2.78 107 ± 2.71 110 ± 2.71 week 5 116 ± 3.69 116 ± 3.67 114 ± 1.82 114 ± 2.74 values are expressed as mean ± standard error of mean, (n=5). hc = honey consumption agbatutu et al. – excess bee honey consumption induces toxicity 39 figure 2. (a) urea (b) creatinine (c) total protein (d) billirubin (e) albumin. values are expressed as mean ± standard error of mean, (n=5). *p< 0.05 is significant when compared with control. table 2. effect of bee honey consumption on body weight (grams). honey consumption weeks control hc (1ml/100g) hc (2ml/100g) hc (3ml/100g) week 1 203 ± 7.69 206 ± 5.13 205 ± 3.96 204 ± 8.22 week 2 226 ± 7.46 219 ± 10.0 210 ± 7.01* 183 ± 20.6* week 3 223 ± 8.62 220 ± 12.1 206 ± 5.85* 198 ± 8.07* week 4 231 ± 11.4 227 ± 18.3 206 ± 7.18* 208 ± 12.7* week 5 249 ± 12.2 223 ± 14.2 212 ± 8.05* 209 ± 12.5* values are expressed as mean ± standard error of mean, (n=5). *p< 0.05 is significant when compared with control, hc = honey consumption table 3. effect of bee honey consumption on electrolytes after 35 days (5 weeks). honey consumption variables control hc (1ml/100g) hc (2ml/100g) hc (3ml/100g) na (g/dl) 736±3.36 689 ± 7.98* 747 ± 5.29* 450 ± 3.13* k (g/dl) 7.58 ± 0.08 5.88 ± 0.41* 6.08 ± 0.42* 3.92 ± 0.30* cl (g/dl) 31.3 ± 0.92 29.1 ± 2.61* 69.8 ± 1.33* 26.1 ± 11.70* values are expressed as mean ± standard error of mean, (n=5), *p< 0.05 is significant when compared with control, hc = honey consumption. ml of honey table 4. effect of bee honey consumption on haematological indices after 35 days (5 weeks). honey consumption variables control hc (1ml/100g) hc (2ml/100g) hc (3ml/100g) wbc 5.41 ± 0.39 3.06 ± 0.54* 2.05 ± 0.31* 7.59 ± 0.55* lymphocyte 2.96 ± 0.22 1. 26 ± 0.17* 0.42 ± 0.05* 3.22 ± 0.21 rbc 8.2 ± 0.18 6.98 ± 0.16* 6.42 ± 0.41* 7.66 ± 0.40 hb (g/dl) 14 ± 0.29 12.5 ± 0.17* 11.4 ± 0.16* 13.1 ± 0.17* pcv 44.9 ± 0.44 39.5 ± 0.17* 37.1 ± 2.27* 42 ± 0.45 mcv 55 ± 0.41 56.7 ± 0.47 58 ± 0.41 57.2 ± 1.24 mch 17.1 ± 0.04 17.8 ± 0.17 17.8 ± 0.24 17.1 ± 0.23 mchc 31.3 ± 0.17 31.5 ± 0.24 30.8 ± 0.10 31.2 ± 0.37 platelet 761 ± 56 709 ± 0.71 749 ± 49.10 623 ± 20.50 pct 0.64 ± 0.40 0.56 ± 0.01 0.63 ± 0.07 0.50 ± 0.14* values are expressed as mean ± standard error of mean, (n=5), *p< 0.05 is significant when compared with control, hc = honey consumption. ml of honey 40 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 35-43 figure 3. histology of liver and kidney. the arrows showing significant leisions (h&e x400). group 1= normal control, group 2= 1ml of honey, group 3= 2ml of honey and group 4= 3ml of honey discussion the constituents of honey make it one of the widely used natural products for treating many diseases. however, our present study evaluated the effect of excess honey consumption on serum electrolyte, liver and renal function markers as well as haematological variable in male wistar rats. there was a progressive decrease in the body weight of the animals which suggest the antiobesogenic potential of honey as reported by yaghoobi et al., (2008) and bahrami et al., (2009). the weight loss was highest in the group fed with 3 ml of honey which corroborated the studies of chepulis, (2007) that protective effects of honey against obesity and weight gain depend on quantity or duration of exposure. we also observed a decrease in blood glucose level in week 4 and week 5 after an initial increase in week 3. this observation was consistent with the report that administration of honey in stz-induced diabetic rats and non-diabetic rats for 3 days significantly reduces blood glucose levels (özta¸san et al., 2005; jansen et al., 2012). however, the antidiabetic effect of honey can be attributed to its ability to modulate adiponectin secreted by adipose tissue which regulate glucose and lipid metabolism as reported by (li et al., 2009). the adiponectin modulating potential of honey though not within the scope of our present study, could suggest the mechanism of weight loss in a dose depended manner. electrolytes are essential for survival because of the electrical charges they provide. they interact with each other and the cells in the tissues, nerves and muscles. imbalance in this electrolyte can alter the normal physiology of the body. na and k ions are essential contractile tools of excitable tissues such as the heart, muscles and nerves, a decrease in this ions concentration as observed in this study suggest a modulating role of honey in electrolyte balance. the decrease in the levels of haematological components in this study suggests that honey supplementation directly destroy the blood components or disturb the processes involved in their formation. it can also be attributed to loss of blood due to haemorrhage as hematurea was observed during the study. however, this finding was not consistent with the studies of al-waili et al., (2006) and abdelaziz et al., (2012) who reported a protective role of honey against haemorrhagic and anemic conditions. other studies such as bazzoni et al., (2005), al-qayim et al., (2014), ghorbel et al., (2015) also showed conflicting results. liver is an essential organ for food metabolism and detoxification of substances that threatens the normal functions of the body. the biomarkers assayed in this study indicated the state of health of the liver as it was previously reported to indicate toxicity when there is significant increase in their concentration (murugavel and pari, 2007; asiwe et al., 2022). previous studies by al-waili et al. (2006) and halawa et al., (2009) showed that honey attenuates elevated liver enzymes during acute blood loss and food restriction. however, we observed that honey supplemented diet reduces alt and increases ast and alp in a dose dependent manner. most studies reported the preventive effect against liver agbatutu et al. – excess bee honey consumption induces toxicity 41 injury due to its free radical scavenging potentials. however, the present study was not consistent with previous studies and the inconsistency can be attributed to the dose and duration of the study. honey has been reported by rashed and soltan, (2004) to contain several trace elements as well as heavy metals such as cadmium (cd) and lead (pb) as well as aluminium (al) which previously has been confirmed to be toxic to liver and kidney functions. this may contribute to the observed dose and time dependent toxicity of honey. on the other hand, kidney is one of the important organs in the body saddled with the responsibility of excreting waste metabolic product from the body and a dysfunction of the kidney has been reported to be characterised by increased serum concentrations of creatinine and urea (asiwe et al., 2022). halawa et al., (2009) reported ameliorating effect of honey in environmental toxicant induced kidney dysfunction. however, our present findings suggest that honey supplementation could cause renal damage as both creatinine and urea concentrations were significantly increased when compared to the control group. the photomicrograph of the liver showed centrilobular, focal hepatocyte vacuolation, hepatocellular degeneration and fibroblast reaction as well as diffuse atrophy cords and portal inflammation. several trace elements as well as heavy metals such as cadmium (cd) and lead (pb) which was previously confirmed by asiwe et al., (2022) to be toxic to liver and kidney functions by inducing cellular stress, injury or damage in body tissues was reported by rashed and soltan, (2004) to be part of the constituents of honey as contaminants. this could suggest the adverse effect of honey in this study. this observation was consistent with the study of wilson et al., (2011) who reported adverse effect of excess honey intake on histology of the liver. the renal tissue was not exempted from this effect as the photomicrograph of the kidney showed patchy epithelia degeneration, necrosis as well as tubular epithelia coagulation in a dose dependent manner. this could contribute to the increased creatinine and urea concentrations observed in this study. this observation was in contrast with the study of onyije et al., (2011) who reported normal renal architecture with increased urea and creatinine levels. conclusion in conclusion, this study suggest that excess honey consumption causes adverse effects on liver and renal tissues as well as haematological alterations as shown both in biochemical assays and histological examination. it is therefore recommended that proper awareness should be raised to educate the public as well as agencies regulating food and drug intake of these possible adverse effect of excess consumption of honey or honey products. ethics approval and consent to participate: ethical approval was given by the college of medicine ethics committee. animal handling was done in accordance to established guidelines by the national institute of health for care and use of laboratory animals as adopted by the college of medicine, university of ibadan, nigeria. consent for publication: not applicable availability of data and materials: all data produced and analyzed during this study are included in this article. competing interest: the authors declare that they have no competing interests. funding: this research did not receive any specific grant from funding agencies in the public, commercial, or not-for-profit sectors. authors’ contributions: aa and ajn designed the study. ajn, aa and aog performed the experiments, analyzed the data, and wrote the manuscript. all authors read and approved the final manuscript. acknowledgements: not applicable references abdelaziz i, elhabiby mi and ashour aa (2012). toxicity of cadmium and protective effect of bee honey, vitamins c and b complex. human and experimental toxicology 1–9. abdulrhman m, el-hefnawy m, ali r, el-goud aa (2008). honey and type 1 diabetes mellitus. in: liu cp, editor. type diabetes – complications, pathogenesis, and alternative treatments. croatia: in tech; 2008. adebolu tt (2005). effect of natural honey on local isolates of diarrhea causing bacteria in southwestern nigeria. afr j biotechnol. 4:1172–4. adesoji a fasanmade and oluwakemi t alabi (2008). differential effect of honey on selected variables in alloxaninduced and fructose-induced diabetic rats. african journal of biomedical research, vol. 11 191-196. ahmed s, othman nh (2013). honey as a potential natural anticancer agent: a review of its mechanisms. evid based complement alternat med. 829070. al-qayim m, ghali l, al-azwai t (2014) comparative effects of propolis and malic acid on hematological parameters of aluminum exposed male rats. glob j biosci biotechnol 3(1):6–11. al-waili n, boni n (2003). natural honey lowers plasma prostaglandin concentrations in normal individuals. j med food 6:129–133. al-waili ns, saloom ky, akmal m, al-waili f, al-waili tn, al-waili an, ali a (2006) honey ameliorates influence of hemorrhage and food restriction on renal and hepatic functions, and hematological and biochemical variables. int j food sci nutr 57(5–6):353–362. 42 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 35-43 al-waili ns, saloom ky, al-waili tn, al-waili an, akmal m, alwaili fs, al-waili hn (2006). influence of various diet regimens on deterioration of hepatic function and haematological parameters following carbon tetrachloride: a potential protective role of natural honey. nat prod res 20(13):1258–1264. armstrong wd and carr cw. physiological chemistry: laboratory direction. 3rd ed. minneapolis, mn: burges publishing co, p.75. ashrafi s, mastronikolas s, wu cd (2005). use of honey in treatment of aphthous ulcers iadr/aadr/cadr 83rd general session. baltimore, md., usa: pp. 9–12. asiwe jn, anachuna kk, moke eg, sanusi ko, okonofua de omeru o, fasanmade aa, (2021). high dietary salt intake alleviates fasting blood glucose in streptozotocin-induced diabetic male wistar rats. thai j pharm sci.,45:172-177. asiwe, jn., kolawole, ta., anachuna, kk., ebuwe, ei., nwogueze, bc., eruotor, h., igbokwe v., (2022). cabbage juice protect against lead-induced liver and kidney damage in male wistar rat. biomarkers, 1-8 (ahead of print) doi:10.1080/1354x.2021.2022210. attia wy, gabry ms, el-shaikh ka, othman ga (2008). the anti-tumor effect of bee honey in ehrlich ascite tumor model of mice is coincided with stimulation of the immune cells. j egypt public health assoc 15:169–83. babacan s, rand ag (2007). characterization of honey amylase. j food sci.72:c050–5. bahrami, m. ataie-jafari, a. hosseini, s. foruzanfar, m.h. rahmani, m. pajouhi, m (2009). effects of natural honey consumption in diabetic patients: an 8-week randomized clinical trial. int. j. food sci. nutr. 60, 618–626. bansal v, medhi b, pandhi p (2005). honey – a remedy rediscovered and its therapeutic utility. kathmandu univ med j (kumj) 3:305–9. bartels h, bohmer m, and heierli c (1972). serum creatinine determination without protein precipitation. clin chem acta 37: 193–197. bazzoni gb, bollini an, herna´ndez gn, contini mdel c, chiarotto mm, rasia ml (2005) in vivo effect of aluminum upon thephysical properties of the erythrocyte membrane. j inorg biochem 99:822–827 bessey oa, lowry dh, brock jm (1946). method for the determination of alkaline phosphatase with five cubic milliliters of serum. j biol chem. 146: 321. betts j. (2008). the clinical application of honey in wound care. nurs times.104:43–4. candiracci m, piatti e, dominguez-barragán m, garcía-antrás d, morgado b, ruano d, (2012). anti-inflammatory activity of a honey flavonoid extract on lipopolysaccharide-activated n13 microglial cells. j agric food chem. 60:12304–11. chepulis, l.m (2007). the effect of honey compared to sucrose, mixed sugars, and a sugar-free diet on weight gain in young rats. j. food sci. 72, s224–s229. dashora n, sodde v, bhagat j, kirti sp, labo r (2011). antitumor activity of dendrophoe falcate against ehrlich ascites carcinoma in swiss albino mice. pharm crops.7:1. doumas bt, watson wa, and biggs hg (1971). albumin standards and the measurement of serum albumin with bromocresol green. clin chim acta 31(1):87–96. estevinho l, pereira ap, moreira l, dias lg, pereira e (2008). antioxidant and antimicrobial effects of phenolic compounds extracts of northeast portugal honey. food chem toxicol. 46:3774–9. eteraf-oskouei t, najafi m (2013). traditional and modern uses of natural honey in human diseases: a review. iran j basic med sci. 16 (6) :731–742. fawcett jk scott je (1960). a rapid and precise method for determination of urea. j clin pathol 13: 156–159. french vm, cooper ra, molan pc (2005). the antibacterial activity of honey against coagulase-negative staphylococci. j antimicrob chemother. 56:228–31. ghorbel i, maktouf s, kallel c, ellouze chaabouni s, boudawara t, zeghal n (2015). disruption of erythrocyte antioxidant defense system, hematological parameters, induction of proinflammatory cytokines and dna damage in liver of coexposed rats to aluminium and acrylamide. chem biol interact 236:31–40. ghosh s, playford rj (2003). bioactive natural compounds for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders. clin sci (lond). 104:547–56. hassapidou m, fotiadou e, maglara e, papadopoulou sk (2006). energy intake, diet composition, energy expenditure, and body fatness of adolescents in northern greece. obesity (silver spring) 14:855–62. heba m halawa, nagwa e el-nefiawy, noha a makhlouf, awatef a mady (2009). evaluation of honey protective effect on lead induced oxidative stress in rats. jasmr, 4 (2): 197208. helmy n, el-soud a (2012). honey between traditional uses and recent medicine. maced j med sci. 5:205–14. hussein sz, mohd yusoff k, makpol s, mohd yusof ya. gelam (2012). honey inhibits the production of proinflammatory, mediators no, pge (2), tnf-a, and il-6 in carrageenaninduced acute paw edema in rats. evid based complement alternat med. 2012:109636. iglesias mt, de lorenzo c, del carmen polo m, martín-alvarez pj, pueyo e (2004). usefulness of amino acid composition to discriminate between honeydew and floral honeys. application to honeys from a small geographic area. j agric food chem. 52:84–9. islam a, khalil i, islam n, moniruzzaman m, mottalib a, sulaiman sa (2012). physicochemical and antioxidant properties of bangladeshi honeys stored for more than one year. bmc complement altern med. 12:177. jansen, s.a.; kleerekooper, i.; hofman, z.l.m.; kappen, i.f.p.m.; stary-weinzinger, a.; van der heyden,m.a.g (2012). grayanotoxin poisoning: “mad honey disease” and beyond. cardiovasc. toxicol. 12, 208–215. khalil i, moniruzzaman m, boukraâ l, benhanifia m, islam a, islam n (2012). physicochemical and antioxidant properties of algerian honey. molecules. 17:11199–215. lay-flurrie k (2008). honey in wound care: effects, clinical application and patient benefit. br j nurs. 17:s30, s32–6. li, s.; shin, h.j.; ding, e.l.; van dam, r.m (2009). adiponectin levels and risk of type 2 diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. jama 302, 179–188. manyi-loh ce, clarke am, ndip rn (2011). identification of volatile compounds in solvent extracts of honeys produced in south africa. afr j agric res. 6:4327–34. mato i, huidobro jf, simal-lozano j, sancho mt (2003). significance of nonaromatic organic acids in honey. j food prot. 66:2371–6. agbatutu et al. – excess bee honey consumption induces toxicity 43 moore, o.a., smith, l.a., campbell, f., seers, k., mcquay, h.j., and moore, r.a. (2001). systematic review of the use of honey as a wound dressing. bmc complement. altern. med. 1, 2. murugavel p and pari l (2007). effects of diallyl tetrasulfide on cadmium-induced oxidative damage in the liver of rats. hum exp toxicol 26: 527–534. onyije f.m, o.g. avwioro, a.d. atoni1, a. nduku and v.c. zenebo (2011). evaluation of the kidney following administration of unprocessed honey in wistar rats. asian j. med. pharm. res. 2 (1): 21-25. özta¸san, n. altinkaynak, k. akçay, f. göçer, f. dane, ¸s (2005). effects of mad honey on blood glucose and lipid levels in rats with streptozocin-induced diabetes. turk. j. vet. anim. sci., 29, 1093–1096. pataca lc, borges neto w, marcucci mc, poppi rj (2007). determination of apparent reducing sugars, moisture and acidity in honey by attenuated total reflectance-fourier transform infrared spectrometry. talanta. 71:1926–31. perry pw, doumas bt, and bayse dd (1983). a candidate reference method of determination of bilirubin in serum: test for transferability. clin chem. 29: 297. rashed mn, soltan me (2004). major and trace elements in different types of egyptian mono-floral and non-floral bee honeys. j food compos anal. 17:725–735. reitman s and frankel s (1957). a colorimetric method for the glutamic–pyruvate transaminase. am j clin pathol 28: 56–63. sato t, miyata g 2000. the nutraceutical benefit, part iii: honey. nutrition. 16:468–9. vorlova l, pridal a (2002). invertase and diastase activity in honeys of czech provenience. acta univ agric. 5:57–66. white jw 1980. detection of honey adulteration by carbohydrate analysis. j assoc off anal chem. 63:11–8. wilson ji, george bo, umukoro ge (2011). effects of honey on the histology of liver in adult wistar rats. biology and medicine, 3 (1): 1-5. yaghoobi r, kazerouni a, kazerouni o, (2013). evidence for clinical use of honey in wound healing as an anti-bacterial, anti-inflammatory anti-oxidant and anti-viral agent: a review. jundishapur j nat pharm prod. 8:100–4. yaghoobi, n. al-waili, n ghayour-mobarhan, m. parizadeh, s.m.r. abasalti, z. yaghoobi, z. yaghoobi, f esmaeili, h. kazemi-bajestani, s.m.r. aghasizadeh, r (2008). natural honey and cardiovascular risk factors; effects on blood glucose, cholesterol, triacylglycerole, crp, and body weight compared with sucrose. sci. world j. 8, 463–469. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 11, number 1, april 2022 | pages: 65-73 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.65-73 issn 2540-9328 (online) ethnomedicinal, phytochemicals, and pharmacological aspects of sentul (sandoricum koetjape) made dharmesti wijaya pharmacology and pharmacy department, faculty of medicine and health sciences, warmadewa university, jl. terompong no 24 denpasar 80235, indonesia. tel. +62 361 240727. corresponding author dharmestiwijaya@gmail.com manuscript received: 09 march, 2022. revision accepted: 05 april, 2022. published: 18 april, 2022. abstract sentul (sandoricum koetjape) is a tropical plant that has been used as traditional medicine in some asian countries for decades. research on phytochemicals and pharmacological activities of this plant extracts has been conducted and shows promising medicinal properties. this review aims to integrate knowledge about s. koetjape focusing on three main aspects namely ethnomedicinal, phytochemicals, and pharmacological, in order to encourage further research on this plant for future drug development. traditionally, all plant parts of s. koetjape have been used for treating various health problems and diseases such as diarrhea, fever, colic, and leucorrhoea. more than 30 chemicals have been identified from s. koetjape, which the most important compounds are ring-a secotriterpene, oleane-type triterpene, secomultiflorane-type triterpene, hydroxymultiflorane triterpene, and limonoids. in vitro studies showed pharmacological potential of the extracts and phytochemicals constituents of s. koetjape including antibacterial, antifungal, antitumoral, anticancer, insecticide, and antioxidant. keywords: ethnomedicine; pharmacology; phytochemicals; sandoricum koetjape; sentul. introduction since prehistoric times, human have been utilized medicinal plants for their health benefits, as evidently shown by fossil records from the middle paleolithic age, approximately 60,000 years ago (solecki, 1975; fabricant and farnsworth, 2001). the oldest written evidence of the utilization of the medicinal plants for drugs preparation has been verified by the 5000 years old sumerian clay slab which described 12 drug synthesis recipes by referring to more than 250 plants (srivastava, 2018). in addition, traditional medicines such as ayurveda, traditional chinese medicine, unani, traditional korean medicine, and kampo have applied medicinal plants to alleviate and treat wide range of diseases such as malaria, diarrhoea, and microbial infections (yuan et al. 2016). currently, it is estimated that about 80% of the world’s population still depend on herbs and herbal products for primary health care (subramani et al. 2017). despite the fact that traditional medicinal plants have been established through empirical practices and evidences, their importance have often been undervalued and disregarded (kaliyaperumal et al. 2013). it is estimated that only less than 10% of the world’s medicinal plant biodiversity has been scientifically studied for their potential pharmacological activities (dias et al. 2012). the awareness of medicinal plants and their ethnopharmacological relevance is crucial to discover novel plant-based drugs and medicines, as well as in disease prevention (sofowora et al. 2013; jamshidi-kia et al. 2018). plants with ethnopharmacological practices have become the main sources of pharmaceuticals in early drug discovery. therefore, efforts must be directed towards measures that will improve the efficacy, effectiveness, and rational use of medicinal plants (veeresham, 2012; sofowora et al. 2013). among the traditional medicinal plants, members of mahogany or meliaceae family have been regarded for their medicinal properties. this family consists of approximately 1400 species belonging to more than 50 genera. modified triterpene compounds called limonoids are abundantly found in meliaceae and are chemically more diverse in this family compared to any other plant families (paritala et al. 2015). a large quantity of other triterpenoid derivatives as well as other compounds such as flavonoids, alkaloids, phenols, coumarins, lignans, and chromones are also present in different meliaceae genera (paritala et al. 2015; yadav et al. 2015). these very diverse compounds are responsible for the wide range of medicinal properties of meliaceae such as antiviral, antiparasitic, and antimicrobial activities, as well as cytotoxic, anticancer, and anti-inflammatory properties (paul et al. 2011; https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.65-73 mailto:dharmestiwijaya@gmail.com 66 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 65-73 xavier-jr et al. 2015; yadav et al. 2015; mubeen et al. 2018). the members of this family have been traditionally used for treating a wide range of diseases (sujarwo et al. 2016; agyare et al. 2018). among the meliaceae family, only a few members have edible fruits, in which sandoricum koetjape (burm.f.) merr. is one of the most popular species (yadav et al. 2015). the species s. koetjape belongs to genus sandoricum cav, that is distributed mainly in tropical areas in asian countries and among plant that have been utilized for traditional medicines (ismail et al. 2003a). the root, bark, leave, and the whole plant of s. koetjape are used in folk medicine for generations in some asian countries such as india, malaysia, indonesia, and thailand for treating various diseases such as diarrhea, leucorrhea, colic, or drunk as a tonic after childbirth (perry and metzger, 1980; kaneda et al. 1992; ismail et al. 2003a). a number of phytochemicals and bioactive compounds from s. koetjape have been identified and tested in vitro which showed large therapeutic potentials (ismail et al. 2003a; aisha et al. 2009a, b; chudzik et al. 2015;). this review aims to comprehensively integrate current knowledge on s. koetjape by focusing into three main aspects namely ethnomedicinal, phytochemistry, and pharmacology. moreover, we discussed toxicological aspects that have not been studied from s. koetjape and some issues to translate the therapeutic capacity of this plant into consumable product. botany and ethnomedicinal aspects of sandoricum koetjape s. koetjape is possibly indigenous plants of indochina and peninsular malaysia, and later the plant has been introduced and naturalized in the philippines, borneo, indonesia, india, the andaman islands, mauritius, australia, taiwan, china, and also into a few other locations in southern florida and central america (lim, 2012). s. koetjape is locally called kechapi, lolly fruit, santol, sentol, wild mangosteen (english), faux mangostan, and sandorique mangousteiner savage (french). this plant is classified into the genus sandoricum, of the meliaceae family, order sapindales, and division tracheophyta (barstow, 2018). other synonymies for s. koetjape are melia koetjape burm.f., sandoricum indicum cav., sandoricum maingayi hiern, sandoricum nervosum blume, sandoricum nervosum (vahl) m.j. roem., sandoricum vidalii merr., trichilia nervosa vahl (lim, 2012; mabberley, 1985). distribution of s. koetjape is mainly in primary and secondary rain forests below 1000 m which are characterized by deciduous, small to large tree, up to 50 m tall with a straight trunk, flaky or fissured, lenticillate, greyish to pale pinkish-brown bark (orwa et al. 2009; lim, 2012). the tree bole morphology of s. koetjape is straight but often crooked or fluted, branchless for up to 18–21 m and with a trunk diameter up to 100 cm (lim, 2012). bark surface smooth or sometimes flaky or fissured, lenticillate, greyish to pale pinkish-brown, inner bark pale brown or red-brown to pink, exuding a milky latex (orwa et al. 2009). it produces fleshy fruits that are round or flattened ball-shaped, yellow or brownish, and 5-8 cm across, with arils part range from sour to sweet (figure 1) (chen et al. 2015). the fruit has 3 5 brown, ovate to ellipsoid seeds, 2–3.5 by 1.2–2.1 by 0.9–1.6 cm, which are usually tightly associated to the pulp (chen et al. 2015). figure 1. sandoricum koetjape fruits. traditionally, s. koetjape has been applied as medications to treat a number of diseases in thailand, malaysia, philippines, and indonesia. in thailand, this plant is locally known as krathon or sathon and its bark decoction is traditionally used to treat diarrhea (kaneda et al. 1992). meanwhile, the aqueous extract of s. koetjape or santol bark in malaysia is consumed after childbirth as a tonic (nassar et al. 2010). moreover, the stem bark of s. koetjape or locally called sentul or kecapi in indonesia is used by local people for colic, leucorrhoea, and stomach ache treatment (kosela et al. 1995; novaryatiin and indah, 2019). moreover, the pounded bark is applied for treating ringworm (perry and metzger, 1980). beside the bark, other plant parts of s. koetjape such as leaves and roots are also conventionally used for several diseases treatments. decoction of the leaves of s. koetjape is being used to treat diarrhea and water from the pounded leaves is used as intermittent fever medication (perry and metzger, 1980). in the philippines, fresh leaves of s. koetjape are put on the body to induce sweating while santol herbal tea is used wijaya – ethnomedicinal, phytochemicals, and pharmacological aspects of s. koetjape 67 to bath to bring down fever (lim, 2012). the leaves are also used for inflammation or swelling poultice by applying directly to the affected area (agapin, 2020). the root is used to cure leucorrhoea, dysentry, and as general tonic (perry and metzger, 1980). the decoction or infusion of s. koetjape roots is also used for diarrhea and spasm treatment (cabi, 2008). a record of balinese traditional healing therapies written in palm leaves called taru pramana stated that “loloh” or traditional herbal drink of s. koetjape roots and leaves is employed to treat diarrhea, while the bark can be chewed and then sprayed into the stomach (pulasari, 2013). the bark and leaves of s. koetjape are also used in treating diarrhea by the baduy ethnic in indonesia (khastini et al. 2021). phytochemicals of sandoricum koetjape the phytochemicals constituent of s. koetjape has been examined since 1960. to date, more than 30 compounds have been isolated from different parts of this plant, in which triterpenes are the ubiquitous plant components. various group of triterpenes were identified in this plant such as ring-a secotriterpene, oleane-type triterpene, secomultiflorane-type triterpene, hydroxy-multiflorane triterpene, and limonoids. besides, sesquiterpenes and polyalcohols were also detected in stem and fruit hulls of s. koetjape. polyphenols such as quercetin (flavonoid) and tannin were also observed in the plant extracts of s. koetjape (table 1). table 1. compounds identified from the sandoricum koetjape extracts. class compounds plant parts ref triterpenoind acids katononic acid (3-oxo-olean-12-en-29-oic acid) stem (kaneda et al. 1992) katonic acid (3α-hydroxyolean-12-en-29-oic acid) heartwood (king and morgan, 1960) indicic acid heartwood (king and morgan, 1960) bryonolic acid fruit hulls (sim and lee, 1972) ring-a secotriterpene koetjapic acid stem (kaneda et al. 1992) sentulic acid bark (efdi et al. 2012) oleane-type triterpenoid 3-oxo-olean-12-en-27-oic acid bark (efdi et al. 2012) 20-epikoetjapic acid (3,4-seco-olean-4(23),12-diene3,29-dioic acid) stem bark (tanaka et al. 2001) 3-epikatonic acid stem bark (tanaka et al. 2001) briononic acid stem bark (tukiran et al. 2010) secomultiflorane-type triterpene bryononic acid fruit hulls, stem bark (sim and lee, 1972; kosela et al. 1995) secobryononic acid stem bark (kosela et al. 1995) secoisobryononic acid stem bark (kosela et al. 1995) 12β-hydroxymultiflorane triterpenoid acid sandorinic acid a (12β,18-dihydroxy-3oxomultiflora-8-en-29-oic acid) stem bark (tanaka et al. 2001) sandorinic acid b (12β,18-dihydroxy-3oxomultiflora-7-en-29-oic acid) stem bark (tanaka et al. 2001) sandorinic acid c (12β-hydroxy-3-oxomultiflora-8en-29-oic acid) stem bark (tanaka et al. 2001) limonoids/ tetranorterpenoid [2α-(2-methylbutanoyl)oxy]sandoricin leaves (pancharoen et al. 2005) [2α-(2-methylpropanoyl)oxy]sandoricin leaves (pancharoen et al. 2005) sanjecumins a and b leaves (nagakura et al. 2013) trijugin-class limonoids sandrapins a-c leaves (ismail et al. 2003b) sandrapins d-e leaves (ismail et al. 2005) koetjapin d seed (bumi et al. 2019) andirobin-class limonoids sandoripin a and b leaves (pancharoen et al. 2009; nagakura et al. 2013) sandoricin seed (powell et al. 1991) 6-hydroxysandoricin seed (powell et al. 1991) koetjapins a-c seed (bumi et al. 2019) sesquiterpenes (–)-alloaromadendrene (–)-caryophyllene oxide (+)-spathulenol stem (kaneda et al. 1992) polyalcohols mesoinositol fruit hulls (sim and lee, 1972) dimethyl mucate fruit hulls (sim and lee, 1972) flavonoid quercetin n/d (kaewkod et al. 2021) tannin n/d (kaewkod et al. 2021) note: n/d = not determined 68 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 65-73 pharmacological activities of sandoricum koetjape antibacterial activity new antibiotic agents are urgently needed due to high antibiotics resistance incidence worldwide that threaten our action to combat serious bacterial infections (mayor, 2018). plants produce a wide range of phytochemicals and secondary metabolites that have therapeutic properties and therefore they are one of the most crucial sources of antimicrobial agents. a study by subramani and co-workers reported that a total of 60 plant extracts and 110 purified compounds were acquired from 112 plants against multi-drug resistant (mdr) pathogens including mdr-mycobacterium tuberculosis, methicillin resistant staphylococcus aureus (mrsa), and plasmodium spp. between 2005 and 2015 (subramani et al. 2017). plants belong to meliaceae family have been shown to have antibacterial activity, including s. koetjape. a number of antibacterial activities have been documented from this plant (table 2). methanol extract of s. koetjape seed seems promising as it shows strong antibacterial activity with minimum inhibitory concentration (mic) at 0.25, 0.50, and 0.50 µg/ml against bacillus subtilis, pseudomonas aeruginosa, and staphylococcus aureus respectively (azziz et al. 2013). meanwhile, the aqueous extract of the seed exhibit weak antibacterial property with mic at 250 mg ml-1 against escherichia coli, s. aureus, candida albicans, and streptococcus pneumoniae (elijah et al. 2016). the observed antibacterial activities in s. koetjape could be related to arrays of secondary metabolites such as alkaloids, flavonoids, and phenolic compounds found in this plant. flavonoid is known by its ability to interact with bacterial membrane proteins, causing the increase in membrane permeability and lead to membrane disruption (gupta and birdi, 2017). terpenoids that ubiquitously present in this plant have been reported to display antibacterial in nature (gupta and birdi, 2017). table 2. antibacterial activity of sandoricum koetjape extracts. solvents suggested constituents property target ref mic zoi seed methanol alkaloid, flavonoid 0.25 µg ml-1 b. subtilis (azziz et al. 2013) 0.50 µg ml-1 p. aeroginosa 0.50 µg ml-1 s. aureus aqueous phenols 250 µg ml-1 e. coli, s. aureus, c. albicans, and s. pneumoniae (elijah et al. 2016) leaf aqueous phenols 100 µg ml-1 e. coli and s. aureus (elijah et al. 2016) fruit juice phenols 8.3±0.6 mm e. faecalis (toobpeng at al. 2017) 13.0±1.0 mm p. aeruginosa mdr1 14.0±1.0 mm e. coli p174 esbl 15.0±0.6 mm e. coli esbl 15.0±1.5 mm p. aeruginosa mdr2 15.0±1.0 mm a.baumannii mdr2 15.0±1.5 mm a.baumannii mdr1 16.0±1.5 mm s. aureus mrsa1&2 fruit hulls bryononic acid (triterpenoid) 6 µg ml-1 salmonella enterica (heliawati et al. 2019) root aqueous n/a 500 µg ml-1 11 mm s. pyogenes nprc 101 (limsuwan and voravuthikunchai, 2013) ethanol n/a >1000 µg ml-1 15 mm s. pyogenes nprc 101 plant extracts aqueous tannin, quercetin (flavonoid) 16 mg ml-1 10.3±0.6 mm e. coli atcc 25922 (kaewkod et al. 2021) 63 mg ml-1 10.3±0.6 mm e. coli k-12 note: n/a = not available; mic = minimum inhibitory concentration; zoi = zone of inhibition anticancer/antitumor activity s. koetjape is known to be rich in triterpene compounds. in recent years, triterpenoids-related studies show that these compounds have potential roles for tumor or cancer prevention and treatments (gill et al. 2016; patlolla and rao, 2012). although many triterpene compounds have been proven to give effective results in treating cancers, only some of them have passed the wijaya – ethnomedicinal, phytochemicals, and pharmacological aspects of s. koetjape 69 clinical trial (e.g. 12-dioxooleana-1,9(11)-dien-28-oic acid or cddo) (gill et al. 2016). a number of triterpenoids isolated from s.koetjape such as katonic acid, sandorinic acid a, sentulic acid, and koetjapic acid have been noted to have cytotoxic activity against leukemia, colon, and breast cancer cell lines (table 3) (kaneda et al. 1992; tanaka et al. 2001; efdi et al. 2012; nassar et al. 2012a). koetjapic acid has also shown to have cancer chemopreventive and antitumor properties, as well as antimetastatic and antiinflamation activities (ismail et al. 2003a; rasadah et al. 2004; nassar et al. 2012b). table 3. anticancer and antitumor activity of sandoricum koetjape extracts. type of extracts suggested constituents dosage/results ref seed methanol koetjapin d cytotoxic activity against murine leukemia p-388 cell lines with ic50 of 16.8 ± 1.8 µg/ml (bumi et al. 2019) stem diethyl ether 1) 3-oxo-olean-12-en29-oic acid 2) katonic acid cytotoxic activity against p-388 leukemia cells (ed50 0.61 µg/ml (1) and 0.11 µg/ml (2)) (kaneda et al. 1992) bark purified compounds 1) sentulic acid 2) 3-oxo-olean-12-en27-oic acid cytotoxic activity against human promyelocytic leukemia hl-60 cell line by inducing apoptosis (efdi et al. 2012) hexane koetjapic acid cancer chemopreventive. significantly delayed tumor promotion in two-stage mouse skin carcinogenesis (ismail et al. 2003a) hexane 1) koetjapic acid 2) 3-oxo-olean-12-en29-oic acid 3) katonic acid anti-tumor promoting agents. inhibit epstein-barr virus early antigen (ebv-ea) activation (ismail et al. 2003a) stem bark purified compound sandorinic acid a cytotoxic activity against human leukemia hl-60 cells (ic50 15 µg/ml) (tanaka et al. 2001) n-hexane n/a ic50 values of 23, 14, 50, and 52 µg/ml against human umbilical vein endothelial cell (huvec), human colon cancer cells hct-116 and ht-29, and normal cell line ccd-18co (aisha et al. 2009b) n-hexane n/a 50 µg/ml extract showed potent apoptotic cell death induction on hct-116 colon cancer cell by inducing caspases 3 and 7 activity (aisha et al. 2009b) purified compound koetjapic acid cytotoxic activity with ic50 value of 18.88 µg/ml against hct-116 colon cancer cells by inducing caspase-3/7, -8, and -9, inducing morphological changes and nuclear condensation, causing dna fragmentation, disrupting mitochondrial membrane potential, downregulating wnt, hif-1α, map/erk/ jnk, and myc/mac signalling pathways, up-regulating nf-κb signalling pathway (nassar et al. 2012a) synthetic potassium koetjapate (salt form of koetjapic acid) enhanced cytotoxicity against hct-116 cells compared to koetjapic acid (jafari et al. 2014) n-hexane n/a ic50 values between 44 – 48 µg/ml against breast cancer cells mcf7, mda-mb-231, and t47d, and normal cell line mcf-10a (aisha et al. 2009a) n-hexane n/a 100 µg/ml extract showed apoptotic cell death induction on mcf-7 breast cancer cell by inducing caspases 3 and 7 activity (aisha et al. 2009a) methanol koetjapin d cytotoxic activity against murine leukemia p-388 cell lines with ic50 of 16.8 ± 1.8 µg ml-1 (bumi et al. 2019) purified compound koetjapic acid cytotoxic activity with ic50 value of 68.88 µg/ml against mcf-7 breast cancer cells; significantly inhibit cell migration and invasion at 15 µg/ml (sub-toxic dose); significantly inhibit the colony formation properties of mcf-7 (nassar et al. 2012b) other activities triterpenes such as koetjapic acid, katonic acid, and 3oxo-olean-12-en-29-oic acid are found to inhibit dna polymerase β (sun et al. 1999; hu et al. 2004). the mentioned compounds and sentulic acid are also known to have antiinflammation properties (rasadah et al. 2004; itoh et al. 2018;). limonoids compounds isolated from s. koetjape leaves namely sandoripins a and b exhibit antioxidant activity by inhibiting no production in j774.1 cell line 70 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 65-73 (nagakura et al. 2013). in addition, phenolic content and flavonoid from s. koetjape fruit extract show antioxidant activity by decreasing ros production and increasing antioxidant enzyme gpx-1 (anantachoke et al. 2016). tannins extracted from methanolic extract of the stem bark also display radical scavenging activity (cavin et al. 1999). beside aforementioned pharmacological activities, s. koetjape extracts also show antiangiogenic, antifungal, antifeedant, ichthyotoxic, and insecticidal against lepidopteran larvae (tabel 4) (mikolajczak and reed, 1987; powell et al. 1991; cavin et al. 1999; ismail et al. 2003a; leatemia and isman, 2004;). table 4. other activities of sandoricum koetjape extracts. bioactivities extract/ constituents dosage/results ref seed antifeedant ethanol, hexane ethanol and hexane extracts strongly inhibited feeding and resulted in high mortality (feeding ratio 0.05 and 0.21; mortality 90 and 100% respectively) of fall armyworm, s. frugiperda (mikolajczak and reed, 1987) sandoricin and 6hydroxysandoricin 100% effective against larvae of spodoptera frugiperda and ostrina nubilalis at 200 ppm or above. (powell et al. 1991) insecticidal ethanol ineffective (49-97% larval growth – relative to control) (leatemia and isman, 2004) leaves antioxidant 1) sandoripins a 2) sandoripins b inhibit no production with ic50 of 16.4 µm (1) and 30.4 µm (2) in mouse macrophage-like j774.1 cells stimulated by lps (nagakura et al. 2013) fruits antioxidant phenolic content, flavonoid 1 mg/ml extract shows dpph scavenging activity of 84.73% (ic50 of 415.8 µg/ml); supressed ros production that induced by h2o2; significantly increase the protein level of an antioxidant enzyme gpx-1 in human embryonic kidney hek-293 cell line (anantachoke et al. 2016) bark ichthyotoxic 1) koetjapic acid 2) 3-oxo-olean-12en-29-oic acid ichthyotoxic activity with tlm of 1.8 and 1.9 ppm respectively for compounds 1 and 2 (ismail et al. 2003a) stem antiinflammation 1) 3-oxo-olean-12en-29-oic acid; 2) katonic acid 3) koetjapic acid oedema inhibition of 94% (crude methanolic extract); 100% (dichloromethane fraction); 90% (hexane fraction); 77% (methanol fraction); 64% (ethyl-acetate fraction); 14% (water fraction); 94% (1); 81% (2); 13% (3) (rasadah et al. 2004) stem bark antiinflammation sentulic acid (purified compound) reduced the production of nitric oxide after co-stimulation with lps/ifnγ in raw264.7 cell line by inhibiting the binding of lps to tlr4f (itoh et al. 2018) antioxidant tannins show radical scavenging activity against dpph radical (cavin et al. 1999) antifungal 1) dichloromethane extract 2) methanol extract active against candida albicans (1) and cladosporium cucumerinum (2) (cavin et al. 1999) antiangiogenic n-hexane and methanol extract n-hexane and methanol extracts showed 97% and 90% blood vessel outgrowth inhibition using rat aortic ring assay (aisha et al. 2009c) n-hexane extract 100 µg/ml extract showed 94±5.5% blood vessel outgrowth inhibition using rat aortic ring assay; and ic50 values of 23, 14, 50, and 52 µg/ml against human umbilical vein endothelial cell (huvec), human colon cancer cells hct-116 and ht-29, and normal cell line ccd-18co (aisha et al. 2009b) koetjapic acid (purified compound) 20 µg/ml and 40 µg/ml koetjapic acid in ethanol showed 50% and 100% vascularitation inhibition using rat aortic ring assay; noncytotoxic against huvecs (ic50 40.97 ± 0.37 µg/ml) (nassar et al. 2011) potassium koetjapate (salt form of koetjapic acid) supressed angiogenesis by inhibiting endothelial functions and expression of angiogenic cytokine vegf (jafari et al. 2020) stem bark and wood dna polymerase β inhibitor 1) 3-oxo-olean-12en-29-oic acid 2) katonic acid 3) koetjapic acid ic50 values of 22, 36, and 20 µm for dna polymerase β inhibitors compounds 1-3 respectively (hu et al. 2004; sun et al. 1999) wijaya – ethnomedicinal, phytochemicals, and pharmacological aspects of s. koetjape 71 drawbacks and future direction of research many studies on antibacterial activity screening of s. koetjape were mostly carried out using crude extracts. the results seem promising, but nevertheless has limited impact on further drug development since crude extracts contain many types of compounds with different activities, side effects, as well as toxic effects. researches related to antitumor and anticancer activity of s. koetjape are generally more focused on a specific compound which would be more convenient to be developed into further step in drug development. a milestone in developing a new therapeutic agent from s. koetjape has been reached by jafari and co-workers (2020). their research chemically modifies the poorly soluble koetjapic acid into more soluble form namely potassium koetjapate, and thus enhanced its antiangiogenesis efficacy in rats. in the future, research about discovering medicinal properties of s. koetjape should be focus more on a single compound, rather than the whole extract. further preclinical and clinical research are also needed to develop the promising compounds contained in s. koetjape as new therapeutic agents against a wide range of diseases. conclusions in conclusion, phytochemicals of s. koetjape have been reported to have promising bioactivities that can potentially be used for therapeutic applications. however, more knowledge is required regarding to mode of actions, biosynthetic pathways, and toxicological aspects of these identified compounds. importantly, many of reported bioactivities were conducted in vitro, while compelling evidence of the application of such compounds from in vivo studies are rather limited. toxicological aspects are especially the utmost important particularly to determine the limit concentrations that are safe to be applied to treating such diseases. acknowledgements: we would like to thank the faculty of medicine and health sciences, warmadewa university, bali-indonesia for providing financial support for this study. competing interests: the author declares that there are no competing interests. references agapin, j. s. (2020). medicinal plants used by traditional healers in pagadian city, zamboanga del sur, philippines. philippine journal of science, 149(i), 83-89. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3625332 agyare, c., spiegler, v., asase, a., scholz, m., hempel, g., & hensel, a. (2018). an ethnopharmacological survey of medicinal plants traditionally used for cancer treatment in the ashanti region, ghana. journal of ethnopharmacology, 212, 137-152. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jep.2017.10.019 aisha, a. f. a., alrokayan, s., abu-salah, k., darwis, y., & abdul majid, a. m. s. (2009a). in vitro cytotoxic and apoptotic properties of the stem bark extract of sandoricum koetjape on breast cancer cells (vol. 5). aisha, a. f. a., sahib, h., abu-salah, k., darwis, y., & abdul majid, a. m. s. (2009b). cytotoxic and anti-angiogenic properties of the stem bark extract of sandoricum koetjape (vol. 5). aisha, a. f. a., abu-salah, k. m., darwis, y., & majid, a. m. s. a. (2009c). screening of antiangiogenic activity of some tropical plants by rat aorta ring assay. international journal of pharmacology, 5(6), 370-376. anantachoke, n., lomarat, p., praserttirachai, w., khammanit, r., & mangmool, s. (2016). thai fruits exhibit antioxidant activity and induction of antioxidant enzymes in hek-293 cells. evidence-based complementary and alternative medicine, 2016, 14. doi: https://doi.org/10.1155/2016/6083136 azziz, s. s. s. a, alimon, h., abdullah sani, a., daud, n., & noor, n. (2013). phytochemical screening and antimicrobial activities of seed extracts from sandoricum koetjape. the open conference proceedings journal, 4, 104-104. doi:10.2174/2210289201304010104 barstow, m. (2018). sandoricum koetjape. the iucn red list of threatened species 2018: e.t61803664a61803682 (publication no. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/iucn.uk.20181.rlts.t61803664a61803682.en). retrieved 05 april 2020 bumi, m. b., heliawaty, l., hermawati, e., & syah, y. m. (2019). four limonoids from the seeds extract of sandoricum koetjape. j nat med, 73(3), 641-647. doi:10.1007/s11418019-01303-w cabi. (2008). the encyclopedia of fruits and nuts. united kingdom: cambridge university press. cavin, a., dyatmyko, w., & hostettmann, k. (1999). screening of indonesian plants for antifungal and free radical scavenging activities. pharmaceutical biology, 37(4), 260268. doi:10.1076/phbi.37.4.260.5800 chen, l., foong, a. w., ng, a., teo, j., & tang, j. (2015). 1001 garden plants in singapore (3rd edition): singapore botanic gardens. chudzik, m., korzonek-szlacheta, i., & krol, w. (2015). triterpenes as potentially cytotoxic compounds. molecules, 20(1), 1610-1625. doi:10.3390/molecules20011610 dias, d. a., urban, s., & roessner, u. (2012). a historical overview of natural products in drug discovery. metabolites, 2(2), 303-336. doi:10.3390/metabo2020303 efdi, m., ninomiya, m., suryani, e., tanaka, k., ibrahim, s., watanabe, k., & koketsu, m. (2012). sentulic acid: a cytotoxic ring a-seco triterpenoid from sandoricum koetjape merr. bioorg med chem lett, 22(13), 4242-4245. doi:10.1016/j.bmcl.2012.05.043 elijah a, o., c onwuchekwa, e., & ekeleme, u. (2016). phytochemical constituents and antimicrobial activity of sandoricum koetjape leaf and seed extracts on clinical isolates from patients. unique research journal of medicine and medical sciences, 4, 69-76. fabricant, d. s., & farnsworth, n. r. (2001). the value of plants used in traditional medicine for drug discovery. environ health perspect, 109 suppl 1, 69-75. doi:10.1289/ehp.01109s169 72 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 65-73 gill, b. s., kumar, s., & navgeet. (2016). triterpenes in cancer: significance and their influence. mol biol rep, 43(9), 881896. doi:10.1007/s11033-016-4032-9 gupta, p. d., & birdi, t. j. (2017). development of botanicals to combat antibiotic resistance. journal of ayurveda and integrative medicine, 8(4), 266-275. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaim.2017.05.004 heliawati, l., syah, y. m., & bumi, m. b. (2019). bryononic acid: antibacterial compound from fruit hulls of s. koetjape merr extract. journal of chemical and pharmaceutical sciences, 12(1), 1-5. retrieved from https://repository.unpak.ac.id/tukangna/repo/file/files20190102080703.pdf hu, h. y., horton, j. k., gryk, m. r., prasad, r., naron, j. m., sun, d. a., . . . mullen, g. p. (2004). identification of small molecule synthetic inhibitors of dna polymerase beta by nmr chemical shift mapping. j biol chem, 279(38), 3973639744. doi:10.1074/jbc.m402842200 ismail, i. s., ito, h., mukainaka, t., higashihara, h., enjo, f., tokuda, h., . . . yoshida, t. (2003a). ichthyotoxic and anticarcinogenic effects of triterpenoids from sandoricum koetjape bark. biological and pharmaceutical bulletin, 26(9), 1351-1353. doi:10.1248/bpb.26.1351 ismail, i. s., ito, h., hatano, t., taniguchi, s., & yoshida, t. (2003b). modified limonoids from the leaves of sandoricum koetjape. phytochemistry, 64(8), 1345-1349. doi:10.1016/s0031-9422(03)00500-4 ismail, i. s., ito, h., hatano, t., taniguchi, s., & yoshida, t. (2005). two new analogues of trijugin-type limonoids from the leaves of sandoricum koetjape. cheminform, 36(9), no. doi:10.1002/chin.200509185 itoh, t., katsurayama, k., efdi, m., ninomiya, m., & koketsu, m. (2018). sentulic acid isolated from sandoricum koetjape merr attenuates lipopolysaccharide and interferon gamma costimulated nitric oxide production in murine macrophage raw264 cells. bioorg med chem lett, 28(22), 3496-3501. doi:10.1016/j.bmcl.2018.10.008 jafari, s. f., khadeer ahamed, m. b., iqbal, m. a., al suede, f. s., khalid, s. h., haque, r. a., . . . abdul majid, a. m. (2014). increased aqueous solubility and proapoptotic activity of potassium koetjapate against human colorectal cancer cells. j pharm pharmacol, 66(10), 1394-1409. doi:10.1111/jphp.12272 jafari, s. f., al-suede, f. s. r., yehya, a. h. s., ahamed, m. b. k., shafaei, a., asif, m., . . . baharetha, h. m. (2020). pharmacokinetics and antiangiogenic studies of potassium koetjapate in rats. biomedicine & pharmacotherapy, 130, 110602. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopha.2020.110602 jamshidi-kia, f., lorigooini, z., & amini-khoei, h. (2018). medicinal plants: past history and future perspective. j herbmed pharmacol, 7(1), 1-7. doi:10.15171/jhp.2018.01 kaewkod, t., tobe, r., tragoolpua, y., & mihara, h. (2021). medicinal plant extracts protect epithelial cells from infection and dna damage caused by colibactin-producing escherichia coli, and inhibit the growth of bacteria. journal of applied microbiology, 130(3), 769-785. doi:https://doi.org/10.1111/jam.14817 kaliyaperumal, k., jegajeevanram, k., vijayalakshmi, j., & beyene, e. (2013). traditional medicinal plants: a source of phytotherapeutic modality in resource-constrained health care settings. evidence-based complementary and alternative medicine, 18, 67-74. doi:10.1177/2156587212460241 kaneda, n., pezzuto, j. m., kinghorn, a. d., farnsworth, n. r., santisuk, t., tuchinda, p., . . . reutrakul, v. (1992). plant anticancer agents, l. cytotoxic triterpenes from sandoricum koetjape stems. journal of natural products, 55(5), 654-659. khastini, r. o., wahyuni, i., & saraswati, i. (2021). ethnobotanical study of digestive systems disorders in baduy ethnic, indonesia. biotropia the southeast asian journal of tropical biology, 28(1). doi:https://doi.org/10.11598/btb.0.0.0.1055 king, f. e., & morgan, j. w. w. (1960). 923. the chemistry of extractives from hardwoods. part xxx. the constitution of katonic acid, a triterpene from sandoricum indicum. journal of the chemical society (resumed), 4738. doi:10.1039/jr9600004738 kosela, s., yulizar, y., chairul, tori, m., & asakawa, y. (1995). secomultiflorane-type triterpenoid acids from stem bark of sandoricum koetjape. phytochemistry, 38(3), 691-694. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/0031-9422(94)e0242-k srivastava, a. k. (2018). chapter 1 significance of medicinal plants in human life. in a. tewari & s. tiwari (eds.), synthesis of medicinal agents from plants (pp. 1-24): elsevier. leatemia, j. a., & isman, m. b. (2004). insecticidal activity of crude seed extracts ofannona spp., lansium domesticum andsandoricum koetjape against lepidopteran larvae. phytoparasitica, 32(1), 30-37. doi:10.1007/bf02980856 lim, t. k. (2012). sandoricum koetjape. in edible medicinal and non-medicinal plants ; v. 3. edible medicinal and nonmedicinal plants. volume 3, fruits (pp. 278-283). doi:10.1007/978-94-007-2534-8 limsuwan, s., & voravuthikunchai, s. (2013). anti streptococcus pyogenes activity of selected medicinal plant extracts used in thai traditional medicine. tropical journal of pharmaceutical research, 12. doi:10.4314/tjpr.v12i4.14 mabberley, d. j. (1985). florae malesianae praecursores lxvii. meliaceae (divers genera). blumea biodiversity, evolution and biogeography of plants, 31(1), 129-152. retrieved from http://www.repository.naturalis.nl/record/525844 mayor, s. (2018). first who antimicrobial surveillance data reveal high levels of resistance globally. bmj, 360, k462. doi:10.1136/bmj.k462 mikolajczak, k. l., & reed, d. k. (1987). extractives of seeds of the meliaceae: effects onspodoptera frugiperda (j.e. smith), acalymma vittatum (f.), andartemia salina leach. journal of chemical ecology, 13(1), 99-111. doi:10.1007/bf01020354 mubeen, m., jayakumari, s., dinesh kumar, p., & yogeshwaran, v. (2018). a review on anti-dengue activity of selected plant species from meliaceae family. drug invention today, 10, 460-463. nagakura, y., nugroho, a. e., hirasawa, y., hosoya, t., rahman, a., kusumawati, i., . . . morita, h. (2013). sanjecumins a and b: new limonoids from sandoricum koetjape. natural medicines = shoyakugaku zasshi /, 67(2), 381-385. nassar, z. d., abdalrahim, a., & shah, a. m. a. m. (2010). the pharmacological properties of terpenoids from sandoricum koetjape (vol. 1). nassar, z. d., aisha, a. f., ahamed, m. b., ismail, z., abusalah, k. m., alrokayan, s. a., & abdul majid, a. m. (2011). antiangiogenic properties of koetjapic acid, a natural triterpene isolated from sandoricum koetjaoe merr. cancer cell int, 11(1), 12. doi:10.1186/1475-2867-11-12 wijaya – ethnomedicinal, phytochemicals, and pharmacological aspects of s. koetjape 73 nassar, z. d., aisha, a. f., idris, n., khadeer ahamed, m. b., ismail, z., abu-salah, k. m., . . . shah abdul majid, a. m. (2012a). koetjapic acid, a natural triterpenoid, induces apoptosis in colon cancer cells. oncol rep, 27(3), 727-733. doi:10.3892/or.2011.1569 nassar, z. d., aisha, a. f. a., & suede, f. s. r. a. (2012b). in vitro antimetastatic activity of koetjapic acid against breast cancer cells. biological & pharmaceutical bulletin., 35(4), 503-508. novaryatiin, s., & indah, i. (2019). the medicinal plants used in anjir pulang pisau, central kalimantan-indonesia. pharmacognosy journal, 11(6s). orwa c, mutua a, kindt r, jamnadass r, & a, s. (2009). agroforestree database: a tree reference and selection guide version 4.0. from world agroforestry centre pancharoen, o., haboonmee, p., & c taylor, w. (2005). chemical constituents from the leaves of sandoricum koetjape. paper presented at the iiird world congress on medical and aromatic plants (wocmap iii), thailand. pancharoen, o., pipatanapatikarn, a., charles taylor, w., & bansiddhi, j. (2009). two new limonoids from the leaves of sandoricum koetjape. nat prod res, 23(1), 10-16. doi:10.1080/14786410601133426 paritala, v., chiruvella, k. k., thammineni, c., ghanta, r. g., & mohammed, a. (2015). phytochemicals and antimicrobial potentials of mahogany family. revista brasileira de farmacognosia, 25, 61-83. retrieved from http://www.scielo.br/scielo.php?script=sci_arttext&pid=s010 2-695x2015000100061&nrm=iso patlolla, j. m., & rao, c. v. (2012). triterpenoids for cancer prevention and treatment: current status and future prospects. curr pharm biotechnol, 13(1), 147-155. doi:10.2174/138920112798868719 paul, r., prasad, m., & sah, n. k. (2011). anticancer biology of azadirachta indica l (neem): a mini review. cancer biol ther, 12(6), 467-476. doi:10.4161/cbt.12.6.16850 perry, l. m., & metzger, j. (1980). medicinal plants of east and southeast asia: attributed properties and uses. cambridge: mit press. powell, r. g., mikolajczak, k. l., zilkowski, b. w., mantus, e. k., cherry, d., & clardy, j. (1991). limonoid antifeedants from seed of sandoricum koetjape. journal of natural products, 54(1), 241-246. pulasari, j. m. (2013). salinan lontar taru pramana. surabaya: paramita. rasadah, m. a., khozirah, s., aznie, a. a., & nik, m. m. (2004). anti-inflammatory agents from sandoricum koetjape merr. phytomedicine, 11(2), 261-263. doi:https://doi.org/10.1078/0944-7113-00339 sim, k. y., & lee, h. t. (1972). triterpenoid and other constituents from sandoricum indicum. phytochemistry, 11(11), 3341-3343. doi:10.1016/s0031-9422(00)86404-3 sofowora, a., ogunbodede, e., & onayade, a. (2013). the role and place of medicinal plants in the strategies for disease prevention. african journal of traditional, complementary, and alternative medicines: ajtcam, 10(5), 210-229. doi:10.4314/ajtcam.v10i5.2 solecki, r. s. (1975). shanidar iv, a neanderthal flower burial in northern iraq. science, 190(4217), 880. doi:10.1126/science.190.4217.880 subramani, r., narayanasamy, m., & feussner, k.-d. (2017). plant-derived antimicrobials to fight against multi-drugresistant human pathogens. 3 biotech, 7(3), 172-172. doi:10.1007/s13205-017-0848-9 sujarwo, w., keim, a. p., caneva, g., toniolo, c., & nicoletti, m. (2016). ethnobotanical uses of neem (azadirachta indica a. juss.; meliaceae) leaves in bali (indonesia) and the indian subcontinent in relation with historical background and phytochemical properties. journal of ethnopharmacology, 189, 186-193. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jep.2016.05.014 sun, d. a., starck, s. r., locke, e. p., & hecht, s. m. (1999). dna polymerase beta inhibitors from sandoricum koetjape. journal of natural products, 62(8), 1110-1113. tanaka, t., koyano, t., kowithayakorn, t., fujimoto, h., okuyama, e., hayashi, m., . . . ishibashi, m. (2001). new multiflorane-type triterpenoid acids from sandoricum indicum. journal of natural products, 64(9), 1243-1245. toobpeng, n., powthong, p., & suntornthiticharoen, p. (2017). evaluation of antioxidant and antibacterial activities of fresh and freeze-dried selected fruit juices (vol. 10). tukiran, t., saidah, s., suyatno, s., nurul, h., & kuniyoshi, s. (2010). briononic acid from the hexane extract of sandoricum koetjape merr stem bark (meliaceae). indonesian journal of chemistry, 6(3), 304-306. doi:10.22146/ijc.21736 veeresham, c. (2012). natural products derived from plants as a source of drugs. journal of advanced pharmaceutical technology & research, 3(4), 200-201. doi:10.4103/22314040.104709 xavier-jr, f., p. emerenciano, d., maciel, m. a. m., & f. v. moura, m. (2015). phytochemical and pharmacological aspects of meliaceae and azadirachta indica a. juss. international journal of latest research in science and technology. yadav, r., pednekar, a., avalaskar, a., rathi, m., & rewachandani, y. (2015). a comprehensive review on meliaceae family. world journal of pharmaceutical sciences, 3(8), 1572-1577. yuan, h., ma, q., ye, l., & piao, g. (2016). the traditional medicine and modern medicine from natural products. molecules, 21(5). doi:10.3390/molecules21050559 this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 9, number 2, october 2020 | pages: 57-64 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2020.92.57-64 issn 2540-9328 (online) the role of gene therapy in the treatments of type 1 diabetes mellitus: a review harem othman smail department of biology, faculty of science and health, koya university koya koy45, kurdistan region f. r. iraq corresponding author harem.othman@koyauniversity.org manuscript received: 22 july, 2020. revision accepted: 06 november, 2020. published: 10 november, 2020. abstract the main aims of this review were to understand the roles of gene therapy in the treatment and prevention of type 1 diabetes mellitus and i will discuss a brief history, approaches, vector types with the future of diabetes following clinical use. type 1 diabetes mellitus is a metabolic condition that is identified by insufficient insulin development due to pancreatic damage to beta cells. control, long life, and diagnosis of these metabolic disorders have become vital sources for many scientists and researchers. after 2000, the latest approaches to molecular medicine were introduced as one of the possible therapeutic options for diabetes type 1 diagnosis. many genes have been reported as a clinical trial so that damaged genes can be treated and three main approaches shown about 50 years ago are islet transplantation, β cell regeneration, and insulin gene therapy to cure and prevent diabetes type. treating diabetes through gene therapy can promise children and adolescents, but more clinical applications are needed to recognize it as a permanent route. keywords: type 1 diabetes mellitus; gene therapy; β cells; virus vectors and islet. introduction diabetes is one of the metabolic disorders characterized by hyperglycemia due to insulin secretion deficits, insulin action, or both (smail et al., 2019). type 1 diabetes mellitus is caused by extreme insulin deficiency secondary to pancreatic beta cell autoimmune damage (kolodka et al., 1995). the middle east and north africa region have the highest average prevalence of diabetes in adults (10.9%), while the western pacific region has the largest number of adults diagnosed with diabetes and the highest prevalence of diabetes in countries (37.5%). in terms of diagnostic criteria, etiology, and genetics, various classes of diabetes mellitus, namely type 1, type 2, gestational diabetes, and other types of diabetes mellitus are compared (kharroubi et al., 2015). gene therapy is a new form of molecular medicine that will have a significant impact on human health in the next century (verma et al., 2000). visionary scientists had hypothesized almost five decades ago that genetic modification by exogenous dna could be an effective treatment for inherited human diseases. this strategy of “gene therapy” offered the theoretical advantage that one single treatment would achieve a lasting and possibly curative clinical benefit (dunbar et al., 2018). recent gene therapy clinical trials have shown considerable therapeutic benefits and an excellent safety record. they show the long-sought-after potential of gene therapy to provide 'cures' after certain potentially terminal or seriously disabled disorders (naldini, 2015). to date, approximately 2600 clinical trials on gene therapy have been completed, are underway, or licensed worldwide (ginn et al., 2018). gene therapy is intended to inject genetic material into patient cells to compensate for damaged genes or to include therapeutic transgenes. gene therapy has advanced from the initial human gene transfer trials to approved clinical therapies over the past three decades (wang et al., 2020). modern therapeutic strategies seek to restore the endogenous insulin production rather than traditional insulin injection treatment (memon and abdelalim 2020). differentiation of insulin-producing pancreatic β cells from induced pluripotent stem cells (ipscs) originating from diabetes patients aims to provide autologous cells for cell replacement therapy for diabetes. present methods, however, generate patient ipsc-derived β (sc-β) cells with low in vitro and in vivo function (maxwell et al., 2020). in several ways, cell replacement therapy for type 1 diabetes (t1d) is a perfect first drug model to follow in the emerging field of regenerative medicine (brandon et al., 2020). history of gene therapy the ideas of gene therapy emerged in the 1960s and early 1970s, while in 1968 rogers & pfuderer demonstrated a proof of concept for virus-mediated gene transfer (wirth et al., 2013), development of genetically https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2020.92.57-64 58 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 57-64 marked cell lines and explanation of the polyoma and sv40 papovavirus mechanisms of cell transformation (friedmann, 1992). modern transfection methods were combined with cultured cell selection systems and recombinant dna technology in the late 1970s.the possibility of successful gene transfer into mammalian cells for gene therapy purposes was generally recognized with the creation of retroviral vectors in the early 1980s (wolff et al., 1994). however, clinical efficacy in a small-scale clinical trial curing an otherwise fatal immunodeficiency disorder in children could not be demonstrated until the start of the new century (escors et al., 2010). pancreatic transplantation, first performed in 1966, exists in the new millennium as a radical treatment for particularly intractable type i diabetes with advanced complications. gene therapy with molecules like leptin and insulin, still in experimental mode, may one day become a reality (lakhtakia, 2013). clinically active islet-free implants began in 1989 which require immunosuppression for long life. for more than 30 years, several encapsulated islet approaches have been ongoing without the definition of a clinically relevant product (scharp et al., 2014). approaches for gene therapy in type 1 of diabetes a cure for type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes could be found to replace β cells in the generation of surrogate insulin-producing cells (samson and chan, 2006). several different approaches have long been used to seek a cure for diabetes, including islet transplantation, β cell regeneration, and insulin gene therapy (lee et al., 2000). islet transplantation the idea of t1d cell replacement therapy remained dormant for 80 years until 1972 when ballinger and lacy reversed chemical diabetes by islet transplantation in rats (shapiro, 2012). following the success of steroidfree immunosuppression transplantation of fresh human islets (froud et al., 2005). the inexorable decline in insulin independence following islet transplantation alone (ita) has raised concerns regarding its clinical utility (bellin et al., 2012). allotransplantation of islets into patients with autoimmune type 1 diabetes is a reexposure to autoantigen (bosi et al., 2001). although immunosuppression protocols have improved islet transplant outcomes, more research is required to maximize islet availability for transplantation and improve the viability of islets once transplanted (zarinsefat and stock, 2020). islet transplantation in patients with type 1 diabetes can reduce or eliminate the insulin requirement. exenatide is a long-acting glucagon-like peptide-1 (glp-1) analog that increases glucose-induced insulin secretion and may increase the mass of β cells (al et al., 2007). glucagon responses of islet transplant recipients to hypoglycemia were significantly lower than those observed in control subjects (incremental glucagon [mean ± se]: −12 ± 12 vs. 64 ± 22 pg/ml, respectively; p < 0,05), and not significantly different from those of non-transplant type 1 diabetic subjects (−17 ± 10 pg/ml) (paty et al., 2002). a glucose-potentiated arginine test, conducted only in insulin-independent transplant subjects (n = 5), showed significant impairments in the glucose-potential slope (p < 0.05) and the maximum response to arginine (armax; p < 0.05), a measure of βcell secretory capacity. because armax provides an estimate of the functional β-cell mass, these results suggest that the functional defects observed after islet transplantation may account for a low engrafted β-cell mass (rickels et al., 2005). moreover, approximately 70 percent of transplanted type 1 diabetic patients achieved insulin independence (matsumoto, 2010). by contrast, a clinical review at the bmj in 2001 anticipated that transplantation of langerhans islets would be the treatment of choice for most type 1 patients diabetes by 2010. islet transplantation is currently an option for a specific group of patients with type 1 diabetes only — those with severe glycaemic lability, recurrent hypoglycemia, and unawareness of hypoglycemia (de et al., 2011). iak was associated with better glucose control and a slower decrease in egfr than standard insulin therapy in patients with type 1 diabetes and a functioning kidney transplant (maanaoui et al., 2020). in this first doubleblind randomized trial, the islet transplant evidence obtained with reparixin does not support the role of cxcr1/2 inhibition in preventing inflammationmediated damage to the islet (maffi et al., 2020). regeneration of β cells one goal of regenerative medicine is the instructive incorporation of adult cells into other forms of cells for tissue repair and regeneration (zhou et al., 2008). two major efforts are underway to address the β-cell diabetes deficit: one would produce ex vivo β-cells that are appropriate for transplantation, and the other would promote β-cell regeneration in the pancreas (bonner et al., 2005). the regeneration of pancreatic β cells which produce insulin is a key therapeutic strategy for diabetes (ackeifi et al., 2020). through adulthood, β cell mass increasing the ability to suit peripheral requirements. insufficient insulin secretion by β cells leads to mellitus diabetes (teta et al., 2017). pancreatic insulin-producing β-cells have a long lifespan, so they replicate very little during a lifetime in healthy conditions (thorel et al., 2010). regeneration of pancreatic β-cell mass following either toxinor autoimmune-mediated destruction in young rodents is probable, but the degree of recovery declines with age and is incomplete in adult life. similarly, in children and adolescents with type 1 diabetes, there is histological evidence of islet cell smail – the role of gene therapy in the treatments of … 59 neogenesis and regenerative response (thyssen et al., 2006). single-cell rna sequencing (scrna-seq) of islets identified β-cell dedifferentiation and dysfunction markers and pathways (sachs et al., 2020). three regeneration modes were established according to the various cellular regeneration origins. in the first mode, the undifferentiated progenitor cells proliferate and differentiate as a self-renewing source in response to injury to repair the lost cell population. the second mode, de-differentiate, and then proliferate the highly defined remaining cells (wang et al., 2020). regeneration of lost or dysfunctional islet β cells in vivo can fulfill the promise of improved treatment for patients with diabetes. numerous mitogenic factors have been attempted to achieve this, including gammaaminobutyric acid (gaba) (yi et al., 2020). results indicate that curcumin has anti-diabetic properties because of its superior immunomodulatory behavior on t-associated cytokines and immunosuppressive activity on pro-inflammatory cytokines may enhance damage to pancreatic β cells (badr et al., 2020). proliferation is the primary mechanism of b-cell expansion during the early postnatal period to produce sufficient b-cell mass in an organism. however, the proliferation of b cells declines rapidly in early life, and the rate of division of b cells in adults is very low (guney et al., 2020). however, there is still a great need for new treatments, as tid remains an incurable illness. natural products, primarily phytochemicals, are a tremendous source of drug lead discovery for diabetes (apaya et al., 2020). nevertheless, conventional cell-based research approaches have weaknesses in identifying the precise processes of β-cell differentiation and transdifferentiation, as well as the related regulatory mechanisms (yu and xu, 2020). data cumulated over the past few years suggest that increased β-cell dedifferentiation plays a crucial role in diabetes progression, shedding new light on potential targets for β-cell replacement therapy (zhang et al., 2020). based on a new understanding of structural and functional dynamics of the bone marrow, a conditioning-free bone marrow transplantation (bmt) with reduced adverse effects opens the possibility of evaluating β cell regeneration and euglycemic restoration by inducing allogeneic chimerism in t1dm patients, as shown in a mouse model (black and zorina, 2020). a new study now shows that a pharmacological combination of insulin and glp-1–estrogen conjugate not only decreases the daily requirements for insulin but also improves β-cell function (de et al., 2020). lif receptor expression is limited to a subset of transcriptionally isolated human β cells with the enhanced proliferative ability (rosado et al., 2020). residual β-cells play a major role in the design of clinical trials: they may not only respond to combination therapies that involve metabolic function stimulants but are also the possible source of new β-cells (akirav et al., 2018). insulin gene therapy insulin treatment options for type 1 and type 2 diabetics have increased since the launch of the insulin analogs in 1996. insulin therapies are now able to mimic the physiological insulin secretion more closely and thus achieve better glycemic control in diabetes patients (donner et al., 2019). gene therapy is one of the diabetes mellitus treatment methods (ramezani et al., 2019). the two key issues are efficacy and safety in developing insulin-replacement gene therapy as a possible treatment for type 1 diabetes. in addition to using a safe and efficient gene transfer vector, the physiological regulation of the expression of the insulin gene is important (chen et al., 2011). insulin gene therapy refers to the targeted expression of insulin in non-β cells, the primary therapeutic target being hepatocytes (handorf et al., 2015). the human insulin gene wrapped in chitosan nanoparticles can be successfully transfected through the gastrointestinal tract into rats (niu et al., 2008). differentiation between adsc and tissue-specific promoters will improve the therapeutic gene expression. the use of microcarriers can facilitate posttransplantation cell survival and hold potential for longterm cell therapy (fang et al., 2019). insulin-producing cell replacement through transplantation shows significant promise but is limited in application due to supply constraints (cadaver-based) and chronic immunosuppression. important progress has been made over the past decade in tackling these obstacles to broad cell therapy adoption (latres et al., 2019). the possibility that the risk variants of bach2 and clec16a could contribute to the development of insulin-triggered type 1 diabetes cannot be excluded in addition to the type 1 diabetes high-risk human leukocyte antigen class ii and the class i allele of the insulin gene variable number tandem repeat genotype (onuma et al., 2019). therapeutic studies assess the efficacy of antigenspecific and antigen-nonspecific immune therapies, which also include reconstruction of the damaged betacell mass via islet transplantation, neogenesis, and regeneration, and their combinations (van et al., 2011). cells that express insulin and have molecular characteristics that closely resemble bona fide insulinsecreting cells have been produced by the most effective protocols to date; however, these cells are often nonresponsive to glucose, a feature that should be addressed in future protocols (aguayo et al., 2010). such beneficial effects of leptin are not underpinned by pancreatic β-cell regeneration, since circulating insulin levels were undetectable at basal and glucose overload levels (fujikawa et al., 2010). however, contrary to insulin monotherapy, leptin reduces both lipogenic and cholesterologenic transcription factors and enzymes, and reduces lipids from plasma and tissue (wang et al., 2010). 60 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 57-64 prevent of type 1 of diabetes by gene therapy since no existing targeted immunotherapies are currently unable to replace the normal insulin delivery, it is important to have a deep understanding of t1d pathophysiology to prevent t1d development (kaur, 2020). the study shows that aat gene therapy decreases cell-mediated autoimmunity, changes the repertoire of t-cell receptors and effectively prevents type 1 diabetes in the nod mouse model. these findings strongly suggest that aat gene therapy mediated by raav1 may be useful as a novel approach to preventing type 1 diabetes (lu et al., 2006). the data indicate that expression of defensive mhc class ii alleles in bone marrow-derived cells provides robust self-tolerance to islet autoantigens and is adequate to prevent recurrence of autoimmune diabetes following islet transplantation (tian et al., 2007). dual activity of heparanase inhibitors / hs replacers as a novel therapeutic class to prevent t1d progression and potentially to mitigate secondary vascular disease developed with long-term t1d (simeonovic et al., 2020). an independent study showed that the optimal rise of gcs in beta-cells was a compensatory mechanism that prevented high-fat diet-induced betacell failure (cobo et al., 2020). the role of combination therapy in the prevention of diabetic cardiomyopathy, without forgetting the major contribution of insulin, the preferred medication for the treatment of t1dm (cieluch et al., 2020). in several chronic diseases, including t1d, a large number of proinflammatory ligands that can signal via rage have been implicated. it is therefore unbelievable that rage has become a possible therapeutic target for disease treatment and prevention (le et al., 2020). as an antigen-specific monotherapy, adi-100 is highly e cacious in reversing elevated hyperglycemia to prevent diabetes, where a promising feature of immune tolerance is the increased apoptosis-inducing bax content (alleva et al. ,2020). it has been shown that the formulated autoantigenic islet peptides (gad65206-220, gad65536-550, insulin b923, and c17-a1) used as a tolerogenic vaccine prevented t1d from developing in prediabetic nod mice (zhou et al., 2020). the coxsackievirus b association with the onset of t1dm has been observed. accurate trigger detection will contribute to the creation of suitable preventive steps. it can become a foundation for advanced clinical studies to prevent t1dm (desai et al., 2020). recognizing that t1d is primarily an autoimmune betacell disorder that only in its final stage progresses to a metabolic syndrome will expand therapeutic options for earlier intervention and improve the prospects for prevention (desai n et al., 2020). gene expression with immuno-regulatory capacity may potentially decrease allograft rejection. recent studies have shown that viral interleukin (il)-10 can decrease immune response during allotransplantation and is one of the most promising methods for preventing rejection (jeong et al., 2020). vectors for gene therapy in diabetic virus vectors were used as gene transfer vehicles for various applications in preclinical and clinical gene therapy and with the approval of glybera (alipogene tiparvovec) as the first gene therapy product as standard medical treatment (goins et al., 2020). the use of viruses as carriers of genetic products requires a detailed and thorough understanding of viral vectors from viral preparation to clinical use (afzal et al., 2020). adenoviral vectors as one of the most common groups used in gene therapy have a high human capacity. they 're not actually integrated into the host genome (arjmand et al., 2020). in a cerebellar granule cell culture (cgc), treatment with gad cdna-containing hsv vectors increases gad65 and gad67 expression and gaba release evoked by stimulation (kanao et al., 2020). the definition of ad, aav and lv (shirley et al., 2020) is given on the other hand to competent (rc) viral vectors (de et al., 2020). the advantage of adenoviral vectors over retroviral vectors is that they can transduce both dividing and non-dividing cells and can be prepared in high titers. adenoviruses can infect insulin-secreting cells, and it has been shown that they can transduce rodent islets (borkar et al., 2020). co-precipitation of calcium phosphate is a simple and cheap method for the genetically modified pancreatic cells being non-viral vectors (wong et al., 2010). nearly all of the non-viral vectors used to date are plasmids of expression that were engineered for high expression when transmitted to striated muscle or other cells (prud et al., 2007). non-viral hvj liposomemediated human hgf gene transfer has potential for safe and successful diabetic sensorimotor neuropathy treatment (kato et al., 2005). future gene therapy in diabetes: in the future, therapeutic strategies should be personalized, given the high variance in genetics and islet autoimmunity among patients (liu et al., 2020). the recent increase in global stem cell research funding is largely based on the promise to translate scientific understanding of stem cells into regenerative medicine (wainwright et al., 2006). as the approaches to immunotherapy have remained unsuccessful, transplantation of donor-derived pancreas or islets is the only cure for t1d (aghazadeh et al., 2017). the urgent need for a much anticipated insulin-secreting substitute for β-cells led researchers to focus on stem cells (scs) to produce insulin-secreting β-cells. sc-based methods have opened up the new horizons to treat t1dm for being more precise and focused therapeutic approaches (farooq et al., 2019). replacing pancreatic islets with corpse-derived islets has proven to be a successful functional cure for some t1d patients which allows smail – the role of gene therapy in the treatments of … 61 them to be independent of exogenous insulin (sluch et al., 2019). there was an explosion of interest in developing methods for transplantation to replace the islets lost during natural diabetes development (emerich, 2002). clinically appropriate and healthy, the procedure is associated with a low risk of adverse effects (ahrén, 2011). clinical trials to improve the engraving, the availability of insulin-producing cell sources and alternative transplant sites are currently under investigation to expand treatment (bruni et al., 2014). glucagon-like peptide 1(glp-1) analogs and alternative insulin pathways, particularly oral (entericgastrointestinal, inhaled) pathways, are now most promising and attractive (takei et al., 2004). conclusions i have come to the following conclusions from the review: the gene therapy production and uses have increased significantly over periodic time. gene therapy has a reduced role in the secondary complication of diabetes mellitus, and can be a strong option for diabetic patients. conflict of interest: the author declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references ackeifi, c., wang, p., karakose, e., fox, j.e.m., gonzález, b.j., liu, h., wilson, j., swartz, e., berrouet, c., li, y. and kumar, k., 2020. glp-1 receptor agonists synergize with dyrk1a inhibitors to potentiate functional human β cell regeneration. science translational medicine, 12(530). afzal, s., fronza, r. and schmidt, m., 2020. vseq-toolkit: comprehensive computational analysis of viral vectors in gene therapy. molecular therapy-methods & clinical development. aghazadeh, y. and nostro, m.c., 2017. cell therapy for type 1 diabetes: current and future strategies. current diabetes reports, 17(6), p.37. aguayo-mazzucato, c. and bonner-weir, s., 2010. stem cell therapy for type 1 diabetes mellitus. nature reviews endocrinology, 6(3), pp.139-148. ahrén, b., 2011. the future of incretin‐based therapy: novel avenues—novel targets. diabetes, obesity and metabolism, 13, pp.158-166. akirav, e., kushner, j.a. and herold, k.c., 2008. β-cell mass and type 1 diabetes: going, going, gone?. diabetes, 57(11), pp.2883-2888. al ghofaili, k., fung, m., ao, z., meloche, m., shapiro, r.j., warnock, g.l., elahi, d., meneilly, g.s. and thompson, d.m., 2007. effect of exenatide on β cell function after islet transplantation in type 1 diabetes. transplantation, 83(1), pp.24-28. alleva, d.g., rezaee, m., yip, l., ren, g., rosenberg, j., concepcion, w., escher, a., shabahang, s. and thakor, a.s., 2020. reversal of hyperglycemia and suppression of type 1 diabetes in the nod mouse with apoptotic dna immunotherapy™(adi™), adi-100. biomedicines, 8(3), p.53. apaya, m.k., kuo, t.f., yang, m.t., yang, g., hsiao, c.l., chang, s.b., lin, y. and yang, w.c., 2020. phytochemicals as modulators of β-cells and immunity for the therapy of type 1 diabetes: recent discoveries in pharmacological mechanisms and clinical potential. pharmacological research, p.104754. arjmand, b., alavi-moghadam, s., payab, m., goodarzi, p., hosseini, m.s., tayanloo-beik, a., rezaei-tavirani, m. and larijani, b., 2020. gmp-compliant adenoviral vectors for gene therapy. badr, a.m., sharkawy, h., farid, a.a. and el-deeb, s., 2020. curcumin induces regeneration of β cells and suppression of phosphorylated-nf-κb in streptozotocin-induced diabetic mice. the journal of basic and applied zoology, 81, pp.1-15. bellin, m.d., barton, f.b., heitman, a., harmon, j.v., kandaswamy, r., balamurugan, a.n., sutherland, d.e.r., alejandro, r. and hering, b.j., 2012. potent induction immunotherapy promotes long‐term insulin independence after islet transplantation in type 1 diabetes. american journal of transplantation, 12(6), pp.1576-1583. black, l.a. and zorina, t., 2020. genetic profile considerations for induction of allogeneic chimerism as a therapeutic approach for type 1 diabetes mellitus. drug discovery today. bonner-weir, s. and weir, g.c., 2005. new sources of pancreatic β-cells. nature biotechnology, 23(7), pp.857-861. borkar, s.s., wakodkar, s.b., raghatate, p.s. and mahapatra, d.k., gene therapy: new therapeutic approach to diabetes mellitus. gene, 1, p.9. bosi, e., braghi, s., maffi, p., scirpoli, m., bertuzzi, f., pozza, g., secchi, a. and bonifacio, e., 2001. autoantibody response to islet transplantation in type 1 diabetes. diabetes, 50(11), pp.2464-2471. brandon, e.p., scott, m.j., zimmerman, m.c. and d’amour, k.a., 2020. pluripotent stem cell–derived islet replacement therapy for diabetes. in second generation cell and genebased therapies (pp. 157-181). academic press. bruni, a., gala-lopez, b., pepper, a.r., abualhassan, n.s. and shapiro, a.j., 2014. islet cell transplantation for the treatment of type 1 diabetes: recent advances and future challenges. diabetes, metabolic syndrome and obesity: targets and therapy, 7, p.211. chen, r., meseck, m.l. and woo, s.l., 2001. auto-regulated hepatic insulin gene expression in type 1 diabetic rats. molecular therapy, 3(4), pp.584-590. cieluch, a., uruska, a. and zozulinska-ziolkiewicz, d., 2020. can we prevent mitochondrial dysfunction and diabetic cardiomyopathy in type 1 diabetes mellitus? pathophysiology and treatment options. international journal of molecular sciences, 21(8), p.2852. cobo-vuilleumier, n. and gauthier, b.r., 2020. time for a paradigm shift in treating type 1 diabetes mellitus: coupling inflammation to islet regeneration. metabolism, 104, p.154137. de haan, p., van diemen, f.r. and toscano, m.g., 2020. viral gene delivery vectors: the next generation medicines for immune-related diseases. human vaccines & immunotherapeutics, pp.1-8. de jesus, d.f. and kulkarni, r.n., 2020. more is better: combinatorial therapy to restore β-cell function in diabetes. nature metabolism, 2(2), pp.130-131. 62 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 57-64 de kort, h., de koning, e.j., rabelink, t.j., bruijn, j.a. and bajema, i.m., 2011. islet transplantation in type 1 diabetes. bmj, 342. desai, s. and deshmukh, a., 2020. mapping of type 1 diabetes mellitus. current diabetes reviews, 16(5), pp.438-441. donner, t. and sarkar, s., 2019. insulin–pharmacology, therapeutic regimens, and principles of intensive insulin therapy. in endotext [internet]. mdtext. com, inc. dunbar, c.e., high, k.a., joung, j.k., kohn, d.b., ozawa, k. and sadelain, m., 2018. gene therapy comes of age. science, 359(6372). emerich, d.f., 2002. islet transplantation for diabetes: current status and future prospects. expert opinion on biological therapy, 2(8), pp.793-803. escors, d. and breckpot, k., 2010. lentiviral vectors in gene therapy: their current status and future potential. archivum immunologiae et therapiae experimentalis, 58(2), pp.107-119. fang, q., zhai, m., wu, s., hu, x., hua, z., sun, h., guo, j., zhang, w. and wang, z., 2019. adipocyte-derived stem cellbased gene therapy upon adipogenic differentiation on microcarriers attenuates type 1 diabetes in mice. stem cell research & therapy, 10(1), pp.1-11. farooq, t., rehman, k., hameed, a. and akash, m.s.h., 2019. stem cell therapy and type 1 diabetes mellitus: treatment strategies and future perspectives. in tissue engineering and regenerative medicine (pp. 95-107). springer international publishing. friedmann, t., 1992. a brief history of gene therapy. nature genetics, 2(2), pp.93-98. froud, t., ricordi, c., baidal, d.a., hafiz, m.m., ponte, g., cure, p., pileggi, a., poggioli, r., ichii, h., khan, a. and ferreira, j.v., 2005. islet transplantation in type 1 diabetes mellitus using cultured islets and steroid‐free immunosuppression: miami experience. american journal of transplantation, 5(8), pp.2037-2046. fujikawa, t., chuang, j.c., sakata, i., ramadori, g. and coppari, r., 2010. leptin therapy improves insulin-deficient type 1 diabetes by cns-dependent mechanisms in mice. proceedings of the national academy of sciences, 107(40), pp.17391-17396. ginn, s.l., amaya, a.k., alexander, i.e., edelstein, m. and abedi, m.r., 2018. gene therapy clinical trials worldwide to 2017: an update. the journal of gene medicine, 20(5), p.e3015. goins, w.f., huang, s., hall, b., marzulli, m., cohen, j.b. and glorioso, j.c., 2020. engineering hsv-1 vectors for gene therapy. in herpes simplex virus (pp. 73-90). humana, new york, ny. guney, m.a., lorberbaum, d.s. and sussel, l., 2020. pancreatic β cell regeneration: to β or not to β. current opinion in physiology, 14, pp.13-20. handorf, a.m., sollinger, h.w. and alam, t., 2015. insulin gene therapy for type 1 diabetes mellitus. exp clin transplant, 13(suppl 1), pp.37-45. jeong, y., park, j.k.h. and eun, s., 2020, may. viral vector mediated interleukin-10 gene transfer in skin allograft. in transplantation proceedings. elsevier. kanao-kanda, m., kanda, h., liu, s., roy, s., toborek, m. and hao, s., 2020. viral vector–mediated gene transfer of glutamic acid decarboxylase for chronic pain treatment: a literature review. human gene therapy, 31(7-8), pp.405-414. kato, n., nemoto, k., nakanishi, k., morishita, r., kaneda, y., uenoyama, m., ikeda, t. and fujikawa, k., 2005. nonviral gene transfer of human hepatocyte growth factor improves streptozotocin-induced diabetic neuropathy in rats. diabetes, 54(3), pp.846-854. kaur, k.k., 2020. attempting getting insulin independent immunotherapies in type 1 diabetes mellitus (t1d) in the pre stage 1 (before islet autoantibodies). acta scientific paediatrics, 3, pp.01-04. kharroubi, a.t. and darwish, h.m., 2015. diabetes mellitus: the epidemic of the century. world journal of diabetes, 6(6), p.850. kolodka, t.m., finegold, m., moss, l. and woo, s.l., 1995. gene therapy for diabetes mellitus in rats by hepatic expression of insulin. proceedings of the national academy of sciences, 92(8), pp.3293-3297. lakhtakia, r., 2013. the history of diabetes mellitus. sultan qaboos university medical journal, 13(3), p.368. latres, e., finan, d.a., greenstein, j.l., kowalski, a. and kieffer, t.j., 2019. navigating two roads to glucose normalization in diabetes: automated insulin delivery devices and cell therapy. cell metabolism, 29(3), pp.545-563. le bagge, s., fotheringham, a.k., leung, s.s. and forbes, j.m., 2020. targeting the receptor for advanced glycation end products (rage) in type 1 diabetes. medicinal research reviews. lee, h.c., kim, s.j., kim, k.s., shin, h.c. and yoon, j.w., 2000. remission in models of type 1 diabetes by gene therapy using a single-chain insulin analogue. nature, 408(6811), pp.483-488. liu, b., xiang, y., liu, z. and zhou, z., 2020. past, present and future of latent autoimmune diabetes in adults. diabetes/metabolism research and reviews, 36(1), p.e3205. lu, y., tang, m., wasserfall, c., kou, z., campbell-thompson, m., gardemann, t., crawford, j., atkinson, m. and song, s., 2006. α 1-antitrypsin gene therapy modulates cellular immunity and efficiently prevents type 1 diabetes in nonobese diabetic mice. human gene therapy, 17(6), pp.625-634. maanaoui, m., chetboun, m., kerr-conte, j., gmyr, v., hubert, t., caiazzo, r., jannin, a., le mapihan, k., vantyghem, m.c., hazzan, m. and pattou, f., 2020. p1672 impact of islet transplantation versus insulin alone after kidney transplantation in type 1 diabetes patients. nephrology dialysis transplantation, 35(supplement_3), pp.gfaa142-p1672. maffi, p., lundgren, t., tufveson, g., rafael, e., shaw, j.a., liew, a., saudek, f., witkowski, p., golab, k., bertuzzi, f. and gustafsson, b., 2020. targeting cxcr1/2 does not improve insulin secretion after pancreatic islet transplantation: a phase 3, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trial in type 1 diabetes. diabetes care, 43(4), pp.710-718. matsumoto, s., 2010. islet cell transplantation for type 1 diabetes. journal of diabetes, 2(1), pp.16-22. maxwell, k.g., augsornworawat, p., velazco-cruz, l., kim, m.h., asada, r., hogrebe, n.j., morikawa, s., urano, f. and millman, j.r., 2020. gene-edited human stem cell–derived β cells from a patient with monogenic diabetes reverse preexisting diabetes in mice. science translational medicine, 12(540). memon, b. and abdelalim, e.m., 2020. stem cell therapy for diabetes: beta cells versus pancreatic progenitors. cells, 9(2), p.283. smail – the role of gene therapy in the treatments of … 63 naldini, l., 2015. gene therapy returns to centre stage. nature, 526(7573), pp.351-360. niu, l., xu, y.c., dai, z. and tang, h.q., 2008. gene therapy for type 1 diabetes mellitus in rats by gastrointestinal administration of chitosan nanoparticles containing human insulin gene. world journal of gastroenterology: wjg, 14(26), p.4209. onuma, h., kawamura, r., tabara, y., yamashita, m., ohashi, j., kawasaki, e., imagawa, a., yamada, y., chujo, d., takahashi, k. and suehiro, t., 2019. variants in the bach2 and clec16a gene might be associated with susceptibility to insulin‐triggered type 1 diabetes. journal of diabetes investigation, 10(6), pp.1447-1453. paty, b.w., ryan, e.a., shapiro, a.j., lakey, j.r. and robertson, r.p., 2002. intrahepatic islet transplantation in type 1 diabetic patients does not restore hypoglycemic hormonal counterregulation or symptom recognition after insulin independence. diabetes, 51(12), pp.3428-3434. prud'homme, g.j., draghia-akli, r. and wang, q., 2007. plasmid-based gene therapy of diabetes mellitus. gene therapy, 14(7), pp.553-564. ramezani, k., gheflat, s., jajarmi, v., bandehpour, m. and kazemi, b., 2019. the study on possible gene therapy on diabetics type i using insulin gene under control of heat shock promoter in laboratory animals. novelty in biomedicine, 7(2), pp.45-48. rickels, m.r., schutta, m.h., markmann, j.f., barker, c.f., naji, a. and teff, k.l., 2005. β-cell function following human islet transplantation for type 1 diabetes. diabetes, 54(1), pp.100-106. rosado-olivieri, e.a., aigha, i.i., kenty, j.h. and melton, d.a., 2020. identification of a lif-responsive, replicationcompetent subpopulation of human β cells. cell metabolism, 31(2), pp.327-338. sachs, s., bastidas-ponce, a., tritschler, s., bakhti, m., böttcher, a., sánchez-garrido, m.a., tarquis-medina, m., kleinert, m., fischer, k., jall, s. and harger, a., 2020. targeted pharmacological therapy restores β-cell function for diabetes remission. nature metabolism, 2(2), pp.192-209. samson, s.l. and chan, l., 2006. gene therapy for diabetes: reinventing the islet. trends in endocrinology & metabolism, 17(3), pp.92-100. scharp, d.w. and marchetti, p., 2014. encapsulated islets for diabetes therapy: history, current progress, and critical issues requiring solution. advanced drug delivery reviews, 67, pp.35-73. shapiro, a.j., 2012. islet transplantation in type 1 diabetes: ongoing challenges, refined procedures, and long-term outcome. the review of diabetic studies: rds, 9(4), p.385. shirley, j.l., de jong, y.p., terhorst, c. and herzog, r.w., 2020. immune responses to viral gene therapy vectors. molecular therapy, 28(3), pp.709-722. simeonovic, c.j., popp, s.k., brown, d.j., li, f.j., lafferty, a.r., freeman, c. and parish, c.r., 2020. heparanase and type 1 diabetes. in heparanase (pp. 607-630). springer, cham. sluch, v., swain, d., whipple, w., liao, m., bhoumik, a., agulnick, a.d. and rezania, a., 2019, september. crisprediting of hescs allows for production of immune evasive cells capable of differentiation to pancreatic progenitors for future type 1 diabetes therapy. in diabetologia (vol. 62, pp. s6-s7). 233 spring st, new york, ny 10013 usa: springer. smail, h., kareem, s. and abdulkareem, n. (2019) “comparative study of the fingerprint pattern among diabetic (type 1) & non-diabetic children in koya city”, journal of advanced laboratory research in biology, 10(2), pp. 41-47. takei, i. and kasatani, t., 2004. future therapy of diabetes mellitus. biomedicine & pharmacotherapy, 58(10), pp.578581. teta, m., rankin, m.m., long, s.y., stein, g.m. and kushner, j.a., 2007. growth and regeneration of adult β cells does not involve specialized progenitors. developmental cell, 12(5), pp.817-826. thorel, f., népote, v., avril, i., kohno, k., desgraz, r., chera, s. and herrera, p.l., 2010. conversion of adult pancreatic αcells to β-cells after extreme β-cell loss. nature, 464(7292), pp.1149-1154. thyssen, s., arany, e. and hill, d.j., 2006. ontogeny of regeneration of β-cells in the neonatal rat after treatment with streptozotocin. endocrinology, 147(5), pp.2346-2356. tian, c., ansari, m.j.i., paez-cortez, j., bagley, j., godwin, j., donnarumma, m., sayegh, m.h. and iacomini, j., 2007. induction of robust diabetes resistance and prevention of recurrent type 1 diabetes following islet transplantation by gene therapy. the journal of immunology, 179(10), pp.67626769. van belle, t.l., coppieters, k.t. and von herrath, m.g., 2011. type 1 diabetes: etiology, immunology, and therapeutic strategies. physiological reviews, 91(1), pp.79-118. verma, i.m., naldini, l., kafri, t., miyoshi, h., takahashi, m., blömer, u., somia, n., wang, l. and gage, f.h., 2000. gene therapy: promises, problems and prospects. in genes and resistance to disease (pp. 147-157). springer, berlin, heidelberg. wainwright, s.p., williams, c., michael, m., farsides, b. and cribb, a., 2006. from bench to bedside? biomedical scientists’ expectations of stem cell science as a future therapy for diabetes. social science & medicine, 63(8), pp.2052-2064. wang, h., wei, x., shi, w., he, j. and luo, l., 2020. key developmental regulators suggest multiple origins of pancreatic beta cell regeneration. zebrafish. wang, j.h., roberts, g.e. and liu, g.s., 2020. updates on gene therapy for diabetic retinopathy. current diabetes reports, 20, pp.1-12. wang, m.y., chen, l., clark, g.o., lee, y., stevens, r.d., ilkayeva, o.r., wenner, b.r., bain, j.r., charron, m.j., newgard, c.b. and unger, r.h., 2010. leptin therapy in insulin-deficient type i diabetes. proceedings of the national academy of sciences, 107(11), pp.4813-4819. wirth, t., parker, n. and ylä-herttuala, s., 2013. history of gene therapy. gene, 525(2), pp.162-169. wolff, j.a. and lederberg, j., 1994. an early history of gene transfer and therapy. human gene therapy, 5(4), pp.469-480. wong, m.s., hawthorne, w.j. and manolios, n., 2010. gene therapy in diabetes. self/nonself, 1(3), pp.165-175. yi, z., waseem ghani, m., ghani, h., jiang, w., waseem birmani, m., ye, l., bin, l., cun, l.g., lilong, a. and mei, x., 2020. gimmicks of gamma‐aminobutyric acid (gaba) in pancreatic β‐cell regeneration through transdifferentiation of pancreatic α‐to β‐cells. cell biology international, 44(4), pp.926-936. yu, x.x. and xu, c.r., 2020. understanding generation and regeneration of pancreatic β cells from a single-cell perspective. development, 147(7). 64 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 57-64 zarinsefat, a. and stock, p.g., 2020. islet vs pancreas transplantation in nonuremic patients with type 1 diabetes. in transplantation, bioengineering, and regeneration of the endocrine pancreas (pp. 417-423). academic press. zhang, j. and liu, f., 2020, january. the de-, re-, and transdifferentiation of β-cells: regulation and function. in seminars in cell & developmental biology. academic press. zhou, q., brown, j., kanarek, a., rajagopal, j. and melton, d.a., 2008. in vivo reprogramming of adult pancreatic exocrine cells to β-cells. nature, 455(7213), pp.627-632. zhou, x., zhang, s., yu, f., zhao, g., geng, s., yu, w., wang, x.y. and wang, b., 2020. tolerogenic vaccine composited with islet-derived multipeptides and cyclosporin a induces ptreg and prevents type 1 diabetes in murine model. human vaccines & immunotherapeutics, 16(2), pp.240-250. biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 11, number 1, april 2022 | pages: 17-26 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.17-26 issn 2540-9328 (online) kidney evaluation in hyperuricemia rats treated with green tea leaves (camellia sinensis l.) extract putranty widha nugraheni1,*, chanif mahdi2 1department of environmental engineering, faculty of engineering, universitas tanjungpura, jl. prof. dr. h. hadari nawawi, kota pontianak, kalimantan barat 78124 tel. +62-561-739630, indonesia. 2department of chemistry, faculty of mathematics and natural science, universitas brawijaya, jl. veteran, kota malang, jawa timur 65145 tel. +62-341-551611, fax. +62-341-575777 indonesia. corresponding author* putranty@teknik.untan.ac.id manuscript received: 03 february, 2022. revision accepted: 07 february, 2022. published: 23 february, 2022. abstract uric acid is an oxidation product of the xanthine oxidase enzyme found in extracellular fluid, and when it exceeds, uric acid will build up and cause hyperuricemia. tnf-α is released by epithelial cells and mesangial cells when inflammation occurs and causes apoptosis in epithelial cells, causing damage to kidney structures and initiating acute kidney poisoning. green tea extract (camellia sinensis l.) contains many antioxidants, especially flavonoids with potent antioxidant properties such as lipid peroxidase and free radical absorbers, inhibiting xanthine oxidase. this study expresses the potential of green tea extract on kidney repair caused by hua. twenty-four male albino rats (175-225 g) of wistar strain being fed a high purine diet in 60 consecutive days and divided into six groups randomly, i: negative control, ii: positive control, iii: allopurinol, iv: green tea extract 150mg of body weight, v: green tea extract 300mg of body weight, and vi: green tea extract 600mg of body weight. treatment was done for 14 days and measured by total creatinine levels, malondialdehyde levels, and kidney histopathology. the statistical analysis using one way anova and post hoc tukey analysis by spss 23.0 proved that green tea extract with a dose of 600 mg/kg of body weight green could lower levels malondialdehyde of the kidney as much as 58.85% (p<0.01), decreased creatinine level by 24.5% (p>0.05), and improved kidney histopathology. this study proved that green tea extract is a promising alternative for hyperuricemia while improving kidney tissues and lowering malondialdehyde and creatinine levels. keywords: camellia sinensis l.; hyperuricemia; kidney creatinine; kidney histopathology; kidney malondialdehyde. abbreviations: ua, uric acid; hua, hyperuricemia; ros, radical oxygen species; nfκb, nuclear factor kappa-light-chain-enhancer of activated b cells; gte, green tea extract; alp, allopurinol; mda, malondialdehyde; bw, body weight; xod, xanthine oxidase; urat1, urate transporter 1; oat1, organic anion transporter 1; oat3, organic anion transporter 3; pbs, phosphate buffered sucrose; pfa, paraformaldehyde introduction uric acid (ua) comes from endogenous sources and exogenous sources. endogenous sources come from protein and nucleoprotein breakdown products, while exogenous sources come from purine foods. the body's average ua levels are 3.4-7.0 mg/dl in men and 2.4-6.0 mg/dl in women, and 75% of the urate will be excreted in the urine (lippi et al., 2008). ua that is ionized to urate will dominate the extracellular plasma and synovial fluid as monosodium urate at ph 7.4 so that the plasma will experience saturation. when ua levels in the body exceed normal limits, ua will build up and cause hyperuricemia (hua). if ignored, hua can impair kidney function, such as nephrolithiasis and urate nephropathy, leading to gouty arthritis and cardiovascular disease (cirillo et al., 2006). kidneys play an essential role in filtering blood so that urine is excreted by the body, including maintaining the homeostatic system of ua because the kidneys carry out 70% of ua expenditure. therefore, hua and gout are mainly due to a decrease in the relative kidney excretion of ua (lipkowitz, 2012). when there is an increase in ua levels in the urine, ua will experience saturation and form crystals that eventually form urinary tract stones, which can inhibit and injure the kidneys' tissues and functions and lead to uricosuria. previous studies (angielski, 1992) demonstrated heterogeneity of several enzymes for metabolizing adenosine centered on the rat kidney. the highest activity of ada, xanthine oxidase, and nucleoside phosphorylase was found in the cytosol in the glomerulus, where the glomerulus is a complex of three different cell types: epithelial, endothelium, and mesangial cells. increased excessive activity triggers https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2022.111.17-26 18 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 17-26 tissue damage in the kidneys. several studies have shown that nfκb causes multiple organ damage, such as kidneys, liver, and pancreas (tugcu et al., 2006). activated nfκb plays an essential role in expressing pro-inflammatory cytokines such as tnf- and other mediators involved in the acute inflammatory response and different conditions associated with ros generation (arjumand et al., 2011). several studies have shown this to cause apoptosis and epithelial cells in tubular structures, causing damage to kidney structures and initiating acute kidney poisoning (abraham, 2003). hua is increasing significantly globally because it affects more than 2 billion people (kramer & curhan, 2002). in indonesia, the prevalence of this disease is the second highest, which is 24.7%, and possibly caused mainly by unhealthy eating habits. allopurinol (alp) is the most widely used drug because it is considered the most effective in inhibiting the formation of ua by inhibiting the activity of xanthine oxidase (boudiaf et al., 2010). however, its use can cause serious side effects, such as nephropathy, allergic reactions, and digestive disorders (feig et al., 2008). the side effects caused by drugs cause some people to choose to use medicinal plants that are considered capable of healing with minimal side effects. several medicinal plants have been tested for their effectiveness, such as indian nettle, rosella (astuti, 2011), and coffee (lelyana, 2008). green tea extract (gte) (camellia sinensis l.) contains many polyphenol antioxidants, especially flavonoids. the types of flavonoids in gte are (+)-catechin (c), (‒)-epicatechin (ec), (‒)-gallo catechin gallate (gcg), (‒)epigallocatechin (egc), (‒)-epicatechin gallate (ecg), and (‒)-epigallocatechin gallate (egcg) (jatuworapruk et al., 2014). gte has strong antioxidant properties by performing several mechanisms, such as anti-lipid peroxidase, free radical scavenger, metal binding, and inhibition of several enzymes, including xanthine oxidase (xod). previous studies have shown that chinese gte at the right dose can reduce ua content, decrease xanthine oxidase activity (xod) and urat1 expression, and increase oat1 and oat3 term in the kidneys of mice with hua (chen et al., 2015; fraga et al., 2010). gte also contains 8-30 mg of caffeine per cup (240 ml) (bolignano et al., 2007). caffeine is a type of alkaloid with the chemical formula 1,3,7trimethylxanthine (c8h10o2n4), is a diuretic. although several studies have stated that caffeine consumption can trigger excessive ua formation, low intake of caffeine can provide several benefits, such as treating headaches, increasing alertness, and relaxing muscles (paganini-hill et al., 2007; zhen et al., 2007). in gte, caffeine activity is inhibited because of the amino acid l-theanine. to provide a calming effect on the brain (rogers et al., 2008), l-theanine is also a caffeine antagonist to balance the activity of caffeine in the body (kakuda et al., 2000). thus, in this study, gte decaffeination did not perform. materials and methods procedures gte leaves extraction dry gte leaves (50 g) were crushed by blending and then sifted by a sieve of 80 mesh. gte powder was brewed using boiled water (± 95 ºc) with a ratio of 1:10. then, the result of maceration was cooled to room temperature, filtered, and separated between the filtrate and the dregs. the brewing process was repeated up to 3 times and concentrated using a vacuum rotary evaporator at a temperature of 85 °c and 110 rpm. the gte's extraction yield was 24.94% (w/w) and kept in a 20 ºc freezer. acclimatization of experimental animals the experimental animals used in the study were 24 male albino rats (rattus norvegicus) wistar strain aged 2-2.5 months with an average body weight of 175-225 g, which were purchased from the provider of laboratory animals in bandung, indonesia. all the ethical animal procedures have been approved by ub's research commission (approval code 690-kep-ub). the rats were placed in a polyethylene cage filled with wood husks inside with a dimension of 45 x 35 x 20 cm with wire enclosures at the animal laboratory of biosains of universitas brawijaya, malang, indonesia. the room temperature was 23±2 ºc. the rats were acclimated for a week before the experiments with a standard feed and water ad libitum. induction of high purine diet and drugs treatment twenty-four rats were divided into six groups, which each group had four rats: (1) negative control group, (2) positive control group, (3) alp therapy of 5mg/kg of body weight, (4) gte therapy of 150 mg/kg of body weight, (5) gte therapy of 300 mg/kg of body weight, and (6) gte therapy of 600 mg/kg of body weight. each rat was fed a high purine diet, except the (1) group. based on a previous study (rahmawati et al., 2018), we used a high-purine diet consisting of cow's liver, cow's spleen, fried melinjo (gnemon gnetum), and fried peanuts blended and dissolved into the water. the filtrate was introduced was 3 ml/rats, twice a day (at 8:00 and 14:00) daily for 60 consecutive days. the ua level was examined every five days. when ua levels were more than 7 mg/dl, rats were ready to be treated. after ua levels of five groups reached 7 mg/dl, rats in (3) group were administered using 3 ml alp with a dose of 5 mg/kg of body weight. rats in (4), (5), and (6) groups were treated with 3 ml of gte with various doses. all rats were sacrificed for kidney and blood collection on the same day. nugraheni & mahdi – kidney of hyperuricemia rats 19 blood and organ collections blood was drawn from the rats every five days to check the ua levels. measurements were carried out using a digital tool, "easy touch gcu." after calibrated, the test strip was inserted into the detector slit on the device until the screen displayed a "blood drop" image that indicated the device was ready for use. the tail of the rat disinfected with 70% ethanol was massaged, then the tip of the rat's tail was pierced with a sterile blood lancet. the first drop of rat blood was discarded, then the next drip was absorbed into the test strip. within 20 seconds, the ua level will appear on the device screen in mg/dl. the test was performed on each rat in all groups every day until sacrificing day. the rats were dislocated in the neck, and the rats were arranged in a supine position ventral above on a surgical board and dissected by splitting the inguinal area. then both kidneys were taken and washed with 0.9% nacl. the first kidney was immersed in pbs, while the other was immersed in 4% pfa. after rats sacrificing, about 2 hours after blood collection, blood was centrifuged at 2000 rpm for 10 min to collect blood serum. serum was moved into the eppendorf tube and centrifuged at 1000 rpm for 10 minutes. serum samples were transferred into a new eppendorf tube and stored in a -20 ºc freezer. jaffe test's measurement of creatinine levels serum creatinine levels were determined by enzymatic reactions using the "point scientific creatinine kit.”. 1000 l of creatinine reagent was taken and put into a microtube, then incubated at 37 ºc for 5 minutes. furthermore, 50 l of the protein-free filtrate was added, transferred into a cuvette, and the stopwatch was turned on for 60 seconds. the absorbance was measured (a1) using a spectrophotometer with a wavelength of 510 nm, then waited again for 60 seconds, the absorbance was measured again (a2). the absorbance value used is a2-a1. measurement of mda levels half gram of kidney were crushed with quartz sand in a mortar placed on ice gel. grounded kidneys were added by 1 ml of 0.9% nacl solution and mixed until homogeneous. the homogenate was put into microtubes, sonicated for 10 minutes, centrifuged at 8000 rpm for 20 minutes, then the supernatant formed was taken carefully using a micropipette. furthermore, 100 l of kidney supernatant was taken from each microtube, wrapped in aluminum foil, and added 550 l of distilled water. each tube was added with 100 l of 10% tca, 100 l of 1% na-thio, and 250 l of 1m hcl and each tube was homogenized with a vortex. each tube was incubated in a water bath at 100 ºc for 30 minutes and centrifuged at 500 rpm for 10 minutes. then the centrifuged supernatant was transferred to a new eppendorf tube. after heating, the supernatant was cooled at room temperature until a pink complex was formed. the supernatant was then measured for absorbance with a uv-vis spectrometer at a wavelength of 530 nm. then the absorbance results were plotted on a curve to calculate the mda levels. kidney's histological evaluation embedding kidney organs using the bancroft method kidneys were soaked into a fixative solution of paraformaldehyde, then into 70% ethanol for at least 24 hours, followed by immersion in 80% ethanol for 2 hours. the kidneys were washed with 90% and 95% ethanol, respectively, for 30 minutes. then, the kidneys were immersed into absolute ethanol three times for 30 minutes, then xylol two times for 30 minutes each in an incubator at 60-63 ºc for 30 minutes. the kidneys were immersed in xylol and paraffin three times each. the embedding process was continued by dipping the kidneys into liquid paraffin poured into a container. kidney slide set making the kidney on the embedding paraffin block was inserted into the microtome block holder, and the cutting surface was aligned with the microtome blade. cutting begins by adjusting the thickness of the slices above 10 m. kidneys were sliced to a size of 5 m. slices were taken with a brush and immersed in water at room temperature to reveal possible creases in the slides. the slices were transferred with a brush into warm water at 38-40 ºc to straighten the wrinkles then placed on to object-glass. the pieces were dried and placed on a hot plate at 38-40 ºc until the slides dry. furthermore, the slides were stored in an incubator at a temperature of 3840 ºc for 24 hours. hematoxylin eosin staining procedures deparaffinization was carried out by putting the slides into xylol three times for 5 minutes each. then, the rehydration stages were done by putting slides into graded ethanol, starting with absolute ethanol, 95%, 90%, 80%, and 70% ethanol, and distilled water for 5 minutes. the staining stages were carried out by putting the slides into a hematoxylin dye container for 10 minutes. after completed, the slides were washed with running water for 30 minutes, then rinsed with distilled water. the slides were then immersed in eosin alcohol dye for 5 minutes. for the dehydration process, the slides are added to graded ethanol from 80%, 90%, 95%, and absolute ethanol concentrations. the slides are put into xylol two times, dried, and mounted. statistical analysis the data obtained were analyzed using a data normality test using shapiro-wilk statistic and homogeneity to determine the normality of data distribution. effects of treatment on parameters were analyzed using anova, which was completed by tukey test with 99% 20 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 17-26 confidence level to know the difference between treatments. statistical analysis was performed using statistical package for social sciences 23.0 software. results were significant when p < 0.01. results and discussion uhplcms/ms gte analysis the gte used was tested qualitatively using uhplcms/ms. the result of the qualitative analysis of gte was presented in figure 1, figure 2, and table 1. table 1. parameters in qualitative analysis using uhplcms/ms of gte flavonoid. rt peak fragment ions (m/z) standard fragment ions (m/z) molecular ions [m]+ (m/z) prediction of flavonoid compounds 3.72 136.5-137.5 137 305 (‒)-gallo catechin (gc), (‒)-epigallocatechin (egc) 4.29 168.5-169.5 169 457 (‒)-epigallo catechin gallate (ecgc), (‒)-gallo catechin gallate (gcg) 4.44 204.5-205.5 205 289 (+)-catechin (c), (‒)-epicatechin (ec) 4.94 168.5-169.5 169 441 (‒)-epicatechin gallate (ecg), (‒)-catechin gallate (cg) based on figure 1, the gte was analyzed qualitatively some peaks appeared with its retention time. the highest chromatogram peak from uhplcms/ms spectra formed at the retention time of 4.29 min with molecular ions [m+] weight of 457 m/z. based on the test analysis, the most abundant components in gte are epigallocatechin gallate (ecgc) or gallo catechin gallate (gcg) and epicatechin gallate (ecg) or catechin gallate (cg) with the molecular ions [m+] weight of 441 m/z and standard fragment ion of 169 m/z. this peak was identified as epigallo catechin gallate (egcg) or its epimer, gallo catechin gallate (gcg), with a molecular formula of c22h18o11. figure 1. uhpmcms/ms chromatogram of gte compounds and epigallo catechin gallate (egcg) or gallo catechin gallate (gcg) molecular structure. gte effects on mda levels in kidneys the test was carried out with the thiobarbituric acid test based on the color changes when mda and tba reacted. mda levels in the kidneys indicate how much cell damage occurs due to lipid peroxidation due to free radicals formed due to xod activity. the pink color created was calculated for absorbance at a wavelength of 532 nm. figure 2. the reaction of mda and thiobarbituric acid (nair et al., 1981). nugraheni & mahdi – kidney of hyperuricemia rats 21 the statistical test results using one way anova analysis showed that the administration of gte with three different dosage variations could reduce mda levels in the kidneys with a very significant difference between treatments (p < 0.05). figure 3. graph of mda levels in the kidneys. $p < 0.01 compared to (1). #p < 0.05 compared to positive control. the (1) group had the lowest kidney mda level of 0.47 ± 0.14 g/dl. this group was a group of rats that were not given any treatment, only given standard food and drink, so they are a group of healthy rats because their kidney mda levels are still below the normal range, at 1.04 ± 0.43 g/dl. the (2) group was the group that was given a highpurine diet so that the mda level reached 2.84 ± 0.59 mg/dl. this level is high compared to the (1) group because of the increase of 507.07% compared with the (1) group. in the (3) group, the levels of mda formed in the kidneys were 1.91 ± 0.36 g/dl, with a decrease in levels of 32.67%. in the (4), (5), and (6) groups, the kidney mda levels were 2.54 ± 0.61 g/dl, 2.22 ± 0.61 g/dl, and 1.31 ± 0.26 g/dl with decreased levels of 10.30 %, 21.56%, and 53.85% respectively. gte effects on creatinine levels in serum determination of creatinine levels in blood serum was determined by the jaffé reaction colorimetric method, with the principle of measuring the absorbance of the picrate reaction in alkaline conditions at a wavelength of 540 nm and creating a complex with a reddish color. figure 4. the reaction mechanism for the formation of the janovsky complex (toora & rajagopaj, 2002). the results of the statistical test using one-way analysis of variation (one way anova) showed that giving gte with three different dosage variations could reduce creatinine levels in the kidneys, but not significant (p > 0.05). 22 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 17-26 figure 5. graph of creatinine levels in serum. the lowest serum creatinine level was in the (1) group, 0.59 ± 0.08 mg/dl. the positive control group was the group that was given a high-purine diet so that the creatinine level reached 1.44 ± 0.19 mg/dl. in this study, alp showed its ability to significantly lower creatinine levels than the (1) groups at 1.18 ± 0.13 mg/dl, with a reduced rate of 22.41%. in this study, there was a significant change and relationship between the decrease in ua levels between positive controls and alp therapy (p = 0.05). in the (4), (5), and (6) group, the creatinine levels were 1.35 ± 0.18 mg/dl, 1.26 ± 0.19 g/dl, and respectively. 1.01 ± 0.10 g/dl with decreased levels of 6.11%, 12.21%, and 24.50% respectively. gte effects on kidneys histopathology kidneys of rats were examined in histopathology to investigate the level of damage caused by hua and the improvement that occurred due to alp therapy and gte. figure 6. kidney histopathology with he staining (400x magnification); (a) negative control; (b) positive control; (c) alp therapy; (d) gte therapy of 150 mg/kgbw; (e) gte therapy of 300 mg/kgbw; (f) gte therapy of 600 mg/kgbw; (g) glomerulus; (bc) bowman's capsule; (pl) parietal layer; (vl) visceral layer; (v) vacuolization/fat accumulation; (p) pyknosis; (kr) karyorrhexis; (kl) karyolysis discussion the structure of egcg and gcg has eight glycosylate groups that can interact with the active site of the xod enzyme so that it can inhibit the formation of ua. this fact is in line with previous studies (chen et al., 2015; jatuworapruk et al., 2014; nugraheni et al., 2017) which reported that gte could reduce ua levels by inhibiting xod enzyme activity and modulating urate transporters in the kidneys, thereby increasing the excretion of ua through the kidneys. in this study, mda levels were also determined to determine whether there was an effect of induction of a nugraheni & mahdi – kidney of hyperuricemia rats 23 high-purine diet on the lipid peroxidation process and the impact of gte on decreasing mda levels after a high-purine diet was induced. the (1) group had the lowest kidney mda level. this group was used to compare the increase or decrease in kidney mda levels due to treatment, induction of a high-purine diet, and gte therapy. the (2) group was the group that was given a high-purine diet so that the mda level reached 507.07% compared with the negative controls. this high level of mda is caused by excessive xod activity and produces ros in the form of h2o2 and o2 -• as a form of innate immunity (boumerfeg et al., 2012). oxidative stress is generally defined as an excess of ros generation that can damage essential biomolecules such as dna and lipids massively and cause the formation of chronic diseases such as atherosclerosis, cancer, diabetes, aging, and others, including hua (doehner et al., 2016). excessive xod activity causes the formation of ros, which can cause damage to living tissue in the body due to lipid peroxidation. (d.-h. kang et al., 2002). in the (3) group, the levels of mda formed in the kidneys were 1.91 ± 0.36 g/dl, with a decrease in levels of 32.67%. alp can reduce mda levels well and prevent kidney damage, consistent with previous studies (asghar et al., 2007; chang et al., 2021; noeman et al., 2011). in the (4), (5), and (6) groups, the kidney mda levels were decreased 10.30 %, 21.56%, and 53.85%, respectively. this fact is in line with previous studies (asghar et al., 2007; noeman et al., 2011), which reported that gte could reduce mda levels in the kidneys by inhibiting xod enzyme activity. the antioxidant capacity of a phenolic antioxidant is directly associated with the ability to donate hydrogen radicals from the phenol group and the presence of unpaired electrons in the aromatic ring. figure 7. the structure and parts of flavonoids that have potential antiinflammatory activity (unsaturated c chain, number and position of hydroxyl groups on ring b, carbonyl groups on c-4 carbon, and nonglycosylation) (lago et al., 2014). the antioxidant activity of non-glycosylated flavonoids is related to the number and position of the hydroxyl groups present in the molecule. the hydroxyl group in the aromatic core has a low antioxidant capacity (d. kang et al., 2005; soobrattee et al., 2005). this result is in line with previous studies (cao et al., 2010), (forester & lambert, 2011) which reported that flavonoid compounds such as c, ec, and egc could be ros absorbers due to 3'-oh and 4'oh hydroxyl groups at ortho positions that increase its antioxidant capacity. the three most important structures are (a) the orthodihydroxy catechol at ring b, (b) a double-chain c sigma bond combined with a carbonyl bond at c-4 in ring c, and (c) a hydroxyl group at the c-3 and c-5 position. the egc structure that fulfills the three requirements above is concluded as the primary agent in the process of reducing ros activity and reducing lipid peroxidation. the decrease in kidney mda levels in alp therapy was lower than gte's decrease in mda levels. this result indicates that alp can reduce oxidative stress levels by lowering ua levels and improving kidney function. still, the flavonoids in gte are more effective in acting as nephroprotection because of their antioxidant activity and hypouricemic effect. several species of flavonoid antioxidants, especially catechins, are the best ros absorbers (boudiaf et al., 2010) by inhibiting the mechanism of ros generation in tissues and inhibiting the formation of hydroxyl radicals (lin et al., 2000). creatinine was measured as a marker of kidney damage. creatinine levels above normal limits usually characterize the diagnosis of kidney failure due to low creatinine clearance by the kidneys. the (2) group was the group that was given a high-purine diet so that the creatinine level increased by 145.07% compared to the (1) group. however, these levels are still within the normal range, so this shows that a high-purine diet for 60 days does not cause significant damage to the kidneys. hua can induce high blood pressure, increased hydrostatic pressure, and kidney injury (goicoechea et al., 2010). high ua levels are associated with the onset of kidney-related disease in the late phase. creatinine is a toxic substance produced when the body usually breaks down creatinine phosphate in muscles and at a constant rate depending on muscle mass. a previous study (d. kang et al., 2005) found that hua rats showed higher proteinuria, blood pressure, and serum creatinine levels than the control group treated with alp as the most effective ua lowering agent. in this study, alp showed its ability to significantly lower creatinine levels than the (1) group with a reduced rate of 22.41%. by reducing and excreting excess levels of ua in blood serum, alp can indirectly act as a glomerular hydrostatic pressure-lowering agent and thereby relieve kidney damage. in this study, there was a significant change and relationship between the decrease in ua levels between (2) group and (3) group (p = 0.05). thus, the effect of alp in reducing the progression of kidney disease may be related to its ability to lower serum ua levels. 24 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 17-26 in the (4), (5), and (6) groups, the creatinine levels decreased 6.11%, 12.21%, and 24.50%, respectively. based on statistical analysis using the post hoc tukey test, the decrease in creatinine levels due to alp therapy and the three doses of gte therapy did not show a significant average difference. so, it can be concluded that the ability of creatinine-lowering agents from gte is as good as alp. the formation of creatinine begins with the transamination process from arginine to glycine to form glycocyamine or guanidoacetic acid (gaa). this reaction generally occurs in the kidneys, but the response also appears in the mucosa of the small intestine and pancreas. the creatinine concentration tends to be constant because it is evenly distributed throughout the body. under normal conditions, creatinine is excreted through the kidneys, but its production increases with age due to decreased muscle mass. with a small molecular weight of about 113 daltons, creatinine is easily filtered by the glomerulus and is not reabsorbed or affects the urinary rate (hosten, 1982). the presence of flavonoids that can inhibit the activity of the xod enzyme can reduce the production of free radicals and reduce the level of oxidative damage (dahal & mulukuri, 2015). by decreasing the level of oxidative damage, creatinine can be re-filtered by the glomerulus and excreted adequately by the kidneys. the (1) group showed normal rat kidney condition, characterized by no vacuolization or fat accumulation, standard glomerular shape, and no signs of necrosis, either pyknosis, karyolysis, or karyorrhexis. this condition is because group a was not given a highpurine diet and was only fed standard water, so there was no significant tissue damage. meanwhile, (2) group were given a high-purine diet until the rats experienced hua. shriveled glomerulus and blackened nucleus indicate pyknosis caused by damage to membranes, mitochondria, and the golgi apparatus. the high xod activity increased the production of ros and increased the occurrence of lipid peroxidation, which caused tissue damage. vacuolization also occurs in more significant numbers, caused by cell degeneration due to lipid metabolism disorders that lead to excessive triglyceride accumulation in the cytoplasm with the formation of vacuoles. the cells will experience hypoxia and metabolic disorders. if this happens continuously, it will cause more severe tissue damage, such as karyorrhexis (nuclear rupture and scattering of chromatin fragments scattered around the cell) and karyolysis (the loss of the nucleus due to its inability to be stained), so that the cell pales and disappears. the resulting cell death or necrosis elicits an inflammatory response in living tissues (asghar et al., 2007). kidney histopathology in (3) group showed some improvements. although vacuolization and pyknosis still happen, the condition of the glomerulus has improved, and no karyorrhexis and karyolysis has occurred. this condition is due to the ability of alp to inhibit xod enzyme activity and inhibit the formation of ros. the ultrafiltration of urine causes glomerular damage through the glomerulus, which causes urate crystals not to penetrate the filtration membrane and cause hypertension. the difference in pressure between the glomerular capillary blood pressure and the colloid osmotic pressure in bowman's capsule can cause glomerular damage. decreased glomerular filtration is evidenced by increased blood creatinine levels and decreased creatinine clearance so that this condition can be associated with nephrotic syndrome (dahal & mulukuri, 2015). histopathological appearance of kidneys treated with gte therapy groups showed some tissue improvement. there was a reduction in vacuolization, pyknosis, and karyorrhexis. this condition shows that green tea can improve the histopathological picture of the kidneys because of its antioxidant activity. it can protect the kidneys from oxidative stress and lipid peroxidation because of its ability to reduce ros. overall, a diet high in purines can cause damage to kidney cell tissue, especially the glomerulus. this fact is shown by creatinine levels that are still in the normal range. however, if a high-purine diet is continued for a long time, glomerular damage can become more severe and lead to further complications of hyperuricemia. conclusions it can be concluded from this study that gte significantly inhibited the activity of the xanthine oxidase enzyme, can lower blood creatinine levels, and reduce malondialdehyde levels in the kidneys. gte also can improve the kidney histopathological picture of rats with hua due to a high-purine diet. this study proved that gte is a promising alternative treatment for hua. for the following research, it is necessary to conduct further studies on the mechanism of reducing ua with other flavonoid products, such as quercetin, silybin, and luteolin, to compare their effectiveness and determine the effective dose of gte therapy in lowering ua levels. acknowledgements: financial support for this work from the fund grant of the indonesia endowment fund for education ministry of finance republik indonesia (lpdp kementerian keuangan ri) is gratefully acknowledged. authors’ contributions: putranty widha nugraheni and chanif mahdi designed the study and analyzed the results. putranty widha nugraheni performed the material preparation and data collection. chanif mahdi supervised the laboratory work. putranty widha nugraheni & mahdi – kidney of hyperuricemia rats 25 nugraheni wrote the first draft of the manuscript. chanif mahdi provided the critical reading and insightful recommendations of the manuscript. all the authors have read the final manuscript and approved the submission. competing interests: the authors declare that there are no competing interests. funding: this research is supported by a thesis and dissertation scholarship from indonesia endowment fund for education ministry of finance republik indonesia (lpdp kementerian keuangan ri). references abraham, e. (2003). nuclear factor-κb and its role in sepsisassociated organ failure. journal of infectious diseases, 187(suppl. 2), s364–s369. https://doi.org/10.1086/374750 angielski, s. (1992). the distribution of enzymes involved in purine metabolism in rat kidney. biochimica et biophysica acta, 3, 1–6. arjumand, w., seth, a., & sultana, s. (2011). rutin attenuates cisplatin induced renal inflammation and apoptosis by reducing nfκb, tnf-α and caspase-3 expression in wistar rats. food and chemical toxicology, 49(9), 2013–2021. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fct.2011.05.012 asghar, m., george, l., & lokhandwala, m. f. (2007). exercise decreases oxidative stress and inflammation and restores renal dopamine d1 receptor function in old rats. american journal of physiology. renal physiology, 293(july 2007), f914–f919. https://doi.org/10.1152/ajprenal.00272.2007 astuti, d. (2011). efek antihiperurisemia kombinasi ekstrak air kelopak rosella (hibiscus sabdariffa l) dan akar tanaman akar kucing (acalypha indica l) pada tikus putih jantan yang diinduksi putih jantan yang diinduksi kalium oksonat. bolignano, d., coppolino, g., barillà, a., campo, s., criseo, m., tripodo, d., & buemi, m. (2007). caffeine and the kidney: what evidence right now? journal of renal nutrition, 17(4), 225–234. https://doi.org/10.1053/j.jrn.2007.02.006 boudiaf, k., houcher, z., widad, s., & benboubetra, m. (2010). evaluation of antioxidant and anti-xanthine oxidoreductase activities of nigella sativa linn seeds ’ extracts. journal of applied biological sciences, 4(1), 7–16. boumerfeg, s., baghiani, a., djarmouni, m., & ameni, d. (2012). inhibitory activity on xanthine oxidase and antioxidant properties of teucrium polium l . extracts. chinese medicine, 2012(march), 30–41. cao, h., pauff, j. m., & hille, r. (2010). substrate orientation and catalytic specificity in the action of xanthine oxidase: the sequential hydroxylation of hypoxanthine to uric acid. journal of biological chemistry, 285(36), 28044–28053. https://doi.org/10.1074/jbc.m110.128561 chang, y. h., chiang, y. f., chen, h. y., huang, y. j., wang, k. l., hong, y. h., ali, m., shieh, t. m., & hsia, s. m. (2021). anti-inflammatory and anti-hyperuricemic effects of chrysin on a high fructose corn syrup-induced hyperuricemia rat model via the amelioration of urate transporters and inhibition of nlrp3 inflammasome signaling pathway. antioxidants, 10(4), 2005–2008. https://doi.org/10.3390/antiox10040564 chen, g., tan, m. l., li, k. k., leung, p. c., & ko, c. h. (2015). green tea polyphenols decreases uric acid level through xanthine oxidase and renal urate transporters in hyperuricemic mice. journal of ethnopharmacology, 175, 14–20. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jep.2015.08.043 cirillo, p., sato, w., reungjui, s., heinig, m., gersch, m., sautin, y., nakagawa, t., & johnson, r. j. (2006). uric acid, the metabolic syndrome, and renal disease. journal of american society nephrology, 17(12 suppl 3), s165-8. https://doi.org/10.1681/asn.2006080909 dahal, a., & mulukuri, s. (2015). flavonoids in kidney protection. world journal of pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences, 4(03), 362–382. doehner, w., jankowska, e. a., springer, j., lainscak, m., & anker, s. d. (2016). uric acid and xanthine oxidase in heart failure emerging data and therapeutic implications. international journal of cardiology, 213, 15–19. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijcard.2015.08.089 feig, d. i., soletsky, b., & johnson, r. j. (2008). effect of allopurinol on blood pressure of adolescents with newly diagnosed essential hypertension: a randomized trial. jama, 300(8), 924–932. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.300.8.924 forester, s. c., & lambert, j. d. (2011). the role of antioxidant versus pro-oxidant effects of green tea polyphenols in cancer prevention. molecular nutrition & food research, 55(6), 844–854. https://doi.org/10.1002/mnfr.201000641 fraga, c. g., galleano, m., verstraeten, s. v., & oteiza, p. i. (2010). basic biochemical mechanisms behind the health benefits of polyphenols. molecular aspects of medicine, 31(6), 435–445. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mam.2010.09.006 goicoechea, m., vinuesa, s. g. de, verdalles, u., ruiz-caro, c., ampuero, j., rinco, a., & arroyo, d. (2010). effect of allopurinol in chronic kidney disease progression and cardiovascular risk. clinical of american society of nephrology, 5, 1388–1393. https://doi.org/10.2215/cjn.01580210 hosten, a. o. (1982). bun and creatinine. jatuworapruk, k., srichairatanakool, s., ounjaijean, s., kasitanon, n., wangkaew, s., & louthrenoo, w. (2014). effects of green tea extract on serum uric acid and urate clearance in healthy individuals. journal of clinical rheumatology, 20(6), 310–313. https://doi.org/10.1097/rhu.0000000000000148 kakuda, t., nozawa, a., unno, t., okamura, n., & okai, o. (2000). inhibiting effects of theanine on caffeine stimulation evaluated by eeg in the rat. bioscience biotechnology biochemistry, 64(2), 287–293. kang, d.-h., nakagawa, t., feng, l., watanabe, s., han, l., mazzali, m., truong, l., harris, r., & johnson, r. j. (2002). a role for uric acid in the progression of renal disease. journal of the american society of nephrology, 13(12), 2888–2897. https://doi.org/10.1097/01.asn.0000034910.58454.fd kang, d., park, s., lee, i., & johnson, r. j. (2005). uric acid – induced c-reactive protein expression : implication on cell proliferation and nitric oxide production of human vascular cells. journal of american of society nephrology, 16(17), 3553–3562. https://doi.org/10.1681/asn.2005050572 kramer, h. m., & curhan, g. (2002). the association between gout and nephrolithiasis: the national health and nutrition examination survey iii, 1988-1994. american journal of kidney diseases, 40(1), 37–42. https://doi.org/10.1053/ajkd.2002.33911 26 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (1), 2022: 17-26 lago, j. h. g., toledo-arruda, a. c., mernak, m., barrosa, k. h., martins, m. a., tibério, i. f. l. c., & prado, c. m. (2014). structure-activity association of flavonoids in lung diseases. molecules, 19(3), 3570–3595. https://doi.org/10.3390/molecules19033570 lelyana, r. (2008). asam urat darah: studi eksperimen pada tikus rattus norwegicus galur wistar. http://eprints.undip.ac.id/19270/1/rosa_lelyana.pdf lin, j., chen, p., ho, c., & lin-shiau, s.-y. (2000). inhibition of xanthine oxidase and suppression of intracellular reactive oxygen species in hl-60 cells by theaflavin-3 , 3 ‘ inhibition of xanthine oxidase and suppression of intracellular reactive oxygen species in hl-60 cells by theaflavin-3 , 3 ′ -di. journal of agricultural and food chemistry, 48(october), 2736–2743. https://doi.org/10.1021/jf000066d lipkowitz, m. s. (2012). regulation of uric acid excretion by the kidney. current rheumatology reports, 14(2), 179–188. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11926-012-0240-z lippi, g., montagnana, m., franchini, m., favaloro, e. j., & targher, g. (2008). the paradoxical relationship between serum uric acid and cardiovascular disease. clinica chimica acta, 392(1–2), 1–7. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cca.2008.02.024 nair, v., vietti, d. e., & cooper, c. s. (1981). degenerative chemistry of malondialdehyde, structure, stereochemistry, and kinetics of formation of enaminals from reaction with amino acids. journal of american chemistry society, 103(32), 3030–3036. noeman, s. a., hamooda, h. e., & baalash, a. a. (2011). biochemical study of oxidative stress markers in the liver, kidney and heart of high fat diet induced obesity in rats. diabetology & metabolic syndrome, 3(1), 17. https://doi.org/10.1186/1758-5996-3-17 nugraheni, p. w., rahmawati, f., mahdi, c., & prasetyawan, s. (2017). green tea extract (camellia sinensis l.) effects on uric acid levels on hyperuricemia rats (rattus norvegicus). the journal of pure and applied chemistry, 6(3), 246–254. paganini-hill, a., kawas, c. h., & corrada, m. m. (2007). nonalcoholic beverage and caffeine consumption and mortality : the leisure world cohort study ☆. preventive medicine, 44, 305–310. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ypmed.2006.12.011 rahmawati, f., nugraheni, p. w., mahdi, c., srihardyastutie, a., & prasetyawan, s. (2018). optimization of elevating blood uric acid levels with high purine diet. the journal of pure and applied chemistry research, 7(1), 19–25. https://doi.org/10.21776/ub.jpacr.2018.007.01.357 rogers, p. j., smith, j. e., heatherley, s. v, & pleydell-pearce, c. w. (2008). time for tea : mood , blood pressure and cognitive performance effects of caffeine and theanine administered alone and together. psychopharmacology, 195, 569–577. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00213-007-0938-1 soobrattee, m. a., neergheen, v. s., luximon-ramma, a., aruoma, o. i., & bahorun, t. (2005). phenolics as potential antioxidant therapeutic agents: mechanism and actions. mutation research fundamental and molecular mechanisms of mutagenesis, 579(1–2), 200–213. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mrfmmm.2005.03.023 toora, b., & rajagopaj, g. (2002). measurement of creatinine by jaffe ’ s reaction determination of concentration of sodium hydroxide required for maximum color development in standard, urine and protein free filtrate of serum. indian journal of experimental biology, 40(1), 352–354. tugcu, v., ozbek, e., tasci, a. l. i. i., kemahli, e., & bas, m. (2006). selective nuclear factor k -b inhibitors , pyrolidium dithiocarbamate and sulfasalazine , prevent the nephrotoxicity induced by gentamicin. journal compilation bju international, 98, 680–686. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1464410x.2006.06321.x zhen, m., wang, q., huang, x., cao, l., chen, x., sun, k., liu, y., li, w., & zhang, l. (2007). green tea polyphenol epigallocatechin-3-gallate inhibits oxidative damage and preventive effects on carbon tetrachloride – induced hepatic fibrosis. journal of nutritional biochemistry, 18, 795–805. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jnutbio.2006.12.016 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 12, number 1, april 2023 | pages: 1-4 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2023.121.1-4 issn 2540-9328 (online) preliminary investigative study on the blood pressure-lowering potential of aqueous leaf extract of simarouba glauca (aesg) on normotensive adult wistar rats sammy davies e. osagie-eweka1,*, noghayin e.j. orhue1, fabian c. amaechina2, eric k.i. omogbai2, emuesiri g. moke3 1department of biochemistry, faculty of life sciences, university of benin, benin city, nigeria. 2department of pharmacology and toxicology, faculty of pharmacy, university of benin, benin city, nigeria. 3department of pharmacology, faculty of basic medical sciences, delta state university, abraka, nigeria. corresponding author* davies.osagie-eweka@uniben.edu manuscript received: 26 july, 2022. revision accepted: 31 august, 2022. published: 13 september, 2022. abstract studies have shown that plants possess medicinal properties and compounds are beneficial in managing and treating diseases, including high blood pressure and related cardiovascular conditions. simarouba glauca (sg) has been widely reported to possess antibacterial activity, anti-oxidant, anti-proliferative and hemolytic activity; amongst others. however, there is paucity of data on its effect on blood pressure. hence, the study research aimed at assessing the hypotensive prospect inherent in the aqueous leaf extract of simarouba glauca (aesg) on normotensive male wistar rats. the study was conducted using adult male wistar rats (n = 3), a urethane/thiopental (1205/20 mg/kg) anesthesia and a chart paper attached to ugo basile uni-recorder model 400700 data capsule. under full anesthesia, the rat’s trachea and the carotid artery were cannulated for assisted respiration and blood pressure measurement. at stable variables; following the administration of 0.2 ml normal saline, the aesg was administered intravenously via the caudal vein at 2.5 and 5.0 mg/kg body weight dose respectively. the data was recorded on a chart; indicated the characteristic dose-dependent hypotensive effect of aesg on normotensive rats; at doses of 2.5 mg/kg and 5.0 mg/kg, with marked decreases in the systolic blood pressure (sbp), diastolic blood pressure (dbp) and mean arterial pressure (map) from basal levels of 127.83 ± 1.01 mmhg, 91.00 ± 1.00 mm hg and 103.27 ± 0.99 mm hg respectively. the outcome of the preliminary investigation indicates that the aesg demonstrated a hypotensive effect on the bp of normotensive male wistar rats dependent on varying doses administered; indicative of further evaluation. keywords: cardiovascular; caudal vein; invasive blood pressure; simarouba glauca. abbreviations: sg simarouba glauca; aesg: aqueous leaf extract of simarouba glauca; sbp: systolic blood pressure; dbp: diastolic blood pressure; map: mean arterial pressure; acei: angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors; ara: angiotensin receptor antagonists. introduction hypertension is a public health condition characterized by chronic cardiovascular disease and end-stage renal diseases (fuchs and whelton, 2020). untreated hypertension predisposes risk factors like stroke, myocardial infarction, arteriosclerosis, cardiac arrest, heart attack, cardiomegaly and amongst others (landazuri et al., 2017). some allopathic agents applied in the management of hypertension include; adrenergic antagonists (alpha and beta receptor blockers) like prazosin and atenolol, centrally acting sympatholytic agents (alphamethyldopa, guanabenz and clonidine), calcium channel blockers (nifedipine and amlodipine), diuretics (hydrochlorothiazides), angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors – acei (lisinopril and ramipril), angiotensin receptor antogonists – ara (losartan and valsartan) and the aldosterone antagonists (spironolactone and eplerenone) have been extensively reported to elicit adverse effects like dry cough, severe hypotension, depressed libido and sometimes erectile dysfunction (landazuri et al., 2017; olowofela and isah, 2017; moke et al., 2022); as such, the antihypertensive effect achieved with these agents is always short lived. in addition to the arrays of these side effects, virtually all these antihypertensive agents are cost implicative, creating a huge burden in the purse of affected lowincome earners worldwide (lacy et al., 2008; pr et al., 2014). hence, there is the need to adequately evaluate the anti-hypertensive (hypotensive) potential of cheap and available plants with proven medicinal properties as have been the case in the last four decades (tabassum and ahmad, 2011; pr et al., 2014). there are a number of medicinal plants with folk history that have been applied to treat hypertension; a https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2023.121.1-4 2 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 12 (1), 2023: 1-4 few investigations have shown their effectiveness, while others have been disproved by scientific findings (tabassum and ahmad, 2011; kamyab et al., 2021). literatures have reported vast findings on the ethnomedicinal benefits of s. glauca (patil and gaikwad, 2011; ramasamy et al., 2022) with no record on the effect on cardiovascular system and blood pressure; hence this study. materials and methods collection of plant material and preparation of aqueous extract fresh leaves of simarouba glauca were procured from cercobela farms®, ubiaja. fresh plant specimen was authenticated and deposited with voucher specimen no. ubhs382 at plant biology and biotechnology department herbarium, university of benin. the plant leaves were properly washed with clean water and then dried at room temperature for twenty-eight (28) days. fine powdery particles were obtained following pulverization of the dried crispy leaves of s. glauca. five hundred grams (500 g) of the leaf powder was macerated in 2.5 l distilled water and stimulated intermittently for forty-eight hours (48 hrs.) to obtain a filtrate. the filtrate was lyophilized with a freeze-drier to obtain the aqueous extract (osagie-eweka et al., 2016). materials for invasive procedure for the invasive procedure, the materials used included the following: an intravenous cannula, eighteen g needles, a surgical table, respiratory tubing (6′′ pediatric ryle's tube may be used). one milliliter tuberculin syringe, 5, 10 ml syringes, small (3′′) and medium (5′′) c, adson dissecting forceps (toothed and non-toothed) (5′′), artery forceps (5′′), small and medium forceps (with teeth, blunt and pointed), a bulldog clamp, a surgical lamp, an insertion needle, a surgical blade, normal saline, a thread, adhesive tape and prepared stock solution of the aqueous extract with appropriate concentrations. distilled water was used in the preparation of the required stock solution of the aqueous leaf extract of s. glauca. pressure transducer calibration procedure calibration is an imperative step in the experiment; it was conducted with a sphygmomanometer at a specific pressure. the pressure cuff was disconnected from the sphygmomanometer; linked to the transducer with a physiograph data acquisition system. inflating to a required specific pressure was performed to check the pressure transducer. the mathematical conversion factor to express the blood pressure was established. the calibration between the voltage (millivolts) and pressure in the data acquisition system was previously performed; results were automatically calculated relative to the system calibrated value (ordodi et al., 2005). animal experimental procedure for cannulation of the caudal vein adult male wistar rats (210 220 g) were procured from the rat housing facility of pharmacology and toxicology department, university of benin. experimental animals were anaesthetized with urethane/thiopentone (1250/20 mg/kg) (amaechina and omogbai, 2007; wang et al, 2013) administered intra-peritoneally. an established protocol for invasive blood pressure assessment (amaechina and omogbai, 2007; wang et al, 2013) was used. the caudal vein of the rat was cannulated with a heparinized saline-filled-23 g scalp-vein needle for the administration of extract intravenously and was fastened to the dissecting table dorsally. the cervical region was shaved and dissected open to reveal both the trachea and carotid artery (plehm et al., 2006). the trachea was isolated, cleared of connective tissues and cannulated with a 2 mm diameter polythene tube for assisted respiration (kramer and remie, 2005). the carotid artery was isolated, cleared of adhesive tissues, and cannulated with a heparinized saline-filled teflon polyethylene tube connected to a pressure transducer for the transmission of blood pressure variations to ugo basile uni-recorder (model: 400700). an angle poised lamp with a 60 watts electric bulb is positioned over the anaesthetized animal, for the purpose of maintaining the temperature within normal range. when all the measurable variables remained stable as confirmed following the administration of normal saline, aesg was administered to experimental rats intravenously at two varying doses of 2.5 and 5.0 mg/kg respectively. this procedure was conducted in triplicate; the effects of the administered doses were recorded on the ugo basile chart recorder. results the data presented in table 1 reveal that aesg elicited significant (p ˂ 0.05) dose-dependent decreases in the sbp, dbp and map at 2.5 mg/kg (122.00 ± 1.15 mmhg, 84.67 ± 2.40 mmhg; 97.10 ± 1.99 mmhg) and 5.0 mg/kg (84.00 ± 2.31 mmhg, 62.67 ± 1.45 mmhg; 69.80 ± 1.73 mmhg) doses respectively; compared to the experimental rat treated with normal saline (127.83 ± 1.01 mmhg, 91.00 ± 1.00 mmhg; 103.27 ± 0.99 mmhg). likewise, the polygraph presented in figure 1 indicates marked dose-dependent decreases in the hemodynamic parameters considered at 2.5 and 5.0 mg/kg body weight respectively, when compared to the normal saline group. osagie-eweka et al. – preliminary investigative study on the … 3 table 1. effect of aesg on hemodynamic parameters of normotensive rats. parameters systolic blood pressure (mmhg) diastolic blood pressure (mmhg) mean arterial pressure (mmhg) normal saline 127.83 ± 1.01 91.00 ± 1.00 103.27 ± 0.99 aesg 2.5 mg/kg 122.00 ± 1.15 84.67 ± 2.40 97.10 ± 1.99 aesg 5.0 mg/kg 84.00 ± 2.31*# 62.67 ± 1.45*# 69.80 ± 1.73*# all values expressed as mean ± sem, where n=3, all data were analyzed by using one-way anova followed by tukey’s post hoc test. *p<0.05 compared to the normal saline control group; #p<0.05 compared to aesg 2.5 mg/kg group. figure 1. the effect of aesg on blood pressure of normotensive rats. discussion the study reveal a 4.6 % decrease in systolic blood pressure (sbp), 7.0 % decrease in diastolic blood pressure (dbp); 6.0 % decrease in mean arterial pressure (map) at 2.5 mg/kg compared to the normal saline group of the experimental rats. furthermore, at 5.0 mg/kg. aesg showed a significant (p < 0.05) decrease in sbp (34.29%), dbp (31.13%) and map (32.41% ) relative to the normal saline group. additionally, the group treated with 5.0 mg/kg showed 31.15%, 25.98%, 28.12% significant (p < 0.05) decreases in sbp, dbp and map respectively relative to the group treated with 2.5 mg/kg. the outcome of the study therefore indicate a better and promising blood pressure lowering effect at 5 mg/kg when administered intravenously. the data presented in figure 1 likewise indicate that there was instananeous recovery of the blood pressure to the basal level which may be obviously not unconnected to the reflex compensatory mehanism aimed at restoring the blood pressure to normal after the adminisration anti-hypertensive (kuogias et al., 2010). in the present study, a similar effect was observed at a dose of 5.0 mg/kg. however, the recovery was not sustained as there was a second phase derease in the blood pressure which was more sustained as observed in figure 1. thus, the outcome and resultant effect on blood pressure suggests that s. glauca may possess some promising active principles capable of eliciting hypotensive effect on the cardiovascular system. in fact, studies have reported the hypotensive and (or) the blood pressure-lowering potentials of several known medicinal plants (anaka et al., 2009; imafidon and amaechina, 2010; amaechina et al., 2017; alawode et al., 2021; kamyab et al., 2021) with less adverse effects. however, pharmacologist must continue to conduct systematic inquiry into the therapeutic benefits of plants with hypotensive potentials in the quest to discover the most effective mechanistic treatment approach for hypertension considering the complexities associated with the condition. accordingly, it is recommended that s. glauca may be subjected to detailed and extensive laboratory investigation to ascertain its pharmacological pertinence. conclusion the outcome of the preliminary investigative study of aesg (aqueous leaf extract of s. glauca) on cardiovascular system indicate a strong blood pressure lowering potential and a promising vaso-relaxant bioactive compound that may be beneficial in managing hypertension related conditions author(s) contributions statement: sdeo, nejo, fca, ekio and egm participated in research design. sdeo and egm conducted the preliminary experiments. sdeo and fca participated in data analyses. sdeo, fca and egm wrote the manuscript. 4 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 12 (1), 2023: 1-4 all authors have approved the final version of the manuscript. conflict of interests: authors state that there is no conflict of interest in this research output. ethical approval: the experimental protocols were approved by the faculty of pharmacy, university of benin ethics committee with reference number ec/fp/021/11. funding: the study was self funded at the departments of biochemistry/pharmacology. references alawode d, asiwe j, moke e, okonofua d, sanusi k, adagbada e, yusuf m, fasanmade a (2021). the effect of ethanol leaf extract of cnidosculus aconitifolius on cardiorenal functions in hypertensive and normotensive male wistar rats. international journal of nutrition sciences 6(3): 155160. amaechina fc, omogbai eki (2007). hypotensive effect of aqueous leaves extract of phyllanthus amarus schum and thonn (euphorbiacee). acta poloniae pharmaceutica-drug research 64: 547-52. amaechina fc, uchendu ap, oboh ci, agokei ni, eboka cj (2017). preliminary comparative effect of the aqueous extract of persea americana seeds on the blood pressure of normotensive rabbits and rats. journal of science and practice of pharmacy 4(1):177-181. anaka on, ozolua ri, okpo so (2009). the effect of the aqueous seed extract of persea americana mill (lauraceae) on the blood pressure of sprague dawley rat. african journal of pharmacy and pharmacology 3(10): 485-490. fuchs fd, whelton pk (2020). high blood pressure and cardiovascular disease. hypertension 75(2):285-292. imafidon ke, amaechina fc (2010). effects of aqueous seed extract of persea americana mill. (avocado) on blood pressure and lipid profile in hypertensive rats. advanced biomedical research 4(2): 116-121. kamyab r, namdar h, torbati m, ghojazadeh m, araj-khodaei m, fazljou smb (2021). medicinal plants in the treatment of hypertension: a review. advance pharmaceutical bulletin 11(4):601-617. kougias p, weakley sm, yao q, lin ph, chen c (2010). arterial baroreceptors in the management of systemic hypertension. medica science monitor 16(1): ra1-8. kramer k, remie r (2005). measuring blood pressure in small laboratory animals. methods in molecular medicine 108: 51-62. lacy cf, armstrong ll, goldman mp (2008). drug information handbook. 17th (ed.), hudon, oh: lexi-comp; ahfs drug information. bethesda ed. american society of healthsystem pharmacists. landazuri p, chamorro nl, cortes bp (2017). medicinal plants used in the management of hypertension. journal of analytical and pharmaceutical research 5(2):00134. moke eg, ekuerhare b, enaohwo mt, asiwe jn, ofulue oo, umukoro ek, isibor np (2022). resistant hypertension. journal of drug delivery and therapeutics 12(3-s):230-235 olowofela ao, isah ao (2017). a profile of adverse effects of antihypertensive medicines in a tertiary care clinic in nigeria. annals of african medicine 16(3):114-119. ordodi vl, mic fa, mic aa, toma o, sandesc d, paunescu va (2005). simple device for invasive measurement of arterial blood pressure and ecg in the anesthesized rat. timisoara medical journal 55: 35-37. osagie-eweka sde, orhue nej, ekhaguosa do (2016). comparative phytochemical analyses and in-vitro antioxidant activity of aqueous and ethanol extracts of simarouba glauca (paradise tree). european journal of medicinal plants 13(3): 1-11. patil ms, gaikwad dk (2011). a critical review on medicinally important oil yielding plant laxmitaru (simarouba glauca dc) journal of pharmaceutical sciences and research 3(4): 1195-1213. plehm r, barbosa me, bader m (2006). animal models for hypertension/blood pressure recording. methods in molecular medicine 129: 115-126. pr r, hv a, shivamurthy m (2014). anti-hypertensive prescribing patterns and cost analysis for primary hypertension: a retrospective study. journal of clinical and diagnostic research 8(9): hc19-22. ramasamy sp, rajendran a, pallikondaperumal m, sundararajan p, husain fm, khan a, hakeem mj, alyousef aa, albalawi t, alam p, ali hm, alqasim a (2022). broad-spectrum antimicrobial, antioxidant, and anticancer studies of leaf extract of simarouba glauca dc in vitro. antibiotics (basel) 11(1):59. tabassum n, ahmad f (2011). role of natural herbs in the treatment of hypertension. pharmacognosy reviews 5(9): 30-40. wang y, cong y, li j, li x, li b, qi s (2013). comparison of invasive blood pressure measurements from the caudal ventral artery and the femoral artery in male adult sd and wistar rats. plos one 8(4): e60625. biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 11, number 2, october 2022 | pages: 133-136 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2022.112.133-136 issn 2540-9328 (online) the triterpenes of kageneckia oblonga jorge tapia-merino1,*, lily arrue2, josé san martín3, orlando muñoz4 1universidad bernardo o´higgins, facultad de salud, departamento de ciencias químicas y biológicas, general gana 1702, santiago, chile. 2centro de investigación de estudios avanzados del maule (cieam) vicerrectoría de investigación y postgrado, universidad católica del maule, chile. 3instituto de ciencias biológicas, universidad de talca, talca, chile. 4departamento de química, facultad de ciencias, universidad de chile, casilla 653, santiago, chile. corresponding author* jorgeat@uc.cl manuscript received: 27 june, 2022. revision accepted: 22 july, 2022. published: 01 august, 2022. abstract three known triterpenes were isolated from leaf extracts of kageneckia oblonga by conventional chromatographic methods: ursolic acid, benthamic acid and a third called kc-iii. the structure of kc-iii was determined by rmn spectroscopy, ft-it and hr-ms. the compound was identified as fern-7-en-3β-ol (motiol), not previously reported in kageneckia. keywords: kageneckia oblonga; motiol; triterpene derivative; hopane. introduction kageneckia oblonga ruiz & pav (known as “bollén”) is an evergreen tree native to chile. it is found from the northern part of coquimbo to malleco in north-central and central chile, in dry or semi-humid soils below 1800 m elevation in the lower part of the andes range. its wood is hard and resistant, due to which the natives used it to construct tools.gay, 2010) . leaves and roots of k. oblonga are used in ethnomedicine; infusions or powders are used to treat fevers, renal and hepatic lesions and digestive problems. these medicines should be used in moderation, since an excess may cause poisoning. its use as a medicinal plant has decreased due to this property. its seeds are sometimes used to treat the “evil eye” (berguecio, nicolás garcía. pagliotti, 2008; gay, 2010; mélica. muñoz & barrera, 1981). previous studies of k. oblonga have reported triterpenes and cyanogenic glucosides, ursolic acid and benthamic acid (cassels et al., 1973); cucurbitacins and a new cucurbitane triterpene (23,24 dihidrocucurbitacin f). biological and toxicological trials of cucurbitacins isolated from different extracts of the tree showed high toxicity in dichloromethane and methanol extracts. biological activity trials to test anti-inflammatory, antipyretic and analgesic effects showed that the cucurbitacins found are partly responsible for these biological effects (delporte et al., 2002; o. muñoz et al., 2002). a screening of 31 chilean medicinal plants evaluated for anti-trypanosoma cruzi activity found that the methanol extract of showed significant inhibition in the mtt trial: mtt ic50 = 35.7 ± 40 ug/ml. these trials were performed with t. cruzi trypomastigotes (o. muñoz et al., 2013). the compound fern-7-en-3β-ol was previously isolated from several plant species, including ainsliaea yunnanensis, hibiscus cannabinus, rhododendron macrocepalum, rhodendron linearifolium and scorzonera latifolia, among others (acikara et al., 2014; ageta & ageta., 1984; nakamura et al., 1965; seca et al., 2000). the compound kc-iii has some important pharmacological properties. it has been reported that it has anti-cancer agonistic properties against the cell line thp-1 (ic50 of 1.75 µm) used to study leukemia (li et al., 2016). the presence of this triterpene in k. oblonga reinforces the biological effects of this tree. material and methods experimental section samples of k. oblonga were collected in april, 2017 near the las trancas bridge in the quebrada del cepillo sector, road g-546, 8 km from the laguna aculeo, province of maipo, metropolitan region, chile (33°50'02.3"s 71°01'17.2"w). the plants (4.2 kg) were identified by dr. josé san martin (u. of talca). a herbarium specimen was stored in the natural products laboratory of the science faculty of the university of chile, identified as n°0017-017. the leaves (used for extraction) were removed from the branches and dried for three weeks in the shade. then they were ground in an electric grinder with a 1.5 mm grill. the powdered material (2.6 kg) was placed in 5l glass recipients and degreased with hexane (3*4l), after which a sufficient https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2022.112.133-136 134 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 133-136 volume of dcm was added to cover the plant material (3*3 l). the mixture was percolated with sporadic agitation for 72 hours. the extract was then filtered and concentrated by distilling to dryness under reduced pressure. this procedure was repeated three times, obtaining a total of 18g of dcm extract. extraction and isolation the total h-dcm extract was placed on a silica gel 60 chromatographic column (merck). dichloromethane was used as the mobile phase; 35 fractions were obtained. chromatographic analysis of the fractions revealed a mixture of the triterpenes ursolic acid and benthamic acid. these compounds were identified by tlc, using commercial standards and estimating their fusion points. the remaining fractions were concentrated in a rotatory evaporator, dried with anhydrous na2so4, filtered and concentrated to a yellow residue. this fraction was purified by crystallization, dissolving the sample in methanol and then cooling to 0 °c. the result was 0.14g of white kc-iii crystals. analysis of the sample some of the separation and purification steps were performed in the department of phytochemistry and bioactive natural products university of geneva unige(suiza). luhplc was performed on an acquity i-class plus uplc system hyphenated with an acquity photodiode array (pda) detector (waters). the separation was performed in an acquity beh c18 uplc column (50 mm × 2.1 mm i.d.; 1.7 μm, waters), using a generic gradient (mecn and h2o both containing 0.1% formic acid) of 5% to 98% mecn in 4 min, followed by a washing step with 98% mecn for 2 min. after the washing step, the column was equilibrated with 5% mecn for 2 min before the next injection. the flow rate was set to 0.6 ml/min, the temperature to 40 °c, and the injection volume was 1 μl. hrms: hrms spectra were obtained on a q exactive focus hybrid quadripole-orbitrap mass spectrometer (thermo scientific, waltham, ma, usa) using electrospray in positive or negative mode. the spray voltage was set at 3.5 kv or 2.5 kv; the sheath gas flow rate (n2), 50 units; the capillary temperature, 320 °c; the s lens rf level, 50 and the probe heater temperature, 425 °c. spectroscopy and complementary spectroscopic analyses of 1h-rmn, 13c-rmn, cosy, hmqc and hmbc were performed in a bruker avance 400 mhz nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometry at 25 ºc. the kc-iii sample was dissolved in deuterated chloroform. tetramethylsilane was used as internal standard. the spectra were processed using the mestre nova 9.0 program. the ft-ir spectrum was obtained from a bruker ft-ir perkin-elmer 1310 spectrometer in kbr disks recorded from 500-4000cm-1. these last rmn and ft-ir analyses were performed in the instrumentation unit of the pontificia universidad católica de chile. results compound kc-iii was identified as fern7-en-3β-ol (motiol) by spectroscopic comparison and mp: 210-213 °c. (ageta & ageta., 1984; nakamura et al., 1965; seca et al., 2000). figure 1. kc-iii structure, fern7-en-3β-ol (motiol). fern-7-en-3β-ol (motiol): translucent yellow crystals, apparently rectangular in shape. yield: 0.14g, 0.004% of dried leaf. mp: 210-213 °c. ir: 3500 cm-1, 2941 cm1,2852 cm-1,2361 cm-1,1469 cm-1,1386 cm-1. esims: 514.25 m/z, [ m+ch3cn+ hcooh] +; 498.26 m/z, [ m-ch3 + ch3cn + hcooh] +; 404.20 m/z, [ m -oh ch3cn] +; 227.10 m/z y 167.01 m/z [ fragmentation d ring] +. 1h-rmn: δ 5.37 (d, j = 3.6hz, 1h, h-7), 3.23 (1h, h-3), 2.34 (m, 1h, h-9), 2.17 (m, 1h, h-6a), 2.00 (m, 1h, h-6b), 1.82 (m, 1h, h-20), 1.73 (m, 1h,h-16a), 1.69 (m, 4h, h-1,2), 1.58 (m, 1h, h-11a), 1.54 (m, 1h, h-11b), 1.50 (m, 1h, h-16), 1.48 (m, 1h, h-18), 1.46 (m, 1h, h-15), 1.43(m, 1h, h-22), 1.40(m, 1h, h-19a), 1.35 (m, 1h, h-12a), 1.33 (m, 1h, h-5), 1.32 (m, 1h, h12b), 1.25 (m, h, h-19b) 1.24 (m, h, h-20), 1.06 (m, 1h,h-2), 0.99 (s, 3h, h-26), 0.96 (s, 4h, h-24,h-21), 0.91 (s, 3h, h-30), 0.89 (s, 3h, h-27), 0.85 (s, 3h, h23), 0.83 (d, j = 6.7 hz3h, h-29), 0.74 (s, 3h, h-25), 0.73 (s, 3h, h-28).13c-rmn: δ 145.29 (c-8), 116.28 (c-7), 79.41 (c-3), 59.71 (c-21), 54.26 (c-18), 50.89 (c-5), 48.04 (c-9), 42.99 (c-17), 41.66 (c-14), 39.10 (c-4), 36.95 (c-2); 36.41 (c-16), 36.21 (c-13), 35.48 (c-10), 32.47 (c-12), 30.82 (c-22), 30.44 (c-15), 28.37 (c-20), 27.85 (c-1), 27.67 (c-24), 24.29 (c-6), 24.15 (c-26), 23.14 (c-29), 22.26 (c-30), 21.20 (c-27), 20.15 (c-19), 16.22 (c-11), 14.76 (c-23), 14.19 (c-28), 13.01 (c-25). tapia-merino et al. – the triterpenes of kageneckia oblonga 135 discussion the ir spectrum of compound kc-iii allowed the rapid assignment of the signal at 3500 cm-1, assigned to an alcohol. the absorbances between 2350 and 2450 cm-1 were assigned to an alicyclic skeleton, with possible presence of a double bond, and the proton of neighboring hydrogens to oh. complementary analysis with reported spectroscopic data for this kind of structure allowed deducing that kc-iii should have a hopane skeleton. the mass spectrum signals showed that ion 514.25 m/z could be assigned to the sum of the masses of the sample, acetonitrile and formic acid [m+ ch3cn+ hcooh]+. the 498.26 m/z and 496.24 m/z fragments correspond to the mentioned adduct, but with a loss of 15 uma, typical of the loss of a methyl group [mch3+ ch3cn+ hcooh] + for 498.26m/z. by the 18 m/z difference from 514.25m/z it may be inferred that the signal at 496.24 m/z is due to dehydration, [m+ ch3cn+ hcoohh2o] +. ion 404.20 m/z was assigned to the mass of the molecule, with loss of the hydroxyl at c-3 and isopropyl in c-21 forming two new double bonds in their respective carbons that underwent the elimination and addition of acetonitrile [m-oh-58]+. in consequence, compound kc-iii has the molecular formula c30h50o. the c-nmr showed 30 signals, including eight methyl groups, nine methylene groups, seven methine groups and four quaternary carbons, all deduced from the dep 135 experiments. the high-field signals of the h-nmr spectrum showed six singletons, assignable to tertiary methyl groups and two secondary methyl groups, assigned as doublets. the δ 5.37ppm signal (1h, q, j = 3.3 hz) is typical of double bonds, ratifying the ir signal at 3050 cm-1 and 1639 cm-1, while the h-3 axial singleton at δ 3.23 ppm is displaced to the low field due to the presence of the 3 β-oh group in c-3. the analysis of the bi-dimensional spectra and the conclusions of the previous paragraphs allow assigning the double bond to the b ring, and the connectivity shown in figure 2. the interactions of the hydrogens (cosy) show the correlations of the h-22 with the hydrogens of the h-29 and h-30 methyl groups; the interaction of h-22 with h-21. both interactions describe the union of the isopropanol group in the c-21 carbon, which coincides with the fractioning of the ms of 167 m/z, corresponding to a retro diels-alder ion of the e ring after losing a methyl group. the hmbc spectrum (s12) shows evidence of the union of the a-b, b-c, c-d and d-e rings by the interactions of the c-3 and h-5 atoms; h-5 with c-9, h9 with c-12; h-12 with c-18 and h-18 with c-21, respectively. the position of the geminal group formed by c-23 and c-24 in the a ring is inferred by the interactions with c-5 and h-3 with the methyl substituents in c-4. the position of c-24 between the union of the a-b rings is deduced from the interactions of c-5 and c-9. c-26 and c-27 in the union of the c-d rings is interpreted by the interaction of its hydrogens with c-13, c-14, c-15 and c-18. the c-28 methyl is assigned as the substituent in c-17 by the interactions of h-28 with the four carbons that surround c-17. the interaction of c-29 and c-30 and the interaction of its ch3 hydrogens with c-21 reaffirm the isopropyl structure in the molecule. figure 2. hmbc coupling of the kc-iii structure. conclusion the triterpene fern-7-en-3β-ol (motiol) is reported for the first time in the genus kageneckia, and thus in k. oblonga. the presence of motiol in the leaves of k. oblonga along with the presence of other substituted triterpenes and cucurbitacins would explain some of the medicinal properties of this tree. the toxicity of its 136 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 133-136 extracts recommends against its medicinal use. however, this native chilean tree has potential uses as an antiparasite, anti-inflammatory and anti-carcinogen. thus pharmacological in vitro, in vivo, pre-clinical and clinical trials should be continued, to produce the bases for a specific and sure phytopharmaceutical for the population, which self-medicates with crude extracts. acknowledgments: we warmly thank professor dr. philippe christen and dr. sylvian creton for advice and assistance with spectroscopic measurements. competing interests: the authors declare that there are no competing interests. references acikara, b., glu, g. s. c., dall’acqua, s., özbek, h., ka, j. c., žemlič ka, m., & šmejkal, k. (2014). bioassay-guided isolation of the antinociceptive compounds motiol and βsitosterol from scorzonera latifolia root extract. pharmazie, 69(9), 711–714. https://doi.org/10.1691/ph.2014.3920 ageta, h., & ageta., t. (1984). ercaceous constituyents: seventeen triterpenoids isolated from the buds of rhododendron macrocepalum. chem. pharm. bull., 32, 369– 372. https://doi.org/10.1061/͑asce͒1090-02412͑0031͒29:11͑2 ͒ berguecio, nicolás garcía. pagliotti, c. o. (2008). arboles nativos chilenos. enersis s.s. http://fundacionphilippi.cl/sites/default/files/arboles-nativosenersis.pdf cassels, b., urzúa, a., cortez, m., & gabardino, juan. (1973). triterpenoid constituents of kageneckia oblonga. phytochemistry, 12, 3009. delporte, c., muñoz, o., rojas, j., ferrándiz, m., payá, m., erazo, s., negrete, r., maldonado, s., san feliciano, a., & backhouse, n. (2002). pharmaco-toxicological study of kageneckia oblonga, rosaceae. zeitschrift fur naturforschung section c journal of biosciences. https://doi.org/10.1515/znc-2002-1-218 gay, c. (2010). historia física y política de chile. botánica, tomo vii. biblioteca fundamentos de la constrcción de chile. li, j., zhang, b., liu, h., zhang, x., shang, x., & zhao, c. (2016). triterpenoids from ainsliaea yunnanensis franch. and their biological activities. molecules, 21(11), 1–7. https://doi.org/10.3390/molecules21111481 muñoz, mélica., & barrera, elizabeth. (1981). el uso medicinal y alimenticio de plantas nativas y naturalizadas en chile. museo nacional de historia natural. publicacion ocacional, 33, 63. muñoz, o., maya, j., ferreira, j., & christen, p. (2013). medicinal plants of chile: evaluation of their antitrypanosoma cruzi activity. zeitschrift fur naturforschung c, 198–202. https://doi.org/10.5560/znc.2013.68c0198 muñoz, o., ravelo, a., & gonza, a. (2002). cucurbitacin f in seeds of kageneckia angustifolia (rosaceae). zeitschrift fur naturforschung, 24–26. nakamura, s., yamada, t., wada, h., & inoue., y. (1965). the structures of five new triterpenoids obtained from rohodendron linearifolium. tetrahedron letters, 6(24), 2017– 2022. seca, a., silva, a., silvestre, a., cavaleiro, j., domingues, f., & neto, c. (2000). chemical composition of the light petroleum extract of hibiscus cannabinus bark and core. phytochemical analysis, 11(6), 345–350. https://doi.org/10.1002/10991565(200011/12)11:6<345::aid-pca540>3.0.co;2-t biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 11, number 2, october 2022 | pages: 137-143 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2022.112.137-143 issn 2540-9328 (online) ethnobotanical survey of plants used in the management of peptic ulcer diseases in wukari metropolis akpevwoghene agbatutu1,2, francis nosakhare imade2,*, efosa a. ogie-odia2, mary oromioshemime ifedele3, funmilola modinat abdulrasaq3, daniel eseigbe2 1department of biological sciences, kwararafa university wukari, taraba state, nigeria. 2plant science and biotechnology department, faculty of life sciences, ambrose alli university, ekpoma, edo state, nigeria. 3department of botany, university of ibadan, ibadan, oyo state, nigeria. corresponding author* imadefrancis@gmail.com manuscript received: 26 may, 2022. revision accepted: 28 july, 2022. published: 03 august, 2022. abstract peptic ulcer diseases (pud) are sores formed in soft tissues present in the lining of the digestive tract as a result of excessive stomach acid or inability of the alimentary tract or stomach to protect itself. the increasing surge for plant based drugs in the management of pud has increased scientific investigation of herbs and recipes from traditional medicinal practitioners (tmp) to ascertain their efficacy through pharmacological studies. ethnobotanical survey of plants and recipes from tmp used in the management of pud in wukari metropolis, taraba state, northeastern nigeria were documented. a total of twenty (20) tmp located in ten (10) different area of the town were interviewed using a semi structured questioner. twenty-four (24) plant species from twenty (20) different families and sixteen (16) recipes were documented from the survey. it was observed that plant leaves were mostly used while c. longa (zingberaceae), m. paradisiaca (musaceae) had the highest frequency of occurrence in recipes formulation. therefore, due to the proven efficacy of these herbal recipes as reported from correspondents, there is need for proper documentation, conservation, cultivation and use of these medicinal plants in the management of pud to avoid them being endangered or going into extinction. keywords: peptic ulcer; wukari; plant; taraba. introduction peptic ulcer disease (pud) is a common gastrointestinal disorder which occurs on inflamed break in the skin or mucus membrane lining the alimentary tract. it is the most predominant chronic and recurrent gastrointestinal diseases and a global health problem leading to morbidity and mortality worldwide (sen et al., 2009). pud manifest in different unit of the alimentary tract like the stomach (gastric ulcer), duodenum (duodenal ulcer), esophagus (esophageal ulcer) resulting in different types of peptic ulcer. the specific cause of pud remains unclear over the years though studies report that the lack of equilibrium between the mucosal defensive factors (secretion of bicarbonate, prostaglandins, innate resistance of the mucosal cell) and gastric aggressive factors (acid, pepsin, h. pylori infection) are possible causes of pud (roy et al., 2013; dashputre et al., 2011; roberts, 2003). presently h. pylori, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (nsaids) and zollinger-ellison syndrome (a dramatic hypersecretion of acid) are three primary factors in peptic ulcer disease though, environmental factors (smoking, excessive alcohol intake), genetic, dietary and physiologic stress also increases gastric acid secretion, weakens mucosal barrier leading to pud (malfertheiner et al., 2009; wu and fassihi, 2005). the pathophysiology of pud injury mechanism in gastric and duodenal ulcer differs distinctively such that duodenal ulcer is essentially an h. pylori related disease while gastric ulcer is commonly associated with nsaid ingestion but in both conditions inflammatory symptoms is observed at the onset leading to an imbalance between protective and aggressive factors (chan and leung, 2002). orthodox drugs used in the treatment of pud are histamine-receptor blockers (ranitidine, cimetidine), proton pump inhibitors (omeprazole, pantoprazole) and antibiotics (metronidazole, amoxycillin) which are sometimes combined to achieve better result. they are often directed at reduction of aggressive factors with some reported side effects such as dizziness, headache, constipation, impotence or breast enlargement in men and the use of antacids leads to stomach distention, belching, constipation (gulmez et al., 2007, sarkar et al., 2008, reilly, 1999, franco and richter, 1998). previous studies reveal that about 5–10% of world population suffer from pud though with a recent decrease in the incidence, rates of hospital admissions and mortality (lanas and chan, 2007, lanas et al., 2011, https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2022.112.137-143 138 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 137-143 sonnenberg, 2013). the prevalence of h. pylori, a major cause of pud is higher in developing countries present in africa, central america, central asia and eastern europe where the bacteria is mostly acquired during childhood in an unhygienic environment especially in communities with lower socioeconomic status (kuna et al., 2019, hooi et al., 2017). most people in these developing countries live below poverty level, do not have access to standard healthcare facilities, rely on nsaids and painkiller drugs to subside pains resulting from stress, are unable to afford balanced diet therefore consume food substances which tend to increase gastric acid production and these factors creates an imbalance between aggressive and defensive factors in gastrointestinal tract. these classes of people who constitute about 80% of the world’s population rely on herbs from plants as alternative medication in management of sickness and diseases. traditional healers have used and relied on plants materials as main source of natural therapeutic medicines from time immemorial in the treatment and management of various infectious diseases (akinwumi and sonibare, 2019; beverly and sudarsanam, 2011; dike et al., 2012). scientific studies have established that medicinal plants used by traditional healers have displayed proven pharmacological, antioxidant and therapeutic activity against degenerative diseases. many herbs and plant products have been found to play a role in protecting or helping to heal stomach and peptic ulcers with the presence of important secondary metabolites like flavonoids and tannins reported as the active principle responsible for their anti-ulcer activity (nihar et al., 2017). ethnobotanical studies or survey are recognized as the most viable method of identifying novel medicinal plants or refocusing on those earlier reported for bioactive constituents (alebiosu et al, 2005). there is little or no documentation of medicinal plants used for the treatment of pud in wukari metropolis, northeastern nigeria, taraba state therefore this documentation will serve as reference to scientific researchers in the development of potent drugs and recipes from natural plants in treatment and management of pud with fewer or no side effects. this present study aims to document medicinal plants used in the management of pud in wukari, taraba state. methodology study area this survey was conducted in wukari metropolis the headquarters of wukari local government area of taraba state, nigeria. it has an area of 4,308km2 and a population of 238,283 at the 2006 census which is located in the south of the benue river basin (nbs, 2006). the town is located in the southern taraba with its coordinates between latitude 7o 51’n to 7o 85’n and longitude 9o47’e to 9o78’e which is about 200km from jalingo the state capital. the city has a tropical continental climate characterized by a marked distinctive wet and dry season, an annual rainfall between 1000-1500mm, temperatures range between 2040°c with a lengthy wet season (7 months) throughout the course of the year (oyatayo et al., 2017). wukari is mainly an agrarian town that lies within the savannah zone and has mainly grassland vegetation and scattered trees and shrubs in the southern part of the state. its inhabitants are the jukuns, who are predominantly traditionalists though some of them are christians and muslims. the survey was conducted in sampled areas that are close to farms and garden in the extended city areas of wukari, with the aim to capture both rural and urban populace and locate the elderly people with the knowledge of traditional medicine. figure 1. map of nigeria showing taraba state. agbatutu et al. – ethnobotanical survey of plants used in the management of … 139 figure 2. map of taraba state showing wukari local government area and areas visited. data collection the main data sources consisted of a series of semi– structured and open-ended questionnaires as well as informal interviews administered on local herb sellers, herbalists, aged and other groups of people rich in traditional medicine knowledge. the survey was conducted within the span of eight (8) months from january 2019 to august 2019 with repeated visits to the respondents. questionnaires were administered and hausa language was used to obtained the information from the respondents. such information includes the local plant names, useful plant parts and methods of preparation. local names of plants mentioned were validated using literatures and proper taxa nomenclature was validated in the plant list database at www.plantlist.org. demographic data a total of twenty respondents were interviewed consisting of twelve males (60%) and eight females (40%) in wukari metropolis. the respondents include traditional healers (30%), herbalist (20%), herb sellers (40%) and the aged people (10%) all of which are nigerians from the jukun ethnic group comprising of (40%) christians, (20%) muslims and (40%) practicing traditionalists. their ages were within 31-70 years with the age bracket of 51-60 (45%) with no formal education (60%) being the highest among them (table 1). results a total of twenty-four (24) plant species belonging to twenty (20) families were identified as plants used in treatment of pud in wukari metropolis (table 2). the plant families, local names, part used and frequency of occurrence were documented. the anarcardiaceae, alliaceae, malvaceae and musaceae had two plants each among the twenty-four plant species while the leaves were mostly used in preparation of various herbal recipes. some of the plants were reported to be harvested from the forest while others from home garden and environs. the respondents claimed that their medicinal knowledge was inherited, few trained and some believed to be divine. table 1. source of ethnomedicinal information. demography frequency (n=20) percentage (%) traditional healers 6 30.0 herbalist 4 20.0 herb seller 8 40.0 aged 2 10.0 gender male 12 60.0 female 8 40.0 age range below 30 0 0.0 31-40 2 10.0 41-50 7 35.0 51-60 60 and above 9 2 45.0 10.0 religion christianity 8.0 40.0 islam 4.0 20.0 traditional religion 8.0 40.0 education no formal 12 60.00 primary 4 20.00 secondary 4 20.00 diploma 0 00.00 degree 0 00.00 140 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 137-143 table 2. list of plants used in management of pud in wukari, taraba state. s/n plant name family part used common name hausa name frequency of occurrence 1 azadirachta indica (a.) juss. maliaceae leaves neem doogon yaaroo 1 2 psidium guajava linn. myrtaceae leaves guava gweebaa 1 3 anarcardium occidentale linn. anarcardiaceae roots, stems leaves cashew jambe 1 4 carica papaya linn. caricaceae fruits, seeds pawpaw gwandar masar 1 5 ocimum gratissimum linn. lamiaceae leaves scent leaf tagida, daddooya 1 6 musa sapientum linn. musaceae unripe fruits banana ayama 2 7 talinum triangulare (jacq.) wild. portulacaceae leaves water leaf alenyruwa 1 8 curcuma longa linn. zingberaceae rhizome tumeric zabibi 4 9 musa paradisiaca linn. musaceae fruit plantain agada 4 10 aloe vera (l.) burm. f alliaceae gel aloe hantsar giwaa 1 11 mangifera indica linn. anarcardiaceae leaves mango mangoro 1 12 hibiscus sabdariffa linn. malvaceae calyx roselle soboroto 1 13 sida acuta burm.f. malvaceae leaves wire weed tsadar iamarudu 1 14 lantana camara linn. verbenaceae stem, whole plant red sage kimbama halba 1 15 euphorbia hirta linn. euphorbiaceae leaves garden spurge noonon kurciyaa 2 16 ipomoea batatas linn. convolvulaceae tuber sweet potato ba fadamee 1 17 moringa oleifera lam. moringaceae leaves drumstick zogelle 1 18 bryophyllum pinnatum lam. crussalaceae leaves life plant harfifi 1 19 calotropis procera (ait.) ait.f. ascclepidiaceae leaves sodom apple baabaa ambele 1 20 allium cepa linn. alliaceae bulb onion albasa 1 21 datura metel linn. solanaceae leaves devil trumpet zakami 1 22 vitellaria paradoxa gaertn.f. sapotaceae leaves and fruit shea butter kadee 1 23 sorghum bicolor (l.) moench poaceae seed guinea corn mazakuwa 2 24 ampelocissus africanus (lour.) merr. vitaceae leaves simple-leaved wild grape siling siame 1 figure 3. frequency of plant parts used in management of pud in wukari metropolis 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 bulb tuber leaves root stem fruits seeds rhizome gel calyx whole plant agbatutu et al. – ethnobotanical survey of plants used in the management of … 141 table 3. pud herbal recipes from tmp in wukari, taraba state. s/n method of preparation 1. dry the half ripe m. paradisiaca and m. sapientum peels and grind into powder, mix one teaspoon of the powder with honey. 2. squeeze the fresh leaves of t. triangulare, e. hirta in clean water, add edible salt (nacl), then sieve the extract, take a glass cup twice daily 3. dried rhizome of c. longa is chewed with leaves of e. hirta in an oily juice (palm oil, olive oil). 4. dried half ripe peels of m. paradisiaca and m. sapientum is powdered, a powdered teaspoon is mixed with honey and taken daily for two months. 5. cut two whole fruits of c. papaya pieces including the peel, soak in six liters of water, sieve to remove the cubes and add 750ml of honey into the extract, and drink a glass cup twice a day. 6. blend four matured leaves of a. vera with 750ml of pure honey and 750ml of clean water respectively, filter the syrup and keep in a container to be taken twice daily. 7. dry leaves of c. procera are crushed and mixed with v. paradoxa and swallowed twice daily. 8. gentle heat is applied to the leaves of b. pinnnatum until it brings out oil which is then crushed to paste and mixed with honey before consumption twice daily. 9. boiled or crushed leaves of m. oleifera in water, is taken twice daily. 10. unripe m. paradisiaca and c. papaya fruits are sliced to cubes, soaked in water for three days and taken daily. 11. powdered leaves and rhizome of a. africanus, c. longa is mixed with s. bicolor paste and consumed morning and evening daily. 12. bulbs of a. cepa and leaves of s. acuta are crushed, mixed with s. bicolor paste and natural honey. 13. decoction of the calyx of h. sabdariffa is mixed with powdered leaves of a. occidentale and p. guajava and taken twice daily. 14. a tea spoon of powdered m. paradisiaca fruit in mixed in a maceration of a. indica leaves and l. camara whole plant for seven days be taken twice daily for two months. 15. paste of boiled c. longa mixed with a pinch powdered leaves of d. metel leaves be eaten with boiled tuber of i. batatas should be taken early morning daily. 16. decoction of fresh leaves of o. gratissimum, m. indica mixed with s. bicolor paste and natural honey figure 4. frequency of plants used in pud herbal recipes in wukari metropolis. discussion the importance of plant based drugs from traditionalists and herb sellers in the management of pud remains vital in the search of novel active compounds with little or no side effects. a total of twenty-four (24) plant species from twenty (20) families with sixteen (16) recipes were recorded from twenty (20) traditional medical practitioners present in wukari metropolis. (figure 2 to 4, tables 1 to 2). the plants c. longa, m. paradisiaca recorded the highest frequency of occurrence while various plant parts such as leaves, stem, fruit bark, rhizome and bulb were frequently used in the prescribed recipes. these formulations were either mixed or prepared with pap, water and honey as major vehicle suggested during preparation, administration and consumption of prepared recipes. there are reports on the scientific investigation on pud and gastro-protective 0 0,5 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 142 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 137-143 potentials of some of these plants such as c. longa (savaringal and sanalkumar, 2018), a. vera (subramanian et al., 2007), a. occidentale (ajibola et al., 2010), c. papaya (okewumi and oyeyemi, 2012), o. gratissimum (amadi et al., 2014), m. paradisiaca (rao et al., 2016), m. indica (neelima et al., 2012), t. triangulare (onwurah et al., 2013) and m. sapientum (prabha et al., 2011) have been evaluated using different models on experimental animals. some of these plants have been reported to display strong antimicrobial (a. cepa, c. longa), anti-inflammatory (s. acuta), relaxant (o. gratissimum, m. oleifera) and acid reflux (m. sapientum, a. vera) activity which could confirm their mode of activity or mechanism of action against the reported major causes of pud such as h. pylori a bacteria, nsaids related drugs, zollinger-ellison syndrome and environmental stress (iqbal et al., 2018, gupta et al., 2015, arciniegas et al., 2016, malfertheiner et al., 2009). the therapeutic activity of these herbal recipes as reported from respondents and their customers suggest that these herbal products contain numerous bioactive constituents that are a part of the physiological functions of living flora and hence they are believed to have better compatibility with human body (kamboj, 2000). akinwumi and sonibare (2019) stated that cultivation and proper documentation of medicinal plants from ethnobotanical survey is essential to prevent them from being endangered and going into extinction. this confirms and addresses the worries from respondents who reported the scarce availability of some plants in their natural habitats due to their increasing demands for food and medicine. therefore, the increasing dependence of these plant based herbal drugs mainly in developing countries for primary health care could be properly harnessed and managed only if there are measures to ensure sustainable cultivation that will have a considerable long term effect on the environment, health care and economy. conclusion twenty-four (24) plant species with sixteen (16) recipes from traditional medicinal practitioners and herb sellers were documented and reordered for the treatment and management of pud. the major essence of this survey is to harness and document the rich knowledge of the traditional medicinal practitioners on the use of medicinal plants in the treatment of pud which could pave the way for detailed scientific research in the discovery of novel compounds with better activity, new mechanism of action and less toxic side effects. authors’ contributions: agbatutu designed the study. agbatutu carried out the laboratory work. ifedele and imade analyzed the data. agbatutu and imade wrote the manuscript. abdulrasaq and ogie odia review the manuscript all authors read and approved the final version of the manuscript competing interests: the authors declare that there are no competing interests. references ajibola es, adeleye oe, okediran bs and rahman sa (2010). effect of intragastric administration of crude aqueous leaf extract of anacardium occidentale on gastric acid secretion in rats. nig. j. physiol. sci. 25. 59 – 62. akinwumi ia and sonibare ma (2019). use of medicinal plants for the treatment of gastric ulcer in some parts of southwestern nigeria. african journal of pharmacy and pharmacology vol. 13(15), pp. 223-235 alebiosu co, ugwa om, ugwah-oguejiofor cj and njan aa (2012). ethnobotanical studies of medicinal plants used in the management of peptic ulcer disease in sokoto state, north western nigeria. international research journal of pharmacy and pharmacology, 29(9): 225-230. amadi en, njoku oo, okereke cn, ndubuisi jl and oguoma o (2014). pharmachological use of ocimum gratissimum in peptic ulcer diseases (pud) treatment. international journal of engineering & science research 4(6): 450-455. arciniegas a, perez-castorena, al, antonio, n, kita, y and romo de vivar a (2016). antihyperglycemic, antioxidant and anti-inflammatory activities of extracts and metabolites from sida acuta and sida rhombifolia quim nova vol (10) pp 1-6. beverly cd and sudarsanam g (2011). ethnomedicinal plant knowledge and practice of people of javadhu hills in tamilnadu. asian pacific journal of tropical biomedicine 1(1):79-81. burkill hm (1995). the useful plants of west tropical africa. 2nd edition, volume 1, families a–d. royal botanic gardens, kew, richmond, united kingdom. pp. 21-25. chan kl and leung, wk (2002). peptic-ulcer disease lancet 360: 933–41. dashputre nl and naikwade ns (2011). evaluation of antiulcer activity of methanolic extract of abutilon indicum linn leaves in experimental rats. international journal of pharmaceutical sciences and drug research; 3(2): 97-100. dike ip, obembe oo and adebiyi fe (2012). ethnobotanical survey for potential anti-malarial plants in south western nigeria. journal of ethnopharmacology, 144(3): 618-26. franco tg and richter je (1998). proton pump inhibitors for gastric accelerated disease. cleave. clin. j. med. 65: 27-34. gulmez se, holm a, frederiksen h, jensen tg and pedersen c (2007). use of proton pump inhibitors and the risk of community-acquired pneumonia: a population-based casecontrol study. arch. intern. med. 167: 950-955. gupta a, surabhi m and rajendra s (2015). evaluation of antimicrobial activity of curcuma longa rhizome extract against staphylococcus aureus. biotechnol rep. 73: 1-5. hooi jky, lai, wy, ng wk, suen mmy, underwood fe, tanyingoh d, malfertheiner p, graham dy, wong vws and wu jcy (2017). global prevalence of helicobacter pylori infection: systematic review and meta-analysis. gastroenterology, 153, 420–429. agbatutu et al. – ethnobotanical survey of plants used in the management of … 143 iqbal z, sshehzad k, nawaz s and zahid m (2018). antimicrobial activity of essential oil of allium cepa world journl of pharmaceutical research 7(2): 575-580. kuna l, jakab j, smolic r, raguz-lucic n, vcev a and smolic m (2019). peptic ulcer disease: a brief review of conventional therapy and herbal treatment options j. clin. med. 8: 179: 1-19. lanas a and chan, fkl (2017). peptic ulcer disease. lancet, 390: 613–624. lanas a, garcía-rodríguez la, polo-tomás m, ponce m, quintero e, perez-aisa ma, gisbert jp, bujanda l, castro m, muñoz m et al. (2011). the changing face of hospitalisation due to gastrointestinal bleeding and perforation. aliment. pharmacol. ther., 33: 585–591. malfertheiner p, chan fkl. and mccoll, kel (2009). peptic ulcer disease. the lancet. 347: 1449-1461. national bureau of statistics (nbs). (2006) population census. available at http://www.nigerianstat.gov.ng. accessed 15 april 2020. neelima n, sudhakar m, mrityunjaya b, patil bvs and. lakshmi (2012). anti-ulcer activity and hptlc analysis of mangifera indica l. leaves int. j. pharm. phytopharmacol. res. 1(4): 146-155. nihar rk, shreechandan p, priyadarshini p and sampad ss (2017). herbal drugs in treatment of peptic ulcer, j. bio. innov. 6 (3): 499-508. okewumi ta and oyeyemi aw (2012). gastro-protective activity of aqueous carica papaya seed extract on ethanol induced gastric ulcer in male rats. african journal of biotechnology, 11(34): 8612-8615. onwurah n, ifeanyi ge and aruh ao (2013). antiulcer properties of aqueous extract of talinum triangulare leaves in experimentally induced gastric ulceration in mice. asian j. pharm. biol. res., 3(1): 4-7. oyatayo kt, john ba, ademola js, abuh op and ndabula c (2017). farmers perception and local agricultural adaptation practices to climate change in wukari town, wukari lga yaraba state nigeria journal of the general studies unit, federal university wukari. p28 prabha p, karpagam t, varalakshmi b, chandra s and packiavathy a (2011). indigenous anti-ulcer activity of musa sapientum on peptic ulcer. phcog res 3: 232-8. rao m, ahmad ba, khamsah sm and thant z (2016). antiulcer activity of musa paradisiaca (banana) tepal and skin extracts in ulcer induced albino mice. malaysian journal of analytical sciences, vol 20 no 5: 1203 – 1216. reilly jp (1999). safety profile of the proton pump inhibitors am. j. health. syst. pharm. 56(23): s11-s17. roberts s (2003). in: burger’s medicinal chemistry and drug discovery, 6th edn. abraham dj. editor. new jersey: john wiley. pp.86-121. roy sd, chakraborty j, shil d, das s and begum n (2013). herbs used in peptic ulcer: a review. int. j. pharm. res. allied sci. 2:9-23. sarkar m, hennessy s and yang, yx (2008). proton-pump inhibitor use and the risk for community-acquired pneumonia. ann. intern, med. 149: 391-398. sen s, chakraborty r, de b and mazumder j (2009). plants and phytochemicals for peptic ulcer: an overview. pharmacogn. rev.; 3: 270. sonnenberg a (2013). historic changes of helicobacter pyloriassociated diseases. aliment. pharmacol. ther., 38, 329–342. subramanian s, kumor ds, aruiselvan p, senthilkumar gp and rao m (2007). evaluation of antiulcerogenic potential of aloe vera leaf gel extract studied in experimental rats. journal of pharmacology and toxicology 2(1):85-97. wu y and fassihi r (2005). stability of metronidazole, tetracycline hcl and famotidine alone and in combination. int. j. pharm. 290: 1-13. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn: 2089-6514 volume 3, number 2, 2014 | pages: 53-57 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2014.32.53-57 larvicidal activity of a mixture of cashew nut shell liquid and water-soluble extract of soap nut fruit (sapindus rarak dc.) against 3rd instar larvae of aedes aegypti glory resia raraswati1, sudarsono2 and budi mulyaningsih3 1faculty of pharmacy; 2laboratory of parasitology faculty of medicine; 3department of pharmaceutical biology, ugm, indonesia author correspondency: sudarsono: ugmpsot@yahoo.com; budi mulyaningsih: budimulyaningsih@yahoo.com abstract cashew nut shell liquid (cnsl) which has been known as a waste of processing cashew fruits which is contain phenolic compounds have activity as larvicides. cashew nut shell liquid is not soluble in the water where the larvae grow. cashew nut shell liquid mixed with watersoluble extract of soapnut fruit which serves as a natural surfactant that can emulsify oil in water. the test subjects were larvae of aedes aegypti third instar. test subjects were divided into treatment group and control group. in the treatment group, test subjects were the mixture of cnsl and ethylacetat soluble extract (ese) in tap water. the larvae mortality observations were done 24 hours after the treatment. lc50 and lc90 as final test data were analyzed using probit analysis. extract constituents of cnsl and water soluble extract of soapnut fruit (wseosn) were investigated using thin layer chromatography (tlc) method. the effect of cnsl as larvicides against third instar larvae of ae. aegypti with were lc50 of 14,12 ppm, while the lc90 of 24,85 ppm. keywords: larvacidal activity, thin layer chromatography, sapindus rarak dc introduction aedes aegypti is a mosquito species that can carry and transmit the dengue virus causes dengue hemor rhagic fever (dhf), yellow fever virus and chikungunya virus (who, 2004). how to control the mosquito population that most rapidly break the cycle of transmission is the use of chemical compounds, one of them is the use of synthetic insecticides and larvicides. the use of synthetic compounds can lead to increased mos quito resistance, environmental pollution caused by their residue, even the death of non-target creatures (munif, 1993). the use of plants as a biopesticide is a one of alternative natural way for controlling which is safer for sustainable environment balance. the natural biopesticides were usually easy to apply and not harmful to natural enemies and other beneficial insects (adebowale & adedire, 2006). cnsl is a viscous oil, black color and has a very strong irritant properties on the skin because of the phenolic substances derivatives e.g. cardol, anacardic acid and 2-methyl kardol (kubo et al., 1986); anacardic acid is not soluble in water. this sticky fluid was extracted from cashew nut shell by the use of hydraulic pressure pump at a certain temperature (mulyono and abdul gani, 1996). anacardic acid has several biologic effect such as anti-microbial, anti-acne (kubo et al., 1993; 1994) and as molluscicides (kubo et al., 1986). the main constituent of cnsl i.g. anacardic acid, cardanol, and cardol also reported as larvicidal activity against the larvae of ae. aegypti with lc50 of 12,40 ppm for anacardic acid, 14,45 ppm for cardanol, and 10,22 ppm for cardol (oliveira et al., 2010). soapnut in indonesia called “lerak” (sapindus rarak dc.) is a plant that from southeast asia and can be able grow well in tropical climate such in indonesia (afriastini, 1990). the active compounds from the soapnut pericarp are saponins and sesquiterpenecompounds. the main of non-sugar saponins compound are usually triterpenes and steroids derivatives (schneider, 1980; wina et al., 2005).saponins as well as surfactants that have both hydrophilic and hydrophobic pool which were able to lower the interfacial tension between oil and water that immiscible; so as to form a colloidal solution which forms a foam when shaken (matheson, 1996; gunawan & mulyani, 2004). the purpose of this study was to determine the activity of cashew nut shell oil (cashew nut shell liquid / cnsl) as an alternative natural larvicides. methodology preparation and extraction of plant materials cashew nut shell obtained from jatibedug village, wonogiri and soapnut fruit from perhutani area, situbondo. the identification of plant material was carried out by mr.joko santosa m.si, and voucher specimen was found at the department of pharmaceutical biology faculty of pharmacy, ugm, yogyakarta. cashew nut shell that had been oven-dried at 50°c for 1 hour obtained 1,313 kg net weight then pressed using a hydraulic press by 150-160 kg/cm2 to obtain cashew nut shell liquid (cnsl); whereas 10 g of soapnut fruit chopped and then extracted by heating at 50°c for 30 min in the distilled water ad 1000 ml to obtain a water-soluble extract of soapnut fruit 1% b/v. 54 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 3 (2), 2014: 53-57 preparation of water-soluble extract of soapnut fruit which did not kill larvae as a main solution of water-soluble extract of soapnut fruit was 1% b/v diluted by taking a volume of 6, 8, 10, and 12 ml for each dissolved in 100 ml of tap water to obtain test solutions with concentrations of 600, 800, 1000, and 1200 ppm. four plastic cups with a mouth diameter of approximately 10 cm glass used as a test medium. each test cups contain10 larvae of third instar ae. aegypti. each concen-tration of repetitions performed 3 times. larval mortality was observed 24 hours after treatment by calculating the percentage of larval mortality. the biggest concentrations that doesn’t kill any larvae chosen for making the mixture solution with cashew nut shell liquid. bioassay for larvicidal toxicity mixture concentration series was made by mixing watersoluble extract of soapnut fruit at a concentration elected with cashew nut shell liquid. the mixture of cnsl and water soluble extract of soapnut fruit homogenized using a vortex for 5 minutes, then stirred using a magnetic stirrer at medium speed for 5 minutes. the results observed visually mixing at room temperature (25°c). subsequently the mixture was dissolved in tap water to obtain a final volume of 100 ml of solution for each concentration. the cnsl concentration used was 6 ppm, 7,56 ppm, 9,53 ppm, 12,01 ppm, 15,13 ppm, and 19,06 ppm. each test cups contain 25 larvae of third instar ae. aegypti. each concentration of repetitions performed 3 times. larval mortality was observed 24 hours after treatment by calculating the percentage of larval mortality. larvicidal test data were analyzed using probit analysis to obtain lc50 and lc90 (finney, 1971).the concentrations in probit analysis were transformed to logarithm (log concentra-tion) and the lethal concentrations (lc50 and lc90) were calculated manually. specification of test material using thin layer chromatography (tlc) a. cashew nut shell liquid cashew nut shell liquid that dissolved in n-hexane (1:10b/v) and then filtered with silica gel 60 used as test solution. components of cnsl are further separated by thin layer chromatogra phic (tlc) method. chromtography was perfomed using aluminium plates silica gel 60 f254 (merck). three microliters of test solution was applied to the plate with distance of development 8 cm. plate inserted in a chamber that had already saturated by mobile phase ntoluene: ethyl acetate: glacial acetic acid (7:2:1 v/v/v). after development the mobile phase was evaporated to dryness and plates were sprayed with iodine vapor and vanillin sulfuric acid. b. water-soluble extract of the soapnut fruit thirty milliliters of water-soluble extract of soapnut fruit was evaporated and then hydrolyzed by boiling with 30 ml of 2n hcl using reflux distillation method for 30 minutes. samples that had been hydrolyzed were then fractionated with 30 ml of n-hexane. nhexane fraction was then washed with distilled water until water fraction ph was neutral. the results of this fraction was then added anhydrous na2so4 to remove water traces. furthermore, the fraction of n-hexane which has been neutralized partitioned again using 30 ml of ethyl acetate. components of both fractions were then separated by tlc. samples of both fractions was applied to the plate as much as 3 spots using a capillary tube with distance of development 8 cm. plate inserted in a chamber that has been saturated with mobile phase. mobile phase that used was chloroform: methanol (9.5: 0.5 v/v). after development the mobile phase was evaporated to dryness and plates were sprayed with anisaldehyde sulfuric acid. results and discussion larvicidal effect of a mixture of cashew nut shell liquid and water-soluble extract of soapnut fruit probit analysis was used to study the response of larvae to the exposure of test solution in a biological assay (umniyati, 1990). probit analysis is a statistical method used to determine the relationship between dose and response (finney, 1971). percentage larval mortality was calculated after 24 hours. dead larvae are larvae that does not move when touched with a pipette or larvae that sink to the bottom of container that does not respond to stimulation. table 1. test results of water-soluble extract of the soapnut fruit preliminary test. soapnut concentration (ppm) total mortality of larvae total larval test1 2 3 600 (*) 0 0 0 30 800 1 0 1 30 1000 1 2 2 30 1200 4 3 4 30 in table 1, it can be seen that the biggest concentration of water-soluble extract of the soapnut fruit that does not make larvae dead were at a concentration 600 ppm. this preliminary test aim is to minimize the effect of watersoluble extract of the soapnut fruit in the death of larvae so the final assay results that obtained later is the result of larvicidal activity of cashew nut shell liquid. the largest concentration of water-soluble extract of soapnut fruit that does not kill larvae was used for the mixture becausehigher levels of water-soluble extract of soapnut fruit will increase the solubility of cashew nut shell liquid in the water. glory resia raraswati, et al. – larvicidal activity of a mixture of cashew nut shell liquid … 55 in table 2, data percentage mortality test results are used to calculate the lc50 and lc90 values are percent mortality at levels of 7,56 ppm, 9,53 ppm, 12,01 ppm, 15,13 ppm, and 19,06 ppm.the percentage mortality data is plotted in probit tables to obtain theprobit value, then made the graph between log concentration (x) and probit value (y) to obtain the linear regression equation y = a + bx. probit calculation steps performed according to the method of finney (1971). table 2. results of probit analysis of a mixture of cashew nut shell liquid and water-soluble extract of soapnut fruit against ae. aegyptilarvae (total larval test = 75). cnsl concentration (ppm) total mortality of larvae percentage larval mortility (mean) linier equation lc50 (ppm) lc90 (ppm) 0 0 0 y = 5,20921x – 0,9891 14,12 24,85 6 0 0 7,56 8 10,67 9,53 14 18,67 12,01 20 26,57 15,13 41 54,67 19,06 60 80 linear regression equation obtained from the probit analysis is y = 5.20921 x 0.9891 so that the calculation of lc50 and lc90can be obtained.lc50 and lc90 calculated were 14.12 ppmand 24.85 ppm. a material that has a larvicidal test lc50 values below 100 ppm can be said to have larvicidal activity against the larvae test (cheng et al., 2003). lc50 values in this study were at 14.12 ppm so cashewnutshell liquid that is used as the test material can be said to have potential as larvicidal agent against the third instar larvae of ae. aegypti. cashew nut shell oil is known to have 3 main compound content anacardic acid, cardol, and cardanol which showed inhibition of the acetylcholinesterase enzyme activity as well as the mechanism of action of organophosphate and carbamate (oliveira et al., 2010). inhibition of the acetylcholinesterase enzyme causes accumulation of acetylcholine which triggers central nervous system disorders, convulsions, respiratory paralysis, and death in larvae (rosenberryet al., 2008). phytochemical compund of cashew nut shell liquid and water-soluble extract of soapnut fruit in figure 1, elution of cnsl results showed 2 spots on the hrf 63 and 73, that drown under 254 nm uv light. furthermore, the silica plate inserted in a closed chamber that has been filled by iodine vapor and left a few minutes. figure 1. tlc-chromatogram of cashew nut shell liquid. detection: visible light (a), under 254 nm uv light (b), under 366 nm uv light (c), after iodine vaporized (d), and after spraying vanillin sulfuric acid were observed in visible light (e). figure 1.d were a yellow spot; the hrf 63 and 73. it could be the presence of an unsaturated compound; it was perhaps an side chain of the phenolic compounds. iodine vapor was used for the detection of side chain compounds 56 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 3 (2), 2014: 53-57 that had a double bond; a positive result is a yellowbrown spots on the visible light (fessenden and fessenden, 1994). the mechanism of iodine to form the color is an addition reaction on double bond in unsaturated fatty acids (simpen, 2008). results of detection by vanillin sulfuric acid reagent (figure 1.e) were observed under visible light were the presence of spots on hrf 63 with red-orange color, while on hrf 73 as pink-brown color spot. based on these results, spots on the hr f63 and 73 suspected as phenolic compounds anacardic acid derivatives. identification of the compounds in water-soluble extract of soapnut fruit was identifying saponin. saponins are triterpenoid glycosides or glycoside steroid with sapogeninaglycone (schneider, 1985; gunawan and mulyani, 2004). the basic science of saponin identification was made for the existence of the sapogenin aglycone. (a) (b) (c) (d) : 1 = n-hexane soluble fraction; 2 = ethyl acetate soluble fraction figure 2. tlc chromatogram profile of n-hexane and ethyl acetate fraction of water-soluble extract of soapnut fruit. detection before spraying anisaldehyde sulfuric acid: under visible light (a), uv 254 nm (b), and uv 366 nm (c) and detection after spraying anisaldehyde sulfuric acid under visible light (d). in figure 2, the chromatogram of n-hexane and ethyl acetate of water-soluble extract of soapnut fruit had no spots after observed under visible light, uv light 254 nm, and 366 nm uv. it was due to saponins had no aromatic ring in the structure. it could be detected by coloring spray reagent (wagner, 1984). if there is purple-red or purple after spraying with anisaldehyde sulfuric acid reagent showed the presence of terpenoids or steroids (wagner & bladt, 1996). after spraying with anisaldehyde sulfuric acid reagent (aas) and it was heated for 5 minutes at a temperature of 105°c, there was 3 purple spots (hrf 49; hrf 67, and hrf 79) in ethyl acetate fraction and the fraction of n-hexane had pink spots on the hrf 82 and 93. the purple color in ethyl acetate fraction was a steroid sapogenin compounds, and the pink spots on n-hexane fraction could be as triterpene sapogenin. steroid compounds are more polar than the triterpenoid compounds so that would be more soluble in more polar solvents as well, in this case is ethyl acetate. based on the above observations, the water-soluble extract of soapnut fruit suspected of containing sapogenin steroid and triterpenoid sapogenin which is the aglycone of saponin glycosides and it can be used as a natural surfactant to emulsify cashew nut shell oil in aqueous media. the larvicidal properties exhibited by cashew nut shell liquid in this study might be related to presence of phenolic derivative components. conclusion the results of this study indicated that a mixture of cashew nut shell liquid and water soluble extracts of soapnut fruit (sapindus rarak dc.) had an effect as larvicides against third instar larvae of ae. aegypti. further research needs to be done about the toxicity effects of a mixture of cashew nut shell liquid and water soluble extract of soapnut fruit against non-target organisms i.g fish, and frog. references adebowale, k.o. & adedire, c.o., 2006, chemical composition and insectisidal properties of the underutilized jatropha curcas seed oil. african j. biotech. 5 (10), 901-906. afriastini, j.j., 1990, daftar jenis nama tanaman, 53-60, penebar swadaya, jakarta. cheng, s.s., chang, h.t., chang, s.t., tsai, k.h., chen, w.j., 2003, bioactivity of selected plant essential oils against the glory resia raraswati, et al. – larvicidal activity of a mixture of cashew nut shell liquid … 57 yellow fever mosquito aedes aegypti larvae. bioresource technology, 89, 99-102. finney, d.j., 1971, probit analysis, 3rd ed., 333-340, cambridge university press, great britain. gunawan, d. & mulyani, s., 2004, ilmu obat alam (farmakognosi), jilid 1, 87-95, penebar swadaya, depok. kubo, i., muroi, h., & kubo, a., 1994. naturally occurring antiacne agents, j nat prod, 57, 9 – 17. kubo, i., muroi, h., himejima, m., yamagiwa, y., mera, h., tokushima, k., ohta, s., & kamikawa, t., 1993, structure antibacterial activity relationships of anacardic acids, j agric food chem, 41, 1016 –1019. kubo, i., komatsu, s., & ochi, m., 1986, molluscicides from cashew (anacardium accidentale) and their largescale isolation. j. agric. food chem, 34, 970-973. matheson, k.l., 1996, surfactant raw materials: classification, synthesis, and uses. in spitz, l. (ed). soap and detergents: a theoretical and practical review, 288-303, aocs press, illinois. mulyono, e., & abdulgani, l.y., 1996, karakterisasi cnsl dan metode ekstraksinya; isolasi kardanol dan karakteristiknya; isolasi pektin dan karakteristiknya, laporan penelitian, balittro, bogor. munif, a., 1993, cendawan patogen pada larva anopheles aconitus yang resisten dpt di daerah endemis malaria banjarnegara, jawa tengah. majalah kesehatan indonesia xxi, 8, 472-6. oliveira, m.s.c., de morais, s.m., magalhães, d.v., batista, w.p., vieira, i.g.p., craveiro, a.a., de manezes, j.e.s.a., carvalho, a.f.u., de lima, g.p.g., 2010, antioxidant, larvicidal and antiacetylcholinesterase activities of cashew nut shell liquid constituents, acta tropica, 117 (2011), 165–170. rosenberry, t.l., sonoda, l.k., dekat, s.e., cusack, b., johnson, j., 2008, monitoring the reaction of carbachol with acetylcholinesterase by thioflavin t fluorescence and acetylthiocholine hydrolysis, chem. biol. interact, 175, 235– 241. schneider g., 1980, pharmazeutisch bio logie, b.i.varlag mannheim p. 230, simpen, i.n., 2008, isolasi cashew nut shell liquid dari kulit biji jambu mete (anacardium occidentale l) dan kajian beberapa sifat fisiko-kimianya. jurnal kimia 2 (2), 71-76. umniyati, s.r., 1990, analisa probit secara aritmatis untuk pengujian toksisitas insektisida terhadap serangga, 1-13, 2736, laboratorium parasitologi fakultas kedokteran universitas gadjah mada, yogyakarta. wagner, h., 1984, plant drug analysis a thin layer chromatography atlas, 164, springer, new york. wagner, h & bladt, s., 1996, plant drug analysis, 2nd ed., 305317, 359, springer, new york. wina, e., muetzel, s., hoffmann, e.m., makkar, h.p.s., & becker, k., 2005, saponin containing methanol extract of sapindus rarak affect microbial fermentation, microbial activity and microbial community structure in vitro, animal feed science technology, 121, 59-174. world health organization (who), 2004, prevention and control of dengue and dengue haemorrhagic fever, terjemahan dari who regional publication searo no. 29, new delhi content_v3n2_2.pdf (p.1-5) blank_kosong.pdf (p.6) biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 11, number 2, october 2022 | pages: 161-167 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2022.112.161-167 issn 2540-9328 (online) chemical compositions and antioxidant activity of volatile oils from morinda citrifolia and beta vulgaris leaves from nigeria adesegun olusimbo onanuga1, ejike onwudiegwu okpala2,* 1organic chemistry unit, department of chemistry, university of ibadan, ibadan, nigeria 2department of chemistry, faculty of science, federal university lokoja, kogi state-nigeria. corresponding author* ejike.okpala@fulokoja.edu.ng; okpalaejike@gmail.com manuscript received: 27 july, 2022. revision accepted: 15 august, 2022. published: 31 august, 2022. abstract morinda citrifolia l. and beta vulgaris l leaves are both ethnomedicinal use for the treatment of arthritis, indigestion and skin infections with no reports on their essential oils compositions. the colourless volatile oils with a percentage yield of 0.6 and 0.4 (w/w) for morinda citrifolia l. and beta vulgaris l respectively were obtained. forty-five compounds representing 94.31 % of the total percentage compositions were identified in the leaf essential oil of m. citrifolia with the most abundant compound as 14-beta-h-pregna(33.13%). forty-eight compounds representing 74.18% of the total oil composition were identified in the leaf oil of b. vulgaris with phytol (24.20%) as the dominant compound. the essential oils showed good free radical scavenging activity when compared to ascorbic acid used as control, with % inhibition varying from 88.74 ± 0.010 to 96.61 ± 0.004 as compared to 95.68 ± 0.010 to 97.31±0.003 of the ascorbic acid at (100 to 6.25 mg/ml) concentrations. the leaves essential oils of morinda citrifolia l. and beta vulgaris l contains chemical compounds that might be responsible for their antioxidant activity. this result validates the traditional usage of these plants in the treatment of arthritis, indigestion and skin infections. keywords: morinda citrifolia l.; beta vulgaris l.; antioxidant; free radical scavenging activity volatile oil. introduction the morinda citrifolia l (figure 1), also known as noni in nigeria, belongs to the rubiaceae family (arunachalam, 2018). it is a plant native to southeast asia and australia that has long been used medicinally. according to reports, m. citrifolia can treat a wide range of medical conditions, including arthritis, heartburn, headaches, wounds, and skin infections. additionally, there are some reports on the antitumor and anticancer activity of this plant and biological activities such as antihypoglycemia have been reported (algenstaedt et al., 2018). beta vulgaris l. (figure 1), popularly known as beetroot, is a member of the chenopodiaceae family (mello et al., 2008). it is a biennial herbaceous plant. it is eaten in nigeria as a vegetable. it has traditionally been believed to treat or prevent conditions like arthritis, colon, prostate, dyspepsia, and skin infections. beta vulgaris leaf consumption lowers the risk of diabetes mellitus, obesity, and cardiovascular illnesses. it is also recognized for its potential to treat cancer (kumar et al., 2016). it is known to have a wide range of biological activities, including properties that are antibacterial, antioxidant, anticancer, antiviral, and anti-diabetic (kavitha et al., 2020). consequently, in continuation of our search for biologically active compounds from plants with ethnomedicinal uses (okpala et al., 2021; okpala et al., 2022; onanuga and oloyede, 2021), we present chemical compositions of the volatile oils and antioxidant activities of leaves of beta vulgaris l. and morinda citrifolia l. the chemical compositions of the essential oils (eos) of the leaves of both plants have not been reported in the literature to the best of our knowledge. beta vulgaris leaves morinda citrifolia leaves figure 1. the image of the studied plants. material and methods plant material the samples of morinda citrifolia l. leaves were obtained fresh from akobo ibadan, oyo state, southhttps://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2022.112.161-167 162 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 161-167 west, nigeria (7o22' 39’’n; 3o 54’21’’e), on 10th april, 2021 while beta vulgaris l. leaves were purchased from bodija market ibadan, oyo state. the plants were identified by dr. s. k. odewo of forestry research institute of nigeria (frin) ibadan, oyo state. extraction of the essential oil the air dried and pulverized leaves of m. citrifolia (200 g) and b. vulgaris (200 g) were weighed and separately subjected to extraction using hydro-distillation method with clevenger type apparatus for four hours following british pharmacopoeia specifications with modifications (british pharmacpoeiae, 1980). the samples were added into a 2 l round-bottomed flask containing 1.0 l distilled water and heated to boiling. there was the evaporation of the essential oils together with water vapour and these were collected in a condenser. the upper phase that contained the eos was separated from the lower one and anhydrous sodium sulphate was used for drying the oils isolated. oils extracted were preserved in a sealed amber glass vial at 4oc until analyses. the percentage yields (w/w) were determined. gas chromatograph-mass spectrometry (gc-ms) of the oils gc-ms analysis of the oils was performed using gas chromatography 7890 coupled with mass spectrometer 5975 agilent technology. the chemical components were identified by matching their mass spectra with those recorded in the mass spectra library (w11n17 main). the stationary phase was the column of model agilent technologies hp-5 ms of length 30 m, the internal diameter of 0.320 mm and thickness of 0.25 µm while the mobile phase was helium gas. the oven temperature was at 80oc held for 2 mins at 12 degrees per minute to the final temperature of 240oc held for 6 mins. the ion source was set at 240oc and electron ionization at 70 ev. the scan ranges were from 50 to 550 amu and the interface temperature between gc and ms was 250oc. a sample of (1.0 µl) of diluted oils in hexane was manually injected into the gc-ms. antioxidant assay the antioxidant activity of the essential oils was evaluated using the dpph (2, 2-diphenyl-1picrylhydrazyl) free radical scavenging ability method. the concentrations (100 mg/ml, 50 mg/ml, 25 mg/ml, 12.5 mg/ml and 6.25 µg/ml) of the essential oils were mixed with 100 µm methanoldpph solution (2.0 ml) prepared by dissolving 3.94 mg of dpph in 100 ml of methanol to give a purple solution. the mixture was shaken vigorously and left to incubate for 30 minutes in the dark at room temperature and the absorbance was then measured at 517 nm and recorded as a (sample) using a gs uv-12, uv-vis spectrophotometer. in its radical form, dpph absorbs, but upon reduction by antioxidant species, its absorption reduces. a blank experiment was carried out applying the same procedure without essential oil (dpph + methanol) and the absorbance was recorded as a (control). ascorbic acid was used as a standard antioxidant for comparison. the free radical scavenging activities of each essential oil were then calculated as percentage inhibition according to the following equation: % 𝐼 = acontrol − asample acontrol × 100 results the physical properties and percentage yields of the volatile oils obtained from m. citrifolia and b. vulgaris leaves are presented in table 1. forty five compounds representing 94.31 % of the total percentage compositions were identified in the leaf essential oil of m. citrifolia (figure 2). the most abundant compounds are 14-beta-h-pregna(33.13%), 1-hexacosane (11.11%), heneicosane (7.90%) and tricosane (7.17%). the constituents of the oil were mainly non-terpenoids: hydrocarbon (43.67%), steroids (33.13%), alcohols, esters and fatty acids (9.26%) while the terpenes present are monoterpene (0.40%), diterpene (6.05%) and triterpene (1.28%) table 2. forty eight compounds representing 74.18% of the total oil composition were identified in the leaf oil of b. vulgaris (figure 3). the dominant compounds are phytol (24.20 %), 1, 3-dimethylbenzene (14.84%) and neophytadiene (6.13%). the major class of compounds identified are diterpene alcohol (24.20) and aromatic compounds (18.70%) table 3. some similarities of the ethnomedicinal uses of the two plants could be related to the presence of compounds such as phytol, neophytadiene, mesitylene, 3-hexanol, decane, docosane, tetracosane, eicosane and heneicosane which were identified in the essential oils of both plants. the gc-ms chromatograms of the essential oils are given in figures 2 and 3. the antioxidant activity of the essential oils of the leaves of m. citrifolia and b. vulgaris are presented in tables 4 and 5. the dpph scavenging ability of the essential oils was compared with ascorbic acid a known standard antioxidant. onanuga & okpala – chemical compositions and antioxidant activity of … 163 figure 2. the gc-ms chromatogram of the leaf essential oil of m. citrifolia. figure 3. the gc-ms chromatogram of the leaf essential oil of b. vulgaris. 164 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 161-167 table 1. physical properties and yields of essential oils from m. citrifolia and b. vulgaris leaves. plant weight of leaf sample (g) weight of oil obtained (g) % (w/w) yield of the oil obtained physical properties morinda citrifolia l. 200 1.2 0.6 colourless, herbaceous beta vulgaris l. 200 0.8 0.4 colourless; leafy and aromatic odour table 2. chemical compositions of m. citrifolia essential oils. s/n rt (min) chemical constituents % composition class of compound 1 3.260 3-hexanol 0.14 alcohol 2 3.325 6-methyl-2-heptanol 0.25 alcohol 3 3.800 ethyl-cyclohexane 0.15 cycloalkane 4 4.124 2-hexenal 0.24 aldehyde 5 4.189 3-hexen-1-ol (z) 4.66 alcohol 6 4.357 2-hexen-1-ol (e) 0.77 alcohol 7 4.394 1-hexanol 0.74 alcohol 8 4.465 3-methylene-1-vinyl-1-cyclopentene 0.25 cycloalkane 9 4.902 2-heptanol 1.20 alcohol 10 5.858 2-hexanol 0.22 alcohol 11 6.204 1-octen-3-ol 0.35 alcohol 12 6.415 mesitylene 0.13 aromatic 13 6.534 decane 0.11 alkane 14 6.663 3-hexen-1-ol, acetate 0.57 ester 15 7.684 benzofuran 0.94 heterocyclic 16 8.133 3-carene 0.12 monoterpene 17 9.235 cinnamaldehyde (e) 0.30 aldehyde 18 9.872 2-methyl-2-nonen-4-one 0.10 ketone 19 10.050 citronellol 0.28 monoterpene 20 10.520 2-decanal (e) 0.15 aldehyde 21 13.502 4-(2,6,6-trimethyl-1-cyclohexen-1-yl 3-buten-2-one 0.19 ketone 22 17.408 neophytadiene 0.66 diterpene 23 17.473 3-octadecene (3e)0.18 alkene 24 17.840 3-eicosene (e) 0.24 alkene 25 18.013 nonadecane 0.13 alkane 26 18.623 n-hexadecanoic acid 0.34 fatty acid 27 18.985 eicosane 1.05 alkane 28 19.093 14-beta-h-pregna 33.13 steroid 29 19.785 1-nonadecene 0.68 alkene 30 19.920 heneicosane 0.85 alkane 31 20.66 phytol 5.39 diterpene 32 20.207 1-heneicosene 0.36 alkene 33 20.325 1-eicosene 1.20 alkene 34 20.482 1-tetracosene 0.62 alkene 35 20.817 docosane 1.69 alkane 36 21.670 tricosane 7.17 alkane 37 21.750 1-hexacosene 11.11 alkene 38 22.491 tetracosane 3.16 alkane 39 23.291 heneicosane 7.90 alkane 40 24.053 hexacosane 3.65 alkene 41 25.317 9-hexacosene 0.53 alkene 42 25.500 octacosane 0.98 alkane 43 25.733 supraene 1.28 triterpene 44 26.186 nonacosane 0.44 alkane 45 27.499 3-ethyl-2,6,10-trimethyl undecane 0.24 alkane total percentage composition 94.31 onanuga & okpala – chemical compositions and antioxidant activity of … 165 table 3. chemical compositions of b. vulgaris essential oils. s/n rt (min) chemical constituents % composition class of compounds 1 3.125 3-hexanone 0.31 ketone 2 3.152 1-ethyl-3-methyl cyclopentane 0.41 cycloalkane 3 3.179 2-hexanone 0.89 ketone 4 3.260 3-hexanol 1.22 alcohol 5 3.250 2,5-dimethyl-1-hepten-4-ol 1.20 unsaturated alcohol 6 3.384 1, 3-dimethyl-transcyclohexane 0.39 cycloalkane 7 3.730 1,2-dimethylcyclohexane 0.33 cycloalkane 8 3.800 ethyl-cyclohexane 0.82 cycloalkane 9 4.081 1,2,4-trimethyl cyclohexane 0.26 cycloalkane 10 4.124 2-hexanal (e)0.60 aldehyde 11 4.243 ethylbenzene 2.57 aromatic 12 4.308 nonane 0.31 alkane 13 4.470 1,3-dimethylbenzene 14.84 aromatic 14 4.659 cis-1-ethyl-3-methyl-cyclohexane 0.13 cycloalkane 15 4.886 nonane 0.18 alkane 16 5.858 2-methyl-3-propyl-trans oxirane 1.30 cyclo ether 17 6.415 mesitylene 0.56 aromatic 18 6.534 decane 0.61 alkane 19 6.885 1-ethyl-3-methyl benzene 0.12 aromatic 20 7.360 1-methyl-3-propylbenzene 0.13 aromatic 21 7.479 1-ethyl-3,5-dimethyl benzene 0.14 aromatic 22 7.895 1,2,4,5-tetramethyl benzene 0.13 aromatic 23 8.203 nonanal 0.12 aldehyde 24 8.754 3-methyl-6-(1-methyl ethyl ) cyclohexene 0.68 cycloalkane 25 9.251 4-acetyl-1-methyl cyclohexene 0.24 cycloalkane 26 9.872 1-cyclopropyl-2-propanone 0.72 cycloketone 27 9.964 1-carboxaldehde, 2,6,6-trimethyl-1cyclohexene 0.33 cycloalkane 28 11.039 tridecane 0.17 alkane 29 12.363 tetradecane 0.15 alkane 30 13.059 6,10-dimethyl, 5,9-undecadien-2-one 0.18 unsaturated ketone 31 13.173 1-[(e)-3-methylbut-1-enyl]cyclohexene 0.32 cycloalkane 32 13.281 1-(1,1-dimethylethyl)4-ethyl benzene 0.21 aromatic 33 13.502 4-(2,6,6trimethyl-1-cyclohexen-1-yl) 3-buten-2-one 1.83 cycloketone 34 13.967 copaene 0.23 alkene 35 14.707 2-methyl-4-(2,6,6, trimethyl-1-cyclohexen-1-yl) 2 butenal 0.16 cycloaldehyde 36 15.922 heptadecane 0.27 alkane 37 17.354 3,7,11,15 tetramethylhexadec-2-ene 1.78 alkene 38 17.408 neophytadiene 6.13 diterpene 39 17.948 1-nonadecene 0.18 alkene 40 19.780 e-15-heptadecanal 0.34 aldehyde 41 19.839 1-octadecene 0.40 alkene 42 19.920 heneicosane 0.29 alkene 43 20.066 phytol 24.20 diterpene 44 20.325 diallylacetal, palmitaldehyde 3.18 aldehyde 45 20.811 docosane 0.87 alkane 46 21.665 eicosane 1.98 alkane 47 22.491 tetracosane 0.68 alkane 48 23.285 3-pentacosene (e) 1.09 alkene total percentage composition 74.18 166 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 161-167 table 4. absorbance values at 517 nm of dpph method of antioxidant assay. conc. (mg/ml) m. citrifolia b. vulgaris asc. acid 100 0.251 ± 0.003 0.102 ± 0.004 0.081 ± 0.003 50 0.270 ± 0.002 0.106 ± 0.007 0.097 ± 0.004 25 0.280 ± 0.013 0.116 ± 0.007 0.105 ± 0.009 12.5 0.312 ± 0.005 0.123 ± 0.005 0.127 ± 0.005 6.25 0.339 ± 0.010 0.133 ± 0.005 0.130 ± 0.010 absorbance values in mean ± standard error; asc.acid = ascorbic acid at 517nm; ± standard deviation for measurement, absorbance of control =3.010±0.005 table 5. percentage inhibition calculated from dpph method of antioxidant assay. conc. (mg/ml) m. citrifolia b. vulgaris asc. acid 100 91.66 96.61 97.31 50 91.02 96.48 96.78 25 90.69 96.15 96.51 12.5 89.63 96.91 95.78 6.25 88.74 95.58 95.68 discussion methyl hexanoate, methyl octanoate, ethyl octanoate and methyl 4 e-decanoate have been reported in the volatile oil of m. citrifolia fruit, they are found to contain flavonoids as the major phytochemicals (pino et al., 2010). 14-b-h-pregna, a steroid considered to be a sex pheromone specific to males, and also a defensive chemical with diabetic retinopathy prevention and treatment effects. the presence of 14-b-h-pregna has been reported in the essential oils from different parts of some plants, including scutellaria plants, urginea indica kunth, allium rotundum, gundelia tournefortii l (farhang et al., 2016). citrus limon (akhila et al., 2015). dehpour et al.2012 reported that 14-b-h-pregna was the major compound in the essential oil of lower allium rotundum which displayed antibacterial activity. neophytadiene is a good analgesic, antimicrobial, antipyretic, antioxidant and anti-inflammatory compound (venkata et al., 2012). phytol, known to exhibit antioxidant and antinociceptive effects is a precursor of synthetic vitamins e and k and is cytotoxic against breast cancer cell lines (mcf7) (casuga et al., 2016; sermakkani and thangapandian, 2012). the measured absorbance values and calculated percentage inhibition show that the antioxidant activity of the two essential oils and standard (ascorbic acid) is concentration dependant. from the results, the % inhibition of the essential oils of both plants exhibited good scavenging ability on dpph radical which were comparable to ascorbic acid at all concentrations (1006.25 mg/ml) investigated. conclusions analysis of the essential oils of m. citrifolia and b. vulgaris leaves showed that they contained different major constituents. the major constituent of m. citrifolia leaves essential oil were steroids: 14-beta-h-pregna (33.13%) and 1-hexacosane (11.11%), while the dominant compounds identified in b. vulgaris were phytol (24.20 %) and 1,3-dimethylbenzene (14.84%. these major constituents of both oils have been reported to possess similar properties such as antibacterial, antioxidant and antinociceptive. most of the chemical compounds identified from the essential oils of m. citrifolia and b. vulgaris were biologically active compounds and the essential oils exhibited good scavenging ability at all concentrations investigated. the plants’ parts could be a source of drug development for oxidative diseases. competing interests: a. o. onanuga and e. o. okpala declare that they have no competing interests. acknowledgements: the authors are grateful to the university of ibadan, nigeria for providing the laboratory space and facilities for the extraction and antioxidant analysis of the essential oils. references akhila s, bindu a, bindu k. (2015). phytochemical and pharmacological evaluation of citrus limon pell. world j. pharm. pharma. sci. 4(3):1128-135. algenstaedt, p, stumpenhagen, a, westendorf, j. (2018). the effect of morinda citrifolia l. fruit juice on the blood sugar level and other serum parameters in patients with diabetes type 2. evi. compl. alt. med. 3565427:10 arunachalam, v. (2018). morinda citrifolia l. (rubiaceae): a multipurpose tree for coastal ecosystems and its variability in konkan region of india. genetic resources and crop evolution, 65(6):1751-1765. british pharmacoepia. (1980). london: h. m., stationary office, pa. pp. 109. casuga, f., a. castillo, a., corpuz, m. (2016). gc–ms analysis of bioactive compounds present in different extracts of an endemic plant broussonetia luzonica (blanco) (moraceae) leaves asian pac. j. trop. biomed. 6, 957-961. dehpour a.a., yousefian m., kelarijani s.j., koshmoo, m., mirzanegad s., mahdavi, v. (2012). antibacterial activity and composition of essential oils of flower allium rotundum. adv. env. bio. 6(3):1020-1025. deng s, west bj, palu ak, jensen cj. (2012). phytochemical, antioxidant and toxicological investigation of morinda citrifolia l. blossoms, anal chem. 2012:1-5. farhang, hr, vahabi, mr, allafchian, ar. (2016). chemical compositions of the essential oil of gundelia tournefortii l.(asteraceae) from central zagros, iran. j. herbal drugs. 6(4):227-233. guldiken b, toydemir g, memis kn, okur s, boyacioglu d, et al. (2016). home-processed red beetroot (beta vulgaris l.) https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc4926392/ https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc4926392/ https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc4926392/ https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc4926392/ onanuga & okpala – chemical compositions and antioxidant activity of … 167 products: changes in antioxidant properties and bioaccessibility. int. j. mol. sci. 17: 858. okpala, eo, onocha, pa, ali, ms, zikr-ur-rehmen s, lateef, m. (2021). zenkeramide: a new iso-benzofuranone propanamide and urease inhibitory constituents of celtis zenkeri engl stem bark (ulmaceae) nat. prod.res.1-6. doi:10.1080/14786419.2021.19546443. okpala, e., onocha, p., ali, m. (2022). antioxidant activity of phytol dominated stem bark and leaf essential oils of celtis zenkeri engl., trends in phytochemical research, 6(2), 137144. doi:10.30495/tpr.2022.1952985.1246 onanuga ao, oloyede gk. (2021). two new biologically active steroids from costus lucanusianus (costaceae) steroids (175) 108913. pino ja, eliosbel m, clara eq, déborah c. (2010). volatile compounds in noni (morinda citrifolia l.) at two ripening stages. ciênc. tecnol. aliment. 30(1):183-87. sermakkani m., thangapandian, v. (2012). gc-ms analysis of cassia italica leaf methanol extract. asian j. pharm. clin. res., 5, 90-94. venkata, rb, samuel la, pardha sm. (2012). antibacterial, antioxidant activity and gc-ms analysis of eupatorium odoratum. asian j. pharma. clin. res. 5(2) 99-106. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc4926392/ https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc4926392/ https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc4926392/ this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn: 2089-6514 volume 3, number 2, 2014 | pages: 65-67 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2014.32.65-67 the antidepressant effects of (arcangelisia flava (l.) merr) water-soluble extract in balb-c mice reviewed from immobility time by forced tiara a.1, arief r.h.2* and sudarsono3 1faculty of pharmacy; 2department of pharmacology; 3department of pharmaceutical biology, ugm, indonesia author correspondency*: ar_hakim2000@yahoo.com abstract this study was conducted to examine / determine the antidepressant effects of (arcangelisiaflava l.) on immobility time of the white male mice strain balb-c by the forced swim test method. the method of research using laboratory animals such as 25 micewas divided into 5 groups. as a negative control group was only given distilled water ad libitum. amitryptiline was used as the positive control group; the experiment group was a water-soluble extract of a.flava by multiple doses. the results showed that the best antidepressant effects were 312 mg/kg bw; it had a minimum of immobility time compared with the other groups. keywords: acangelisiaflava, berberine, immobility time, antidepressants introduction depression is usually as a public problem. world health organi-zation (who) in 2001 stated that depression was the fourth most commonbasic problem in the world. symptoms of depression that appears in the form of complaints related to mood (e.g depressed, sad, despair) to make a diagnosis of depression can be easily enforced, but when psychomotor and somatic complaints that appear frequently undiagnosed depression (amir, 2005). therapy for depression people are medications that can improve mood, better known as antidepressant drugs (grollman, 1972).antidepressant are drugs which can improve depressive symptoms. antidepressant can be classified as desipramine type; imipramine type; amytriptylin type. this antidepressant drug has the side effects of these drugs are : due to anticholinergic properties i.e dry mouth; accommodation disorders, constipation (mutschler, 1995), the development of local wisdom e.g. the people of west sulawesi were using hot water soluble extract of archangelisiaflava l. merr for their gastrointestinal problem (diarrhoea). according to their experience in using hot water soluble of a.flavastem, could be work for the treatment of their problem. according to some references, one of the constituent of a.flava stem are a group of berberine derivative alkaloid (siwon, 1982). this alkaloid berberine chloride is as one of the specific active constituent that active against shigella sp. in vitro and in vivo (larisu, 2010). in this research of interest was to examine, that berberine chloride constituent of the hot water soluble extract of a.flava, had an anti-depressant effect in vivo in mice. the active constituent of the a.flavais composed of alkaloid berberine, jatrorrhizin, palmatin and kolumbamin (keawpradub et al., 2005). from the research, it was known that berberinechloride was an isoquinolinealkaloid group found in a.flava. the group of isoquinolin alkaloid had many pharmacological activities, namely as an antihypertensive, anti-inflammatory, antidepressant, anticancer, antimicrobial, hypolipidemic, hepatoprotective and antidiabetic (singh et al., 2010). n a b c d + 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 r1 r2 r3 r4 r5 r1 r2 r3 r4 r5 berberine o-ch2-o och3 och3 h jatrorrhizine och3 och3 och3 hoh palmatine och3 och3 och3 och3 h figure 1. berberinederivative (siwon, 1982). materials and method plant material a.flava (“kayukuning”) was obtained from sorong, west papua, irian jaya. this experimental plants was identified by mr.jokosantosom.si and voucher specimen was found at the department of pharmaceutical biology faculty of pharmacy ugm. 66 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 3 (2), 2014: 65-67 figure 2. i. a.flava stem; ii. a.flava powder. animals male white mice balb-c strain 2-3 months old, weighing 30-45 grams were used in the present study. the minimum number of animals and duration of observations required to obtain consistent the data were employed. amitriptiline tablets was obtained from “kosudgama” drugstore ugm, was used as a positive control. the dose of the water-soluble extract containing berberine chloride of a.flava based on empirical dose by the local people, while the administration of one dose amitriptiline based on usage which was then converted to the test animals dose. qualitative and quantitative analize of plant material qualitative – quantitative analyze of berberine chloride were done by thin layer chromato-graphy 5 μl.extractand reference standard berberine chloride was spotted on silica gel 60 f254 each. mobile phase was a mixture of nbutanol-acetic acid and water (3:1:1 v/v/v). the spot visualization were uv254 and uv366 separated spots was scanned between 200 – 700 nm. the quantification was done by the use basic stock for 5 mg/ml.stock solution of test solution was 5 mg/ml and the several concentration of berberine chloride in ethanol with in 250; 200; 100; 50; dan 25 μg/ml. preparation of water soluble extract the extraction was done by hot water extraction method (infundation) 3,12%. 3,12gram stem powderand 100 ml aquadest for 15 minutes at 90oc.there was 100 ml filtrate. figure 3. preparation of water soluble extract. qualitative and quantitative analyze thin layer chromatography method, was used to analyze the constituents of this extract. quantitative analyze of the alkaloids constiturnts has done by tlc-scanner 5 μlextract was spotted on the tlc plate silica gel 60 f254 ; mobile phase was n-butanol-acetic acid-water (3:1:1 v/v/v) for 8 cm;visible light, uv254 nm, uv366 nm were used for spot detection. scanningwas done by 200-700 nm. pharmacological treatments forced swim test (fst) can be used as a sign of antidepressants effect. mice were divided into 5 groups, with the control group 2 positive control (+) and negative control (-) and 3 treatment groups (p1, p2, and p3). mice were adapted to feeding ad libitum for 1 week.after the mice were created stress by forcible allow to swim as in the forced swim test procedures on the first day up until the 14th day. then from day 15 to day 28, every day is oral, positive control group (+) was given po at a dose of amitriptyline were 3.25 mg / kg, negative control group (-) were given a placebo in the form of distilled water, groups p1, p2 and p3 were each given a stock solution in test p.o. at a dose of 78, 156, and 312. on day 29, all groups treated with the forced swim (forced swim test) for 6 minutes and measured the immobility time. 100 75 67 50 25 0 tiara a., et al. – the antidepressant effects of (arcangelisia flava (l.) merr) water-soluble extract … 67 im m ob ili ty ti m e (d et ik ) ekstrak (mg/kgbb) statistical analysis all results were expressed as mean ± sd. data were analyzed by one-way anova followed by scheffe's multiple range test. the criterion for statistical significance was p≤ 0.05. all statistical analyses were carried out by using spss for windows (spss inc.). results effect of water-soluble containing berberine chloride extract of a.flava in accordance with the forced swim test results of the testing solution, the results of immobility time in the p3 group was the shortest namely 128.6 ± 44.8 seconds and a negative control with an average immobility time later than the 213.6 ± 43.6 seconds. based on the results of the anova analysis found a significant difference only in the p3 group (water-soluble extract of a.flava stem with a dose of 312 mg/kgbw) compared to the negative control group (distilled water). this indicates that the water-soluble containing berberine chloride extract of a.flavawith a dose of 312 mg/kgbwhad an effect as as an antidepressant. figure 4. influence of water-soluble containing berberin chloride extract vs the immobility time in mice. * = significantly different from the negative control (p ≤ 0.05). conclusion the results showed that the water-soluble extract of a.flava at a dose of 312 mg/kgbw were able to give antidepressants effect on white mice balb-c strain in terms of immobility time in the forced swim test method. as a suggestion research needs to be done the same with the number of animals per group and using comparative more pure and more detailed observation so as to give the best results. references amir, n.a. 2005.depresi: aspek neurobiology diagnosis dan tatalaksana. penerbit fkui. jakarta. grollman, a. 1972.pharmacology and therapy of depression. the american journal of psychiatry.113:950. kametani, t. 1969. the chemistry of the isoquinoline alkaloids. hirokawa publishing company. tokyo. 109-111. larisu, m. a. 2011. kajian ilmiah air rebusan batang katola (arcangelisia flava (l) merr) obat tradisional diare berdarah masyarakat kabupaten muna sulawesi tenggara. tesis. program pascasarjana fakultas farmasi universitas gadjah mada. mutschler e., darendorf h., 1995, drug action, medpharm scientific publisher, stuttgart, p.126-128 peng, w.h., lo, k.l., lee, y.h.,hung, t.h., lin, y.c. 2007. berberine produces antidepressant-like effects in the forced swim test and in the tail suspension test in mice. journal of life sciences. 933-938. porsolt, r.d., bertin, a., jalfre, m., 1977. behavioral despair in mice: a primary screening test for antidepressants. archives internationales de pharmacodynamieet de therapie. 229, 327– 336. porsolt r.d, le pinchon m, jalfre, m. 1977. depression: a new animal model sensitive to antidepressant treatments. nature. perancis.730-732. singh, a., duggal, s., kaur, n., singh, j. 2010.berberin: alkaloid with wide spectrum of pharmacological activities. journal of natural product.3:64-75. siwon, 1982, apharmacognostical study of some indonesian plants of the family menispermaceae, dissertation, p.73., drukkerij j.h., pasmans b.v,’s-gravenhaage world health organization. 2011. depression. http://www.who.int/en/ diakses juni 2013. zomkowski, a.d.e., rosa, a.o., lin, j., santos, a.r.s., calixto, j.b., rodrigues, a.l.s., 2004. evidence for serotonin receptor subtypes involvement in agmatine antidepressant-like effect in the mouse forced swimming test. brain research 1023.253– 263. content_v3n2_4.pdf (p.1-3) blank_kosong.pdf (p.4) biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 11, number 2, october 2022 | pages: 111-118 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2022.112.111-118 issn 2540-9328 (online) phytochemical compositions and antioxidant properties of combined funtumia africana and abutilon mauritianum extract (cfae) robert ikechukwu uroko1,*, charles nnanna chukwu1, chinomso friday aaron2, umezurike benedict chidozie3, doris akachukwu1, ndukwe onyeani atuh1 1department of biochemistry, college of natural sciences, michael okpara university of agriculture, umudike, p.m.b. 7267, umuahia, abia state, nigeria. 2department of biochemistry, faculty of biological and physical sciences, abia state university, uturu, nigeria. 3department of public health, gregory university uturu, abia state, nigeria. corresponding author* ir.uroko@mouau.edu.ng manuscript received: 05 june, 2022. revision accepted: 18 july, 2022. published: 31 july, 2022. abstract medically active compounds in plants confer biological effects including antioxidant properties. this study evaluated the phytochemical content and in vitro antioxidant properties of combined funtumia africana leaves and abutilon mauritianum extract (cfae). the 1,1diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazyl (dpph), ferric reducing antioxidant power (frap), thiobarbituric acid reactive substances (tbars), total antioxidant capacity (tac), and nitric oxide radical (no.) scavenging capabilities were used as antioxidant assay models. the results of the phytochemical analysis showed that cfae is rich in alkaloids, flavonoids, tannins, saponins, phenols and cardiac glycosides. the extract contains antioxidant vitamins a, c and e, vitamin e being the most abundant. the cfae showed a dose-dependent tac based on the observed frap, tbars, and dpph scavenging activity which could be attributed to the presence of phenolic compounds and vitamins e. these strongly suggest that cfae is a potential source of phytochemicals and antioxidants which could be exploited in the food and pharmaceutical industries in production of potent nutraceuticals or therapeutically-important products. keywords: abutilon mauritianum; antioxidant activity; antioxidant vitamins; funtumia africana; free radicals; phytochemicals. abbreviations: dpph = 1-diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazyl, frap = ferric reducing antioxidant power, tbars = thiobarbituric acid reactive substances, tac = total antioxidant capacity, no = nitric oxide radical, cfae = combined funtumia africana leaves and abutilon mauritianum extract. introduction medicinal plants are the bio-resource of many drugs and are used in modern medicine as well as food supplements and pharmaceutical intermediates (ahn, 2017). medicinal plants contain a wide range of natural products known as phytochemicals, which are compounds manufactured by plants via major or minor metabolism (molyneux et al., 2007). plant-based natural products have played an important role in drug discovery and were the basis of most early medicines. these phytochemicals including saponins, flavonoids, alkaloids, polyphenols, terpenes, tannins etc. generally possess potent biological activities which play important roles in growth of plants or defence against pathogens or predators (molyneux et al., 2007). also, they serve as sources of therapeutic agents used in the management of several ailments because of their antimicrobial, anticancer and antioxidant effects (riganti et al., 2011). hence, antioxidants play a vital role in the defence system of the body against harmful oxygen species. in addition to the application of natural products such as drug, they also contribute significantly towards nutraceuticals as well as ingredients for food products. in recent times, the search for safer natural products and more potent antioxidants have necessitated the need to harness plant parts which are capable of producing potent secondary metabolites (phytochemicals) to replace synthetic antioxidants. several reports have denoted the antioxidant effects in vitro, of phytoconstituents in biological systems (papuc et al., 2017,). on the other hand, the need for improved therapeutic effects may warrant the combination of plant extracts due to synergistic properties. this concept is found in ayurveda and medicinal systems where more than one herb in a precise proportion could be used in the management of many ailments (aslam et al., 2014). funtumia africana (family = apocynaceae) is a flowering plant native to africa with narrow crown and can grow up to 30 metres tall. the slender, cylindrical stem can be up to 50 cm in diameter (burkil, 2014). funtumia africana is harvested from remote areas for indigenous use as a medication and source of materials. https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2022.112.111-118 112 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 111-118 it is used by african natives to treat fever, inflammation, burns, malaria, cancer and urinary incontinence (burkil, 2014). abutilon mauritianum (family = malvacedae) is also a widely used plant in traditional african medicine. the plant is extensively dispersed in the drier regions of african tropics and widely used for its edible leaves and medicinal properties (ruffo et al., 2012). the root, stem, bark and leaves are utilized in the management of several maladies including kidney problems, diarrhoea, dysentery, haemorrhoids, stomach-ache, fire burns, sore throat, cough and cold (ruffo et al., 2012; burkil, 2014). therefore, this research evaluated the phytochemical constituents and in-vitro antioxidant properties of a combined extract of f. africana leaves and a. mauritianum stem bark (cfae). materials and methods collection and identification of plant material fresh samples of f. africana leaves and a. mauritianum stem bark were collected from the botanical gardens at michael okpara university of agriculture, umudike and identified at the herbarium unit of the department of forestry in the same institution with specimen voucher number 2694-5 (acuss 1899) and jones fhi 13749 respectively. preparation of plant materials the samples were washed with clean water and later dried under shade at room temperature for thirteen days. they were ground into fine powder, weighed and then stored in a dry, clean, sterile container for subsequent extraction. extraction of plant materials five hundred gram (800 g) of the finely ground f. africana leaves and a. mauritianum barks (1:1) was soaked in 2 l of ethanol for 72 hours in a sterile vessel. it was filtered, first with a mesh cloth, and later with a whatman no.1 filter paper. the filtrate was concentrated in a water bath (50℃) and allowed to evaporate completely. the evaporated extract was weighed and the percentage yield was calculated. the extraction of 800 g of cfae gave a percentage yield of 22.7% (113.5 g). the obtained combined extract (cfae) was covered with aluminium paper foil and stored in the refrigerator (4℃) for further analyses. qualitative phytochemical analysis the presence of phytochemicals including alkaloids, flavonoids, saponins, tannins, terpenoids, cardiac glycosides, and steroids were screened according to the methods of harborne (1998). quantitative determination of phytochemicals alkaloid and flavonoid contents were determined quantitatively as per the protocols outlined by harborne (1998). phenol, saponin and terpenoid contents were quantified using the methods of harborne (1984), while tannin, cardiac glycoside and steroid contents of the extract were evaluated as stated by the method of pearson (1976). determination of antioxidant vitamins vitamins a (retinol), c (ascorbic acid) and e (αtocopherol) contents were determined utilizing the protocols of pearson (1976). their concentrations were extrapolated from the respective standard curves. determination of 1,1-diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazyl (dpph) radical-scavenging activity scavenging activity on dpph free radicals was assessed according to the method of gyamfi et al. (1999) with slight modifications. exactly 2.0 ml of extract was mixed with 1.0 ml of methanol and 0.3 mm dpph in a dilute 2-fold solution. the mixture was shaken vigorously to prevent it from freezing and left for 25 minutes in the dark. the absorbance of the reaction mixture was measured at 520 nm against each blank. % scavenging activity = 100 − (abssample − absblank) (abs control) 𝑥 100 determination of nitric oxide radical (no) scavenging activity nitric oxide was measured according to the protocol of marcocci et al. (1994). reaction mixtures containing nitroprusside (5 mm) and the plant extract were incubated at 25℃ for up to 180 minutes in front of a polychromatic light source. the no radical generated, interacted with oxygen to yield no2 which was then analysed at 30-minutes intervals by mixing an equivalent volume (1.0 ml) of greiss reagent and incubation mixture. the absorbance was measured at 546 nm. determination of ferric reducing antioxidant power (frap) the frap of the extract was determined according to the protocol of yen and chen (1995) with little alteration. exactly 0.3 ml of plant extract, ascorbic acid and rutin which were prepared in distilled water, was mixed with a reacting mixture [(25 ml of phosphate buffer and 2.5 ml of kfe(cn)]. the resultant mix was incubated at 500c for 20 minutes followed by adding of tca (2.5 ml, 10% w/v) and then incubated at 25℃ for 15 minutes. absorbance was measured at 700nm against the blank. determination of total antioxidant content (tac) the tac was determined using the phosphomolybdate method earlier reported by el-hashash et al. (2010). exactly 1.0 ml aliquot of the extract and vitamin c was mixed with 1 ml of reagent solution (600 mm h2so4, 25 mm na2(po)4 and 4 mm ammonium molybdate – uroko et al. – nutraceutical properties of combined funtumia africana and abutilon mauritianum extract 113 1:1:1). the test tubes were incubated at 95℃ for 90 minutes and cooled. absorbance was read at 765 nm against a blank. ascorbic acid served as the reference. 𝑇𝐴𝐶(%) = 𝐴𝑜 − 𝐴𝑠 𝐴𝑜 𝑥 100 𝐴𝑜 = absorbance of control; 𝐴𝑠 = absorbance of extract determination of thiobarbituric acid reactive substances (tbars) activity the tbars activity was determined according to the method of banerjee et al. (2005) where egg yolk homogenates served as a lipid-rich media. exactly 0.5 ml of egg homogenate and 100 ml of sample were added to all test tubes and made up to 1.0 ml with distilled water. thereafter, 50 ml of feso4 (0.075 m) and 20 ml of lascorbic acid (0.1 m) were introduced and incubated for 60 minutes (37℃) to induce lipid peroxidation. afterwards, 0.2 ml of edta and 1.5 ml tba reagent were added to the respective samples and heated for a 15 minutes at 100℃. after cooling, samples were centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 10 minutes. percentage inhibition(%) = 𝐴𝑜 − 𝐴𝑠 𝐴𝑜 𝑥 100 𝐴𝑜 = absorbance of control, 𝐴𝑠 = absorbance of sample. data analysis the data obtained were subjected to one-way analysis of variance (anova) with a statistical products and service solution (spss) version 22 and the statistical significance ascertained at p<0.05. results were presented as mean ± standard deviation (n =3). results and discussion qualitative phytochemical composition of cfae the qualitative phytochemical analysis of cfae (table 1) showed that tannins, phenolics, steroids and terpenoids are the most abundant phytochemicals in the extract. flavonoids were present in moderate amount, while glycosides and saponins were the least present. table 1. qualitative phytochemical composition of cfae. key: + = low concentration; ++ = moderate concentration; +++ = high concentration quantitative phytochemical composition of cfae the result of the quantitative phytochemical analysis of cfae (table 2) showed very high concentrations of alkaloids (3547.46±17.54 mg/100g), total phenolics (1398.42±15.72 mg/100g), and terpenoids (1528.01±0.58 mg/100g). tannins, flavonoids and steroids were present in moderate amounts while glycosides and saponins were present in minute concentrations. table 2. quantitative phytochemical composition of cfae. phytochemicals concentration (mg/100 g) glycoside 3.33 ± 0.77 alkaloids 3547.46 ± 17.54 saponins 5.74 ± 0.01 tannins 128.42 ± 1.79 total phenols 1398.42 ± 15.72 flavonoids 147.25 ± 4.58 steroids 131.13 ± 0.73 terpenoids 1528.01 ± 0.58 values are mean ± standard deviation of triplicate determinations (n = 3). antioxidant vitamin composition of cfae as shown in table 3, cfae contains antioxidant vitamins a, c and e. vitamin e was present in high concentration while vitamins a and c were present in relatively low amounts. table 3. composition of antioxidant vitamins of cfae. vitamins concentration vitamins a (µg/g) 5.52 ± 0.11 ascorbic acid (mg/100 g) 3.76 ± 0.28 vitamin e (mg/100 g) 113.48 ± 3.97 values are mean ± standard deviation of triplicate determinations (n = 3). tbars free radical scavenging activity of cfae the data in figure 1 show tbars free radical scavenging activity of cfae and an antioxidant standard, butylated hydroxytoluene (bht). a dosedependent increase in tbars activity was observed for the cfae. however, the extract showed considerable lower activity at lower concentrations (7.81µg/ml and 15.63µg/ml) when compared with the bht standard. increase in concentration of the extract led to increase in scavenging activity. the half maximal effective concentration (ec50) of the extract for tbars was 73.86±1.22 µg/ml, while that of bht standard was 40.75±0.92 µg/ml. phytochemicals composition glycoside + tannins +++ flavonoids ++ total phenolic +++ steroids +++ terpenoids +++ saponins + alkaloids ++ 114 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 111-118 figure 1. tbars radical scavenging activity of cfae. dpph free radical scavenging activity of cfae as shown in figure 2, a dose-dependent increase in dpph inhibition was observed for cfae, whereas the dpph inhibition for ascorbic acid remained constant regardless of concentration. the extract showed considerably lower dpph inhibition at lower concentrations when compared with that of ascorbic acid. increase in concentration of the extract led to increase in mean percentage dpph inhibition. the ec50 of the extract and ascorbic acid for dpph were 49±0.08 and 34.07±0.20 µg/ml respectively. figure 2. dpph radical scavenging activity of cfae. ferric reducing antioxidant power (frap) of cfae figure 3 shows the frap of cfae. a dose-dependent increase in frap was observed. the extract showed lower frap at lower concentrations but reached its peak at 640 µg/ml. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 7.81 µg/ml 15.63 µg/ml 31.25 µg/ml 62.5 µg/ml 125 µg/ml 250 µg/ml 500 µg/ml m e a n % i n h ib it io n t b a r s ( % ) concentrations combined extract bht each bar represents mean±standard deviation (n = 3) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 10 µg/ml 20 µg/ml 40 µg/ml 80 µg/ml 160 µg/ml 320 µg/ml 640 µg/ml m e a n d p p h i n h ih ib it io n ( % ) concentration combined extract ascorbic acid each bar represents mean±standard deviation (n = 3) uroko et al. – nutraceutical properties of combined funtumia africana and abutilon mauritianum extract 115 figure 3. ferric reducing antioxidant power (frap) of cfae. total antioxidant capacity (tac) of cfae figure 4 shows the tac of cfae. a dose-dependent decrease in tac was observed. at lower concentrations, the extract showed higher tac which decreased as the concentration increased. figure 4. total antioxidant capacity (tac) of cfae. nitric oxide (no) scavenging activity of cfae the no activity of cfae (figure 5) increased slightly as concentration increased in line with the observed no activity for ascorbic acid. however, the no activity for ascorbic acid begins to decrease at 80 µg/ml concentration and reaches its least activity at 640 µg/ml, whereas that of the extract remained stable. the ec50 of the extract and ascorbic acid for nitric oxide were 54.93±0.28 µg/ml and 23.71±0.56 µg/ml respectively. figure 5. nitric oxide free radical scavenging activity of cfae. 0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 10 µg/ml 20 µg/ml 40 µg/ml 80 µg/ml 160 µg/ml 320 µg/ml 640 µg/ml m e a n f r a p ( g a e ) concentrations each bar represents mean ± standard deviation (n = 3) 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 10 µg/ml 20 µg/ml 40 µg/ml 80 µg/ml 160 µg/ml 320 µg/ml 640 µg/ml m e a n t a c ( a a e ) concentrations each bar represents mean ± standard deviation (n = 3) 0,0 10,0 20,0 30,0 40,0 50,0 60,0 70,0 80,0 90,0 100,0 10 µg/ml 20 µg/ml 40 µg/ml 80 µg/ml 160 µg/ml 320 µg/ml 640 µg/mlm e a n n it ri c o x id e i n h ib it io n ( % ) concentrations combined extract ascorbic acid each bar represents mean ± standard deviation (n = 3) 116 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 111-118 discussion this study was undertaken to evaluate the phytochemical compositions and antioxidant properties of combined extract of f. africana leaves and a. mauritianum stem bark (cfae). therapeutic tendency of plants can be evaluated by performing preliminary qualitative screening to ensure the presence of phytochemicals (batool et al., 2019). in this study, bioactive constituents that confer biologically active effects to cfae were screened and the results confirmed the existence of alkaloids, flavonoids, tannins, glycosides, phenols, steroids, terpenoids, saponins and antioxidant vitamins. the high levels of alkaloids, phenols, flavonoids and terpenoids in this study strongly suggest that cfae could be a potential source of natural products, which could serve as effective free radical scavengers and/or inhibitors; hence could be a good plant-based pharmaceutical product for management of several diseases caused by free radicals. this is in line with several reports which highlighted the therapeutic effects of the above-mentioned phytochemicals (adamski et al., 2020; aloko and bello, 2021). steroids found in plants play critical roles in some ailments including prostate cancer (lubik et al., 2016). the moderate concentration of steroids in the sample could justify its wide use for the formulation of various herbal medicines. tannins had long been thought to be anti-nutritional, but their helpful or anti-nutritional characteristics are now understood to be dependent on their chemical structure and dosage (schiavone et al., 2008). however, consumption of tannin-rich food has been implicated in esophageal cancer (kanzaki et al., 2001) suggesting that tannins might be carcinogenic and hence, the consumption of polyherbal extract containing f. africana leaves and a. mauritanum stem barks should be monitored. plant-based vitamins including a, c and e are potent antioxidants present in varying amounts in plants. these vitamins are of great impact to human health. they are essential for metabolism because of their redox chemistry and role as enzymatic cofactors (asensifabado and munne-bosch, 2010). the high level of vitamin e in cfae observed in this study could have contributed to its free radicals scavenging property. a review had shown antioxidant potentials of african natural products (lawal et al., 2017). validating the presence of antioxidant abilities of plants entails the use of established antioxidant protocols with varying principles, mechanisms and experimental conditions. antioxidants act as radical scavenger by electron donating mechanisms or by hydrogen donating mechanisms – hence preventing the deleterious role of free radicals in different diseases. therefore, to evaluate the antioxidant capacity of cfae, several antioxidant assays were carried out. the extract showed considerable lower tbars activity at lower concentrations when compared with the bht standard, but increased slightly as concentration increased. lipid peroxidation of membranes is one of the early events at the onset of inflammatory response by stimulated polymorphonuclear cells; hence, agents that are capable of averting lipid peroxidation of membranes could potentially serve as appropriate candidate in antiinflammatory drug discovery process (anyasor et al., 2014). the potent scavenging activity exhibited by cfae at increased concentrations could be attributed to the high concentration of phenolics, which confer antioxidant effects possibly by targeting the neutralization of reactive radicals and/or quenching of singlet oxygen. plant phenolics can react with active oxygen radicals like hydroxyl, superoxide anion and lipid peroxy radicals to prevent early lipid oxidation (muanya and odukoya, 2008). the effect of antioxidants on dpph is thought to be due to their hydrogen donating ability (adesegun et al., 2017). free radical scavengers are proton donors that help to mop up excess free radicals (adesegun et al., 2017). ascorbic acid is a potent antioxidant as an electron donor showing free radical scavenging ability; hence, it is commonly used in dpph radical scavenging assay as a reference compound for measuring antioxidant activity. the presence of phenolic compounds could have contributed to the scavenging activity observed. this is in agreement with earlier reports (jimoh et al., 2008), which posit that phenolic constituents of the combined extract contributes to its scavenging ability. presence of phenolics and flavonoids impart the scavenging capabilities to plants, because they are significantly extracted in the polar solvents and hence, donate electron or hydrogen to stabilize dpph free radicals. the development of the o-phenanthroline-fe(2+) complex and its destruction in the presence of chelating drugs is the basis of the frap assay. this test is frequently used to determine the antioxidant capacity of polyphenol-containing foods, drinks, and nutritional supplements (benzie and strain, 1996). a dosedependent increase in frap of cfae was observed (figure 5). the extract showed lower frap at lower concentrations but reached its peak at 640ug/ml. earlier report had shown a direct correlation between antioxidant activity and reducing power, which was attributed to the presence of phenolic compounds (ojewunmi et al., 2013). this present study has revealed that the extract certainly has a proton-donating property and could work as a free radical inhibitor or scavenger, possibly acting as a key antioxidant. due to the fact that plants contain several classes and types of antioxidants, it is imperative to ascertain their cumulative antioxidant capacity of scavenging free radicals (pellegrini et al., 2003). this formed the basis for determining the tac of cfae, which measures the amount of free radicals scavenged by a test solution uroko et al. – nutraceutical properties of combined funtumia africana and abutilon mauritianum extract 117 (ghiselli et al., 2010) and is used to evaluate the antioxidant capacity of biological samples (pinchuk et al., 2012). in the present study cfae showed high tac values at lower concentrations. however, the antioxidant capacities decreased dose-dependently as the concentration of the extract increased. the high antioxidant capacity shown by the extract (especially at lower concentrations) could be attributed to the high content of phenolics (jimoh et al., 2008), which has demonstrated strong antioxidant activities in different models. a positive correlation between total phenolic content and tac was also observed in a related study using f. africana stem barks (frempong et al., 2021). endothelial cells, macrophages, neurons, and other cells create nitric oxide (no), a chemical mediator involved in the regulation of many physiological processes. on the other side, high no levels have been related to a variety of illnesses. in models of inflammatory bowel disease and diabetes mellitus, no inhibitors have been found to reduce inflammation and tissue alterations (aydin et al., 2010). increasing data suggests that oxidative stress and alterations in nitric oxide production or activity are important factors in the development of diabetes problems (maritim et al., 2003). the extract efficiently inhibited the formation of nitric oxide from sodium nitroprusside in the current investigation by competing with oxygen for the reaction with nitric oxide and therefore inhibiting the generation of nitrite anions. the extract showed a slightly lower nitric oxide scavenging activity at lower concentrations than the standard ascorbic acid. however, at higher concentrations, the radical scavenging activity increased considerably as that of the standard decreased. thorough discussion represents the causal effect mainly explains for why and how the results of the research were taken place, and do not only re-express the mentioned results in the form of sentences, not repeat them. concluding sentence should be given at the end of the discussion. conclusions the findings from this study showed that the cfae is a rich source of natural products including; alkaloids, flavonoids, tannins, glycosides, phenols, steroids, terpenoids and saponins, and possesses good antioxidant property which could be attributed to the presence of phenolic compounds and antioxidant vitamins (a, c and e). these findings strongly suggest that their constituents can be used as an easily accessible source of natural antioxidant, which could be exploited in the food and pharmaceutical industries in production of potent nutraceuticals or therapeutically-important products. acknowledgements: the authors expressed profound gratitude to okwor josephat ani for his technical assistance during the conduct of this study. authors’ contributions: uroko ri and ndukwe oa designed the study. uroko ri, akachukwu, aaron cf, umezurike bc, ndukwe oa and chukwu cn carried out the laboratory work. uroko ri analyzed the data. uroko ri and chukwu cn wrote the manuscript. all authors read and approved the final version of the manuscript. competing interests: the authors declare that there are no competing interests. funding: the authors declare no funding. references adamski z, blythe ll, milella l, bufo sa. (2020). biological activities of alkaloids: from toxicology to pharmacology. toxins (basel). 12(4): 210; https://doi.org/10.3390/toxins12040210 adesegun sa, orabueze ci, coker hab. (2017). antimalarial and antioxidant potentials of extract and fractions of aerial part of borreria ocymoides dc (rubiaceae). pharmacognosy journal, 9(4): 534-540. ahn k. (2017). the worldwide trend of using botanical drugs and strategies for developing global drugs. bmb reports, 50(3): 111-116. aloko s, bello mo. (2021). the role of alkaloids in the management of diabetes mellitus. in: chen h., zhang m. (eds) structure and health effects of natural products on diabetes mellitus, springer, singapore. pp. 267-278. anyasor gn, onajobi fd, osilesi o, adebawo o. (2014). proximate composition, mineral content and in vitro antioxidant activity of leaf and stem of costus afer (ginger lily). journal of intercultural ethnopharmacology, 3(3): 128134. asensi-fabado ma, munné-bosch s. (2010). vitamins in plants: occurrence, biosynthesis and antioxidant function. trends in plant science, 15(10): 582-592. aslam ms, ahmad ms, mamat as, ahmad mz, salam f. (2016). an update review on polyherbal formulation: a global perspective. systematic reviews in pharmacy, 7(1): 35-41. aydın a, orhan h, sayal a, özata m, şahin g, işımer a. (2001). oxidative stress and nitric oxide related parameters in type ii diabetes mellitus: effects of glycemic control. clinical biochemistry, 34(1): 65-70. banerjee a, dasgupta n, de b. (2005). in vitro study of antioxidant activity of syzygium cumini fruit. food chemistry, 90(4): 727-733. batool r, khan mr, sajid m, ali s, zahra z. (2019). estimation of phytochemical constituents and in vitro antioxidant potencies of brachychiton populneus (schott and endl.). bmc chemistry, 13(1): 1-15. benzie if, strain jj. (1996). the ferric reducing ability of plasma (frap) as a measure of antioxidant power: the frap assay. analytical biochemistry, 239(1): 70-76. burkil hm. (2014). the useful plants of west tropical africa. bmb reports, 50 (3): 111-116. el-hashash m, abdel-gawad mm, el-sayed mm, sabry wa, abdel-hameed ess, abdel-lateef ees. (2010). antioxidant properties of methanolic extracts of the leaves of seven 118 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 111-118 egyptian cassia species. acta pharmaceutica, 60(3): 361367. frempong tf, badu m, boamah ve, amponsah ik, agbemade b, boateng ra, boadi no. (2021). phenolic content, antioxidant properties and antimicrobial activities of the extracts from funtumia africana and funtumia elastica. chemistry africa, 4 (3): 503-512. ghiselli a, serafini m, natella f, scaccini c. (2000). total antioxidant capacity as a tool to assess redox status: critical view and experimental data. free radical biology and medicine, 29(11): 1106-1114. gyamfi ma, yonamine m, aniya y. (1999). free-radical scavenging action of medicinal herbs from ghana: thonningia sanguinea on experimentally-induced liver injuries. general pharmacology: the vascular system, 32(6): 661-667. harborne jb. (1984). phenolic compounds. in phytochemical methods. springer, dordrecht. pp. 37-99. harborne jb. (1998). textbook of phytochemical methods. a guide to modern techniques of plant analysis. 5th edition, chapman and hall ltd, london. pp. 21-72. jimoh fo, adedapo aa, aliero aa, afolayan aj. (2008). polyphenolic contents and biological activities of rumex ecklonianus. pharmaceutical biology, 46(5): 333-340. kanzaki, s., yonemori, k., sugiura, a., sato, a. and yamada, m. (2001). identification of molecular markers linked to the trait of natural astringency loss of japanese persimmon (diospyros kaki) fruit. journal of the american society for horticultural science, 126(1): 51-55. lawal b, shittu ok, oibiokpa fi, berinyuy eb, mohammed h. (2017). african natural products with potential antioxidants and hepatoprotectives properties: a review. clinical phytoscience, 2(1): 1-66. lubik aa, nouri m, truong s, ghaffari m, adomat hh, corey e, buttyan r. (2017). paracrine sonic hedgehog signaling contributes significantly to acquired steroidogenesis in the prostate tumor microenvironment. international journal of cancer, 140(2): 358-369. marcocci l, maguire jj, droylefaix mt, packer l. (1994). the nitric oxide-scavenging properties of ginkgo biloba extract egb 761. biochemical and biophysical research communications, 201(2): 748-755. maritim, a. c., sanders, a. and watkins iii, j. b. (2003). diabetes, oxidative stress, and antioxidants: a review. journal of biochemical and molecular toxicology, 17(1), 2438. molyneux, r. j., lee, s. t., gardner, d. r., panter, k. e. and james, l. f. (2007). phytochemicals: the good, the bad and the ugly? photochemistry, 68(22-24): 2973-2985. ojewunmi, o, oshodi, t, ogundele, o, chijioke, m, adenekan s. (2013). toxicity screening and in vitro antioxidant activities of aqueous extracts of morinda lucida and saccharum officinarum leaves. https://hdl.handle.net/1807/44808 papuc c, goran gv, predescu cn, nicorescu v, stefan g. (2017). plant polyphenols as antioxidant and antibacterial agents for shelf‐life extension of meat and meat products: classification, structures, sources, and action mechanisms. comprehensive reviews in food science and food safety, 16(6): 1243-1268. pearson d. (1976). the chemical analysis of foods 7th ed. edinburgh london and new york: churchill livingstone, pp. 387-497. pellegrini n, serafini m, colombi b, del rio d, salvatore s, bianchi m, brighenti f. (2003). total antioxidant capacity of plant foods, beverages and oils consumed in italy assessed by three different in vitro assays. journal of nutrition, 133(9): 2812-2819. pinchuk i, shoval h, dotan y, lichtenberg, d. (2012). evaluation of antioxidants: scope, limitations and relevance of assays. chemistry and physics of lipids, 165(6): 638-647. riganti c, campia i, kopecka j, gazzano e, doublier s, aldieri e, ghigo d. (2011). pleiotropic effects of cardioactive glycosides. current medicinal chemistry, 18(6), 872-885. ruffo ck, birnie a, tengnas b. (2002). edible wild plants of tanzania. relma technical handbook series 27. nairobi, kenya: regional land management unit (relma), swedish international development cooperation agency (sida). p. 766. schiavone a, guo k, tassone s, gasco l, hernandez e, denti r, zoccarato i. (2008). effects of a natural extract of chestnut wood on digestibility, performance traits, and nitrogen balance of broiler chicks. poultry science, 87(3), 521-527. yen gc, chen hy. (1995). antioxidant activity of various tea extracts in relation to their antimutagenicity. journal of agricultural and food chemistry, 43(1): 27-32 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn: 2089-6514 volume 4, number 1, 2015 | pages: 1-3 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2015.41.1-3 a simple and practical method for rat epididymal sperm count (rattus norvegicus) muhammad ja’far luthfi biology department, faculty of science and technology, uin sunan kalijaga, jl. marsda adisucipto no 1 yogyakarta 55281, indonesia. tel. +62-274-540971, fax. +62-274-519739 author correspondency: jafarluthfi@yahoo.com abstract sperm sample from epididymal source can be determined its number using minimal amount of equipment. these method will aid researcher and practitioner in sperm quality analysis to determined sperm number rapidly and practically. keywords: sperm quality, sperm number, sperm count, haemocytometer introduction rat is the most widely used testing animal in reproductive biology for several reasons. the rat is an animal model that resembles human physiology. this animal has long been used as test animals in screening a compound to determine the pharmacological effects include mechanisms, distribution, and toxicity (briggs & oehme 1980). the extensive use of the rat in research has led to a relatively complete biological data (golden 2002; white 2001). several methods have been developed for the assessment of male reproductive function. one of the most widely used methods is sperm quality analysis. analysis of sperm quality can give us information about the fertility status of the male genital organ. the purpose of the analysis is to assess the sperm descriptive parameters. usually, the parameters used to predict male fertility are the sperm number/sperm count, sperm morphology and sperm motility. the analysis may show an increase or decrease in the fertility of the animal testing. methodology equipments equipment required in rat sperm motility analysis is as follows:  light microscope  improved neubauer haemocytometer  micropipette  petri dish  surgical scissors  incubator  hand counter sperm sample preparation sperm samples were taken from the cauda epididymis. cauda epididymis were separated as determined by hamilton (1975), then placed in a petri dish, minced and incubated in 15 ml of media biggers, whitten, and whittingham (bww) (biggers et al. 1971) for 30 minutes at 37 ° c in 5% co2 incubator to allow the sperm to swim in the medium bww (swim-up technique). sperm count procedure mount the cover glass on neubauer improved neubauer haemocytometer. interference pattern (> 10 newton's rings/fringes or iridescence lines) should be seen between the glass surface of the area where the glass cover attached to the haemocytometer. too little line/newton's rings shows that the distance between the cover glass and haemocytometer widened, therefore counting chamber volume becomes larger and the counting will be inaccurate. a total of 10 ml sperm suspension were taken from sperm sample preparation, and then inserted into the space between the cover glass and haemocytometer. other counting chamber also filled in the same way. each chamber sould be completely filled. suspension inserted slowly to let the liquid evenly by capillary forces. if a chamber is overfill, it must be discarded and fill a new chamber. removal of the superfluous chamber must not be done since this will change the sperm concentration in the chamber. let haemocytometer 10-15 minutes to allow the sperm settled on counting grid. counting were done with 200x magnification using a light microscope. at counting chamber central area there are 25 large square. each "large squares" is bounded on all sides by a triple line (figure 1). counting performed on all of 25 large squares at each counting chamber. for sperm located on the borderline, only sperm lies on the upper or left line (triple 2 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 4 (1), 2015: 1-3 line) should be count as “belonging” to that square. plot is calculated as the property of the plot. therefore, do not count the sperm that is located on the bottom line or the right line. figure 1. haemacytometer. a. side view (cover glass shown by 1). b. top view. c. one of the counting chambers (one of the 25 large squares shown by 2). approximately 200 sperm in each chamber should be count to minimize standard deviation. if the number of sperm obtained from the count at one counting chamber is less than 150, made of new sperm suspension samples by reducing the volume of bww medium. calculation of cauda epididymal sperm number firstly, the sperm number from both chamber were averaged. secondly, the mean of counted sperm divided by volume within which they were count (volume of 25 large square= 100 nl). the sperm concentration obtained is the number of sperma per nl, whic equals millions of sperm/ml (sperm /10-9 l= sperm x 106/10-3 l). thirdly, to obtain the number of sperm per cauda epididymis, sperm concentration obtained multiplied by the number of bww medium volume used in swim up. example of sperm number calculation 15 ml solution of bww media was added to epididymal sperm sample (swim-up method). counting on one chamber produces 320, whereas in the other counting chamber is obtained 280. both these results are summed and divided by two to get the average, obtained number 300. to obtain the concentration of sperm per nl, average of sperm number of both chamber was divided by 100, to obtain the numbers 3 x 106 sperm per ml of sperm suspension. to obtain the number of sperm per cauda epididymis, sperm concentration (3 x 106 sperm per ml) was multiplied by the volume of bww used to swim up (15 ml) yields: 30 x 106 sperm per cauda epididymis of rat. discussion determination of sperm number is one of the important aspects in the analysis of sperm quality. however, there are so many variations on the method in the aspects of equipment and technical details. various different laboratories using different methods. in this study we use improved neubauer haemocytometer to count sperm number. the method mostly based on the practice and experience of testing of 300 rat samples. the study were done at uin sunan kalijaga yogyakarta and laboratory of zoology faculty of science and technology universiti kebangsaan malaysia (data not shown). sperm count or sperm concentration of the testing species can be determined from a sample of ejaculate, epididymis, or the testes. determination of the caudal epydidimal sperm number usually only use sperm from the cauda (clegg et al., 2001). difference in the sperm number after treatment of materials or drugs may give important clues about the effect of a substance on sperm production (working, 1988). epididymal sperm counts are generally used in toxicology studies to assess the damage to the male reproductive system, or vice versa, to determine the therapeutic effect of a substance. epididymal sperm count reduction indicates a reduction in daily sperm production by the testes, the transport obstacles from the testes to the muhammad ja’far luthfi. – a simple and practical method for rat epididymal sperm count … 3 epididymis, or changes in the epididymal sperm transit time. in general, the determination of epididymal sperm count was performed using haemocytometer (strader et al., 1996). determination of sperm concentration with haemocytometer is the main basis for determining whether a sample categorized as normal, and to predict whether an individual is fertile. counting with haemocytometer has become a standard method for measuring the concentration of sperm (freud & carol, 1964). compared with other methods, haemocytometer is still a better method for determining the sperm number (kuster, 2005). in this study, the amount of bww volume used in a sperm sample dilution is 15 ul. however, this number can be increased or decreased to obtain suitable sperm density. in some cases, it is necessary to add 20 ml bww solution for dilution in order to obtain the ideal sperm density to be calculated (200-400 sperm in a haemocytometer counting chamber). three factors need to be considered to achieve accuracy uisng this method. firstly, we must ensure that the incision of the cauda cauda epididymis was consistent. secondly, the insertion of the sample with a micropipette on each space calculation must be completely filled. thirdly, the room temperature in the determination of sperm numbers should be the same for the entire counting sperm samples. these factors affect the consistency of counting of the sperm number. the strict procedure will ensure the accuracy sperm count. references biggers, j.d., whitten, w.k. &whittingham, d. 1971. the culture of mouse embryos in vitro dlm daniel, j.c. (ed). methods in mammalian embryology. page 86-116. freeman san francisco, ca. briggs, g.b. & oehme, f.w. 1980. toxicology dlm baker, h.j. et al. (ed). the laboratory rat. volume ii. researhapplication. page 104-118. academic press. new york. golden, a.l. 2002. biomarkers of male reproductive health dlm wilson, s.h. & suk, w.a. (ed). biomarkers ofenvironmentally associated disease. technologies, concepts, and perspectives. page 387-410. lewis publisher. new york. hamilton, d.w. 1975. structure, function of the epithelium lining the ductuli efferents, ductus epididymis and ductus deferens in the rat dlm hamilton, d.w. & greep, r.o. (ed). handbook of physiology, section vii, endocrinology, vol.5, male reproductive system. page 259-301. american physiological society, washington d.c. white, w.j. 2001. the use of laboratory animals in toxicologic research dlm hayes a.w. (ed). principlesand methods of toxicology. fourth edition. page 773-775. taylor & francis. philadelphia. content_v4n1_1.pdf (p.1-3) blank_kosong.pdf (p.4) biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 11, number 2, october 2022 | pages: 145-150 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2022.112.145-150 issn 2540-9328 (online) co-existent hypertension with diabetes mellitus exacerbates renal dysfunctions eruore amalaka obore1, jerome ndudi asiwe2,3,*, vincent i. iyawe1, andrew e. edo4 1department of physiology, faculty of basic medical sciences, university of benin, benin-city, nigeria. 2department of physiology, faculty of basic medical sciences, pamo university of medical sciences, port-harcourt, nigeria. 3department of physiology, faculty of basic medical sciences, university of ibadan, ibadan, nigeria. 4department of medicine, faculty of clinical sciences, university of benin, benin-city, nigeria. corresponding author* asiwejerome@yahoo.com manuscript received: 26 july, 2022. revision accepted: 04 august, 2022. published: 15 august, 2022. abstract hypertension as well as diabetes mellitus has been reported to be a major risk factor for deteriorating kidney functions. however, there is paucity of reports on renal functions in a co-existence of hypertension and diabetic condition, hence, this study evaluates renal functions in hypertensive and diabetic co-morbidity. participants were categorised into healthy, hypertension, diabetes and hypertension with diabetes group. blood pressure was measured as well as fasting blood glucose and blood samples were collected from each participant to assay renal function indices. the results showed that there was substantial uraemia as well as a significant reduction glomerular filtration rate in co-morbid hypertension and diabetic patients. fasting blood glucose and mean arterial blood pressure were considerably elevated while creatinine concentration was not significantly altered in comorbid hypertension and diabetic patients. this study revealed that coexistence of hypertension and diabetes mellitus exacerbated renal dysfunction comparatively to hypertension and diabetes mellitus. keywords: hypertension; diabetes mellitus; renal functions; co-morbidity; uraemia. introduction as part of the metabolic syndrome, diabetes mellitus (dm) is characterized by hyperglycemia and/or glucose intolerance as a result of inadequate insulin production, improper insulin action, or both (galicia-garcia et al., 2020). an important factor in the pathogenesis of this disease has been reported to be dysregulations in the regulatory systems for storage and mobilization of metabolic fuels including the catabolism and anabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins resulting from defective insulin secretion, insulin action, or both (gonzalez-gil and elizondo-montemayor 2020). multiple organ failures and increasing metabolic problems such as retinopathy, nephropathy, and/or neuropathy are among the severe symptoms of dm (preguiça et al., 2020). about 171 million individuals worldwide have been diagnosed with dm and its frequency is rising quickly, especially in developed nations (cao et al., 2020). the world health organization (who) predicted that by 2030, the number would have doubled (who, 2006). urbanization and lifestyle changes have been blamed for the rise in diabetes cases in emerging nations, although the processes are still poorly understood (akdis, 2021). it was discovered in a follow-up cross-sectional study of people with diabetes in rivers state (the central part of the niger delta region) that diabetes significantly contributes to the health issue with type 2 diabetics presenting upon diagnosis (maiga et al., 2020). several cardiovascular problems including hypertension, vasculopathy, and congestive heart failure (chf) have been related to diabetes mellitus by a body of research evidence. a chronic medical disorder known as hypertension (htn) is caused by sustained high blood pressure in the arteries (gupta et al., 2021). usually, high blood pressure has no symptoms. however, persistently high blood pressure is a significant risk factor for dementia, atrial fibrillation, peripheral vascular disease, vision loss, chronic renal disease, heart failure and coronary artery disease (panula et al., 2020). systolic and diastolic pressures; the highest and lowest lateral pressures applied to the arterial wall respectively are the two parameters used in clinical blood pressure measurements. most persons' typical resting blood pressure falls within the ranges of 60-80 mmhg diastolic and 100-130 mmhg systolic (balwan and kour, 2021). the majority of persons have high blood pressure if their resting blood pressure is consistently 130/80 or 140/90 mmhg or higher (balwan and kour, 2021). children are subject to different numbers (balwan and kour, 2021). numerous patients have been reported to have both diabetes mellitus and hypertension. nigerians have both diabetes and https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2022.112.145-150 146 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 145-150 hypertension rates of 10 to 15% and 1 to 2% respectively (edeogu et al., 2020). most cases of hypertension in people with type 2 diabetes are caused by essential hypertension (akalu and belsti, 2020). according to studies, patients with diabetes experience hypertension two times more frequently than people without the condition (asiwe et al., 2021a). hypertension is strongly and independently correlated with diabetes incidence (palaiodimos et al., 2020). elevated blood pressure makes diabetic individuals more susceptible to problems such cardiovascular disease, stroke, renal disease, and retinopathy (cardoso et al., 2020). the kidney is a crucial organ for homeostasis and has been linked to both diabetes and hypertension (tinti et al., 2021). chronic kidney disease is frequently detected after an examination of those thought to be at risk for renal problems such as those with high blood pressure and/or diabetes because the symptoms of failing kidney functions are not always clear (asiwe et al 2021b). there are not many researches looking into the connection between diabetes, hypertension, and the onset of renal failure. recent investigations on patients with type 1 and type ii diabetes found a link between dietary salt consumption and diabetic complications (asiwe et al., 2021a). to the best of our knowledge, however, there is a dearth of information in the literature about the kidney's functionality in a condition where diabetes and hypertension are coexisting. as a result, the goal of this current study was to evaluate renal functions in comorbid state of hypertension and diabetes. materials and procedures ethical consideration before starting the study, a formal approval was received from the university of benin teaching hospital's (ubth) ethics and research committee (adm/e22/a/vol.vii/148283) which adhered strictly to the national guideline for research and experimentation (nih publication no. 85-23). criteria for inclusion and exclusion the study excluded participants who are diagnosed within the last three years as well as those who are type i diabetes and also those with other health complications that might add bias to our study study plan a total of 100 willing participants who met the inclusion criteria were recruited for the cross-sectional analytical study from the diabetes and hypertension clinic, outpatient department (opd) of university of benin teaching hospital (ubth), benin, nigeria. they were divided into four groups, each with 25 participants (n=25), consisting of healthy individuals (controls), hypertensive patients (htn), diabetes mellitus patients (dm), and patients with both hypertension and diabetes mellitus (htn/dm). sample collection consented participants were given a set of structured questionnaire in order to get information on their medical history. the blood pressure of the participants was measured using a sphygmomanometer and weight was measure using a weighing scale. the blood samples gotten from the participant were drawn into 5ml edta bottle for fasting blood glucose level check and thereafter centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 5 minutes and the plasma decanted for other assays such as urea and creatinine test. this procedure was carried out early in the morning when the participants had not had their breakfast. measurement of plasma creatinine the alkaline jaffe's picrate assay was used to measure the plasma creatinine level (owen et al., 1954). the jaffe's method for measuring blood creatinine is based on the idea that when creatinine combines with picric acid in an alkaline media, an orange-colored complex with the alkaline picrate is formed. at 490nm, a spectrophotomer measures the complex's absorbance, whose strength is directly proportional to the amount of creatinine present in the sample. plasma urea level determination according to cheesbrough (2005), the plasma urea level was measured using the diacetylmonoxime technique. the diacetylmonoxime method produces a reddish solution whose absorbance is measured at 530nm in a spectrophotomer by reacting urea with diacetylmonoxime at high temperature in an acid medium in the presence of cadmium ions and thiosemicarbazide. calculated creatinine clearance determination using the cockcroft-gault formula, the creatinine clearance, which is nearly identical to the glomerular filtration rate, was calculated (cockcroft and gault, 1976). since plasma creatinine is so strongly influenced by age, sex, and body size, the method takes into account a number of variables that have an impact on the estimation of muscle mass and assumed creatinine generation. creatinine clearance is expressed as follows: creatinine clearance (mol/l) = (140 age) x weight)/ (0.814 x plasma [creatinine]) x (0.85 if patient is female), where creatinine clearance is expressed in milliliters per minute age is expressed in years, weight is expressed in kilograms, and [creatinine] is expressed in micromoles per liter. statistical analysis the results were statistically evaluated using graphpad prism version 8. mean and standard error of the mean obore et al. – co-existent hypertension with diabetes mellitus … 147 were used to express the results. one way analysis of variance (anova) and tukey post hoc test were used to check the data for any significant differences. at p<0.05, mean variation was considered significant. results co-morbidity of hypertension and diabetes mellitus has been reported to be a major risk factor for deteriorating kidney functions. following one-way analysis of variance (anova) and student t-test, we evaluated the renal function indices in patients with hypertension (htn), diabetes mellitus (dm) and co-morbid condition of hypertension and diabetes (htn/dm). there was a significant (p<0.05) elevation of plasma urea [f(3,96)=4.45, p=0.0057] in dm and htn/dm group comparatively to control (fig. 4). also, in htn/dm group, there was a significant (p<0.05) reduction in egfr [f(3,96)=3.08, p=0.0311] comparatively to control (fig. 5). however, plasma concentration of creatinine [f(3,96)=0.537, p=0.6580] was not significantly (p>0.05) altered in any of the groups when compared with control (fig. 3). diabetes mellitus and hypertension was confirmed with a significant (p<0.05) elevation in fasting blood glucose (fbs) [f(3,96)=13.3, p<0.0001] and mean arterial blood pressure (map) [f(3,96)=8.48, p<0.0001] in dm and htn/dm as well as htn, dm and htn/dm respectively when compared to control as shown in figure 1 and figure 2. figure 1. fasting blood glucose. values are represented as mean ±sem, n=25 and *p<0.05 was significant when compared to control while #p<0.05 was significant when compared to hypertension group. htn=hypertension, dm=diabetes mellitus and htn/dm hypertension and diabetes co-morbidity. figure 2. mean arterial blood pressure (map). values are represented as mean ± sem, n=25 and *p<0.05 was significant when compared to control. htn=hypertension, dm=diabetes mellitus and htn/dm hypertension and diabetes co-morbidity. figure 3. plasma creatinine concentration. values are represented as mean ± sem, n=25 and *p>0.05 was not significant when compared to control. htn=hypertension, dm=diabetes mellitus and htn/dm hypertension and diabetes co-morbidity. figure 4. plasma urea concentration. values are represented as mean ± sem, n=25 and *p<0.05 was significant when compared to control. htn=hypertension, dm=diabetes mellitus and htn/dm hypertension and diabetes co-morbidity. 148 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 145-150 figure 5. estimated glomerular filtration rate (egfr). values are represented as mean ± sem, n=25 and *p<0.05 was significant when compared to control. htn=hypertension, dm=diabetes mellitus and htn/dm hypertension and diabetes co-morbidity. discussion there are no specific signs or symptoms of deteriorating kidney functions, however they could include feeling generally unwell and losing appetite. diabetes mellitus has long been known to negatively impact blood pressure, cardiovascular risk and survival. people who are known to be at risk of kidney issues, such as those with high blood pressure and diabetes mellitus, are frequently examined in order to diagnose chronic kidney disease (byrne and targher 2020). this study was conducted to assess renal function in patients with diabetes and hypertension as well as a co-morbid condition of hypertension and diabetes. in this study, patients with diabetes as well as hypertension and diabetes had substantial uraemia. additionally, it was found that diabetic and hypertensive (htn/dm) patient’s egfr dramatically decreased as compared to healthy patients (control group). however, none of the patients' creatinine levels were considerably changed. the possibilities of having renal problem and other complications that involves organ dysfunction increases significantly when diabetes mellitus and hypertension are co-diagnosed. this is especially true if the underlying illnesses are left untreated. deteriorating kidney functions are most frequently caused by diabetes in nigeria (okaka et al., 2020; ibitoba et al., 2022). diabetic and hypertensive patients also have increased prevalence of cardiovascular (cv) risk factors, such as dyslipidemia, microalbuminuria, hyperuricemia, a propensity to clot, and left ventricular hypertrophy (mantovani et al., 2020; sanusi et al., 2020; okonofua et al., 2021). we reported an elevated mean arterial blood pressure in diabetic patients (fig.2) which was consistent with previous reports that vascular consequences of diabetes includes renal disease, coronary heart disease, stroke, peripheral vascular disease, lower extremity amputations as well as retinopathy and these are exacerbated by hypertension (asiwe et al., 2021b). furthermore, our research showed that individuals with both diabetes and hypertension have a 5to 6-fold increased risk of developing renal failure compared to individuals with hypertension alone and no sign of diabetes (fig. 5). although renal failure is a significant consequence for people with diabetes and hypertension, however, cardiovascular disease events account for the majority of deaths (copur et al., 2021). renal failure caused by diabetes and hypertension is becoming more common despite improved knowledge and suggestions for preventive measures put out by many public health organizations. in nigeria, the number of people beginning dialysis has steadily increased over the past 15 years mostly due to diabetes. this could be explained in part by a decrease in cv mortality which has led to a rise in the number of people living long enough to experience deteriorating kidney functions. a second, possibly more significant problem is that patients themselves may not be adhering to prescribed drug regimens as well as caregivers not been adequately able to educate the patients. as a result of these, target blood pressure goals are not met which increases the likelihood of developing renal failure. the general population's rates of controlling hypertension have dropped recently, according to data from the third national health and nutrition examination survey (nhanes iii) (zheutlin et al., 2022). the prevalence of diabetes has continued to climb which is a third factor that contributes to the rising incidence of renal failure (cheng et al., 2020). last but not least, the rise in cv and subsequent renal morbidity in recent years has also been influenced by the rising frequency of heart failure; as a result, even while mortality related to hypertension has declined, morbidity has grown. diabetes often results in hypertension, especially when nephropathy is also present. about 85% of persons with type 2 diabetes mellitus that have nephropathy before needing dialysis or a kidney transplant also have hypertension, which is roughly twice as common in those with type 2 diabetes as in those without it (asiwe et al., 2021). renal failure can be a third limb of a tripod-stand disease condition of hypertension and diabetes because of their common path-biological etiologies. however, to prevent or treat one, the others must be taken into consideration to reduce mortality. conclusion the results of our study reveal that diabetes and hypertension are risk factors for developing renal failure and also hypertension and diabetic co-morbidity exacerbated the deteriorating kidney functions by obore et al. – co-existent hypertension with diabetes mellitus … 149 significantly reducing glomerular filtration rate and increasing plasma urea concentration. however, it is therefore recommended that awareness and enlightenment programs should be encouraged to educate diabetic patients as well as hypertensive patients the need to take their medications serious to avoid renal function complications. acknowledgements: the authors appreciate the technical assistance of mr. obi udogwu, dr peter akpotaire and dr pauline akpe during the data collection and laboratory assay. author contributions: conceptualisation of the study was done by e.a obore and v.i iyawe data collection and laboratory assay was done by e.a obore, a. edo and j.n asiwe. funding was done by e.a obore, v. iyawe and a. edo, writing of the manuscript was done by j.n asiwe and e.a obore. all authors approved the final draft of the manuscript. data availability statement: all data associated with this study are included in this manuscript funding: this study was entirely funded by the authors conflict of interest: the authors declare that they have no conflict of interest. ethical consideration: the approval for this study was granted by the university of benin teaching hospital's (ubth) ethics and research committee with approval number adm/e22/a/vol.vii/148283. consent to participate: participants willingly consented to participate in this study by filling and submitting a written consent form to the authors. consent to publish: all authors approved the submission and publication of this manuscript. references akalu, y, belsti, y, (2020). hypertension and its associated factors among type 2 diabetes mellitus patients at debre tabor general hospital, northwest ethiopia. diabetes, metabolic syndrome and obesity: targets and therapy, 13, 1621. akdis, c. a. (2021). does the epithelial barrier hypothesis explain the increase in allergy, autoimmunity and other chronic conditions?. nature reviews immunology, 21(11), 739-751. asiwe jn, asiwe n, onuh je., (2021a). the effect of high dietary salt consumption on renal function in streptozotocin-induced diabetic male wistar rats. int j nutr sci. 2021;6(4):201-207. doi: 10.30476/ijns.2021.92685.1153. asiwe, j.n, anachuna, k.k, moke, e.g, sanusi, k.o, okonofua, d.e, omeru, o., fasanmade, a.a, (2021b). high dietary salt intake alleviates fasting blood glucose in streptozotocininduced diabetic male wistar rats. thai journal of pharmaceutical sciences. 45 (3): 172-177. balwan, w. k., and kour, s. (2021). a systematic review of hypertension and stress-the silent killers. sch acad j biosci, 6, 150-154. byrne, c.d. and targher, g., (2020). nafld as a driver of chronic kidney disease. journal of hepatology, 72(4); 785801. cao, w., chen, h. d., yu, y. w., li, n., and chen, w. q. (2021). changing profiles of cancer burden worldwide and in china: a secondary analysis of the global cancer statistics 2020. chinese medical journal, 134(07), 783-791. cardoso, c. r., leite, n. c., and salles, g. f. (2020). prognostic importance of visit-to-visit blood pressure variability for micro-and macrovascular outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes: the rio de janeiro type 2 diabetes cohort study. cardiovascular diabetology, 19(1), 1-13. cheesbrough, m. (2005). district laboratory practice in tropical countries, part 2. cambridge university press. cheng, h. t., xu, x., lim, p. s., and hung, k. y. (2021). worldwide epidemiology of diabetes-related end-stage renal disease, 2000–2015. diabetes care, 44(1), 89-97. cockcroft, d. w., and gault, h. (1976). prediction of creatinine clearance from plasma creatinine. nephron, 16(1), 31-41. copur, s., siriopol, d., afsar, b., comert, m.c., uzunkopru, g., sag, a.a., ortiz, a., covic, a., van raalte, d.h., cherney, d.z. and rossing, p., (2021). plasma glycated albumin predicts all-cause mortality in dialysis patients with diabetes mellitus: meta-analysis and systematic review of a predictive biomarker. acta diabetologica, 58(1); 81-91. edeogu, j. u., alikor, c. a., nwafor, c. e., and akpa, m. r. (2020). prevalence and types of left ventricular dysfunction in people living with both type 2 diabetes mellitus and hypertension attending university of port-harcourt teaching hospital, rivers state, nigeria. the journal of medical research, 6(1), 15-19. galicia-garcia, u., benito-vicente, a., jebari, s., larrea-sebal, a., siddiqi, h., uribe, k.b., ostolaza, h. and martín, c., (2020). pathophysiology of type 2 diabetes mellitus. international journal of molecular sciences, 21(17); 6275. gonzalez-gil, a. m., and elizondo-montemayor, l. (2020). the role of exercise in the interplay between myokines, hepatokines, osteokines, adipokines, and modulation of inflammation for energy substrate redistribution and fat mass loss: a review. nutrients, 12(6), 1899. gupta, s., kakkar, v., ahmed, s., khanday, f. a., sharma, s., singh, s., and yoon, b. (2021). modeling of on-chip biosensor for the in vivo diagnosis of hypertension in wireless body area networks. ieee access, 9, 95072-95082. ibitoba, f. a., akpor, o. a., and akpor, o. b. (2022). prevalence and risk factors of chronic kidney disease among commercial motorcyclists in ado-ekiti, ekiti state, nigeria. scientific african, 16, e01136. maiga, y., diallo, s., konipo, f.d.n., sangho, o., sangaré, m., diallo, s.h., mahamadou, s., péréon, y., giumelli, b., coulibaly, a. and daou, m., (2020). diabetic polyneuropathy with/out neuropathic pain in mali: a cross-sectional study in two reference diabetes treatment centers in bamako (mali), western africa. plos one, 15(11); e0241387. mantovani, a., turino, t., lando, m.g., gjini, k., byrne, c.d., zusi, c., ravaioli, f., colecchia, a., maffeis, c., salvagno, g. and lippi, g., (2020). screening for non-alcoholic fatty liver disease using liver stiffness measurement and its 150 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 145-150 association with chronic kidney disease and cardiovascular complications in patients with type 2 diabetes. diabetes & metabolism, 46(4); 296-303. okaka, e. i., adejumo, o. a., and akinbodewa, a. a. (2020). late referral and associated factors among chronic kidney disease outpatients in southern nigeria. annals of african medicine, 19(1), 47. okonofua, d.e, asiwe, j.n, anachuna, k.k, moke, e.g, sanusi, k.o adagbada, e.o, yusuf, m.o, alawode, d.i, fasanmade, a.a, (2021). effect of diabetes mellitus and hypertension on osmotic fragility and hemorheological factors in male wistar rats. biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 10 (2): 73-79. owen, j. a., iggo, b., scandrett, f. j., stewart, c. p. (1954). the determination of creatinine in plasma or plasma, and in urine; a critical examination. biochemical journal, 58(3), 426. palaiodimos, l., kokkinidis, d.g., li, w., karamanis, d., ognibene, j., arora, s., southern, w.n. and mantzoros, c.s., (2020). severe obesity, increasing age and male sex are independently associated with worse in-hospital outcomes, and higher in-hospital mortality, in a cohort of patients with covid-19 in the bronx, new york. metabolism, 108, 154262. panula, t., koivisto, t., pänkäälä, m., niiranen, t., kantola, i. and kaisti, m., (2020). an instrument for measuring blood pressure and assessing cardiovascular health from the fingertip. biosensors and bioelectronics, 167, 112483. preguiça, i., alves, a., nunes, s., gomes, p., fernandes, r., viana, s. d., and reis, f. (2020). diet-induced rodent models of diabetic peripheral neuropathy, retinopathy and nephropathy. nutrients, 12(1), 250. sanusi, k.o, asiwe, j.n, adagbada, e.o, yusuf, m.o, okonofua, d.e, alawode, d.i fasanmade, a.a, (2020). coadministration of prazosin and propranolol with glibenclamide improves anti-oxidant defense system in endothelial tissue of streptozotocin-induced diabetic wistar rats. journal of basic and clinical physiology and pharmacology. 2020; 20190307(ahead of print). tinti, f., lai, s., noce, a., rotondi, s., marrone, g., mazzaferro, s., di daniele, n. and mitterhofer, a.p., (2021). chronic kidney disease as a systemic inflammatory syndrome: update on mechanisms involved and potential treatment. life, 11(5); 419. world health organization. (2006). prevention of blindness from diabetes mellitus: report of a who consultation in geneva, switzerland, 9-11 november 2005. world health organization. zheutlin, a.r., derington, c.g., king, j.b., berchie, r.o., herrick, j.s., dixon, d.l., cohen, j.b., shimbo, d., kronish, i.m., saseen, j.j. and muntner, p., (2022). factors associated with antihypertensive monotherapy among us adults with treated hypertension and uncontrolled blood pressure overall and by race/ethnicity, national health and nutrition examination survey 2013-2018. american heart journal, 248; 150-159. biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 11, number 2, october 2022 | pages: 169-173 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2022.112.169-173 issn 2540-9328 (online) the weight performance stability of mice on modeling obesity-associated hyperglycemia induced by dextrose monohydrate deksa yudha syach putra1, setiyo budi santoso1,2,*, heni lutfiyati1,2 1department of pharmacy, faculty of health sciences; 2consortium for pharmacology and clinical pharmacy studies, universitas muhammadiyah magelang, indonesia. corresponding author* sb@unimma.ac.id manuscript received: 11 august, 2022. revision accepted: 26 august, 2022. published: 06 september, 2022. abstract previously, streptozotocin and alloxan were employed to imitate hyperglycemia in mice. high doses of sucrose were also induced as an alternative. due to body mass index has been associated with hyperglycemia, the evidence of weight body index in various induction alternate kinds, however, have not been fully reported. here-in, we report on the weight performance stability of mice body weight induced by dextrose, streptozotocin, and alloxan. to begin, all mice were divided into six groups of five, with one reserve in each. following seven days of acclimatization, the mice were induced for nine days of hyperglycemia modeling; alloxan (groups a and d), streptozotocin (group b and e), dextrose monohydrate (groups c and f). on preclinical research animals modelling related to obesityassociated hyperglycemia in mice, dextrose monohydrate induction was most successful than streptozocotin and alloxan induction, which performed best during the induction period (31% weight growth) and after metformin intervention (36% weight growth). overall, dextrose monohydrate is most suitable to be used for modeling type 2 diabetes mellitus test animals rather than alloxan and streptozocotin. keywords: alloxan; preclinical research animals; streptozotocin; type 2 diabetes mellitus. abbreviations: type 1 diabetes mellitus (t1dm), type 1 diabetes mellitus (t2dm), glucose transporter 2 (glut2), body weight (bw) introduction diabetic mice are commonly employed in the development of anti-diabetes agent. alloxan and streptozotocin are commonly used to induce diabetic in the mice (al-awar et al., 2016; king & austin, 2017; kottaisamy et al., 2021). in a single induction, alloxan elevated the glycemic index to 127 mg/dl (irdalisa et al., 2015), whereas three days or more raised it to 156 270 mg/dl (dewi et al., 2021; hamdani & nurman, 2020; lolok et al., 2019). streptozotocin had a comparable impact, increasing glucose levels to 136 mg/dl after three days (apriani et al., 2011) and 220244 mg/dl after five days (ocktarini et al., 2011; suwanto & rahmawati, 2019). as an alternative to alloxan and streptozotocin, glucose induction groups have been induced. fructose intake for 12 weeks hold glycemic levels at 81 mg/dl (tillman et al., 2014). dextrose outperformed fructose after seven days of induction, while by 10%concentration raised glycemic at 148 mg/dl (pramushinta et al., 2019) and by 40% at 154 mg/dl (santoso & suryanto, 2017). diabesity is a new term for diabetes that comes alongside obesity (serván, 2013). obese are roughly three times more vulnerable to diabetic (prasetyani & sodikin, 2017). diabetes, most especially type 2 diabetes mellitus (t2dm), is correlated with weight gained (droz et al., 2017) or obesity (fang et al., 2019; finkelstein et al., 2012). weight gained and body mass are two factors that contribute to rising glycemic levels (algoblan et al., 2014), so obesity and t2dm called the twin pandemic (scheithauer et al., 2016). previously, streptozotocin and alloxan were employed to imitate hyperglycemia in mice. high doses of sucrose were also induced as an alternative. due to body mass index has been associated with hyperglycemia, the evidence of weight body index in various induction alternate kinds, however, have not been fully reported. here-in, we report on the weight performance stability of mice body weight caused by dextrose, streptozotocin, and alloxan. https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2022.112.169-173 https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&q=glycemic&spell=1&sa=x&ved=2ahukewjxwktujmt5ahvvh7cahrgec14qbsgaegqiaraz https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&q=glycemic&spell=1&sa=x&ved=2ahukewjxwktujmt5ahvvh7cahrgec14qbsgaegqiaraz 170 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 169-173 materials and methods ethical clearence the medical and health research ethics committee ethics of the faculty of medicine, universitas gadjah mada, has accepted the whole series of research procedures under registration number ke/fk/0328/ec/2022. animals male balb/c mice were around 2-3 months that bred by pharmacy laboratory of universitas gadjah mada (yogyakarta, indonesia) and treated in accordance with current norms. materials alloxan monohydrate (sigma-aldrich), streptozotocin (sigma-aldrich), and dextrose monohydrate 40% (otsuka) were used to induce mice. metformin (dexa medica) and natrium carboxy methylcellulose (daiichi kogyo seiyaku) were prepared to assess the stability of hyperglycemia treatment. citrate buffer ph 4.5 is solved for intraperitoneal preparation. supplies for glycemic testing, such as strip and glucometer (easytouch). among the other consumables are a handscoon, syringe for 1ml and 5 ml, blood lancet, and aquadest. as support equipment, analytical scales, beakers, mouse cages, markers, mortars and stampers, and oral probes were used. procedures all mice were divided into six groups of five, with one reserve in each. following seven days of acclimatization, the mice were induced for nine days of hyperglycemia modeling and five days of metformin intervention.  induction period to get baseline data, we assessed the weight of the mice following the acclimatization. for 9 days, groups a and d were induced alloxan 0.12 mg/gram body weight (bw) intraperitoneally, group b and e were induced streptozotocin 0.05 mg/gram bw intraperitoneally, and groups c and f were induced dextrose monohydrate 6 mg/gram bw orally. at the end of the induction, we weighed the mice again.  intervention period following the induction period, groups a, b, and c were treated metformin orally, whereas groups d, e, and f as negative controls and were treated na cmc orally. dextrose monohydrate continued to activate groups c and f throughout the intervention. on day 14, the body weight was measured. results and discussion performance of alloxan induction mice in groups a and d gained 35.86 grams and 37.98 grams of body weight after nine days of alloxan induction, respectively. mice on group a grew to 37.50 grams after a five-day metformin intervention, whereas control mice (group d) stayed constant at 37.98 grams. (figure 1). figure 1. the body weight gain due to alloxan induction in the intervention group (a) and the control group (d). the solid line represents the induction period, the dashed line represents the intervention period. performance of streptozotocin induction mice in groups b and e gained 35.80 grams and 36.60 grams of body weight after nine days of streptozotocin induction, respectively. mice on group b grew to 39.10 grams after a five-day metformin intervention, whereas control mice (group d) stayed constant at 36.60 grams. (figure 2). figure 2. the body weight gain due to streptozotocin induction in the intervention group (b) and the control group (e). the solid line represents the induction period, the dashed line represents the intervention period. performance of dextrose monohydrate induction mice in groups c and f gained 40.33 grams and 36.08 grams of body weight after nine days of dextrose monohydrate induction, respectively. both groups thereafter continued to rise to 41.90 grams and 39.36 putra et al. – the weight performance stability of mice on … 171 grams respectively, after receiving metformin intervention for five days (figure 3). figure 3. the body weight gain due to dextrose monohydrate induction in the intervention group (c) and the control group (f). the solid line represents the induction period, the dashed line represents the intervention period. induction variant performance in mice treated with metformin was compared. after the 9-day induction period, dextrose-induced mice gained the most weight (40.33 grams), followed by alloxan-induced mice (35.86 grams), and streptozotocininduced mice (35.80 grams). after 5 days of metformin treatment, dextrose-induced mice had the best body weight performance (41.90 grams), followed by streptozotocin-induced (39.10 grams) and alloxaninduced (37,50 gram) figure 4. the body weight gain in mice following 9 days of induction (solid line) to alloxan (a), streptozotocin (b), and dextrose monohydrate (c), and persistence rate following 5 days of metformin intervention (dash line) after obesity (day 14th). dextrose monohydrate induction in mice was most successful than streptozocotin and alloxan induction, which performed best during the induction period (31% weight growth) and after metformin intervention (36% weight growth). table 1. percentage of body weight gain in mice following 9 days of induction to alloxan (a), streptozotocin (b), and dextrose monohydrate (c), and persistence rate following 5 days of metformin intervention after obesity (day 14th). group label induction treatment body weight (percentage increase) baseline 9th day treatment 14th day treatment a alloxan 31.341.27 (-) 35.863.58 (14%) 37.504.54 (20%) b streptozotocin 31.862.69 (-) 35.803.58 (12%) 39.103.01 (23%) c dekstrose monohydrate 30.882.35 (-) 40.332.66 (31%) 41.903.28 (36%) discussion on preclinical research animals, we simulate obesityassociated hyperglycemia in mice using dextrose monohydrate induction. the bulk previous studies employed streptozotocin and alloxan to imitate hyperglycemia. however, as one of the important criteria in hyperglycemia etiology, the investigation of body weight issues was disregarded. due to the importance of publishing our findings, we would show the evidence of steady rates of dextrose monohydrateinduced body weight during the experiment. according to the availability of test animals in preclinical research on the developing of anti-diabetic agents, there are two options: genetic modification, or chemical induction (kottaisamy et al., 2021). in the unavailability of genetically diabetic test animals, alloxan and streptozotocin are widely used to cause diabetes in mice (al-awar et al., 2016; kottaisamy et al., 2021). streptozotocin and alloxan, on the other hand, act on beta cells via the glucose transporter 2 (glut2) and cause complete ablation of beta cells inside the islets, leading in severe insulin insufficiency, hyperglycemia, and weight loss, they are more suited for modeling type 1 diabetes (king & austin, 2017). mice given alloxan or streptozotocin lost weight because they were unable to use the available glucose for energy. to meet the body's energy requirements, excessive catabolism of protein and fat in muscle and adipose tissue was performed (malik et al., 2015; sinata & arifin, 2016; suwanto & rahmawati, 2019). since the great majority of t2dm are overweight (finkelstein et al., 2012; wilding, 2014), body mass index has long been linked to hyperglycemia and t2dm 172 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 169-173 (algoblan et al., 2014; jung & choi, 2014), with the potential of obesity to promote insulin resistance being the primary explanation (jung & choi, 2014). obesity was proclaimed in mice as test animals when they weighed more than 20% of their age-matched mates. (patonah et al., 2018). common sugar exacerbates obesity and increases adiposity in mice (kleinert et al., 2018). adipocyte hypertrophy and hyperplasia lead to excessive lipid accumulation (lipotoxicity), which activate insulin resistance (lee et al., 2020; longo et al., 2019). indeed, the diets manipulated of mice with high sucrose feeding generate a compensatory response from some beta cells, (king & austin, 2017). additionally, the weight gain was also linked to the disfunction of leptin (anorexigenic hormone) due to the circulating of glucose which led the test animals to consume more feed (tillman et al., 2014). throughout the investigation, the induction performance of dextrose monohydrate has been shown to increase glycemia. dextrose monohydrate is more suitable to be used for modeling type 2 diabetes mellitus test animals due to the aspect of increasing body weight, rather than the two toxic compounds that actually suppress body weight, and they are more suitable for modeling mice with diabetes mellitus type 1 as well, aside from having a higher level of glucose elevation than alloxan and streptozotocin. conclusions on preclinical research animals modelling related to obesity-associated hyperglycemia in mice, dextrose monohydrate induction was most successful than streptozotocin and alloxan induction, which performed best during the induction period (31% weight growth) and after metformin intervention (36% weight growth). throughout the investigation, dextrose monohydrate is most suitable to be used for modeling type 2 diabetes mellitus test animals rather than alloxan and streptozotocin. acknowledgements: this study is part of the acceleration research scheme for institutional vision revitalization research output (refference number: 012/kontrak/prvi-pa/2022) in the subject of exploring the biological and pharmacological effects of employing plants, fungi, animals, microbes, and minerals. authors’ contributions: conceptualization, sbs; methodology, sbs and hl; data collection, dysp; writing-original draft preparation, sbs and dysp writing-review & editing, dysp, sbs. and hl. all authors read and approved the final version of the manuscript. competing interests: the authors claim to have no conflicts of interest. the funders had no say in the design of the investigation, data collection, analysis, or interpretation, article writing, or decision to publish the findings. the authors declare that there are no competing interests. funding: the authors are thankful to the research, development, and community service department of universitas muhammadiyah magelang for financial supporting. references al-awar, a., kupai, k., veszelka, m., szűcs, g., attieh, z., murlasits, z., török, s., pósa, a., & varga, c. (2016). experimental diabetes mellitus in different animal models. journal of diabetes research, 2016, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1155/2016/9051426 algoblan, a., alalfi, m., & khan, m. (2014). mechanism linking diabetes mellitus and obesity. diabetes, metabolic syndrome and obesity: targets and therapy, 2014(7), 587. https://doi.org/10.2147/dmso.s67400 apriani, n., suhartono, e., & akbar, i. z. (2011). korelasi kadar glukosa darah dengan kadar advanced oxidation protein products (aopp) tulang pada tikus putih model hiperglikemia. jurnal kesehatan masyarakat, 11(1), 8. dewi, r. s., rahayu, l., & atika, i. (2021). efek penurunan kadar glukosa darah rebusan asparagus (asparagus officinalis l.) pada mencit yang diinduksi aloksan. jurnal ilmu kefarmasian indonesia, 19(1), 6. droz, b. a., sneed, b. l., jackson, c. v., zimmerman, k. m., michael, m. d., emmerson, p. j., coskun, t., & peterson, r. g. (2017). correlation of disease severity with body weight and high fat diet in the fatzo/pco mouse. plos one, 12(6), e0179808. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0179808 fang, j.-y., lin, c.-h., huang, t.-h., & chuang, s.-y. (2019). in vivo rodent models of type 2 diabetes and their usefulness for evaluating flavonoid bioactivity. nutrients, 11(3), 530. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu11030530 finkelstein, e. a., khavjou, o. a., thompson, h., trogdon, j. g., pan, l., sherry, b., & dietz, w. (2012). obesity and severe obesity forecasts through 2030. american journal of preventive medicine, 42(6), 563–570. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amepre.2011.10.026 hamdani, i., & nurman, s. (2020). ekstrak etanol kopi hijau arabika (coffea arabica l.) sebagai antihiperglikemi pada mencit (mus musculus). jurnal kefarmasian indonesia, 10(2), 140–147. https://doi.org/10.22435/jki.v10i2.2122 irdalisa, safrida, khairil, abdullah, & sabri, m. (2015). profil kadar glukosa darah pada tikus setelah penyuntikan aloksan sebagai hewan model hiperglikemik. jurnal edubio tropika, 3(1). jung, u., & choi, m.-s. (2014). obesity and its metabolic complications: the role of adipokines and the relationship between obesity, inflammation, insulin resistance, dyslipidemia and nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. international journal of molecular sciences, 15(4), 6184– 6223. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms15046184 putra et al. – the weight performance stability of mice on … 173 king, a., & austin, a. (2017). chapter 10 animal models of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus. in animal models for the study of human disease (pub.1086151127; pp. 245–265). https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-12-809468-6.00010-3 kleinert, m., clemmensen, c., hofmann, s. m., moore, m. c., renner, s., woods, s. c., huypens, p., beckers, j., de angelis, m. h., schürmann, a., bakhti, m., klingenspor, m., heiman, m., cherrington, a. d., ristow, m., lickert, h., wolf, e., havel, p. j., müller, t. d., & tschöp, m. h. (2018). animal models of obesity and diabetes mellitus. nature reviews endocrinology, 14(3), 140–162. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrendo.2017.161 kottaisamy, c. p. d., raj, d. s., prasanth kumar, v., & sankaran, u. (2021). experimental animal models for diabetes and its related complications—a review. laboratory animal research, 37(1), 23. https://doi.org/10.1186/s42826021-00101-4 lee, s., goodson, m., vang, w., kalanetra, k., barile, d., & raybould, h. (2020). 2′-fucosyllactose supplementation improves gut-brain signaling and diet-induced obese phenotype and changes the gut microbiota in high fat-fed mice. nutrients, 12(4), 1003. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu12041003 lolok, n., rahmat, h., & wijayanti, p. m. (2019). efek antidiabetes kombinasi ekstrak kulit bawang dayak dan kulit bawang merah pada mencit yang diinduksi aloksan. jurnal mandala pharmacon indonesia, 5(2), 9. longo, m., zatterale, f., naderi, j., parrillo, l., formisano, p., raciti, g. a., beguinot, f., & miele, c. (2019). adipose tissue dysfunction as determinant of obesity-associated metabolic complications. international journal of molecular sciences, 20(9), 2358. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms20092358 malik, m. i., nasrul, e., & asterina, a. (2015). hubungan hiperglikemia dengan prothrombin time pada mencit (mus musculus) yang diinduksi aloksan. jurnal kesehatan andalas, 4(1). https://doi.org/10.25077/jka.v4i1.219 ocktarini, r., prasetyo, d. h., & sjarifah, i. (2011). effect of herbal extract of anting-anting (acalypha australis) on blood glucose level of balb/c mice with induction of streptozotocin. biofarmasi journal of natural product biochemistry, 9(1), 12–16. https://doi.org/10.13057/biofar/f090103 patonah, p., susilawati, e., & riduan, a. (2018). aktivitas antiobesitas ekstrak daun katuk (sauropus androgynus l.merr) pada model mencit obesitas. pharmacy: jurnal farmasi indonesia (pharmaceutical journal of indonesia), 14(2), 137. https://doi.org/10.30595/pharmacy.v14i2.1715 pramushinta, i. a. k., nurhayati, u., & sukarjati. (2019). potensi ekstrak etanol daun sambung nyawa (gynura procumbens), biji mahoni (swietenia mahagoni jacq) serta kombinasi kedua ekstrak sebagai herbal anti diabetik dengan hewan coba mencit (mus musculus l.). 7. http://snhrp.unipasby.ac.id/ prasetyani, d. & sodikin. (2017). analisis faktor yang mempengaruhi kejadian diabetes melitus (dm) tipe 2. jurnal kesehatan al irsyad, x(2), 9. santoso, s. d., & suryanto, i. (2017). komparasi efek pemberian minyak jintan hitam (nigella sativa) dengan minyak zaitun (olea europea) terhadap penurunan glukosa darah pada mencit (mus musculus) strain balb/c. jurnal sainhealth, 1(1), 36. https://doi.org/10.51804/jsh.v1i1.76.36-42 scheithauer, t. p. m., dallinga-thie, g. m., de vos, w. m., nieuwdorp, m., & van raalte, d. h. (2016). causality of small and large intestinal microbiota in weight regulation and insulin resistance. molecular metabolism, 5(9), 759– 770. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.molmet.2016.06.002 serván, p. r. (2013). obesity and diabetes. nutricion hospitalaria, 28(5), 138–143. sinata, n., & arifin, h. (2016). antidiabetes dari fraksi air daun karamunting (rhodomyrtus tomentosa (ait.) hassk.) terhadap kadar glukosa darah mencit diabetes. jurnal sains farmasi & klinis, 3(1), 72. https://doi.org/10.29208/jsfk.2016.3.1.102 suwanto, s., & rahmawati, r. (2019). aktivitas hipoglikemik diet pakan ekstrak biji labu kuning (cucurbita moschata duch) pada mencit diabetes melitus terpapar streptozotocin. jpscr : journal of pharmaceutical science and clinical research, 4(1), 39. https://doi.org/10.20961/jpscr.v4i1.27292 tillman, e. j., morgan, d. a., rahmouni, k., & swoap, s. j. (2014). three months of high-fructose feeding fails to induce excessive weight gain or leptin resistance in mice. plos one, 9(9), e107206. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0107206 wilding, j. p. h. (2014). the importance of weight management in type 2 diabetes mellitus. international journal of clinical practice, 68(6), 682–691. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijcp.12384 this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn: 2089-6514 volume 4, number 1, 2015 | pages: 11-15 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2015.41.11-15 the effect of intensive keramba on the presence of parasite organisms in rivers of lingsar area supriadi* and maratun janah faculty of veterinary medicine, university of west nusa tenggara, mataram jl. tawak-tawak karang sukun, mataram, tel. +62-370-636875 author correspondency*: supriadi@yahoo.co.id abstract the application of intensive keramba in rivers could affect the presence of parasite organisms throughout the river downstream. the aims of this research are to find out the diversity of parasite species and the effect of intensive aquaculture method developed by the community on the presence of various parasitic organisms, particularly in the downstream area. a total of 65 tilapia fish samples (o. niloticus) that was collected from 3 areas (15 samples from upstream, 25 samples in keramba and 25 samples from downstream areas) have been examined in the laboratory of faculty of mathematic and natural science, university of mataram. methods employed to identify parasites that infected fish samples are native method and flotation method. this research has identified 7 species of parasites which were divided into 2 groups: ectoparasites (trichodina sp., amylodinium sp., oogonium sp., dactylogirus sp., trematode) and endoparasites (entamoeba sp. dan camallanus sp.). diversity index calculation indicated that parasite organisms in upstream area were lower in number than that in the downstream and intensive karamba area (h’= (0,825; 1,596 dan 1.324 respectively). these data has showed there was a difference in species diversity and evenness index of parasite organisms in the upstream, downstream and intensive keramba area. in conclusion, there was significant influence of the application of intensive keramba on the appearance of various parasite organisms that could affect the sustainability of fish aquaculture. keywords: intensive keramba, parasites organism and diversity index introduction fishery products have become the highest animal protein sources demanded in indonesia with the consumption rate of these products has reached 30.4 kg/capita/year or 72% of animal protein consumption/capita/year (anonima, 2013). although the prospect of fishery sector development in indonesia is high, especially in freshwater fishery sector, there has been insignificant production growth in the last several years. this may be due to various factors such as fish farmers’ low interest in the cultivation, capital shortage, lack of knowledge, stream water pollution and various diseases (parasites, bacteria and viruses) which result in considerable loss. one of many factors that can lead to a decrease in the quality and quantity of fishery products is parasite infections (akbar, 2011). the impact of the infection can be a decrease in fish population for consumption, reduction in fish weight, morphological changes and even in some cases; this can cause illness in humans (zoonoses parasite infection) (herman and chiodini, 2009; mccarthy and moore, 2000; punyagupta et al., 1990). declining fish population triggered by the degraded water quality in the cultivation sites is a direct aspect and unsettling condition for fish farmers (bell and burt, 1991). the presence of parasite organisms such as digenea worms, cestodes, nematodes, acantochepals and several ectoparasites from copepode group greatly affects aquaculture activities (kennedy, 1990; lawton, 1989). according to salgado-maladona et al., 2005, the presence of parasites in freshwater fish populations are often linked to the quality of the aquatic environment. moreover, environmental degradation is also often associated with a greater diversity of parasitic infections (chubb, 1963). dominance and density of infection of pathogenic organisms is often directly proportional to the environmental degradation (quiroz-martı´nez and salgado-maldonado, 2013). one method of fish farming that is directly cultivated in the river is intensive keramba method. this method is very simple and easy, even though its feasibility has not been tested ecologically. to anticipate the possibility of eutrophication impact in the downstream and the risk of pathogenic organism growth, it is necessary to conduct this research to study the diversity of parasitic organism caused by the application of intensive keramba method as well as the method’s impact on the presence of parasitic organisms particularly in the downstream area. research methods this research was conducted from july to august 2014. sampling was carried out in the river which became the center of cultivation, located in lingsar sub-district, west lombok regency. fish sample examination was performed in the laboratory of biology, faculty of mathemathics and natural science, university of mataram. parameters to be measured and examined in this research were the species and the diversity of parasitic organisms, species eveness index and the frequency of 12 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 4 (1), 2015: 11-15 parasitic organisms’ presence in wild fish as well as in keramba-farmed fish. fish collection was performed in sampling spots which were purpospreively determined and refered to the actual condition on field. the fish were collected utilizing fishnets and fishing rods. the fish net was thrown over 35 times to obtain as a minimum 10 fish on the certain spot. farmed fish samples were acquired from the fish farmers on field. parasite specimens collected on field were preserved in 70% alcohol for further analysis in the laboratory of the faculty of mathematics and natural science, university of mataram. fish organs, such as gill, digestive organs, and flesh (muscle around abdominal cavity), were examined for the presence of parasitic organisms. the obtained organisms were then transferred a physiological saline solution and were identified using a light microscope. staining on the parasitic specimen was necessary in order that the parasite organisms could be identified acurately. infestation rate of the organisms from various samples was calculated by identifying the species discovered from the host tissue (gill, digestive track, flesh) and then counting the individual numbers. the species identification refered to identification books by noble & noble (1989) & taylor et al., (2007). endoparasite examination was performed utilizing saturated sugar method. prevalence = x100% diversity index = log/ln similarity index = ( ) x100% (choi et al., 2011; kusmana, 1997) data obtained from this research were analysed descriptively by linking up the data and facts found on fields; whilst data interpretations were presented in the form of tables, figures and graphs. subsequently, the conclusion was drawn deductively by describing the issues from general to specific points results and discussion results there were 25 fish samples that were collected randomly from several intensive keramba in the river of lingsar village. the examination results showed that there were various parasite infections. parasites identified from this research were devided into ectoparasite and endoparasite group. the species that were included in ectoparasite group were trichodina sp., amylodinium sp., oogonium sp., dactylogirus sp and 1 species of trematodes; while the endoparasites were camallanus sp. dan entamoeba sp (figure 1). figure 1. parasites found in tilapia fish from the river of lingsar village. a. amylodinium sp., b. trichodina sp., c. oogonium sp., d. entamoeba sp., e. dactylogirus sp., f. trematoda dan g. camallanus sp. supriadi and maratun janah. – the effect of intensive keramba on the presence of parasite organisms … 13 the shanon-wiener diversity index of parasites in tilapia fish (oreochromis niloticus) from three sampling location (upstream, middle/keramba and downstream) were 0.8247, 1.3244 and 1.5962 respectively. these numbers demonstrated that the species diversity of parasites in the upstream, middle and downstream area were moderate. however, there were differences in the numbers and infection intensity in the upstream to downstream area; where the frequency of infection in the upstream was very low in contrast to the very high infection frequency in the middle and downstream area. table 1. comparison of diversity index value (h’), species eveness (e) and frequency (f) of parasite organisms presence in three sampling location. no. sampling location h’ e f (%) 1 river upstream 0.8247 0.4238 46.7 2 intensive keramba 1.3244 0.6806 96.0 3 river downstream 1.5962 0.8203 92.0 . the calculation results of the presence frequency of parasites organisms illustrate that the infection frequency tend to get higher in the downstream area. in the river upstream, the infection frequency was 46.7%, in the intensive keramba was 96.0% and in the downstream was 92.0%. according to the graph in figure 2, a number of 7 parasite species infected fish were collected in the river downstream and in the intensive keramba owned by the community. on the other hand, only 3 species of ectoparasite were discovered infecting the fish collected from the upstream. further, it can be explained that the dominant species infecting the fish was trichodina sp. this species was found in all sample groups. what is more, the species of amylodinium sp and oodinium sp. were also had the same presence frequency as trichodina sp. however, the intensity (density) of infection of the two species were lower compared to that of trichodina sp (figure 2). figure 2. comparison of the infection frequency in tilapia fish from 3 three sampling location. data of parasite species diversity index from three location show that there was a significant difference. in the upstream area, the parasite species diversity index is low which counted at 0.8247. meanwhile, the parasite diversity index in the intensive keramba area and downstream area were counted at 1.3244 and 1.5962 respectively. based on these values of shannon-wiener diversity index, it can be stated that the upstream area has lower parasite species diversity, while the keramba area and downstream area have moderate diversity. evenness index values of the parasite species show increasing trends toward the downstream area. in the upstream area, only 3 species of parasites were discovered, whereas in keramba site and downstream area, 7 species of parasites were identified. however, there was similar data pattern i.e all parasite species found in the upstream were also found in tilapia fish collected from keramba site and the downstream. figure 3. comparation graph of shannon-wiener species diversity index and species evennes index for parasite organisms on the 3 (three) sampling location. the number of parasite species identified in each sampling location illustrates the drastic increase from upstream (3 species) toward downstream area (7 species). the main difference is the level of parasites density. even though there were only 7 species discovered in keramba site and downstream area, the parasites individual number than infects the keramba-cultured fish was higher (figure 3). figure 4. graph for difference in species number of parasites that infect tilapia fish in three different sampling location. 14 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 4 (1), 2015: 11-15 discussion based on the analysis and laboratory examination results, as many as 7 species of parasites infected tilapia fish caught in the upstream, keramba site and the downstream. the species include ectoparasite trichodina sp., amylodinium sp., oogonium sp., dactylogirus sp, 1 species of trematode, and 2 endoparasites (camallanus sp. and entamoeba sp (figure 1)). dominant species found in this study is trichodina sp. which was discovered in all sampling locations. according to eronimo et al., (2012), these parasite species are common ectoparasites that infect tilapia fish farmed in freshwater. further explained is that this parasite infection mostly happen in gill and skin area, which reduce the immunity system of the infected fish (martin, 2012). amylodinium sp. and gymnodinium sp. were two other ectoparasites that were discovered in all sampling locations, although with lower individual density. this may be due to the two species competition with trichodina sp. other than protozoa, this research also found trematode worm (ectoparasite) on the fish gill and was identified as dactylogyrus sp. this species is mostly discovered in the fish collected from the downstream and keramba sites. this trematode worm is pathogenic and often become the cause of fish mortality in several fish farming sites. by infesting the gill of freshwater fish (tilapia), this parasite infection would escalate the heart rate to pump up the blood to the gill and increase mucus production, causing the difficulty in taking in oxygen from water (eva, 2007). beside dactylogyrus sp., there was also another unidentified treamatod worm. however, this species is rarely found infecting the sampled tilapia fish. two endoparasites species identified in this study, i.e camallanus sp. and entamoeba sp., are nematode worms that were mostly found in fish intestine. kabata (1985) also explained that these worms often infect the intestine of freshwater fish. furthermore, these parasite species are often discovered infecting freshwater fish in aquariums. these nematodes infection is easily spreading as the worms do not require intermediate hosts in their life cycles (untergasser, 1989). besides, the worms infection is very damaging to their hosts as the worm can wound the host’s intestine by biting the intestine wall using the worm’s bucal capsules. this research identified camallanus sp. with the length of 10-15 cm. this discovery is supported by research results of buchmann & bresciani (2001) and arie (2008) who found that the female worms could reach the length of 22 cm while the male ones could have the length of 11cm. analysis results of species diversity showed that there was significant difference in species diversity index from the upstream to downstream. species diversity index values for upstream, keramba, and downstream area are 0.8247, 1.3244 and1.5962 respectively. these data display a pattern that the number and density of parasite infection were changing from the upstream to downstream. in the upstream, parasite infection in tilapia fish was very low with only a total of 3 parasite infection and low parasite density. increasing individual number and species of parasites infecting the fish from the upstream to downstream can be triggered by various biotic and abiotic factors. biotic factors include organisms carrying parasites (hosts) and abiotic factors include aquatic environmental pollution as a result of human activities which produce wastes or change the condition of aquatic environment. as stated by quiroz-martı´nez and salgado-maldonado (2013), intensive keramba culture would increase the risk of change in various environmental condition as a result of feeding residue pollution. it can be further explained that feeding remnants from the intensive keramba farming can pollute the aquatic environment in the form of changing water ph, eutrophication and decreasing water clarity. however, these factors are not the only factors that pollute the aquatic environment. species evenness index on the three sampling locations showed that there was also a significant difference. the values of species evenness index for upstream area, keramba sites, and downstream area are 0.4238, 0.6806 and 0.8203 respectively. the values illustrated that parasites presence in the upstream was rare in contrast to the higher species and individual number of parasites in the intensive keramba site and downstream area. this means that fish farming which employing intensive keramba method in the river has a significant effect on the presence of various parasite species. the high parasite infection on keramba-cultured fish is a result of high density of the fish farmed in the intensive keramba. in contrast, fish density outside keramba was very low. the dense environment inside keramba has made it possible for the parasite to easily transmit from one individual fish to another. this is also supported by the parasite density data observed in downstream area. although the species number of parasite identified in the downstream was the same as those found in keramba, the density of the individual parasite found in fish caught from the downstream was lower than those infecting keramba-fish. furthermore, the sparse distribution of fish in the downstream contributed to the lower possibility of parasite organism to transmit between individual or species of fish. data from this research has shown the effect of intensive keramba culture on the presence of parasite organisms in farmed-fish and wild fish. however, it is also important to conduct a research in different season and perform measurement of other factors such as the effect of habitation in the vicinity of river and water pollutant from the surrounding rice field. therefore, recommendation for the application feasibility of intensive keramba system in rivers can be comprehensively established. conclusion from this research, it can be concluded that parasite species diversity of fish in downstream area and intensive supriadi and maratun janah. – the effect of intensive keramba on the presence of parasite organisms … 15 keramba sites were higher than that in the upstream; with the values of species diversity index was 0.8247 in the upstream, 1.3244 in keramba sites and 1.5962 in the downstream. in other words, fish culture employing intensive keramba system has a significant effect on the presence of various parasite organism on fish in the downstream area. references akbar, j. 2011. identifikasi parasit pada ikan betok (anabas testudieus). bioscientiae. volume 8, nomor 2, juli 2011, page 36-45. anonima, 2013. bisnis ikan di indonesia timur: tantangan dan potensinya. http://nyataindonesiaku.com/bisnis-ikan-diindonesia-timur-tantangan-dan-potensinya./akses 29/11/2013. 21.30 wita. arie, u. 2001. pembenihan dan pembesaran nila gift. penebar swadaya. jakarta. bell, g., and a. burt. 1991. the comparative biology of parasite species diversity: internal helminths of freshwater fish. journal of animal ecology. (1991), 60, 1047-1063. buchmann k & bresciani j. 2001. an introduction to parasitic diseases of freshwater trout. denmark: dsr publisher. choi, s. h., j. kim, j. okjo, min k. cho, h. s. yu, h. j. cha and m. s. ock. 2011. anisakis simplex larvae: infection status in marine fish and cephalopods purchased from the cooperative fish market in busan, korea. korean j parasitol. vol. 49: no. 1: 39-44. chubb, j.c. 1963. on the characterization of the parasite fauna of the fish of llyn tegid. proc zool soc lond. 141:609–621. eva.g. 2007. ectoparasites and endoparasites among oreochormis niloticus (tilapia). liceo journal of higher education research. herman, j. s and p. l, chiodini. 2009. gnathostomiasis, another emerging imported disease. clin microbiol rev. 22: 484–492. irianto. a. 2005. patologi ikan teleostei. gadjah mada university press. yogyakarta. jeronimo, g.t., n. da c. marchiori1, s. b. de pádua, j. d. neto, f. pilarski, m. m. ishikawa, and m. l martins. 2012. trichodina colisae (ciliophora: trichodinidae): new parasite records for two freshwater fish species farmed in brazil. rev. bras. parasitol. vet., jaboticabal, v. 21, n. 4, p. 366-371. kabata, z. 1985. parasites and diseases of fish cultured in the tropics. taylor and francis. london. 318 pp. kennedy, c.r. 1990. helminth communities in freshwater fish: structured communities or stochastic assemblages? parasite communities: patterns and processes (ed. by g.w. esch, a.o. bush & j.m. aho), pp. 131-156. chapman and hall, london. martin, ml, marchiori, n., roumbedakis, k. and lami, f. trichodina nobilis chen, 1963 and trichodina reticulata hirschmann et partsch, 1955 from ornamental freshwater fishes in brazil. braz. j. biol. vol. 72, no. 2, p. 281-286 mccarthy, j and t. a. moore. 2000. emerging helminth zoonoses. int j parasitol. 30: 1351–1360. noble, e.r & noble g.a. 1989. parasitologi biologi parasit hewan. edisi ke-5.wardiarto, penerjemah; soeripto n. editor. yogyakarta. gadjah mada university press. translation from: parasitology: the biology of animal parasites 5th edition. punyagupta, s., t. bunnag and p. juttijudata. 1990. eosinophilic meningitis in thailand. clinical and epidemiological characteristics of 162 patients with myeloencephalitis probably caused by gnathostoma spinigerum. j neurol sci. 96: 241–256. purbomartono. c, isnaetin. m dan suwarsito 2010. ektoparasit pada benih ikan gurami (osphronemus gouramy, lac) di unit pembenihan rakyat (upr) beji dan sidabowa, kabupaten banyumas. sains aqutic journal. quiroz-martı´nez, b., and g. salgado-maldonado. 2013. patterns of distribution of the helminth parasites of freshwater fishes of mexico. plos one 8(1): sukardi, m.f, 2002. peningkatan teknologi budidaya perikanan. jurnal lktiologi indonesia vol.2, no. 2. taylor, m. a., r. l. coop, and r. l. wall. 2007. veterinary parasitology 3th edition. blackwell publishing; victoria australia. utergasser, d. 1989. handbook and diseases. t.f.h publication inc. translated by howard h. hirschron. neptune city. united states. 159 h. content_v4n1_3.pdf (p.1-5) blank_kosong.pdf (p.6) biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 9, number 2, october 2020 | pages: 65-75 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2020.92.65-75 issn 2540-9328 (online) polyphenols content and antimicrobial, antioxidant and hemolytic activities of essential oils from four selected medicinal plants growing in algeria noureddine halla1,2,*, kebir boucherit2, bankaddour zeragui1, abdelkader djelti1, ziane belkhedim1, rachida hassani1, saada benatallah1, hassiba djellouli1, oumlkheir kacimi1, zahia boucherit-otmani2 1laboratory of biotoxicology, pharmacognosy and biological recovery of plants, department of biology, faculty of sciences, university of saida dr. moulay-tahar, 20000, algeria. 2antibiotics antifungal laboratory, physical chemistry, synthesis and biological activity (lapsab), department of biology, faculty of sciences, university of tlemcen, bp 119, tlemcen, 13000, algeria. corresponding author* halla.nour@yahoo.fr; noureddine.halla@univ-saida.dz manuscript received: 12 july, 2020. revision accepted: 10 november, 2020. published: 13 november, 2020. abstract the saharan and steppe spontaneous plants are very characteristic because of their particular adaptation to the desert and extreme environment. some species have pharmacological properties that give them a medicinal interest. the aim of the present work was to determine the polyphenol contents of essential oils obtained from four endemic plants growing in algeria (pituranthos scoparius, myrtus nivellei, rosmarinus officinalis and mentha piperita), and study its biological activity, including antimicrobial, antioxidant, and hemolytic. the antimicrobial activity was evaluated by the microdilution method against twelve strains. the antioxidant activity was carried out by two methods (dpph radical scavenging and reducing power). however, the hemolytic effect has been evaluated against the red blood cells. p. scoparius and m. piperita showed yields of essential oils higher than 1%. all the strains showed sensitivity against the essential oils tested with the exception of the c. albicans treated by r. officinalis essential oils. the most sensitive strain was c. albicans treated by p. scoparius essential oils by mic of 0.0781 mg/ml, it was the same plant that shows the highest polyphenol content (14.78 ± 0.72 g gae/g ds). the antioxidant activity by the dpph method was greater for all essential oils tested by ic50 ranging from 0.69 ± 0.07 (r. officinalis) to 30.67 ± 2.12 mg/ml (m. nivellei). the r. officinalis essential oils reported more antioxidant power than the positive control (ascorbic acid). in reducing iron, it was the r. officinalis essential oils which were found to be the most active with an ec50 concentration of 9.67 ± 1.36 mg/ml. after 120 min incubation, minimal haemolysis (10%) was obtained with essential oils of r. officinalis at a concentration of 0.39 mg/ml. we conclude that p. scoparius essential oils showed the high content of polyphenols and r. officinalis essential oils reported more antioxidant power than the positive control (ascorbic acid). keywords: polyphenols; antimicrobial; antioxidant; essential oils; hemolytic; mentha piperita; myrtus nivellei; pituranthos scoparius; rosmarinus officinalis; sahara. introduction the total algerian flora has about 16,000 plant species, of which more than 1,000 species with medicinal properties and 700 species are endemics. algeria is the source of significant taxonomic, ecosystem and landscape diversity (aps, 2019). the spontaneous plants in sahara area have many uses, traditionally practiced by the local population, in terms of pharmaceuticals, food and domestic use. these plants have the ability to synthesize many compounds called secondary metabolites and thus constitute an immense reservoir of compounds of great chemical diversity, possessing a wide range of biological activities (seca and pinto, 2019). this is the case, for example, of plant essential oils which are widely used in therapeutics. in recent years, studies of biological activities of medicinal plants have increased remarkably because of their potential to be used as sources of drugs, food additives or active ingredients in cosmetics (haddouchi et al., 2016). in this context, the aim of the present work was to determine the polyphenol contents of essential oils obtained from four endemic plants growing in algeria (pituranthos scoparius, myrtus nivellei, rosmarinus officinalis and mentha piperita), and study its biological activity, including antimicrobial, antioxidant, and hemolytic. pituranthos scoparius and myrtus nivellei are from tassili n'ajjer (sahara), rosmarinus officinalis and mentha piperita are from el bayadh and tiffrit, respectively (steppe area). https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2020.92.65-75 66 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 65-75 material and methods plant material and essential oil extraction for the four plants studied, the flowering aerial parts were used. the plant material was identified by dr. tayeb si tayeb (laboratory of biotoxicology, pharmacognosy and biological recovery of plants, university of moulay-tahar, saida, algeria). a voucher specimen was deposited at the herbarium of the laboratory under the following code numbers lbpbpts03-13. pituranthos scoparius and myrtus nivellei were collected in october 2018 and april 2018, respectively, from tassili n'ajjer in south-east algeria (25°30'0" n and 9°0'0" e). rosmarinus officinalis was collected in october 2018 from el bayadh (33°40′49″ n and 1°01′13″ e). mentha piperita was collected in july 2018 from tiffrit (wilaya of saida) (34°54'0.01" n and 0°24'0" e). using a clevenger-type apparatus, 400 g of dried plant materials were subjected to hydro-distillation in 4,000 ml of distilled water for 4 h. the obtained oil was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and then stored in sealed glass vials at 4 °c prior to analysis (el asbahani et al., 2015). total polyphenols content the polyphenols are assayed according to the method described by dewanto et al. (2002). a 100 µl quantity of each essential oil was mixed with 2 ml of a freshly prepared sodium carbonate solution (2%). after five minutes, 100 µl of the folin-ciocalteu reagent (1 n) was added to the mixture, the whole was left for 30 minutes at room temperature and the reading is performed against a blank using a spectrophotometer at 750 nm. a standard range based on gallic acid is also prepared. the total polyphenol contents of the essential oils are then expressed in milligrams gallic acid equivalent per gram of the dried sample (mg eag/g ds) (halla et al., 2019a). antibacterial and antifungal activity the antimicrobial activity of the essential oils was evaluated using different strains; gram-positive bacteria: staphylococcus aureus atcc 25923 and bacillus cereus atcc 11778; gram-negative bacteria: escherichia coli atcc 25933, pseudomonas aeruginosa atcc 27853, pasteurella multocida atcc 43137, salmonella typhimurium atcc 13311, salmonella enterica atcc 13312, campylobacter fetus atcc 27374, klebsiella pneumonia atcc 700603 and enterobacter cloacae atcc 13047; and fungal microorganisms (yeasts): candida albicans atcc 10231 and candida albicans ip 444. bacteria were cultured at 37 °c for 18 h under aerobic conditions in nutrient agar medium (fluka, usa). before experimental use, the cultures from different solid mediums were cultivated in liquid media, incubated, and used as the inoculum for each experiment. muellerhinton broth (bacteria) and rpmi-1640 (yeast) were used for antimicrobial tests (clsi, 2008; clsi, 2012). the minimum inhibitory concentration (mic) was determined based on the methods approved by the national committee for clinical laboratory standards (clsi, 2008; clsi, 2012), with slight modifications (halla et al., 2019b). the microtiter plates were inoculated within different concentration of essential oils and then incubated at 37 °c for bacteria or 35 °c for c. albicans in a moist dark chamber. the mic of each sample was recorded after 16-20 h of incubation for bacteria and 24 h for c. albicans. end points were defined as the lowest concentration of antibacterial agent resulting in total inhibition of visual growth compared to the growth in the control wells containing no essential oil. the minimum bactericidal concentration (mbc) and fungicidal concentration (mfc) were also determined. after determining the mic, 50 μl (bacteria) or 20 µl (c. albicans) samples were withdrawn from each well of the microtiter tray with a 96-pin replicator (boekel scientific, feasterville, pa, usa) and plated onto nutrient agar (bacteria) or sabouraud dextrose agar plates (c. albicans). inoculated plates were incubated at 37°c for 24 h (bacteria) or 35 °c for 48 h (c. albicans) before determining the mbc (or mfc), which was defined as the lowest concentration of essential oil that resulted in total inhibition of visible growth (espinelingroff and cantón, 2007; qaiyumi, 2007). antioxidant activity  dpph radical scavenging activity the experimental protocol followed that of prieto et al. (1999). fifty microliters of essential oil at different concentrations were added to 1950 μl of a methanolic solution of dpph at 6.34 × 10-5 m. a blank (negative) control was prepared by mixing 50 μl of methanol with 1950 μl of the methanolic solution of dpph. after incubation in the dark for 30 min at room temperature, the reduction of dpph was evidenced by the color change of the solution from violet to yellow. the absorbance of this solution was then determined at 515 nm using a spectrophotometer. the positive control used is ascorbic acid. the results were expressed as percent inhibition (pi), and this was calculated based on the reduction of the color intensity of the solution using the formula: pi = (odcontrol odessential oils / odcontrol) x 100 where odcontrol is the absorbance of the negative control and odessential oils is the absorbance with the essential oils. ic50 value is the concentration corresponds to 50% inhibition (zeragui et al., 2019).  reducing power assays the reducing power is determined according to the method described by oyaizu (1986). a volume of 1 ml halla et al. – polyphenols content and antimicrobial, antioxidant and … 67 of each essential oil at different concentrations was mixed with 2.5 ml of 0.2 m phosphate buffer (ph 6.6) and 2.5 ml of 1 % potassium ferricyanide solution. the mixture obtained was incubated for 20 min at 50°c. after this period, 2.5 ml of 10 % trichloroacetic acid was added to stop the reaction. the resulting mixture was centrifuged at 650 × g for 10 min at room temperature, and 2.5 ml of the resulting supernatant was added to 2.5 ml of distilled water and 0.5 ml of 0.1 % (w/v) iron chloride. the absorbance of this solution at 700 nm was compared to that of a blank solution and the activity of the essential oil was compared with that of the positive control, i.e., butylhydroxyanisole (bha). the results allow calculation for effective concentration (ec50), concentration of the corresponding essential oils with an absorbance equal to 0.5 (halla et al., 2019a). hemolytic assay red blood cells were isolated and suspended in pbs (100 mm at ph 7.4) at a rate of 4000 cells/ml. the erythrocyte suspension was incubated at 37 °c under continuous agitation for 120 min, from the addition of essential oil solution with dmso (dimethyl sulfoxide) at different final concentrations. samples of 50 μl from the reaction solution were made at regular intervals to which we added 2 ml of cold washing solution (150 mm of nacl, 2 mm of mgcl2). after centrifugation at 4000 rpm for 5 min, the absorption of the resulting supernatant was determined at 548 nm by photometric monitoring against a blank sample. control samples of 0% lysis (in buffer) and 100% lysis (in double-distilled water) were employed in all experiments (bolard, 1986; halla et al., 2013; silva et al., 2017). statistical analysis the yields obtained, polyphenols content and antioxidant activity tests were carried out in triplicate and the results are expressed in mean values ± standard deviation. all analyzes were performed in the microsoft excel for windows program, 2007. results and discussion extraction yield in this study, we were interested in the study of different essential oils obtained by hydrodistillation of the aerial parts of four algerian plants. the two studied plants, pituranthos scoparius and myrtus nivellei, were collected in the tassili n'ajjer region in the wilaya of tamanrasset (south of algeria). the tassili national park has been listed as a unesco world heritage site since 1982 and has been classified as a man and biosphere reserve since 1986. it is characterized by a contrasted landscape of rugged mountainous terrain and desert plateau of black rocks which form the reg or white sands. the central barrier of 1500–2000 m in altitude extends over 800 km and covers 80,000 km2 (hammiche and maiza, 2006). the two plants rosmarinus officinalis and mentha piperita were harvested in the steppe area (saida and el bayadh). in algeria, the steppe constitutes a vast region which extends between the tellian atlas in the north and the saharan atlas in the south, extending over a land area of around 20 million hectares. the altitude ranges from 400 to 1,200 meters. the steppe is characterized by a strong climatic constraint (insufficient rainfall with an isohyet varying from 100 to 400 mm, strong and sometimes hot winds, etc.) and edaphic (vulnerable soils, thin and poor in organic matter) (khaldi, 2014). the various yields obtained are reported in table 1. p. scoparius and m. piperita showed yields higher than 1%, however, the yields of m. nivellei and r. officinalis were of the order of 0.81 and 0.76 %, respectively. table 1. yields and total polyphenols content of essential oils of pituranthos scoparius, myrtus nivellei, rosmarinus officinalis and mentha piperita. yields (%) total polyphenols content mg gae/g ds* pituranthos scoparius 1.081 ± 0.061 14.78 ± 0.72 myrtus nivellei 0.81 ± 0.02 0.611 ± 0.056 rosmarinus officinalis 0.76 ± 0.42 0.279 ± 0.087 mentha piperita 1.10 ± 0.13 0.104 ± 0.012 * mg gallic acid equivalents per g dried sample pituranthos scoparius essential oil had a specific odour (odour of fennel) and was colorless. the yield of essential oils of pituranthos scoparius was 1.081 ± 0.061%, which is in agreement with that obtained by lograda et al. (2013) from the same plant collected in mechouneche (biskra). however, the same authors found yields of 0.47%, 0.85% and 2.29% in different regions (t'kout (batna), boussâada (m'sila), and elkantra (biskra), respectively) when the plant was harvested in october. gourine et al. (2011) obtained yields ranging from 0.6 up to 2.8%. ksouri et al. (2017) studied the essential oil of pituranthos scoparius harvested in the wilaya of tamanrasset, they found a yield of 0.4% which is different than that obtained in our study. our result was not correlated with that obtained by vérité et al. (2004) (0.77% from the seeds and 0.50% from the stems of the plant harvested in april), kalla et al. (2010) (0.25% and 0.3% of the aerial part of the plant 68 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 65-75 harvested in february and april, respectively), abderrazak et al. (2013) (0.25% of the aerial part of the plant harvested in october) and chikhoune et al. (2017) (0.502% of the aerial part of the plant harvested in april). the essential oil of m. nivellei was pleasant with a light yellow colour. the yield was 0.81 ± 0.02%. this result is supported by that obtained by bouzabata et al. (2013) from the hoggar zone, which was not the case with that harvested from tassili n'ajjer where these authors found yields ranging from 0.5 to 0.9%. boukhalfa (2017) obtained that the yield was 1.6% of this plant harvested in the months of september and october in the tagmart region in tamanrasset. unlike the abundant literature relating to the essential oil of myrtus comunis in algeria, studies on the essential oils of m. nivellei are counted on the fingers. pereira et al. (2009) suggested that the highest yields of the essential oils of myrtus comunis were obtained for the leaves in october. as well as, the samples taken in may and october produced very little oil. altogether, september seems to be the month with the best yields for the different parts of the plant. the yield of essential oils of rosmarinus officinalis (0.76 ± 0.42%) is lower than those found by jordán et al. (2013) of the various essential oils of rosmarinus officinalis harvested in thermo mediterranean, upper mesoand supra-mediterranean areas in spain, which are of the order of 1.74 ± 0.38, 2.44 ± 1.26 and 2.58 ± 0.75%, respectively. zaouali et al. (2010) reported that the yields of essential oils of this plant harvested in tunisia from three different zones (sub-humid, upper semi-arid and upper arid zone) are between 1.17 and 2.7%. a study by djeddi et al. (2007) recorded a yield of 0.82%. this result seems very close to our result, may be due to the same origin of the two plants (algeria). the essential oil of mentha piperita was pale yellow with a strong aromatic odour. the essential oil yield of mentha piperita was 1.10 ± 0.13%. work carried out on the same species in algeria (ghardaïa) revealed a yield close (1.325%) to the value obtained by our study on the essential oil of m. piperita (laghouiter et al., 2015). another study in morocco showed a yield around 1.02% (derwich et al., 2010). on the other hand, yield values for essential oil of m. piperita have been recorded by several authors from different countries, and which are higher or lower than that obtained by our study. singh et al. (2015) revealed a yield of about 0.64% from the leaves of m. piperita harvested in libya. a yield of 2.29% was recorded by gavahian et al. (2015) of the aerial part of the same plant harvested in iran. laghouiter et al. (2015) reported that the extraction yield was very low during the cold period (autumn and winter), however the best yields were obtained in summer and spring during the flowering period of the plant. rohloff et al. (2005) studied the effect of the harvest time and the drying method on the essential oil yield of mentha piperita, and they concluded that the harvest of this plant should be carried out at full flowering to obtain the best yield. this difference may be due to the geographical origin of the plant as well as to the harvest period. according to some authors, the harvest season can affect the variation in the yield of essential oils (boukhalfa, 2017). others explain this difference by the harvest period and the drying method (rohloff et al., 2005). other factors are likely to influence the difference in yield. precipitation can particularly affect the yield of essential oils (sangwanet al., 2001). plant ontogenesis can be one of the most important factors that influence the accumulation of essential oils in plants. since many transformations and changes occur inside cells due to physiological processes, the harvest season and the organ used are often considered to be critical parameters that can affect the chemical compositions of essential oils (lee and ding, 2016). total polyphenols content the total phenol content is determined from the equation of the linear regression of the gallic acid calibration curve: y = 0.005 x + 0.185 (r² = 0.996) and the results are expressed in mg gallic acid equivalents per g of dried sample (mg gae/g ds). table 1 summarizes the results for essential oils of four species tested. from the results obtained, we observed a high content of polyphenols in the p. scoparius essential oils (14.78 ± 0.72 mg gae/g ds), however, the essential oils of m. nivellei, r. officinalis and m. piperita contain 0.611 ± 0.056, 0.279 ± 0.087 and 0.104 ± 0.012 mg gae/g ds, respectively. the total phenol contents are variable between the four plants. the total phenol content found by wojdylo et al. (2007), in essential oils of rosmarinus officinalis (1.71 ± 0.02 mg gae/g ds) is greater than our value (0.279 ± 0.087 mg gae/g ds). for the essential oils of m. piperita, the total phenol content is lower than that of the same species previously studied by zheng and wang (2001); it is about 2.26 ±0.16 mg of gae/g of fresh weight. studies on the extract of m. nivellei leaves indicated that the hydromethanolic, ethyl acetate, butanolic and aqueous fraction had the highest values in phenolic content (222.98 ± 4.70, 308.4 ± 7.40, 414.96 ± 2.40 and 128.03 ± 1.87 mg gae/g ds, respectively) (ramdane et al., 2017). in another study on the aqueous extract of the leaves of m. nivellei, the level of total polyphenols was estimated around 242.68 ± 9.79 mg gae/g ds (rached et al., 2010). lograda et al. (2013) reported the variation in the composition of the essential oils of pituranthos scoparius in algeria and they recorded that these oils are very rich in alcoholic compounds such as terpinene-4-ol, p-cymèn-8-ol, β-eudesmol, methyl-eugenol, spathulenol, linalool, γ cadinol and t-muurolol. halla et al. – polyphenols content and antimicrobial, antioxidant and … 69 the value of the polyphenol content of mentha piperita is not in agreement with those obtained by sharafi et al. (2010), from the plant harvested in iran, where the polyphenol level was 89.43 ± 0.58, 40.43 ± 0.58, 15.10 ± 1 and 9.43 ± 0.58 μg gae/mg sample for oil concentrations of the order of 10, 5, 2.5 and 0.2 µg/ml. atanassova et al. (2011) showed that the methanolic extract of mentha piperita contains a polyphenol level of 0.4525 mg gae/g ds where this plant was harvested in bulgaria. the level of total polyphenols was estimated to be around 71.8 ± 5.1 and 55.1 ± 3.6 mg gae/g ds of the methanol/chloroform extract and the aqueous extract from the leaves and stems of mentha piperita harvested in pakistan (akhtar et al., 2018). riachi and de maria (2015) concluded that the composition of mentha piperita oil is very sensitive to environmental variations where the maturity of the leaves plays an important role in the composition of the essential oil. thus, mint plants harvested at the flowering stage usually have a higher concentration of menthol (phenol) than plants in the bud-forming process, which contain a high amount of menthone. another factor, the exposure of the plant mentha piperita to uv-a radiation in addition to white light, during the night, increased the phenol content (maffei et al., 1999). in short, longer days, colder nights, older leaves, plants harvested at the flowering stage, and adequate hydration of plants should provide good quality peppermint essential oil (riachi and de maria, 2015). by comparison with previous studies, it seems that the extraction of phenolic compounds is governed by several factors which directly influence the levels of these molecules among these factors; increasing the extraction temperature, contact time of the plant material with water, and decreasing the particle size to increase the diffusion coefficient of the water. antibacterial and antifungal activity the obtained results of the antibacterial and antifungal activity (minimum inhibitory concentration ‘mic’ and minimum bactericidal (fungicidal) concentration ‘mbc’ -‘mfc’) of the essential oils of the four plants are presented in table 2. all the strains showed sensitivity against the essential oils tested with the exception of the c. albicans against r. officinalis essential oils. all essential oils tested are less active than the positive control (gentamicin or ketoconazole) with the exception of rosmarinus officinalis essential oils against salmonella typhimurium (mic and mbc = 0.625 mg/ml), salmonella enterica (mic = 0.0825 mg/ml and mbc = 0.312 mg/ml) and klebsiella pneumonia (mic = 0.3125 mg/ml and mbc = 1.25 mg/ml), as well as essential oils of mentha piperita against staphylococcus aureus (mic = 0.078 mg/ml). the strains treated by p. scoparius essential oils showed that the most sensitive strain was c. albicans atcc 10231 by mic of 0.0781 mg/ml. on the other hand, all bacteria tested against p. scoparius in this study revealed mics of 5, 10 or higher than 10 mg/ml. e. coli was the most sensitive bacteria tested by m. nivellei essential oils with mic around 2.5 mg/ml, while, the fungal strains showed good mic (0.312 mg/ml) by comparing with those obtained against bacteria. table 2. minimum inhibitory concentrations and minimum bactericidal (fungicidal) concentrations(mg/ml) of essential oils (pituranthos scoparius, myrtus nivellei, rosmarinus officinalis and mentha piperita) and controls. test organisms pituranthos scoparius myrtus nivellei rosmarinus officinalis mentha piperita controld mica mbcb (mfcc) mic mbc (mfc) mic mbc (mfc) mic mbc (mfc) mic mbc staphylococcus aureus atcc 25923 5 5 10 10 10 10 0.078 0.156 0.156 0.156 bacillus cereus atcc 11778 10 10 5 5 2.5 10 5 5 0.156 0.156 escherichia coli atcc 25933 10 10 2.5 2.5 1.25 5 0.312 0.625 0.312 0.312 pseudomonas aeruginosa atcc 27853 10 10 5 5 2.5 5 5 5 0.625 1.25 pasteurella multocida atcc 43137 10 10 10 10 2.5 10 0.156 1.25 0.039 0.039 salmonella typhimurium atcc 13311 ˃ 10 ˃10 10 10 0.625 0.625 1.25 2.5 0.625 0.625 salmonella enterica atcc 13312 5 5 10 10 0.0825 0.312 10 10 0.625 0.625 campylobacter fetus atcc 27374 ˃ 10 ˃ 10 10 10 5 10 5 5 0.019 0.039 klebsiella pneumonia atcc 700603 10 10 10 10 0.3125 1.25 2.5 5 5 10 enterobacter cloacae atcc 13047 ˃ 10 ˃ 10 5 5 5 10 5 5 2.5 5 candida albicans atcc 10231 0.0781 0.0781 0.312 0.312 / / 0.625 2.5 0.019 0.019 candida albicans ip 444 0.039 0.039 0.312 1.25 / / 5 5 0.019 0.019 a mic: minimum inhibitory concentrations, bmbc: minimum bactericidal concentrations, cmfc: minimum fungicidal concentrations d control: gentamicin for bacteria and ketoconazole for candida albicans concerning r. officinalis, s. enterica recorded the lowest mic compared to the other tested bacteria (0.0825 mg/ml). by comparison, gram negative bacteria were more sensitive than gram positive against r. officinalis essential oils. indeed, the registered mics of m. piperita essential oils for b. cereus, p. aeruginosa, 70 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 65-75 s. enterica, c. fetus, e. cloacae and c. albicans ip 444 (from 5 to 10 mg/ml) were higher than those obtained for s.aureus, e.coli, p. multocida, s. typhimurium, k. pneumonia and c. albicans atcc 10231 (from 0.078 to 2.5 mg/ml). the mics for pituranthos scorparius essential oil were similar to those reported by boutaghane et al. (2004) for enterobacter, klebsiella pneumoniae and salmonella thiphymurium where they found mics of the order of 256, 16 and 128 mg/ml, respectively. on the other hand, the mic results obtained by these authors against escherichia coli (256 mg/ml), pseudomonas aeruginosa (1 mg/ml) and staphylococcus aureus (256 mg/ml) are not in agreement with our results. ksouri et al. (2017) found that no antibacterial activity of pituranthos scorparius essential oil has been revealed against escherichia coli and klebsiella pneumoniae. however, the mics obtained for staphylococcus aureus and candida albicans were of the order of 1 and 0.5 mg/ml. the mic obtained by ksouri et al. (2017) against pseudomonas aeruginosa (greater than or equal to 2 mg/ml) is correlated with that of our result. bouzabata et al. (2013) studied the antifungal activity of the essential oil of myrtus nivellei (same species in algeria), they showed mics and mfcs between 1.25 and 2.5 µl/ml against candida albicans atcc 10231. these can be correlated with the cmf obtained against candida albicans ip 444 (1.25 mg/ml). a work by kabouche et al. (2005) on essential oils of rosmarinus officinalis grown in algeria showed mics greater than 0.128 mg/ml against both strains e. coli and s. aureus. the results of the cmi are in agreement with those obtained by celiktas et al. (2007) from turkey (izmir, çanakkale) of the essential oils of the plant harvested in september against the staphylococcus aureus (10 mg/ml). however, a tunisian study reported that essential oils of this species revealed mics between 1.25-2.5 μl/ml against e. coli and between 1.25-2.5 μl/ml against bacillus cereus (zaouali et al., 2010). it is comparable to our results. according to jordán et al. (2013), these essential oils have an mic of 2-5 μl/ml against e. coli. i̇şcan et al. (2002) tested the essential oil of m. piperita from different origins (turkey and india), they reported mics between 1.25 and 2.5 mg/ml against escherichia coli, between 0.625 and 2.5 mg/ml against staphylococcus aureus, between 1.25 and 2.5 mg/ml against salmonella typhimurium, of 2.5 mg/ml against klebsiella pneumoniae, of 1.25 mg/ml against bacillus cereus and between 0.312 and 0.625 mg/ml against candida albicans. these results are correlated with our results, with the exception of those obtained for escherichia coli and bacillus cereus. the mic values for essential oil of m. piperita against different bacterial strains, reported by mahboubi and kazempour (2014), range from 0.125 to a value greater than 64 μl/ml. the mics are of the order of 1, 0.25, 1, 2, 16, 0.25 and 0.125 μl/ml against s. aureus, b. cereus, e. coli, s. typhimurium, p. aeruginosa, k. pneumioniae and c. albicans, respectively. however, the mbcs are of the order of 2,> 64, 1, 2, 16 0.5 and 0.125 μl/ml against s. aureus, b. cereus, e. coli, s. typhimurium, p. aeruginosa, k. pneumioniae and c. albicans, respectively. mohammadi et al. (2016) revealed percentages of 0.16%, 0.8% and 2% of mic50, mic90 and mbc, respectively, of the essential oil of m. piperita against e. coli. compared with our result, it seems that the oil tested has a strong activity to that tested by mohammadi and al. tyagi and malik (2011) recorded mic and mbc (or mfc) of 1.13 to 2.25 mg/ml (mic) and 2.25-9 mg/ml (mbc) for bacterial strains and 1.13 mg/ml (mic) and 2.25 mg/ml (mfc) for yeasts. according to the study by saharkhiz et al. (2012), the essential oils of m. piperita have an antifungal activity with an mic of 1.5 μl/ml against c. albican strain. according to the study by saharkhiz et al. (2012), the essential oils of m. piperita have an antifungal activity with a mic of 1.5 μl/ml against c. albicans. samber et al. (2015) found that m. piperita essential oil is a bioactive fungicidal compound that has a strong effect on pm-atpase (pm: plasma membrane) in candida species. they suggested these essential oils enter the cell membrane and target the pathway for ergosterol biosynthesis, thereby compromising its biosynthesis. simultaneously, they react with the membrane itself with their reactive hydroxyl moiety, and the extensive lesion on the membrane is a combined effect of the two events. antioxidant activity the evaluation of the antioxidant activity of the essential oils of the four plants was carried out by two conventional methods in order to test these essential oils by various reaction mechanisms involved in these antioxidant tests. the dpph radical is one of the most widely used substrates for the rapid and direct evaluation of antioxidant activity due to its stability in radical form and the simplicity of this analysis. the antioxidant power of the essential oils has been compared to that of the positive control used (ascorbic acid). the values of the concentrations corresponding to the inhibition of 50% of the free radical dpph (ic50) are summarized in table 3. from the results obtained, we observed that the essential oils of the four plants showed an antioxidant activity by scavenging of the free radical dpph. by comparing the antioxidant power of ascorbic acid (positive control) with that of the essential oils of p. scoparius, m. nivellei and m. piperita, we note that these essential oils were less active and showed a weak antioxidant activity relative to ascorbic acid. however, the r. officinalis essential oils (ic50 = 0.69 ± 0.07 halla et al. – polyphenols content and antimicrobial, antioxidant and … 71 mg/ml) reported more antioxidant power than the ascorbic acid (ic50 = 0.81 ± 0.14 mg/ml). from the results obtained, the essential oils of p. scoparius, m. nivellei and m. piperita have ic50 values of 3.26 ± 0.65, 30.67 ± 2.12 and 18.33 ± 1.84 mg/ml, respectively. table 3. ic50 values for reduction of radical dpph and ec50 of reducing power of essential oils of pituranthos scoparius, myrtus nivellei, rosmarinus officinalis and mentha piperita (mg/ml). ic50 dpph ec50 reducing power ascorbic acid 0.81 ± 0.14 / bha / 0.42 ± 0.12 pituranthos scoparius 3.26 ± 0.65 484.40 ± 5.14 myrtus nivellei 30.67 ± 2.12 31.2 ± 2.59 rosmarinus officinalis 0.69 ± 0.07 9.67 ± 1.36 mentha piperita 18.33 ± 1.84 11.07 ± 0.07 the values of the optical densities obtained by reducing power assays allowed to drawing curves for each essential oil. in this test, the increase in absorbance means an increase in the reducing power of the essential oils tested. in order to compare the antioxidant activity of the essential oils tested by this method, we calculated the ec50. the results obtained are illustrated in table 3. we note that the essential oils of the p. scoparius showed a very low reducing power by comparing them with the positive control used (bha) and the essential oils of the other plants (484.40 ± 5.14 mg/ml). the essential oils of r. officinalis reported an ec50 of 9.67 ± 1.36 mg/ml, this time their antioxidant activity have not powerful to those of the positive control bha (0.42 ± 0.12 mg/ml). the ec50 of m. nivellei and m. piperita essential oils are 31.2 ± 2.59 and 11.07 ± 0.07 mg/ml, respectively. the essential oils of pituranthos scoparius have an ic50 value of 3.26 ± 0.65 mg/ml which results in a much higher antioxidant power than the value obtained by ksouri et al. (2017) which is of the order of 11.21 ± 0.26 mg/ml of the same species. to our best knowledge, there is no work done on the antioxidant activity of the essential oils of m. nivellei. touaibia and chaouch (2014) studied some extracts of this plant, they showed that the extracts studied all had a very good reducing activity, especially for the ethanol extract (ec50 equal to 0.59 mg/ml) by the dpph method and methanol extract by the frap test (66.7%). rached et al. (2010) evaluated the antioxidant activity of the fractions obtained from the raw extract of the leaves of m. nivellei. they found that the best activity was reported for the ethyl acetate and n-butanol fractions with ic50 values of 3.08 ± 0.40 μg/ml and 4.40 ± 0.43 μg/ml, respectively. in addition, ramdane et al. (2017) reported ic50 values between 4.97 μg/ml and 16.33 μg/ml, for the different extracts obtained from m. nivellei leaves (hyudromethanol, ethyl acetate, butanolic and aqueous). the antioxidant activity of essential oils of rosmarinus officinalis is greater compared to that found by zaouali et al. (2010) and wojdylo et al. (2007), which revealed a low antioxidant power, by the two dpph and frap methods. for the essential oils of m. piperita, we compared our results with the work carried out by singh et al. (2015), on the same species of libya, which showed a higher antioxidant activity by scavenging the dpph radical, with an ic50 value of 15.2 ± 0.9 μg/ml. according to sharafi et al. (2010), the m. piperita essential oil has shown a percentage inhibition of dpph activity of 63.82 ± 0.05% at the concentration of 10 µg/ml where the ic50 was around 3.9 μg/ml. laghouiter et al. (2015) recorded an ec50 of around 208.495 ± 4.247 μg/ml of m. piperita essential oil. gavahian et al. (2015) extracted the essential oil from m. piperita by four different methods (hydrodistillation; steam entrainment, hydrodistillation assisted by microwaves and hydrodistillation assisted by ohmic heating). they found that the antioxidant activity was almost similar for the essential oil obtained by these different methods whose ec50 values were between 9.6 ± 0.7 and 10.4 ± 0.6 μg/ml. our results, in most cases, are not in agreement with those obtained by previous work. this difference in the results is probably due to the diversity of the chemical composition and according to intrinsic and extrinsic factors, namely the harvest region and the evaluation method used. hemolytic asssay the hemolysis test was evaluated because, even if a plant has potent antioxidant power or good antimicrobial activity, its use in traditional medicine and in pharmacological preparations will be impossible in the presence of their hemolytic effect, which is an indicator of cytotoxicity. when the plasma membrane of red blood cells is altered by the action of essential oil, it follows lysis resulting in the release of hemoglobin in the red blood cell, which is why we assayed the extracellular hemoglobin after the addition of different concentrations of essential oils. final concentrations of essential oils were chosen according to the mic founded in the first part. figure 1 shows the effect of essential oils at different concentrations (0.39, 0.781, 1.56 and 3.125 mg/ml) on the release of hemoglobin from the red blood cells at 37 °c. the results obtained show that the percentages of hemolytic effect are directly proportional to the increase in the concentrations of the essential oils of the four tested plants (fig. 1). after 120 minutes of incubation and for all the concentrations tested, the hemolysis percentages are between 10 and 93%. therefore, the hemolytic effect of the various essential oils tested, at the concentration of 3.125 mg/ml after 120 minutes of contact with human erythrocytes, can be classified as 72 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 65-75 follows: p. scoparius (93%) m. piperita (72.88 %) > m. nivellei (72.75%) > r. officinalis (43.26%). after 120 min incubation, minimal haemolysis (10%) is obtained with essential oils of r. officinalis at a concentration of 0.39 mg/ml, so these essential oils may be slightly hemolytic at this concentration after two hours of incubation. on the other hand, the other essential oils have an important hemolytic effect against isolated erythrocytes, with a hemolysis rate that exceeds 41% at a concentration of 0.39 mg/ml. figure 1. release of hemoglobin by erythrocytes induced by different concentrations (mg/ml) of essential oils (pituranthos scoparius, myrtus nivellei, rosmarinus officinalis and mentha piperita). our results show that the essential oils of rosmarinus officinalis have a very low toxic effect compared to isolated erythrocytes, with a haemolysis rate not exceeding 45% at a concentration of 3.1225 mg/ml, what characterizes it by the absence of risk of cytotoxicity. for other plants, they may be slightly hemolytic at high concentrations with respect to human erythrocytes. samber and his collaborators have shown that the rate of hemolysis of essential oil of mentha pipireta against human red blood cells does not exceed 6% at a concentration of 2 mg/ml after one hour of incubation (samber et al., 2015). mendanha et al. (2013) report that terpenes can compete with the intermolecular hydrogen bond between lipid molecules and thereby disrupt the network of hydrogen bonds in the lipid bilayer, which weakens the membrane. as well, jain et al. (2002) found that terpenes, which have alcoholic ‘oh’ groups and which act as hydrogen bond donors, can disrupt the hydrogen bond network in the membrane bilayer. according to some authors, the cytotoxicity of essential oils against red blood cells is due to their hydrophobic nature which is accentuated by the synergetic effect between their compounds (sacchetti et al., 2005). silva et al. (2017) suggest that the constituents present in oils can interact with the components of the erythrocyte membrane, leading to destabilization of its structure and to a disordered influx of ions and water which leads to rupture of the membranes. conclusion the plants studied were harvested from areas of specific climate in algeria. p. scoparius and m. piperita showed yields higher than 1%. according to the antimicrobial activity results, all the strains showed sensitivity against the essential oils tested with the exception of the c. albicans against r. officinalis essential oils. the high content of polyphenols was reported in p. scoparius essential oils (14.78 ± 0.72 mg gae/g ds). the antioxidant test shows that the the essential oils of the four plants showed an antioxidant activity by scavenging of the free radical dpph. signally, the r. officinalis essential oils reported more antioxidant power than the positive control (ascorbic acid). the reducing power for all essential oils tested was by ec50 ranging from 9.67 ± 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 5 10 15 30 60 120[ h e m o g lo b in ] re le a se d ( % ) time (min) pituranthos scoparius witness 0,39 0,781 1,56 3,125 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 5 10 15 30 60 120[ h e m o g lo b in ] re le a se d ( % ) time (min) myrtus nivellei witness 0,39 0,781 1,56 3,125 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 5 10 15 30 60 120[ h e m o g lo b in ] re le a se d ( % ) time (min) rosmarinus officinalis witness 0,39 0,781 1,56 3,125 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 5 10 15 30 60 120[ h e m o g lo b in ] re le a se d ( % ) time (min) mentha piperita witness 0,39 0,781 1,56 3,125 halla et al. – polyphenols content and antimicrobial, antioxidant and … 73 1.36 (r. officinalis) to 484.40 ± 5.14mg/ml (p. scoparius). our results show that the essential oils of rosmarinus officinalis had a very low toxic effect compared to isolated erythrocytes (45% at 3.1225 mg/ml). from the results obtained, the geographical origin and period of harvest can influence the yield and the antioxidant activity of the essential oils of the studied plants. conflict of interest: the author declares that there are no conflicts of interest concerning the publication of this article. references abderrazak k, messoued r, azzedine z (2013). etude phytochimique et de l’activité antimicrobienne des huiles essentielles de pituranthos scoparius de la region de biskra (sud-est algérien). tunisian journal of medicinal plants and natural products 10(2): xx-xx. akhtar n, ihsan-ul-haq mirza b (2018). phytochemical analysis and comprehensive evaluation of antimicrobial and antioxidant properties of 61 medicinal plant species. arabian journal of chemistry 11 (8): 1223-1235. aps (algeria press service) (2019). environnement: l'observatoire national de la biodiversité inscrit dans la loi de finances 2020 (la ministre de l'environnement et des energies renouvelables, fatima zohra zerouati). algeria press service. http://www.aps.dz/economie/89734environnement-l-observatoire-national-de-la-biodiversiteinscrit-dans-la-lf-2020. atanassova m, georgieva s, ivancheva k (2011). total phenolic and total flavonoid contents, antioxidant capacity and biological contaminants in medicinal herbs. journal of the university of chemical technology & metallurgy 46(1): 8188. bolard j (1986). how do the polyene macrolide antibiotics affect the cellular membrane properties?. biochimica et biophysica acta (bba)-reviews on biomembranes 864(3-4): 258-303. boukhalfa d (2017). contribution à l’étude des plantes aromatiques et médicinales de la région de l’ahaggar (doctoral dissertation, university of algiers, algeria). http://193.194.83.98/jspui/bitstream/1635/14379/1/boukha lfa_djamel.pdf boutaghane n, nacer a, kabouche z, ait-kaki b (2004). comparative antibacterial activities of the essential oils of stems and seeds of pituranthos scoparius from algerian septentrional sahara. chemistry of natural compounds 40(6): 606-607. bouzabata a, bazzali o, cabral c, gonçalves mj, cruz mt, bighelli a, cavaleiro c, casanova j, salgueiro l, tomi f (2013). new compounds, chemical composition, antifungal activity and cytotoxicity of the essential oil from myrtus nivellei batt. & trab., an endemic species of central sahara. journal of ethnopharmacology 149(3): 613-620. celiktas oy, kocabas eh, bedir e, sukan fv, ozek t, baser khc (2007). antimicrobial activities of methanol extracts and essential oils of rosmarinus officinalis, depending on location and seasonal variations. food chemistry 100(2): 553559. chikhoune a, damjan pavleca j, shashkov m, berroua z, chebbi k, bougherra h, zeroual b, aliane k, gagaoua m, boudjellal a, vovk i, krizman m (2017). antioxidant effect induced by the essential oil of pituranthos scoparius in a formulation of a whey spread emulsion. journal of food processing and preservation 41(5): 1-12. clsi (clinical and laboratory standards institute) (2012). methods for dilution antimicrobial susceptibility tests for bacteria that grow aerobically; approved standard—9th ed. clsi document m07-a9. usa: clinical and laboratory standards institute, wayne, pa. clsi (clinical and laboratory standards institute) (2008). reference method for broth dilution antifungal susceptibility testing of yeasts, approved standard, 3rd ed. clsi document m27-a3. usa: clinical and laboratory standards institute, wayne, pa. derwich e, benziane z, taouil r, senhaji o, touzani m (2010). aromatic plants of morocco: gc/ms analysis of the essential oils of leaves of mentha piperita. advances in environmental biology 4(1): 80-86. dewanto v, wu x, adom kk, liu rh (2002). thermal processing enhances the nutritional value of tomatoes by increasing total antioxidant activity. journal of agricultural and food chemistry 50(10): 3010-3014. djeddi s, bouchenah n, settar i, skaltsa hd (2007). composition and antimicrobial activity of the essential oil of rosmarinus officinalis from algeria. chemistry of natural compounds 43(4): 487-490. el asbahani a, miladi k, badri w, sala m, addi ea, casabianca h, el mousadik a, hartmann d, jilale a, renaud fnr, elaissari a (2015). essential oils: from extraction to encapsulation. international journal of pharmaceutics 483(12): 220-243. espinel-ingroff a, cantón e (2007). antifungal susceptibility testing of yeasts. in: richard s, lynn s-m, avery cg (eds) antimicrobial susceptibility testing protocols. taylor & francis group llc, pp. 173-208. gavahian m, farhoosh r, farahnaky a, javidnia k, shahidi f (2015). evaluation of antioxidant activities of mentha piperita essential oils obtained by different extraction methods. iranian food science and technology research journal 11(6): 729737. gourine n, merrad b, yousfi m, stocker p, gaydou em (2011). chemical composition of the essential oil of pituranthos scoparius. natural product communications 6(8): 1151-1154. haddouchi f, chaouche tm, halla n (2016). phytochemical screening, antioxidant activities and hemolytic power of four saharan plants from algeria. phytothérapie, 1-9. halla n, boucherit k, boucherit-otmani z, touati fz, rahmani n, aid i (2019a). ammodaucus leucotrichus and citrullus colocynthis from algerian sahara: ethnopharmacological application, phytochemical screening, polyphenols content and antioxidant activity of hydromethanolic extracts. journal of king saud university-science 31(4): 541-548. halla n, boucherit k, zeragui b, hellal d, bentoumi a, belouafi l, chikhi i, boucherit-otmani z. (2019b). essential oil of artemisia judaica l. (ssp. sahariensis) from algerian sahara: antimicrobial effects and mechanisms of action. phytothérapie. doi 10.3166/phyto-2019-0187. hammiche v, maiza k (2006). traditional medicine in central sahara: pharmacopoeia of tassili n’ajjer. journal of ethnopharmacology 105(3): 358-367. 74 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 9 (2), 2020: 65-75 i̇şcan g, ki̇ri̇mer n, kürkcüoǧlu m, başer hc, demirci f (2002). antimicrobial screening of mentha piperita essential oils. journal of agricultural and food chemistry 50(14): 3943-3946. jain ak, thomas ns, panchagnula r (2002). transdermal drug delivery of imipramine hydrochloride.: i. effect of terpenes. journal of controlled release 79(1-3): 93-101. jordán mj, lax v, rota mc, lorán s, sotomayor ja (2013). effect of bioclimatic area on the essential oil composition and antibacterial activity of rosmarinus officinalis l. food control 30(2): 463-468. kabouche z, boutaghane n, laggoune s, kabouche a, ait-kaki z, benlabed k (2005). comparative antibacterial activity of five lamiaceae essential oils from algeria. international journal of aromatherapy 15(3):129-133. kalla a, belkacemi d, gherraf n, zellagui a, messai l, ladjel s, samir h, brahim l, chihi s (2010). seasonal variability of essential oil content of pituranthos scoparius. asian journal of chemistry 22(4): 3065-3068. khaldi a (2014). la gestion non–durable de la steppe algérienne. vertigo-la revue électronique en sciences de l'environnement. https://doi.org/10.4000/vertigo.15152. ksouri a, dob t, belkebir a, dahmane d, nouasri a (2017). volatile compounds and biological activities of aerial parts of pituranthos scoparius (coss and dur) schinz (apiaceae) from hoggar, southern algeria. tropical journal of pharmaceutical research 16(1): 51-58. laghouiter ok, gherib a, laghouiter h (2015). etude de l’activité antioxydante des huiles essentielles de certaines menthes cultivées dans la région de ghardaïa. revue elwahat pour les recherches et les etudes 8(1): 84-93. lee yl, ding p (2016). production of essential oil in plants: ontogeny, secretory structures and seasonal variations. pertanika journal of scholarly research reviews 2(1):1-10. lograda t, ramdani m, kiram a, chalard p, figueredo g (2013). variation of essential oils composition of pituranthos scoparius in algeria. global journal of research on medicinal plants & indigenous medicine 2(1): 1-11. maffei m, canova d, bertea cm, scannerini s (1999). uv-a effects on photomorphogenesis and essential-oil composition in mentha piperita. journal of photochemistry and photobiology b: biology 52(1-3): 105-110. mahboubi m, kazempour n (2014). chemical composition and antimicrobial activity of peppermint (mentha piperita l.) essential oil. songklanakarin journal of science and technology 36(1): 83-87. mendanha sa, moura ss, anjos jl, valadares mc, alonso a (2013). toxicity of terpenes on fibroblast cells compared to their hemolytic potential and increase in erythrocyte membrane fluidity. toxicology in vitro 27(1): 323-329. mohammadi a, hashemi m, hosseini m (2016). antimicrobial activity of essential oils of cinnamomum zeylanicum, mentha piperita, zataria multiflora boiss and thymus vulgaris against pathogenic bacteria. medical laboratory journal 10(2): 32-40. halla n, boucherit k, boucherit-otmani z, rahmoun n (2013). erythrocyte toxicities of imidazolidinyl urea and diazolidinyl urea. journal of materials science and engineering. b 3(7b): 445. oyaizu m (1986). studies on products of the browning reaction —antioxidative activities of products of browning reaction prepared from glucosamine. the japanese journal of nutrition and dietetics, 44(6): 307-315. pereira pc, cebola mj, bernardo-gil mg (2009). evolution of the yields and composition of essential oil from portuguese myrtle (myrtus comunis l.) through the vegetative cycle. molecules 14(8): 3094-3105. prieto p, pineda m, aguilar m (1999). spectrophotometric quantitation of antioxidant capacity through the formation of a phosphomolybdenum complex: specific application to the determination of vitamin e. analytical biochemistry 269(2):337–41. qaiyumi s (2007). macroand microdilution methods of antimicrobial susceptibility testing. in: richard s, lynn sm, avery cg (eds) antimicrobial susceptibility testing protocols. taylor & francis group llc, pp. 75-80. rached w, benamar h, bennaceur m, marouf a (2010). screening of the antioxidant potential of some algerian indigenous plants. journal of biological sciences 10(4): 316324. ramdane f, essid r, fares n, el ouassis d, aziz s, mahammed mh, didi ould hadj m, limam f (2017). antioxidant antileishmanial cytotoxic and antimicrobial activities of a local plant myrtus nivellei from algeria sahara. asian pacific journal of tropical biomedicine 7(8): 702-707. riachi lg, de maria ca (2015). peppermint antioxidants revisited. food chemistry 176: 72-81. rohloff j, dragland s, mordal r, iversen th (2005). effect of harvest time and drying method on biomass production, essential oil yield, and quality of peppermint (mentha× piperita l.). journal of agricultural and food chemistry 53(10): 4143-4148. sacchetti g, maietti s, muzzoli m, scaglianti m, manfredini s, radice m, bruni r (2005). comparative evaluation of 11 essential oils of different origin as functional antioxidants, antiradicals and antimicrobials in foods. food chemistry 91(4): 621-632. saharkhiz mj, motamedi m, zomorodian k, pakshir k, miri r, hemyari k (2012). chemical composition, antifungal and antibiofilm activities of the essential oil of mentha piperita l. isrn pharmaceutics 2012 :1-6. samber n, khan a, varma a, manzoor n (2015). synergistic anti-candidal activity and mode of action of mentha piperita essential oil and its major components. pharmaceutical biology 53(10): 1496-1504. sangwan ns, farooqi aha, shabih f, sangwan rs (2001). regulation of essential oil production in plants. plant growth regulation 34(1): 3-21. seca am, pinto dc (2019). biological potential and medical use of secondary metabolites. medicines 6(2): 66. sharafi sm, rasooli i, owlia p, taghizadeh m, astaneh sda (2010). protective effects of bioactive phytochemicals from mentha piperita with multiple health potentials. pharmacognosy magazine 6(23): 147-153. silva lf, das graças cardoso m, preté psc, teixeira ml, nelson dl, magalhães ml, ferreira vrf, souza rv, soares li, marcussi s (2017). essential oils from mentha viridis (l). l. and mentha pulegium l.: cytogenotoxic effects on human cells. american journal of plant sciences 8(6): 1423-1437. singh r, shushni ma, belkheir a (2015). antibacterial and antioxidant activities of mentha piperita l. arabian journal of chemistry 8(3): 322-328. touaibia m, chaouch fz (2014). evaluation of the antioxidant activity of aqueous, methanolic and ethanolic extracts of the sahara-endemic species myrtus nivellei batt and trab. halla et al. – polyphenols content and antimicrobial, antioxidant and … 75 (myrtaceae). international journal of innovation and applied studies 6: 407-413. tyagi ak, malik a (2011). antimicrobial potential and chemical composition of mentha piperita oil in liquid and vapour phase against food spoiling microorganisms. food control 22(11): 1707-1714. vérité p, nacer a, kabouche z, seguin e (2004). composition of seeds and stems essential oils of pituranthos scoparius (coss. & dur.) schinz. flavour and fragrance journal 19(6): 562564. wojdyło a, oszmiański j, czemerys r (2007). antioxidant activity and phenolic compounds in 32 selected herbs. food chemistry 105(3): 940-949. zaouali y, bouzaine t, boussaid m (2010). essential oils composition in two rosmarinus officinalis l. varieties and incidence for antimicrobial and antioxidant activities. food and chemical toxicology 48(11): 3144-3152. zeragui b, hachem k, halla n, kahloula k (2019). essential oil from artemisia judaica l. (ssp. sahariensis) flowers as a natural cosmetic preservative: chemical composition, and antioxidant and antibacterial activities. journal of essential oil bearing plants 22(3): 685-694. zheng w, wang sy (2001). antioxidant activity and phenolic compounds in selected herbs. journal of agricultural and food chemistry 49(11): 5165-5170. this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 12, number 1, april 2023 | pages: 17-23 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2023.121.17-23 issn 2540-9328 (online) the effect of pumpkin fruit ripeness (cucurbita moschata. d) on total flavonoid levels and antioxidant activity linda astutik, eka fitri yanti* departement pharmacy, harapan bangsa jember school health jl. teuku umar no. 67 jember 68133, tel./fax.0331-5102836, indonesia. corresponding author* rofi3k4@gmail.com manuscript received: 01 august, 2022. revision accepted: 31 august, 2022. published: 03 october, 2022. abstract pumpkin fruit (cucurbita moschata. d) belongs the cucurbitaceae family which is a functional vegetable widely distributed in indonesia because it has nutritional value and health benefits. this study aims to determine the value of total flavonoid content and antioxidant activity in the ethanol extract of unripe, mature and ripened pumpkin. simplicia powder was extracted by maceration method using 96% solvent. testing the total flavonoid content with the addition of alcl3 at a wavelength of 425 nm and the antioxidant activity test was carried out using dpph (1-1-diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazyl) as a free radical with a maximum wavelength of 515 nm using microplate reader. the results of the study concluded that the ethanolic extract of pumpkin flesh had a total flavonoid content of 0,146 mgqe/100g in unripe fruit, 0,221 mgqe/100g in mature pumpkin, 0,191 mgqe/100g in ripened pumpkin. the antioxidant activity of the ethanol extract of unripe, mature, and ripened pumpkin fruit obtained was not active or did not completely reduce free radicals. keywords: pumpkin fruit (cucurbita moschata d); total flavonoid levels; antioxidant activity. introduction pumpkin is an annual plant that has been known to the indonesian people for a long time and is widely used in traditional food preparations. pumpkin is considered a functional vegetable that is widespread in indonesia and is very adaptable to various environmental conditions. the availability of pumpkin in indonesia is relatively large. however, the high production of pumpkin in indonesia is not matched by the use of pumpkin (purwanto et al., 2013). the use of yellow pumpkin are still limited to the household scale, which is processed into cooked vegetable from unripe unripe fruits, or dodol, cakes, compotes, and pastries from ripe fruits (hamdi et al., 2017). sharma et al., (2020) suggested that this plant has a broad spectrum for the treatment of diseases associated with its constituent compounds. the skin, flesh, and seeds of pumpkin have high nutritional value because they contain a lot of total phenols, total carotenoids, flavonoids and a large number of macro and micro nutrients (hussain et al., 2021). flavonoids are well-known active substances from plants that act as drugs in the human body. pumpkin seeds and flesh have higher total flavonoid content due to higher metabolism in plant parts, resulting in more metabolites. although the total flavonoid content in pumpkin is less than the total phenol content, the total flavonoid content at low concentrations also has strong antioxidant potential (asif et al., 2017). gumolung et al., (2013) suggested that ethanol extract of pumpkin flesh produced an antidote to free radicals of 62,16%. the ethanolic extract of pumpkin fruit has phenolic compounds, especially flavonoids as antioxidant activity in the moderate category with an ic50 (inhibitory concentration) value of 175,672 μg/ml and as a comparison is trolox with an ic50 value of 33,177 μg/ml (lukita, 2021). this flavonoid compound can release hydrogen radicals contained in the hydroxyl group (-oh) to attach to dpph radicals, so that dpph radicals become stable (sabarudin et al., 2021). in addition, flavonoids have the ability to scavenge free radicals and inhibit lipid oxidation (zuraida et al., 2017). as antioxidants, flavonoids are able to inhibit degenerative and chronic diseases. in addition to antioxidants, flavonoids are said to have hepatoprotector, antithrombotic, anti-inflammatory, and antiviral properties (dewi et al., 2018). the effects of flavonoid compounds are very diverse and very beneficial especially in relation to traditional medicine (sopan et al., 2014). previous studies by mokhtar et al., (2021) conducted an analysis of the phenolic content, flavonoids of (cucurbita moschata d) at various stages of ripening (unripe, mature, ripened) and determine antioxidant activity. the content of polyphenolic and flavonoids https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2023.121.17-23 18 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 12 (1), 2023: 17-23 compound in riped pumpkin was 97.4 mggae/gram and 28.6 mgqe/gram. ripe pumpkin showed high antioxidant activity against dpph radicals, which was 0.065 ± 0.010 mol te/gram. based on the description above, it is necessary to conduct research to identify total flavonoid compounds and antioxidant activity of yellow pumpkin fruits during the ripening stage (unripe, mature, ripened). so that this research aims to study the changes in the profile of total flavonoid levels during ripening, and the development of antioxidant activity. samples had been taken from tegal rejo village which is part of tegalsari district, banyuwangi regency, east java. the livelihood of the people is 100% in agriculture, one of the cultivated commodities is yellow pumpkin fruit (fauzi dan purnomo, 2016). three fruit samples from each stage of development were selected based on their morphological attributes. materials and methods material unripe, mature, ripened pumpkin fruit obtained from tegal rejo village, tegalsari district, banyuwangi regency, east java, ethanol solvent 96%, methanol, sodium nitrite (nano2) 5%, sodium hydroxide (naoh) 1 m, quercetin, dpph (1,1-diphenyl-2pikrihildrazil), aluminum chloride alcl3 10%, and distilled water. table 1. identification of pumpkin fruits (cucurbita moschata d) of different degrees of maturity. identification description picture unripe pumpkin fruit light green, the shape of the fruit is flat-rounded. the grooves of the fruit are indistinct, fruit patches are present, the color of the flesh is yellowish-green. mature pumpkin fruit orange green, the shape of the fruit is flat-rounded, the grooves of the fruit are not clear, the color of the flesh is orange. ripened pumpkin fruit brown, flat round fruit shape, fruit spots are present, fruit groove is clear, flesh color is dark orange. procedures sample and extract preparation unripe, mature, ripened pumpkins were separated from the seeds and skin, then washed with running water and sliced thinly. then dried using the oven at a temperature of 50o-70o c and put in a blender into powder. furthermore, 100 grams of simplicia powder were weighed at various levels of fruit maturity and extracted with 500 ml of 96% ethanol for ± 3-5 days and stored at room temperature, after which it was filtered. the result obtained is called the filtrate. the filtrate was then concentrated with rotary evaporatoruntil a thick extract is obtained. determination of total flavonoid level contents in pumpkin extracts the method used for total flavonoid contents determination in pumpkin powders was alcl3 colorimetric assay as described by dona et al., (2020) with slight modification. a sample of 5 mg was dissolved in 5 ml of ethanol, so that the mother liquor with a solution concentration of 1000 ppm was obtained. then 100 µl was pipetted, and put into a microwell plate with three replications. then added 50 µl nano2 5% and 50 µl alcl3 10%, and incubated for 5 minutes in a dark room at room temperature, and added 50 µl naoh 1 m, then let stand for 30 minutes in a dark place. then the absorbance was measured using a microplate reader at a wavelength of 425 nm. determination of antioxidant activity contents in pumpkin extracts determination of antioxidant activity contents in pumpkin extracts was performed through a method by nasution dan ardhiyati, 2019). as much of 5 mg of the sample was dissolved in 5 ml of methanol so that the sample concentration was 1000 μg/ml. as much was added 50 μl (plate consists of rows a-h with each astutik & yanti – the effect of pumpkin fruit ripeness (cucurbita moschata. d) … 19 totaling 12 holes). as much as 50 μl was put into each well of rows f, e, d, c, b. furthermore, samples with a concentration of 1000 μg/ml as much as 50 μl were inserted into rows g and f. then diluted rows f, e, d, c, b. row f 50 μl pippeted into row e, row e pipetted 50 μl into row d, row d 50 μl pipetted into row c, row c 50 μl pipetted into row b. row b 50 μl pipetted then discarded, so that the concentration of the test solution is 32 ppm (μg/ml), 63 ppm (μg/ml), 125 ppm (μg/ml), 250 ppm (μg/ml), 500 ppm (μg/ml), dan 1000 ppm (μg/ml). next row g, f, e, d, c, b dan a added 80 μl dpph with a concentration 80 ppm. then incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature to protect from light. the absorbance of the sample was measured using microplate reader at the maximum wavelength 515 nm. then the calculation of the value of % inhibition and calculation of ic50 were performed. % 𝐼𝑛ℎ𝑖𝑏𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 = 𝐴 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙 − 𝐴 𝑠𝑎𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑒 𝐴 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙 𝑥 100 % description: 𝐴 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙 : absorbance of dpph 𝐴 𝑠𝑎𝑚𝑝𝑒𝑙 : absorbance of the dpph solution containing the sample after calculating the % inhibition, the ic50 value was calculated from the linear regression equation, 𝑦 = 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏 description: 𝑥 : as sample concentration 𝑦 : % antioxidant activity data analysis we analysis of the total flavonoid compounds obtained from the absorbance of the comparison quercetin solution, presented a calibration curve and obtained a linear regression. the average absorbance was fitted in the standard curve equation as the y value, where the x value obtained was the concentration in mgqe/100g. analysis of antioxidant activity was obtained from the value of % inhibition and calculation of ic50. results and discussion yield of pumpkin fruit ethanol extract yield of 96% ethanol extract of unripe pumpkin is 34,2%, ripe pumpkin is 33,1% and mature pumpkin is 19,7% (table 2). the yield shows the active component that was successfully extracted (zuraida et al., 2017). yield results can be influenced by several extraction factors, including time, temperature, type of solvent, ratio of material and solvent, particle size and processing of the plant (chairunnisa et al, 2019). table 2. yield of pumpkin fruit ethanol extract. sample simplicia weight extract weight % yield unripe pumpkin 100 gr 34,2 34,2% mature pumpkin 100 gr 19,7 19,7% ripened pumpkin 100 gr 33,1 33,1% total flavonoid content this analysis aims to determine the total flavonoid content in the extract obtained from the standard curve equation. the choice of quercetin as a standard solution is due to its compounds that are widely distributed in plants (hasanah & novian, 2020). the following absorbance data on the concentration of quercetin produces a standard curve line y= 0,0013x + 0,0783 with an value r2 = 0,945 (figure 1). from this equation, the total flavonoid content obtained is 0,146 mgqe/100g extract of unripe pumpkin, 0,221 mgqe/100g extract of mature pumpkin and 0,191 mgqe/100g extract of ripened pumpkin as shown in table 3. figure 1. the standard curve of quercetin. table 3. data in the total flavonoid content of the ethanol extract of unripe, mature, ripened pumpkin. sample absorbance measurement average ktf (mgqe/100g) sd ktf ± sd (mgqe/100g) 1 2 3 unripe pumpkin 0,111 0,117 0,130 0,146 0,0079 0,146 ± 0,0079 mature pumpkin 0,164 0,176 0,182 0,221 0,0075 0,221 ± 0,0075 ripened pumpkin 0,149 0,151 0,153 0,191 0,0016 0,191 ± 0,0016 antioxidant activity in the antioxidant activity test, that ripe, mature and unripe pumpkins did not completely reduce the antioxidant activity (table 4). y = 0,0013x + 0,0783 r² = 0,945 0,00 0,05 0,10 0,15 0,20 0,25 0 50 100 150 a b so rb a n c e concentration (µ/ml) quercetin 20 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 12 (1), 2023: 17-23 table 4. the results of the measurement if % inhibition and ic50 value from ethanol extract of unripe, mature, ripened pumpkin. sample konsentrasi (µg/ml) % inhibition ic50 (µg/ml) rata-rata ic50 ± sd (µg/ml) ic50 (µg/ml) raw pumpkin 63 125 250 500 1000 1,1765 5,8824 5,8824 24,7059 35,2941 1337 1443,8 ± 102,37 very weak or inactive > 500 (µg/ml) (waode rustiah et al., 2018) 63 125 250 500 1000 1,1765 7,0588 9,4118 15,2941 35,2941 1454 63 125 250 500 1000 3,5294 7,0588 12,9412 15,2941 34,1176 1541 mature pumpkin 32 63 125 250 500 1000 2,198 5,495 7,692 10,989 16,484 31,868 1637 1751 ± 242,05 very weak or inactive > 500 (µg/ml) (waode rustiah et al., 2018) 32 63 125 250 500 1000 3,297 5,495 8,791 12,088 17,582 32,967 1587 32 63 125 250 500 1000 4,396 5,495 7,692 10,989 16,484 26,374 2029 ripened pumpkin 32 63 125 250 500 1000 2,198 4,396 5,495 5,495 12,088 20,879 2563 2283,6 ± 319,04 very weak or inactive > 500 (µg/ml) (waode rustiah et al., 2018) 32 63 125 250 500 1000 2,198 4,396 6,593 7,692 12,088 23,077 2352 32 63 125 250 500 1000 4,396 3,297 6,593 6,593 14,286 27,473 1936 discussion pumpkin has many health benefits, traditionally used to treat skin diseases, measles, jaundice, insomnia, cancer and can help increase endurance due to its antioxidant activity (sabarudin et al., 2021). different plant parts can have different phytochemical compounds, which can cause different pharmacological effects (sembiring et al., 2018). the extraction method used is maceration. astutik & yanti – the effect of pumpkin fruit ripeness (cucurbita moschata. d) … 21 the maceration method is used because the tools and methods are simple, and it does not use high temperatures which are at risk of damaging the chemical components of materials that are not resistant to high temperatures (prasetya et al., 2020). 96% ethanol is used as a solvent which is polar, so it is good to be used as an extract solvent to extract polyphenol compounds and a solvent that is safe for drugs (dai & mumper., 2010). analysis of the total flavonoid content test was carried out using the instrument microplate reader elisa (λ) 425 nm, because it is simple, easy to operate, faster, can use many samples at once in measurement and can use smaller volumes such as 200-500µl for microplate 96 -well (berg et al., 2016). the measurement of total flavonoid levels using the colorimetric method is based on the formation of a complex reaction between flavonoids and aluminum chloride (alcl3) (zuraida et al., 2017). reagent alcl3 added after nano2 will form a stable complex with a c4 keto group and a c3 or c5 hydroxyl group on flavones and flavonols (syafitri et al., 2014), resulting in a shift in wavelength towards the visible which is indicated by the solution producing a more yellow color. the results of the total flavonoid content obtained are in the unripe pumpkin of 0,146 mgqe/100g extract, mature pumpkin of 0,221 mgqe/100g extract, and ripened pumpkin of 0,191 mgqe/100g extract can be seen in table 2. the values obtained in this study were not much different from those of hasanah dan novian (2020) of 0,00288 mg/g. flavonoids will experience a decrease due to the influence of temperature during the drying process because these compounds are sensitive to light and heat. according to zainol et al (2009) the degradation of flavonoids occurs due to the termination of the molecular chain and the occurrence of an oxidation reaction that causes the oxidation of the hydroxyl group and will form other volatile compounds quickly. testing the antioxidant activity of the ethanolic extract of pumpkin fruit by reducing the free radical 1.1diphenyl-2 pikhrylhydrazil (dpph) using elisa microplate reader (λ) 515 nm. the results can be seen in table 4. that unripe, mature, and ripened pumpkins did not completely reduce the antioxidant activity with ic50. the results obtained in unripe pumpkin of 1432,37 µg/ml, mature pumpkin of 1751 µg/ml, ripened pumpkin of 2283,67 µg/ml which could be categorized as very weak or inactive antioxidant activity (waode rustiah et al., 2018). the difference in activity obtained in each extract is probably due to differences in the content and number of active compounds contained in the extract, so that the antioxidant activity obtained is also different (purwanto et al. 2017). in general, the smaller value ic50 obtained means the higher the antioxidant activity (dona et al., 2020). this is possible that in pumpkin which has flavonoid levels in addition to antioxidant activity and also acts as antifungal, diuretic, antihistamine, antihypertensive, insecticide, antiparasitic, anthelmintic, and antiviral (hasanah dan novian., 2020). another factor that causes weak antioxidant activity is that the compound is still not pure, so it is necessary to do fractionation and purification in the hope that the value will be obtained ic50 of specific compounds that have stronger antioxidant activity. the presence of secondary metabolites other than flavonoids may not provide a synergistic response so that the antioxidant activity produced does not completely reduce (inactive) free radicals (mz et al., 2017). in addition, the cause of the ethanol extract of unripe, unripe, and ripe pumpkin fruit does not completely reduce free radicals due to the phytochemical test results which show a small total flavonoid content value. this is supported by research from gumolung et al., (2013) who stated that the part of the pumpkin that contained high free radical scavenging activity specifically was in the skin, stump and seeds compared to the pumpkin flesh. sopan et al., (2014) also suggested that the flesh of pumpkin (cucurbita moschata d) has large phenolic compounds which are very strong chain-breaking antioxidants and it has been reported that phenolic compounds are associated with antioxidant activity. this phenolic compound has many hydroxyl groups including o-hydroxy groups which have very strong antioxidant potential. according to supriatna et al., (2019), the level of age and maturity of a plant affects the maximum active content of secondary metabolites in the plant. reinforced by the statement metusalach (2007) suggests that the growth of a plant is influenced by external and internal factors. external factors such as habitat, season, water temperature, types of food available and other environmental factors, while internal factors, namely age, size and other biological factors determine antioxidant properties. one of the supporting factors of antioxidant activity is the presence of phenolic compounds and flavonoids that can reduce free radicals, as stated by nuret et al. (2019) which states that there is a correlation between phenolic and flavonoid content on antioxidant activity. the content of phenolic compounds and flavonoids in the extract will act as hydrogen donors, reducing agents and unpaired oxidant absorbers. however, another factor that is no less important to the high antioxidant activity is the other bioactive compounds present in the sample, such as tannins and quinones which also have potential as antioxidants whose levels have not been studied in this study. as for the possibility of other compounds in pumpkin fruit that will have potential as antioxidants when extracted with semi-polar and non-polar solvents. there is necessity to aim of taking non-polar fractions in pumpkin which are thought to have potential as antioxidant compounds. 22 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 12 (1), 2023: 17-23 conclusions pumpkin (cucurbita moschata d) unripe has a total flavonoid content of 0,146 mgqe/100g, mature pumpkin of 0,221 mgqe/100g, ripened pumpkin of 0,191 mgqe/100g. antioxidant activity in pumpkin fruit (cucurbita moschata d) unripe, mature, and ripened are classified as very weak or inactive because they do not completely scavenge free radicals. conflict of interests: authors state that there is no conflict of interest in this research output. references asif, m., raza naqvi, s. a., sherazi, t. a., ahmad, m., zahoor, a. f., shahzad, s. a., hussain, z., & mahmood, h. & mahmood, n. (2017). antioxidant, antibacterial and antiproliferative activities of pumpkin (cucurbit) peel and puree extracts-an in vitro study. pakistan journal of pharmaceutical sciences, 30(4), 1327–1334. berg, cortazae, tseng, ozkan, feng, wei, lok chan, burbano, farooqui, lewinski, carlo, garner, ozcan. (2015). "cellphone-based hand-held microplate reader for pointof-care testing of enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays. american chemical society. volume 90 (8). chairunnisa s., wartini m n., suhendra l., 2019., effect of temperature and maceration time on characteristics of bidara leaf extract (ziziphus mauritiana l) as a source of saponins., journal of agroindustry engineering and management., vol 7 no 4; 551-560. dai, j., & mumper, r. j. (2010). plant phenolics: extraction, analysis and their antioxidant and anticancer properties. molecules, 15, 7313-7352. doi: 10.3390/molecules-15107313. dewi r, ulya n, argo d. (2018). flavonoid content and antioxidant activity of pleurotus ostreatus extract. journal of agricultural engineering. volume 11 no. 1. dona r, furi m, suryani f. (2020). determination of total phenolic levels, total flavonoids and antioxidant activity test of caramunting leaf extract and fraction (rhodomyrtus tomentosa (aiton) hassk). journal pharmaceutical research indonesia. volume 9 nomor 2: 2302-187. fauzi m dan purnomo bh. (2016). increasing the economic value of waluh seed production by-products as an effort to increase income of pumpkin yellow seed producing farmer groups in tegalrejo village and padang bulan kec. tegalsari, banyuwangi regency through the kkn-ppm program. gumolung, suryanto, mamuaja. (2013). antioxidant and antiphotooxidation activity of yellow pumpkin fruit extract (cucurbita moschata). fullerene journ. of chem. volume 3: 1-4. hamdi, andiyono, mulyati, s. (2017). development of local foodstuffs of yellow pumpkin (cucurbita moschata) in the district sambas, unnes journal of agricultural scientist volume1 issue 1: hal 13-32. hasanah n, novian r. (2020). ethanol extract analysis of yellow pumpkin fruit (cucurbita moschata d.). study program diii pharmacy stikes kharisma persada. volume 9 no 1: 54-59. hussain a, kausar t, din a, murtaza, jamil, noreen, rehman, shabbir, ramzan. (2021). determination of total phenolic, flavonoid, carotenoid, and mineral contents in peel, flesh, and seeds of pumpkin (cucurbita maxima). j food process preserv.; https://doi.org/10.1111/jfpp.15542. lukita, 2021. antioxidant activity of ethanol extract of yellow pumpkin fruit flesh (cucurbita moschata d) with abts capture method. (skripsi). universitas sumatera utara, 7278. metusalach. (2007). effect of moon phase and body size on amendments, protein levels, water and ash of crab crab meat, portunus spp. journal ilmu kelautan dan perikanan. universitas hasanuddin 17(3):233-239. mokhtar, m.; bouamar, s.; di lorenzo, a.; temporini, c.; daglia, m.; riazi, a. the influence of ripeness on the phenolic content, antioxidant and antimicrobial activities of pumpkins (cucurbita moschata duchesne). molecules 2021, 26, 3623.https://doi.org/10.3390/molecules261236 mz s., putri i, p r. (2017). quercetin extraction from dutch eggplant peel (solanum betaceum cav.) using ethanol solvents by maceration and socleation methods., j. teknik kimia., vol 6 no. 1: 36-42 nasution r, ardhiyati b. (2019). total phenolics and flavonoids and antioxidant activity of ethanol extract of birds' tenggek leaves (eudia redlevi). prosiding sainstekes semnas mipakes umri. volume 1 nur, s, sami j f, r w, awaluddin a, afsari a i m. (2019). correlation between total flavonoid and phenolic levels of white teak leaf extract and fraction (gmelina arborea roxb.) to antioxidant activity. j. farmasi galenika, 5(1), pp. 33-42 prasetya g.p., putra g., wrasiati p., 2020. effect of solvent type and maceration time on cocoa bean shell extract (theobroma cacao l.) as a source of antioxidants. j. rekayasa dan manajemen agroindustri., vol 8, no 1: 150159. purwanto, ishartani, rahadian. (2013). study of physical and chemical properties of yellow pumpkin flour (cucurbita maxima) with blanching treatment and soaking of sodium metabisulfite (na2s2o5). j.teknosains pangan. vol 2 no 2: 2302-07332. sabarudin, ruslin, zubaydah, sartinah, buton, yamin. (2021). antiradical activity, total phenolic, and total flavonoids extract and fractions of pumpkin (cucurbita moschata duch) leaves. food research 5 (2): 348 – 353. sharma, p., kaur, g., kehinde, b. a., chhikara, n., panghal, a., & kaur, h. (2020). pharmacological and biomedical uses of extracts of pumpkin and its relatives and applications in the food industry: a review. international journal of vegetable science, 26(1), 79– 95 sembiring n e, elya b, sauriasari r. (2018). phytochemical screening, total flavonoid and total phenolic content and antioxidant activity of different parts of cesalpinia bonduc (l.) roxb., journal pharmacogn., 10 (1). sopan, vasantrao, ajit. (2014). total phenolic content and antioxidant potential of cucurbita maxima (pumpkin) powder. international journal pharmaceutical sciences and research. volume 5. nomor 5: 1903-1907 syafitri e., bintang m., falah s. (2014). phytochemical content, total phenol, and total flavonoids of harendong fruit extract (melastoma affine d. don). journal homepage., vol 1., no. 3: 105-115 astutik & yanti – the effect of pumpkin fruit ripeness (cucurbita moschata. d) … 23 supriatna d, rostini i, agung k u. (2019). antioxidant activity, total flavonoid and phenol levels of mangrove stem bark methanol extract based on stadia of growth., journal of fisheries and marine affairs., vol. x no. 2: 35-42. waode r, umriani n. (2018). antioxidant activity test of kawista fruit extract (limonia acidissima) using uv-vis spectrophotometer. indo j. chem. res., volumen 6 no 1; 2225. zainol, m.k., abdul-hamid, a., abu bakr, f.b., and mr. dek.s. (2009). effect of different drying methods on the degradation of selected flavonoids in centella asiatica. international food research journal, 16(4), 531-537 zuraida, sulistiyani, sajuthi d, suparto h.i. (2017). phenols, flavonoids, and antioxidant activity on the bark extract of pulai stem (alstonia scholaris r. br) (phenolics, flavonoidas, ands antioxidant activity of alstonia scholaris r. br stem bark extract. journal of forest products research. vol 35 no.3: 211-219 this page intentionally left blank biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 11, number 2, october 2022 | pages: 151-160 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2022.112.151-160 issn 2540-9328 (online) anti-oxidant, anti-inflammatory and anti-atherosclerotic activity of bioactive peptide hpaedr isolated from catla catal muscle on lps induced inflammation on 246.7raw macrophage cells and hcf induced hyperlipidemic zebrafish larvae sabarinathan sethuramalingam, revathy leena ravi, janet rani rajiah* sadakathullah appa college, thirunelaveli – 627011, india. corresponding author* janetgnana@gmail.com manuscript received: 23 july, 2022. revision accepted: 13 august, 2022. published: 23 august, 2022. abstract a muscle wasdissected from the catla catlafish and enzyme hydrolysis was done using various digestive enzymes such as pepsisn, protease, papine, trypsin and alcalase at verity of time intervals (0th, 3rd, 6th, 9th and 12th) hour respectively. followed by, the amino acid composition was identified and the confirmative assays such as, the anti-oxidant assays (dpph and hydroxy radical scavenging activity) and anti-inflammatory assays (hrbc and ad) were done for various peptide hydrolysate. the active hr was identified as 9th hr alcalase hydrolysate which was purified through ultrafiltration (>30 kda, 30-10 kda, 10-3 kda and <3 kda). these fractions were again studied for its anti-oxidant and anti-inflammatory activity. based on the results obtained, the active fraction was identified as 10-3kda which was further purified and identified using gel filtration chromatography and lc-ms/ms as hpaedr (723.76 da). further, for in vitro and in vivo studies the peptide derived from ccm was synthetically designed with 98% purity (phtdpeptides co., ltd. zhemgzhou, china). additionally, the physiochemical properties (solubility, emulsifying properties and foaming properties) of these fraction was studied. finally, the purified fraction was tested for in vitro activity through cell viability, cox-2 production, no production and tnf-α production. moreover, the in vivo protective effect is tested on zebrafish larvae. the results suggest that the active purified peptide fraction isolated from catla catla muscle has a strong natural anti-oxidant, anti-inflammatory and cholesterol reduction activity which can be used in functional foods and pharmaceuticals. keywords: anti-inflammatory; antioxidant; peptide; zebrafish larvae; 246.7raw macrophage; inflammation. abbreviations: hcf-high cholesterol food; ad-albumin denaturation assay; hrbchuman red blood cell membrane stabilization assay; ccm-catla catla mussel introduction generally, fishes are considered as easily putrescible food hence, it starts to blemish as soon as it was harvested. to overcome these problems, processing and packaging methods such as drying and smoked fish that are required to increase its shelf life (majidiyan et al. 2022). moreover, the fish waste such as bones, muscles and viscera are not disposed in a proper way (hotel 2001). the fish muscles are rich in proteins and collagen which can be used in development of novel pharmaceutical and nutritious functional food (hadidi et al. 2021; zamorano-apodaca et al. 2020). these collagen and muscle proteins are rich in amino acids such as glycine and proline which can be hydrolyzed using digestive enzymes to develop a bioactive peptide (nurilmala et al. 2020). these enzymatic production of bioactive peptides will have various productive activities such as, anti-inflammatory, anti-oxidant and anti-microbial activities (qian et al. 2020). the peptide isolation via enzyme hydrolysis is a productive and non-toxic method because even when it comes to provide non-synthetic hydrolysed peptide it will be less toxic than chemical or solvent based extraction. mostly, digestive enzymes such as trypsin, pepsin, papine, protamex and alclase are used in enzyme hydrolysis, where alclase is considered as one of the active enzyme with ability to create bioactive peptide especially from fish species (qiu et al. 2019). salmon skin (grundtman 2012) and yellow tuna (ray et al. 2019) are some of the examples from which bioactive peptide is isolated using alclase enzyme. the reactive oxygen species (ros) is one of the major markers which caused verity of oxidative stress related diseases such as, cardiovascular diseases and cancer (huertas‐alonso et al. 2021). fish isolated bioactive peptide are a good source of anti-oxidant molecules which can reduce ros production. moreover, https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2022.112.151-160 152 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 151-160 the research shows that the peptides with anti-oxidant activity will posses other important activities such as anti-inflammatory and anti-microbial activities (taheri et al. 2014). carpfish (catla catla) is one of the common fish that lives on fresh water (zamora-sillero et al. 2018). fresh water fish production highly depends on carp fish because it is available globally (franěk et al. 2021). many studies show that fishes can posses a high anti-oxidant activity when enzyme hydrolysis is done (chalamaiah et al. 2015). in this current study, we had investigated the anti-inflammatory and anti-oxidant activity of the bioactive peptide isolated from the carp fish. additionally, we have investigated the gene expression and toxicity studies on macrophage cells and zebrafish larvae. materials and methods sample collection the catla catla was obtained from coastal area thoothukudi (8° 45' 50.9976'' n 78° 8' 5.4024'' e) of tamil nadu, india and was verified from zoological surveyof india (zsi), chennai. chemicals used the chemicals used in this study were as follows: opa, dtt, dpph, pepsin, trypsin, papain, protamex, alcalse sephadex g-25, lps, phosphatase inhibitor (sigma). other chemicals were purchased commercially proximate analysis and amino acid quantification the catla catla muscle (ccm) dissected and the protein percentage is measured (covey et al., 1991). the other parameters of the proximate analysis were also measured using commercially available kits. the ccm was hydrolyzed using hcl at 100 degree celcius for whole day and sent for hplc to quantify the percentage of essential and non-essential amino acids present (waterborg and matthews 1984). enzyme hydrolysis the ccm was hydrolyzed using various digestive enzymes such as, pepsin, trypsin, papin, protamex and alcalase at respective ph and temperature (adler-nissen 1979). the extraction buffer was used to hydrolyze the ccm. the samples were taken for lyophilisation at different time intervals 0th hr, 3rd hr, 6th hr, 9th hr and 12th hr respectively. finally, the various lyophilized samples were used to determine the anti-inflammatory and anti-oxidant activity of the peptide hydrolysate. acid hydrolysis the degree of hydrolysis percentage (dh %) was calculate using opa method where, the various peptide hydrolysate were taken and dissolved in 1mg/ml concentration and 400 μl of sample was mixed with 300 μl of opa after 20 minutes incubation at 37 degree celsius the od was measured at 340nm (chandra et al. 2012). determination of anti-oxidant activity for dpph assay, 50 μl of each peptide hydrolysate (1mg/ml) was mixed with 500 μl of dpph (95% 1:1 v/v ethanol) and kept in 37 degree celcius for 30 minutes and the od was measured at 517nm. the ascorbic acid was used as a positive control (haghani et al. 2021). for hydroxyl radical scavenging assay, 200 μl of each peptide hydrolysate (1mg/ml) was mixed with 900 μl of pbs, 100 μl of edta, 100 μl of ferrous sulphate and 500 μl of deoxyribose followed by, 250 μl of h202 and incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature. finally, the od reading was taken at 532 nm. the ascorbic acid was used as a positive control (ghanbari et al. 2016). determination of anti-inflammatory activity in hrbc assay, the blood sample was collected from volunteries and mixed with equal volume of alsever solution and centrifuged at 1000 rpm for 15 min followed by, the addition of isosaline and incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature and finally, the absorbance is measured at 560 nm. the diclofenac was used as a positive control (mizushima 1966). in albumin denaturation (ad) assay, the sample is mixed with specimen 1% bsa and the mixture is incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature additionally, kept in water bath (60 degree celsius) for 5-6 minutes and the od reading was measured at 340nm. the diclofenac is used as a positive control (rajapakse et al. 2005). separation, purification and identification of peptide sequence ultracentrifugation was done for the active hour (9th) hydrolysate with different cutoff units (3, 10 and 30 kda) to separate peptide hydrolysate into various fractions based on molecular weight. then gel filtration coromatography was performed to purify the active fraction by maintain 1000 μl per minute speed at 280nm. the obtained fractions were again tested for inhibition activity and protein percentage (ranathungaet al., 2006). finally, the amino acid sequence of the purified fraction was identified using lc-ms/ms as hpaedr (723.76 da) and the results obtained were examined using bio tools software. physiochemical properties of peptide to determine the solubility of peptide the peptide was mixed with 1ml of water with a ph of around 3-9 and the mixture was centrifuged (8000 rpm) for 20 minutes. additionally, to determine the protein content, sodium hydroxide was used as solvent (ranathunga et al., 2006). for emulsifying property, 1ml of maize oil was mixed with 30ml of peptide solution followed by sethuramalingam et al. – effect of catla catla muscle derived peptide 153 adjusting the ph between 2-10 respectively and the mixture was centrifuged (20,000) for 1 minutes. then 0.5ml of sds was added and the od was measured at 500nm after 10 minutes incubation (coveyet al.,1991). to examine the foaming property the pure peptide was taken (200 μl) and centrifuge at 16000 rpm for 1 minutes. finally the entire volume of the solution was determined (pearce and kinsella 1978). in vitro assessment peptide activity on 246.7raw macrophage cells raw264.7 macrophage cells were cultured in dmem media along with 10 percent fbs and 1 percent (v/v) antibiotic at 36 °c in a 5 percent co2 incubator. cell viability raw264.7 macrophage cells (1 104 cells/well) are incubated for 3–4 h at 37 °c with 50–1000 g/ml of pure peptide concentrations. after 1x pbs washing, 20 l of mtt reagent was added afterwards. after 3 hours of incubation, 200 l of dmso was added to each well, and the od was measured at 570 nm. triton x-100 served as control substance (mosmann 1983). determination of nitrous oxide production raw264.7 macrophage cells (1 104 cells/well) were incubated for one hr at 37 °c with doses ranging from 60 to 260 g/ml, followed by a 24-hour incubation at 37°c with lps (1 g/ml). later, griess reagent (1:1) was added to the supernatant and maintained for 10 minutes. finally, od was measured at 540 nm was observed (nambiar et al., 2015). determination of pro-inflammatory cytokine synthesis the cells (1 104 cells/well) were treated with peptides (50–250 g/ml) and lps (1 g/ml) at 37 °c and 5% co2 for one day; diclofenac served as the reference. the quantitative analysis was performed by measuring the absorbance at 450 nm. in addition, standard concentrations versus absorbance values were used to produce standard curves. in vivo activity of purified ccm peptide on zebrafish larvae zebrafish maintenance and feeding zebrafish were purchased from local shops and grown and maintained in a cycling zebrafish aquaculture system at 28 °c with a 14:10 light-dark cycle. factors such as ph, ammonia and nitrite concentrations are maintained to ensure water purity. a cholesterol diet (hcd) for zebrafish was prepared from a cholesterol solution in diethyl ether (sigma) to obtain a cholesterol content of 4% (w/w) in artificial brine shrimp after evaporation of the ether. five-week-old zebrafish were fed a diet three times a day. the control group was given regular fish kernels and the experimental group was given purified ccm peptide. cholesterol measurement the control and experimental zebrafish larvae were euthanized using cold pbs and homogenized. by centrifugation at 1500 g at 4° c. for 5 minutes the supernatant was separated from 10 zebrafish larvae in each group. total cholesterol was measured using a commercially available test kit. in vivo microscopy for in vivo microscopy, sedated fish larvae were stored in droplets containing tricaine in a sealed, temperaturecontrolled environment. zebrafish larvae were observed under a microscope. pictures of zebrafish larvae were collected every 200 nm and all images were inspected and processed using software. gene expression and survival percentage the expression of tnf-α and nf-kβ is studied on zebrafish larvae and the survival percentage was calculated during the feeding and peptide treatment statistical analysis all the experiments were done in triplicate and the results were represented in the mean ± sd. the analysis was done using graphpad prism 8. results and discussion proximate analysis of ccm the muscle protein percentage was determined to be 33.67 ± 1.68% which has a similarity with other protein percentage (gökoolu and yerlikaya 2003). the percentage of other parameters of proximate analysis is shown (table 1). other studies reveals that higher protein percentage will eventivually have higher possibility of getting active bioactive peptide. table 1. protein percentage of baf. proximate analysis percentage (%) protein 35.77 ± 0.46 moisture 54.53 ± 0.03 (table 1) protein percentage and moisture of baf (mean ± sd) amino acid composition of ccm the anti-oxidant, anti-inflammatory and physiochemical properties of peptides are related to the amino acid composition of the samples (chen et al. 2017). the amino acid composition of the ccm is shown in the table 2. the results shows that, it has both essential and non-essential amino acids where it has higher percentage of amino acids such as, histidine and glutamine which is highly known amino acids for its anti-oxidant and antiinflammatory property (liu et al. 2010). it also has 154 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 151-160 arginine and lysine amino acids which are responsible for high anti-microbial activity (chi et al. 2014; liu et al. 2010). observed amino acids are known to posse’s anti-oxidant activity of peptides (alemán et al. 2011). table 2. amino acid composition of ccm. amino acids ccm (%) asparticacid 15.7 glutamic acid 25.7 serine 19.2 histidine* 7 glycine 0.9 threonine* 3.0 arginine 17.3 alanine 4.2 tyrosine 6.9 methionine* 0.9 valine* 0.9 phenylalanine* 5.2 isoleucine* 6.0 leucine* 9.5 *essential amino acids (table 2) it shows the amino acids composition present in the acid hydrolysis sample of oliva oliva visceral mass percentage of protein hydrolyzed (dh %) the percentage increases in the 9th hr hydrolysate as, 99.69 ± 1.79 %, 89.7 ± 1.54 %, 66.89 ± 0.85 %, 65.99 ± 0.77 % and 60.42 ± 0.39 % for trypsin, alcalase, papine, pepsin and protamex hydrolysate respectively (figure 1). similar studies show that the dh % can be calculate in the same method for marine organisms (ray et al. 2019). other studies shows that the pepsin and alclase has more dh% that other enzymes. in this study, we have used opa method of dh % estimation which is easy to perform and cheaply affordable. 0th 3rd 6th 9th 12th 0 20 40 60 80 100 trypsin alcalase papain pepsin protamex time (hr) d h ( % ) figure 1. it shows the percentage of degree of hydrolysis of oliva oliva visceral mass with five digestive enzymes (mean ± sd, n=3), *p>0.05. anti-inflammatory and anti-oxidant activity of ccm peptide the anti-inflammatory activity is quantified by albumin denaturation assay (ad) and hrbc membrane stabilization assay. current results show that in ad assay the alcalase 6th, 9th and 9th hr hydrolysate has higher inhibitory activity of 67.20 ± 0.88, 76.55 ± 0.37 and 69.84 ± 1.14 percentages respectively. when compared with other hydrolysate inhibitions the 12th hr alcalase shows higher activity (figure 2a). the diclofenac potassium is used as standard drug (95.97 ± 0.27 %). the inflammation may also leads to the lysosomal membrane rupturing hence hrbc membrane is performed because the rbc membrane are similar to lysosomal membrane (babu, pandikumar and ignacimuthu 2011). results shows that the 9th hr alcalase hydrolysate of ccm shows a higher hrbc membrane stabilization assay about 69.03 ± 1.04 % (figure 2b). the diclofenac potassium is used as standard drug (93.77 ± 0.99 %). figure 2. the ad and hrbc assay of different time variables during enzyme hydrolysis are shown in a and b respectively (mean ± sd, n=3), *p>0.005. the dpph is performed since the dpph free electron is paired off (taheri et al. 2014). the antioxidant capacity of ccm peptide shows that the 9th hr hrydrolysate has more activity when compared with sethuramalingam et al. – effect of catla catla muscle derived peptide 155 other hydrolysate (figure 3a). this can be due to the presence of alanine and glycine amnioacid (hajfathalian et al. 2018; taheri et al. 2014). hydroxyl radicals are the major reactive oxygen species (pavithra and vadivukkarasi 2015). the current results show the similar activity with higher anti-oxidant activity at 9th hr hydrolysate (figure 3b). some aminoacids detected also have the ability to chelate pro-oxidative transition metals, thus favoring the reduction and deactivation of oh˙ free radicals (hajfathalian et al. 2018). all these facts could explain the dependency between oh˙ scavenging activity and concentration. figure 3. the dpph and hydroxyl assay of different time variables during enzyme hydrolysis are shown in a and b respectively (mean ± sd, n=3), *p>0.005. purification and sequencing of active fraction the active hr sample was purified using the gel filtration chromatography (figure 4) and the fraction was subjected to amino acid sequencing and molecular weight analysis using lc-ms/ms. the sequence was obtained as hpaedr (723.76 da). further, for in vitro and in vivo studies the peptide derived from ccm was synthetically designed with 98% purity (phtdpeptides co., ltd. zhemgzhou, china) (figure 5). figure 4. the gel filtration chromatogram of the 9th hr alcalase hydrolysate. figure 5. the amino acid sequencing of purified fractions and its molecular weight. physiochemical properties the functional property relies on the structure and amino acid sequences of the protein. the results obtained show that, an increase in solubility was observed between ph (4-10) up to 84.37 ± 1.03% (figure 6). the observed increase in solubility is due to 156 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 151-160 amino acid serine which is reported earlier as an efficient amino acid regarding to solubility of protein (trevinoet al., 2007). similarly, the emulsifying ability also relies on the structure and amino acid sequences of the protein. another study shows that the foaming property are also responsible for the ph change and said that the ph (6-10) is steady in foaming property (majidiyan et al. 2022). additionally, the emulsification activity are active at ph 5 and its stability varies based on the ph (ma et al. 2018). figure 6. the functional properties of oliva oliva veseral mass derived peptide (mean ± sd, n=3), *p<0.05 cytotoxisity and pro-inflammatory cytokines expression the cell viability of the drug treated cells are generally evaluated using mtt assay whereas, the current results on mtt assay shows that the cell viability was more than 80% (figure 7) and hence the purified peptides were not toxic to the macrophage raw264.7 cells. similarly, on another study conducted using sargassum polycystum shows higher cell viability. additionally, a anti-inflammatory peptide derived from arca subcrenata shows lower cell toxicity on macrophage raw264.7 cells (chen et al. 2017; li et al. 2014). figure 7. cell viability (a) and anti-inflammatory activity of ccm peptide over (b) tnf-α, (c) il-1 β, (d) il-6, (e) cox2 and (f) no production inlps-induced raw264.7cells, where n and prepresent negative and positive control (mean ± sd) and there is significant difference, p< 0.05 the pro-inflammatory cytokines expression analyzed at a dosage of 50,100 and 200 μg/ml respectively. the results show that increase in the concentration of peptides increases the cox-2 inhibition (figure 7). it is found that comparatively, the 200μg/ml and higher concentration are effective in inhibition than the lower concentration. further, the studies carried out on oyster and yan-hou-qing shows the similar activity on cox-2 inhibition (hwang et al. 2012; ray et al. 2019). additionally, the expression of tnf-α and nf-kb of peptide treated zebrafish larvae is studied (figure 8). sethuramalingam et al. – effect of catla catla muscle derived peptide 157 figure 8. the peptide reduced the weight (a) of zebrafish. it has a considerable amount of mortality (b) throughout the experiment. the c and d shows the gene expression (hadhaa and hadhb) in the zebrafish liver, intestine and muscle of the atherosclerotic zebrafish against fish oil zebrafish group. ccm peptide downregulated the emergence of plaques in atherosclerotic zebrafish figure 9 shows that zebrafish of the ac group showed a huge amount of deposition of lipids near the vascular area, but there was no change in the control group. interestingly, the addition of 1 mg/l and 10 mg/l ccm peptide to the bath significantly reduced lipid deposition in zebrafish larvae compared to the ac group. there were no significant differences between the as (atherosclerotic) group and the 0.1 mg/l peptide group. figure 9. larvae induced with 4% red florescence attached high cholesterol food (hcf) for 10 days where, the dotted box represents the crucial area of accumulated lipids. ccm peptide improved liver metabolism and oxidative stress in atherosclerotic zebrafish compared to the manage organization, the as organization exhibited a enormous growth in lipid degrees, which have been considerably decreased with the aid of using 1mg/l and 10mg/l ccm peptide (figure 10(a)). figures 10(b) and 10(c) exhibit that tc and tg degrees have been additionally considerably reduced in as zebrafish dealt with with 1mg/l and 10mg/l peptide, however now no longer with 0.1mg/l peptide. in conclusion, peptide should successfully lessen lipid degrees in as zebrafish. 158 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 151-160 figure 10. nail red staining images of control anpeptide treated (a) at various concentration (exposed for a period of 10 days). total cholesterol (b) and triglycerides (c) of zebrafish. significance was calculated by one-way anova and unpaired t-test using graphpad prizom. ccm peptide protected against lesion in atherosclerotic zebrafish neutrophil is widely regarded to be the principal cell type responsible for tissue damage and acute lesion. to determine the characteristics of the lesion response in the early stages of atherosclerosis, we first created a genetically modified zebrafish line that upregulated the gfp of neutrophils in transgenic mpx: “egfp” zebrafish. we discovered a significant upregulation of green fluorescentlylabeled neutrophils in vascular locations in atherosclerotic zebrafish larvae group (figure 11). in contemplation to determine the benefit of fish oil as a therapeutic medication that inhibits gfpneutrophils transhumance and lesion response, we administered varying dosages of ccm peptide to zebrafish larvae fed an hcd diet. both the 1mg/l and 10mg/l concentrations of ccm peptide resulted in a reduction of neutrophils in the tails of zebrafish larvae, however the 0.1mg/l concentration was unaffected. in conclusion, ccm peptide protected zebrafish from oxidative damage and inflammation. figure 11. anti-inflammatory effect of peptidein hcf induced atherosclerosis on zebrafish (egfp) larvae. the green fluoresce represents the inflammation level of neutrophils. sethuramalingam et al. – effect of catla catla muscle derived peptide 159 conclusions the catla catla muscle(ccm) derived peptide is isolated and purified using ultrafiltration and gel filtration chromatography. by the anti-inflammatory assays (ad and hrbc) the active hour is identified as 9th hr alcalase hydrolysate. additionally, the fractions are purified and the sequence is found using lc/ms-ms as hpaedr with a molecular weight of 723.76 da. further, in vitro studies were carried out using lps induced inflammation on raw264.7 macrophage cells against synthetically designed peptide and found that the peptide is non-toxic and posses ability to suppress a proinflammatory cytokine in increased quantity. additionally, it exhibits reflex effects in hcd-induced hyper-lipidemia, lesion and oxidative stress and inhibits formation of atherosclerotic plaque. hence this study suggests that the ccm derived peptide may be work as a supplementary medicine to treat chronic inflammatory diseases and may posses cholesterol reducing effect. code availability: no code availability data availability: data sharing not applicable to this article as no datasets were generated or analysed during the current study. authors’ contributions: sabarinathan s and revathy lr have contributed in all aspects of research and manuscript preparation under the guidance of janet rani r. competing interests: the authors declare that there are no competing interests. funding: the authors declare that nofunding was received to assist this research references adler-nissen, jens. 1979. “determination of the degree of hydrolysis of food protein hydrolysates by trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid.” journal of agricultural and food chemistry 27(6): 1256–62. alemán, a., b. giménez, p. montero, and m. c. gómez-guillén. 2011. “antioxidant activity of several marine skin gelatins.” lwt food science and technology 44(2): 407– 13. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.lwt.2010.09.003. babu, n. prakash, p. pandikumar, and s. ignacimuthu. 2011. “lysosomal membrane stabilization and anti-inflammatory activity of clerodendrum phlomidis l.f.; a traditional medicinal plant.” journal of ethnopharmacology 135(3): 779–85. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jep.2011.04.028. chalamaiah, m., t. jyothirmayi, prakash v. diwan, and b. dinesh kumar. 2015. “antioxidant activity and functional properties of enzymatic protein hydrolysates from common carp (cyprinus carpio) roe (egg).” journal of food science and technology 52(9): 5817–25. chandra, sangita, priyanka chatterjee, protapaditya dey, and sanjib bhattacharya. 2012. “evaluation of in vitro antiinflammatory activity of coffee against the denaturation of protein.” asian pacific journal of tropical biomedicine 2(1 suppl.): s178–80. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s22211691(12)60154-3. chen, yuyan et al. 2017. “purification and characterization of an antibacterial and anti-inflammatory polypeptide from arca subcrenata.” international journal of biological macromolecules 96: 177–84. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ijbiomac.2016.11.082. chi, chang feng et al. 2014. “antioxidant and functional properties of collagen hydrolysates from spanish mackerel skin as influenced by average molecular weight.” molecules 19(8): 11211–30. covey, thomas r., eric c. huang, and jack d. henion. 1991. “structural characterization of protein tryptic peptides via liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry and collisioninduced dissociation of their doubly charged molecular ions.” analytical chemistry 63(13): 1193–1200. franěk, roman et al. 2021. “production of common carp donorderived offspring from goldfish surrogate broodstock.” aquaculture 534. ghanbari, raheleh et al. 2016. “purification and characterization of nitric oxide inhibitory peptides from actinopyga lecanora through enzymatic hydrolysis.” food biotechnology 30(4): 263–77. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/08905436.2016.1234391. gökoolu, nalan, and pýnar yerlikaya. 2003. “determinaton of proximate composition and mineral contents of blue crab (callinectes sapidus) and swim crab (portunus pelagicus) caught off the gulf of antalya.” food chemistry 80(4): 495– 98. grundtman, cecilia. 2012. “animal models of atherosclerosis.” inflammation and atherosclerosis 9783709103: 133–69. hadidi, milad et al. 2021. “alginate/fish gelatin-encapsulated lactobacillus acidophilus: a study on viability and technological quality of bread during baking and storage.” foods 10(9). haghani, shaghayegh et al. 2021. “application of cornelian cherry (cornus mas l.) peel in probiotic ice cream: functionality and viability during storage.” antioxidants 10(11): 1–11. hajfathalian, mona et al. 2018. “peptides: production, bioactivity, functionality, and applications.” critical reviews in food science and nutrition 58(18): 3097–3129. https://doi.org/10.1080/10408398.2017.1352564. hotel, amerian córdoba park. 2001. “health and nutritional properties of probiotics in food including powder milk with live lactic acid bacteria.” fao & who (october): 1–34. http://isappscience.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/faowho-2001-probiotics-report.pdf. huertas‐alonso, alberto j. et al. 2021. “valorization of wastewater from table olives: nmr identification of antioxidant phenolic fraction and microwave single‐phase reaction of sugary fraction.” antioxidants 10(11). hwang, jin woo et al. 2012. “purification and characterization of a novel peptide with inhibitory effects on colitis induced mice by dextran sulfate sodium from enzymatic hydrolysates of crassostrea gigas.” fish and shellfish immunology 33(4): 993–99. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.fsi.2012.08.017. 160 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 151-160 li, long et al. 2014. “effect of oleoylethanolamide on dietinduced nonalcoholic fatty liver in rats.” jphs: 1–7. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jphs.2014.12.001. liu, qian, baohua kong, youling l. xiong, and xiufang xia. 2010. “antioxidant activity and functional properties of porcine plasma protein hydrolysate as influenced by the degree of hydrolysis.” food chemistry 118(2): 403–10. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.foodchem.2009.05.013. ma, mengting et al. 2018. “physicochemical and functional properties of protein isolate obtained from cottonseed meal.” food chemistry 240(august 2017): 856–62. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.foodchem.2017.08.030. majidiyan, nava, milad hadidi, dariush azadikhah, and andres moreno. 2022. “protein complex nanoparticles reinforced with industrial hemp essential oil: characterization and application for shelf-life extension of rainbow trout fillets.” food chemistry: x 13(october 2021): 100202. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fochx.2021.100202. mizushima, y. 1966. “screening test for antirheumatic drugs.” the lancet 288(7460): 443. nambiar, sinjitha s., m. paramesha, and nandini prasad shetty. 2015. “comparative analysis of phytochemical profile, antioxidant activities and foam prevention abilities of whole fruit, pulp and seeds of emblica officinalis.” journal of food science and technology 52(11): 7254–62. nurilmala, mala et al. 2020. “characterization and antioxidant activity of collagen, gelatin, and the derived peptides from yellowfin tuna (thunnus albacares) skin.” marine drugs 18(2). pavithra, kalaisezhiyen, and sasikumar vadivukkarasi. 2015. “evaluation of free radical scavenging activity of various extracts of leaves from kedrostis foetidissima (jacq.) cogn.” food science and human wellness 4(1): 42–46. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.fshw.2015.02.001. pearce, kevin n., and john e. kinsella. 1978. “emulsifying properties of proteins: evaluation of a turbidimetric technique.” journal of agricultural and food chemistry 26(3): 716–23. qian, bingjun, xin zhao, ye yang, and chongchong tian. 2020. “antioxidant and anti-inflammatory peptide fraction from oyster soft tissue by enzymatic hydrolysis.” food science and nutrition 8(7): 3947–56. qiu, yi-ting et al. 2019. “gelatin and antioxidant peptides from gelatin hydrolysate of skipjack tuna (katsuwonus pelamis).” marine drugs 17(565): 1–17. rajapakse, niranjan, eresha mendis, hee guk byun, and se kwon kim. 2005. “purification and in vitro antioxidative effects of giant squid muscle peptides on free radicalmediated oxidative systems.” journal of nutritional biochemistry 16(9): 562–69. ranathunga, sanjeewa, niranjan rajapakse, and se kwon kim. 2006. “purification and characterization of antioxidative peptide derived from muscle of conger eel (conger myriaster).” european food research and technology 222(3–4): 310–15. ray, kausik k. et al. 2019. “effects of alirocumab on cardiovascular and metabolic outcomes after acute coronary syndrome in patients with or without diabetes: a prespecified analysis of the odyssey outcomes randomised controlled trial.” the lancet diabetes and endocrinology 7(8): 618–28. taheri, ali, k. h.sabeena farvin, charlotte jacobsen, and caroline p. baron. 2014. “antioxidant activities and functional properties of protein and peptide fractions isolated from salted herring brine.” food chemistry 142: 318–26. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.foodchem.2013.06.113. trevino, saul r., j. martin scholtz, and c. nick pace. 2007. “amino acid contribution to protein solubility: asp, glu, and ser contribute more favorably than the other hydrophilic amino acids in rnase sa.” journal of molecular biology 366(2): 449–60. waterborg, jaap h, and harry r matthews. 1984. “method for quantitation.” protein protocols handbook 1(173): 7–9. http://bul.sagepub.com/cgi/doi/10.1177/019263655003417303 zamora-sillero, juan, patrícia ramos, josé maría monserrat, and carlos prentice. 2018. “evaluation of the antioxidant activity in vitro and in hippocampal ht-22 cells system of protein hydrolysates of common carp (cyprinus carpio) byproduct.” journal of aquatic food product technology 27(1): 21–34. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/10498850.2017.1390027. zamorano-apodaca, julio cesar et al. 2020. “biological and functional properties of peptide fractions obtained from collagen hydrolysate derived from mixed by-products of different fish species.” food chemistry 331: 127350. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodchem.2020.127350. biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 12, number 1, april 2023 | pages: 61-67 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2023.121.61-67 issn 2540-9328 (online) synthesis, characterization and activity test of natural zirconium zeolite (zr-za) catalyst in the esterification reaction of glycerol with acetic acid anhydride didik krisdiyanto1,*, tutik farihah2, hikmah supriyati3 1chemistry department, faculty of science and technology, uin sunan kalijaga yogyakarta, indonesia. 2department of industrial engineering, faculty of science and technology, uin sunan kalijaga yogyakarta, indonesia. 3postgraduate biology education program, yogyakarta state university, indonesia. corresponding author* didik_kris@yahoo.com manuscript received: 26 september, 2022. revision accepted: 05 october, 2022. published: 17 october, 2022. abstract synthesis of zr-za catalyst used as catalyst for esterification reaction of glycerol with acetic acid anhydrous has been done. catalysts are characterized using an infrared spectrophotometer, x-ray diffraction, and measurement of surface acidity, while reaction products are characterized using a gas chromatography-mass spectrometer. effect of catalyst acidity, reaction time and re-addition of acetic acid anhydrous studied by glycerol conversion and selectivity value of triacetin were yielded. infra-red spectrophotometer and x-ray diffraction analysis of the catalyst showed that the synthesized catalyst was zirconium zeolite (zr-za), while esterification analysis using a gas chromatography-mass spectrometer showed a triacetin product. keywords: glycerol; triacetin; acetic acid anhydrous. introduction for muslims, the halal food is absolute, even if it contains only a trace of additives it would not be allowed. as a result, the production of halal-certified additives is critical, both in terms of sources and production processes; currently, many additives are obtained from non-halal sources and processes. for example, some monoacetyl glycerol (mag), diacetyl glycerol (dag), and tri acetyl glycerol (tag)/triacetin are derived from the esterification of non-halal animal glycerol, such as pork (gültekin, et al., 2020: alzeer and hadeed 2021). triacetin has many uses in both food and non-food applications. triacetin can be used as an aroma ingredient in candy (confectionery), milk drinks, soft drinks, and chewing gum. as for non-food ingredients, triacetin can be used as a solvent in perfumes, printing inks, solvents for aromas, plasticizers for cellulose resins, polymers, co-polymers, and can even be used as a fuel additive to reduce knocking in car engines. in addition to triacetyl glycerol (tag) and triacetin, monoacetyl glycerol (mag) and diacetyl glycerol (dag) are formed during the esterification of glycerol with acetic acid (nuryoto et al., 2010; gama et al., 2019; yanti et al., 2019) glycerol derivatives such as monoacetyl glycerol (mag), diacetyl glycerol (dag), and triacetyl glycerol (tag)/triacetin can be used as alternative food additives (additives). food additives are ingredients that are intentionally added to food to improve the appearance, texture, taste, and shelf life of the food. food additives such as monoacetyl glycerol (mag) and diacetyl glycerol (dag) are used as thickening agents or emulsifiers. meanwhile, triacetil glicerol (tag)/triacetin is a solvent for other additives such as flavorings and dyes (ogawa., et al.,1992; fiume 2003; jiang et al 2010) glycerol is a by-product of biodiesel from the transesterification process to obtain methyl esters. in 2010, it is estimated that glycerol production was around 1.2 million tons, of which more than half came from biodiesel production (appleby, 2003). as a by-product of the biodiesel industry, glycerol has not been processed much, so its selling value is still low. therefore, it is necessary to process glycerol so that it can become a product with higher selling value and more benefits. one of them is by making glycerol derivatives through the esterification process. one of the glycerol esterification products is triacetin. (ghoreishi., 2013; setyaningsih et al., 2020; reddy, 2010) the glycerol esterification reaction usually uses acetic acid. silva et al. (2010) have conducted a study to compare the glycerol esterification reaction using acetic acid and anhydrous acetic acid. in the study described, under the same conditions, esterification of glycerol https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2023.121.61-67 62 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 12 (1), 2023: 61-67 using anhydrous acetic acid gave high selectivity to triacetin (100% at 80 minutes) compared to acetic acid (7% at 120 minutes). glycerol derivatives are made from the esterification process between glycerol and acetic acid with the help of a catalyst. in previous research using a homogeneous catalyst as done by widayat et al. (2013), they used a sulfuric acid catalyst because it is superior in its hygroscopic properties, which can absorb water, for the esterification reaction goes towards the product. however, the use of homogeneous catalysts has disadvantage that the catalyst is difficult to separate from the product after the reaction because it is in one phase (dewajani., et al., 2019) the use of heterogeneous catalysts is an alternative in the glycerol esterification reaction. zirconium is widely used in catalytic processes as a support and a promoter in catalysts (tanabe and yamaguci., 1994; teterycz et al., 2003). zirconium is also an important metal because of the possibility of strong bond polarization between sio2 and zrd+ (beck et al., 1992). in addition, zirconium has a low surface area (usually 50 m2 g-1) (nawrocki, j. et al., 1993). for this reason, this research would focus on the synthesis of glycerol derivatives, namely triacetin, using heterogeneous zirconium catalysts immersed in natural zeolites. then proceed with the optimization of reaction conditions and the analysis of halal results through food critical point tests. methods natural zirconium zeolite catalyst synthesis zeolite pretreatment the first stage was natural zeolite obtained from klaten, central java, was pulverized to form a powder with a size of 100 mesh, then washed with distilled water and heated at a temperature of 120°c for 1 hour. activation of natural zeolite 80 grams of natural zeolite were soaked with 100 ml of 1% hf solution in a plastic container, then washed and dried in an oven for 1 hour at 120 °c. then soaked again in 100 ml of hcl 2m for 30 minutes and washed again with distilled water until the cl ions disappear. then dried again in the oven. making natural zirconium zeolite catalyst by the impregnation method the natural zeolite obtained was impregnated with zirconium metal with concentrations of zr 0%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% and immersed in zrocl2.8h2o solution while stirring with a magnetic stirrer, then washed with distilled water and calcined for 4 hours at 400°c. synthesis of glycerol derivatives this step was carried out by heating glycerol and anhydrous acetic acid separately until it reaches 80 °c. both are reacted in a three-neck flask after reaching 80 °c, and a zirconium zeolite catalyst was added. the combined solution was then heated to 115 °c and stirred with a magnetic stirrer at 1000 rpm for 4 hours. discussion catalyst characterization characterization using ft-ir characterization using ft-ir is shown in figure 1. infrared analysis was carried out to determine the active group in the zeolite solid. hendayana (1994) stated that infrared spectroscopy is used to determine the structure, which is important information about the functional groups of a molecule. infrared spectra analysis is grouped into 2 parts, namely wave numbers 4000–1250 cm-1 and 1250-350 cm-1. observations with an infrared spectrophotometer showed specific peaks. generally, there is no significant difference in absorption in the infrared spectrum of activated natural zeolite (za) and zirconium-impregnated natural zeolite (za-zr). in the spectrum, it can be seen that there are peaks at the same wave number, namely 3448.72 cm-1 which indicates oh absorption. at absorption wave numbers 2360.87cm-1 and 2368.59 cm-1, it shows the stretching vibration of sioh. the absorption is sharply widening in the wavenumber region. internal and external zeolites interwoven are shown at an absorption of about 1000 – 1250 (cm-1) figure 1. infrared spectrophotometer results of activated natural zeolite (za) and zirconium-impregnated natural zeolite (za-zr). krisdiyanto et al. – synthesis, characterization and activity test of … 63 which indicates the presence of o-si-o and o-al-o asymmetric stretching vibrations of the alumina silicate framework. the absorption area 770-803 (cm-1) is the fingerprint region of the zeolite, which shows the presence of o-si-o and o-al-o vibrations. the spectra show the absorption of o-si-o and o-al-o asymmetric stretching vibrations in the 1087.85cm-1 and 1080.14 cm-1 regions and the o-si-o and o-al-o symmetric stretching vibrations in the 794 regions. 67 cm-1. the sio and al-o buckling vibrational regions are shown in the absorption regions of 447.49 cm-1 and 462.92 cm-1 in the wave number table of 1660 cm-1 to 1620 cm-1, there is a reduction in intensity from 1651.07 cm-1 to 1635.64 cm-1 which indicates that there is a release of water molecules bound to the zeolite physically. the loss of absorption proves that the zeolite is cleaner than impurities, so the pores are getting bigger. the increase in intensity at wave numbers 500 cm-1 420 cm-1 indicates that there are more silanol groups in the zeolite framework. this shows that there is a reduction in al-o bonds in the zeolite framework when hcl is added. the width of the peak indicates the increasing number of silanol groups until the crystallinity decreases. where the si-o bond is stronger than the al-o bond, resulting in a higher wave number used to vibrate. this is also supported by the increase in intensity at wave numbers 2385 cm-12363 cm-1 which indicates the presence of more silanol groups in the zeolite framework. table 1. zeolite ftir spectrum interpretation. spectral interval (cm-1) wave number (cm-1) functional group interpretation natural zeolite active zeolite zeolite-zr 5% 3620 3420 3448,72 3448,72 stretching vibration –oh 2385 2363 2360,87 2368,59 stretching vibration si-oh 1660 – 1620 1651,07 1635,64 bending vibration h2o 1213 – 1000 1087,85 1080,14 asymmetric stretching vibration o-si-o and o-al-o 803 – 770 794,67 794,67 symmetric stretching vibration o-si-o and o-al-o 500 – 420 447,49 462,92 bending vibration si-o and al-o characterization using xrd the results of the crystallinity test using xrd can be seen in figure 2. the crystallinity characterization of zeolite was carried out qualitatively using xrd. the xray diffractograms of the za/zr-0 and za/zr-5 samples provide information about the type of mineral and the degree of crystallinity of the structural components that make up the sample. the type of mineral that composes the sample is indicated by the area of peak appearance (2θ), while the level of crystallinity of the component structure is indicated by the high and low peak intensity. the mineral diffractogram from the xrd results is matched its 2θ value with jcpds data (joint committee on powder diffraction standards) so that the type of mineral in the sample will be known. the diffractogram of the zeolite test results using xrd can be seen in figure 2. the diffractogram pattern of za/zr-0 and za/zr-5 in figure 2 looks almost the same. there are certain peaks that experience a change in intensity and a shift in the value of 2θ. changes in intensity there is an increase and there is a decrease depending on the crystal structure, the position of atoms in the unit cell, and thermal vibrations. however, the crystal structure of za did not change much because it was stable when activated. it is as shown in the table. based on table 2 in the za/zr-0 and za/zr-5 diffractograms there are many peaks of interpretation of mordenite character zeolite, this proves that the za/zr catalyst has been dealuminated after activation using 2m hcl. with the decrease in the composition of al cations, the si/al ratio in natural zeolite changed from previously clinoptilolite with the molecular formula [na1.84k1.76mg0.2ca1.24(h2o)21.36] [si29,84al6.16o72] to mordenite with the molecular formula na8(h2o)24] [si40al8o96] here the si/al ratio increases. the results of the xrd diffractogram show that zr metal has been successfully distributed in active natural zeolite, which is indicated by the presence of peaks at 2θ = 22.09 and at 2θ = 35.55. 64 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 12 (1), 2023: 61-67 figure 2. diffractogram data of activated natural zeolite (za) and zirconium-impregnated natural zeolite (za-zr). table 2. interpretation of diffraction peaks at za/zr-0 and za/zr-5. 2θ jcpds 2θ za/zr-0 interpretation 9,77 9,78 mordenite 13,41 13,39 mordenite 19,58 19,58 mordenite 21,24 22,238 mordenite 25,62 25,603 mordenite 26,25 26,25 clinoptilolite 27,60 27,64 clinoptilolite 30,068 30,069 clinoptilolite 30,828 30,83 mordenite 35,65 35,66 mordenite 48,21 48,34 mordenite 2θ jcpds 2θ za/zr-5 interpretation 13,41 13,33 mordenite 19,36 19,47 clinoptilolite 21,79 21,84 mordenite 22,05 22,09 zr 25,56 25,51 mordenite 26,10 26,13 mordenite 27,54 27,54 mordenite 35,53 35,55 zr acidity test for zirconium-impregnated natural zeolite (za-zr) catalyst zeolite acidity can be measured gravimetrically using the ammonia adsorption method. zr metal impregnation treatment on zeolite is expected to increase the acidity of the zeolite. this increase in acidity is due to the exchange of the zr4+ group with the h+ group found in the active zeolite. table 3. catalyst acidity. catalyst acidity (𝒎𝒎𝒐𝒍/𝒈𝒓𝒂𝒎) za/zr-0 4,52 za/zr-5 5,88 za/zr-10 6,79 from the results of the ammonia adsorption analysis, it was found that the total acidity contained in the zeolite increased with the increase in the amount of zr metal impregnation into the active zeolite (table 3). this is due to the interaction between the nh3 base and the acid in the zeolite. h+ is a bronsted acid, which will form nh4+ ions when it interacts with nh3. the presence of zr metal is possible to cause an increase in the acidity of the catalyst because zr metal has a (d) orbital that is not fully filled so it effectively accepts electron pairs from the adsorbate base. the contribution of the number of acid sites of zr metal is a lewis acid site (comelli et al., 2006). the presence of a large number of active sites,increases the adsorption power of the reactants. analysis of glycerol acetylation results the product of glycerol esterification reaction with acetic acid anhydride using zirconium-impregnated natural zeolite (za-zr) as catalyst was analyzed qualitatively using an infrared spectrophotometer. this analysis is intended to determine the presence of esters (triacetin or mono acetin and diacetin) in the esterification reaction product. the results of the infrared spectra can be seen in figure 3. figure 3. infrared spectra of glycerol esterification reaction with acetic acid anhydride using zirconium-impregnated natural zeolite (za-zr) as catalyst. 2-theta (deg) in te n s it y ( c p s ) 20 40 60 0.0e+000 2.0e+003 4.0e+003 6.0e+003 8.0e+003 1.0e+004 2-theta (deg) in te n s it y ( c p s ) 20 40 60 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 krisdiyanto et al. – synthesis, characterization and activity test of … 65 the infrared spectra show a strong absorption at a wave number of 1728.22 cm-1, a strong absorption at a wave number of 1226.73 cm-1, and a medium absorption at 1373.32 cm-1, where the absorptions successively indicate the presence of vibrations from groups c=o, c-o (from the ester), and ch3. the presence of these three functional groups corresponds to the product resulting from the glycerol esterification reaction, which is in the form of an ester. with a reaction like figure 4 (silva et al., 2010). figure 4. reaction of glycerol esterification with acetic acid anhydride using acid catalyst and with the proposed reaction mechanism, namely: figure 5 the mechanism of the esterification reaction for the formation of monoacetate/monoacetin. the reaction mechanism in the figure continues until all the hydroxy groups in glycerol are replaced by acetate groups and triacetin is formed. for one triacetin compound, it takes three compounds of acetic acid or acetic acid anhydride to react with glycerol. the spectrum of the hydroxy group (–oh) also appears in the infrared spectra of the product, which is in the form of a wide absorption at wave numbers of 2962.66 cm-1 to 3600 cm-1, which indicates the presence of vibrations from the hydroxy group (o-h) (sastrohamidjojo, 2007). the hydroxy group can come from acetic acid as a by-product, or from glycerol and (excess) acetic acid anhydride that have not reacted. the results of the complete interpretation of infrared spectra data are presented in table 4 below: table 4. interpretation results of infrared spectral data of glycerol esterification products. wavenumber (cm-1) functional group research result reference specta (sastrohamidjojo, 2007) 1728,22 (strong absorption) 1600-1820 (strong absorption) c=o 1226,73 (strong absorption) 1000-1300 (strong absorption) c-o (of ester) 1373,32 (medium absorption) ±1375 (medium absorption) -ch3 2962,66-3600 (widen) 2400-3400 (widen) -oh from the ft-ir data, it can be seen that glycerol has undergone an esterification reaction and has been converted into an ester, namely monoacetin, diacetin, and triacetin. the ft-ir test performed on the product was not sufficient to detect the presence of triacetin. therefore, it is necessary to carry out further tests using a gas chromatography instrument (gas chromatography/gc) which is connected to a mass spectrometer (mass spechtrometer/ms). with this instrument triacetate compounds can be identified and the percentage can be calculated in the resulting product. the results of the analysis with gc-ms in the form of 66 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 12 (1), 2023: 61-67 two data, namely the chromatrogram derived from the results of the gc analysis and the mass spectra from the results of the ms analysis. chromatogram analysis was based on the level of similarity or similiarity index (si) between the retention time (tr) obtained and the retention time (tr) from the library search report (wiley7nist05.l). the chromatogram results of the esterification reaction products are presented in figure 6. (a) (b) figure 6. chromatogram of esterification reaction products (a), mass spectrometry triacetin spectra (b). in the chromatogram, the triacetin peak is located at the retention time (tr) 7.863 minutes, according to the library search report (wiley7nist05.l) on gc. the complete chromatogram analysis is presented in table 4. table 5. results of chromatogram analysis and results of glycerol esterification reactions. no retention time (minutes) compound si (%) (wiley7nist05.l) 1 2,075 acetic acid 91 2 2,930 acetic acid anhydride 64 3 6,527 diacetin 83 4 7,863 triacetin 90 the results of the chromatogram regarding the presence of triacerin can be seen in (figure 8 (a) ), while the mass spectrometer data can be seen in (figure 8 (b)). from these data we can know the relative molecular mass of a compound and the fragmentation of the compound. the mass spectrometer data of the triacetin compound present at the retention time of 7.866 is presented in figure 7. the figure shows that the molecular mass/charge (m/e) of the compound is 219.1 m/e. (widayat et al, 2013). figure 7. fragmentation of triacetin. krisdiyanto et al. – synthesis, characterization and activity test of … 67 conclusion zirconium-impregnated natural zeolite (za-zr) catalyst has been successfully synthesized were indicated by difractogram of x ray diffraction analysis. zr metal impregnation treatment on zeolite was increase the acidity of the zeolite into 6,79 mmol/gram for za/zr-10 catalyst. the results of the analysis of the esterification product base on infrared spectra and mass spectrometry chromatogram showed the presence of triacetin products. acknowledgments: lppm uin sunan kalijaga for funding assistance for this research in the 2017 beginner research program. competing interests: there was no conflict of interest in this study. references alzeer, j., hadeed, k.a. (2021). halal certification of food, nutraceuticals, and pharmaceuticals in the arab world. in: laher, i. (eds) handbook of healthcare in the arab world. springer, cham. appleby, d. (2003). the impact of biodiesel production on the glycerine market. oral precentation of procter & gamble at american oil chemist society, champain, illinois. beck, j.s. vartuli, j.c. roth, w.j. leonowicz, m.e. kresge, c.t. schmitt, k. d. chu, c.t.w olson, d.h. sheppard e. w., mccullen, s.b. higgins, j.b. schlenker j.l. a new family of mesoporous molecular sieves prepared with liquid crystal templates j. am. chem. soc., 114 (1992), pp. 10834-10843 comelli, n.a., e.n. ponzi, m.i. ponzi. (2006). pinene isomerization to camphene effect of thermal treatment on sulfated zirconia. chemical engineering journal, 117 (2): 93–99 dewajani h, zamrudy w, saroso h, paramarta s, mulya w (2019), conversion of crude glycerol from by-product biodiesel into bio-additive of fuel through acetylation reaction based on modified zeolite catalyst, alchemy volume 7 no 2 page 46-52 fiume mz, (2003)., cosmetic ingredients review expert panel. final report on the safety assessment of triacetin. international journal of toxicology.; 22 suppl 2:1-10. gama, n., santos, r., godinho, b. (2019). triacetin as a secondary pvc plasticizer. j polym environ 27, 1294–1301 gültekin, f., çeker, o. elgün, a., gürbilek., m, şimşek, m., oral, r., köse, s., türker, s., döndüren, h., ünaldi, m., küçüköner, e., yetim h, aydin, a., dede b., özmen, i., başayiğit, l., cengiz, m., tilki, t., akin, s., (2020)., evaluation of food additives in terms of istihalah., jurnal of halal life tyle., volume 2 issue 1 page 1-13 ghoreishi, k b. (2013). sol-gel sulphated silica as a catalyst for glycerol acetylation with acetic acid. journal of science and technology, 5(1). hendayana, s. (1994). kimia analitik instrumen edisi kesatu. semarang: ikip semarang press. jiang m, liu s, du x, wang y, (2010). physical properties and internal microstructures of films made from catfish skin gelatin and triacetin mixtures, food hydrocolloids, volume 24, issue 1, pages 105-110, nawrocki, j. rigney, m. mccormick, a. carr, p.w. (1993)., chemistry of zirconia and its use in chromatography, journal of chromatography a, volume 657, issue 2, pages 229-282, nuryoto, sulistyo, h., rahayu s.s., sutijan., (2010). uji performa katalisator resin penukar ion untuk pengolahan hasil samping pembuatan biodiesel menjadi triacetin. seminar rekayasa kimia dan proses ogawa t, moriwaki n, fujii r, (1992). triacetin as food additive in gummy candy and other foodstuffs on the market. the kitasato archives of experimental medicine. apr;65(1):33-44. pmid: 1479781. reddy, padigapati. s., sudarsanam, p., raju, g., & reddy, b. m. (2010). synthesis of bioadditives: acetylation of glycerol over zirconia-based solid acid catalysts. catalyst communications, 11 (15), 1224–1228. setyaningsih, l., ali, i. a., chafidz, a., septiyan, s., and eka, p. a. (2020). triacetin production by selective esterification of glycerol over activated zeolite and lewatite as catalyst. materials science forum, 988, 122–127. silva. leonardo n, valter l.c, goncalves, claudio j.a. mota., (2010). catalytic acetylation of glycerol with acetic anhydride. catalysis communications catal commun. 11. 1036-1039. 10.1016/j.catcom.2010.05.007. sastrohamidjojo. h (2007). spektroskopi. yogyakarta: liberty. tanabe k., yamaguchi t., (1994) acid-base bifunctional catalysis by zro2 and its mixed oxides, catalysis today, volume 20, issue 2, pages 185-197, teterycz, h., klimkiewicz, r., laniecki, m.. (2003). the role of lewis acidic centers in stabilized zirconium dioxide. applied catalysis a: general. 249. 313-326. widayat, satriadi h, abdullah, ika windrianto k. handono. (2013). proses produksi triasetat dari gliserol dengan katalis asam sulfat. jurnal teknik kimia indonesia. 12. 192. 10.5614/jtki.2013.12.1.3. yanti, n.r., heryani, h., putra, m.d., nugroho, a., (2019). triacetin production from glycerol using heterogeneous catalysts prepared from peat clay. international journal of technology. volume 10(5), pp. 970-978 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn 2089-6514 (paper) volume 11, number 2, october 2022 | pages: 175-180 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2022.112.175-180 issn 2540-9328 (online) inhibitory effect of mammea africana on alpha-amylase and alpha-glucosidase enzymes of rats nwakaego omonigho ebong1,*, jude efiom okokon1,2, jesse idakwoji1 1department of pharmacology and toxicology, faculty of pharmacy, madonna university, elele, nigeria. 2department of pharmacology and toxicology, faculty of pharmacy, university of uyo, uyo, nigeria. corresponding author* nwakaebong@gmail.com manuscript received: 10 august, 2022. revision accepted: 23 august, 2022. published: 12 september, 2022. abstract mammea africana sabine (guttiferae), a medicinal plant used traditionally in the treatment of diseases including diabetes was evaluated for effect on alpha-amylase and alpha-glucosidase enzymes in vivo. the stembark extract (30, 60 and 90 mg/kg) of m. africana were investigated in vivo for inhibitory effect on alpha-amylase and alpha-glucosidase enzymes using starch, sucrose and maltose as substrates. acarbose was used as reference drug. the stembark extract caused significant (p<0.05) reduction in blood glucose levels of treated rats with the various substrates used. the results suggest that the stembark extract of m. africana have the potentials to inhibit alpha-amylase and alpha-glucosidase in rats. keywords: alpha-amylase; alpha-glucosidase; hypoglycaemia; mammea africana. abbreviations: blood glucose level (bgl). introduction mammea africana sabine (guttiferae) (syn. ochrocarpus africana oliv.) (m. africana) is a large forest tree of 50 to 100 feet high with bark often yellow with pale scales and resinous yellow sap (hutchison and daziel, 1958). the plant is widely distributed in tropical africa. traditionally, the stem bark of the plant is used by the ibibios, of the niger delta region of nigeria, in the treatment of malaria related fever, diabetes, microbial infections and mental disorders. the stembark is also traditionally used to treat stomach pains, rheumatism pains, scabies, cough and hypertension (raponda-walter and sillans, 1961; adjanohoun et al. 1996). the stembark extract has been reported to possess cytotoxic activity, in vitro (chapuis et al. 1988; okokon et al. 2012). ouahouo et al. (2004) reported cytotoxic coumarins with anti-microbial activity against staphylococcus aureus from the plant stembark. the stembark has been reported to have anti-plasmodial (okokon et al. 2006), cardioprotective (okokon and antia,2007), anti-diabetic, hypolipidaemic (okokon et al. 2007), vasorelaxant (dongmo et al. 2007), antihypertensive (nguelefack-mbuyo et al. 2008), antiinflammatory, analgesic (okokon et al. 2009), antioxidant (nguelefack-mbuyo et al. 2010), antidiarrheal, anti-ulcer (okokon et al. 2010), immunomodulatory, anti-lesihmanial (okokon et al. 2012), depressant and anti-convulsant (okokon and davis, 2014) as well as nephroprotective (okokon and bawo, 2014) and hepatoprotective (okokon et al. 2016) activities. the stembark has been reported to have 5,-7dihydroxy-8-(12-methyl-butryl)–4–n-pentylcoumarins (carpenter et al. 1970, 1971; crichton and waterman, 1978), 4-phenyl and 4alkylcoumarins (games, 1972), mesuxanthone b (carpenter et al. 1971). alkaloids have been reported to be absent in the entire plant parts (gartlands et al. 1980). we report in this study the effect of leaf extract and fractions of the plant on alphaamylase and alpha-glucosidase of rats. materials and methods plants collection the plant material mammea africana (stembark) were collected in anwa forest in uruan area, akwa ibom state, nigeria in january 2022. the plant was identified and authenticated by dr. margaret bassey, at the department of botany and ecological studies, university of uyo, uyo, nigeria with voucher number fphuu 381. extraction the stembarks were washed and shade-dried for two weeks. the dried plants’ materials were further chopped https://doi.org/10.14421/biomedich.2022.112.175-180 176 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 175-180 into small pieces and reduced to powder using electric grinder. the powdered material (1.5 kg) was macerated for 72 h in 50% ethanol. this was thereafter filtered and the liquid filtrate was concentrated and evaporated to dryness in vacuo 40˚c using a rotary evaporator (buchilab, switzerland). the extract was stored in a refrigerator at -4˚c, until used for the proposed experiments. animals albino wistar rats (120 -135 g) of either sex were used for these experiments. the animals were housed in standard cages and were maintained on a standard pelleted feed (guinea feed) and water ad libitum. in vivo alpha-amylase and alpha-glucosidase inhibition study alpha-amylase inhibitory study thirty-five wistar rats were divided into 6 groups of 5 rats each. the rats in all groups were fasted for 18 hours and fasting blood glucose concentration was first taken at 0 minutes before administration. group i, as the normal control, received distilled water (10 ml/kg). group ii rats were orally administered starch at 2 g/kg body weight (orally with distilled water as vehicle) and distilled water (10 ml/kg) simultaneously. rats in group iii were administered starch (2 g/kg) and the standard drug (acarbose) at 100 mg/kg simultaneously. groups iv, v and vi were administered simultaneously, starch (2 g/kg) and mammea africana stembark extract at 30, 60 and 90 mg/kg respectively. all administrations were done orally and blood glucose concentration was monitored at 30, 60, 90, 120 and 180 minutes (gidado et al. 2019). alpha-glucosidase inhibitory study the procedure as described above was used for this study but with sucrose and maltose used as substrates (gidado et al. 2019). blood glucose determination drops of blood from tip of rats’ tails were dropped on stripes and glucose concentration was measured using a glucometer according to manufacturer’s specifications (accu-chek, indiana). the glucometer works with the following principle; the blood sample is exposed to a membrane covering the reagent pad (strip), which is coated with an enzyme (glucose oxidase, glucose dehydrogenase). the reaction causes a colour change and the intensity of this change is directly proportional to the amount of glucose in the blood sample. light from a light emitting diode strikes the pad surface and is reflected to a photodiode, which measures the light intensity and converts it to electrical signals. an electrode sensor measures the current produced when the enzyme converts glucose to gluconic acid. the resulting current is directly proportional to the amount of glucose in the sample (who, 2011). statistical analysis data obtained from this work were analysed statistically using one –way anova followed by tukey-kramer multiple comparison test using instat graphpad software, (san diego, usa). differences between means were considered significant at 5% level of significance i.e. p≤ 0.05. results and discussion in vivo alpha-amylase and alpha-glucosidase inhibition assay administration of starch (2g/kg) to fasted rats caused varying percentages of increase in blood glucose concentrations of the treated animals after 30 min. the percentages were starch (63.18%), extract-treated groups (6.95-42.73%) and acarbose-treated group (17.97%). these increases were reduced after 60 min to 0%, 15.29% and 20.51% in animal groups treated with 60, 90 and 30 mg/kg of the extract respectively. all the extract-treated groups had their blood glucose level (bgl) reduced to normal without any further increase from 90 to 180 minutes. also, co-administration of the starch with acarbose prominently inhibited the rise in the blood glucose concentrations (table 1). there was 60.78% increase in blood glucose concentration 30 minutes following maltose administration in the control group. however, 17.0321.05 % increases were observed in the extract-treated groups. at 60 minutes, the bgl of the extract-treated groups were significantly reduced with groups treated with 30, 60, and 90 mg/kg having percentage increments of 6.11, 8.63 and 13.15% in bgl respectively. there reductions were sustained and significant throughout the duration of the study (180 minutes) with no increment in bgl recorded in any group (table 2). administration of sucrose (2 g/kg) produced a 46.01% increase in blood glucose concentration 30 minutes post-administration of the sucrose in the control group and 20.95-56.03% increases in blood glucose concentration of extract-treated groups. the blood glucose concentrations were significantly reduced after 60 minutes post-administration of sucrose in all the extract-treated groups and sustained for 180 minutes with the group treated with the lowest dose of the extract (30 mg/kg) having no increment in bgl followed by groups treated with 60 and 90 mg/kg of the extract with 1.16 and 13.35 % increases respectively (table 3). ebong et al. – inhibitory effect of mammea africana … 177 table 1. effect of ethanol leaf extract of mammea africana on blood glucose level of rat after oral administration of starch load. treatment dose blood glucose level mg/dl in min mg/kg 0 min 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min 180 min control normal saline 86.00±11.53 87.66±7.12(1.93) 87.66±7.62(1.93) 73.66±6.17 91.0±7.50(5.81) 80.00±6.02 starch 2000 73.33±8.25 119.66±5.45a(63.18) 115.66±1.33a (57.72) 104.66±2.60a (42.72) 95.66±3.75a(30.45) 92.0±6.35(25.46) acarbose 100 72.33±2.69 85.33±12.97(17.97) 80.33±7.21(11.06) 76.33±3.48(5.53) 74.0±1.00(2.30) 72.33±8.68(0) extract 30 78.0±4.35 111.33±4.97(42.73) 94.0±3.51(20.51) 78.0±1.73() 72.33±0.88() 66.66±0.88() 60 86.33±3.75 92.33±6.33(6.95) 80.0±2.64() 74.00±2.30() 70.00±1.15() 68.66±2.72() 90 82.10±5.85 100.0±13.15(21.80) 94.66±10.72(15.29) 82.0±4.61() 76.66±3.84() 71.0±1.73() data is expressed as mean ± sem, significant at ap<0.05, bp< 0.01, when compared to control (n=5). values in parenthesis are percentage increases in blood glucose concentrations compared to 0 min in the same group. table 2. effect of ethanol leaf extract of mammea africana on blood glucose level of rat after oral administration of maltose load. treatment dose blood glucose level mg/dl in min mg/kg 0 min 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min 180 min control normal saline 100.00±4.25 88.33±1.85 92.33±4.25 90.33±2.33 89.0±4.35 87.33±3.84 maltose 2000 92.0±4.04 134.33±2.90b(46.01) 128.66±5.45a(39.84) 117.33±4.66a(27.53) 97.66±0.66(6.15) 104.16±2.48(13.21) acarbose 100 90.33±2.48 86.66±2.90 82.0±6.00 79.33±2.96 71.66±3.75 78.0±3.78 extract 30 73.33±1.45 86.0±1.73(17.27) 79.66±0.33(8.63) 74.66±0.33() 72.33±1.45 68.33±5.16 60 76.33±0.66 92.0±3.78(17.03) 81.00±2.51(6.11) 76.0±0.57() 70.6±0.33() 68.66±0.33() 90 76.0±2.51 92.0±5.03(21.05) 86.0±5.50(13.15) 81.0±5.03(6.57) 74.0±3.05() 70.33±2.96() data is expressed as mean ± sem. significant at ap<0.05, bp< 0.01, when compared to control (n=5). values in parenthesis are percentage increases in blood glucose concentrations compared to 0 min in the same group. table 3. effect of ethanol leaf extract of mammea africana on blood glucose level of rsat after oral administration of sucrose load. treatment dose blood glucose level mg/dl in min mg/kg 0 min 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min 180 min control normal saline 100.00±4.25 88.33±1.85 92.33±4.25(1.80) 90.33±2.33(3.62) 89.0±4.35(1.55) 87.33±3.84(3.98) sucrose 2000 82.30±2.14 132.33±1.90b(60.78) 130.22±2.45(58.22) 120.66±3.22a(46.60) 115.0±2.46(39.73) 106.22±4.24(29.06) acarbose 100 85.34±1.36 88.22±1.10(3.37) 86.0±2.20c(0.77) 85.33±2.15c() 84.26±1.14a() 82.28±2.26a() extract 30 84.6±2.60 102.33±8.64(20.95) 94.33±1.20a(11.50) 91.66±2.40b(8.34) 86.66±2.90b(2.43) 81.33±5.69() 60 85.66±5.36 111.6±6.93b(30.28) 98.0±5.29(14.40) 92.0±4.35(7.40) 90.66±4.91a(5.83) 86.66±3.38(1.16) 90 77.33±1.85 120.66±2.60(56.03) 112.0±3.05b(44.83) 98.0±1.52b (26.72) 93.66±1.85b(21.11) 87.66±1.45c(13.35) data is expressed as mean ± sem, significant at ap<0.05, bp< 0.01, when compared to control. (n=5). values in parenthesis are percentage increases in blood glucose concentrations compared to 0 min in the same group. discussion mammea africana stembark is used in ibibio traditional medicine in the treatment of diseases such as diabetes among others. this work investigated the effect of m. africana stembark on alpha-amylase and alphaglucosidase activities in rats. the extract was found to inhibit increases in blood glucose concentration following starch administration though non-dosedependently. complete digestion of dietary polysaccharides like starch is achieved by the combined action of alpha-amylases and alpha-glucosidase enzymes. the alpha-amylase enzyme digests alphabonds of the alpha-linked polysaccharides yielding disaccharides, like maltose, which are further reduced to monosaccharides by membrane bound alpha-glucosidase enzymes (alongi and anese, 2018; kalra, 2014). inhibitions of these enzymes delay the digestion of ingested carbohydrates thereby resulting in a small rise in blood glucose concentrations following carbohydrate meals as was observed in this study. as a target for 178 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 175-180 managing type 2 diabetes mellitus, many medicinal plants have been reported to possess alpha-amylase and alpha-glucosidase inhibitory potential (esimone et al. 2001; ibrahim et al. 2014). similarly, the stembark extract significantly and non dose-dependently inhibited blood glucose rise when coadministered with maltose and sucrose. acarbose, the standard drug used in this study significantly inhibited blood glucose rise when co-administered with starch, maltose and sucrose. the results of this study corroborate earlier reported antidiabetic activity of the stembark extract of m. africana in rats (okokon et al. 2007; tchamadeu et al. 2010). this further suggest that inhibition of alpha-glucosidase and alpha-amylase activities may be one of the antidiabetic modes of action of the extract. the inhibitory activities of plant extract are linked to their phytochemical constituents especially polyphenols. the stembark extract has been reported to contain 5,-7-dihydroxy-8(12-methyl-butryl)-4-npentylcoumarin (carpenter et al. ;1970;1971; crichton and waterman, 1978), mesuxanthone b (carpenter et al. 1971), 4-n-propylcoumarins and 4-phenyl coumarins (ouahouo et al. 2004) have also been isolated from the stembark. polyphenolic compounds have been variously reported to inhibit alpha-glucosidase and alpha-amylase activities (proenca et al. 2017; su and tang, 2019; proenca et al. 2017). coumarins in particular have been reported to inhibit alpha-glucosidase and alpha-amylase activities (zhao et al. 2015; karakaya et al. 2018). also, xanthones are reported to possess the potentials to inhibit alpha-amylases and alpha-glucosidase enzymes (malik et al. 2020). the presence of these compounds in the stembark extract could have contributed to the observed activity of this study and therefore explains the antidiabetic mechanism of the stembark of m. africana. alpha-amylase and alpha-glucosidase inhibitions by plants extracts have been reported severally (ishnava and metisariya, 2018; shirwaikar et al. 2005). phytochemicals implicated as anti-diabetic agents, do so possibly through alpha-amylase and alpha-glucosidase inhibition. the phytochemicals implicated include; flavonoids, saponins, tannins and terpenoids (ishnava and metisariya, 2018; ortiz-andrade et al. 2007; yoshikawa et al. 1998). also, polyphenolic compounds from plants are known to cause several effects on the biological systems which include enzymes inhibitions (funke and melzig, 2005; kalita et al. 2018). the phenolic compounds are known to be strong metal ion chelators and protein precipitation agents forming insoluble complexes with proteins as well as acting as biological oxidants (ishnava and metisariya, 2018). the presence of the polyphenolic compounds in the stembark extract in addition to the xanthones may suggests that their inhibitory potential on alpha-amylase and the membrane-bound intestinal alpha-glucosidase enzymes. conclusions the results of this study suggest that inhibition of alpha amylase and alpha glucosidase enzymes maybe one of the modes of antidiabetic activity of the stembark extract of mammea africana which can be attributed to the activities of its phytochemical constituents. acknowledgements: the authors greatly acknowledges mr nsikan malachy of pharmacology and toxicology department for his technical support. authors’ contributions: noe, jea and ji conceived and designed this study. jea and ji carried out the experiments and drafted the manuscript. noe performed the statistical analysis, edited and reviewed the manuscript. jea, noe and ji read and approved the final manuscript. competing interests: the authors declare that there are no competing interests. references adjanohoun je, aboubakar n, dramane k, ebot me, ekpere ja, enoworock eg, foncho d, gbile zo, kamanyi a, kamoukom, et al (1996). traditional medicine and pharmacopeiacontribution to ethnobotanical and floristic studies in cameroon. porto-novo, benin: cnpms. pp 15. alongi m, anese m (2018). effect of coffee roasting on in vitro α-glucosidase activity: inhibition and mechanism of action. food research international 111: 480-487. carpenter i, mc garry ej, scheimann f (1971). extractives from guttiferae. part xxi. the isolation and structure of nine coumarins from the bark of mammea africana g. don. journal of the chemical society 22: 3783-3789. carpenter i, mc garry ej, scheimann f (1970). the neoflavonoids and 4-alkylcoumarins from mammea africana g. don. tetrahedron letters 46: 3983-3986. chapius jc, sordat b, hostettman k (1988). screening for cytotoxic activities of plants used in traditional medicine. journal of ethnopharmacology 23: 273-284. crichton eg, waterman pg (1978). dihydromammea c/ob: a new coumarin from the seed of mammea africana. phytochemistry 17: 1783-1786. dongmo ab, azebaze agb, nguelefack tb. (2007). vasodilator effect of the extracts and some coumarins from the stem bark of mammea africana (guttiferae). journal of ethnopharmacology 111: 329-334. esimone co, okonta jm, ezugwu co (2001). blood sugar lowering effect of anacardum occidentale leaf extract in experimental rabbit model. journal of natural remedies 1: 60–63. funke i, melzig mf (2005). effect of different phenolic compounds on a-amylase activity: screening by microplatereader based kinetic assay. pharmazie 60(10):796–797. games de (1972). identification of 4-phenyl and 4alkylcoumarins in mammea americana, mammea africana ebong et al. – inhibitory effect of mammea africana … 179 and calophyllum ionophyllum by gas chromatography – mass spectrometry. tetrahedron letters 31: 3187-3190. gartlans js, key db, waterman pg, mbi cn, struhsaker tt (1980). comparative study of the phytochemistry of two african rain forests. biochemical systematics ecology 8: 401422. gidado a, watafua m, sa’ad rs, tagi hs, abdullahi s (2019). alpha-amylase, maltase and sucrase inhibitions by aqueous leaf extracts of anacardium occidentale (anacardiacea) and piliostigma reticulatum (caesalpiniaceae) in rats. tropical journal of natural product research 3(6): 210-215. hutchinson lj, daziel jm (1958). flora of west tropical africa, revised by rwj keay.vol.1, part 2, 2nd edn, white press, london. pp. 393 ibrahim ma, koorbanally na, islam s (2014). antioxidative activity and inhibition of key enzymes linked to type 2 diabetes (α-glucosidase and α-amylase) by khaya senegalensis. acta pharmaceutica 64: 311-324. ishnava kb and metisariya dm (2018). in vitro study on αamylase inhibitory activity of selected ethnobotanical plant extra its and its herbal formulations. international journal of pharmacognosy and chinese medicine 2(3): 000136. kalita d, holm dg, labarbera dv, petrash jm, jayanty ss (2018). inhibition of α-glucosidase, α-amylase, and aldose reductase by potato polyphenolic compounds. plos one 13(1): e0191025. kalra s (2014). alpha glucosidase inhibitors. the journal of pakistan medical association 64(4): 474-476. karakaya s, gözcü s, güvenalp z, özbek h, yuca h, dursunoğlu b,. kazaz c, kılıç cs (2018). “the α-amylase and α-glucosidase inhibitory activities of the dichloromethane extracts and constituents of ferulago bracteata roots.” pharmaceutical biology 56(1): 18-24. malik a, ardalani h, anam s, mcnair lm, kromphardt kjk, frandsen rjn, franzyk h, staerk d, kongstad kt (2020). antidiabetic xanthones with α-glucosidase inhibitory activities from an endophytic penicillium canescens. fitoterapia 142: 104522. nguelefack-mbuyo ep, dimo t, nguelefack tb, azebaze ag, dongmo ab, kamtchouing p, kamanyi a (2010). in vitro antioxidant activity of extracts and coumarins from the stem bark of mammea africana sabine. journal of complementary and integrated medicine 7(1): 111. nguelefack-mbuyo pe, nguelefack tb, dongmo ab (2008). antihypertensive effects of the methanol/methylene chloride stem bark extract of mammea africana in lnameinduced hypertensive rats. journal of ethnopharmacology 117: 446450. okokon je, antia bs, osuji l, udia pm (2007). antidiabetic and hypolipidaemic activity of ethanolic stembark extract of mammea africana. journal of pharmacology and toxicology 2: 278-283. okokon je, antia bs (2007). hypolipidaemic and cardioprotective activity of mammea africana. research journal medicinal plants 1: 154-157. okokon je, bawo mb, mbagwu ho (2016). hepatoprotective activity of mammea africana ethanol stem bark extract. avicenna journal of phytomedicine 6(2): 248-259. okokon je, bawo mb (2014). nephro-protective effect of mammea africana against paracetamol induced kidney injury. journal of herbal drugs 5: 45-54. okokon je, dar a, choudhary mi (2012). immunostimulatory, anticancer, and antileishmanial activities of mammea africana from nigeria. journal of natural pharmaceuticals 3: 105109. okokon je, davies k (2014). psychopharmacological studies of mammea africana stem bark extract. the journal of phytopharmacology 3: 204-213. okokon je, udokpoh ae, essiet ga (2006). antimalarial activity of mammea africana. african journal of traditional complementary and alternative medicines 3: 43-49. okokon je, umoh uf, umoh ee, etim ei (2010). antiulcer and antidiarrhoeal activity of mammea africana. iranian journal of pharmacology and therapeutics 9: 96-101. okokon je, umoh e, umoh u (2009). antiinflammatory and antinociceptive effects of ethanolic stembark extract of mammea africana. the journal of biomedical research 12: 135-139. ortiz-andrade rr, garcía-jiménez s, castillo-espaňa p, ramírez-avíila g, villalobos-molina r, estrada-soto s (2007). alpha-glucosidase inhibitory activity of the methanolic extract from tournefortia hartwegiana: an antihyperglycemic agent. journal of ethnopharmacology 109: 4853. ouahouo bm, asebaze ag, meyer m, bodo b, fomum zt, ngengfack ae (2004). cytotoxic and antimicrobial coumarins from mammea africana. annals of tropical medicine parasitology 98: 737-739. proença c, freitas m, ribeiro d, oliveira e, sousa j, tomé sm, ramos mj, silva a, fernandes pa, fernandes e (2017). αglucosidase inhibition by flavonoids: an in vitro and in silico structure-activity relationship study. journal of enzyme inhibition and medicinal chemistry 32(1): 1216-1228. proença c, ribeiro d, freitas m, fernandes e (2022). flavonoids as potential agents in the management of type 2 diabetes through the modulation of α-amylase and α-glucosidase activity: a review. critical reviews in food science and nutrition 62(12): 3137-3207 raponda-walker a, sillans r (1961). les plantes utiles du gabon. paris: paul lechevalier. pp 469-478 shirwaikar a, rajendran k, punitha isr (2005). antidiabetic activity of alcoholic stem extract of coscinium fenestratum in streptozotocin nicotinamide induced type 2 diabetic rats. journal of ethnopharmacology 93: 369-374. srisongkram t, waithong s, thitimetharoch t, weerapreeyakul n (2022). machine learning and in vitro chemical screening of potential α-amylase and α-glucosidase inhibitors from thai indigenous plants. nutrients 14: 267. su j, tang z (2019). effects of (-)-epigallocatechin gallate and quercetin on the activity and structure of α-amylase. tropical journal of pharmaceutical research 18(3): 585-590. tchamadeu mc, dzeufiet pd, nouga cc, azebaze ag, allard j, girolami jp, tack i, kamtchouing p, dimo t (2010). hypoglycaemic effects of mammea africana (guttiferae) in diabetic rats. journal of ethnopharmacology 127(2): 368-372. who (2011). core medical equipment information. available at http://whqlibdoc.who.int/hq/2011/who_hss_eht_dim_11 .03_eng.pdf. accessed 3 june, 2020. who (2016). global report on diabetes. geneva. 2016. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789241565257. accessed 7 june, 2020. yoshikawa m, murakami t, yashiro k, matsuda h (1998). kotalanol, a potent alpha-glucosidase inhibitor with thiosugar sulfonium sulfate structure, from antidiabetic ayurvedic medicine salacia reticulata. chemical and pharmaceutical bulletin 46(8): 1339-1340. 180 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 11 (2), 2022: 175-180 zhao dg, zhou ay, du z, zhang y, zhang k, ma yy (2015). coumarins with α-glucosidase and α-amylase inhibitory activities from the flower of edgeworthia gardneri. fitoterapia 107: 122-127. biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn: 2089-6514 volume 4, number 1, 2015 | pages: 17-24 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2015.41.17-24 krokot extract (portulaca oleracea. l) as natural light-harvesting pigments for dye-sensitized solar cells (dsscs): influence of dye acidity cici nurfaizah, didik krisdiyanto*, khamidinal and sudarlin department of chemistry, faculty of science and technology, uin sunan kalijaga jl. marsda adisucipto no 1 yogyakarta 55281, indonesia. tel. +62-274-540971, fax. +62-274-519739 author correspondency*: didik_kris@yahoo.com abstract dye-sensitized solar cells (dsscs) was fabricated using natural dyes extracted from krokot (portulaca oleracea. l). the effect of dye acidity was investigated on natural ph extract, 5.00, 4.00 and 3.00 of ph. the efficiency and stability dsscs as a function of the dye acidity was studied. the result of the uv-vis shows that the absorption of wave-length from dye extract of krokot is located in the visible region with the absorbance peak in 410.5 nm and 664.5 nm which are the peak of chlorophyll. the efficiency of extract krokot dye sensitized solar cells was decreasing 6.88 x 10-3 % to 0.42 x 10-3 % when ph of the dye was adjusted from 6.27 to 3.00. dsscs stability was also decreased look for efficiency loss from 5.27% to 97.49% in the same conditions. keywords: dye sensitized solar cell (dsscs), chlorophyll, efficiency introduction portulaca oleracea l. is a warm-climate, herbaceous succulent annual plant with a cosmopolitan distribution belonging to the portulacaceae family (xi zhou et al., 2015). many constituents of portulaca oleracea have been isolated, including alkaloids, beta-carotene, betasitosterol, caffeic acid, catechol, chlorophyll, coumarins, dha, epa, ferulic acid, flavanoids, saponins and tannin (esiyok et al., 2004), (palaniswamy et al., 2001), (mohamed and hussein, 1994). the green pigmented chlorophyll has the desirable photovoltaic properties that are utilized in today’s organic photosynthetic solar cells. figure 1. the portulaca oleracea l plants. chlorophyll is a light harvesting pigment that absorbs light in the visible spectrum of solar radiation which promotes electron transfer. carotenoids are also an important part of the photosynthetic process. they aid in energy transfer to the chlorophyll molecule,and serve to supplement the light gathering properties of chlorophyll (diarra et al., 1986). appropriate plant species for use in photosynthetic solar cell applications are those with high concentrations of chlorophyll alpha and chlorophyll beta. krokot or purslane (portulaca oleracea) have been found to contain high concentrations of chlorophyll alpha and beta (griffin et al., 2004). the idea of using the reactions of photosynthesis to convert light into electrical power appeared already melvin calvin before 1974 (hug et al., 2013). sun light excited the electrons of pigment into higher energy level then transfered to the conduction band of the wide band gap semiconductor. the model based on a synthetic membrane where carotenoids were used as a wire inside the membrane. after absorption of a light by a sensitizer molecule at one side of the membrane, the electron is transfered to a carotenoid and then diffuse through the membrane the the other side where it is captured by ellectron acceptor. dye-sensitized solar cells (dsscs) are belonging to the third generation photovoltaics concept where used natural dyes as light harvesting pigment (kalyanasundaram and graetzel, 2010; hagfeldt et al., 2010). they are also called graetzel cells (o’regan and graetzel, 1991) the advantages of natural dyes as photosensitizer are large adsorption coefficients, high light-harvesting efficiency, no resource limitations, low cost, easy prepared and no harm to the environment (luo et al., 2009). chlorophyll is the principal pigments in natural photosynthetic system. it is a green pigment found in the 18 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 4 (1), 2015: 17-24 leaves of most green plant, algae and cyanobacteria. six different types of chlorophyll pigment exist and the most occuring types is chlorophyll α. the molecular structure include a chlorine ring with mg center, along with different side chains and a hydrocarbon trail depending on the chlorophyll type (ludin et al., 2014). their function include harvesting sunlight, converting solar energy to chemical enery and tranferring electrons. chlorohyll and their derivatives are inserted into dsscs as dye sensitizer because of their beneficial light absorption tendency modes. chlorophyll has an absorption maximum at 670 nm because of an attractive compound that acts as an photosensitizer the visible light range (wang et al. 2010) a dssc consists of a pair of coated glass tco substrate (transparent conducting oxide) as the electrode and the counter electrode, the redox electrolyte that contains iodide and triiodide ion (i /i ) carbon layer as the catalyst, porous tio2 nanocrystal as fotoanoda, and a dye photosensitizer. all components are arranged in front of the sandwich structure where the top layer is the working electrode as the initial layer in receiving photons and the lower layer is the counter electrode and the middle is electrolyte to regenerate electron. dye criteria that can be used as a dye sensitizer is adsorption intensity at visible wavelengths, strong adsorption on the surface of the semiconductor, has the ability to inject electrons to the band conduction of the semiconductor, and has a group = o or -h to bind to the surface of tio2 which can increase the reaction rate of the electron transfer. figure 2. dssc sceme (khuzaifah et al., 2015). therefore, this study will utilize the potential of the natural dye that derived from extracts of krokot which are expected to fulfill the requirement as a natural sensitizer. optical and electrical test are done in order to determine the compliance of the requirement and can be used in dssc system. to further understand the effect of dye acidity was used to investigate the electron transport characteristics of the fabricated cells. this study shows the correlation between efficiency and stability as a function of the dye acidity. experiment chemicals and instrumentation chemicals used for research are krokot, indium transparent oxide (ito), tio2 (degusa), ki, i2, polyethylene glycol, ethanol 96%, polyvinyl alcohol (pva), aquades, graphite pencil 8b and detergent. instrumentation applied for research are sonikator, ultrasonic cleaner, hotplate, glassware, aluminium foil, paper clips, scothlite, screen proyektor (gasket) and cutter. spektrofotometer uv-vis single beam, uv-vis spekular reflektansi uv 1700 pharmaspec, fourier transformation infra-red (ft-ir) shimadzu and i-v meter keithley 2400 source meter. preparation of dye-sensitizer ten grams of krokot powder are macerated with 120 ml of 96% ethanol for 24 hours. then, it is filtered by using vacuum filtration and before it is used for further processing, it should be analyzed first using uv-vis spectrophotometer in the wavelength range 400-700 nm. the effect of ph of dye solution was studied by adjusting cici nurfaizah, et.al. – krokot extract (portulaca oleracea. l) as natural light-harvesting … 19 ph from the original ph of 6.27 using 0.1 m hcl solution to three different phs (3.0, 4.0 and 5.0). preparation of electrodes tio2 powder was weighed as much as 1.5 grams and then inserted into erlenmeyer and added with 3 ml of aquades. then, it is stirred with a magnetite stirring spoon and sonicated with 20 khz frequency for 2 hours. the next solution was then added with polyvinyl alcohol solution which previously has been made from 0.5 grams pva added with 6 ml of aquades by heating at a temperature of 150oc until all of pva are dissolved. the mixing is followed by stirring for 10 minutes until it is formed a homogeneous paste.. then, it is performed tio2 paste deposition on surfaces glass of transparent indium oxide (ito) with doctor blanding technique. but before it, ito should be washed with detergent and followed by aquades using ultrasonic cleaner for 10 minutes and rinsed with ethanol. before tio2 paste is dropped on ito glass, the conductive part should be found and then each of it is given a scotchlite restraint and it is made a rectangular pattern by leaving a 1.8 x 1.3 cm room. furthermore, in above of that fields, the tio2 paste is distributed evenly with a glass rod and then dried in the air and the scotchlite is opened, then it is heated at 80 ° c for 1 hour. tio2 film is inserted into the krokot extract, the container is covered with aluminum foil and then it is saved for an hour. the film which has been soaked then removed and rinsed with ethanol to clean the edge of the layer. then,it is dried at room temperature and analyzed by uv-vis reflectance spectrometer and ft-ir. the graphite of a 8b pencil is spread into the surface of ito on the conductive layer with the shading manner to average carbon layer. then, it is heated at temperature of 300oc for 1 hour. preparation of electrolytes potassium iodide (ki) is weighed as much as 0.815 grams and then dissolved in 10 ml of polyethylene glycol (peg) 400 and stirred until dissolved then added with 0.128 grams of i2 and stirred again until completely mixed. the finished electrolyte solution then stored in the dark bottles and also sealed. assembly of dye-sensitized solar cells (dsscs) dssc fabrication which is used is a sandwich construction with a composition such as: glass-ito working electrode (tio2 layer) that has been coated with dye-screen projector-counter electrode (carbon layer) – ito glass. the use of screen proyector is intended to prevent the short on dssc system. at the ends of the glass that does not stick together is spilled with the electrolyte solution and allowed to seep between the two layers after it is clamped with paperclip (binder clips) on two opposite sides are not coated. measurements dssc prototype was tested by measuring the i-v characteristic curve using a digital multimeter keithley 2400, in the light of a xenon lamp at an intensity of 1000 w / m2.the result of the i-v characteristic curves test were then analyzed voc, isc, fill factor, and the efficiency of solar cells [6] by the equation:= .. (1) = ( ). ( ).. ( ) (2) result and discussion the effect of dye ph on the absorption spectra the result of characterization of krokot extract color absorption spectrum in figure. 3 shows the krokot extract absorbs the blue spectrum (400-450 nm) and red (650700 nm) with peak absorbance is absorbed at λ = 410.5 with a absorbance value of 0.91 abs, λ = 536.5 with a absorbance value of 0.567 abs, λ = 608 with a absorbance value of 0.473 abs and λ = 664.5 with absorbance values of 0.30 abs so that from the great absorbance at a wavelength of 410.5 nm and 664.5 nm can be known that the more dominant krokot extract contains the pigment chlorophyll. figure 3. absorbance of krokot extract. the effect of ph was also investigated in absorbance of krokot extract as a dye sensitizer. as shown in table 1, the ph extract solution has not a significant effect on the absorbance. the absorbance was found the chlorophyll pigment in different ph extract solution of krokot dye. the variation of ph extract did not effect the absorption peak, two maximum peak were detected in 410.5 nm and 664.5 nm. 20 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 4 (1), 2015: 17-24 table 1. absorbance of dye sensitizer. ph λ maximum (nm) absorbance (a.u.) 6.27 664.50 0.30410.50 0.91 5.00 664.00 0.29410.50 0.90 4.00 664.00 0.30410.50 0.95 3.00 663.50 0.29412.00 1.02 figure. 4 showed the absorbance graphic of plot toward different ph of krokot extract as tio2-dye system. the absorbance indicated that tio2-dye system of extract krokot dye had a wide electronic absorbance in visible light region. extract absorbance was shifted into higher wave length or red shift that indicated dye was absorb into tio2 surfaces than the tio2-dye had lower exited state energy. the red shift showed an electron injection from dyes into semiconductor surfaces. figure 4. the graph of absorbance to wavelength of thin layer tio2 – dye in different ph extract dye. table 2. absorbance shift of extract dye. ph λ dye λ tio2-dye shift 6.27 664.50 670.00 5.50 5.00 664.00 669.00 5.00 4.00 664.00 666.00 2.00 3.00 663.50 684.00 20.50 figure 5. the graph of reflectance to wavelength of thin layer tio2 – dye in different ph extract dye absorbance is used to calculate the band gap energy (eg) in the tio2-dye film by tauc plot method. figure 6 showed that dyes acidity increased from 3.28, 3.61, 3.42 and 3.38 ev when the ph of the dyes was adjusted from 6.24, 5.00, 4.00 and 3.00. the band gap was influence the semiconductor performance when apllied into dye sensitized solar cells (dsscs) system. the wide band gap (more than 3.00 ev) absorb high foton energy from sunlight. figure 6. energy gap thin layer tio2-dye. the effect of dye ph on the ftir spectrum infrared absorption spectrum of a material has a distinctive pattern so that it possible to identify the material and also shows the existence of the major functional groups in the identified structure. the bond can be estimated if the ir spectra of tio2-dye system shows the appearance of a significant new peak or functional groups shift if it is compared with the spectra of dye and spectra of tio2 film. krokot extract used in this study contains carboxyl and carbonyl because in the analysis that uses uv-vis is identified to contain chlorophyll so it is possible there is efficient sensitization through the formation of a bond between the dye and tio2. cici nurfaizah, et.al. – krokot extract (portulaca oleracea. l) as natural light-harvesting … 21 figure 7. infrared spectra (a) thin layer tio2, (b) thin layer tio2-dye ph 6.27 (c) thin layer tio2-dye ph 5.00 (d) thin layer tio2-dye ph 4.00 and (e) thin layer tio2-dye ph 3.00. the results of ftir analysis for tio2 film, and tio2dye film of krokot extract is shown in the figure. 4 which shows the existence of the carbonyl absorption at wave number 1635.64 cm-1 and there is absorption at 3410.15 cm-1 region which is the absorption area of hydroxyl groups. carbonyl and hydroxyl group that is owned by krokot extract that can bind to the group of ti (iv) on tio2 (kuzaifah et al 2015). table 3. infrared spectra thin layer tio2-dye. wavenumber (cm-1) groups tio2 tio2-dye ph 6.27 ph 5.00 ph 4.00 ph 3.00 3425.58 3425.58 3448.72 3425.50 3410.00 -oh 2931.80 2931.80 2939.53 2931.80 2932.00 c-h 1635.64 1635.64 1635.64 1635.60 1636.00 c=o 1427.23 1427.57 1381.03 1381.00 1396.00 c-c 1095.57 1095.57 1095.57 1095.60 1096.00 c-o 678.94 678.94 678.94 666.66 678.90 ti-o from ftir analysis is not seen the significant difference from treatment with variation of extract solution acidity. it is only seen the carbonyl absorption shift of in tio2 film is at a wavelength of 1635.64 cm-1 for natural ph shifted to a wave number 1636.00 cm-1 for 3.00 ph of extract krokot dye. this shows that krokot extract does not bind yet optimally with a film of tio2 or the interaction possibility that occurs only physical interaction. the effect of dye ph on the dsscs efficiency a dsscs efficiency can be characterized with an ivdiagram where the corresponding current (i) at rising voltage (v) is plotted. at a bias of 0 v the short circuit current (isc) is measured and when the current 0 v the open circuit voltage (voc) is defined. the maximum power output (pmax) generated by dsscs is reached when the product of the current and the voltage is maximal. how efficient a solar cell can convert the power of the incident light into electricity described by electricity conversion efficiency (η) (hug et al., 2013). an iv-diagram of dsscs with different dye solution ph was showed in figure 8. 22 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 4 (1), 2015: 17-24 figure 8. current-voltage curve for krokot extract dye sensitized solar cell in ph 6.27 (a), 5.00 (b), 4.00 (c) and 3.00 (d). table 4 present the performance of dsscs in the term of short-circuit photocurrent (isc) , open circuit voltage (voc), fill factor (ff) and energy convertion efficency (η) (wongcharee et al 2007). the efficiency was found to decrease with decreased ph and had maximum at the natural solution ph. the photoanode made from the krokot extract can absorb more light from chlorophyll pigment. as another pigment, chlorophyll was easy to degradation with heat, light, oxidator and ph (gross et al., 1991). pheophytin, a degradation product of chlorophyll, which represents chlorophyll that has lost the central mg ion replace with h+ in acidic solution that was colorless breakdown products. table 4. photoelectrochemical parameter of the cells sensitized by krokot extract dye. ph isc(m.a.cm-2) . 10-5 voc (mv) ff η (%) . 10-3 6.27 31.00 0.28 0.32 6.88 5.00 12.50 0.36 0.33 3.62 4.00 11.50 0.44 0.33 4.08 3.00 35.00 0.14 0.34 0.42 in this study, the little dssc efficiency which is produced can be caused by the performance of the natural dye used is still low due to the effect of the extract used still contains a lot of pigment with the long structure r which lead steric hindrance of the pigment to the surface band structure so as to prevent oxidation of tio2 molecules bind with tio2 in effective to cause the transfer of electrons from the conduction band to the dye molecule is reduced (khuzaifah et al., 2015). the effect of dye ph on the dsscs stability dye sensitized solar cells with krokot extract stability was also decrease by adjusting the ph of the extract from 6.27 to 3.00. as can be seen from figure 10 efficiency loss of dye sensitized solar cells increased with decreasing ph from 5.27% to 97.49% after irradiated for 2 hours. cici nurfaizah, et.al. – krokot extract (portulaca oleracea. l) as natural light-harvesting … 23 figure 9. current-voltage curve for krokot extract dye sensitized solar cell in ph 6.27 (a), 5.00 (b), 4.00 (c) and 3.00 (d) after irradiated. table 5. photoelectrochemical parameter of the cells sensitized by krokot extract dye after irradiated. ph isc(m.a.cm-2) . 10-5 voc (mv) ff η (%) . 10-3 6.27 28.00 0.26 0.37 6.52 5.00 8.90 0.31 0.45 3.02 4.00 11.00 0.31 0.29 2.41 3.00 0.09 0.06 0.70 0.01 a reason for the worse stability is that, at natural krokot extract acidity the chlorophyll was existed. the pigment are labile and can transformed into the colorless coumpound with decreasing ph. chlorophyll that has lost the central mg ion replace with h+ in acidic solution was degradation into pheophytin. figure 10. stability cells sensitized krokot extract. 0 2 4 6 8 6.27 5 4 3 initial irradiated for 2 hours 24 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 4 (1), 2015: 17-24 conclusion the results shows that the absorbance spectrum of the krokot extract dye is stretched in the range of visible light to the maximum absorbance peak at a wavelength of 410.5 nm and 664.5 nm so that can be known that krokot extract dye contains chlorophyll. the efficiency of extract krokot dye sensitized solar cells was decreasing 6.88 x 10-3 % to 0.42 x 10-3 % when ph of the dye was adjusted from 6.27 to 3.00. dsscs stability was also decreased look for efficiency loss from 5.27% to 97.49% in the same conditions. acknowledgment department of chemistry, faculty of science and technology uin sunan kalijaga yogyakarta for academic supported. references esiyok, d. ötles, s. and akcicek e., 2004 “herbs as a food source in turkey,” asian pacific journal of cancer prevention, vol. 5, no. 3, pp. 334–339, yan-xi zhou, hai-liang xin,khalid rahman, su-juan wang, cheng peng, and hong zhang, 2015.,portulaca oleracea l.: a review of phytochemistry and pharmacological effects, biomed research international, u. r. palaniswamy, r. j. mcavoy, and b. b. bible, “stage of harvest and polyunsaturated essential fatty acid concentrations in purslane (portulaca oleraceae) leaves,” journal of agricultural and food chemistry, vol. 49, no. 7, pp. 3490– 3493, 2001 a. i. mohamed and a. s. hussein, “chemical composition of purslane (portulaca oleracea),” plant foods for human nutrition, vol. 45, no. 1, pp. 1–9, 1994 diarra, a. , hotchandan i, s., max j j. and leblanc r. (1986) photovoltaic properties of mixed monolayers of chlorophyll a and carotenoids canthaxanthin, j. cher n . so c. , faraday tran . 2, 8 2 , 2217 2231. griffin, w., quach, h. and steepe r, r. (2004) extraction and thin layer chromatography of chlorophyll a and b from spinach, chern . e d. , 81, 385 – 387 hug, h., bader, m., mair, p., and glatzel, t., 2014, biophotovoltaics : natural pigments in dye-sensitized solar cells., applied energy., 115., 216-225 kalyanasundaram, k., and graetzel, m., 2010, artificial photosynthesis : biomometric approaches to solar energy conversion and storege., curr. opin.biotechnol, 21: 298-310 hagfeldt, a.,boschloo, g., sun, i., and kloo, p., 2010., dyesensitized solar cells., chem. rev.,110, 6 : 595-663 o’regan, b and graetzel, m ., 1991., a low cost high efficiency solar cells based on dye sensitized colloidal tio2 films., nature, 353: 737-740 ludin, n.a.; narosikin, a.a.m.; mahmoud, a.a.; muhammad, a. a.; kadhum a.a.h..; sopian, k.; nor karim, s.a. review on the development of nature dye photosensitizer for dye sensitized solar cell. renewable and suinable energy. 2014, 386-396. wang, x.f., ossamu, k.,eiji, h., haoshen, z.,shinichi, s., hitoshi, t., 2010. tio2 and zno-based solar cells using chlorophyll a derivative sensitized for light-harvesting and energi conversion. journal of photochemistry and photobiology, 145-152 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn: 2089-6514 volume 3, number 2, 2014 | pages: 47-52 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2014.32.47-52 a discovery and characteristics description of telosma puberula (asclepiadoideae) in mount gedang atas and mount ijo, baturagung mountain yogyakarta widodo faculty of science and technology, uin sunan kalijaga jl. marsda adisucipto no 1 yogyakarta 55281, indonesia. tel. +62-274-540971, fax. +62-274-519739 author correspondency: wwidodo594@gmail.com abstract population of telosma puberula in community forest bushes was identified at s.07.48'.44.1"; e.110.31.15.8", 411m, mount gedang atas and s 07o 04 '04.1"; e 110o 30 '47.9 ", 415m, mount ijo. telosma puberula was also found in mount parangan, mount mintorogo, mount nglanggeran, and baturagung mountains yogyakarta. the identification was based on herbarium specimens collected by horsfield in 1802 and 1859 from java island, indonesia (k000873052, k000873053). information about telosma puberula is very limited. this article describe photographs of morphological characters of the plant’s stems, leaves, flowers, and pollinia. keywords: telosma puberula, asclepiadoideae, mount gedang atas, baturagung mountains introduction in an exploration, observation and assessment of wild plants in mount gedang atas baturagung mountains in yogyakarta, the author was collecting fruits of vines from family apocynaceae, sub family asclepiadoideae in a community forest at a location of s.07.48'.44.1"; e.110.31.15.8". (widodo, 411m dpl, 26 september 2012). furthermore, a specimen collection process and observation was completed in a flowering season in 2013. the same specimen was also found in mount ijo within a radius of 5 km at a location of s.07.47'.04.4 "; e.110.30'.47.9 ". (widodo, 415m dpl, 31 december 2012). from a thorough identification process using literature and herbarium reviews, it was identified that the specimen collected is telosma sp. telosma is belong to marsdenieae tribe of the subfamily asclepiadoideae (takhtajan, 2009: 522). according to backer and bakhuizen (1965: 273), there are two types of telosma in java: telosma accedens and telosma cordata. meanwhile, hooker (1885: 38) states that in java, there is telosma puberula (a new name for pergularia puberula). telosma cordata (a new name for pergularia odoratissima) is predicted to be a native to china. in java, the plant has been cultivated as floral fragrance (backer and bakhuizen, 1963: 273). meanwhile telosma accedens can be found in central java, east java and madura at an altitude of 10-800 m in woody shrubs, cleared forests, and teak forests. the previous name of pergularia accendens was telosma accedens, blume. backer corrected the name into telosma accedens (bl.) back. (backer, 1949: 63). the name pergularia accedens was firstly published in bijdragen tot de flora van nederlandsch indie (blume, 1826). the herbarium of pergularia accedens was collected by carl l von blume from the java island in 1836 (mnhn p03858919). meanwhile, the herbarium of telosma accedens collection (bl.) back was collected by ca backer from the java island (jember-bondowoso) in 1920 (mnhn p03858922). studies on telosma cordata or tonkin flowers hold are abundant on the internet because this plant is cultivated as floral fragrance plants although there is no identified source from indonesia. based on the writer’s knowledge, there are no further information or study about telosma accedens and telosma puberula in indonesia after backer and bakhuizen (1965: 273), hooker (1885: 38) and blume (1836). according to the plant list (2010), the genus telosma consists of many species: telosma accedens (blume) backer, telosma africana (nebr.) nebr., telosma angustiloba (warb. in perkins) merr., telosma celebica (warb.) ma rahman & wilcock, telosma cordata (burm. f.) merr., telosma filipes (schltr.) ma rahman & wilcock, telosma pallida (roxb.) craib, telosma procumbens (blanco) merr., and telosma puberula (miq.) kerr. based on the information obtained from backer and bakhuizen (1965: 273) and hooker (1885: 38), the telosma species that are available in the java island is telosma accedens, telosma cordata, and telosma puberula. there is very little information about telosma accedens and telosma puberula both in written literature and published pictures on the internet. this paper attempts to present a description of the characteristics, specimen and herbarium photographs of telosma specimens found in mount gedang atas and mount ijo, baturagung mountains. the discovery of the telosma species in the baturagung mountains yogyakarta needs to be disseminated to present the richness of flora in java. wild plants are no longer recognized despite the fact that there were some report in the books of flora and 48 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 3 (2), 2014: 47-52 herbarium in the past hundreds years by european explorers. a publication of plant species in the nature is highly needed in attempt to complete the flora world data, to re-check and rediscover old flora, to correct description of the characters for further research in the study of plant biology. the study of biology is the basis for conservation of earth plants. the purpose of this study is to present a visual characteristics description of the morphology of leaves, stems, flowers, pollinia, and fruit of telosma puberula found in mount gedang atas and mount ijo, baturagung mountains for identification verification. materials and methods this research employs one kind of research methode that explores and visits as well as collects data information (exploration and collection trip, (singh, 1999)). an early exploration was performed in september 2012 along with an exploration of wild plants. picture taking was completed for the first step of the identification process. specimen sampling for herbarium was also performed with an awareness of the preservation of the population. along with the identification process, monitoring and visitation processes were also kept on being conducted based on a prediction on the flowering season and fruit formation, i.e. december 2012, january 2013, march 2013, april 2013, december 2013, and october 2014. flowers specimen collection was completed using wet preservation technique for further identification. the tools used for observation and collection were: sony nex f3 digital camera, sony cyber-shot dscw180 digital camera, canon dslr digital camera, rulers, micrometers, calipers, small meter roller, plastic for sample collection, scissors, cutter, paper for labeling, gps (global positioning system), dried herbarium collection equipment, flacon bottle, stereo microscope nikon smz 1500 equipped with a camera, nikon eclipse 50 light microscope equipped with nikon dsf1camera. materials for observation and collection comprise: aquadest, alcohol 70%, faa (formalin acetic alcohol) solution. steps of the study include: (1) photograph the specimens under natural conditions on site, (2) photograph the specimens under the dried herbarium process preparation conditions, (3) photograph the details of the flower, (4) making the dried herbarium, (5) photograph the dried herbarium specimens, (6) collecting and observing the structures of the preserved flowers, (7) observing and photographs the pollinia, (8) early identifying of specimens for the member of asclepiadaceae based on the book flora of java vol. 2 (backer and bakhuizen, 1965), (9) further identifying of specimens for other members of asclepiadaceae based on existing literature, (10) checking and matching with the herbarium types. results and discussion in the exploration, observation and assessment of wild plants in mount gedang atas baturagung mountains in yogyakarta, the author collected fruit from the vines family apocynaceae sub-family asclepiadoideae in a community forest located at s.07.48'.44.1” location; e.110.31.15.8" (widodo, 411m dpl, 26 september 2012). further, at the initial period of the rainy season at the same location, it was found the shoots with leaves and flowers as such that facilitated further identification s.07.48'.44.1 "; e.110.31.15.8 ". (widodo, 411m dpl, 31 december 2012). the fruits were initially identified by the author as the fruit of cynancum callialatum. another visit conducted at the beginning of the rainy season 31 december 2012 a set of data was obtained on the habitus and the structure of the specimen because leaves had been grown at the branches and they were flowering. at the same time, an observation at mount ijo which is approximately 5 km from the starting location and the author found the same plants which were also flowering. an identification using the book flora of java, vol. 2 (backer and bakhuizen, 1965: 273) mentioned that the plant identified was telosma. subsequent visitations and repeated observations were then completed on 19 january 2013 and 29 january 2013 to obtain a complete set of on the plant structure (figure 1 a, b, c, d, e, and figure 2). the specimen collection process was carried out in the laboratory for further observation. on 24 march 2013 visit, a young fruit was identified (figure 4). further identification results using the book flora of java, vol. 2 (backer and bakhuizen, 1965: 273) showed that this telosma held the characteristics of telosma accedens (bl.) back. a specimen comparison with the 1917 backer herbarium specimens collection in java (mnhn p03858922) or figure 1 f demonstrated the identified specimen compound flower structure of the specimen to be slightly different with the herbarium. the flowers units on the compound stalks converge or congregate in a way so that the compound flower compositions construct a sphere shape, meanwhile the compound flower at the herbarium exhibited characteristics that shaped like a bunch with accompanying braktea (supporting leaves). another comparison with the telosma procumbens herbarium specimens collection made by ramos 1918 from luzon, the philippines (mnhn p03858921) it was found that the obtained structure of the compound flower to be similar to the specimen of the identified telosma but there was a slight difference in terms of the units of flower. a single flower stalk and crown neck tube of the specimen was found to be shorter than that of the telosma procumbens. the centre of the crown round end when it was still in the form of bud looked much clearer in telosma procumbens. a comparison of the form and size of the fruit of telosma procumbens from the philippines in the united states national herbarium (usnh623771) collection was the same as the identified specimen but widodo – a discovery and characteristics description of telosma puberula … 49 the four sides of the fruit wing lines of the specimen identified were more apparent. from a comparison with the herbarium specimens of telosma puberula from the horsfield collection in 1859 of java (k000873052, k000873053) in figure 1 g, several characteristics were found to be the same in: the flowering type, size of the flower parts and shape as well as size of ovatus-oblong leaves. the sketched figure of pollinia in the herbarium (k000873053) also showed similarities with the pollinia of telosma identified in mount ijo (figure 3 a, b). characteristics of the pollinia of telosma puberula foundwere as shown in figure 3a. the location of the pollinia was upright next to the anther. the shape of the pollinia lobes was ovatus-oblong. the translator were very short. the corpuscullum or caudicle (caudicula) was round egg shaped almost like a short triangle, shiny brown. a comparison with the herbarium specimens of telosma puberula collected by kerr in 1928 from thailand (mnhn p03858930) was shown in figure 1h and another one by petelot in 1941 from tonkin (mnhn p03858929) there were some characteristics found to be the same in: the structure of compound flower, stalk compound flower, the size of the parts of the flower as well as the shape and size of the leaves. from the discussions, it was found that the specimen of telosma from mount gedang atas, mount ijo, mount parangan, mount mintorogo in baturagung mountains was telosma puberulens. figure 1. a. photo stature (habitus) of telosma puberula in the natural habitat found by the author. b. flowering branch of telosma puberula in the natural habitat found by the author. c. flowering branch of telosma puberula under the laboratory conditions. d. herbarium flower twig of young telosma puberula from the author’s collection. e. herbarium of the blooming twig flower telosma puberula from the author’s collection. f. herbarium type of telosma accedens (bl.) back. (mnhn, paris). g. herbarium type of telosma puberula (miq.) kerr. (© copyright of the board of trustees of the royal botanic gardens, kew). h. herbarium type of telosma puberula (miq.) kerr. (mnhn, paris). taxonomic information telosma puberula (miq.) kerr, fl. siam. enum. 3 (1): 32. 1951; pergularia puberula miq, fl. brit. india 4: 38. 1885. type: java, 1802 & 1859, t. horfsfield, k000873053, k000873053 (holotype, k!) description liana, stem 4 m or more, smooth surface, young puberulen twigs/branches. 3-6 cm; round-egg shaped to elongated elliptic leaf blade, 6-13 × 3-8 cm, thin, smooth to the puberulen along the vein, flat base to almost heart shape, tapered tip; lateral veins 4-6 pairs. extra axillary compound flower, umbrella to round shape, comprising a b c d e f g h 50 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 3 (2), 2014: 47-52 several to many flowers; compound flower stems 4-5 cm; flower stalk unit 1-1.5 cm. round-egg shaped petal lobes unit, 2 × 2.5 mm, slippery until puberulen, slightly hairy edges. bright green or greenish yellow crown, slightly fragrant, crown 1.5 cm long; crown tube 6-8 mm long, the tube length is equal to the length of the crown lobe; oblong crown lobes narrowed at the end, 6-8 mm long, 2-2 mm wide, slightly hairy at the edge tip, yellowish green, rounded ends folded out. rounded corona tip, folded out; additional parts of the corona (corollines corona) are higher than the position of pollinia, covering the anthers, pointed tip, thin, yellowish white color. suboblong pollinia lobe, the half-width long, upright, short triangular corpuscullum, short caudicle. follicle fruit, 12-18 cm long, 2-3 cm wide, almost rectangular cross-sectional sepal, with four wing lines on the long side; flat seed, round-egg shaped, 1-1.5 cm in diameter, 4-5 cm seed hair. flowering season from december to january, fruit formation: july to september. specimens examined baturagung mountains, mount gedang atas, s.07.48'.44.1 "; e.110.31.15.8 ", widodo, 411m dpl, 31/12/2012; baturagung mountains, mount ijo, s. 07 ', 47 ", 04.4"; e. 110, 30 ", 47.9", widodo, 415m dpl, 19/01/2013. figure 2. the structure of telosma puberula flower found by the author (a. compound flower, b. flower buds unit, c. blooming flower unit (side view), unit d. blooming flower unit (top view). figure 3. a. the structure of gynostegium and pollinia of telosma puberula flower found by the author (1. gynostegium, 2. corona and corollines corona, 3, 4. the orientation or layout of pollinia, 5, 6. pollinia unit and its parts. b. sketched figure of parts of gynostegium and pollinia of telosma in literature (1. sketch of corona in the telosma puberula herbarium (rbg kew), 2. sketch of pollinia unit in the telosma puberula herbarium (rbg kew), 3. satan pollinia telosma procumbens in the book of flora of china (1995: 273). a b c d 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 a b widodo – a discovery and characteristics description of telosma puberula … 51 figure 4. telosma puberula fruit found by the author. (a. young fruit, b. ripen fruit, c. fruit with seeds and hairless seed, d. wall fruit after the seeds release). note telosma puberula was found to be twining vines in cassia fistula and schoutenia ovata along with other vines, namely: dioscorea hispida, dioscorea alata, vitis trifolia, and gliricidia sepium. the initial specimen was found by the author during an exploration of the existence of plants of the genus capparis on site. the author found the telosma puberula was bearing some fruit on 24 march 2013 in mount parangan and mount ijo. on 13 april 2013, on the east side of mountain mintorogo the author also found telosma puberula bearing some fruit. conservation regarding the limited presence of this plant in the location of the discovery and other locations, it is then necessary to study the status of its cultivation range. along with the assessment processes, there is a need for live specimen preservations. conclusion telosma puberula (miq.) kerr was found in mount gedang atas and mount ijo, baturagung mountains, yogyakarta. the morphological characteristics of stature (habitus), leaves, of the telosma puberula flower specimen in mount gedang atas and mount ijo shows similarities with the kew herbarium holotype collected by horsfield in 1802 & 1859 (k000873053, k000873053) from java. the existence of telosma puberula (miq.) kerr in java complete and confirm the descriptions made by bakhuizen and backer (1965: 273) on the genus telosma. acknowledgements the author would like to express his gratitude to the herbarium museum national d'histoire naturelle, paris (mnhn) and the herbarium royal botanic garden of kewensis edinburg (kew) on the types of herbarium photo credit. the author would also thank mr. dr. m. jafar luthfi in the biology laboratory of uin sunan kalijaga yogyakarta for his testimony, discussion and confirmation of the discovery of this plant specimen on site. references backer, c. a. &bakhuizen. 1965. flora of jawa (spermatophytes only).vol i, ii, iii. groningen: n. v. p. noordhoff. backer, c. a. 1949. beknopte flora van java (nood unitgave) 8(a. fam. 173): 63. 1949. http://www.tropicos.org/name/2609608 accessed 7 october 2014. blume, c. l. 1826. bijdragen tot de flora van nederlandsch indië 1056. flora of china editorial committee. 1995. flora of china (gentianaceae through boraginaceae). 16: 1–479. in c. y. wu, p. h. raven & d. y. hong (eds.) fl. china. science press & missouri botanical garden press, beijing & st. louis.http://www.tropicos.org/image/22 934. accessed 7 october 2014. herbarium museum national d’ histoire naturelle paris (mnhn). 2014. pergularia accedens. http:// colb .mnhn. fr/catalognumber/mnhn/p/ p03858919., accessed 7 october 2014. herbarium museum national d’histoire naturelle paris (mnhn). 2014. telosma procumbens. http:// colb .mnhn .fr/catalognumber/mnhn/p/ p03858921., accessed 7 october 2014. herbarium museum national d’ histoire naturelle paris (mnhn). 2014. telosma accedens. http:// colb .mnhn. fr/catalognumber/mnhn/p/ p03858922., accessed 7 october 2014. a b c d 52 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 3 (2), 2014: 47-52 herbarium museum national d’ histoire naturelle paris (mnhn). 2014. telosma puberula. http:// colb. mnhn. fr/catalognumber/mnhn/p/ p03858929., accessed 7 october 2014. herbarium museum national d’ histoire naturelle paris (mnhn). 2014. telosma puberula. http:// colb. mnhn. fr/catalognumber/mnhn/p/ p03858930.,accessed 7 october 2014. hooker, j. d. 1885. flora of british india (vol. iv). london: reeve and co. http://specimens.kew.org/herbarium/k0 00873052. diakses 7 oktober 2014 http://www.tropicos.org/name/2602046. accessed 7 october 2014. ipni (international plant name index). 2014. telosma (http:// www. plantsystematics. org, accessed 7 october 2014. kerr, a. f. g. 1951. flora siamensis enumeratio 3(1): 32. http:// www. tropicos. org/name/2609609. accessed 7 october 2014. merill, e.d. 1912. philippine journal of science 7: 243. http:// www. tropicos. org/ name/2607466. accessed 7 october 2014. royal botanic garden, kew. 2014. telosma puberula. singh, g. 1999. plant systematics. new hampshire: science publisher. takhtajan, a. 2009. flowering plant. st petersburg: springer. the plant list (2010). version 1. published on the internet; http:// www.theplantlist .org/ tpl/ search?q=telosma+ . diakses 7 oktober 2014. united states national herbarium. 2014. telosma procumbens. https://www. flickr. com/ photos/ filibot/8045825440. accessed 7 october 2014. biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry issn: 2089-6514 volume 3, number 2, 2014 | pages: 59-63 | doi: 10.14421/biomedich.2014.32.59-63 substitution and haplotype diversity analysis on the partial sequence of the mitochondrial dna cyt b of indonesian swamp buffalo (bubalus bubalis) akhmad sukri1*, mohamad amin2, aris winaya3 and abdul gofur2 1department of biology, ikip mataram, jl. pemuda no. 59a mataram, nusa tenggara barat, indonesia 2state university of malang, jalan semarang 5 malang 65145, east java, indonesia 3university of muhammadiyah malang, jl. bandung 1 malang, east java, indonesia author correspondency*: sukri_bio04@yahoo.co.id abstract this research aims to investigate the substitution pattern of nucleotide base and haplotype diversity of indonesian swamp buffalo (bubalus bubalis) based on the mitochondrial dna cyt b partial gene sequence. 17 samples were chosen from 7 different regions with each uniquely represents indonesian biogeography which comprise aceh, riau, madiun, blitar, lombok, south borneo and tana toraja. the result of cyt b gene sequence alignment showed the presence of transition and transversion substitutions and the absence of insertion and deletion. the amount of transitions was found to be higher than that of transversions and the amount of substitution in pyrimidine was also higher than that in purine. the highest amount of transitions happened in base tc which is a silent substitution. the result of median joining network analysis showed that indonesian haplotype bubalus bubalis could be classified into 16 haplotypes which form different haplogroups unique to their geographical region. the result of median joining network analysis also indicated that the genetic relationships of swamp buffaloes (bubalus bubalis) in indonesia are highly influenced by their geographical locations. keywords: substitution, haplotype diversity, bubalus bubalis, cyt b gene introduction there are three kinds of genetic marker: morphological, biochemical, and dna marker. dna marker has some characteristics; it has a high rate of polymorphism, is abundant in amount, is uninfluenced by environment and has a rate of heritability of 100 percent. molecular marker is divided into two kinds: nuclear dna, and non-nuclear dna marker. one of the non-nuclear dna markers mostly used for molecular analyses is mitochondrial dna (surahman, 2002). there are two vantage points of mitochondrial dna: the evolution of mitochondrial dna happens through the pair substitution of a singular base (wolstenholme, 1992) and the velocity of mitochondrial dna evolution is 10 times faster than that of nuclear dna (brown et al, 1979). mitochondrial dna contains 13 protein-coding genes and one of them is cyt b protein-coding gene which is seen as a powerful marker for genetic analyses (arif & khan, 2009). due to the fact that cyt b gene is various and experiences evolution quickly, it is then widely used and is suitable for discovering variations on species level (bruford et al, 2003). besides, cyt b is also one of the best samples of mitochondrial dna of mammals (arnason & gullberg, 1996). cyt b gene has been used mostly for studying evolution and genetic relationships of mammals, such as that in the studies of cows and buffaloes (schreiber et al, 1999; kumar et al, 2007; li et al, 2007; qifa et al, 2007; tobe et al, 2010; xuan et al, 2010). in this research, the partial sequence of mitochondrial dna cyt b is used for identifying the substitution pattern and haplotype diversity of indonesian swamp buffalo (bubalus bubalis) as an actualisation for genetic inventory of indonesian swamp buffalo which is also considered as an indirect endeavour to preserve and to improve the genetic quantity and quality of the population of swamp buffaloes in indonesia. materials and method blood sample, dna isolation and pcr blood samples were taken from 17 indonesian swamp buffaloes (bubalus bubalis) from 7 sampling regions, comprising aceh, riau, madiun, blitar, south borneo, tana toraja and lombok. the swamp buffalo blood was taken through jugular vein using a venoject and vacuum tube and was then mixed with an edta material as much as 0.1 gram in order to keep the blood liquid. next, the tube containing the blood sample was labeled to mark the sample number and location of the blood sampling. the blood was then stored in a refrigerator until the dna isolation process was conducted. the process of total dna isolation was carried out using nucleospinr quickpure blood kit and was complied with some established procedures. in order to detect the result of the dna isolation, agarose gel electrophoresis as much as 0.8% was used. after that, pcr (polymerase chain reaction) was conducted using a pair of partial mitochondrial dna cyt b genes with forward primers l14841: 60 biology, medicine, & natural product chemistry 3 (2), 2014: 59-63 aaaaagcttccatccaacatctcagcat gatgaaa, and reverse primers h15149: aaactgcagcccctcagaatgatatttg tcctca (kocher et al, 1989; irwin et al, 1991). the positions of the primers are illustrated in figure 1. the process of dna amplification using pcr consisted of the reaction mixture of 2,5 µl dna template, 2,5 µl forward primers, 2,5 µl reverse primers, 12,5 µl pcr mix, and 5,0 µl dh2o. the pcr process comprised 30 cycles with the following phases: pre-denaturation phase at 930c for 30 seconds, denaturation phase at 930c for 1 minute, annealing phase at 500c for 1 minute, elongation at 720c for 5 minutes and post-elongation phase at 40c. sequencing and data analysis double-stranded dna, which is the product of pcr, was then purified and sequenced using one forward primer: aaaaagcttccat ccaacatctcagcat gatgaaa (kocher et al, 1989) using taq dye deoxy terminator cycle sequencing kit and 373s dna sequencer (perkin elmer, usa). the total of 17 cyt b gene sequences was then edited using a programme called bioedit sequence alignment editor and all the cyt b gene sequences were aligned using clustalx programme (thompson et al, 1997) with african buffaloes (syncerus caffer) as the outgroup. the results of the sequence alignment were then used for discovering the variable and conserved regions, as well as the substitution pattern of the cyt b gene sequences of the indonesian swamp buffaloes (bubalus bubalis) which was assisted by the use of mega 4 programme (kumar et al, 2007). in order to discover the haplotype diversity of the indonesian buffaloes, a median joining network analysis method was conducted using dna sp and network 4.1 programme (bandelt et al, 1999). results fragments of dna which were successfully amplified using a pair of primers l14841 and h15149 in this research were about 307 bp (anderson et al, 1981; kohcer et al, 1989; irwin et al, 1991, and tanaka et al, 1996). the achieved findings were then confirmed using blast (basic local alignment search tool) method to discover whether the gained sequences in the research matched with the cyt b gene sequences of bubalus bubalis. the result of alignments of the gene sequences with query from genbank showed the rate of sequences homologous ≥ 200 bp and the similarity rate of 98%. the high percentage of similarity indicated that the sequences gained in this research were the actual sequences of cyt b gene of bubalus bubalis. the characteristics of a cyt b gene are that it does not have any stop codon (termination codon) and it has the lowest guanine as well as the highest cytosine of all genes (avise, 1994). the translation result of the dna sequences to amino acids found that there was no stop codon found in the whole cyt b gene samples. this showed that the amplified dna sequences were the target gene sequences. the composition of nucleotide and variable region the nucleotide base composition of adenine, thymine, guanine and cytosine is consecutively 29.3%, 26.7%, 27.1% and 16.9%. the total amount of nucleotide a+t = 56% and g+c = 44%. hence, gc